KL 


16^  .«ASi  ^ 


mmmmMmw 


T.  iVj       ^ 


^::^iaif,  lni^r^t$itg  trf  ^;alif0^|ttia, 


^6^^Sa5S^#>35 


-%j  .,..«:' ?ti.->- 


^  ^ 


i:SC^^^-  -^^^  ^^y^^/^r- 


tfiaKjlou\Jl^  ^ 


'  ff 


TO  THE 

CLASSICAL  TEAQHERS  OF  OUR  COUNTRY, 

THIS     ATTEMPT 

TO   IMPROVE  A  WORK 

ORIGINALLY  OF  GREAT  MERIT  AND  DESERVED  CELEBRITY, 

IS  RESPECTFULLY  DEDICATED, 

BY    THEIR    FELLOW-LABOURER5 
THE  EDITOR. 


P/\:iC?g7.A3.I^S2MAi/y/ 


PREFACE  TO  THE  SECOND  EDITION. 


The  first  edition  of  this  Grammar,  of  two  thousand  copies, 
having  been  sold  in  less  than  ten  months,  the  editor  has  careful- 
ly revised  the  present  Stereotype  edition,  and  has  endeavoured, 
by  some  emendations  and  additions,  to  make  it  still  more  worthy 
of  the  favourable  estimation  of  the  public.  He  feels  indeed, 
with  others,  that  it  is  a  great  evil  to  have  the  successive  editions 
of  school  books  continually  undergoing  alterations  and  enlarge- 
ments ;  but  as  this  edition  was  to  be  sent  forth  to  the  world  in  a 
permanent  form,  he  thought  it  advisable  to  introduce  a  few 
alterations,  and,  in  his  view,  decided  improvements,  without 
changing  the  form  or  character  of  the  work.  Accordingly,  by 
enlarging  the  page  a  little,  and  compressing  the  four  conjugated 
verbs  into  a  smaller  space,  he  has  been  enabled  to  introduce 
the  new  matter  without  increasing  the  size  of  the  book.  But 
these  alterations  will  occasion  little  or  no  difficulty  in  referring 
from  this  edition  to  the  former,  or  from  that  to  this :  for  in  the 
Syntax,  to  which  reference  is  more  frequently  made,  and  where 
the  pages  of  the  two  editions  differ  most,  the  number  of  the 
rule  will  be  an  unerring  guide.  Soon,  however,  the  old  edition 
will  be  entirely  gone ;  and  where  this  alone  is  used,  the  most 
minute  references  can  be  made,  not  only  in  the  Syntax,  as  be- 
fore, but  throughout  the  whole  book,  by  the  number  of  the  sec- 
tion— the  Etymology  being  numbered  from  5  1  to  J  263,  the  Syn- 
tax from  5  1  to  5  246,  and  the  Prosody  from  ^  1  to  5  125. 

In  justice  to  himself,  and  in  reply  to  some  remarks  that  have 
been  made  in  a  certain  quarter,  from  interested  motives,  *  that 
this  edition  is  little  or  no  better  than  others  of  the  same  work,' 
the  editor  deems  it  his  duty  to  state,  somewhat  more  in  detail 
than  formerly,  in  what  respects  his  edition  differs  from  all 
OTHERS,  and  what  it  contains  over  and  above  all  other  editions 
of  Adam's  grammar,  published  in  this  country. 

1  *  5 


VI  PREFACE. 

1.  The  remarks  on  Gender,  page  19,  are  new. 

2.  The  lists  of  regular  Nouns  of  the  first,  second,  and  fourth 
declensions,  found  in  other  editions,  have  been  thrown  out  of 
this,  as  entirely  useless ;  and  the  spaces  they  would  have  occupi- 
ed have  been  filled  with  lists  of  Irregular  Nouns,  and  those  which 
present  some  peculiarities.  See  the  fists  5  10,  11,  12  and  13,  on 
page  21 ; — the  Alphabetical  list  of  Irregular  Nouns  on  pages  46, 
47,  48,  49  and  50;— the  lists  of  Irregular  Nouns,  5  58,  59,  60,  61, 
62,  63  and  64,  which  have  been  much  enlarged ;  and  the  lists, 
5  65,  66,  67  and  68,  which  are  entirely  new ; — and  the  termi- 
nations of  the  five  declensions,  on  page  53. 

3.  The  following  entirely  new  matter  is  also  to  be  found  among 
the  NOUNS.  The  remarks  on  the  several  cases,  with  their 
powers  explained,  \  15; — the  declension  of  Deus  in  full,  under 
5  22 ; — the  declension  of  Delos,  of  Androgeos,  and  of  barbiton, 
under  5  23 ; — the  exceptions  in  the  vocative  singular,  under  5  43 ; 
— the  third  and  sixth  paragraphs  under  the  fifth  declension, 
under  5  51 ; — and  the  remarks  on  Proper  Names,  5  70.  Besides 
this  new  matter,  the  Defective  Nouns,  5  54,  have  been  arranged 
in  alphabetical  order,  and  the  fist  of  Redundant  Nouns,  5  69,  has 
been  much  enlarged. 

4.  Among  the  ADJECTIVES,  exceptions  1,  2,  3,  4  and  5,  un- 
der 5  82,  are  greatly  enlarged,  as  will  readily  be  seen  on  a  com- 
parison with  any  of  the  common  editions  of  this  work.  The 
two  first  paragraphs  on  page  73,  upon  the  numeral  letters,  are 
entirely  new ;  as  are  also  the  three  first  paragraphs  under  5  91. 
The  paragraph  2,  under  5  101,  is  greatly  enlarged,  and  the  whole 
article  5  102,  upon  Irregular  and  Unusual  Comparison,  is  new. 

5.  In  the  PRONOUNS,  observations  13,  14,  15,  16,  17,  18,  19, 
20  and  21,  under  5  108,  are  entirely  new. 

6.  In  the  VERBS,  the  remarks  on  the  various  tenses,  com- 
prising all  of  5  104,  are  new :  fikewise  the  second,  third  and 
fourth  paragraphs  under  5  115.  The  Deponent  and  Common 
Verbs,  5  128,  have  a  different  arrangement  from  that  which  ob- 
tains in  other  editions  of  this  grammar,  they  being  placed  here 
next  to  the  verbs  which  are  given  as  examples  of  the  several 
Conjugations.  The  formations  of  the  tenses  under  5  130,  131, 
132,  133,  134,  135,  136,  137,  138  and  139,  are  greatly  enlarged. 


PREFACE.  Vll 

7.  The  most  important  alteration,  perhaps,  that  has  been  made 
by  the  editor  in  his  edition  of  Adam's  Grammar,  is  to  be  found 
in  the  Conjugation  of  the  Verbs.  It  is  well  known  to  every 
classical  scholar,  that  while  the  Perfect  Participle  of  a  greater 
part  of  the  Latin  Verbs,  is  in  use,  the  Supine  is  rarely  found  in 
the  classics.  It  is  therefore  obviously  proper  that  Latin  Verbs 
should  be  conjugated  with  the  Perfect  Participle,  rather  than 
with  the  Supine.  Dr.  Adam,  on  the  contrary,  in  conjugating 
the  Verbs,  gives  the  Supine  almost  uniformly,  without  any  classi- 
cal authority  for  its  support,  and  all  the  common  editions  have 
followed  carefully  in  his  steps.  For  instance,  the  Boston  edition 
of  Adam's,  from  page  118  to  page  164,  is  the  same  as  the  old 
Edinburgh  edition  of  1793,  totidem  verbis,  with  the  trifling  ex- 
ception of  five  or  six  lines  of  the  Irregular  Verb  Prosum.  Thus 
have  the  errors  of  the  old  editions  of  this  work  been  perpetuat- 
ed. In  this  edition,  however,  the  editor  has  rejected  entwely  Dr. 
Adam's  article  on  the  verbs,  comprising  about  thirty-tivo  pages^ 
and  has  inserted  matter  altogether  new,  comprising  about  sixty- 
Jive  pages,  from  page  112  to  page  176.  The  Verbs  are,  there- 
fore, conjugated  with  the  Perfect  Participle,  if  it  be  used  ;  if  not, 
the  verb  has  an  asterisk  (*)  prefixed  to  it,  and  one  of  the  future 
participles  is  inserted.  The  futures  RUS  and  DUS,  when  found, 
are  indicated  by  the  letters  R  and  D,  and  the  Supines  UM  and 
U,  by  M  and  U.  In  the  notes  under  the  verbs  will  be  found  such 
parts  of  them  as  seldom  occur  in  the  Latin  authors,  with  the 
classical  authorities  for  each.  In  the  common  editions  of  Adam's, 
not  a  single  classical  authority  is  given ;  while  in  this,  there  are — 

In  the  First  Conjugation, 774 

"     "    Second,      "         405 

"    "    Third,        "         1147 

"    "    Fourth,      "        360 

"    "    Irregular  and  Defective  verbs, 424 

3110 

In  all,  THREE  THOUSAND  ONE  HUNDRED  AND  TEN 
classical  citations. 

The  editor  is  aware  that  much  space  has,  in  consequence  of 
these  numerous  additions,  been  given  to  the  Verbs,  but  he  be- 
lieves that  it  could  not  be  better  filled.    Not  only  will  it  afford 


Vlll  PREFACE* 

the  advanced  scholar  much  satisfaction  to  be  able  to  ascertain 
readily,  whether  any  part  of  a  verb  which  he  may  wish  to  em- 
ploy, has  been  used  by  the  best  Roman  writers,  but  it  is  highly 
important  that  the  scholar  in  the  grammar-school  should  begin 
right,  and  not,  in  after  years,  be  obliged  to  do,  what  all  know  is 
so  hard  to  be  done — unlearn  what  has  been  learned  amiss. 

8.  The  articles  \  204,  205,  206,  207,  208,  209,  210,  211,  212,  213, 
214,  215,  216,  217,  218,  on  the  Defective  Verbs,  are  new. 

9.  The  articles  \  222,  223,  224  and  225,  on  Redundant  Verbs, 
are  new. 

10.  The  Remarks  on  the  Verb,  \  230,  on  pages  176,  177  and 
178,  are  not  found  in  any  other  edition. 

11.  In  the  PARTICIPLES,  articles  \  233  and  239,  are  new. 

12.  It  will  be  seen  that  the  PREPOSITIONS  are  entirely  re- 
modelled, and  instead  of  the  meagre  page,  which  is  given  to 
them  in  all  the  preceding  editions  of  Adam's  Grammar,  they 
here  occupy  eight  pages.  The  original  import  of  each  is  en- 
deavoured to  be  given  and  illustrated,  and  the  secondary  mean- 
ings traced  to  the  primary.  See  pages  184 — 192.  To  the  PRE- 
POSITIONS IN  COMPOSITION,  four  pages  have  been  devoted 
instead  of  a  third  of  a  page,  as  in  the  Edinburgh  edition.  See 
pages  192—195. 

13.  Articles  5  255,  256,  257,  258,  259,  260,  261,  262  and  263,  on 
the  Signification  of  Words,  are  entirely  new. 

14.  In  the  SYNTAX,  the  following  articles  are  entirely  new : 
— the  remarks  on  Simple  and  Compound  Sentences,  5  4  and  5 : — 
articles  5  T',  8,  9,  10  and  11,  under  Rule  II; — articles  \  24,  25,  26 
and  27,  under  Rule  III ; — article  \  35,  under  Rule  IV ; — articles 
{ 44,  45,  47  and  50,  under  Rule  VI,  explanatory  of  the  govern- 
ment of  the  Genitive  by  another  noun,  and  the  different  senses 
in  which  the  Genitive  is  used; — article  \  51,  under  Rule  VI,  ex- 
plaining the  use  of  the  Dative  for  the  Genitive ; — article  \  60, 
under  Rule  VII,  giving  the  different  significations  of  the  *  Abla- 
tive of  duality;' — article  \(d7,  under  Rule  VIII; — article  5  73, 
under  Rule  IX ; — article  \  82,  under  Rule  X,  comprising  nearly 
two  pages  of  adjectives  governing  the  Genitive,  with  the  classi- 
cal authorities ;— articles  \  90  and  91,  before  Rule  XII,  explaining 


PREFACE.  IX 

the  force  and  use  of  the  Dative  case ; — articles  5  108  and  109, 
under  Rule  XIII ; — the  note  explanatory  of  Rule  XV,  and  arti- 
cles 5  n8»  119,  120,  under  that  Rule;— the  note  to  Rule  XVII, 
and  under  this  Rule,  part  of  articles  5  131  and  135,  and  the  whole 
of  the  articles  5  132,  133,  136,  138,  141,  142  and  143,. the  three 
last  comprising  about  four  pages  of  verbs,  governing  the  Dative, 
that  are  *  variously  construed ;' — article  5  145,  explaining  what 
are  usually  considered  as  *  redundant  Datives ;' — articles  }  148, 
149,  150,  under  Rule  XVIII ;— observation  3,  under  Rule  XIX  ;— 
nearly  all  of  observation  1,  under  Rule  XX; — article  5  156,  un- 
der Rule  XXI; — the  note  to  Rule  XXII; — article  }  161,  under 
Rule  XXIII ; — observations  3  and  4,  under  Rule  XXVI ; — obser- 
vations 2,  3  and  4,  under  Rule  XXVII; — articles  J  172  and  173, 
under  Rule  XXVIII,  explaining  the  construction  when  the  active 
is  changed  into  the  passive  verb  ; — observations  6  and  7,  under 
Rule  XXX ; — part  of  observation  2,  and  all  of  observations  6 
and  7,  under  Rule  XXXI ; — observations  4  and  5,  under  Rule 
XXXVIII ; — part  of  observation  3,  and  all  observations  4  and  5, 
under  Rule  XXXIX ; — most  of  article  }  196,  and  all  of  article 
5  197,  under  Rule  XL ; — Rules  XLII  and  XLIII; — observation  3, 
under  Rule  LIII ;— articles  5  220,  221,  222,  223  and  224,  giving 
rules  for  the  use  of  the  Relative  with  the  Indicative  and  Subjunc- 
tive modes ; — and  article  5  234,  under  Rule  LXII.  These  additions 
to  the  Syntax,  comprise  about  SEVEN  HUNDRED  LINES, 
while  in  all  the  other  editions  of  Adam's  Grammar,  which  have 
lallen  under  the  editor's  notice,  this  division  of  it  (the  Syntax) 
corresponds  exactly  with  the  Syntax  in  the  old  Edinburgh  edition 
of  1793,  with  but  a  few  trifling  exceptions. 

15.  In  PROSODY,  the  following  articles  are  new ; — article  5  17 ; 
— exceptions  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7  and  8,  under  5  40; — the  9th,  10th  and 
13th,  observations  under  {  42; — exception  4,  under  5  49 ; — article 
5  62; — exceptions  1,  2,  3  and  4,  under  5  63; — all  of  articles  5  73, 
74,  75,  76,  77,  78,  79,  80,  81,  82,  83,  84,  85,  86,  87,  88,  89, 90, 91  and 
92 ; — which  present  a  clear  view  of  all  the  different  metres  used 
by  Horace;— and  articles  5  106,  107,  108,  109,  110,  111,  112,  113, 
114,  115,  116,  117,  118,  119,  120,  121,  122,  123, 124  and  125,  which 
exhibit  all  the  combinations  of  the  preceding  metres  found  in  the 
same  poet.  Besides  all  these  new  articles,  the  "  Figures  of  Dic- 
tion" have  been  enlarged  from  the  old  editions ;  and  many  new 
subdivisions  made  throughout  the  Prosody.    For  instance,  ex- 


X  PREFACE. 

ceptions  2,  3  and  4,  under  5  48,  are,  in  the  other  editions  of 
Adam's  comprised  in  one :  but  they  are  entirely  different '  in 
character,  and  should  be  made  distinct  by  division,  both  from 
the  fact  of  their  difference,  and  for  easy  and  intelligible  refer- 
ence. 

Such  are  the  chief  additions  which  the  Editor  has  made  to 
Adam's  Latin  Grammar,  and  by  which,  he  trusts  this  work, 
originally  of  great  merit,  and  deserved  celebrity,  has  been  ren- 
dered still  more  valuable.  The  original  work  has  been  used 
nearly  half  a  century  in  all  the  best  schools  and  colleges  in  our 
country,  and  those  who  have  temporarily  resorted  to  other  gram- 
mars, have  at  length  come  back  to  this.  It  is  true  that  some  of 
the  Rules  of  Syntax,  of  the  original  Edinburgh  editions,  and  of 
those  hitherto  published  in  this  country,  have  not  been  expressed 
with  the  greatest  clearness  and  precision,  but  every  intelligent 
instructor  would  of  course  explain  and  illustrate  whatever  there 
appeared  to  be  that  was  ambiguous  or  obscure.  Taken  as  a 
whole,  however,  the  original  work  of  Dr.  Adam  has  risen  higher 
in  the  estimation  of  the  editor,  the  oflener  and  the  more  critical- 
ly he  has  examined  it.  It  has  been  his  aim  in  this  edition,  to  ex- 
plain the  little  that  was  ambiguous,  and  to  illustrate  the  little 
that  was  obscure ;  and,  by  supplying  some  deficiencies,  to  make 
it  a  manual  to  which  the  student  of  the  higher  classics  might 
constantly  refer  with  pleasure  and  satisfaction.  Whether  he  has 
succeeded,  he  leaves  for  the  decision  of  those  who  are  decided- 
ly the  best  qualified  to  judge — the  Classical  Teachers  of  our 
country. 

THE  EDITOR. 

Philadelphia,  January  1, 1837. 


r-o 


CONTENTS. 


Page 
Pronunciation  of  Latin 11 

PART  I. 
Orthography,  which  treats  of  let- 
ters   15 

Diphthongs 16 

Syllables 16 

PART  II. 
Etymology,  which  treats  of  Words  .  17 
Division  of  Words,  or  Parts  of  Speech  17 

I.     Noun  or  Substantive 18 

Latin  Nouns 19 

Genders 19 

Number 22 

Case 22 

Declension  of  Nouns 23 

First  Declension  24 

Second  Declension 25 

Third  Declension 29 

Fourth  Declension  50 

Fifth  Declension 52 

Irregular  Nouns 53 

Heterogeneous 53 

Defective  in  Cases 56 

Defective  in  Number  58 

Redundant  62 

Division  of  Nouns  according  to 
their  Signification  and  Deri- 
vation   65 

Adjective 67 

First  and  Second  Declension  ...  67 

Third  Declension 69 

Rules  for  the  formation  of  the 

Ablative  70 

Numeral  Adjectives 72 

Comparison  of  Adjectives 76 

Irregular  Comparison 77 

n.    Pronoun 79 

1.  Simple  Pronouns 80 

2.  Compound  Pronouns 82 

3.  Reciprocals  84 


•    V    -■-' 

m.  Verb  ..Trrrn  r:'.-^:. 85 

Voice 87 

Mode 87 

Tense  87 

Number  and  Person 89 

Conjugation  of  Verbs 89 

First  Conjugation  93 

Second  Conjugation 97 

Third  Conjugation 99 

Fourth  Conjugation  102 

Deponent  and  Common  Verbs  .  104 

Formation  of  Tenses 106 

Signification  of  Tenses  109 

Verbs  of  the  First  Conjugation    112 

Second 122 

Third 129 

Fourth 150 

Irregular  Verbs  159 

Neuter  Passive 168 

Defective 168 

Impersonal  171 

Redundant  Verbs 172 

Frequentative 175 

Inceptive  175 

Desiderative 175 

Remarks  on  the  Verb  176 

IV.  Participles 178 

Gerunds 180 

Supines 180 

V.  Adverbs 180 

VI.  Prepositions  184 

Prepositions  in  Composition  ...  192 

VII.  Interjections  195 

VIII.  Conjunctions  196 

Signification  of  Words 197 

Terminations  of  Words 199 

PART  IIL 

Syntax  or  Construction  202 

Division  of  Sentences  into  Simple 

and  Compound  203 

11 


Xll 


CONTENTg. 


Page 

I.  Simple  Sentences 203 

Concord,  or  Agreement  of  Words  203 
Government  of  Words  in  Sim- 
ple Sentences  208 

Government  of  Substantives  . .  208 
Government  of  Adjectives  ....  213 
Government  of  Verbs 221 

1.  Verbs  governing  one  case  ...  221 

2.  Verbs  governing  two  cases  .  232 
Construction  of  Passive  Verbs  .  237 

Impersonal  Verbs 239 

Construction  of  the  Infinitive  . .  241 
Construction  of  Participles,  &c.  242 

Gerunds 243 

Supines 245 

Construction  of  Adverbs 246 

Prepositions  ..  249 

Interjections...  251 

Construction  of  Circumstances  251 

Compound  Sentences 256 

Construction  of  Relatives 256 

Construction  of  Conjunctions  ..  260 
Construction  of  Comparatives  .  263 
Ablative  Absolute 265 

APPENDIX  TO  SYNTAX. 

II.  Figures  of  Syntax 267 

Ellipsis 267 

Pleonasm 268 

Enallage 268 

Hyperbaton 269 

III.  Analysis  and  Translation 270 

IV.  Different  kinds  of  Style 273 

V.  Figures  of  Rhetoric 274 

1.  Figures  of  Words,  or  Tropes  274 

2.  Repetition  of  Words 277 


PART  IV. 

Page 
3.  Figures  of  Thought 278 

Prosody,  which  treats  of  the  Quan- 
tity of  Syllables,  of  Accent,  and      * 
Verse 281 

Quantity  of  Syllables  282 

1.  Quantity  of   First    and    Middle 

Syllables 283 

2.  Quantity  of  Final  Syllables 289 

Quantity  of  Derivatives  292 

Quantity  of  Compounds 293 

Verse 294 

Different  Kinds  of  Feet  294 

Different  Kinds  of  Verse  295 

Caesura 296 

Iambic  Measure 298 

Choriambic 299 

Ionic 300 

Figures  in  Scanning 301 

Figures  of  Diction  303 

Different  Kinds  of  Poems 304 

Combination  of  Verses  in  Poems  . . .  305 
Different  Metres  used   by  Horace, 

and  their  Combinations 306 

Index  to  the  Odes  of  Horace 309 

APPENDIX. 

Punctuation,  Capitals,  &c 310 

Abbreviations,  &c 31 1 

Division  of  the  Roman  Months  ....  311 

Of  the  Reckoning  of  Money 313 

Roman  Measures  of  Length  314 

Measures  of  Extent 315 

Measures  of  Capacity  315  and  316 

Weights 317  and  318 

Moneys 319  and  320 


(  13) 
THE 

PRONUNCIATION  OF  LATLN. 


The  following  rules  for  the  Pronunciation  of  Latin,  are  such  as  pre- 
vail in  the  English  Universities,  and  in  the  principal  Colleges  in  the 
United  States.  They  are  in  accordance  with  the  standard  laid  down 
by  Walker,  (which  it  is  desirable  should  be  adopted  wherever  the 
English  language  is  spoken,)  that  the  Latin  should  be  accented  and 
pronounced  by  us,  according  to  the  prevailing  analogies  of  our  own 
language,  without  regard  to  the  prosodial  accent  and  quantity  of  the 
ancients. 

RULES  FOR  THE  ACCENT. 

§  1®  In  words  of  two  syllables,  the  penult  is  always  accented ;  as, 
pd'-ter,  heV'lum,  na'-vis. 

§  2»  In  words  of  more  than  two  syllables,  the  accent  is  regulated 
by  the  quantity  of  the  penult.  Of  this  there  are  three  cases:  1.  If  the 
penult  is  long,  it  is  accented ;  as,  a-ma!-ham,  a-mi'-cus,  se-cu'-rus. 
2.  If  the  penult  be  short,  the  accent  is  on  the  antepenult ;  as,  hom'-i' 
nisj  leg'-e-re.  3.  If  the  penult  be  common,  the  accent  in  prose  is  on 
the  antepenult ;  as,  vol'-u-cris,  ih'-i-que,  ten'-e-hris :  but  genitives  in 
ius,  in  which  i  is  common,  accent  their  penult  in  prose ;  as,  u-ni'-us, 
iS'ti'-us. 

RULES  FOR  THE  SOUNDS  OF  THE  LETTERS. 

1.  OF  THE  VOWELS. 

§  3»  In  Monosyllables  when  the  vowel  is  the  final  letter  it  has 
its  long  sound ;  as,  da,  me,  si,  do,  tu :  otherwise  it  has  its  short  sound  ; 
u.8,jam,  et,4n,  nan,  nunc, 

Exc.  1.  Custom,  in  disregard  of  analogy,  has  given  to  all  termina- 
tions in  es,  and  the  plural  cases  in  os,  the  long  sound ;  as,  es,  amdres, 
pes,  pronounced  like  the  English  word  ease:  nos,  hos,  popidos,  pro- 
nounced like  ose  in  dose. 

Exc.  2.  Post  is  pronounced  like  the  same  word  in  English:  so  also 
are  its  compounds ;  as,  post-qiiam ;  but  not  its  derivatives ;  as,  pos- 
tre-mus, 

§  4»  In  Dyssyllables  the  vowel  of  the  first  syllable,  when  it  comes 
before  another  vowel,  or  a  single  consonant,  has  the  long  sound ;  as, 
Ca-to,  re-i,  i-hi,  ho-nos  cu-i :  but  when  it  comes  before  two  consonants 

2 


14  PRONUNCIATION    OF   LATIN. 

or  a  double  consonant,  it  has  the  short  sound ;  as,  tan-dem,  bel-lum, 
il-le,  lon-guSf  bux-us. 

Exc.  If  the  vowel  be  followed  by  a  mute  and  a  liquid,  it  has  the  long 
sound ;  as,  sa'-cra, 

§  5»  In  Polysyllables,  when  the  penult  is  accented,  its  vowel 
before  another  vowel,  or  single  consonant,  has  the  long  sound;  as, 
o-rd'-tor^  spe-ci-e-i,  a-mi'-cus^  mul-to' -rum,  se-cu-rus :  but  before  two 
consonants  or  a  double  consonant,  the  short  sound ;  as,  a-man'-tur,  dO' 
cen'-tur,  ex-tin'-guo,  res-pon'-dens,  Ti-hul'-lus. 

V  6«  But  if  in  Polysyllables  the  antepenult  be  accented,  its 
vowel  has  the  short  sound ;  as,  trad'-i-tu,  ex-er'-ci-tus,  sid'-e-ra,  ser- 
mon'-i-busj  tan-tum' -mo-do.  To  this  rule  there  are  the  following  ex- 
ceptions : 

Exc.  1.  When  u  comes  before  a  single  consonant,  and  when  an  ac- 
cented vowel  comes  before  another  vowel,  they  have  the  long  sound; 
as,  du'-bi-e,  ju'-di-ces,  o-ce'-a-nus,  mu-li'-e-res,  pro-cu-bu'-e-rant, 

Exc.  2.  When  the  penultimate  vowel  is  e  or  i  before  another  vowel, 
the  antepenultimate  vowel,  except  i,  has  the  long  sound ;  as,  gra'-ti-a, 
ag-gre'-di-or  in-o'-pi-a,  mu'4i-er, per-Jid'-i-e,  Scip'-i-o, 

11.  OF  THE  DIPHTHONGS. 

^  Tfm  jE  and  (E  are  pronounced  as  e  w^ould  be  in  the  same  situation ; 
as,  (b'-Ius,  pce'-na,  ccct'-e-ra. 

V  8»  At,  ei,  ot,  and  yi,  generally  have  the  vowels  pronounced 
separately  in  prose.  When  followed  by  another  vowel,  the  i  is  joined 
with  that  vowel,  and  takes  the  sound  of  y  in  youth ;  as,  Maia,  Pompeius  ; 
pronounced  Ma'-ija,  Pom-pe'-yus, 

§  0«  An,  when  a  diphthong,  is  pronounced  like  aw ;  as,  laus,  pro- 
nounced like  the  English  laws.  In  the  termination  of  Greek  proper 
names,  the  letters  au  are  pronounced  separately ;  as,  Ar-che-la'-us. 

V  lO*  Eu  and  ui  when  diphthongs  are  pronounced  like  long  u  and 
i;  as,  Or-pheus,  cui,  huic, 

III.  OF  THE  CONSONANTS. 

§  !!•  C^  and  G  are  hard  before  a,  o,  and  u,  and  sofl  before  e,  i, 
y;  as. 


carpo               like 

card, 

cera 

like               cent, 

cdo                    '* 

colt, 

cibus 

"                 circle, 

culmen              " 

cucumber, 

cycnus 

"                  cycle. 

gaza                   " 

gave, 

getidus 

«                  gelid, 

gorgon 

gone, 

gigas 

"                  giant. 

guslus                " 

gust, 

gyrus 

gypsey. 

§12*  Ch  has  always  the  sound  of  k,  as, 

charta^  machma,  pro- 

nounced  kar'-ta,  mak'- 

■e-na. 

THE 

RUDIMENTS 

OP 

LATIN    GRAMMAR. 


§  !•  Grammar  is  the  art  of  speaking  and  writing 
correctly. 

Latin  Grammar  is  the  art  of  speaking  and  writ- 
ing the  Latin  language  correctly. 

The  Rudiments  of  Grammar  are  plain  and  easy  instructions,  teach- 
ing beginners  the  first  principles  and  rules  of  it. 

Grammar  treats  of  sentences,  and  the  several  parts  of  which  they 
are  compounded. 

Sentences  consist  of  words ;  words  consist  of  one  or  more  syllables ; 
syllables  of  one  or  more  letters.  So  that  Letters,  Syllables,  Words, 
and  Sentences,  iiKike  up  the  whole  subject  of  Grammar. 

LETTERS. 

§  2©  A  letter  is  the  mark  of  a  sound,  or  of  an  articulation  of  sound. 

That  part  of  Grammar,  which  treats  of  letters,  is  called  Ortho- 
graphy. 

The  letters  in  Latin  are  twenty-five :  A,  a ;  B,  b ;  C,  c ;  D,  d ;  E, 
e;  F,  f;  G,  g;  H,  h;  I,  i;  J,  j ;  K,  k;  L,  1 ;  M,  m;  N,  n;  O,  o;  P, 
p;  Q,  q;  R,  r;  S,  s;  T,  t;  U,  u;  V,  v;  X,  x;  Y,  y ;  Z,  z.* 

Letters  are  divided  into  Vowels  and  Consonants. 

Six  are  vowels ;  a,  6,  i,  o,  ^^  y.  All  the  rest  are 
consonants. 

A  vowel  makes  a  full  sound  by  itself;  as,  a,  e. 

A  consonant  cannot  make  a  perfect  sound  with- 
out a  vovv^el ;  as,  6,  d. 

A  vowel  is  properly  called  a  simple  sound ;  and  the  sounds  formed 
by  the  concourse  of  vowels  and  consonants,  articulate  sounds. 

*  In  English  there  is  one  letter  more,  viz.  W. 

15 


16  DIPHTHONGS. SYLLASLES. 

Consonants  are  divided  into  Mutes,  Semi-voivcls,  and  Double  Con- 
sonants. 

A  mute  is  so  called,  because  it  entirely  stops  the  passage  of  the  voice ; 
as,  p  in  ap. 

The  mutes  are,  p,  b ;  t,  d ;  c,  k,  q,  and  g ;  but  5,  d,  and  g,  perhaps 
may  more  properly  be  termed  Semi-mutes;  because  their  sounds 
may  be  continued,  whereas  the  sound  of  p,  t,  and  /c,  cannot  be  pro- 
longed. 

A  semi-vowel,  or  half  vowel,  does  not  entirely  stop  the  passage  of  the 
voice ;  thus,  al. 

The  semi- vowels  are  Z,  m,  n,  r,  s,f.  The  first  four  of  these  are  call- 
ed Liquids,  particularly  I  and  r ;  because  they  flow  softly  and  easily 
after  a  mute  in  the  same  syllable ;  as,  bla,  stra. 

The  mutes  and  semi-vowels  may  be  thus  distinguished.  In  naming 
the  mutes,  the  vowel  is  put  after  them ;  as,  pe,  be,  &c. ;  but  in  naming 
the  semi-vowels,  the  vowel  is  put  before  them ;  as,  el,  em,  &c. 

The  double  consonants  are,  x,  z,  and,  as  some  think,  j.  X  is  made 
up  of  cs,  ks,  or  gs. 

In  Latin,  z,  and  likewise  k  and  y,  are  found  only  in  words  derived 
from  the  Greek. 

DIPHTHONGS. 

§  3«  A  diphthong  consists  of  two  vowels  forming 
one  syllable,  and  pronounced  by  one  impulse  of  the 
voice. 

If  the  sound  of  both  vowels  be  distinctly  heard, 
it  is  called  a  Proper  Diphthong ;  if  not,  an  Improper 
Diphthong. 

The  proper  diphthongs  in  Latin  are  commonly  reckoned  three ;  au, 
en,  ei ;  as  in  aurum,  Eurus,  omneis.  To  these  some,  not  improperly, 
add  other  three ;  namely,  ai,  as  in  Maia  ;  oi,  as  in  Troia  ;  and  ui,  as 
in  Ilarpuia,  or  in  cui,  and  huic,  pronounced  as  monosyllables. 

The  improper  diphthongs  in  Latin  are  two ;  ae,  or  when  the  vowels 
are  written  together,  ce ;  as,  aetas,  or  cetas,  oe,  or  ce ;  as,  poena,  or 
pmna ;  in  both  of  which  the  sound'  of  the  e  only  is  heard.  The  an- 
cients commonly  Vvrote  the  vowels  separately  ;  thus,  aetas,  poena. 

SYLLABLES. 

§  4©  A  syllable  is  the  sound  of  one  letter,  or  of 
several  letters,  pronounced  by  one  impulse  of  the 
voice  ;  as,  a,  ac?,  cum. 

In  Latin  there  are  as  many  syllables  in  a  word,  as  there  are  vowels 
or  diphthongs  in  it;  unless  when  u  with  any  other  vowel  comes  after 
g,  q,  or  s ;  as  in  lingua,  qui,  suadeo ;  where  the  two  vowels  are  not 
reckoned  a  diphthong,  because  the  sound  of  the  u  vanishes,  or  is  little 
heard. 


WORDS. — PAIITS    OP   SPEECH.  17 

Words  consisting  of  one  syllable  are  called  Mo- 
nosyllahles  ;  of  two.  Dissyllables  ;  and  of  more  than 
two,  Polysyllables.  But  all  words  of  more  than  one 
syllable  are  commonly  called  Polysyllables. 

In  dividing  words  into  syllables,  we  are  chiefly  to  be  directed  by  the 
ear.  Compound  words  should  be  divided  into  the  parts  of  which  they 
are  made  up ;  as,  db-utor,  in-opSy  proptSr-ea,  et-enim,  vel-ut,  &c. 

Observe,  a  long  syllable  is  marked  with  a  horizontal  line,  [-] ;  as  in 
amdre ;  or  with  a  circumflex  accent,  [  a  ]  ;  as  in  amdris.  A  short  syl- 
lable is  marked  with  a  curved  line,  [  ^  ] ;  as  in  omnibus. 

What  pertains  to  the  quantity  of  syllables  and  to  verse  will  be  treat- 
ed of  hereafter. 

WORDS. 

§  5e  Words  are  articulate  sounds,  significant  of 
thought. 

That  part  of  Grammar  which  treats  of  words  is 
called  Etymology  or  Analogy.^ 

AH  words  whatever  are  either  simple  or  compound,  'primitive  or  de- 
rivative. 

The  division  of  words  into  simple  and  compound  is  called  their 
Figure ;  into  primitive  and  derivative,  their  Species,  or  sort. 

A  simple  word  is  that  which  is  not  made  up  of  more  than  one ;  as, 
pius,  pious ;  ego,  I ;  doceo,  I  teach. 

A  compound  word  is  that  which  is  made  up  of  two  or  more  words ; 
or  of  one  word  and  some  syllable  added ;  as,  impius,  impious ;  dedoceo, 
I  unteach  ;  egomet,  I  myself. 

A  primitive  word  is  that  which  comes  from  no  other ;  as,  pius,  pious ; 
disco,  I  learn ;  doceo,  I  teach. 

A  derivative  word  is  that  which  comes  from  another  word ;  as,  pietas, 
piety ;  doctrlna,  learning. 

The  different  classes  into  which  we  divide  words  are  called  Parts  of 
Speech. 

PARTS  OF  SPEECH. 

§  6.  The  parts  of  speech  in  Latin  are  eight,  viz  : 
1.  Noun^  Pronoun^  Verb ^  Participle  ;  declined. 

*  All  words  may  be  divided  into  three  kinds ;  namely,  1.  such  as  mark  the  names 
of  things ;  2.  such  as  denote  what  is  affirmed  concerning  things  ;  and  3.  such  as  are 
significant  only  in  conjunction  with  other  words;  or  what  are  called  SnhstantiveSy 
Attributives,  and  Connectives.  Thus  in  the  following  sentence,  "  The  diligent  boy 
reads  the  lesson  carefully  in  the  school,  and  at  home,"  the  words  boy,  lesson,  school, 
home,  are  the  names  we  give  to  the  things  spoken  of;  diligent,  reads,  carefully] 
express  what  is  affirmed  concerning  the  boy ;  the,  in,  and,  at,  are  only  signilicant 
when  joined  with  the  other  words  of  the  sentence. 

2* 


18  NOUN. SUBSTANTIVE. 

2.  Adverb^  Preposition^  Interjection^  and  Conjunc-  | 

tion;  undeclined.^ 

NOUN. 
A  noun  is  either  substantive  or  adjective.t  j 

SUBSTANTIVE. 

§  7©  A  Substantive,  or  noun,  is  the  name  of  any 
person,  place,  or  thing ;  as,  6oy,  scJiool,  book. 

Substantives  arc  of  two  sorts  ;  proper  and  com- 
mon names. 

Proper  names  are  the  names  appropriated  to  in- 
dividuals ;  as  the  names  of  persons  and  places  ; 
such  are  Ccesar^  Rome, 

Common  names  stand  for  whole  kinds,  contain- 
ing several  sorts;    or  for  sorts,  containing  many  j 
individuals    under   them ;    as,   ajiimal,   man^   beast^ 
Jish^  fowl^  &ic. 

Every  particular  being  should  have  its  own  proper  name ;  but  this  is  : 

impossible,  on  account  of  their   innumerable  multitude;    men  have  j 

therefore  been  obliged  to  give  the  same  common  name  to  such  things 
as  agree  together  in  certain  respects.  These  form  what  is  called  a 
genus,  or  kind  ;  a  species,  or  sort. 

A  proper  name  may  be  used  for  a  common,  and  then  in  English  it 
has  the  article  joined  to  it;  as,  when  we  say  of  some  great  conqueror, 
"He  is  an  Alexander;"  or,  "  ZAe  Alexander  of  his  age." 

To  proper  and  common  names  may  be  added  a  third  class  of  nouns, 
which  mark  the  names  of  qualities,  and  are  called  abstract  nouns ;  as, 
hardness,  goodness,  whiteness,  virtue,  justice,  piety,  &c. 

V/hen  we  speak  of  things,  we  consider  them  as  one  or  more.  This 
is  what  we  call  Number.  When  one  thing  is  spoken  of,  a  noun  is  said 
to  be  of  the  singular  number ;  when  two  or  more,  of  the  plural. 

*  Those  words  or  parts  of  speech  are  said  to  be  declined,  which  receive  different 
changes  on  their  last  syllables,  or  their  terminations. 

The  changes  made  upon  words  are  by  grammarians  called  Accidents. 

Of  old,  all  words,  which  admit  of  different  terminations,  were  said  to  be  declined. 
But  Declension  is  now  applied  only  to  nouns.  The  changes  made  upon  the  verb 
are  called  Conjugation. 

tThe  adjective  seems  to  be  improperly  called  noim :  it  is  only  a  word  added  to 
a  subslantive  or  noun,  expressive  of  its  qi«ality ;  and  therefore  should  be  considered 
as  a  different  part  of  speech.  But  as  the  substantive  and  adjective  together  express 
but  one  object,  and  in  Latin  are  declined  after  the  same  manner,  they  have  both 
been  coraprcliendcu  under  the  same  general  name. 


LATIN    NOUNS. GENDERS.  19 

LATIN  NOUNS. 

To  Latin   nouns   belong   Gender^  Number^  and 

Case. 

GENDERS. 

§  89  There  are  three  genders ;  Masculine^  Femi- 
nine^ and  Neuter. 

Gender  is  the  distinction  of  sex.  In  the  nature  of  thing's,  therefore, 
there  are  but  two  genders,  the  Masculine  and  Feminine.  But  in  Latin, 
Gender  is  not  only  a  natural  distinction,  but  also  a  grammatical  distri- 
bution of  nouns  into  sorts  or  kinds,  with  respect  to  the  terminations 
of  adjectives  with  which  they  are  construed.  Liber,  *  a  book,'  is  mas- 
culine, because  it  is  joined  with  that  termination  of  adjectives  which  is 
applied  only  to  males.  Ratio,  *  reason,'  is  feminine,  because  it  is  joined 
with  that  termination  of  adjectives  which  is  applied  only  to  females. 
Opus,  *a  work,'  is  neuter,  because  it  is  joined  with  that  termination  of 
adjectives  which  cannot  be  applied  either  to  males  or  females.  Neuter 
is  a  pure  Latin  word,  signifying  *  neither :'  when  a  noun,  therefore,  is 
said  to  be  of  the  neuter  gender,  it  means  simply  that  it  is  *  neither' 
masculine  nor  feminine. 

Grammarians  distinguish  the  genders  by  the  pronoun  hie,  to  mark 
the  masculine ;  hcec,  the  feminine ;  and  hoc,  the  neuter. 

Nouns  which  have  either  the  masculine  or  feminine  gender,  accord- 
ing to  the  sense,  are  called  common  ;  as,  conjux,  *  a  spouse ;'  hie  con- 
jux,  '  this  husband ;'  hcec  conjux,  *  this  wife ;'  parens,  *  a  parent ;'  meus 
parens,  *  my  father ;'  mea  parens,  *  my  mother.' 

When  under  one  gender  a  noun  signifies  both  the  sexes  of  brutes,  it 
is  called  epicene  ;  as,  hie  passer,  *  a  sparrow,'  male  or  female. 

The  distinction  between  the  common  and  epicene  may  be  thus 
marked.  Words  of  the  common  gender  are  those  which  under  one 
termination  include  both  genders,  but  for  distinction  require  an  adjective 
of  masculine  or  feminine  termination;  as,  hie  parens,  or  hcDc parens; 
but  epicene  words  are  those  which  express  both  sexes  under  one  fixed 
gender;  as,  hie  lepus,  the  male  or  female  hare.  1^  hie  parens  might 
denote  both  father  and  mother,  it  would  be  epicene;  but  since  for 
mother  we  must  say  hcec  parens,  it  is  common.  If  we  might  say  hie 
lepus,  this  male  hare,  hcec  lepus  this  female  hare,  lepus  would  be 
common ;  but  as  hie  lepus  expresses  both,  it  is  epicene. 

General  Rules  concerning  Gender. 

§  9«  1.  Names  of  males  are  masculine;  as,  Homerus,  Homer;  pater, 
a  father ;  poeta,  a  poet. 

2.  Names  of  females  are  feminine ;  as,  Helena,  Helen ;  mulier,  a 
woman ;  uxor,  a  wife ;  mater,  a  mother ;  soror,  a  sister ;  Tellus,  the 
goddess  of  the  earth. 

3.  Nouns  which  signify  either  the  male  or  female,  are  of  the  com- 
mon gender;  that  is,  either  masculine  or  feminine;  as,  hie  bos,  an  ox; 
h(cc  bos,  a  cow ;  hie  parens,  a  father,  hcec  parens,  a  mother. 


20  OUSERVATIONS. 

4.  Nouns  admitting  either  the  masculine  or  feminine  gender,  inde- 
pendently of  the  sense,  are  called  doubtful ;  as,  Jiic  or  h(BC  anguis,  '  a 
snake,'  either  masculine  or  feminine ;  hie  or  hoc  vulgiis,  *  the  rabble,' 
either  masculine  or  neuter. 

OBSERVATIONS. 

Ous.  1.  The  names  of  brute  animals  commonly  follow  the  gender 
of  their  termination. 

Such  are  the  names  of  wild  beasts,  birds,  fishes,  and  insects,  in  which 
the  distinction  of  sex  is  either  not  easily  discerned,  or  seldom  attended 
to.  Thus  passer^  a  sparrow,  either  male  or  female,  is  masculine,  be- 
cause nouns  in  er  are  masculine ;  so  dquila,  an  eagle,  either  male  or 
female,  is  feminine,  because  nouns  in  a  of  the  first  declension  are  femi- 
nine. These  are  called  epicene,  or  promiscuous  nouns.  When  any 
particular  sex  is  marked,  we  usually  add  the  word  mas  or  femina ;  as, 
mas  passer,  a  male  sparrow ;  femina  passer,  a  female  sparrow. 

Obs.  2.  A  proper  name,  for  the  most  part,  follows  the  gender  of  the 
general  name  under  which  it  is  comprehended. 

Thus,  the  names  of  months,  winds,  rivers,  and  mountains,  are  mas- 
culine ;  because  mensis,  vcntus,  mons,  and  Jluvius,  are  masculine ;  as, 
hie  Aprilis,  April ;  hie  AquUo,  the  north  wind;  hie  Africus,  the  south 
west  wind ;  hie  Tiber  is,  the  river  Tiber ;  hie  OtJirys,  a  hill  in  Thessaly. 
But  many  of  these  follow  the  gender  of  their  termination ;  as,  hcec 
Matrona,  the  river  Marne  in  France;  h(BC  Mtna,  a  mountain  in 
Sicily ;  hoc  Soraetc,  a  hill  in  Italy. 

In  like  manner,  the  names  of  countries,  towns,  trees,  and  ships  are 
feminine,  because  terra  or  regio,  urbs,  arbor,  and  ndvis,  are  feminine ; 
as,  hcee  Egyptus,  Egypt ;  Sdmos,  an  island  of  that  name ;  Corinthus,  the 
city  of  Corinth  ;  pomus,  an  apple-tree;  Centaurus,  the  name  of  a  ship. 
Thus  also  the  names  of  poems,  hac  Bias,  -ados,  and  Odyssea,  the  two 
poems  of  Homer ;  haec  JEneis,  -Idos,  a  poem  of  Virgil ;  hcee  Eunuchiis, 
one  of  Terence's  comedies. 

The  gender,  however,  of  many  of  these  depends  on  the  termination; 
thus,  hie  Pontus,  a  country  of  that  name ;  hie  Suhno,  -onis ;  Pes  si- 
nus, -untis ;  Hydrus,  -untis,  names  of  towns ;  hoic  Per  sis,  -idis,  the 
kingdom  of  Persia ;  Carthago,  -mis,  the  city  Carthage ;  hoc  Albion, 
Britain ;  hoc  Ccere,  Redte,  Prceneste,  Tibur,  Ilium,  names  of  towns. 
But  some  of  these  are  also  found  in  the  feminine;  as,  Gelidd  Prceneste. 
Juvenal,  iii.  190;  Alta  Ilion.  Ovid.  Met.  xiv.  466. 

The  following  names  of  trees  are  masculine,  oleaster,  oleastri,  a  wild 
olive-tree ;  rhamnus,  the  white  bramble. 

The  following  are  masculine  or  feminine ;  cytisus,  a  kind  of  shrub ; 
Tubus,  the  bramble-bush;  larix,  the  larch-tree;  lotus,  the  lote-tree; 
cupressus,  the  cypress-tree.  The  first  two,  however,  are  oflener  mas- 
culine ;  the  rest  oflener  feminine. 

Those  in  um  are  neuter  ;  as,  buxum,  the  bush,  or  box-tree ;  ligustrum, 
a  privet;  so  likewise  are  suber,  -eris,  the  cork-tree;  slier,  -eris,  the 
osier ;  robur,  -oris,  oak  of  the  hardest  kind ;  deer,  -eris,  the  maple- 
tree. 


OBSERVATIONS. 


21 


The  piace  where  trees  or  shrubs  grow  is  commonly  neuter ;  as,  ar- 
bustum,  quercetum,  esculetum,  sdlictum,  fruticetum,  &c.  a  place  where 
trees,  oaks,  beeches,  willows,  shrubs,  &c.,  grow;  also  the  names  of  fruits 
and  timber ;  as,  pomum  or  malum,  an  apple ;  plrurn,  a  pear ;  ebenumt 
ebony,  &c.     But  from  this  rule  there  are  various  exceptions. 

§  10»  The  following  nouns  are  Masculine  and 
Feminine,  both  in  sense  and  grammatical  construc- 
tion: 


Adolcscens,  a  young  man 
or  woman. 

Aff'mis,  a  relation  by  mar- 
riage. 

Antistes,  a  chief  priest. 

Auclor,  an  author. 

Augur,  an  augur. 

Bos,  an  ox,  or  cow. 

Caiiis,  a  dog,  or  bitch. 

Civis,  a  citizen. 

Comes,  a  companion. 

Conjux,  a  husband,  or  wile. 

Censors,  a  consort. 

Conviva,  a  guest 

Custos,  a  iceeper. 


Dnx,  a  leader. 
Exul,  an  exile. 
Hospes,  a  host,  a  guest. 
Hostis,  an  enemy. 
Infans,  an  infant. 
luferjjres,  an  interpreter. 
Judex,  a  judge. 
Juvmis,  a  youth. 
Miles,  a  soldier. 
Muntceps,  a  burgess. 
Nemo,  nobody. 
Par,  a  mate,  husband,  or 

wife. 
Parens,  a  parent 


Patruelis,  a  cousin-german 
by  the  father's  side. 

Prces,  a  surety. 

PrcESid,  a  priest  of  Mars. 

Princeps,  a  prince. 

Sacerdos,  a  priest,  or  priest- 
ess. 

Salelles,  a  life-guard. 

Sus,  a  swine. 

Testis,  a  witness. 

Vatcs,  a  prophet,  or  pro- 


Vcrna,  a  slave. 
ViTidex,  an  avenger. 


§  !!•  The  following  are  Masculine  or  Feminine 
in  sense,  but  Masculine  only  in  grammatical  con- 
struction : 


ArCtfex,  an  artist 
Auspex,  a  soothsayer. 
Codes,  a  person  having  but 

one  eye. 
Eques,  a  horseman. 
Exlex,  an  outlaw. 


Fur,  a  thief. 

Hcsres,  an  heir,  an  heiress. 

Homo,  a  man  or  woman. 

Index,  an  informer. 

Latro,  a  robber. 

Libert,  children. 


Obses,  a  hostage. 
Opifcx,  a  workman. 
Pedes,  a  footman. 
Pugil,  a  boxer. 
Sejiex,  an  old  person. 


§  13©  The  following,  though  Masculine  or  Femi- 
nine in  sense,  are  Feminine  only  in  grammatical 
construction : 


Copicp,  forces,  troops. 
CustocJice,  guards. 
Excubice,  sentinels. 


I  OptrcB,  labourers. 
Proles,  an  offspring. 


Sobules,  an  offipring. 
VigilicD,  watchmen. 


§  13.  Some  nouns  signifying  Persons  are  Neuter 
with  respect  to  their  termination. 


Acroama,  a  jester. 
Auxilia,  auxiliary  troops. 


I  Mancipium,  a  slave. 
Servitium,  a  slave. 


22  NUMBER. CASES. 

NUMBER. 

§  14»  Number  is  the  distinction  of  objects, 
whether  as  one,  or  more  than  one. 

There  are  two  nmnbers,  the  Singular  which 
denotes  one,  as  horao^  'a  man;'  or  the  aggregate  of 
many  taken  collectively,  as,  mnltitudo^  '  a  multi- 
tude;' and  the  Plural,  which  denotes  more  than 
one,  as  homines^  '  men.' 

Some  Latin  nouns  of  the  Plural  number  signify 
but  one,  as,  Athence^  'Athens;'  others  signify  one 
or  more,  as,  7iuptice,  '  a  marriage,'  or  '  marriages.' 

CASES. 

§  1 5©  Various  methods  are  used  in  different  languages  to  express 
the  different  connexions,  or  relations  of  one  thing  to  another.  In  Eng- 
lish, and  in  most  modern  languages,  this  is  done  by  prepositions,  or 
particles  placed  before  the  substantive ;  in  Latin  by  Declension  or  by- 
different  Cases,  that  is,  by  changing  the  termination  of  the  noun ;  as, 
rex,  *  a  king ;'  regis,  '  of  a  king.' 

Cases  are  certain  changes  made  upon  the  termination  of  nouns  to 
express  the  relation  of  one  thing  to  another. 

They  are  so  called  from  cado,  '  to  fall,'  because  they  fall,  as  it  were, 
from  the  nominative,  which  is  therefore  named  casus  rectus,  *  the 
straight  case,'  and  the  other  cases,  casus  ohliqui,  *  the  oblique  cases.' 

There  are  six  cases,  the  Nominative,  the  Geni- 
tive, the  Dative,  the  Accusative,  the  Vocative,  and 
the  Ablative. 

The  Nominative  simply  expresses  the  name  of  a  person  or  thing,  and 
marks  the  subject  of  discourse,  as  Alexander  interfecit,  '  Alexander 
slew.' 

The  Genitive  generally  expresses  the  relation  of  possession  or  pro- 
<perty,  and  in  English  it  has  the  sign  of  before  it,  or  's  (s  with  an  apos- 
trophe) added  to  it,  as  Amor  Dei,  '  the  love  of  God,'  or  '  God's  love,' 
Domus  Cmsdris,  *  the  house  of  Csesar,'  or  *  Cessar's  house.' 

The  Dative  is  used  to  mark  the  object  to  which  any  thing  is  refer- 
ed,  whether  it  be  acquisition  or  loss,  and  is  generally  translated  with 
the  signs  to  and  for,  though  sometimes  its  true  force  can  only  be  ren- 
dered by,  from  and  hy :  as.  Hoc  milii  datur,  '  this  is  given  to  me  ;'  Hoc 
mihi  seritur,  '  this  is  sown  for  me ;'  Hoc  miki  adimitur,  '  this  is  taken 
away  from  me,'     Nee  cernitur  ulli,  '  nor  is  he  perceived  hy  any  one.' 

The  Accusative  indicates  the  object  to  v/hich  the  action  of  the  verb 
passes;  as,  Alexander  interfecit  Clilum,  *  Alexander  slew  Clitus.^ 


DECLEN3I0IV.  23 

The  Vocative  points  out  the  object  called  upon  or  addressed,  with  or 
without  the  sign  O,  as  O  felix  traler,  '  O  happy  brother,'  or  *  happy 
brother.' 

The  Ablative,  (compounded  of  the  preposition  o5,  *  from,'  and  latum, 
the  supine  oi  fero,  'to  take,')  often  implies  'a  taking  away.'  It  also 
denotes  concomitancy  or  accompaniment ;  as,  Ingressus  est  cum  gladio, 
'  he  entered  with  a  sword,'  i.  e.  having  at  that  time  a  sword  along  with 
him.  When  the  preposition  man,  'with,'  is  not  expressed,  the  Abla- 
tive may  be  considered  as  the  cause,  manner,  or  instrument,  as,  Inter- 
fecit  eum  gladio,  'he  killed  him  with  a  sword  ;'  that  is,  a  sword  was 
the  instrument  with  which  his  death  was  effected.  In  English,  the 
Ablative  has  before  it  the  signs  with,  from,  for,  by,  in,  through. 

DECLENSION. 

Declension  is  the  regular  distribution  of  nouns  according  to  their 
terminations,  so  that  they  may  be  distinguished  from  one  another. 

§  16«  There  are  five  different  ways  of  varying  or 
declining  nouns,  called  the  first,  second,  third,  fourth, 
and  ffth  declensions. 

The  different  declensions  are  distinguished  from 
one  another  by  the  termination  of  the  Genitive 
singular. 

The  Genitive  of  the  First  ends  in  cb^ 

Second       in  i. 

Third         in  is. 

Fourth       in  its. 

Fifth  in  ei, 

GENERAL  RULES  OF  DECLENSION. 

§  1  *7«  Nouns  of  the  neuter  gender  have  the  Accusative  and  Voca- 
tive like  the  Nominative  in  both  numbers ;  and  in  the  Plural,  these 
three  cases  end  always  in  a. 

The  Nominative  and  Vocative"^'  singular  gejierally,  and  the  Nomina- 
tive and  Vocative  plural  always  in  all  Declensions  end  alike. 

The  Dative  and  Ablative  plural  end  always  alike  in  all  declensions. 

The  Accusative  plural  of  the  first,  third,  fourth  and  fifth  Declensions 
is  formed  from  the  Accusative  singular  by  changing  m  into  s. 

The  Ablative  singular  of  the  first,  third,  fourth,  and  fifth  Declensions 
is  formed  from  the  Accusative  singular,  by  dropping  m. 

The  Genitive  plural  is  formed  from  the  Ablative  singular  by  adding 
ru7n  in  the  first,  second,  and  fifth  Declensions,  and  um  in  the  fourth. 

Proper  names,  for  the  most  part,  want  the  Plural. 

*  Greek  nouns  in  s  generally  lose  s  in  the  Vocative ;  as,  Thomas,  Thoma ;  An- 
ch'tses,  Anchlse ;  Paris,  Pari ;  Panthus,  Panthu ;  Pallas,  -antis,  Palla,  names  of 
men.  But  nouns  in  es  of  the  third  declension,  oftener  retain  the  s ;  as,  o  Achilles, 
rarely  -e ,-  O  Socrates,  seldom  -e ;  and  sometimes  nouns  in  is  and  as ;  as,  O  Thais, 
My  sis,  Pallas,  -adis,  the  goddess  Minerva,  &c. 


24  FIRST   DECLENSION   OF    NOUNS. 

FIRST  DECLENSION. 

§  18«  Nouns  of  the  iSrst  declension  end  in  a,  e^ 
as,  es. 

Latin  nouns  end  only  in  a,  and  are  of  the  femi- 
nine gender :  those  ending  in  e,  as,  and  es  are  Greek. 


TERMINATIONS. 

Singular, 

Plural 

Nom.    ) 

Nom 

;|^. 

Voc.     \ 

Voc. 

Gen.      ' 

Gen. 

arum. 

Dat      5 

Ace. 

as. 

Ace.  am. 

Dat. 

I'> 

Abl.^ 

Abl. 

Penna, 

a  pen. 

fem. 

Singular.  Plural. 


N.  penna, a  pen ; 

G.  pennse, of  a  pen ; 

D.  pennee, lo  or  for  a  pen ; 

A.  pennam, a  pen ; 

V.  penna, O  pen ; 

A.  penna, with  a  pen ; 


N.  pennoe, pens ; 

G.  pennarum, of  pens ; 

D.  pennis, to  or  for  pens , 

A.  pennas, pens  ; 

V.  pennse, O  pens  ; 

A.  pennis,  with  pens. 


EXCEPTIONS. 

Exc.  1.  The  following  nouns  are  masculine.  Hadria,  the  Hadria- 
tic  sea;  cvmcta,  a  comet;  planeta^  a  planet;  and  sometimes,  talpa,  a 
mole ;  and  ddma,  a  fallow-deer.  Pascha,  the  passover,  is  neuter.  Pan- 
dectae,  '  pandects,'  is  rather  masc.  than  fem. 

Exc.  2.  The  ancient  Latins  sometimes  formed  the  genitive  singular 
in  di ;  thus,  aula,  a  hall,  gen.  auldi :  and  sometimes  likewise  in  as, 
which  form  the  compounds  otfdmilia  usually  retain ;  as,  mat er-f  ami  lias , 
the  mistress  of  a  family ;  genit.  matris-familias ;  nom.  plur.  matres- 
familias,  or  matres-familiaru7n. 

Exc.  3.  The  following  nouns  have  more  frequently  dhus  in  the 
dative  and  ablative  plural,  to  distinguish  them  in  these  cases  from  mas- 
culines in  usy  of  the  second  declension : 

Amma  the  soul,  the  life. 
Dea,  a  goddess. 
Equa,  a  mare. 
Famtila,  a  female  servant. 
Thus,  dedbuSf  filidhus,  rather  than^Zizs,  &c. 

But  when  they  are  construed  with  Dudhus  or  Amhdbus,  or  the  dis- 
tinction is  clear  from  the  context,  the  termination  is  in  is  only :  thus 
Cicero  has  dudhus  anlmis:  but  Livy  xxiv.  26  has  dudbus  filidbus. 


Filia,  &  Nata,  a  daughter. 
Liberta,  a  freed  woman. 
Mula,  a  she-mule. 


SECOND    DECLENSION    GREEK    NOUNSc  25 

GREEK   NOUNS. 

§  19»  Nouns  in  as,  es,  and  e,  of  the  first  declen- 
sion, are  Greek.  Nouns  in  as  and  es,  are  masculine; 
nouns  in  e  are  feminine. 

Nouns  in  as  are  declined  like  penna  ;  only  they  have  am  or  an  in  the 
accusative ;  as,  JEneas,  iEneas,  the  name  of  a  man ;  gen.  JEnece,  dat. 
-cCf  ace.  -am,  or  -an,  voc.  -a,  abl.  d.  So  Boreas,  -ecB,  the  north  wind ; 
tiaras,  -(c,  a  turban.  In  prose  they  have  commonly  am,  but  in  poetry 
oflener  an,  in  the  accusative.  Greek  nouns  in  a  have  sometimes  also 
an  in  the  ace.  in  poetry ;  as  Ossa  ace.  -am  or  -an,  the  name  of  a 
mountain. 

DECLENSION  OF  GREEK  NOUNS. 


Nom 

AnchTses, 

Penelope, 

Thyestes, 

Epitome, 

Gen. 

AnchissB, 

Penelopes, 

Thyestae, 

Epitomes, 

Dat. 

Anchlsae, 

Penelopae, 

Thyestae, 

Epilomae, 

Ace. 

Anchisen, 

Penelopen, 

Thyesten, 

Epitomen, 

Voc. 

■  AnchTse,  or  a, 

Penelope, 

Thyeste,  or  a, 

Epitome, 

Abl. 

AnchTse,  or  a. 

Penelope. 

Thyeste,  or  a. 

Epitome. 

These  nouns,  being"  proper  names,  want  the  plural,  unless  when 
several  of  the  same  name  are  spoken  of,  and  then  they  are  declined 
like  the  plural  of  penna* 

The  Latins  frequently  turn  Greek  nouns  in  es  and  e  into  a,-  as,  Atr'ida,  for 
Atrldes ;  Fersa  for  Ferses,  a  Persian ;  geometra,  for  -tres,  a  geometrician ;  Circa, 
for  Circe ;  epitoma,  for  -ttic,  an  abridgement ;  grammatica,  for  -ce,  grammar ;  rheto- 
rica,  for  -ce,  oratory.    So  Clinia,  for  Clinias,  &c. 

SECOND  DECLENSION. 

§  200  Nouns  of  the  second  declension  end  in  er, 
ir,  wr,  W5,  urn  ;  os^  on,  (os  and  on  are  Greek  termina- 
tions.) 

Nouns  in  um  and  on  are  neuter :  the  rest  are 
mascuhne. 

TERMINATIONS. 

Singular.  Plural. 

Nom.  er,  ir,  ur,  us,  um  ;  os,  on  Nom. 


Nom.  er,  ir,  ur,  us,  um  ;  os,  on  Nom.  >  • 

Gen.i.  Voc.    ^''^'^ 

Dat.  >  Gen.  drum. 

Abl.  S  ^'  Dat.  )  . 

Ace.  um,  or  like  the  nom.  Abl.  J 

Voc.  e,  or  like  the  nom.  Ace.  os,  or  a. 


I 


*The  accusative  of  nouns  in  es  and  e  is  found  sometimes  in  em.  We  sometimes 
find  the  genit.  plural  contracted  as,  CcBticalum,  for  Ccelicolarum  ;  ^neadum,  for 
^neadarum. 


26 


SECOND    DECLENSION    OF    NOUNS. 


Nom.  gener, 
Gen.  generi, 
DaL  genero, 
Ace.  generum, 
Yoc.  gener, 
Ahl,  genero, 


Nom.  generi, 
Gen.  generorum, 
Dat.   generis, 
Ace.    generos, 
Voe.    generi, 
Ahl.    generis. 


Gener,  a  son-in-law^  masc. 
Singular 


of 

tOy  or  for 

O 


a  son-in-law, 
a  son-in-law, 
a  son-in-law, 
a  son-in-law, 
son-in-law. 


with,  from,  or  hy  a  son-in-law. 


Plural. 


of 

to,  or  for 

O 

toith,  from^  or 


sons-in-law, 
sons-in-law, 
sons-in-law, 
sons-in-law, 
sons-in-law, 
sons-in-law. 


After  the  same  manner  decline,  socer,  -eri,  a  father-in-law ;  puer 
-eri,  a  boy :  So  furcifer,  a  villain  ;  Lucifer^  the  morning  star ;  adul- 
ter, an  adulterer;  armiger,  an  armour-bearer;  presbyter,  an  elder; 
Mulciber,  a  name  of  the  god  Vulcan ;  vesper,  the  evening ;  and  Iber, 
-eri,  a  Spaniard,  the  only  noun  in  er  which  has  the  gen.  long,  and  its 
compound  CeUlber,  -eri  :  Also,  vir,  viri,  a  man,  the  only  noun  in  ir , 
and  its  compounds,  levir,  a  brother-in-law ;  semtvir,  duumvir,  trium- 
vir, &c.     And  likewise  sutur,  -uri,  full,  (of  old,  saturus,')  an  adjective. 

§  21(»  But  most  nouns  in  er  lose  the  e  in  the  geni- 
tive; as, 

Ager,  a  field,  masc. 

Plural. 
N.  agri, fields. 


Singular. 

N.  ager, a  field, 

G.  agri, of  a  field, 

D.  agro, to  a  field, 

A.  agrum, a  field, 

V.  ager, O  field, 

A.  agro, with  a  field. 


G.  agrorum, of  fields, 

D.  agris, to  fields, 

A.  agros, fields, 

V.  agri, O  fields, 

A.  agris, with  fields. 


Aper,  a  wild  boar. 
Arbiter,  &  -tra,  an  arbitra- 
tor or  judge. 
Auster,  the  south  wind. 
Cancer,  a  crab  fish. 


In  like  manner  decline. 

Caper,  a  he-goat. 

Coluber,  &  -bra,  a  ser- 
pent. 

Culter,  the  coulter  of  a 
plough,  a  knife. 


Faber,  a  workman. 
Magister,  a  master. 
Minister,  a  servant. 
Onager,  a  wild  ass. 
Scalper,  a  lancet. 


Also,  liber,  the  bark  of  a  tree,  or  a  book,  which  has  libri ;  but  liber, 
free,  an  adjective,  and  Liber,  a  name  of  Bacchus,  tlie  god  of  wine, 
have  liberi.  So  likewise  proper  names,  Alexander,  Evander,  Perian- 
der,  Menander,  Teucer,  Meledger,  &c.  gen.  Alexandri,  Evandri,  &c. 


SECOND    DECLENSION    OF    NOUNS. 


27 


Ddminus,  a  lord^  masc. 


Singular, 

N.  dominus, a  lord, 

G.  dommi, of  a  lord, 

D.  dommo, .to  a  lord, 

A.  dommum, a  lord, 

V.  domme, O  lord, 

A.  dommo, with  a  lord. 


Plural. 

N.  domini, lords, 

G.  dominorum, of  lords, 

D.  domi'nis, to  lords, 

A.  dominos, lords, 

V.  domini, O  lords, 

A.  dominis, with  lords. 


Regnum,  a  kingdom,  neut. 


Singular. 

N.  regnum, a  kingdom, 

G.  regni, of  a  kingdom, 

D.  regno, to  a  kingdom, 

A.  regnum, a  kijigdom, 

V.  regnum, O  kingdom, 

A.  regno, with  a  kingdom. 


Plural, 

N.  regna, kingdoms, 

G.  regnorum, of  kingdoms, 

D.  regnis, to  kingdoms, 

A.  regna, kingdoms, 

V.  regna, O  kingdoms, 

A.  regnis, with  kingdoms. 


EXCEPTIONS    IN   GENDER. 


Exc.  1.  The  following  nouns  in  us  are  feminine  ;  humus,  the  ground  ; 
alvus,  the  belly;  vannus,  a  sieve;  miltus,  vermilion;  also,  Domus, 
'  a  house,'  partly  of  the  fourth  Declension. 


And  the  following,  derived  from  Greek  nouns  in  os , 

Dialectus,  a  dialect  or  man- 
ner of  speech. 

Diamctros,  tfte  diameter  of 
a  circle. 

Diphthongus,  a  diphthong. 

Eremus,  a  desert. 

Lecythus,  a  vial. 


pit. 

Antidotus,  a  preservative 
against  poison. 

Arctos,  the  Bear,  a  con- 
stellation near  Hie  north 
pole. 

Carbasus,  a  sail. 


Methodus,  a  method. 
Period  us,  a  period. 
Perimetros,  the  circumfer- 
ence. 
Pharus,  a  xvatch-tower. 
Plinthus,  the  foot  ofapillar. 
Synodus,  an  assembly. 


To  these  add  some  names  of  jewels  and  plants,  because  gemma  and  ptanta  are 
feminine,  as, 


Topazius,  a  topaz. 

"an  Egyp- 

Biblus, 
Papyrus, 


Amethystus,  an  amethyst. 
ChrysolTthus,  a  chrysolile. 
Chrysophrasus,  a  kind  of 

topaz. 
Chrystallus,  crystal. 
Leucochrysus,  a  jacinth. 
Sapphirus,  a  sapphire. 

Other  names  of  jewels  are  generally  masculine ;  i 
cuius,  a  carbuncle ;  pyropus,  a  ruby ;  smaragdus,  an 
plants ;  as,  asparagus,  asparagus  or  sparrowgrass  ; 
radish  or  colewort ;  intybus,  endive  or  succory,  &c. 


Byssus,  fine  fax  or  linen, 
Costus,  costmary. 
Crocus,  saffron. 
Hyssopus,  hyssop. 
Nardus,  spikenard. 


IS,  beryllus,  the  beryl ;  carbun- 
emerald :  And  also  names  of 
dleborus,  ellebore;  raphanus, 


Exc.  2.  The  nouns  which  follow  are  either  masculine  or  feminine : 


Atomus,  an  atom.  ]  Barbitus,  a  harp. 

Allan  us,   ihe  fruit  of  the   Camelus,  a  camel. 

palm  tree,  ointment.  \  Colus,  a  distaff. 


Grossus,  a  green  fig. 
Perms,  a  store-house. 
Phaselus,  a  litde  ship. 


Exc.  3.   Virus,  poison ;  peldgus,  the  sea,  are  neuter. 


28  SECOND    DECLENSION    OF    NOUNS. 

Exc.  4.  Vulgus,  the  common  people,  is  either  masculine  or  neuter, 
but  oftener  neuter. 

Exc.  5.  Sexus,  i,  a  sex,  of  the  Second  Declension,  is  neut. ;  but 
Sexus,  us,  of  the  Fourth  Declension,  is  masc. 

EXCEPTIONS  IN  DECLENSION. 

§22»  Proper  names  in  ius  lose  us  in  the  voca- 
tive ;  as,  Hordtius^  Hordti ;  Virgilius^  Virgtli  ;  Geor- 
gius^  Georgij  names  of  men:  Ldrius^  Ldri;  Mincius^ 
Mind;  names  of  lakes.  Filius^  a  son,  also  has  j^/l; 
genius^  one's  guardian  angel,  geni ;  and  deus^  a 
god,  has  deus  in  the  voc.  ^d  in  the  plural  more 
frequently  dii  and  diis^  than  dei  and  deis.  Meus^ 
my,  an  adjective  pronoun,  has  mi,  and  sometimes 
meus^  in  the  vocative. 

Other  nouns  in  ius  have  c;  as  tabellarius,  tabellarie,  a  letter-carrier;  pius, pie,&c 
So  these  epithets,  Delius,  Delie;  T'lrynthius,  Tirynthie;  and  these  possessives, 
La'ertius,  La'ertie ;  Sdturnius,  Saturnie ;  &c.  which  are  not  considered  as  proper 
names. 

The  poets  sometimes  make  the  vocative  of  nouns  in  us  like  the  nominative ;  as, 
fiuvius  Latinus,  for  iluvie  Latme.  Virg.  This  also  occurs  in  prose,  but  more  rarely ; 
thus,  Audi  tu,  populus,  for  papule.    Liv.  i.  24. 

The  poets  also  change  nouns  in  er  into  us ;  as  Evander,  or  Evandrus,  vocative, 
Evander,  or  Evandre.  So  Meander,  Leander,  Tymher,  Teucer,  &c. ;  and  so  an- 
ciently puer  in  the  vocative  had  puere,  from  puerus. 

Note.  When  the  genitive  singular  ends  in  ii,  the  latter  i  is  sometimes  taken 
away  by  the  poets  for  the  sake  of  quantity ;  as,  tuguri,  for  tugurii ;  ingeni,  for 
ingenii,  &c. 

The  Genitive  plural  drum  in  many  words,  especially  those  which  denote  money, 
weight  and  measure,  is  often  contracted  into  iim,  as  Sestertium,  nummum,  modium, 
talentum,  for  Sestertiorum,  nummorum,  &c.  So  also,  Deitm,  liberum,fabrum,  duum- 
virum,  oppHum,  exitium,  prodigium,  factum;  and  in  poetry,  Teucrum,  Graiiim, 
Arg'ivum,  Danaiim,  Felasgum,  &c.,  for  Teucrorum,  &c. 

DeuSf  '  God,'  masc.  is  thus  declined. 
Singular.  Plural. 


N.  Deus, God, 

G.  Dei, of  God, 

D.  Deo, to,  or  for  God, 

A.  Deum, God, 

V.  Deus, O  God, 

A.  Deo, from,  or  by  God. 


N.  Dei,  Dii,  or  Di,  .  . .  the  Gods, 
G.  Deorum,  or  Deum,  of  the  Gods, 
D.  Deis,  Diis,  or  Dis,  to  the  Gods, 

A.  Deos, the  Gods, 

V.  Dei,  Dii,  or  Di, . .  O  the  Gods, 

A.  Deis,  Diis,  or  Dis,  from  or  by 

the  Gods. 


GREEK   NOUNS. 


§  23.    Os  and  on  are  Greek  terminations ;  as, 
Alpheos^  a  river  in  Greece ;  Ilion^  the  city  Troy ; 


THIRD    DECLENSION    OF    NOUNS. 


2& 


and  are  often  changed  into  us  and  wm,  by  the 
Latins ;  Alplieus^  Ilium^  which  are  dechned  hke 
dommus  and  regnum. 

Nouns  in  eos  or  eus  are  sometimes  contracted  in  the  Genitive  ,•  as,  Orpheus,  gen. 
Orphei,  Orpheiy  or  Orphi.  So  Theseus,  Promoiheus,  &c.  But  nouns  in  eus,  when 
eu  IS  a  diphthong,  are  of  the  third  declension. 

Some  nouns  in  os  have  the  genitive  singular  in  o ;  as,  Androgeos,  genitive  An- 
drogeo,  or  -ei,  the  name  of  a  man ;  Athos,  Atho,  or  -i,  a  hill  in  Macedonia :  both  of 
which  are  also  found  in  the  third  declension;  thus,  nominative  Androgeo,  genitive 
Androgeonis.  So  Atho,  or  Athon,  -dnis,  &c.  Anciently  nouns  in  os,  in  imitation  of 
the  Greeks,  had  the  genitive  in  u ;  as,  Menandru,  Apolloduru,  for  Menandri,  Apollo- 
dori.  Ter.     Panthus  has  Pan'hu  in  the  vocative. 

Nouns  in  os  have  the  accusative  in  um  or  on ;  as,  Delus,  or  Delos,  accusative 
Delum  or  Delon,  the  name  of  an  island. 


Some  neuters  have  the  genitive  plural  in  on;  as,  Georgica,  genitive  plural 
at  of  husbandry,  as,  Virgil's  Georgicks. 


Georgicbn,  books  which  treat  c 


Greek  nouns  of  the  second  declension  are  thus  declined  :- 


Barbiton, 

a  lyre. 

Singular. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

N. 

Delos, 

Androgeos, 

N. 

barbiton, 

barbita, 

G. 

Deli, 

Androgeo,  or  i, 

G. 

barbiti. 

barbiton. 

D. 

Delo, 

Androgeo, 

D 

barbito, 

barbitis 

A. 

Delon,  or  um. 

Androgeo,  or  on, 

A. 

barbiton, 

barbita, 

V. 

Dele, 

Androgeos, 

V. 

barbiton, 

barbita. 

A. 

Delo. 

Androgeo. 

A. 

barbito. 

barbitis. 

THIRD  DECLENSION. 

§  24«  There  are  more  nouns  of  the  third  declen- 
sion than  of  all  the  other  declensions  together.  The 
number  of  its  final  syllables  is  not  ascertained. 
Its  final  letters  are  thirteen,  a,  e,  i,  o,  y^  c,  rf,  /,  ^^, 
r,  5,  t^  X.  Of  these,  eight  are  peculiar  to  this  de- 
clension, namely,  i,  o,  y,  c,  c?,  /,  /,  x ;  a  and  e  are 
common  to  it  with  the  first  declension ;  n  and  r, 
with  the  second ;  and  5,  with  all  the  other  declen- 
sions.    A^  i,  and  y,  are  peculiar  to  Greek  nouns. 


TERMINATIONS. 


Singular. 

Nom.  a,  e,  i,  &c. 

Gen.  is. 

Dat.  i. 

Ace.  em,  or  like  the  nom. 

Voc.  like  the  nom. 

Abl.  e,  or  i. 


3* 


Plural. 


Nom. 

Ace. 

Voc. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Abl. 


um,  or  ium. 
>    ibus. 


30 


THIRD    DECLENSION    OF    NOUNS. 


Sermo,  a  speech^  masc. 


Singular. 

N.  sermo, a  speech, 

G.  sermonis, of  a  speech, 

D.  sermoni, to  a  speech, 

A.  sermonem, a  speech, 

V.  sermo, O  speech, 

A.  sermone, with  a  speech, 

Honor,  honor  ;  masc. 


Singular, 

N.  honor, 

G.  honoris, 

D.  honori, 

A.  honorem, 

V.  honor, 

A.  honore. 


Plural. 

honores, 

honorum, 

honoribus, 

honores, 

honores, 

honoribus. 


Rupes,  a  rock ;  fem. 


Singular, 

N.  rupes, 

G.  rupis, 

D.  rupi, 

A.  rupem, 

V.  rupes, 

A.  rupe. 


Plural. 

rupes, 

rupium, 

rupibus, 

rupes, 

rupes, 

rupibus. 


Ars,  art ;  fem. 


Singular. 

N.  ars, 

G.  artis, 

D.  arti, 

A.  artem, 

V.  ars, 

A.  arte. 


Plural. 

artes, 

artium, 

artibus, 

artes, 

artes, 

artibus. 


Turris,  a  tower  ;  fem. 


Singular. 

N.  turris, 

G.  turris, 

D.  turri, 

A.  turrem, 

V.  turris, 

A.  turre,  or  ri 


Plural. 

turres. 

turrium, 

turribus, 

turres, 

turres, 

turribus. 


Plural. 

N.  sermones, speeches, 

G.  sermonum, of  speeches, 

D.  sermombus, to  speeches, 

A.  sermones, speeches, 

V.  sermones, O  speeches, 

A.  sermombus,  . . .  with  speeches. 

Nox,  night ;  fem. 


Singular. 

N.  nox, 

G.  noctis, 

D.  nocti, 

A.  noctem, 

V.  nox, 

A.  nocte. 


Plural. 
noctes, 
noctium, 
noctibus, 
noctes, 
noctes, 
noctibus. 


Miles,  a  soldier  ;  com.  gen. 


Singular. 

N.  miles, 

G.  militis, 

D.  militi, 

A.  militem, 

V.  miles, 

A.  milite. 


Plural. 
milites, 
milttum, 
militibus, 
milites, 
milites, 
militibus. 


Pater,  a  father  ;  masc. 


Singular. 

N.  pater, 

G.  patris, 

D.  patri, 

A.  patrem, 

V.  pater, 

A.  patre. 


Plural. 

patres, 

patrum, 

patribus, 

patres, 

patres, 

patribus. 


Sedile,  a  seat ;  neut. 


Singular. 

N.  sedile, 

G.  sedilis, 

D.  sedili, 

A.  sedile, 

V.  sedile, 

A.  sedili. 


Plural. 

sedilia, 

sedilium, 

sedilibus, 

sedilia, 

sedilia, 

sedilibus. 


THIRD    DECLENSION    OF    NOUNS. 


31 


Carmen,  a  verse ;  neut. 

Animal,  an 

animal;  neut. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

N. 

carmen, 

carmina, 

N.    antmal. 

animalia. 

G. 

carminis. 

carminum, 

G.    animalisj 

animalium. 

D. 

carmini, 

carmimbus, 

D.    animali. 

animalibus, 

A. 

carmen. 

carm"fna. 

A.   animal. 

animalia, 

V. 

carmen, 

carmina, 

V.    animal. 

animalia. 

A. 

carmine. 

carmintbus. 

A.    animali. 

animaltbus. 

Iter,  a  journey ;  neut. 

Opus,  a 

worh 

:;  neut. 

Singular, 

Plural. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

N. 

iter, 

itinera. 

N.    opus. 

opera. 

G. 

itineris. 

itinerum. 

G.    operis, 

operum. 

D. 

itineri. 

itinerlbus, 

D.    operi. 

opertbus, 

A. 

iter, 

itinera. 

A.    opus. 

opera, 

V. 

iter. 

itinera. 

V.    opus. 

opera, 

A. 

itinere. 

itinertbus. 

A.    opere. 

operibus. 

Lapis,  a  stone 

;  fem. 

Caput,  a 

head;  neut. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

N. 

lapis. 

lapides. 

N.    caput. 

captta, 

G. 

lapidis. 

lapidum. 

G.    capitis. 

capttum, 

D. 

laptdi, 

lapidibus. 

D.    capiti. 

capitibus, 

A. 

lapidem, 

lapides, 

A.   caput. 

capita. 

V. 

lapis. 

laptdes. 

V.    caput, 

capita. 

A. 

lapide. 

lanidibus. 

A.    capite. 

capitibus. 

Virgo,  a  virgin ;  fem. 

Parens,  a  parent 

;  com.  gen. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

N. 

Virgo, 

virgtnes. 

N.  parens. 

N. 

parentes. 

G. 

virgmis, 

virgtnum, 

G.  parentis. 

G. 

parentum,* 

]). 

virgini, 

virgin  ibus, 

D.  parenti. 

D. 

parentibus. 

A. 

virginem, 

virgmes. 

A.  parentem. 

A. 

parentes. 

V. 

virgo. 

virgines. 

V.  parens, 

V. 

parentes. 

A. 

virgine. 

virginibus. 
Poema,  a  p 

A.  parente. 
oem;  neut. 

A. 

parentibus. 

Singular 

. 

Plural 

N.  poema. 

poemata. 

G.  poematis. 

poematum. 

D.  poemati, 

poematibus 

,or 

poematis. 

A.  poema, 

poemata. 

V.  poema. 

poemata. 

A.  poemate. 

poematibus 

,  or 

poematis.^ 

*  Nouns  in  na  and  as  Ibrm  their  genitive  plural  in  ium  and  iim,  but  oftener  admit 
51  syncope  of  tlic  i. 


33 


THIRD    DECLENSION    OF    NOUNS. 


short, 


OF   THE  GENDER   AND   GENITIVE   OF   NOUNS   OF   THE   THIRD    DECLENSION. 

A,  E,  I  and  Y, 

§  25«  Nouns  in  a,  e,  i,  and  y,  are  neuter. 

Nouns. in  a  form  the  genitive  in  dtis ;  as,  diadema,  diademdtis,  a 
crown ;  dogma,  dogmatis,  an  opinion. 

So, 

Niimisma,  a  coin. 

Phasma,  an  apparition. 

Poema,  a  poem. 

Schema,  a  scheme,  or 
figiLre. 

Sophisma,  a  deceitful  argu- 
ment. 

Stemma,  a  pedigree. 

Nouns  in  c  change  e  mto  is ;  as,  rete,  retis,  a  net.    So, 

AncTle,  a  shield. 

Aplustre,  ihe  flag  of  a 
ship. 

Campestre,  a  pair  of  draw- 
ers. 


iEnigma,  a  riddle. 

Apophthegma,     a 
pithy  saying. 

Aroma,  sweet  spices. 

Axioma,  a  plain  truth. 

Diploma,  a  charter. 

Epigramma,    an    inscrip- 
tion. 


Stigma,  a  mark  or  brand,  a 
disgrace. 

Stratagem  a,  aji  artful  con- 
trivance. 

Thema,  a  theme,  a  suhject 
to  write  or  speak  on. 

Toreuma,    a    carved    ves- 


Cochleare,  a  spoon. 
Conclave,  a  room.  . 
Crinale,  a  pin  for  the  hair. 


Cubile,  a  couch. 
Equile,  a  stable  for  horses. 
Laqueare,  a  ceiled  roof. 
MantTle,  a  towel. 
Monlle,  a  necklace. 


Navale,  a  dock  ov  place  for 
shipping. 


OvTle,  a  sheep  fold. 
Prajsepe,  a    stall;    t 

hive. 
Sccale,  rye. 
SiiTle,  a  sow-cote. 
Tibiale,  a  stocking. 


Nouns  in  i  are  generally  indeclinable ;  as,  gummi,  gum ;  zingtberi,  ginger ;  but 
some  Greek  nouns  add  ztis ;  as,  hydromeli,  hydrometilis,  water  and  honey  sodden 
together,  mead. 

Nouns  in  y  add  os ;  as,  moly,  molyos,  an  herb ;  mlsy,  -yos,  vitriol. 


o. 


§26«  Nouns  in  o  are  masculine,  and  form  the 


genitive  m  oms  ;  as, 

Sermo,  sermonis,  speech ;  draco,  dracbnis,  a  dragon. 


Agaso,  a  horse-keeper. 
Aqmlo,  the  north  vyind. 
Arrhabo,  an  earnest-penny, 


Balatro,  a  pitiful  fellow. 

Bambalio,  a  stutterer. 

Baro,  a  blockhead. 

Bubo,  an  owl. 

Bufo,  a  toad. 

Calo,  a  soldier'' s  slave. 

Capo,  a  capon. 

Carbo,  a  coal. 

Caupo,  an  inn-keeper. 

Cerdo,  a  cobbler,  or  one  who 

follows  a  mean  trade. 
Ciniflo,  a  frizzier  of  hair. 
Crabro,  a  wasp  or  hornet. 
Ciirio,  the  chief  of  a  ward 

or  curia. 


Equiso,  a  groom  or  ostler. 
Erro,  a  wanderer. 
Fullo,  a  fuller  of  cloth. 
Helluo,  a  glutton. 
Histrio,  a  player. 
Latro,  a  robber. 
Leno,  a  pimp. 
Ludio,  &  -ius,  a  player. 
Lurco,  a  glutton. 
Mango,  a  slave-merchant. 
Mirmillo,  a  fencer. 
Morio,  a  fool. 
Mucro,  the  point  of  a  wea- 
pon. 
Miilio,  a  muleteer. 
Nebiilo,  a  knave. 
Pavo,  a  peacock. 
Pero,  a  kind  of  shoe. 


So, 

Prajco,  a  common  crier. 

Prasdo,  a  robber. 

Pulmo,  the  lungs. 

Pusio,  a  little  child. 

Salmo,  a  salmon. 

Sannio,  a  buffoon. 

Sapo,  soap. 

Sipho,  a  pipe  or  tube. 

Spado,  an  eunuch. 

Stolo,  a  shoot  or  scion. 

Strabo,  a  goggle-eyed  per- 
son. 

Temo,  the  pole  or  draught- 
tree. 

Tiro,  a  raw  soldier. 

Umbo,  the  boss  of  a  shield. 

Upilio,  a  shepherd. 

Volo,  a  volunteer. 


THIRD    DECLENSION    OF    NOUNS. 


38 


Exc.  1.  Nouns  in  io  are  feminine,  when  they  signify  any  thing  with- 
out a  body  ;  as,  ratio ^  rationis,  reason. 


Captio,  a  quirk. 
Cautio,  caution,  care. 
Concio,     a7i    assemUi/,    a 

speech. 
Cessio,  a  yielding. 
Dictio,  a  word. 
Deditio,  a  surrender. 
Lectio,  a  lesson. 
Legio,  a  legion,  a  body  of 

men. 
Mentio,  mention. 
NOtio,  a  notion  or  idea. 
Opinio,  an  opinion. 
Optio,  a  choice. 
Oratio,  a  speech. 


So, 

Pensio,  a  payment. 

Perduellio,  treason. 

Portio,  a  part. 

Potio,  driJik. 

PrOditio,  treachery. 

Proscriptio,  a  proscription, 
ordering  citizens  to  be 
slain,  and  confiscating 
their  effects. 

QuaEstio,  an  inquiry. 

Rebellio,  rebellion. 

Regio,  a  country. 

Relatio,  a  telUng. 

Religio,  religion. 

Remissio,  a  slackening. 


Sanctio,  a  confirmation. 

Sectio,  the  confiscation  or 
forfeiture  of  one's  goods. 

Seditio,  a  mutiny. 

Sissio,  a  sitting. 

Statio,  a  station. 

Suspicio,  mistrust. 

Titillatio,  a  tickling 

Translatio,  a  tran^erring. 

Usiicapio,  the  enjoyment  of 
a  thing  by  prescription. 

Vacatio, /reoZoTW  from  la- 
bour, <yc. 

Visio,  an  apparition. 


But  when  they  mark  any  thing  which  has  a  body,  or  signify  numbers,  they  are 
masculine;  as, 


Curculio,    tJie    throat-pipe, 

the  weasand. 
PapTlio,  a  butterfly. 
Piigio,  a  dagger. 
Piisio,  a  little  child. 


Scipio,  a  staff. 
Scorpio,  a  scorpion. 
Septentrio,  the  north. 
Stellio,  a  lizard. 
Titio,  a  firebrand. 


Unio,  a  pearl. 
Vespertilio,  a  bat. 
Ternio,  the  number  three. 

Quaternio,.  — four. 

Senio, six. 


Exc.  2.  Nouns  in  do  and  go,  are  feminine,  and  have  the  genitive  in 
Inis ;  as,  drundo,  arundinis,  a  reed ;  imago,  imagmis,  an  image. 


-^riigo,  rust  {of  brass ) 
Caligo,  darkness. 
CartTlago,  a  gristle. 
Crepido,  a  creek,  bank. 
Farrago,  a  mixture. 
Ferriigo,  rust  {of  iron.) 
Formido,  fear. 
Fiiligo,  soot. 
Grando,  hail. 
EKriido,  a  horse-leech. 


So, 

Hirundo,  a  swallow. 

Intercapedo,  a  space  be- 
tween. 

Lanugo,  down. 

Lentigo,  a  pimple. 

Origo,  an  origin. 

Porrigo  scurf,  or  scales  in 
the  head ;  dandruff. 

Propago,  a  lineage. 

Rubigo,  rust,  mildew. 


Sartago,  a  frying  pan. 
Scatiirigo,  a  spring. 
Testiido,  a  tortoise. 
Torpedo,  a  numbness. 
Uligo,  the  natural  moisture 

of  the  earth. 
Valetiido,  health. 
Vertigo,  a  dizziness. 
Virgo,  a  virgin. 
Vorago,  a  gulf. 


But  the  following  are  masculine : 
Cardo,  -mis,  a  hinge. 
Ciido,  -onis,  a  leather  cap. 
Harpago,  -Gnis,  a  drag. 
Ligo,  -Gnis,  a  spade. 


Margo,  -mis,  the  brink  of  a  river  ,•  i 

feminine. 
Ordo,  -Tnis,  order. 
Tendo,  -inis ;  a  tendon. 
Udo,  -onis,  a  linen  or  woollen  sock. 


Cup'ido,  desire,  is  often  masc.  with  the  poets ;  but  in  prose  always  fem. 

Exc.  3.  The  following  nouns  have  inis  : 

Apollo,  -inis,  the  god  Apollo.  I  Nemo,  -inis,  m.  or  f.  no  body. 

Homo,  -Tnis,  a  man  or  woman.         .  |  Turbo,  -mis,  m.  a  whirlwind. 

Cdro,  flesh,  fem.  has  carnis.  Anio,  masc.  the  name  of  a  river, 
Anienis.  Nerio,  Nerienis,  the  wife  of  the  god  Mars ;  from  the  obso- 
lete nominatives  Anien,  Nerien.  Turbo,  the  name  of  a  man,  has 
onis. 


34 


THIRD    DECLENSION    OF    NOUNS. 


Exc.  4.  Greek  nouns  in  o  are  feminine,  and  have  us  in  the  genitive,  and  o  in  the 
other  cases  singular;  as  D'ldo,  the  name  of  a  woman;  genit.  Didits;  dat.  Dido,  &c. 
Sometimes  they  are  dechned  regularly ;  thus,  Dido,  Didonis :  so  echo,  -us,  i\  the 
resounding  of  the  voice  from  a  rock  or  wood ;  Argo,  -us,  the  name  of  a  ship ;  hdlot 
-onis,  f.  a.  circle  about  the  sun  or  moon 

Dido,  Dido,  the  name  of  a  woman,  fem. 

Sing. 

Nom.  Dido, 

Gen.  Didonis  or  Didus,' 

Dat.  Didoni  or  Dido, 

Ace.  DidOnem  or  Dido, 

Voc.  Dido, 

Abl.  DidGne  or  Dido. 


C,  D,  L. 

§  27*  Nouns  in  c  and  /  are  neuter,  and  form  the 
genitive  by  adding  is  ;  as, 

Animal,  animdlis,  a  living  creature;  toral,-dlis,  a  bed-cover;  hdlec,  haUcis,  a 
kind  of  pickle.    So, 

Cervical,  a  bolster.  I  Minerval,  entry-money.        I  Puteal,  a  well-cover. 

I  Miniital,  minced  meat.  \  Vectigal,  a  tax. 


Cubital,  a  cushion 

Except,  Consul,  -ulis,  m.  a  consuL 
Fel,  fellis,  n.  gall. 
Lac,  lactis,  n.  milk. 
Mel,  raellis,  n.  honey. 


Miigil,  -ilis,  m.  a  mullet-jlsh. 
Sal,  salis,  m.  or  n.  salt 
Sales,  -ium,  pl.m.  vyitty  sayings. 
Sol,  sOlis,  m.  tlie  sun. 


D  is  the  termination  only  of  a  few  proper  names,  which  form  the  genitive  by 
Iding  is ;  as,  David,  Davmis. 


adding 


N. 


§  28«  Nouns  in  n  are  masculine,  and  add  is  in 
the  genitive ;  as. 


Canon,  -bnis,  a  ride. 
Dsemon,  -onis,  a  spirit. 
Delphin,  -inis,  a  dolphin. 
Gnomon,  -onis,  the  cock  of 

a  dial. 
Hymen,  -enis,  the  god  of 

marriasre. 


Lien,  -enis,  the  milt. 

Psean,  -anis,  a  song. 

PhysiognOmon,  -onis,  one 
who  guesses  at  the  dis- 
positions of  men  from  the 
face. 


Ren,  renis,  the  reins. 
Splen,  -enis,  the  spleen. 
Syren,  -enis,  f  a  Syren. 
Titan,  -anis,  the  sun. 


Exc.  1.  Nouns  in  men,  are  neuter,  and  make  their  genitive  in  mis  ; 
B,s,  Jlumen,flummiSf  a  river.     So, 

Abdomen,  the  paunch. 
Acumen,  sharpness. 
Agmen,  an  army  on  march. 
Aliimen,  alnm. 
Bitumen,  a  kind  of  clay. 
Caciimen,  the  top. 
Carmen,  a  song,  a  poem. 
Cognomen,  a  sir-name. 


Cbluraen,  a  support. 
Crimen,  a  crime. 


Discrimen,  a  difference, 
Examen,  a  swarm  of  bees. 
Foramen,  a  hole. 
Germen,  a  sprout. 
Gram  en,  grass. 
Legumen,  all  kinds  of  pulse. 
Lumen,  light. 
Nomen,  a  ruime. 
Nnmen,  the  Deity. 
Omen,  a  presage. 


Putamen,  a  ma-shell. 
Sagmen,  vervain,  an  herb. 
Semen,  a  seed. 
Specimen,  a  proof. 
Stamen,  the  warp. 
Subtemen,  the  woof 
Tegmen,  a  covering. 
Vimen,  a  twig. 
Voliimen,  a  folding. 


THIRD    DECLENSION    OF    NOUNS. 


35 


The  following  nouns  are  likewise  neuter ; 


Gluiten,  -inis,  glue. 
Unguen,  -inis,  ointment. 


I  Inguen,  -mis,  the  groin. 
I  Pollen,  -inis,  Jlne  flour. 


Exc.  2.  The  following  masculines  have  Inis ;  pecten,  a  comb ;  tuhicen,  a  trum- 
peter ;  fibicen,  a  piper ;  and  oscen,  or  oscinis,  sc.  avis,  f.  a  bird  which  foreboded 
by  singing. 

Exc.  3  The  following  nouns  are  feminine ;  Sindon,  -onis,  fine  linen ;  aedon, 
'onis,  a  nightingale ;  halcyon,  -ohis,  a  bird  called  the  king's  fisher ;  icon,  -onis,  an 
image. 

Exc.  4.  Some  Greek  nouns  have  ontis ;  as,  Laomedon,  -ontis,  a  king  of  Troy.  So 
Acheron,  chamceleon,  Fhaethon,  Charon,  &c. 

AR  and  UR. 

§  29.  Nouns  in  ar  and  ur  are  neuter,  and  add  is 
to  from  the  genitive ;  as,  calcar^  calcaris^  'a  spur.' 


So, 


Gutter,  -iiris,  the  throat. 
Jiibar,  -aris,  a  sun-heam. 
Laciinar,  -aris,  a  ceiling. 
Murmur,  -iiris,  a  noise. 


Ebur,  -oris,  n.  ivory. 

Far,  farris,  n.  corn. 

Femur,  -oris,  n.  the  thigh. 

Furfur,  -iiris,  m.  bran. 

Fur,  furis,  m.  a  thief. 

Ilepar,  -atis,  or  atos,  n.  the  liver. 


Nectar,- -aris,  drink  of  the  gods. 
Pulvinar,  -aris,  a  pillow. 
Sulphur,  -iiris,  sulphur. 


Except, 


Jecur,  -oris,  or  jecinoris,  n.  the  liver. 
RObur,  -oris,  n.  strength. 
Salar,  -aris,  m.  a  trout. 
Turtur,  -iiris,  m.  a  turtle-dove. 
Vultur,  -iiris,  m.  a  vulture. 


ER  and  OR, 

§  30.  Nouns  in  er  and  or  are  masculine,  and  form 
the  genitive  by  adding  is  ;  as, 

Anser,  anseris,  a  goose  or  gander;  agger,  -eris,  a  rampart;  aer,  -eris^  the  air; 
career,  -eris,  a  prison ;  asser,  -eris,  and  asses,  -is,  a  plank ;  dolor,  -oris,  pain  j  color, 
-oris,  a  colour.    So, 


Actor,  a  doer,  a  pleader. 
Creditor,  he  that  trusts  or 

lends. 
Cruor,  gore. 
Debitor,  a  debtor. 
Fcetor,  an  ill  smell. 
Honor,  honour. 
Lector,  a  reader. 
Lictor,  an  officer  among  the 

Romans,  who  attended  the 

magistrates. 
Livor,  j)ileness,  malice. 
INidor,  a  strovg  smell. 


Odor,  and  -os,  a  smell. 
Olor,  a  swan. 
FiBdor,flth. 
Pastor,  a  shepherd. 
Praetor,  a  commander, 
Piidor,  shame 
Rubor,  blushing. 
Rumor,  a  report. 
Sapor,  a  taste. 
Sartor,  a  cobbler  or  tailor. 
Satx)r,  a  sower,  a  father. 
Sopor,  sleep. 


Splendor,  brightness. 
Sponsor,  a  surety. 
Squalor,  filthiness. 
Stiipor,  dulness. 
Siitor,  a  sewer. 
Tepor,  warmth. 
Terror,  dread. 
Timor, /ear. 
Tonsor,  a  barber. 
Tiitor,  a  guardian. 
Vapor,  a  vapour. 
Venator,  a  hunter. 


Rhetor,  a  rhetorician,  has  rhetoris;  castor,  a  beaver,  -oris. 


^      36 


THIRD    DECLENSION    OP    NOUNS. 


Exc.  1.  The  following  nouns  are  neuter : 

Marmor,  -oris,  marble. 


Papaver,  -eris,  poppy. 
Piper,  -eris,  peyper. 
Spinther,  -eris,  a  clasp. 
Tiiber,  -eris,  a  swelling. 
Uber,  -eris,  a  pap,  or  fatness. 
Ver,  \eris,  the  spring. 

TiibeTy  -eris,  the  fruit  of  the  tuber-tree,  is  masc.  but 


Acer,  -eris,  a  maple  tree. 
Ador,  -oris,^'?/e  wheat. 
^quor,  -oris,  a  plain,  the  sea. 
Cadaver,  -eris,  a  dead  carcass. 
Cicer,  -eris,  vetches. 
Cor,  cordis,  the  heart. 
Iter,  itineris,  a  journey. 

Arbor,  -oris,  a  tree,  is  fern, 
when  put  for  the  tree,  is  fem. 

Exc.  2.  Nouns  in  ber  have  bris,  in  the  genitive ;  as,  hie  imber,  imbris,  a  shower. 
So  Insuber,  October,  &c. 

Nouns  in  ter  have  tris  ;  as,  venter,  ventris,  the  belly ;  pater,  patris,  a  father : 
f rater, -tris,  a  brother;  accipiter,  -tris,  a  hawk;  but  crater,  a  cup,  has  cr uteris ; 
sdter,  -eris,  a  saviour ;  later,  a  tile,  lateris ;  Jupiter.,  the  chief  of  the  Heathen  gods, 
has  Jovis ;  linter,  -tris,  a  little  boat,  is  masc.  or  feniin 

AS. 

§  31.  Nouns  in  as  are  feminine,  and  have  the 
genitive  in  dtis  _:  as,  cetas,  cetdtis^  an  age. 


.^tas,  the  summer. 
Pietas,  piety. 
Potestas,  power. 
Probitas,  probity. 
Satietas,  a  glut  or  disgust. 


So, 

Simultas,  a  feud,  a  grudge. 
Tempestas,  a  time,  a  tem- 
pest. 
VherUis,  fertility. 


Veritas,  truth. 
Voluntas,  will. 
Voluptas,  pleasure. 
Anas,  a  duck,  has  anatis. 


Exc.  1.  As,  assis,  m.  a  piece  of  money,  or 
any  thing  which  may  be  divided 
into  twelve  parts. 


Mas,  maris,  m.  a  male. 
Vas,  vadis,  m.  a  surety 
Vas,  vasis,  n.  a  vessel. 


Note.  All  the  parts  of  as  are  likewise  masculine,  except  uncia,  an  ounce,  fem. ; 
as,  sextans,  2  ounces ;  quadrans,  3 ;  triens,  4 ;  quincunx,  5 ;  semis,  6 ;  septunx,  7 ; 
bes,  8;  dodrans,  9;  dexlans,  or  decunx,  10;  deunx,  11  ounces. 

Exc.  2.  Of  Greek  nouns  in  as,  some  are  masculine,  some  feminine,  some  neuter. 
Those  that  are  masculine  have  antis  in  the  genit.  as,  g1gas,  gigantis,  a  giant ;  t/da- 
mas,  -antis^  an  adamant ;  elephas,  -antis,  an  elephant.  Those  that  are  feminine 
have  adis,  or  ados ;  as,  lampas,  lampadis,  or  lamptados,  a  lamp ;  drumas,  -adis,  f.  a 
dromedary ;  likewise  Areas,  an  Arcadian,  though  masculine,  has  Arcudis,  or  -ados. 
Those  that  are  neuter  have  atis ;  as,  buceras,  -aHs,  an  herb ;  artocreas,  -utis,  a  pie. 

ES. 

§  32»  Nouns  in  es  are  feminine,  and  in  the  geni- 
tive change  es  into  is ;  as, 

rupes,  rupis,  a  rock ;  nubes,  nuhis,  a  cloud.    So, 
jiEdes,  or  -is,  a  temple ;  plur.    Lues,  a  plague, 
a  house.  Moles,  a  heap. 

Nates,  the  buttock, 
de-   Palumbes,  m.  or  f  a  pi- 
geon. 
Proles,  an  offspring. 
Piibes,  youth. 


Cautes,  a  rugged  roch 
Clades,  an   overthrow, 

struction. 
Crates,  a  hurdle. 
Fames,  hunger. 
Fides,  a  fiddle. 


Sepes,  a  hedge. 
Soboles,  an  offspring. 
Strages,  a  slaughter. 
Strues,  a  heap. 
Sudes  a  stake. 
Tabes,  a  consumption. 
Vulpes,  a  fox. 


THIRD    DECLENSION    OF    NOUNS. 


37 


Exc.  1.  The  following  nouns  are  masculine,  and  most  of  them  like- 
wise excepted  in  the  formation  of  the  genitive : 


Ales,  -itis,  a  bird. 

Ames,  -itis,  a  fowler's  staff. 

Aries,  -etis,  a  r-am. 

Bes,  bessis,  two-thirds  of  a  pound. 

Cespes,  -itis,  a  turf. 

Eques,  -itis,  a  horseman. 

Fomes,  -Ttis,/Me/. 

G urges,  -itis,  a  whirlpool. 

Haeres,  -edis,  an  heir. 

Indiges,  -etis,  a  man  deified. 

Interpres,  -etis,  an  interpreter. 

Limes,  -itis,  a  limit  or  bound. 

Miles,  -Itis,  a  soldier, 

Obses,  -idis,  a  hostage. 

But  ales,  miles,  hceres,  interpres,  obses,  and  vates,  are  also  used  in  the  feminine. 

Exc.  2.  The  following  feminines  are  excepted  in  the  formation  of  the  geni- 
tive : 


Palmes,  -itis,  a  vine-branch. 
Paries,  -etis,  a  wall. 
Pes,  pedis,  the  foot. 
Pedes,  -itis,  a  footman. 
Poples,  -itis,  the  ham  of  the  leg. 
Prasses,  -idis,  a  president. 
Satelles,  -itis,  a  life-guard. 
Stipes,  -itis,  the  stock  of  a  tree. 
Termes,  -itis,  an  olive  bough. 
Trames,  -itis,  a  path. 
Veles,  -itis,  a  light-armed  soldier. 
Vates,  vatis,  a  prophet. 
Verres,  verris,  a  boar-pig. 


Abies,  -etis,  a  fir-tree. 
Ceres,  -eris,  the  goddess  of  corn. 
Merces,  -edis,  a  reward,  hire. 
Merges,  -itis,  a  handful  of  corn. 
Quies,  -etis,  rest. 

To  these  add  the  following  adjectives : 

Ales,  -itis,  swift. 
Bipes,  -edis,  two-footed. 
Quadrupes,  -edis,  four-footed. 
Deses,  -idis,  slothful. 
Dives,  -itis,  rich. 
Hebes,  -etis,  dull. 
Perpes,  -etis,  perpetual. 


Requies,  -etis ;   or  requiei,  {of  the  fifth 

declension)  rest. 
Seges,  -etis,  growing  corn. 
Teges,  -etis,  a  mat  or  coverlet. 
Tildes,  -is,  or  -itis,  a  hammer. 


Praepes,  -etis,  swift-winged, 

Reses,  -idis,  idle, 

Sospes,  -itis,  safe. 

Siiperstes,  -itis,  surviving. 

Teres,  -etis,  round  and  long,  smooOi. 

Locuples,  -etis,  rich. 

Mahsues,  -etis,  gentle. 

Exc.  3.  Greek  nouns  in  e^  are  commonly  masculine ;  as,  hie  acinaces,  -is,  a 
Persian  sword,  a  scimitar  :  but  some  are  neuter ;  as,  hoc  cacdethes,  an  evil  custom ; 
hippomanes,  a  kind  of  poison  which  grows  in  the  forehead  of  a  foal ;  panaces,  the 
herb  all-heal ;  nepenthes,  the  herb  kill-grief  Dissyllables,  and  the  monosyllable 
Cres,  a  Cretan,  have  -etis  in  the  genitive ;  as,  hie  magnes,  magnetis,  a  load-stone  ; 
tapes,  -etis,  tapestry ;  lebes,  etis,  a  cauldron.  The  rest  follow  the  general  rule.  Some 
proper  nouns  have  either  -etis,  or  is;  as.  Dares,  Daretis,  or  Daris;  which  is  also 
sometimes  of  the  first  declension.  Achilles  has  Achillis;  OT^Achilli,  contracted  for 
Achillei,  or  Achillei,  of  the  second  declension,  from  Achilleus.  So  Ulysses,  Pericles, 
Verres,  Aristoteles,  &c. 

IS, 

§  33.  Nouns  in  is  are  feminine,  and  have  their 
genitive  the  same  v^ith  the  nominative ;  as, 


auris,  auris^  the  ear ;  avis,  avis,  a  bird.    So, 


Apis,  a  bee, 
BTlis,  the  gall,  anger. 
Classis,  a  fleet. 
Felis,  a  cat. 

Foris,  a  door ;  ofiener  plur. 
fores,  -ium. 


Messis,  a  harvest  or  crop. 
Naris,  the  nostril. 
Neptis,  a  niece. 
Ovis,  a  sheep. 
Pellis,  a  skin. 
Pestis,  a  plague. 
4 


Ratis,  a  raft. 
Rudis,  a  rod. 
Vallis,  a  valley. 
Vestis,  a  garment, 
Vitis,  a  vine. 


38 


THIRD    DECLENSION    OF    NOUNS. 


Exc.  1.  The  following  nouns  are  masculine,  and  form  the  genitive  according  to 
the  general  rule : 


Axis,  axis,  an  axle-tree. 
Aqualis,  a   ivater-pot,    an 

ewer. 
Callis,  a  beaten  road. 
Caulis,  the  stock  of  an  kerb. 
Collis,  a  hiU. 

Cenchris,  a  kind  of  serpent. 
Ensis,  a  sword. 


Fascis,  a  bundle. 
Fecialis,  a  herald. 
FoUis,  a  pair  of  bellows. 
Fustis,  a  staff. 
Mensis,  a  month. 
Miigilis,  or  -il,  a  TmiUet- 

fish. 
Orbis,  a  circle,  the  V)Oild. 


Patruelis,  a  cousin-german. 
Piscis,  a  fish. 
Postis,  a  post. 
Sodalis,  a  companion. 
Torris,  a  fire-brand. 
Unguis,  the  nail. 
Vectis,  a  lever. 
Vermis,  a  worm. 


To  these  add  Latin  nouns  in  nis ;  as  pdnis,  bread ;  crlnis,  the  hair ;  igms,  fire ; 
funis,  a  rope,  &c.  But  Greek  nouns  in  iiis  are  feminine,  and  have  the  genitive  in 
idis ;  as,,  tyrannis,  tprannidis,  tyranny. 

Exc.  2.  The  following  nouns  are  also  masculine,  but  form  their  genitive  dii^ 
ferently : 


CTnis,  -eris,  ashes. 

Ciiciimis,  -is,  or  -eris,  a  CftcuTnbcr. 

Dis,  ditis,  the  god  of  riches;  ox  rich, 

an  adj. 
Glis.  gliris,  a  dormonsey  a  ra*. 
Impdbis,  or  fmpiibes,  -is,  or  -eris,  not 

marriageable. 
Lapis,  -idis,  a  ^tojie. 


Pub-is,  or  piibes,  -is,  or  oftener,  -eris, 

marriageable. 
I*ulvis,    -eris,  dust. 
Quiris,  -Ttis,  a  Roman. 
Samnis,  -itis,  a  Samnite. 
Sanguis,  -mis,  blood. 
Semis,  -issis,  the  half  of  anything. 
VOmis,  or  -er,  -eris,  a  ploughshare. 


Fulvis,  and  a'ni^,  are  sometimes  feminine.  Semis  is  also  sometimes  neuter,  and 
ihen  it  is  indeclinable.  Pubis  and  impuhis  are  properiy  adjectives;  thus,  Pufie- 
ribus  caulem  foliis,  a  stock  with  downy  leaves.  Virg.  ^n.  xii.  413.  TnipUbe  cor- 
pus,  the  body  of  a  boy  not  having  yet  got  the  down  {pubes,  -is,  f)  of  youth. 
Jlorat.  Epod.  5.  13.  Exsanguis,  bloodless,  an  adjective,  has  exsanguis  in  the 
g^tive 

Exc.  3.  The  following  are  either  masculine  or  feminine,  and  form  the  genitive 
according  to  the  general  rule : 


Amnis,  a  river. 
Anguis,  a  snake. 
Canalis,  a  coriduit-j^ipe. 
Corbis,  a  basket. 


Flnis^  the  end ;  fines,  the  boundaries  of  a 

field,  or  territories,  is  always  mass. 
Scrobis,  or  scrobs,  a  ditch. 
Torquis,  a  chain. 


Exc.  4.  These  feminines  have  idis:  Cassis,  -ydis^  a  helmet;  cuspis,  -Mis,  the 
point  of  a  spear ;  capis,  -idis,  a  kind  of  cup ;  promuhis,  -idis^  a  liind  of  drink,  me- 
theglin.    Lis,  strife,  f  has  Utis, 

Exc.  5.  Greek  nouns  in  is  are  generally  feminine,  and  form  the  geni- 
tive variously :  some  have  eos  or  ios  ;  as,  hceresis,  -eos,  or  -ios^  or  -is,  a 
heresy  ;  so,  bdsis^  f.  the  foot  of  a  pillar ;  phrasis,  a  phrase ;  phthisis,  a 
consumption ;  pocsis,  poetry ;  metropolis,  a  chief  city,  &c.  Some  have 
Idis,  or  idos ;  as,  Paris,  -idis,  or  -Idas,  the  name  of  a  man;  aspis, 
'idis,  f.  an  asp ;  ephemeris,  -idis,  f.  a  day-book  ;  iris,  -idis,  f.  the  rain- 
bow ;  pyxis,  -idis,  f.  a  box.  So  JEgis,  the  shield  of  Pallas ;  cantharis, 
a  sort  of  fly  ;  periscelis,  a  garter ;  proboscis,  an  elephant's  trunk ;  py- 
rdmis,  a  pyramid ;  and  tigris,  a  tiger,  -idis,  seldom  tigris :  all  fern. 
Part  have  idis,  as,  Psophis,  -idis,  the  name  of  a  city :  others  have  inis  ; 
as,  Eleusis,  -inis,  the  name  of  a  city  ;  and  some  have  entis ;  as,  Simois^ 
Simo'entiSf  the  name  of  a  river.  Chdrisy  one  of  the  Graces,  has  Charitis, 


THIRD   DECLENSION   OF   NODNS. 


OS, 


§  34.  Nouns  in  os  are  masculine,  and  have  the 
genitive  in  otis  ;  as, 

nepos,  -Otis,  a  grandchild ;  sacerdos,  -otis,  a  priest,  also  fern. 


Exa  1.  The  following  nre  feminine : 

Arbos,  or  -or,  -oris,  u  tree-. 
Cosy  Cutis,  a  whetsimie. 
Dos,  dutis,  a  dowry. 


Eos,  eois,  tJie  mornings 
Glos,  gloris,  the  husband's  sisler,  or  bro- 
ther's wife. 


Exc.  2.  The  following  masculines  are  excepted  in  the  genitive : 


Gustos,  -Gdis,  a  Jteeper,  also  fem. 

Heros,  herOis,  a  hero. 

MTnos,  -Gis,  a  king  of  Crete. 

Tros,  Trois,  a  Trojan. 

Bos,  bovis,  m.  or  f.  an  ox  or  coux 


Flos,  floris,  aflowen 
Honos,  or  -or,  -Oris,  honour. 
Labos,  or  -or,  -Oris,  labour* 
Lefx)s,  or  -or,  -Oris,  wit. 
Mos,  mOris,  a  custom. 
Ros,  rOris,  dew. 

Exc.  3.  Os,  cssis,  a  bone  ;  and  os,  oris,  the  mouth,  are  neuter, 

Exc.  4.  Some  Greek  nouns  have  bis,  as,  heros,  -bis,  a  hero,  or  great  man :  So  Mi- 
nos,  a  king  of  Crete ;  Tros,  a  Trojan ;  thos,  a  kind  of  wolf. 

US. 

§  35.  Nouns  in  us  are  neuter,  and  have  their 
genitive  in  oris  ;  as, 

pectus,  pectoris,  the  breast ;  lempus,  temporis,  time.    So, 


Corpus,  a  body. 
Dec  us,  honour. 
Dedecus,  disgrace. 
Facinus,  a  great  action. 
F<Enus,  usury. 


Frigus,  cold. 
Littus,  a  shore. 
Nemus,  a  grove. 
Pec  us,  cattle. 


Exc.  1.  The  following  neuters  have  eris : 


Ac  us,  chaff. 
Fiinus,  a  funeral. 
Foedus,  a  covenant. 
Genus,  a  kind,  or  kindred. 
Glomus,  a  clue^ 
Latus,  the  side. 


Miinus,  a  gift  or  office. 
0\us,  pot-herbs. 
Onus,  a  burden. 
Opus,  a  work. 
Pond  us,  a  v.^pight. 
Riidus,  rubbish. 


Penus,  provisions, 
Pignus,  a  pledge. 
Stercus,  dung. 
Tergus,  a  hide. 


Scelus,  a  crime. 
STdus,  a  star. 
Vellus,  a  fleece  of  wool. 
Viscus,  an  entraiL 
Ulcus,  a  bile 
Vulnus,  a  wound. 


Thus  aceris,  funcris,  &c.  Glcmus,  a  clue,  is  sometimes  masculine,  and  has  ^^Zo- 
mi,  of  the  second  declension.  Venus,  the  goddess  of  love,  and  vetus,  old,  an  a(yec- 
tive,  likewise  have  eris. 


Exc.  2.  The  following  nouns  are  feminme,  and  form  the  genidve  variously: 

Jiiventus,  -utis,  youth, 
Salus,  -litis,  safety. 
Senectus,  -iitis,  o^d  age. 
Servitus,  -litis,  slavery. 
Virtus,  -litis,  virtue. 


Incus,  -iidis,  an  anvil. 

Palus,  -udis,  a  pool,  or  morass. 

Pecus,  -iidis,  a  sheep. 

Subscus,  -iidis,  a  dove-taiL 

Tellus,  -iiris,  the  earth,  or  goddess  of  the 


earth.  •      '  Intercus,  -iitis,  an  hydropsy. 

Intercus  is  properly  an  adjective,  having  aqua  understood. 


40  THIED    DECLENSION    OF    NOUNS. 

Exc.  3.  Monosyllables  of  the  neuter  gender  have  uris,  in  the  genitive ;  as, 


Crus,  cruris,  tJie  leg. 

Jus,  juris,  law  or  right ;  also  broth. 

Pus,  puris,  the  corrupt  matter  of  any  sore. 


Rus,  ruris,  the  country. 
Thus,  thuris,  frankincense. 
So  Mus,  muris,  masc.  a  mouse. 


Ligus,  or  -ur,  a  Ligurian,  has  Liguris ;  lepus,  masc.  a  hare,  leporis ;  sus,  masc.  or 
fem.  a  swine,  suis ;  grus,  masc.  or  fern,  a  crane,  gruis. 

(Edlpus^  the  name  of  a  man,  has  CEdipodis ;  sometimes  it  is  of  the  second  de- 
clension, and  has  CEdipi.  The  compounds  of  pus  have  vdis ;  as,  tripus,  masc.  a 
tripod,  tripodis ;  but  Idgopus,  -odis,  a  kind  of  bird,  or,  the  herb  hare's-foot,  is  fem. 
Names  of  cities  have  untis,'  as,  Trapezus,  Trapezuntis;  Opus,  Opuntis;  Hierichus, 
•untis,  Jericho. 

YS. 

§36.  Nouns  in  ys  are  all  borrowed  from  the 
Greek,  and  are  for  the  most  part  feminine.  In  the 
genitive  they  have  sometimes  yis,  or  yos  ;  as, 

Haec  chelys,  chelyis,  or  -yos,  a  harp ;  Cdpys,  Capyis,  or  -yos,  the  name  of  a  man ; 
Bometimes  they  have  ydis,  or  ydos ;  as,  haec  chldmys,  chlamydis,  or  chlamydos,  a 
soldier's  cloak;  and  sometimes  ynis,  or  pios;  as,  Trdchys,  Trachynis,  or  Tra- 
chynoSf  the  name  of  a  town. 

JES,  AUS,  EUS, 

§  37»  The  nouns  ending  in  ces,  and  aus,  are, 

JEs,  eeris,  n.  brass  or  money.  I  Laus,  laudis,  f.  praise. 

Fraus,  fraudis,  f.  fraud.  \  Praes,  praedis,  m.  or  f.  a  surety. 

Substantives  ending  in  the  syllable  eus  are  all  proper  names,  and  have  the  geni- 
tive in  eos ;  as,  Orpheus,  Orpheos ;  Tereus,  Tereos.  But  these  nouns  are  also  found 
in  the  second  declension,  where  eus  is  divided  into  two  syllables:  thus,  Orpheus, 
genit.  Orph'ei,  or  sometimes  contracted  Orphei,  and  that  into  Orphi. 

S  with  a  consonant  before  it. 
§  38.  Nouns  ending  in  s  with  a  consonant  before 
it,  are  feminine ;  and  form  the  genitive  by  chang- 
ing the  s  into  is  or  tis  ;  as, 

Trabs,  trdbis,  a  beam;  scobs,  scobis,  saw-dust;  hiems,  Mhnis,  winter;  gens, gen- 
tis,  a  nation ;  slips,  st?pis,  alms ;  pars,  partis,  a  part ;  sors,  sortis,  a  lot ;  mors,  -tiSt 
death. 


Exc.  1.  The  following  nouns  are  masculine : 

Chalyhs,  -ybis,  steel. 
Dens,  -tis,  a  toofh. 
Fons,  -tis,  a  well. 
Gryps,  gryphis,  a  grijln. 
Hydrops,  -Opis,  the  dropsy. 

Exc.  2.  The  following  are  either  masculine,  or  feminine : 


Merops,  -opis,  a  woodpecker* 

Mons,  -tis,  a  mountain. 

Pons,  -tis,  a  bridge. 

Seps,  sepis,  a  kind  of  serpent ;  but 

Seps,  sepis,  a  hedge,  is  lem. 


Adeps,  adipis,  fatness. 
Rudens,  -tis,  a  cable. 
Scrobs,  scrobis,  a  ditch. 


Serpens,  -t!te,  a  serpent. 

Stirps,  stirpis,  the  root  of  a  tree, 

Stirps,  an  offspring,  always  fe?n, 


THIRD    DECLENSION   OF    NOUNS. 


41 


Aiiimans,  a  living  creature,  is  found  in  all  the  genders,  but  most  frequently  in 
the  feminine  or  neuter. 

Exc.  3.  Polysyllables  in  eps  change  e  into  i ;  as,  hoec  forceps,  forcipis,  a  pair  of 
tongs ;  princeps,  -1pis,  a  prince  or  princess ;  parficeps,  -cipis,  a  partaker ;  so  like- 
wise coelebs,  coelibis,  an  unmarried  man  or  woman.  The  compounds  of  caput  have 
capitis ;  as,  prcBceps,  prcecipitis,  headlong ;  anceps,  anclpitis,  doubtful ;  biceps,  -clpitis^ 
two-headed.    Auceps,  a  fowler,  has  aucupis. 


Exc.  4.  The  following  feminines  have  dis: 


Frons,  frondis,  the  leaf  of  a  tree. 
Glans,  glandis,  an  acorn. 


[  Juglans,  -dis,  a  walnut, 
I  Lens,  lendis,  a  nit. 


So  librzpens,  libripendis,  m.  a  weigher;  nefrens,  -dis,  m.  or  f.  a  grice,  or  pig;  and 
the  compounds  of  cor  ;  as,  concors,  concordis,  agreeing;  discors,  disagreeing;  vecorSf 
mad,  &c.  But  frons,  the  forehead,  has  fronlis,  fern,  and  leiis,  a  kind  of  pulse,  len- 
tis,  also  fem. 

Exc.  5.  lens,  going,  and  quiens,  being  able,  participles  from  the  verbs  eo  and  queo, 
with  their  compounds,  have  euntis ;  thus,  iens,  euntis ;  quiens,  queuntis ;  redienSj 
redeuntis ;  nequiens,  nequeuntis :  but  ambiens,  going  round,  has  ambientis. 

Exc.  6.  TirynSy  a  city  in  Greece,  the  birth-place  of  Hercules,  has  Tirynthis 


§  39«  There  is  only  one  noiin  in  ^  namely,  caputs 
capitis^  the  head,  neuter.     In  like  manner  its  com- 


pounds, sinciput^  sinctpitisj 
putj  -itis^  the  hind-head. 


the  forehead ;  and  occt- 


§  40«  Nouns  in  x  are  feminine,  and  in  the  geni- 
tive change  x  into  cis  ;  as,  lux^  liicisy  light. 


Appendix,  -icis,   an   addi- 
tion ;  dim.  -iciila. 
Celox,  -ucis,  a  pinnace. 
Cervix,  -Icis,  the  neck. 
Cicatrix,  -icis,  a  scar. 
Cornix,  -icis,  a  crow. 
Coturnix,  -icis,  a  quail. 
Coxendix,  -icis,  the  hip. 
Crux,  criicis,  a  cross. 

Exc.  1.  Polysyllables  in 
plate ;  Corax,  -acis,  a  raven. 
-iciSi  m.  the  thumb.    So  the 

Apex,  the  tuft  or  tassel  on 
the  top  of  a  priest's  cap, 
the  cap  itself,  or  the  top 
of  any  thing. 

Artifex,  an  artist. 

Carnifex,  an  executioner. 

Caudex,  the  trunk  of  a 
tree. 


So, 

FaBX,  -cis,  dregs. 
Falx,  -cis,  a  scythe. 
Fax,  -acis,  a  torch. 
Fihx,  -icis,  a  fern. 
Lanx,  -cis,  a  plate. 
Lodix,  -icis,  a  sheet. 
Meretrix,  -icis,  a  courtezan. 
Merx,  -cis,  merchandise. 


1  Nutrix,  -icis,  a  nurse, 
I  Nux,  nucis,  a  nut. 

Pax,  -acis,  peace. 

Pix,  pich,  pitch. 
!  Radix,  -icis,  a  root. 
\  Salix,  -icis,  a  willow. 

Vibix,  or  -ex,  -icis,  the  mark 
I      of  a  wound. 


ax  and  ex  are  masculine;  as,  thorax,  -acis,  a  breast- 
Ex  in  the  genitive  is  changed  into  icis ;  as,  pollex, 
following  nouns,  also  masculine  : 

POdex,  the  breech. 


Cimex,  a  bug. 
Codex,  a  book. 
Culex,  a  gnat,  a  midge. 
Frutex,  a  shrub. 
Index,  an  informer. 
Latex,  any  liquor. 
Miirex,  a   shell  fish,  pur- 
ple. 

4* 


Pontifex,  a  chief  priest. 

Piilex,  a  flea. 

Ramex,  a  rupture. 

Sorex,  a  rat. 

Vertex,   the   crown   of  the 

head. 
Vortex,  a  whirlpool. 


42 


THIRD    DECLENSION    OF    NOUNS. 


Vervex,  a  wether  sheep,  has  vervecis ;  foenisex,  a  mower  of  hay,  foenisecis 
resex,  m.  -ecis,  a  vine-branch  cut  off 

To  these  mascuHnes  add, 

Calix,  -icis,  a  cup. 
Calyx,  -ycis,  the  bud  of  a  flower. 
Coccyx,  -ygis,  or  -ycis,  a  cuckoo. 
Fornix,  -icis,  a  vault. 


Oryx,  -ygis,  a  wild  goat. 
PhoBnix,  -icis,  a  bird  so  called. 
Tradux,  -ucis,  a  graff  or  offset  of  a  vine  ; 
also  tern. 


But  the  following  polysyllables  in  ax  and  ex  are  feminine  : 


Fornax,  -acis,  a  furnace. 
Panax,  -acis,  the  herb  all-heal. 
Climax,  -acis,  a  ladder. 
Forfex,  -icis,  a  pair  of  scissors. 
Halex,  -ecis,  a  herring. 

Exc.  2.  A  great  many  nouns  in  a  are  either  masculine  or  feminine ;  as, 


Smilax,  -acis,  the  herb  rope-weed. 
Carex,  -icis,  a  sedge. 

Supellex,  supellectilis,  household  furni- 
ture. 


Calx,  -cis,  ike  heel,  or  the  end  of  any 
thing,  the  goal;  but  calx,  lime,  is  al- 
wa)rs  fem. 

Cortex,  -icis,  the  bark  of  a  tree. 

Hystrix,  -icis,  a  porcupine. 

Imbrex,  -icis,  a  gutter  or  roof  tile. 

Lynx,  -cis,  an  ounce,  a  beast  of  very  quick 
sight. 


Limax,  -acis,  a  snail. 
Obex,  -icis,  a  bolt  or  bar. 
Perdix,  -icis,  a  partridge. 
Pumex,  -icis,  a  pumice  stone. 
Riimex,  -icis,  sorrel^  an  herb. 
Sandix,  -icis,  a  purple  colour. 
Silex,  -icis,  a  flint. 
Varix,  -icis,  a  swollen  vein. 


Exc.  3.   The  following  nouns  depart  from  the  general  rule  in  forming  the  ge- 
nitive : 


Aquilex,  -egis,  a  well-maker. 
Conjunx,    or  -ux,   iigis,  a   husband 

wife. 
Frux  {riot  used),  frugis,  f  corn. 
Grex,  gregis,  m.  or  f  a  flock. 
Lex,  legis,  f  a  law. 


Phalanx,  -angis,  f  a  phalanx:. 

Remex,  -igis,  a  rower. 

Rex,  regis,  a  king. 

Nix,  nivis,  f  snow.   ■ 

Nox,  noctis,  f  night. 

Senex,  sen  is,  &  -icis,  (an  adj.)  old. 


Exc.  4.  Greek  nouns  in  x,  both  with  respect  to  gender  and  manner  of  declen- 
sion, are  as  various  as  Latin  nouns ;  thus,  bombyx,  bombycis,  a  silk- worm,  masc. 
but  when  it  signifies  silk,  or  the  yarn  spun  by  the  worm,  it  is  feminine ;  onix,  masc. 
or  fem.  onychis,  a  precious  stone ;  and  so  sardonyx  ;  larynx,  laryngis,  fem.  the  top 
of  the  windpipe ;  Phryx,  Phrygis,  a  Phrygian ;  sphinx,  -iigis,  a  fabulous  hag ;  strix, 
-igis,  f.  a  screech-owl ;  Styx,  -ygis,  f  a  river  in  hell ;  Hylax,  -ctis,  the  name  of  a 
dog ;  Bibrax,  Bibractis,  the  name  of  a  town,  &c. 


EXCEPTIONS  IN  DECLENSION. 

DATIVE   SINGULAR. 

The  dative  singular  anciently  ended  also  in  e;  as,  Esuriente  leoni  ex  ore  excul- 
pere  prcedam,  To  pull  the  prey  out  of  the  mouth  of  a  hungry  lion.  Lucil.  Hcsret 
pekepes,  Foot  sticks  to  foot.  Virg.  ^n.  x.  361.  for  esurienti  fxndpedi. 

EXCEPTIONS   IN  THE   ACCUSATIVE   SINGULAR, 

§  41.  Exc.  1.  The  following  nouns  have  the  ac- 
cusative in  im. 


Amussis,  f.  a  mason's  rule. 

Biiris,  f  the  beam  of  a  plough. 

Cannabis,  f.  hemp. 

Cuciimis,  m.  a  cucumber. 

Gummis,  f.  gum. 

Mephitis,  f.  a  damp  or  strong  smell. 


Ravis,  f  hoarseness. 
Sinapis,  f  mustard. 
Sitis,  f  thirst. 
Tussis,  f  a  cough. 
Vis,  f  strength. 


THIRD    DECLENSION    OF    NOUNS.  43* 

To  these  add  proper  names,  1.  of  cities  and  other  places ;  as,  His- 
panis,  Seville,  a  city  in  Spain ;  Syrtis,  a  dangerous  quicksand  on  the 
coast  of  Libya ; — 2.  of  rivers ;  as,  Tiberis,  the  Tiber,  which  runs  past 
Rome ;  BcbHs,  the  Guadalquivir,  in  Spain ;  so,  Alhis,  Ardris,  Athe- 
siSf  LiriSf  &c. — 3.  of  gods ;  as,  Aniihis^  Apis,  Osiris,  Serdpis,  deities 
of  the  Egyptians.  But  these  sometimes  make  the  accusative  also  in 
in  ;  thus,  Syrtim  or  Syrtin,  Tiberim,  or  -in,  &c. 

§  42«  Exc.  2.  Several  nouns  in  is  have  either  ein 
or  im  ;  as, 


Aqualis,  m.  a  vnter-pot. 
Clavis,  f.  a  key. 
Cutis,  f.  the  skin. 
Febris,  f.  a  fever. 
Navis,  f.  a  ship. 


Pelvis,  f,  a  basin. 

Puppis,  f.  the  stern  of  a 

ship. 
Restis,  f.  a  rope. 


Seciiris,  f.  an  axe. 
Sementis,  f  a  sowing. 
Strigilis,  f  a  horse-comb. 
Turris,  f.  a  tower. 


Thus  navem  or  Tiavim ;  puppem,  or  puppim,  &c.  The  ancients  said,  amm,  aurim, 
ovim,  pestim,  vallim,  vitim,  &c.  which  are  not  to  be  imitated. 

§  43.  Exc.  3o  Greek  nouns  form  their  accusative 
variously : 

1.  Greek  nouns,  whose  genitive  increases  in  is  or  os  impure,  that  is,  with  a  con- 
sonant going  before,  have  the  accusative  in  em  or  a  ;  as,  lampas,  lampadis,  or  lam- 
pados,  lampadem  or  lampada.  In  like  manner,  these  three,  which  have  is  pure 
m  the  genitive,  or  is  with  a  vowel  before  it :  Tros,  Trois,  Troem  or  Troa,  a  Tro- 
jan ;  heros,  a  hero ;  Minos,  a  king  of  Crete.  The  three  following  have  almost 
always  a ;  Pan,  the  god  of  shepherds;  o^Aer,  the  sky;  delphin,  a  dolphin;  thus, 
Pana,  cBthera,  delph'ina. 

2.  Masculine  Greek  nouns  in  is,  which  have  their  genitive  in  is  or  os  impure, 
form  the  accusative  in  im.  or  in  ;  sometimes  in  ^dem,  never  ida  ;  as,  Paris,  Paridis 
or  Paridos,  Parim,  or  Parin,  sometimes  Paridem,  never  Parida. — So,  Daphnis. 

3.  Feminines  in  is,  increasing  impurely  in  the  genitive,  have  commonly  idem  or 
?«fa,  but  rarely  im  or  in ;  as,  Elis,  EVidis  or  Elldos,  Elidem  or  Elzda  ;  seldom  Elim 
or  EUn ;  a  city  in  Greece.  In  like  manner  feminines  in  ys,  ydos,  have  ydem  or 
yda,  not  ym  or  yn  in  the  jaccusative ;  as,  cJdamys,  ydem  or  yda,  not  chlamyn,  a  sol- 
dier's cloak. 

4.  But  all  Greek  nouns  in  is  or  ys,  whether  masculine  or  feminine,  having  is  or 
OS  pure  in  the  genitive,  form  the  accusative,  by  changing  s  of  the  nominative  into 
rn  or  n ;  as,  metamorphosis,  -eos  or  -ios,  metamorphosim  or  -in,  a  change.  Tethys, 
-yos  or  -yis,  Tethym  or  -yn;  the  name  of  a  goddess. 

5.  Nouns  ending  in  the  diphthong  eus,  have  the  accusative  in  ea ;  as,  Theseus, 
Thesea ;  Tydeus,  Tydea. 

EXCEPTIONS    IN   THE    VOCATIVE    SINGULAR. 

Many  Greek  nouns,  particularly  proper  names,  drop  s  of  the  nominative  to  form 
the  vocative ;  as  Daphnis,  Dap/mi ;  Paris,  Pari ;  Tethys,  Tefhy ;  Melampus,  Me- 
lampu;  Orpheus,  Orpheus  Chelys,  Chely  ;  Poesis,Poesi.^  Nouns  in  as, aw ris,  make 
the  vocative  in  a  or  in  an  ;  as,  Pallas,  Palla  or  Pallan ;  Calcluis,  Calcha  or  Cal- 
chan :  some  in  es  make  it  in  es  or  e  ;  as,  Socrates,  Chremes,  Hercules,  Achilles,  &c. 


44  THIRD    DECLENSION    OF    NOUNS. 


EXCEPTIONS   IN  THE   ABLATIVE   SINGULAR. 

§  44.  Exc.  1.  Neuters  in  e,  a/,  and  ar,  have  i  in 
the  ablative  ;  as,  sedile,  sedili ;  animal^  animali ;  cat- 
car^  calcdri.  Except  proper  names;  as,  Prceneste^ 
abl.  Prceneste^  the  name  of  a  town ;  and  the  follow- 
ing neuters  in  ar : 


Far,  farre,  corn. 
Hepar,  -ate,  the  liver. 
Jubar,  -are,  a  sun-beam. 


Nectar,  -are,  drink  of  the  gods. 
Par,  pare,  a  match,  a  pair. 
Sal,  sale,  or  -i,  m.  or  n.  salt. 


Exc.  2.  Nouns  which  have  im  or  in  in  the  accusative,  have  i  in  the 
ablative,  as,  vis,  vim,  vi ;  but  cannabis,  BcbHs,  and  Tigris,  have  e  or  i. 

Nouns  which  have  em  or  im  in  the  accusative,  make  their  ablative 
in  e  or  i ;  as,  turris,  turre,  or  turri ;  but  restis,  a  rope,  and  cutis,  the 
skin,  have  e  only.* 

Exc.  3.  Adjectives  used  as  substantives  have  commonly  the  same  ab- 
lative with  the  adjective ;  as,  blpennis,  -i,  a  halberd ;  moldris,  -i,  a  mill- 
stone ;  quadriremis,  4,  a  ship  with  four  banks  of  oars.  So  names  of 
months,  Aprilis,  -i ;  December,  -bri,  &c.  But  rudis,  f.  a  rod  given  to 
gladiators  when  discharged ;  juvenis,  a  young  man,  have  e  only ;  and 
likewise  nouns  ending  in  it,  x,  ceps,  or  ns ;  as, 

Adolescens,  a  young  man.  i  Princeps,  a  prince.  I  Torrens,  a  brook. 

Infans,  an  infant.  \  Senex,  an  old  man.  \  Vigil,  a  vMtchman. 

Exc.  4.  Nouns  in  ys,  which  have  ym  in  the  accusative,  make  their 
ablative  in  ye,  or  y ;  as,  Atys,  Alye,  or  Aty,  the  name  of  a  man. 

NOMINATIVE   PLURAL. 

§  45«  1.  The  nominative  plural  ends  in  es,  when  the  noun  is  either 
masculine  or  feminine ;  as,  sermones,  rupes. 

Nouns  in  is  and  es  have  sometimes  in  the  nominative  plural  also  eis 
or  is ;  as,  puppes,  puppeis,  or  puppis. 

2.  Neuters  which  have  e  in  the  ablative  singular,  have  a  in  the 
nominative  plural ;  as,  capita,  itinera :  but  those  which  have  i  in  the 
ablative,  make  ia ;  as,  sedllia,  calcdria. 

*  Several  nouns  which  have  only  em  in  the  accusative,  have  e  or  i  in  the  abla- 
tive ;  as,  J'mis,  siipellex,  veclis,  pvgil,  a  champion ;  mugil  or  mxigUis  ;  so  rus,  occi- 
put: Also  names  of  towns,  when  the  question  is  made  by  ubi;  as,  habitat  Cartha- 
g^ine  or  Carthagini,  he  lives  at  Carthage.  So,  civis,  classis,  sors,  imber,  anguis,  avis, 
postis,fustis,amnis,  and  ignis;  but  these  have  oftener  e.  Canalis  has  only  i.  The 
most  ancient  writers  made  the  ablative  of  many  other  nouns  in  i;  as,  cestati,  cani, 
laptdi,  ovi ;  &c. 


THIRD    DECLENSION    OF    NOUNS.  45 

GENITIVE    PLURAL. 

§  4:6©  Nouns  which  in  the  ablative  singular  have  i  only,  or  either 
e  or  i,  make  the  genitive  plural  in  ium ;  but  if  the  ablative  be  in  e 
only,  the  genitive  plural  has  um  ;  as,  sedile,  sedili,  sedilium ;  turris, 
turre  or  turrit  turrium ;  caput,  capite,  capitum. 

Exc.  1.  Monosyllables  in  as  have  turn,  though  their  ablative  end  in 
c ;  as,  mas,  a  male,  mare,  marium ;  vas,  a  surety,  vadium :  but  poly- 
syllables have  rather  um ;  as,  civitas,  a  state  or  city,  civitdtum,  and 
sometimes  civitatium. 

Exc.  2.  Nouns  in  es  and  is,  vi^hich  do  not  increase  in  the  genitive 
singular,  have  also  ium ;  as,  hostis,  an  enemy,  hostium.  So  likewise 
nouns  ending  in  two  consonants ;  as,  gens,  a  nation,  gentium  ;  urbs,  a 
city,  urbium. 

But  the  following  have  um ;  parens,  vdtes,  volucris,  pdnis,  juvenis, 
opes,  forceps,  and  cdnis.  Horace,  however,  has  parentium.  Od. 
iii.  4,  23. 

Exc.  3.  The  following  nouns  form  the  genitive  plural  in  ium,  though 
they  have  e  only  in  the  ablative  singular:- 

Linter,  -tris,  m.  or  f.  a  little  boat. 
Lis,  litis,  f.  strife. 
Mus,  rauris,  m.  a  mouse. 
Nix,  nivis,  f  snow. 


Arx,  arcis,  f.  a  castle. 

Caro,  carnis,  f.  flesh. 

Cohors,  -tis,  f  a  company. 

Cor,  cordis,  n.  the  heart. 

Cos,  Cutis,  f.  a  hone  or  whetstone. 

Dos,  dotis,  f.  a  dowry. 

Faux,  faucis,  f  the  jaws. 

Glis,  gllris,  m.  a  rat. 

Lar,  laris,  ra.  a  household,  god. 


Nox,  noctis,  f  the  night. 
Os,  ossis,  n.  a  hone. 
Quiris,  -itis,  a  Roman. 
Samnis,  -tis,  m.  or  f  a  Samnite. 
Uter,  utris,  m.  a  bottle. 


Thus  Samnitium,  lintrium,  litium,  &e.  Also  the  compounds  of  uncia  and  as : 
as,  septunx,  seven  ounces,  septundum ;  hes,  eight  ounces,  hessium. 

Bos,  an  ox  or  cow,  has  boUm ;  and  in  the  dative,  bobus,  or  hubus. 

Greek  nouns  have  generally  um ;  as,  Macedo,  a  Macedonian ;  Arabs,  an  Ara- 
bian ;  j{Ethi(yps,  an  Ethiopian ;  monoceros,  an  unicorn ;  lynx,  a  beast  so  called ; 
Thrax,  a  Thracian;  Macedonum,  Arabum,  j^thiopum,  monocerotum,  lyncum, 
Thracum.  But  those  which  have  a  or  sis  in  the  nominative  singular,  sometimes 
form  the  genitive  plural  in  on ;  as,  Epigramma,  epigrammatum,  or  epigrammdlbn, 
an  epigram ;  metamorphosis,  -ium,  or  eon. 

Obs.  1.  Nouns,  which  want  the  singular,  form  the  genitive  plural  as  if  they  were 
complete  ;  thus,  manes,  m.  souls  departed,  manium  ;  ccBlites,  m.  inhabitants  of  hea- 
ven, caditum ;  because  they  would  have  had  in  the  sing,  manis  or  manes,  and 
cxBles.  But  names  of  feasts  often  vary  their  declension ;  as.  Saturnalia,  the  feasts 
of  Saturn,  Saturnalium  and  Saturnalidrum.  So,  Bacchanalia,  Compitalia,  Ter- 
minalia,  &c. 

Obs.  2.  Nouns  which  have  ium  in  the  genitive  plural,  are,  by  the  poets,  often 
contracted  into  um ;  as,  nocentum  for  nocentium :  and  sometimes,  to  increase  the 
number  of  syllables,  a  letter  is  inserted  ;  as,  ccelituum,  for  ccditum.  The  former  of 
these  is  said  to  be  done  by  the  figure  Syncope ;  and  the  latter  by  Epenthesis, 

EXCEPTIONS   IN  THE   DATIVE   PLURAL. 

§  4:7«  Exc.  1.  Greek  nouns  in  a  have  commonly  tis  instead  of 
tibus ;  as,  poema,  a  poem,  poemdtis,  rather  than  poematibus,  from  the 
gld  nominative  poemdtum,  of  the  second  declension. 


46 


THIRD    DECLENSION    OF   NOUNS. 


Exc.  2.  The  poets  sometimes  form  the  dative  plural  of  Greek  nouns 
in  si,  or,  when  the  next  word  begins  with  a  vowel,  in  sin ;  as,  Trodsi 
or  Trodsin,  for  Troddibus,  from  Troas^  Troddis  or  Troddos^  a  Trojan 
woman. 

Exc.  3.  Bos,  an  ox,  has  hohus  or  huhus ;  Sus,  a  swine,  suibus, 
sUbus,  or  siibus, 

EXCEPTIONS   IN  THE   ACCUSATIVE   PLURAL. 

§  48»  Exc.  1.  Nouns  which  have  ium  in  the  genitive  plural,  make 
their  accusative  plural  in  es,  eis,  or  is ;  as,  partes,  partium,  ace.  partes, 
parteis,  or  partis, 

Exc.  2.  If  the  accusative  singular  end  in  a,  the  accusative  plural 
also  ends  in  as ;  as,  lampas,  lampddem,  or  lampdda ;  lampddes  or  lam- 
pddas.     So,  Tros,  Troas ;  heros,  heroas  ;  Mthiops,  Mthiopas,  &.c. 


GREEK   NOUNS   THROUGH   ALL  THE   CASES. 

Lampas,  a  lamp,  f.  lampddis,  or  -ados,  -ddi,  -ddem,  or  -dda,  -as,  'dde, 
Plur.  'ddes,  -ddum,  -ddibus,  -ddes,  or  -ddas,  -ddes,  -ddibus. 

Troas,  f.  Troddis,  or  -dos,  -di,  -dem,  or  -c?«,  -as,  -de.  Plur.  Troddes, 
"duin,  -dibus  or  -si  or  -sin,  -des,  or  -t^as,  -^es,  -dibus. 

Tros,  m.  Trois,  Troi,  Troem  or  -a,  Tros,  Troe,  &c. 

Phillis,  f.  Phillidis  or  -<Zo5,  -«ii,  -(Zem  or  -e?«,  -i  or  -is,  -de. 

Pdris,  m.  Pdridis  or  -<Zos,  -cZi,  -cZem  or  Parim  or  -in,  -i,  -de. 

Chldmys,  f.  chlamydis  or  -^(^os,  -2/<^i,  -ydem  or  -i/t^o,  -y*,  -2/<^6j  ^c. 

Cdpys,  m.  Capyis  or  -j/os,  -yi,  -ym,  or  -yn,  -y,  -ye  or  -y. 

Metdmorpkosis,  f.  -is  or  -ios,  or  -eos,  -z,  -im  or  -in,  -i,  -i,  &c. 

§49.  The  following  is  an  alphabetical  list  of 
most  of  the  irregular  Nouns,  both  substantive  and 
adjective,  of  the  Third  Declension. 


Adolescens, 

Amnis, 

Amussis, 

Anguis, 

Aprilis, 

Aqualis,  § 

Araris, 

As  and  compounds 

Avis, 

Adjectives. 

Ales,  t 

Anceps,  t 

Artifex,  t 

B. 

Boetes,  II 

Bilibris, 


Ace.  Sing. 


im, 


em, 

im,  or  era,  . 
im, 


im  or  m, 
im, 


Abl.  Sing. 


e  or  1  raro. 

i. 

e  or  i. 


or  e. 


e  or  1. 
e  or  i. 
e  or  i. 


1  or  e. 
i. 


Gen.  PI. 
tium,  rather  turn. 


itum, 

itum,  (ia,  worn.) 

um. 


THIRD   DECLENSION   OF   NOUNS. 


BIpennis,!  , 


Buris, > . . 

c. 

Canalis, 

Cannabis, ..... 
Carthago,  || . . . . 

Caro, 

Centassis, 

Civis, 

Classis,    

Cohors, 

Clavis,  § 

Cor,   

Cos, 

Collis, 

Cucumis,  . .    . . 
Cutis, 

Adjectives. 
Capio,  compounds 

of^  in  -ceps, . . 
Caput,  compounds 

of^  in  -ceps, .... 

Celer,  t 

Coelebs,  *   

Compar,  f 

Compos,  * 

CoR  color,* 

Color,  comp.  of,  *  . 
Corpus,  cozn^.  of,  in 

-or,  * 

Consors,  t 

Concors, 

D. 

Decussis, 

Dos, 

Adjectives. 
Degener,  t  . . . . 

Dispar,  t 

Dives,  * 

Familiaris,t . . . 

Faux, 

Febris,  § 

Finis, 

Fornax, ,. 

Fustis, 

Facio,  camp,  of  in 

-fex, 

G. 
Gausape,  (perhaps 

indecl.) 

Glis, 


Ace,  Sing, 


em, 
im, 


im,  em, 


im,  . 
im,  . 


im,  em, 


Abl.  Sing. 


1. 

i  or  e. 
i  or  e. 


e  or  1. 
e  or  i. 


1  or  e. 


e  or  1. . 
e  or  i,. 


e  or  1, 
ote, . . 


e  or  1, 

i  or  e  rarely,  , 


e  or  1, , 

e  or  i, 

e,  sometimes  i, 

i  or  e. 


1,  e. 
e,  i. 
e  or  i. 


47 
Gen.  PI. 
bourn,  (bobus,  to.) 


tium. 


dium, 
tium. 


um. 
um. 
um. 
um. 
um. 
um. 
um. 

um. 
um. 
ium. 


tmm. 

um. 
um. 
um. 


48 


Gummis, 

Genus,  comp.  of,  in 
-er, 


THIRD    DECLENSION    OF    NOUNS. 


Acc.  Sing. 


H. 

Haeresis, 

Hospes,  adj.*  . 
I. 

Ig-nis, 

Imber, 

Infans,  ...... 

Jus, 

Juvenis, 

Adjectives. 

Impos,  * 

Impar,  f 

Impubes,  *  . . . 

Inops,  t 

L. 

Labes, 

Lar, 

Lens,  § 

Linter, 

Lis, 


Locuples,  adj. 

M. 
Mephitis,  . . . . 

Messis, 

Molaris,  t  . . . . 

Mons, 

Mugil, 

Mus, 


Memor,  adj.f  {olim 

Memoris,)  . . 

N. 

Natalis,  X 

Navis,  § 

Nix, 

November,     (and 

such,) 

O. 

Occiput,  § 

October, 

Orbis, 

Os,  ossis, 

Ovis, 

P. 

Pelvis,  § 

Par,  m.  Sff.  . . . 

Par,  n 


im,  m, 


tim,  tem, 


im,  . 


im,  em, 


em. 


em,  im, 
im,  em, 


Abl.  Sing. 


1. 

ite, 


e  or  1. 
e  or  i. 


jure,  . 
e,  . . . 


ote, . . . 
e  or  i, . 
ere, . . . 
e  or  i, . 

e  or  i. 

ti,  te. 


e  or  1, . 


e  or  1. 
e  or  i, 


1  or  e. 
i  or  e. 


1. 

i  or  e. 

i. 

e  or  i. 


e  or  1. 


1  or  e. 
e, 


Gen.  PI 


tmm. 

um,  ium  seldom. 

um. 

um. 
um. 
um. 
um. 


mm. 

ium. 
tium. 
um,  ium  seldom. 


um. 
rium.' 


mm. 
ium. 


'  Semel  apud  Ciceronem  murum. 


Palus, ........ 

Pars, 

Postis, 

Pugil,  § 

Puppis,  § 

Adjectives. 

Par,t 

Particeps,  t . . . . 

Pauper,  * 

Pes,  comp.  of*  . 
Princeps,  t  . . , , 
Praeceps,  *  . . . . 

Plus, 

Pubes,  * 

Quintilis  (andsuchi) 
Quiris, 

R. 

Rails, 

Ravis, 

Restis, 

Rivalis,} 

Rus,  § 

Rudis, 

S. 

Sal, 

Samnis, 

Securis, 


Sementis,  § . . . 

Senex, 

Sentis, 

Septunx, 

Serapis,  ||  . . . . 

Sextans, 

Sextilis, 

Sinapis, 

Sitis, 

Sodalis,  t 

Sordes, 

Sors, 

Strigilis, 

Supellex,  §  . . . 
Adjectives. 

Senex,  * 

Sospes,  * 

Superstes,  *  . . 

Supplex,  t 

T. 

Tibris,  II 

Tigris,  II 

Tridens,  § . . . . 


THIRD    DECLENSION    OF    NOUNS. 

Acc.  Sing.  Abl.  Sing. 


49 


im,  em, 


em,. 


em,  im, 
im, 
im,  em, 


im,  em, 
im,  em, 
em,  im, 


im. 


em,, 
im,  . 
im,  . 


e  or  1. 
e  or  i. 
i  or  e. 
i  or  e. 


e  or  1, . 
ere, . . . 
e,  . . . . 
e  or  i, . 
i,  e, . . . 
ri,  re,  . 
ere,. . . 


e,  L 
i. 
e. 

i  or  e. 
i  or  e. 


e  or  1. 
e  or  i. 
i  or  e. 
e,  . . . . 
e  or  i. 


em,  im  seldom^ . . 


I  im,  m, 
im,  in. 


1,  e  rare. 

i  or  e. 
e  or  i. 
e  or  i. 
e. 


ite, 

ite, 

ici,  or  e, . 

i,  e,  ide. 
i,  e. 
i  or  e. 
5 


Gen.  PI 

udium. 


lum. 

um. 

um. 

um. 

um. 

turn  (ia,  nom.) 

rium. 

um. 


itium,  itum. 


tium. 

um. 

cium. 

tium. 


um. 
um. 
um. 
um. 


60 


TIIIKD    DECLENSION    OF    NOUNS* 


Acc.  Sing, 

Turris,  § i  im,  em, 

Tussis, I  ira,  em, 

Adjectives. 
Tricorpor,  *  . . 
Tricuspis,  *  . . 
Tripes,  * 

u,v. 

Vectis, 

Venter, 

Vigil,§ 

Vis,  pi.  vires,  . 

Unguis, 

Volucris,  t  . . . 

Uter, 

Adjectives. 

Uber,t 

Vetus,  * 

'  Vigil,  t 

Volucris,  t 1 . 


J. 


Abl.  Sing, 


1  or  e. 
i  or  e. 


e  or  1, 

e  or  i, . 
vi, . . . . 


e  or  1. 
i  or  e, 


Gen.  PluT. 


umr 
umr 
um. 


lum. 
um. 
rium. 

um. 
ium. 


e  or  1, um, 

i,  e  seldom^ um. 

i,  e, 

i, 


um,  ium  seldom, 
um,  ium  seldom. 


*  Those  thus  marked,  have  e  only  in  the  ablative,  and  um  in  the 
genitive  plural. 

I  Those  having"  i,  or  e  and  /,  in  the  ablative,  and  um  in  the  genitive 
plural,  are  thus  marked. 

\  Such  substantives  have  t,  because  they  are  formed- from  adjectives, 
having  i  only  in  the  ablative.  Though  used  as  substantives,  they  are 
in  reality  adjectives,  the  substantive  with  which  they  agree  being  un- 
derstood. 

5  Substantives,  thus  marked,  take  either  termination  indifferently : 
those  not  marked  take,  in  general,  the  first  termination  mentioned. 

II  Carthago  and  such  nouns  have  e  or  i  when  at  a  place  is  signified^ 
that  is,  when  the  question  is  made  by  uhi  *  where  V  The  names  of 
gods,  rivers,  &c.,  in  is,  take,  in  general,  im  or  in  in  the  accusative, 
i  or  sometimes  e  in  the  ablative. 

FOURTH  DECLENSION. 

§  50.  Nouns  of  the  fourth  declension  end  in  us 
and  u. 

Nouns  in  us  are  masculine ;  nouns  in  u  are  neu- 
ter, and  indeclinable  in  the  singular  number. 


TERMINATIONS. 

Singtdar. 

Nom.  \  „„  ^^  „  Nom 

Gen.      us,  Voc. 

Dat        ui,  Gen. 

Ace.       um,  ,  Dat 

Abl.       u.  Abl. 


Plural. 


hbus. 


FOURTH    DECLE^NSrON    OF    NOUJfS. 


Fructus^  fruity  masc. 


51 


Singular. 

N.  fructiis, fruity 

G.  fructiis, of  fruit, 

D.  fructui, ,  to  fruity 

A.  fructurn, , . .  . .  fruit, 

Y.  fructus, O  fruit, 

A.  fructu, icith  fruit. 


Plural, 

N.  fructus, fruits, 

G.  fnjctiium, of  fruits, 

D,  fructibus, to  fruits, 

A.  fructup, fruits, 

V.  fructus, O  fruits, 

A.  fructibus, with  fruits. 


Singular, 

N.  cornu, a  horn, 

G.  cornu, of  a  horn, 

D.  cornu, to  a  horn, 

A,  cornu, a  horn, 

V.  cornu, O  horn, 

A.  cornu, with  a  horn. 


Cornu,  a  horn,  neut. 

Plural. 

N.  cornua, horns, 

G,  cornuum, of  horns, 

D.  cornibus, to  horns, 

A.  cornua, horns, 

V.  cornua, O  horns, 

A.  cornibus       with  horns. 


Exc.  1.  The  following  nouns  are  feminine 

Acus,  a  needle. 
Anus,  an  old  woman, 
Domus,  a  house. 
Ficus,  a  Jig. 


Idus, -uum,  the  ides  of  a 

month. 
Manuf?,  the  hand. 
Penus,  a  store-house. 


Porticus,  a  gallery. 
Specus,  a  den. 
Tribus,  a  tribe. 


Penus  and  specus  are  sometimes  masculine.  Ficus,  penus,  and  domus,  with  seve- 
ral others,  are  also  of  the  second  declension.  Capricornus,  m.  the  sign  Capricorn, 
although  from  cornu,  is  always  of  iJie  second  decl.  and  so  are  the  compounds  of 
manus ;  unimanus,  having  one  hand ;  centimanus,  &;c.  adj.  Quercus,  an  oak,  has 
^uercorum,  and  -uum,  in  the  gen.  pi.  Versus  has  versi,  versdrum,  versis,  as  well  as 
its  regular  cases.  Senalus  has  also  -ati,  in  the  gen. ;  so  ornalus,  -i :  but  these  forms 
are  not  to  be  imitated. 

Domus  is  but  partly  of  the  second  declension ;  thus, 

Domus,  a  house,  fern. 


Singular. 

N.  domus, a  house, 

G.  domus,  or  -mi, of  a  house, 

D.  domui,  or  -mo,  . . .  to  a  house, 

A.  domum, , . . .   a  house, 

V.  domus, O  house, 

A.  domo, loith  a  house. 


Plural. 

N.  domus, houses, 

G.  domorum,  or  -uum,  of  houses, 

D.  dom  ibus, to  houses, 

A.  domos,  or  -us, houses, 

V.  domus, O  houses, 

A.  doraibus, with  houses. 


Note.     Domus,  in  the  genitive,  signifies,  of  a  house ;  and  domi,  at 
home,  or  of  home ;  as,  memineris  domi.     Terent.  Eun.  iv.  7.  45. 

Exc.  2.  The  following  nouns  have  uhus,  in  the  dative  and  ablative  pluraL 


Acus,  a  needle. 
Arcus,  a  bow. 
Artus,  a  joint. 
Genu,  the  knee. 


Lacus,  a  lal'e. 
Partus,  a  births 
Portus,  a  harbour. 


Specus,  a  den. 
Tribus,  a  tribe. 
Veru,  a  spit. 


Portus,  genu,  and  veru,  have  likewise  %us ;  as,  port^bus  or portubus. 


52 


FIFTH    DECLENSION    OF    NOUNS. 


Exc.  3.  Jesus,  the  venerable  name  of  our  Saviour,  has  um  in  the 
accusative,  and  u  in  all  the  other  cases. 

Nouns  of  this  declension  anciently  belonged  to  the  third,  and  were  de- 
chned  hke  grus,  grids,  a  crane ;  thus,  fructus,  fructuis,  fructui,  fructuem,  fructus, 
fruclue  ;  fruclues,  fructuum,  fructuihus,  fructues,  fructues,  fructuibus.  So  that  all 
the  cases  are  contracted,  except  the  dative  singular,  and  genitive  plural.  In  some 
writers,  we  still  find  the  genitive  singular  in  uis ;  as.  Ejus  anuis  causa,  for  anus. 
Terent.  Heaut  ii.  3.  46.  and  in  others,  the  dative  in  m  ,•  as,  Resistere  impetu,  for 
impetui.  Cic.  Fara.  x.  24.  Esse  usu  sibi,  for  usui.  lb.  xiii.  71.  The  gen.  plur.  is 
sometimes  contracted ;  as,  currum,  for  curruum. 


FIFTH  DECLENSION. 

§  51.  Nouns  of  the  fifth  declension  end  in  65,  and 
are  of  the  feminine  gender. 


TERMINATIONS. 


Singular. 
Nom.  >  ^^ 
Voc.  <®^' 
Gen.  I  . 
Dat,  S  ' 
Ace.  em, 
Abl.      e. 


Res,  a  thingf  fem. 


Singular. 

N.  res, a  things 

G.  rei, of  a  thing, 

D.  rei, to  a  thing, 

A.  rem, a  thing, 

V.  res, O  thing, 

A.  re, with  a  thing. 


Plural, 

N.  res, things, 

G,  rerum, of  things, 

D.  rebus, to  things, 

A.  res, things, 

V.  res, O  things, 

A,  rebus, with  things. 


Acies,  the  edge  of  a  thing, 
or  an  army  in  order  of 
battle. 

Caries,  rottenness. 

Caesaries,  the  hair. 

Facies,  the  face. 

Glacies,  ice 


In  like  manner  decline, 

Tngluvies,  gluttony. 
Macies,  leanness. 
Materies,  matter. 
Pernicies,  destruction. 
Proluvies,  a  looseness 
Rabies,  madness. 


Sanies,  gore. 
Scabies,  the  scab,  or  itch. 
Series,  an  order,  or  row. 
Species,  an  appearance. 
Superficies,  the  surface. 
Temperies,  temperatenese. 


Except  dies,  a  day,  masc.  or  fem.  in  the  singular,  and  always  masc.  in  the  plural  ; 
and  meridies,  the  mid-day,  or  noon,  masc. 

The  poets  sometimes  make  the  genitive,  and  more  rarely  the  dative  singular,  in 
e;  as,  fde,  for  fdei.    Ov.  M.  3.  341. 

Gen.  Die,  Virg.  G.  i.  208.  Sallust,  Jug.  52,  106.  Acie,  Salliist.  Dat.  Die,  Plant. 
Facie,  Gell.  Fide,  Sallust,  Jug.  Hor.  i.  Sat.  3.  95.  We  find  such  Genitives  also  as, 
Adi,  Pernicii,  Fidi,  &c.  A  few  have  their  Genitive  from  the  Third,  as,  Requies, 
ei,  or  etis,  rest.  Plebes,  the  common  people,  makes  plebis,  plebei,  or  pUbi ;  Fames, 
hunger,  famis,  or  famei. 


IRREGULAR  NOUNS. 


53 


The  nouns  of  this  declension  are  few  in  number,  not  exceeding  fifty,  and  seem 
anciently  to  have  been  comprehended  under  the  third  declension.  Most  of  them 
want  the  genitive,  dative,  and  ablative  plural,  and  many,  the  plural  altogether. 

All  nouns  of  the  fifth  declension  end  in  ies,  except  three ;  Jides,  faiih ;  spes,  hope  ; 
res,  a  thing;  and  all  nouns  in  ies  are  of  the  fifth,  except  these  four;  abies,  a  fir- 
tree  ;  aries,  a  ram ;  paries,  a  wall ;  and  qules,  rest ;  which  are  of  the  third  declen- 
sion    Reqiues  is  of  the  third  and  fifth  declension. 

Of  the  fifty-seven  nouns  of  this  declension,  only  two.  Res,  and  Dies,  are  com- 
plete in  the  plural.  The  following  plurals  occur:  Nom.  or  Accus.,  Aa'es,  Fc/cie*, 
Eluvies,  Progenies,  Scabies,  Species,  SpZs,  S^iperf^cies. — Gen.  Facierum,  Specierum, 
Sperum,  MuLerieaiii,  Luxarieuin. — Dat.  or  Abl.  Speous,  SiiperftciZhus.  '  Specierum 
et  Specilbus  nolim  dicere,  ne  si  Latine  quidera  dici  possit.' — Cicero. 

TERMINATIONS  OF  THE  FIVE  DECLENSIONS. 


I. 

Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat, 

a, 

86, 

as, 

Ace. 
Voc. 
Abl. 

am, 

a, 

Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 

Voc. 

Abl. 


8B, 

arum, 
is, 
as, 

86, 

is. 


II. 

Singular, 
III. 

M.          N. 

M. 

us,  er,     um, 
h 

um, 

e,    er,     um, 

o, 

is, 
em, 
e,  or  i 

N. 


IV. 


M. 

us, 
us, 
ui, 
um, 

us. 


N. 

u» 
u, 

u, 

ii, 


u, 


a, 


orum. 

is. 

OS, 

§, 

i, 

a, 

Plural. 

es,          a,  ia,  '  us,  ^      ua, 
um,   or   ium,  |           uum, 

thus,          I  thus,  or   ubus, 

es,           a,  ia,  •  us,  au, 

es,          a,  ia,    us,  aii, 

thus.          ]  thus,  or  ubus. 


V. 


es, 
ei, 
ei, 
em, 

es, 
e, 


es, 
erum, 
ebus 

es, 

es, 
ebus, 


IRREGULAR  NOUNS. 

§  53«  Irregular  nouns  may  be  reduced  to  three 
classes,  Variable^  Defective^  and  Redundant. 

I.    VARIABI^-:CiOUNS. 

- ■'.i^ 

Nouns  are  variable  either  in  gender,  of  declension,  or  in  both. 

Heterogeneous  Mouns. 
Those  which  vary  in  gender  are  called  heterogeneous,  and  may  be 
reduced  to  the  following  classes :  **^ 

1.  Masculine  in  the  singular,  and  neuter'  in  the  plural. 


Avemus,  a  take  in  Campania^  hell. 
Dindymus,  a  hilt  in  Phrygin. 
Ismarus,  a  hill  in  Thrace. 
Massicus,  a  hill  in  Campania,  famous  for 
excellent  unnefi 

5* 


Maenalus,  a  hill  in  Arcadia. 
Pangaeus,  a  promontory  in  Thrace. 
Teenarus,  a  promontory  in  Laconia. 
Taf  larus,  hell. 
Taygetus,  a  hill  in  Laconia. 


54  IRREGULAR    NOUNS. 

Thus,  Avema,  Avemorum  ;  Dindyma,  -drum,  <fec.  These  are  thought  by  some 
to  be  properly  adjectives,  having  mons  understood  in  the  singular,  and  juga,  or 
cacumina,  or  the  like,  in  the  plural. 

2.  Masc.  in  the  sing,  and  in  the  plur.  masc.  and  neuter, 
Jocus,  a  jest,  pi.  joci  and  joca ;  locus,  a  place,  pi.  loci  and  loca. 
When  we  speak  of  passages  in  a  book,  or  topics  in  a  discourse,  loci 
only  is  used. 

3.  Feminine  in  the  singular,  and  neuter  in  the  plural, 
Carbdsus,  a  sail,  pi.  carbdsa ;  Pergdmus,  the  citadel  of  Troy,  pi. 

Pergdma, 

4.  Neuter  in  the  singular,  and  masculine  in  the  plural. 
Caelum,  pi.  coeli,  heaven;  Elysium,  pi.  Elysii,  the  Elysian  fields; 

Argos,  pi.  Argi,  a  city  in  Greece. 

5.  Neuter  in  the  sing,  in  the  plur,  masc.  or  neuter, 
Rastrum,  a  rake,  pi.  rastri  and  rastra ;  fra^num,  a  bridle,  pi.  frcsni 
and  frcdna, 

6.  Neuter  in  the  singular,  and  feminine  in  the  plural, 
Dellcium,  a  delight,  pi.  delicice ;  epulum,  a  banquet,  pi.  epul<B ;  bal- 
neum, a  bath,  pi.  balnecB  and  balnea, 

Heteroclites, 

§  53«  Nouns  which  vary  in  declension  are  called  heteroclites ;  as, 
vas,  vdsis,  a  vessel,  pi.  vdsa,  vasorum ;  jugerum,  jugeri,  an  acre,  pi. 
jiigera,  jugerum,  jugerlbus.  which  has  likewise  sometimes  jugeris, 
and  jugere,  in  the  singular,  from  the  obsolete  jugus,  or  juger. 

When  a  noun  is  compounded  with  another  noun,  if  they  be  both  in 
the  nominative,  they  are  both  declined :  as, 

Respublica,  a  commonwealth,  fem. 
Singular.  Plural, 


N.  respublica, 
G.  reipubltcse, 
D.  reipubltcae, 
A.  rempublicam 
V.  respublica, 
A.  republic^. 


N.  respubl'fc8B, 
G.  rerumpublicarum, 
D.  rebuspubllcis, 
A.  respubltcas, 
V.  respubWcse, 
A.  rebuspubllcis. 


Jusjurandum,  an  oath,  neut. 

Singular,  Plural, 

N.  jusjurandum,  N.  jurajuranda, 

G.  jurisjurandi,  G.  

D.  jurijurando,  D.  • 

A.  jusjurandum,  A.  jurajuranda, 

V.  jusjurandum,  V.  jurajuranda. 

A.  jurejurando.  A.  


IRREGULAR    NOUNS. 


55 


If  a  nominative  be  combined  with  an  oblique  case,  then  the  nomina- 
tive only  is  declined ;  as, 


Paterfamilias, 

a  master  q 

f  a  family,  masc. 

N.  paterfamilias, 
G.  patrisfamilias, 
D.  patrifamilias, 
A.  patremfamilias, 
V.  paterfamilias, 
A.  patrefamilias. 

Some  nouns  are  both  of  the  second  and  third  declension ;  as, 

N.         G.      D.              A.              V.             Ab. 

(ei, 
Orpheus,  < 

(eos, 

eo, 

ei. 

^    eum,  ) 

I  or  eon, ) 

ea, 

eu. 

eo;   2d  Declen. 
— ;   3d  Declen. 

N.         G.        D.          A.       V.        Ab. 

fFflYnnq     ^     ^»         ^'         "™'      "~        0 ;  2d  Declen. 
Ui^dipus,    ^.^.g^     .^j^      .^^^^     ^^     ode;  3d  Declen. 

N.         G.            D.              A.            V.            Ab. 

Achilleus,  |      ei, 
Achillea   I'ILTS 

eo ;  2d  Declen. 
le ;  3d  Declen. 

eo, 
li, 

Uem, 
}  or  len. 

eu, 
iles, 
J  or  le. 

Jupiter,  vis  *  strength,'  and  Bos  *  an  ox'  or  *  cow,'  are  thus  dec 

Singular.                           Singular.                     Plural, 

N.  Jupiter, 
G.  Jovis, 

N.  vis, 
G.  vis, 

N.  vires, 
G.  virium. 

D.  Jovi, 

D.  —       ^ 

D.  viribus, 

A.  Jovem, 

A.  vim. 

A.  vires. 

V.  Jupiter, 
A.  Jove. 

V.  vis, 
A.  vi. 

V.  vires, 
A.  viribus. 

Singular.                                      Plural. 

N.  bos. 

N.  boves. 

G.  bo  vis, 

G.  boum, 

D.  bovi, 

D.  bobus,  or  bubus, 

A.  bovem, 

A.  boves. 

V.  bos, 

V.  boves. 

A.  bove. 

1 

A 

L.  bob 

us,  0 

r  bubus. 

II.    DEFECTIVE    NOUNS. 

§  51»  Nouns  are  defective  either  in  cases  or  in 
number. 

Nouns   are   defective   in   cases   different  ways. 


56 


DEFECTIVE    NOUNS. 


Some  are  altogether  indeclinable,  and  are  there- 
fore called  Aptota^  or  Aptotes.  Some  are  used  only  in 
one  case,  and  are  therefore  called  Monoptota  ;  some 
in  two,  and  are  therefore  called  Diptota ;  some  in 
three,  and  are  therefore  called  Triptota ;  some  in 
four,  and  are  called  Tetraptota ;  and  some  in  five, 
and  are  therefore  called  Pentaptota. 

The  following  list  contains  most  of  the  nouns  that  are  defective  in 
case : — 


Abactus,  ace.  pi. ;  a  driving  aivay. 

Acclta,  abl. ;  a  calling  for. 

Admissu,  abl. ;  admission. 

Admonitu,  abl. ;  admonition. 

iEs,  not  used  in  gen.  pi 

Affatu,  abl  ,•  an  addressing  ;—pl  affatus, 
-ibus. 

Algus,  nom. ;  algurn,  ace. ;  algu,  or  -o, 
abl. ;  cold. 

Ambage,  abl. ;  a  winding  story ;  -pi.  am- 
bages, -ibus. 

Amissum,  ace. ;  a  loss. 

Aplustre,  7iom.  and  ace. ;  the  flag  of  a 
ship  ;—pl  aplustria,  or  aplustra. 

Arbitratu,  abl. ;  judgment 

Arcessltu,  abl ;  a  sending  for. 

Astu,  nom.  ace. ;  a  city. 

Astus,  nom. ;  astu,  abl ;  craft ; — astus 
ace.  pi 

Cacoethes,  nom.,  ace. ;  an  evil  custom ; — 
cacoethe,  nom.  pi ;  -e,  and  -es,  ace.  pi 

Cetos,  ace. ;  a  whale ; — cete,  nom.  and 
ace.  pi 

Chaos,  nom.,  ace.  ;  chao,  abl. ;  chaos ; — 
but,  signifying  a  deity,  Chaon,  ace. 

Circumspectus,  nom. ;  -um,  ace.  ,•  a  look- 
ing around. 

Coactu,  abl.  ;  constraint. 

CoelTte,  abl ;  pi  entire ;  inhabitants  of 
heaven. 

Commutatum,  ace. ;  an  alteration. 

Compedis,  gen. ;  compede,  abl ;  a  fetter ; 
— pi  eompedes,  -ibus. 

Concessu,  abl ;  permission. 

Condiscipulatu,  abl  ;  companionship  at 
school. 

Cratim,  or  -em,  ace. ;  -e,  abl ;  a  hurdle  , 
— pi  crates,  -ium,  -ibus. 

Daps,  nom.,  scarcely  used;  dapis,  gen. 
&c.;  a  feast. 

Datu,  abl ;  a  giving. 

Derisui,  dot. ;  -um,  ace. ;  -u,  abl. ;  ridi- 
cule. 

Despicatui,  dat. ;  contempt. 

Dica,  no7n. ;  dicam,  axx. ;  a  legal  process ; 
— dicas  ace  pi 


Dicis,  gen. ;  as,  dicis  gratia,  for  form's 

sake. 
DitiGnis,  gen. ;   -i,  dat. ;   -em,  ace. ;   -e, 

abl. ;  power. 
Diu,  abl ;  in  the  day  time. 
Divisui,  dat. ;  a  dividing. 
Ebur,  ivory ; — not  used  in  the  gen.,  dat., 

and  abl.  pi 
Efflagitatu,  abl ;  impcrtunity, 
Ejectus,  nom.  ;  a  throwing  out 
Epos,  ace. ;  an  epic  poem. 
Ergo,  ahl ;  for  the  sake. 
Evectus,  nom. ;  a  conveyance. 
Fasx,  dregs,  wants  gen.  pi 
Far,  corn,  not  used  in  the  gen.,  dat.,  and 

abl  pi. 
Fas,  nom.,  ace. ;  right. 
Fauce,    abl;    the    throat; — pi  fauces, 

-ibus. 
Fax,  a  torch,  wants  gen.  ptl. 
Femmis,  gen. ;  -i,  dat. ;  -e,  all ;  the  thigh ; 

— pi.  femma,  -ibus. 
Flictu,  abl ;  a  striking. 
Foris,  nom.  and  gen. ;  -em,  ace. ;  -e,  abl ; 

a  doof ; — pi  fores,  -ibus. 
Fors,  nom. ;  -tis,  gen. ;  -tem,  ace. ;  -te, 

abl. ;  chance. 
Frustratui,  obi ;  a  deceiving. 
Frux,  fruit,  nom.,  scarcely  used ; — frugis, 

gen.,  &,c. 
Gausape,  nom.,  ace,  abl. ;  a  rough  gar- 
ment ; — gausapa,  ace.  pi 
Glos,  nam.,  voc. ;  a  husband's  sister. 
Grates,  ace.  pi  ; — gratibus,  abl ;  thanks. 
Hiems,  wilder,  not  used  in  gen.,  dat.,  and 

abl  pi 
Hippomanes,  nom. 

Hir,  nom.  and  ace. ;  the  palm  of  the  hand. 
Hortatu,  abl. ;  an  exhorting  ; — pi  hortati- 

bus. 
Impetis,  gen. ;  -e,  abl. ;  a  shock;— pi  im- 

petibus. 
Inconsultu,  abl. ;  without  advice. 
Incitas,  or  -a,  ace.  pi ;  as,  ad  incitas  re- 

dactus,  reduced  to  a  strait. 
Indultu,  abl. ;  indulgence. 


DEFECTIVE    NOUNS. 


67 


InferijB,  no7n.  pi ;  -as,  ace. ;  sacrifices  to 
the  dead. 

Inficias,  ace.  pi. ;  a  denial ;  as,  ire  inficias, 
to  deny. 

Ingratiis,  abl.  pi. ;  against  one's  will. 

Injussu,  abl. ;  without  leave. 

Inquies,  Jiom. ;  disquiet. 

Instar,  nom.,  ace. ;  a  likeness. 

Interdiu,  abl. ;  in  the  day  time 

Invitatu,  abl. ;  an  invitation. 

Jo  vis,  nom.y  rarely  used ; — pi.  Joves. 

Irrisui,  dat. ;  -um,  ace. ;  -u,  abl. ;  deri- 
sion. 

Jugeris,  gen. ;  -e,  abl. ;  an  acre ; — pi. 
jugera,  -um,  -Thus. 

Jussu,  abl. ;  command. 

Labes,  a  spot,  wants  gen.  pi. 

Lucu,  abt. ;  light. 

Ludificatui,  dat. ;  a  mockery. 

Lux,  light,  wants  the  gen.  pi. 

Mandatu,  abl. ;  a  command. 

Mane,  nom.,  ace. ;  mane,  or  -i,  aU.  ,*  morn- 
ing. 

Mel,  honey,  not  used  in  gen.,  dat,  and 
abl.  pi. 

Melos,  ace. ;  melody ; — mele,  nom.,  aec. 

pi. 

Metus,  fear,  not  used  in  gen.,  dat.,  and 
abl.  pi. 

Missu,  abl. ;  despatch ; — pi.  missus,  -ibus. 

Monitu,  abl. ;  admonition ; — pi.  monitus. 

Natu,  abl. ;  by  birth. 

Nauci,  gen. ;  as,  res  nauci,  a  thing  of  no 
value. 

Nefas,  nom.,  aec. ;  wickedness. 

Nemo,  nobody,  wants  the  voc.  and  the  pi. 

Nepenthes,  nom. ;  an  herb. 

Nex,  death,  wants  the  voc. ; — neces,  nom. 
ace.  pi. 

Nihil,  or  nihilum,  nom.;  -i,  gen.;  -um, 
ace. ;  -o,  abl. ;  nothing. 

Noctu,  abl. ;  by  night. 

Nuptui,  dat. ;  -um,  ace. ;  -u,  abl. ;  mar- 
riage. 

Obex,  nom. ;  -icem,  aec. ;  -ice,  or  -jice, 
abl. ;  a  bolt ; — pi.  obices,  -jicibus. 

Objectum,  ace. ;  -u,  abl. ;  an  interposi- 
tion ; — pi.  objectus. 

Obtentui,  dat. ;  -u,  abl. ;  a  pretext. 

Opis,  gen. ;  opera,  ace. ;  ope,  abl. ;  help ; 
—pi.  entire. 

OpposTtu,  abl. ;  an  opposing ; — pi.  oppo- 
situs. 

Opus,  nom.,  ace. ;  need. 

Os,  the  mouth,  wants  the  gen.  pi. 

Panaces,  nom. ;  an  herb. 

Pax,  peace,  wants  gen.  pi. 

Peccatu,  abl. ;  sinning. 


Peciidis,  gen.;  -i,  dat;  -em,  aec;  -e, 
abl. ; — pi.  entire. 

Pelage,  nom.,  ace.  pi.  of  pelagus ;  the  sea. 

Permissu,  abl. ;  permission. 

Piscatus,  nom.;  -i,gen.;  -um  ace.;  -u, 
abl. ;  a  fishing. 

Pix,  pitch,  wants  gen.  pi. 

Pondo,  abl. ;  in  weight. 

Preci,  dat ;  -em,  ace. ;  -e,  abl. ;  prayer  ; 
— gZ.  entire. 

Procerem,  ace. ;  a  peer  ; — pi.  entire. 

Proles,  offspring,  wants  gen.  pi. 

Relatu,  abt ;  a  relation. 

Repetundarum,  gen.  pi. ;  -is,  abl. ;  extor- 
tion. 

Rogatu,  abl. ;  a  request. 

Rus,  the  country,  wants  gen.,  dat,  and 
abl.  pi. 

Satias,  nom.;  -atem,  ace.;  -ate,  abl.; 
satiety. 

Secus,  nom.,  ace. ;  sex. 

Situs,  nom. ;  -um,  aec. ;  -u,  abl. ;  situa- 
tion ; — situs,  nom.  and  ace.  pi. ;  -ibus, 
abl. 

Situs,  nom. ;  -um,  aec. ;  -u,  abl. ;  rust ; — 
situs,  aec.  pi. 

Soboles,  offspring,  wants  gen.  pi. 

Sol,  the  sun,  wants  gen.  pi. 

Sordis,  gen. ;  -em,  ace. ;  -e,  aU. ;  filth ; — 
pi.  sordes,  -ium,  &c. 

Spontis,  gen. ;  -e,  abl. ;  of  one's  own  ac- 
cord. 

Suppetiae,  nom.  pi. ;  -as,  aec. ;  supplies, 

Tabum,  nom. ;  -i,  gen. ;  -o,  abl. ;  gore. 

Tempe,  nom.,  aec,  voc.  pi. ;  a  vale  in 
Thessaly. 

Thus,  not  used  in  the  gen,,  dat,  and  abl. 
pi. 

Veprem,  ace. ;  -e,  abl. ;  a  brier  ;—pl.  en- 
tire. 

Verberis,  gen. ;  -e,  abl. ;  a  stripe  ; — pi. 
verbera,  -um,  -ibus. 

Vesper,  nom. ;  -e  or  -i,  abl. ;  the  evening. 

Vespera,  nom. ;  -am,  aec. ;  -era,  abl. ;  the 
evening. 

Vesperus,  nom. ;  -o,  dat. ;  -um,  aec. ;  -o, 
abl.  ;  the  evening. 

Vicis,  gen. ;  -i,  dat ;  -em,  ace. ;  -e,  abl. ; 
change  ; — pi.  entire,  except  gen. 

Virus,  nom. ;  -i,  gen. ;  -us,  ace. ;  -o,  abl. ; 
poi,son. 

Vis,  nom. ;  vis,  gen. ;  vim,  ace. ;  vi,  abl.  ; 
strength ; — pi.  vires,  -ium,  &c. 

Vise  us,  nom. ;  -ens,  gen. ;  -ere,  abl. ;  an 
interned  organ. 

Vocatu,  abl. ;  a  calling ; — vocatus,  ace. 
pi. 

Voliipe,  or  volup',  nom.,  ace. ;  pleasure. 


To  these  may  be  added  nouns  of  the  fifth  declension,  which  either  want  the 
plural,  as  most  of  them  are  abstract  nouns,  or  have  in  that  number  only  the  nomi- 
native, accusative,  and  vocative.    Res  and  dies,  however,  have  the  plural  entire. 


58 


DEFECTIVE    NOUNS. 


For  the  use  of  the  vocative,  also,  of  many  words,  no  classical  authority  can  be 
found. 

DEFECTIVE   IN   NUMBER. 

§  55»  Proper  names  of  persons  strictly  want  the 
plural. 

§  56»  Proper  names  of  places  are  used  in  the 
singular  or  plural  only  ;  as, 

Italia^  *  Italy ;'  Athenae,  *  Athens.' 

§  57.  Most  names  of  Virtues,  Vices,  Herbs, 
Metals,  Minerals,  Liquids,  Corn,  most  Abstract 
Nouns,  &c.,  want  the  plural ;  as, 

Justitia,  *  justice;'  Inertia,  *  sloth;'  Apium,  *  parsley;'  Argentum^ 

*  silver;'  Awrwrn,  *gold;'  iflc,  *milk;'   Tri/icwm,  *  wheat ;'  Hordeunii 

*  barley ;'  Avcna,  *  oats ;'  Juventus,  *  youth ;'  Pueritia,  *  childhood ;'  &c. 

§  58.  Masculines  wanting  the  Plural. 


Aer,  aeris,  the  air. 

jEther,  -eris,  the  sky. 

Cestus,  -1,  the  girdle  of  Venus. 

Firaus,  -i,  dung. 

Hesperus,  -i,  the  evening  star. 

Limus,  -i,  slime. 

Meridies,  -iei,  mid-day. 

Mundiis,  -i,  a  woman's  ornaments. 

Muscus,  -i,  moss. 

Nemo  -mis,  c.  g.  nobody. 


Penus,  -i,  or  us,  d.  g.  all  manner  of  provi- 
sions. 
Pontus,  -i,  the  sea. 
Pulvis,  -eris,  dust. 
Sabulo,  -Gnis,  gravel. 
Sanguis,  -inis,  blood. 
Sopor,  -Oris,  sleep. 
Veternus,  -i,  lethargy. 
Vise  us,  -i,  bird-lime. 


59.  Feminines  wanting  the  Plural. 


Argilla,  -^,  potter's  earth. 

Faraa,  -sb,  fame. 

Humus,  -i,  the  ground. 

Lues,  -is,  a  plague. 

Plebs,  plebis,  the  common  people. 

Piibes,  -is,  the  youth. 

Quies,  -etis,  rest. 


Salus,  -litis,  safety. 

Sitis,  -is,  thirst. 

Supellex,  -ctilis,  household  furniture. 

Tabes,  -is,  a  consumption. 

Tellus,  -iiris,  the  earth. 

Vespera,  -ae,  the  evening. 


§  60»  Neuters  wanting  the  Plural. 


Album,  -i,  an  album. 
Balaustium,  -i,  the  fiower  of  a  pome- 
granate tree. 
Barathrum,  -i,  a  gulf. 
Coenura,  -i,  mud. 
Crocum,  -i,  saffron. 
DTluciilum,  -i,  the  dawn* 
Ebur,  -oris,  ivory. 
Fel,  -fellis,  gall. 
Gelu,  -i7iv.  frost. 
Glastum,  -i,  wcad. 


i  Gluten,  -mis,  or 
I  Glutinum,  -i,  glue. 

Gypsum,  -i,  white  plaster. 

He  par,  -atis,  the  liver. 

Hilum,  -i,  the  black  speck  of  a  bearu 

Jtibar,  -aris,  a  sun-beam. 

Justitium,  -i,  a  law  vacation. 

Lardum,  -i,  bacon. 

Letum,  -i,  death. 

Lutum,  -i,  clay. 

Macellum,  -i,  the  shambles. 


DEFECTIVE    NOUNS. 


59 


Mane,  the  morning. 

Nectar,  aris,  nectar. 

Nihil,  nil,  nihilura,  i,  notlibig. 

Nitrum,  i,  nitre. 

Omasum,  \,fat  tripe. 

Opium,  i,  opium. 

Pelagus,  i,  the  sea. 
\  Penum,  i,  or 
\  Penus,  oris,  provisions. 

Piper,  eris,  pepper. 

Prolubium,  i,  a  desire. 

Sabulum,  i,  sa7id. 


Sal,  salis,  {neut)  salt. 
Salum,  i,  the  sea. 
Senium,  i,  old  age. 
Smapi,  inv.  mustard. 
Tabum,  i,  gore. 
Ver,  veris,  spring. 
Veternum,  i,  lethargy. 
Virus,  i,  poison. 
Viscum,  1,  birdlime. 
Vitrum,  i,  woad. 
Zingiber,  eris,  ginger. 


§  61«    Names    of  Gaines,   Feasts,   Books,   &c. 
wanting:  the  Singular. 


Apoilinares,  ium,  games  in  honour  of 
Apollo. 

Bacchanalia,  ium,  or  Gnim,  the  feasts  of 
Bacchus. 

Bucolica,  Grum,  or  on,  a  book  cf  pasto- 
rals. 

Charistia,  Grum,  lovefeas's. 

Dionysia,  the  feast  of  Bacchus. 

Georgica,  Grum,  or  on,  a  work  on  hus- 
bandry. 

Hierosolyma,  Grum,  Jerusalem. 

Latinae,  feasts  of  Jupiter  Lalialis. 


Olympia,  the  Olympic  games, 

Orgia,  rites  of  J^acchus. 

Pal  ilia,  a  feast  in  honour  of  Pales. 

Parentalia,  solemnities  at  the  funeral  of 
a  parent. 

Yfihxa,  games  in  honour  of  Apollo. 

Quinquatriis,  num,  and 

Quinquatria,  Grum,  &  ium,  feasts  in  ho- 
nour of  Minerva. 

Suovetaurllia,  ium,  a  sacrifice  of  a  swine, 
sheep,  and  ox. 

SyraciisaD,  arum,  Syracuse. 


§  63»  Masculines  wanting  the  Singular. 


Antes,  -ium,  fore-rank. 

Cancelli,  lattices  or  windoivs,  made  with 
cross-bars,  like  a  net;  a  rail  or  balus- 
trade round  any  place  ;  bounds  or 
limits. 

Cani,  gray  hairs. 

Casses,  -ium,  a  hunter's  net. 

Celeres,  -urn,  the  light-horse. 

CGdicilli,  writings. 

Druides,  -um,  the  Druids,  priests  of  the 
ancient  Britons  and  Gaids. 

Fasces,  -ium,  a  bundle  of  rods  carri- 
ed before  the  chief  magistrates  of 
Rome. 

Fasti,  -Grum,  or  fastus,  -uum,  calendars, 
in  which  were  marked  festival  days,  the 
names  of  magistrates,  &c. 

Fines,  -ium,  the  borders  of  a  county,  or  a 
country. 

Fori,   the    gangtoays    of  a    sJiip ;   seats 


in  the  circus;  or  tJie  cells  of  a  bee- 

hive. 
Furfiires,  -um,  scales  in  the  head. 
Inferi,  the  gods  below. 
LaurTces,  youn^  rabbits. 
Lemiires,  -[im,  hobgoblins,  or  spirits  in  the 

dark. 
Liberi,  children. 
Lucercs,  -um,  a  third  part  of  the  early 

Romans. 
jMajGres,  -um,  ancestors. 
Manes,  -ium,  spirits  of  the  dead. 
MmGres,  -um,  successors. 
Nalales,  -ium,  parentage. 
Pandectas,  pandects. 
Poster!,  posterity. 
Proceres,  -um,  the  nobles. 
Pugillares,  -ium,  writing-tables. 
Sentes,  -im,  thorns. 
Siiperi,  -um,  &  -Grum,  the  gods  above. 


§  63.  Feminines  wantins;  the  singular. 


Alpes,  -inra,  the  Alps. 
Angustiffi,  difficulties. 
Antiae,  a  forelock. 
ApTnae,  gewgaws. 


BIgas,  a  chariot  drawn  by 

two  horses. 
Trlgas,  —  by  three, 
QuadrTgre,  —  by  four. 


Argiitiae,  quirks,  witticisms.  I  BraccsR,  breeches. 


BranchiaB,  tJie 

fish. 
Cnarites,    -um, 

graces. 
Clitellae,  panniers. 


ills   of  a 
the    thiee 


60 


DEFECTIVE    NOUNS. 


Cunae,  a  cradle. 

Decimae,  tithes. 

DIrae,  imprecations,  the  fu- 
ries. 

DTvitiaB,  riches. 

Dryades,  -um,  the  nymphs 
of  the  woods. 

Excubiae,  rvatches. 

Exsequiae,  funerals. 

Exuviae,  spoils. 

Facetiae,  pleasant  sayings. 

Facilitates,  -um,  &  -ium, 
one's  goods  and  chattels. 

Feriae,  holydays. 

Fracas,  -ium,  the  lees  of  oil. 

Gades,  -ium,  Cadiz. 

Gerrae,  trifles. 

Grates,  -ium,  thanJiS. 

Hyadcs,  -um,  tlie  seven 
stars. 

Indiiciae,  a  truce. 

Induviae,  clothes  to  put  on. 

Ineptiae,  silly  stories. 


Inferiae,  sacrifx:es  to  the  In- 
fernals. 

Insidiae,  snares. 

Kalendae,  Nonae,  Idus, 
-uum,  names  which  the 
Romans  gave  to  certain 
days  in  each  month. 

Lapicidlnae,  sione  quar- 
ries. 

LTterae,  an  epistle. 

Lactes,  -ium,  smxdl  en- 
trails. 

Maniibia,  spoils  iaJien  in 
war. 

Minae,  threats. 

Miniitiae,  little  niceties. 

Nugae,  Irifies. 

Nundinae,  a  market. 

Nuptiae,  a  marriage. 

Offuciae,  cheats. 

Operas,  workmen. 

Parietlnae,  old  walls. 

Partes,  -ium,  a  party. 


Phalerae,  trappings. 

PlagJE,  nets. 

Pleiades,  -um,  the  seven 
stars. 

PraestTgse,  enchantments. 

PrTmitiae,  fif-st  fruits. 

QuisquTliae,  sweepings. 

Reliquiae,  a  remainder. 

Salebrcc,  rugged  places. 

Sallnae,  salt-pits. 

Scalap,  a  ladder. 

Scatebra3,  a  spring. 

ScGpaB,  a  besom,  a  broom. 

Tenebrce,  darkness. 

Thermae,  hot  baths. 

ThermOpylaB,  straits  of 
mount  CEta. 

TrTcjB,  toys. 

Valvae,  folding  doors. 

Vergilia),  the  seven  stars. 

Vindiciae,  a  claim  of  lib- 
erty, a  defence. 


§  64»  Neuters  wanting  the  Singular. 


Acta,  public  acts,  or  records. 

Adversaria,  a  memorandum  book. 

Estiva,  sc.  castra,  summer  quarters. 

Arma,  arms. 

Bellaria,  -orum,  sweetmeats. 

Bona,  goods. 

Brevia,  -ium,  shelves. 

Castra,  a  camp. 

Charistia,  -Orum,  a  peace  feast. 

Cibaria,  victuals. 

Comitia,  an  assembly  of  the  people  to 

make  laws,  elect  magistrates,  or  hold 

trials. 
Crepundia,  chiMren^s  baubles. 
Ciinabula,  a  cradle,  an  origin. 
Dicteria,  scoffs,  vMticisms. 
Exta,  the  entrails. 

Februa,  -orum,  purifying  sacrifices. 
Flabra,  hlasts  of  wind. 
Foria,  muck. 
Fraga,  strawberries. 
Hyberna,  sc.  castra,  winter  quarters. 
Ilia,  -ium,  the  entrails. 
Inciinabula,  a  cradle. 
Insecta,  insects. 
Justa,  funeral  rites. 
Lamenta,  lamentations. 
Lautia,  provisions  for  the  entertainment 

of  foreign  ambassadors. 
Lustra,  dens  of  wild  beasts. 
Magalia,  -ium,  cottages. 


Moenia,  -ium,  &  -iorum,  the  vxills  of  a 

city. 
Multicia,  garments  finely  wrought. 
Miinia,  -iOrum,  offices. 
Orgia,  the  sacred  rites  of  Bacchus. 
Ovilia,  -ium,  an  inclosure  where  the  people 

went  to  give  their  votes. 
Palearia,  -ium,  the  dewlap  of  a  beast. 
Parapherna,  all  things  the  wife  brings  her 

husband  except  her  dowry. 
Parentalia,  -ium,  solemnities  at  the  funeral 

of  parents. 
Philtra,  love  potions. 
Praebia,  an  amulet. 
Praecordia,  the  bowels. 
PrincTpia,  the  place  in  the  camp  where  the 

general" s  tent  stood. 
Pythia,  games  in  honour  of  Apollo. 
Rostra,  a  place  in  Rome  made  of  the  beaks 

of  ships,  from  which  orators  used  to 

make  orations  to  the  people. 
Scriita,  old  clothes. 
Sponsalia,  -ium,  espousals. 
StatTva,  sc.  castra,  a  standing  ramp. 
Suovetaurilia,  -ium,  a  sacrifice  of  a  swine, 

a  sheep,  and  an  ox. 
Talaria,  -ium,  winged  shoes. 
Tesqua,  rough  places, 
Transtra,  the  seats  where  the  rowers  sit  in 

ships. 
Utensilia,  -ium,  utensils. 


IRHEGULAR    NOUNS. 


61 


§  65.  The  following  Plurals  are  sometimes  found 
in  the  Singular. 


Annales,  ium,  annals. 

Ante,  cloor-posls. 

ArguticB,  witticisms. 

Artus,  uum,  the  joints. 

Bigae,  a  chariot  drawn  by 
two  horses. 

Casses,  ium,  a  hunter's  net. 

Coelites,  um,  and  uum,  the 
gods. 

Cyclades,  um,  the  Cycla- 
dian  islands. 

DecimsB,  tithes. 

DircG,  the  Furies. 

Dryades,  um,  the  Dryads. 

Epulae,  a  banquet. 

Eumenides,  um,  the  Fu- 
ries. 

Facetiae,  pleasant  sayings. 

Fides,  ium,  a  stringed  in- 
strument. 

Fraga,  orum,  strawberries. 

Gemmi,  twins. 


GenaB,  the  cheeks. 
HabensB,  reins. 
Hyades,  um,  the  Hyades. 
Ineptiae,  silly  wit. 
Latebrae,  lurking  places. 
Liberi,  children. 
MajGres,  um,  ancestor.^. 
Manes,  ium,  the  shades. 
Mapalia,  huts. 
MinQtiae,  little  niceties. 
Naiades,    um,  fountain 

nymphs. 
Nares,  ium,  the  nostrils. 
Nates,  ium,  the  buttocks. 
Ohli\ia,f orgeffulness. 
Offuciae,  cheats. 
Optimates,  um,  nobles. 
Paiearia,  ium,  the  dewlap 

of  a  beast. 
Pascua,  pastures. 
Penates,    ium,    household 


Phalerae,  trappings. 

Plenque,  many. 

Proceres,  um,  nobles. 

Pugillaria,  ium,  or 

Pugillares,  ium,  a  note-book. 

Quadrigae,  a  chariot  drawn 
by  four  horses. 

Quirites,  um,  and  ium,  citi- 
zens  of  Rome. 

Reliquiae,  a  remainder. 

Salebrae,  rugged  jdaces. 

Scalae,  a  ladder. 

Sentes,  ium,  thorns. 

Singuli,  0716  by  one. 

Spolia,  spoils. 

Siiperi,  the  gods  above. 

Tmnstra,  seats  for  the  row- 
ers in  a  ship. 

Ut«nsilia,  ium,  utensils. 

Vepres,  um,  brambles. 


§  6Q.  The   following 
found  in  the  Plural. 


Sinofulars   are    sometimes 


AconTtum,  wolf's-bane. 
Aer,  eris,  the  air. 
JEs,  aeris,  brass,  money. 
-^vum,  an  a^e. 
Allium,  garlic. 
A  mlci  tia,  friendship. 
Avena,  oats. 
Balsarnum,  balsam. 
Calor,  oris,  heat. 
Caro,  carniSj^esA. 
Cera,  wax. 
Cicuta,  hemlock. 
Contagium,  a  contagion. 
Crocus,  saffron. 
Cruor,  oris,  blood. 
Cutis,  the  skin. 
Ebur,  oris,  ivory. 
Electrum,  amber. 
Far,  farris,  corn. 
Fervor,  oris,  heat. 
Fuga,  flight. 


Furor,  oris,  madness. 
Fiimus,  smoke. 
Gloria,  glory. 
Hordeum,  barley. 
Ira,  anger. 

J  Us,  juris,  justice,  law. 
Laetitia,  joy. 

Languor,  ur'is,  faintness. 
Latex,  icis,  liquor,  water. 
Ijignum,  wood,  a  log. 
Liquor,  oris,  liquor. 
Lux,  licis,  light. 
Marmor,  oris,  marlle. 
Mel,  mellis,  honey. 
Mors,  mortis,  death. 
Munditia,  neatness. 
NequTtia,  wickedness. 
Nex,  necis,  cruel  death. 
OblTvio,  vms,forgelfulness. 
Palea,  chaff. 


Pax,  pacis,  peace. 
Pix,  pTcis,  pitch. 
Pulvis,  eris,  dust. 
Purpiira,  purple. 
Quies,  etis,  rest. 
Ros,  rOris,  dew. 
Rubor,  Oris,  redness. 
Sal,  salis,  (masc.)  salt. 
Sol,  solis,  the  sun,  a  day. 
Sopor,  oris,  sleep. 
Spunia,/ofl7w. 
Sulphur,  uris,  sulphur. 
Tepor,  oris,  heat. 
Terror,  oris,  terror. 
Thy  mum,  thyme. 
Tribulus,  a  thistle 
Tristitia,  sadness. 
Verbena,  vervain. 
Vigor,  oris,  streng'h. 
Vinum,  wine. 


§67.  The  following  differ  somewhat  in  mean- 
ing with  respect  to  the  number  in  which  they  are 
used. 

6 


62 


REDUNDANT  NOUNS. 


-^Edes,  is,  a  temple. 
-^Edes,  iam,  a  house. 
AuxTlium,  aid. 
Auxilia,  auxiliary  troops. 
Bonum,  a  good  thing. 
Bona,  property. 
Career,  a  prison. 
Carceres,  a  goal. 
Castrum,  a  castle, 
Castra,  a  camp. 
Comitium,  a  part  of  t1te 

Roman  forum. 
Coraitia,  an  assembly  for 

election. 
Cupedia,  ae,  delicacy. 
Cupediae,  arum,  and 
Cupedia,  Grum,  dainties. 
COpia,  plenty 
CopioB,  ybrce*. 
Facultas,  ability. 


Facultates,  vjealth. 

Fala,  a  trich. 

False,  scaffolding. 

Fasiiis,  us,  pride. 

Fastus,  uum,  and 

Fasti,  Grum,  a  calendar. 

Finis,  an  end. 

Fines,  boundaries. 

Fortiina,  Fortune. 

Fortiinae,  luclt,  wealth. 

Furfur,  bran. 

Furfiires,  dandruff. 

Lilera,  a  letter  of  the  al- 
phabet. 

LIteraB,  an  epistle. 

Lustrum,  a  space  of  five 
years. 

Lustra,  dens  of  wild  beasts. 

Mos,  custom. 

MGres,  manners. 


Opis,  gen.  help. 

Opes,  um,  power,  wealth. 

Opera,  labour. 

Operas,  workmen. 

Plaga,  a  climate. 

Piagae,  7iefs,  toils. 

PrincTpium,  a  beginning. 

Principia,  the  generals  situ- 
ation in  a  camp. 

Rostrum,  a  beak. 

Rostra,  the  elevated  place  at 
Rome  from  ivhich  orators 
spoke. 

Riis,  the  country. 

Rura,  fields. 

Sal,  salt. 

Sales,  wi/ficisms. 

Torus,  a  bed,  a  tuft,  a  cord. 

Tori,  brawny  muscles. 


§68.    Plurals    sometimes    used    for    the    Sin- 
gular. 


Alta,  the  sea. 
Anirai,  courage. 
Auras,  the  air. 
Carlnae,  a  keel. 
Cervices,  the  neck. 
Colla,  the  neck. 
ComaB,  the  hair. 
Conniibia,  marriage. 
Corda,  the  heart 
Corpora,  a  body. 
Crepuscula,  twilight. 
Curriis,  a  chariot. 
Exilia,  banishmeid. 
Frigora,  cold. 
Gaudia,Joy. 
Gramina,  grass. 


Guttura,  the  throat. 

Hymenaei,  marriage. 

Jejunia,  fasting, 

Jgnes,  love. 

InguTna,  the  groin. 

JQbae,  a  mane. 

Limina,  a  threshold. 

Litlora,  a  shore. 

Mensae,  a  service  or  course 
of  dishes. 

NasniaB,  a  funeral  dirge. 

NQmina,  the  diviriity. 

Odia,  hatred. 

Ora,  the  mouth,  the  counte- 
nance. 

Orae,  confines. 


Ortiis,  a.  rising,  the  east. 

Otia,  case,  leisure. 

Pectora,  the  breast. 

Rictus,  the  jaws. 

Rubora,  oak,  strength. 

Silentia,  silence. 

Sinus,  the  breast  of  a  Ro- 
man garment. 

Taedae,  a  torch. 

Tempora,  time. 

Thalami,  marriage,  or  mar- 
riage-bed. 

Tori,  a  bed,  a  couch. 

Viae,  a  journey. 

Vultus,  the  countenance. 

Thiira,  frankincense. 


§69. 


REDUNDANT   NOUNS. 


Nouns  are  redundant  in  different  ways :  1.  In  termination  only ;  as, 
arbos,  and  arbor,  a  tree.  2.  In  declension  only ;  as,  laiirus,  genit.  lauri 
and  laurus,  a  laurel  tree  ;  sequester,  -tri,  or  -tris,  a  mediator.  3.  Only 
in  gender ;  as,  hie  or  hoc  vulgus,  the  rabble.  4.  Both  in  termination 
and  declension ;  a?,  materia,  -ce  or  mater eis,  -ici,  matter ;  plebs,  -is,  the 
common  people,  or  plehes,  -is,  -ei,  or  contracted,  plehi.  5.  In  termina- 
tion and  gender;  as  tonitrus,  -us,  masc.  tonitru,  neut,  thunder.  6.  In 
declension  and  gender ;  as,  penus,  -i,  and  -us,  m.  or  f.  or  peniis,  -oris, 
neut.  all  kind  of  provisions.  7.  In  termination,  gender  and  declension  ; 
as,  cBther,  -eris,  masc.  and  cethra,  -ce,  fern,  the  sky.  8.  Several  nouns 
in  the  same  declension  are  differently  varied  ;  as,  tigris,  -is  or  -idis,  a 
tiger  J  to  v^^hich  may  be  added  nouns  which  have  the  same  signification 


REDUNDANT  NOUNS. 


63 


in  different  numbers  ;  as,  Fidena,  -<b  ;  or  FldencB,  -drum,  the  name  of 
a  city. 

The  most  numerous  class  of  redundant  nouns  consists  of  those  which 
express  the  same  meaning  by  different  terminations ;  as,  menda,  -cb  ; 
and  mendum,  -i,  a  fault;  cassis,  -Idis ;  and  casslda,  -cb,  a  helmet. 

The  following  list  contains  most  of  the  Redundant  Nouns  of  the 
above  mentioned  classes. 


Abusio,  and  -us,  -iis,  an  abuse. 
Acinus,  and  -urn,  a  grape-stone. 
Adagium,  a?id  -io,  a  proverb. 
Admonitid,  and  -us,  -us,  an  advising. 
^ihra,  and  ^ther,  the  clear  sky. 
Affectio,  and  -us,  -us,  affection. 
Aganiemno.  and  -on,  Agamemnon. 
Alabaster,  -tri,  and  -trura,  an  alabaster 

box.  ^ 
Alcinus,  and  -um,  a  grape-stone. 
Alimonia,  and  -urn,  aliment. 
Alluvio,  and  -es,  ajlood. 
Alvearium,  and  -are,  a  bee-hive. 
Amaracus,  and  -um,  sweet  marjoram. 
Anclle,  ami  -ium,  an  oval  shield. 
Anfractura,  and  -us,  -us,  a  wbid'mg' 
Angiportum,  and  -us,  -iis,  a  narTow  vxiy. 
Antidotas,  and  -um,  an  antidote.. 
Aplusire,  and  -um,  the  flag,  colours. 
Aranea,  and  -us,  a  spider. 
Arar,  and  -aris,  the  river  Arar 
Arbor,  and  -os,  a  tree. 
Architectus,  and  -on,  an  architect. 
Altageria,  and  -gen.,  a  ivoodcock. 
Avaritia,  and  -ie&,  <<■  <irice. 
Aagmontum,  and  -i-mn,  increase. 
Baccar,  and  -aris,  a  kind  of  herb. 
Bacuhis,  and  -um,  a  staff. 
Balteus,  ajid  -urn,  a  belt. 
Barbaria,  and  -ies,  barbarism. 
Barbilus,  and  -on,  a  harp. 
Batillus,  and  -um,  afire  shovel. 
Blanditia,  and  -ies,  flattery. 
Buccina,  and  -um,  a  trumpet. 
Bura,  and  -is,  a  plough-tail. 
Buxus,  and  -um,  the  box-tree. 
Calamister,  -tri,  and  -tram,  a  crisping-pin. 
Callus,  and  -um,  hardness  of  the  skin. 
Cancer,  -^ri,  or  -eris,  a  crab. 
Canitia,  and  -ies,  hoariness. 
Capas,  and  Capo,  a  capon. 
CassTda,  and  Cassis,  a  helmet. 
Catlnus,  and  -um,  a  platter. 
Cepa,  and  -e,  an  onion. 
Chirographus,  aiid  -um,  a  hand-writing. 
Cingula,  -us,  and  -um,  a  fsirdle. 
Clypeus,  aiid  -um,  a  shield. 
Cochlearium,  -ar,  and  -are,  a  spoon. 
CoUuvio,  a7id  -ies,  filth. 
Commentarius,  and  -am.  a  journal. 
Compages,  and  -o,  a  joining. 
Conatum,  and  -us,  -ils,  an  attempt. 


ConcinnTtas,  and  -tiido,  neatness. 
Conger  and  -gras,  a  large  eel. 
Consortiam,  and  -\o,  partnership. 
Contagium,  -io,  and  -es,  contact, 
Comus,  -i,  or  -us,  a  cornel-tree. 
Costus,  and  -um,  a  kind  of  shrub. 
Crocus,  a7id  -um,  saffron. 
Crystallus,  ajid  -um,  crystal.. 
Cubit  as,  and  -um,  a  cuhit. 
Cupid itas,  and  -pulo,  desire. 
Cupressas,  -i,  or  -iis,  a  cypress-tree. 
Culeas,  and  -um,  a  leathern  bag. 
Cytisus,  and  -um,  the  shrub  tr&foil. 
Delicia,  and  -um,  a  delight. 
DelphTnus,  and  Dolphin,  a  dolphin. 
Desidla,  and  -es  sloth. 
Diclamnus,  and  -um,  dittany. 
Diluvium,  and  -ies,  a  deluge. 
Domus,  -I,  or  -us,  a  house. 
Dorsus,  and  -um,  the  back. 
Duritia,  and  -ies,  hardness. 
Ebenus,  ajid  -um,  ebony. 
Effigia,  a7id  -ies,  an  imoge. 
Elegeia,  and  -us,  an  elegy. 
Elephantus,  and  -phas,  an  elephant. 
Esseda,  aiid  -um,  a  chariot. 
Evander,  -dri,  and  -drus,  Evander. 
Eventum,  and  -us,  -ics,  an  events 
Exemplar,  and  -are,  a  copy. 
Ficus,  -i,  or  -us,  a  fig-tree. 
Fimus,  and  -um,  dung. 
Fretum,  and  -us,  -iis,  a  strait. 
Fulgetra,  and  -um,  lightning. 
Galerus,  and  -um,  a  hat. 
Garrea,  and  -um,  a  subtei'raneous  room. 
Gibba,  -us,  a7ui  er,  -eri,  a  bunch. 
Glomus,  -i,  or  -eris,  a  ball  of  thread. 
Glutinum,  a7id  -ten,  glue. 
Gobius,  and  -io,  a  gudgeon. 
Gruis,  and  Grus,  a  crane. 
Hebdomada,  and  -mas,  a  week. 
Ilelleboras,  and  -um,  hellebore. 
Honor,  and  -os,  honour.  ' 

HyssGpus,  and  -um,  hyssop. 
Ilios,  and  -on,  Troy. 
Incestum,  and  -us,  -us,  incest. 
Intiibus,  and  -um,  endive. 
Jugulus,  a7id  -um,  the  throat. 
Juventa,  -us,  and  -as,  youth. 
Labor,  a7id  -os,  labour. 
Lacerta,  and  -us,  a  lizard. 
Laurus,  -i,  or  -as,  a  laurel. 


64 


REDUNDANT  NOUNS. 


Lepor,  and  -os,  wit 
Libraria,  and  -urn,  a  hook-case, 
Ligiir,  and  -ns,  -ur'is,  a  Ligurian. 
LupTnus,  and  -um,  a  lupine. 
Luxuria,  and  -\es,  luxury. 
Maeander,  -dri,  and  -drus,  McBander. 
Materia,  and  -ies,  materials. 
Medimnus,  and  -um,^a  measure. 
JMenda,  and  -um,  a  fauU. 
JVIilliarium,  and  -are,  a  mile. 
Modius,  ayid  -um,  a  measure. 
Mollitia,  and  -ies,  softness. 
Momentum,  and  -men,  motion. 
Monitum,  and  -us,  an  admonition. 
Mugil,  and  -ilis,  a  mullet. 
Mulciber,  -eri,  or  -eris,  Vulcan. 
Mulctra,  and  -um,  a  milk-pail. 
Munditia,  and  -ies,  neatness. 
Muria,  and  -ies,  brine  or  pickle. 
Myrtus,  -/,  or  -us,  a  myrtle. 
Nardus,  and  -um,  spikenard. 
IS'asus,  and  -um,  the  nose. 
JVecessitas,  and  -udo,  necessity. 
JSequitia,  arui  -ies,  wickedness. 
Notitia,  and  -ies,  knowledge. 
Oblivium,  and  -lo,  for^cffulness. 
Obsidiura,  and  -io,  a  siege. 
(EdTpus,  -I,  or  odts,  CEdipus. 
Orpheus,  -e/,  or  -eos,  Orpheus. 
Palalus,  and  -um,  the  palate. 
Palumba,  -es,  and  -us,  -Us,  a  pigeon. 
Papyrus,  ajui  -um,  papyrus. 
Paupertas,  and  -ies,  poverty. 
Pavus,  and  -o,  a  peacock. 
Penus,  -oris,  or  -us,  and  Pcnura,  jyro- 

visions. 
Peplus,  and  -um,  a  veil. 
Perseus,  -ei,  or  -eos,  Perseus. 
Pileiis,  and  -um,  a  hat. 
Pinus,  -7,  or  -ms,  a  pine-free. 
PistrTna,  and  -um,  a  bake-house. 
Planitia,  and  -ies,  a  plain. 
Plato,  and  -on,  Plato. 
Plebs.  and  Plebes,  -ei,  the  common  people. 
Postulatum,  and  -io,  a  request. 
PrjEscpes,  -is,  and  -e,  a  stable. 
Praetextum,  and  -us,  -us,  a  pretext. 
Prosapia,  and  -ies,  lineage. 
Rapa,  and  -um,  a  turnip. 

To  these  may  be  added  some  other  verbals  in  us  and  io,  and  Greek  nouns  in  o 
and  on  ;  as,  Dio  and  Dion ;  also  some  Greek  nouns  in  es  and  e,  which  have  Latin 
forms  in  a ;  as,  Atridcs  and  Atr'ida. 

Some  proper  names  of  places  also  are  redundant  in  number;  as,  Argos  and 
Argi ;  Cuma  and  Cumce ;  Fidena  and  Ftdence  ;  Thebe  and  ThehcB. 

The  different  forms  of  most  words  in  the  above  list  are  not  equally  common,  and 
some  are  rarely  used,  or  only  in  particular  cases. 

Note.  The  nouns  which  are  called  variable  and  defective,  seem  originally  to 
have  been  redundant;  thus,  vasa,  -drum,  properly  comes  from  vasum,  and  not  from 
vas;  but  custom,  which  gives  laws  to  all  languages,  has  dropt  the  singular  and 
retained  the  plural ;  and  so  of  others. 


Requies,  -etis,  or  -ei,  rest 
Rete,  and  -is,  a  net. 
Reticulus,  and  -um,  a  small  net. 
Rictum,  and  -us,  -lis,  the  mouth. 
Ruscus,  and  -um,  butcher's  broom. 
SaBvitia,  and  -ies,  cruelty. 
Sagus,  and  -um,  a  soldier's  cloak. 
Sanguis,  and  -guen,  blood. 
Satrapes,  and  Satraps,  a  satrap. 
Scabritia,  ajtd  -ies,  roughness. 
Scobis,  and  Scobs,  sawdust. 
Scorpius,  and  -io,  a  scorpion. 
Scrobis,  and  Scrobs,  a  ditch. 
Segmentum,  and  -men,  apiece. 
Segnitia,  and-  -ies,  sloth. 
Senecta,  and  -us,  old  age. 
Sensum,  and  -us,  -us,  sense. 
Seps  and  sepes,  a  hedge. 
Sequester,  -tri,  or  -tris,  an  umpire. 
Sesama,  and  -um,  sesame. 
Sibilus,  and  -um,  a  hissing. 
Sinapi,  and  -is,  mustard. 
Sinus,  and  -um,  a  milk-pail. 
Sparus,  and  -um,  a  spear. 
Spurcitia,  and  -ies,  filUdness. 
Squaliiiido,  arid  Squalor,  Jilthiness. 
Stramentum,  and  -men,  straw. 
Suffimentum,  and  -men,  a  perfume. 
Suggestus,  and  -um,  a  ptdpit. 
Supparus,  a/i^  -um,  a  veil. 
Supplicium,  and  -icatio,  a  supplication. 
Tabus,  and  -um,  gore. 
Tapetum,  -ete,  and  -es,  tapestry. 
Teneritas,  and  -tudo,  softness. 
Tiara,  and  -as,  a  turban. 
Tignus,  a7id  -um,  a  plank.  ^ 

Tigris,  -is,  or  -idis,  a  ti^er. 
Titanus,  and  Titan,  Titan. 
Tonitruum,  and  -trus,  thunder. 
Torale,  and  -al,  a  bed  covering. 
Trabes,  and  Trabs,  a  beam. 
Tribula,  and  -um,  a  threshing  machine. 
Vespera,  -perns,  ajid  -per,  the  evening. 
Vetemus,  and  -um,  a  lethargy. 
Vinaceus,  and  -um,  a  grape-stone. 
Vjscus,  and  -um,  bird-lime. 
Vulgus,  masc.  and  neut,  the  common 
people. 


DIVISION    OF    NOUNS.  65 

mVISION   OF   NOUNS    ACCORDING   TO   THEIR    SIGNIFICATION   AND    DERI- 
VATION. 

§  70«  The  name  of  a  particular  person  or  thing 
individually  is  called  ^proper  name;  as, 

All  christian  and  surnames  of  men,  as,  Paulus^  Cicero^  Charles, 
Frederic,  &c. ;  the  names  of  cities,  mountains,  and  rivers ;  as,  London, 
Andes,  Missouri.  But  a  name  which  belongs  to  several  things  of  one 
kind  is  called  a  common  name ;  as,  homo,  *  a  man ;'  rex^  *  a  king ;' 
JluviuSf  '  a  river.' 

The  Roman  names  of  men  generally  consisted  of  three  parts,  as, 
Marcus,  Tullius,  Cicero  :  1.  Marcus,  the  prcBtiomen,  which  answered 
to  the  English  christian  name.  2.  TuUius,  the  nomen,  distinguishing 
the  genSf  which  included  many  families.  3.  Cicero,  the  cognomen^ 
which  denoted  the  fumilia.  Sometimes'  the  family  was  subdivided, 
and  distinguished  by  a  fourth  name  called  the  agnomen ;  thus,  Publius 
Cornelius  Scipio  Africdnus,  Lucius  Cornelius  Scipio  Asiaticus.  If 
Cicero  had  had  only  one  daughter,  she  would  have  been  called  Tullia ; 
if  two,  Tullia  major  and  minor ;  if,  more,  Tullia  priina,  secunda,  &c. 
If  a  person  was  adopted  by  another,  he  took  his  name  with  an  agnomen, 
formed  from  his  original  nomen ;  thus  Octavius,  when  adopted  by  Caius 
Julius  CsDsar,  took  the. name  of  Caius  Julius  Caesar  Octavidnus.  Freed- 
men  took  the  pr agnomen  and  nomen  of  their  masters,  with  a  new  cog- 
nomen.  Sometimes  the  order  of  the  names  was  changed ;  and  under 
the  Emperors  the  preenomen  was  put  last;  thus,  L.  Annseus  Seneca  and 
L.  Annseus  Mela  were  two  brothers. 

§  71o  A  substantive  which  signifies  many  in  the 
singular  number,  is  called  a  collective  noun;  as, 
populus^  a  people,  exercitus^  an  army. 

§  72«  A  substantive  derived  from  another  sub- 
stantive proper,  signifying  one's  extraction,  is  call- 
ed a  patronymic  noun ;  as, 

Priontides,  the  son  of  Priamus ;  JEelias,  the  daughter  of  jEetes ;  Nerine,  the 
daughter  of  Nereus.  Patronymics  are  generally  derived  from  the  name  of  the 
father;  but  the  poets,  by  whom  they  arc  chiefly  used,  derive  them  also  from  the 
grandfather,  or  from  some  other  remarkable  person  of  the  family ;  sometimes  like- 
wise from  the  founder  of  a  nation  or  people ;  as,  JEac^des,  the  son,  grandson,  great- 
grandson,  or  one  of  the  posterity  of  ^acus ;  lldmulidce,  the  Romans,  from  their 
first  king  Romulus. 

Patronymic  names  of  men  end  in  des ;  of  wo- 
men, in  25,  a5,  or  ne.     Those  in  des  and  ne  are  of 

6* 


66  DIVISION    OF    NOUNS. 

the  first  declension,  and  those  in  is  and  as^  of  the 
third  ;  as,  Priamides^  -dce^  &c. ;  pi.  -dce^  ddrum,  &c. ; 
Ner'me^  -es  ;  Tynddris,  -idis  or  -idos  ;  JEetiaSj  -ddisj 
&c. 

§  73o  A  noun  derived  from  a  substantive  proper, 
signifying  one's  country,  is  called  a  patrial  or  gen- 
tile noun ;  as, 

Tros,  Trots,  a  man  bom  at  Troy ;  Troas,  -adis,  a  woman  bom  at  Troy.  Siculus, 
-I,  a  Sicilian  man  ;  Slcelis,  -tdis,  a  Sicilian  woman ;  so,  Macedo,  -onis,  Arptnas,  -alls, 
a  man  bom  in  Macedonia,  at  Arpinum ;  from  Trqja,  Sicilia,  Macedonia,  Arpinum. 
But  patrials  for  the  most  part  are  to  be  considered  as  adjectives,  having  a  substan- 
tive miderstood ;  as,  Romunits,  Atheniensis,  &c. 

§  74«  A  substantive  derived  from  an  adjective, 
expressing  simply  the  quality  of  the  adjective,  with- 
out regard  to  the  thing  in  which  the  quality  exists, 
is  called  an  abstract ;  as, 

JnsCifia,  justice ;  benttas,  goodness  ;  didcedo,  sweetness ;  from  Justus,  just ;  bonus, 
good ;  dulcis,  sweet 

The  adjectives  from  wJiich  these  abstracts  come  are  called  concretes  ;  because, 
besides  the  quality,  they  also  suppose  something  to  which  it  belongs.  Abstracts 
commonly  end  in  a,  as,  or  do,  and  are  very  numerous,  being  derived  from  most 
adjectives  in  the  Latin  tongue. 

§  75«  A  substantive  derived  from  another  sub- 
stantive, signifying  a  diminution  or  lessening  of  its 
signification,  is  called  a  diminutive  ;  as, 

lJbcllus,B.  little  book;  chartida,  a  little  paper;  opusculum,  a  little  work;  cor- 
cidum,  a  little  heart ;  reticulum,  a  small  net ;  scabeilum,  a  small  form ;  lapillus,  a 
little  stone  ;  culldlvs,  a  little  knife ;  pagella,  a  little  page :  from  tiber,  charia,  upus, 
cor,  rite,  scamnum,  lapia,  cidter,  pugina.  Several  diminutives  are  sometimes  form- 
ed from  the  same  primitive  ;  as,  from  puer,  puerulus,  puellus,  puellulas  ;  from  cista, 
cislnla,  cis'elli,  cistellula ;  from  homo,  hamuncio,  homunculus.  Diminutives  for  tlie 
most  part  end  in  lus,  la,  lum,  and  are  generally  of  the  same  gender  with  their 
primitives. 

When  the  signification  of  the  primitive  is  increased,  it  is  called  an  amplificative, 
and  ends  in  o ;  as,  captfo,  -onis,  having  a  large  head  :  so,  7idso,  labeo,  bucco,  having 
a  large  nose,  lips,  cheeks. 

§  76»  A  substantive  derived  from  a  verb  is  cali- 
ed  a  verbal  noun ;  as. 

Amor,  love ;  doctrina,  learning ;  from  amo,  and  doceo.  Verbal  nouns  are  ver>' 
numerous,  and  commonly  end  in  lo,  or,  us,  and  ura ;  as,  lectio,  a  lesson ;  amator,  a 
lover;  luctus,  grief;  creutura,  a  creature. 


ADJECTIVES. 


67 


ADJECTIVE. 

§  77.  An  Adjective  is  a  word  added  to  a  sub- 
stantive, to  express  its  quality;  as,  durus,  hard; 
mollis,  soft.^ 

Adjectives  in  Latin  are  varied  by  gender,  num- 
ber, and  case,  to  agree  with  substantives  in  all  these 
accidents.t 

Adjectives  are  varied  like  three  substantives  of 
the  same  termination  and  declension. 

All  adjectives  are  either  of  the  first  and  second 
declension,  or  of  the  third  only. 

Adjectives  of  three  terminations  are  of  the  first 
and  second  declension ;  but  adjectives  of  one  or 
two  terminations  are  of  the  third. 

Exc.  The  following  adjectives,  though  they  have  three  terminations,  are  of  the 
third  declension : 


Acer,  sharp. 
Alacer,  cheerful. 
Campester,  belonging  to  a 

plain. 
Celeber,  famous. 


Celer,  swift. 

Equester,   belonging    to  a 

horse. 
Paluster,  marshy. 


Ped  ester,  on  foot 
Saliiber,  wholesome. 
Sylvester,  woody. 
Volucer,  swift. 


Rule  for  the  Gender  of  Adjectives, 

'  In  adjectives  of  three  terminations,  the  first  is  masc,  the  second 
fern.,  and  the  third  neut.  In  those  of  two  terminations,  the  first  is 
masc.  and  fem.,  and  the  second  neut.  Adjectives  of  one  termination 
are  of  all  genders. 

§   78©    ADJECTIVES   OP   THE   FIRST   AND   SECOND   DECLENSION. 

Bonus f  masc.  bona,  fem.  honum,  neut.  good. 
Singular,  Plural, 


N.  bon-us, 

-a, 

-um. 

N.  bon-i. 

-86, 

-a. 

G.  bon-i, 

-85, 

"m 

G.  bon-orum. 

-arum, 

-orum, 

D.  bon-o. 

-88, 

-0, 

D.  bon-is. 

-is, 

-is, 

A.  bon-um, 

-am, 

-um. 

A:  bon-os, 

-as. 

-a, 

V.  bon-e. 

-a. 

-um, 

V.  bon-i, 

-se, 

-a, 

A.  bon-o. 

-^, 

-0. 

A.  bon-is, 

-is. 

-is. 

*We  know  things  by  their  qualities  only.  Every  quality  must  belong  to  some 
subject.  An  adjective  therefore  always  implies  a  substantive  expressed  or  under- 
stood, and  cannot  n!ake  full  sense  without  it. 

tAn  adjective  properly  has  neither  genders,  numbers,  nor  cases;  but  certain 
terminations  answering  to  the  gender,  number,  and  case  of  the  substantive  with 
which  it  is  joined. 


68      ADJECTIVES  OF  THE    FIRST   AND    SECOND    DECLENSION* 


Tener,  tenera,  lenerum,  tender. 


N.  ten-er, 
G.  ten-eri, 
D.  ten-ero, 
A.  ten-erura, 
V.  ten-er, 
A.  ten-ero, 


Singular. 


-6ra, 

-erse, 

-erae, 

-eram, 

-€ra, 

-er^. 


-erum, 

-eri, 

-ero, 

-erura, 

-erum, 

-ero. 


Plural. 

N.  ten-gri,  -ersB,  -era, 

G.  ten-erorum,  -erarum,  -erorum, 

D.  ten-eris,  -eris,  -eris, 

A.  ten-eros,  -eras,  -era, 

V.  ten-eri,  -erae,  -era, 

A.  ten-eris,  -eris,  -eris. 


Asper,  rough. 
Ceeter,   (hardly 
rest. 


used)  the 


In  like  manner  decline, 

Gibber,  crook-backed. 
Lacer,  torn. 
Liber,  free.    . 


I  Miser,  wretched. 
Prosper,  prosperous. 


Also  the  compounds  of  gero  and  fero ;  as,  Idniger,  bearing  wool ;  vp?fer,  bring- 
ing iielp,  &.C.  Likewise,  satur,  satura,  salurum,  full.  Bat  most  adjectives  in  er 
drop  the  e;  as,  uter^  atra^  atrum,  black;  gen.  atri,  atr<B,  atri;  dat.  atro,  atrce,  atro, 
&c.    So, 


^ger,  sick. 
Creber,  frequent. 
Glaber,  smooth. 
Integer,  entire. 
LQdTcer,  ludicrous. 


Macer,  lean. 
Niger,  black. 
Piger,  slow. 
Pulcher,  fair. 
Ruber,  red. 


Sacer,  sacred. 
Scaber,  rough. 
Teter,  ugly. 
Vafer,  crafty. 


Dexter,  right,  has  -ira,  -trum,  or  -tera,  -terum. 


§  79©  Obs.  1.  The  following  adjectives  have  their  genitive  sin- 
gular in  ius,  and  the  dative  in  t,  through  all  the  genders ;  in  the  other 
cases,  like  bonus  and  tener. 


Unus,  -a,  -um ;  gen.  unius,  dat.  uni,  one. 
Alius,  -lus,  one  of  many,  another. 
Nullus,  nullius,  none. 
Solus,  -ius,  aione. 
Totus,  -ius,  whole. 
UUus,  -ius,  any. 


Alter,  alterYus,  one  of  two,  the  other. 

Titer,  utrius,  either,  whether  of  the  two. 

Neuter,  -trius,  neither. 

Uterque,  utriusque,  botJi. 

Uterllfbet,  utriuslibet,  )  which  of  the  two 

Uter vis, -trius vis,  ^     you  please. 


AlterGter,  the  one  or  the  other,  alterutrius,  alterutri,  and  sometimes  alterius  utrius 
alteri  utri,  &c. 

These  adjectives,  except  totus,  are  called  partitives ;  and  seem  to  resemble,  in 
their  signification  as  well  as  declension,  what  are  called  pronominal  adjectives.  In 
ancient  writers  we  find  them  decHned  like  bonus. 

Obs.  2.  To  decHne  an  adjective  properly,  it  should  always  be  joined  with  a 
substantive  in  the  different  genders;  as,  bowts  liber,  a  good  book;  bona  penna,  a 
good  pen ;  bonum  sedlle,  a  good  seat.  But  as  the  adjective  in  Latin  is  often  found 
without  its  substantive  joined  with  it,  we  therefore,  in  declining  bonus,  for  instance, 
commonly  say,  bonus,  a  good  man,  understanding  vir,  or  homo ;  bona,  a  good  wo- 
man, understanding  fcemina ;  and  bonum,  a  good  thing,  understanding  negotium. 


*  Totus,  so  great,  is  regularly  declined. 


ADJECTIVES    OP   THE    THIRD    DECLENSION. 


69 


§80. 


ADJECTIVES   OF   THE   THIRD    DECLENSION. 


Felix,  masc.  fem. 

and  neut;  happy. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

N. 

felix,               felix,         felix. 

N.  felloes,        felices, 

felicia, 

G. 

felicis,            felicis,      felicis, 

G.  felicium,     felicium. 

felicium, 

D. 

felici,              felici,        felici. 

D.  felicibus,     feliclbus, 

felictbus, 

A. 

felicem,          felicem,    felix, 

A.  felices,       felices. 

felicia. 

V. 

felix,               felix,         felix. 

V.  felices,       felices. 

felicia. 

A. 

felS''''*^'^^^^^^'^^^^^ 

A.  felicibus,    felicibus, 

felictbus. 

PrcBsenSf  masc.  fem 
Singular. 
N.  prse-sens,      -sens,      -sens, 
G.  prae-sentis,    -sentis,    -sentis, 
D.  prsB-senti,     -senti,      -senti, 
A.  pra3-sentem,  -sentem,  -sens, 
V.  prsB-sens,      -sens,       -sens, 
A.  prse-sente,  or  )  in  all  the  gen- 
senti,        J  ders. 


,  and  neut. ;  present. 
Plural. 
N.  prse-sentes,    -sentes,    -sentia, 
G.  prae-sentium,  -sentium,-sentium, 
D.  pr8e-sentibus,-sentlbus,-senttbus, 
A.  prae-sentes,    -sentes,    -sentia, 
V.  prae-sentes,    -sentes,    -sentia, 
A.  prse-senttbuSj-sentlbuSj-sentibus. 


A  mens,  -tis,  mad. 
Atrox,  -ocis,  cruel. 
Audax,   -acis,  &  -ens,  -tis, 

hold. 
Bilix,   -Tcis,   woven  with  a 

double  thread. 
Capax,  capacious. 
CTcur,  -iiris,  tame. 
Clemens,  -tis,  merciful. 
Contumax,  stubborn. 
Demens,  mad. 
Edax,  gluttonous. 
Efficax,  effectual. 
Elegans,  handsome. 


In  like  manner  decline, 

j  Fallax,  deceitfid. 
Ferax,  fertile. 
Ferox,  fierce. 
FreqQens,  frequent. 
Ingens,  huge. 
Iners,  -tis,  sluggish. 
Insons,  guiltless. 
Mend  ax,  lying. 
Mordax,  biting,  satirical. 
Pernix,  -icis,  swift. 
Pervicax,  wilful. 
Petiilans,  froward,  saucy. 
Praegnans,  with  child. 


Recens,  fresh. 
Repens,  sudden. 
Sagax,  -acis,  sagacious. 
Salax,  -acis,  lustful. 
Sapiens,  wise. 
Solers,  shrewd. 
Sons,  guilty. 
Tenax,  tenacious. 
Trux,  -ucis,  cruel. 
Uber,  -eris,  fertile. 
Vehemens,  vehement.  . 
Velox,  -Gels,  surift. 
Vorax,  devouring. 


N.  mitis, 
G.  mitis, 
D.  mici, 
A.  mitem, 
V.  mitis, 
A.  miti, 


Mitis,  masc.  and  fem. ;  mite,  neut. ;  meek. 

Singular. 
mitis,       mite. 


mitis, 

miti, 

mitem, 

mitis, 

miti, 


mitis, 
miti, 
mite, 
mite, 
miti. 


Plural. 

N. 

mites, 

mites. 

mitia. 

G. 

mitium. 

mitium, 

mitium, 

D. 

mitibus, 

mitibus, 

mittbus, 

A. 

mites, 

mites. 

mitia, 

V. 

mites, 

mites. 

mitia, 

A. 

mitibus. 

mitibus, 

mittbus. 

70 


ADJECTIVES    OF    THE    THIRD    DECLENSION. 


Acer  or  acris,  masc.  acris^  fem.  acre,  neut.  sharp. 
Singular. 
N.  a-cer  or  acris,  acris, 
G.  a-cris,  a-cris, 

D.  a-cri,  a-cri, 

A.  a-crem,  a-crem, 


V.  a-cer  or  acris,  a-cris, 
A.  a-cri,  a-cri. 


acre, 

a-cris, 

acri, 

a-cre, 

a-cre, 

a-cri. 


Plural. 

N.  a-cres,  a-cres,  a-cria, 

G.  a-crium,  a-criiim,  a-crium, 

D.  a-crlbus,  a-cribus,  a-cribus, 

A.  a-cres,  a-cres,  a-cria, 

V.  a-cres,  a-cres,  a-cria, 

A.  a-cribus,  a-cribus,  a-cribus. 


In  like  manner  dldcer,  or  alacris,  celer  or  celeris.  So  also,  acer, 
campester,  celeber,  equcster,  paluster,  pedester,  saluber,  Sylvester^ 
volucer,  which  have  two  terminations  in  the  nom.  and  voc.  sing,  mascu- 
line. 


§  81«  Adjectives  of  the  third  declension  have  e  or  i  in  the  abla- 
tive singular :  but  if  the  neuter  be  in  e,  the  ablative  has  i  only. 

§  82o  The  genitive  plural  ends  in  ium,  and  the  neuter  of  the 
nominative,  accusative,  and  vocative,  in  ia:  except  comparatives, 
which  have  um  and  a. 


EXCEPTIONS. 

Exc.  1.  The  following  have  e  in  the  Ablative  singular,  and  vm  in  the  Gen.  plur. 
They  are  scarcely  ever  used  in  the  Neuter  singular,  and  never  in  the  Neuter  plu- 
ral. Ales,  ids,  '  winged,'  'swift;'  Bipes,  edis,  '  two-footed  ;'  Coelebs,  ibis,  'unmarri- 
ed ;'  Compos,  otis,  '  having  obtained  one's  desire ;'  Discolor,  drift,  '  of  various  col- 
ours ;'  Hospes,  ttis,  '  hospitable ;'  Irnpos,  ot's,  '  without  power  ;'  Impuhes,  eris,  '  un- 
der age;'  Juvenis,  is,  'young;'  Pauper,  eris,  'poor;'  Pvher  or  Fubes,  eris,  'full 
grown ;'  Rednjc,  iicis,  *  returning ;'  Senex,  senis, '  old  ;'  Sospes,  ilis,  *  safe  ;'  Supers'es, 
%is,  '  surviving ;'  Tricuspis,  Mis,  '  three-forked  ;'  {iricuspule,  tela,  Ovid) ;  Tripes, 
Mis,  *  three-footed ;'  Vigil,  ilis,  '  watchful.'  Also  compounds  in  ceps,  fex,  corpor, 
and  GENER :  as,  Bicorpor,  oris,  *  two-bodied  ;'  Tricorpor,  oris,  '  three-bodied  ;'  though 
Artifex,  icis,  '  artificial ;'  Degcner,  eris,  '  degenerate  ;'  Particeps,  ipis,  '  partaking  of;' 
Princeps,  ipis,  '  chief;'  have  also  i  in  the  Abl. 

Exc.  2.  The  following  have  e  or  i  in  the  Abl.  sing,  and  vm  in  the  Gen.  plur. 
Dives,  ttis,  '  rich ;'  Inops,  opis,  '  needy ;'  Quadri/j^lex,  ids,  '  Ibur-fbld.' 

Exc.  3.  Concors,  dis,  •  agreeing ;'  Consors,  tis,  '  sharing ;'  Exsors,  Us,  '  given  by 
choice ;'  Simplex,  Ids, '  suppliant ;'  have  e  or  i  in  the  Abl.  and  ia,  ium,  in  the  Nom. 
and  Gen.  pi.  Locuples,  His,  '  wealthy,'  has  e  or  i,  and  ia,  ium  or  um.     Sons,  (is, 

♦  guilty,'  and  Insons,  tis,  '  guiltless,'  have  e  or  i,  and  Gen.  plur.  ium,  or  um.  Memor, 
oris,  '  mindful,'  has  i  and  um.  Uber,  eris,  '  fruitful,'  i,  a,  and  um.  Vefus,  eris, '  old,' 
has  i  or  e,  and  a,  and  U7n.  Par,  paris,  '  equal,'  has  only  i  in  the  Abl.  sing,  and  in 
plur.  ia,  ium ;  but  its  compounds  have  e  or  i. 

Exc.  4.  The  following  have  the  Abl.  in  e  or  i,  and  want  the  Neut.  plur.  Con- 
color,  oris,  '  of  the  same   colour ;'   Versicolor,   oris,   '  parti-coloured ;'  Deses,  idis, 

*  slothful ;'  Hebes,  efis,  '  blunt,' '  dull ;'  Perpes,  etis, '  perpetual ;'  Prcepes,  etis, '  swift;' 
Reses,  xdis,  '  idle  ;'  Teres,  etis,  '  round.'  Of  these,  Prccjjes  only  is  found  in  the  Gen. 
plur. 

Exc.  5.  Exspes,  '  hopeless,'  and  Potis,  is,  e,  '  able,'  are  only  used  in  the  nomi- 
native.   Potis  has  sometimes  potis  in  the  neut. 


N.  Plus, 
G.  Pluris, 
D. 


A.  Plus, 
V. 


ADJECTIVES    OF   THE    THIRD    DECLENSION.  71 

The  Neuter  Plus, '  more,'  is  thus  declined  : 

Singular.  Plural. 

N.  Plures,         -es,  -a  or  ia, 

G.  Plur-ium,     -ium,  -ium, 

D.  Pluribus,      -ibus,  -Thus, 

A.  Plur-es,        -es,  -a  or  ia, 
V. 


A.  Plure  or  i. 


A.  Pluribus,      -ibus,  -ibus. 


V  83»  1-  Comparatives  and  adjectives  in  ns,  have  e  more  frequently  than  i; 
and  participles  in  the  ablative  called  absolute  have  generally  e ;  as,  Tiberio  reg- 
nante,  not  regnanti,  in  the  reign  of  Tiberius. 

2.  Adjectives  joined  with  substantives  neuter  for  the  most  part  have  i ;  as,  vic- 
trici  ferro,  not  vicirtce. 

3.  Different  words  are  sometimes  used  to  express  the  different  genders ;  as,  victor^ 
victorious,  for  the  masc.  victrix,  for  the  fem.  Viclrix  in  the  plural  has  likewise  the 
neuter  gender;  thus,  vicfr'ices,  victricia;  so,  wZ/or,  and  wZina:,  revengeful.  Victrix 
is  also  neuter  in  the  singular. 

4.  Several  adjectives  compounded  of  clivus,  frcsnum,  hacilliim,  arma,  jugumy 
limus,  somnus,  and  animus,  end  in  is  or  us ;  and  therefore  are  either  of  the  first 
and  second  declension,  or  of  the  third ;  as,  ded'ivis,  -e,  and  declmus,  -a,  -urn,  steep ; 
imbecillis,  and  imbecillus,  weak;  semisomnis,  and  semisomnus,  half  asleep;  exantmis, 
and  exanfmus,  lifeless.  But  several  of  them  do  not  admit  of  this  variation ;  thus 
we  say,  magnanimus,  Jlexanimus,  effrccnus,  levisomnus ;  not  magnanimis,  &c.  On 
the  contrary,  we  say,  pusillammis,  injugis,  illlmis,  insomnis,  exsomnis  ;■  not  pusilla- 
nimus,  &c.  So,  semianimis,  inermis,  subllmis,  accUvis,  declivis,  procUvis;  rarely 
semianlmus,  &c. 

§  84.  Adjectives  derived  from  nouns  are  called 
denominatives  ; 

as,  corddtus,  mordtus,  coelestis,  adumandnus,  corporeus,  agrestis,  cesdvus,  &c. ; 
from  cor,  mos,  caelum,  adamas,&.c. 

Those  which  diminish  the  signification  of  their  primitives,  are  called  Diminu- 
tives ;  as,  misellus,  parvulus,  duriuscTdus,  &c.  Those  which  signify  a  great  deal 
of  a  thing,  are  called  amplificatives,  and  end  in  osus,  or  en'us ;  as,  vlnosus,  inno- 
lentus,  much  given  to  wine ;  operdsus,  laborious ;  plumbdsus,  fail  of  lead ;  nodosus, 
knotty,  full  of  knots ;  corpidentus,  corpulent,  &c.  Some  end  in  lus ;  as,  auritus, 
having  long  or  large  ears ;  nasutus,  having  a  large  nose  ;  lilcrdtus,  learned,  &c. 

§  85.  An  adjective  derived  from  a  substantive,  or 
from  another  adjective,  signifying  possession  or 
property,  is  called  a  possessive  adjective  ;  as, 

ScnCicus,  paternus,  herilis,  alienus,  of  or  belonging  to  Scotland,  a  father,  a  master, 
another ;  from  Scotia,  pater  hems,  and  alius. 

§  86.  Adjectives  derived  from  verbs  are  called 
verbals;  as, 

amabilis,  amiable ;  capax,  capable  ;  docilis,  teachable ;  from  amo,  capio,  doceo. 


72  NUMERAL   ADJECTIVES* 

§  87.  When  participles  become  adjectives,  they 
are  called  participials ;  as,  sapiens^  wise ;  acutus, 
sharp;  disertusj  eloquent. 

Of  these  many  also  become  substantives ;  as,  adolescens,  antmans,  rudens,  ser- 
pens, advocatus,  spousus,  natus,  legatus ;  sponsa,  nata,  serta,  so.  corona,  a  garland  ; 
prcetexta,  sc.  veslis ;  debitum,  decretum,  prceceptum,  satum,  tectum,  votum,  &c. 

§  88©  Adjectives  derived  from  adverbs  are  called 
adverbials ; 

as,  hodiernus,  from  hodie  ;  crastinus,  from  eras  ;  binus,  from  bis,  &c.  There  are 
also  adjectives  derived  from  prepositions ;  as,  contrarius,  from  contra ;  anllcus,  from 
ajite ;  posticus,  from  post. 

NUMERAL    ADJECTIVES. 

§  89.  Adjectives  which  signify  number,  are  di- 
vided into  four  classes,  Cardinal^  Ordinal^  Distribu 
tive^  and  Multiplicative. 

1.  The  Cardinal  or  Principal  numbers  are : 

Unus, one 

Duo, two 

Tres, three 

Quatuor, four , 

Quinque, Jive , 

Sex, six 

Septem, seven , 

Octo, eight 

Novem, nine , 

Decern, ten , 

Undecim, eleven 

Duodecim, twelve 

Tredecim, thirteen 

Quatuordecim, fourteen 

Quindecim, fifteen 

Sexdecim, sixteen 

Septendccim, seventeen 

Oclodecim, eighteen 

Novemdccim, nineteen 

Viginti, twenty 

Viofinti  unus,  or)                *        *        ^ 
Um,selvigiuti,5 twenty-one 

Vigintiduo,  or) twentytwo 

Duo  et  viginti,  )  ^ 

Triginta, thirty 

Quadrag-inta, forty 

Quinquaginta, fifty 

k^exaginta, sixty 


1.  .. 

..I. 

2.  .. 

..  ir. 

3.  .. 

. .  TIT. 

4.  .. 

..  IV. 

5.  .. 

..  V. 

6.  .. 

..  VI. 

7.  .. 

. .  VII. 

a  .. 

. .  VIII. 

9.  .. 

..  IX. 

10.  .. 

..  X. 

11.  .. 

..  XI. 

12.  .. 

. .  XII. 

13.  .. 

. .  XIII. 

14.  . 

. . .  XIV. 

15.  . 

. . .  XV. 

16.  . 

. . .  XVI. 

17.  . 

. .  XVII. 

18.  . 

. .  XVIII. 

19.  . 

. .  XIX. 

20.  .. 

..  XX. 

21.  . 

. .  XXI. 

22.  . 

.    XXII. 

30.  .. 

. .  XXX. 

40.  . 

..  XL. 

50.  . 

..  L. 

60.  . 

..  LX. 

NUMERAL    ADJECTIVES.  7 '3 

Septuaginta, seventy 70 LXX. 

Octoginta, eighty 80 LXXX. 

Nonaginta, ninety 90.  ... .  XC. 

Centum,  a  hundred 100 C. 

Ducenti,  -se,  -a,   two  hundred 200 CC. 

Trecenti,  -se,  -a, three  hundred 300 CCC. 

Quadringenti,    four  hundred 400.  ....  CCCC. 

Quingenti, Jive  hundred 500 D. 

Sexcenti,   six  hundred 600 DC. 

Septingenti, seven  hundred 700 DCC 

Octingenti, eight  htmdred 800 DCCC 

Nongenti, nine  hundred 900 DCCCC. 

Mille, a  thousand 1,000 M. 

Duo  miUia,  or        I      _  t^^  thousand 2,000 MM. 

Bis  mule,  )  * 

Decern  millia,  or)  thousand. 10,000 XM. 

Decies  mille,  )  ' 

Vifiefmil'/e?  "M    " ' "  '"'""'S'  thousand 20,000 XXM. 

To  mark  numbers  the  Romans  employed  the  capital  letters,  I,  V,  X, 
L,  C,  which  were  therefore  called  Numeral  Letters.  I  denotes  one ;  V, 
five ;  X,  ten ;  L,  fifty ;  C,  one  hundred.  By  the  repetition  of  either 
of  these,  its  value  was  repeated ;  thus,  II  signifies  two,  XXXX,  forty ; 
CCC,  three  hundred.     But  V  and  L  are  never  found  repeated. 

When  a  letter  of  less  value  stands  before  one  of  a  greater,  the  greater  is 
diminished  by  as  much  as  the  less  stands  for :  but  when  it  comes  after 
a  greater,  the  greater  is  increased  by  as  much  as  the  less  stands  for ; 
thus, 


IV.  Four. 

V.  Five. 

VI.  Six. 

IX.  Nine. 

X.   Ten. 

XI.  Eleven. 

XL.  Forty. 

L.  Fifty. 

LX.  Sixty. 

A  thousand  was  marked  thus,  cio.  which  in  latter  times  was  con- 
tracted into  M.  Five  hundred  was  marked  thus,  lo,  or,  by  contrac- 
tion, D. 

The  annexing  of  o.  to  lo.  makes  its  value  ten  times  greater ;  thus, 
100.  marks  five  thousand,  and  looo.  fifty  thousand. 

The  prefixing  of  c.  together  with  the  annexing  of  o.  to  the  number 
CIO.  makes  its  value  ten  times  greater ;  thus,  ccioo.  denotes  ten  thou- 
sand ;  and  ccciooo.  a  hundred  thousand.  The  ancient  Romans,  accord- 
ing to  Pliny,  proceeded  no  farther  in  this  method  of  notation.  If  they 
had  occasion  to  express  a  larger  number,  they  did  it  by  repetition ; 
thus,  CCCIOOO.  CCCIOOO.  signified  two  hundred  thousand,  &c. 

We  sometimes  find  thousands  expressed  by  a  straight  line  drawn 
oyer  the  top  of  the  numeral  letters;  thus,  iii.  denotes  three  thousand; 
X.  ten  thousand. 

The  cardinal  numbers,  except  unus  and  mille  want  the  singular. 

7 


74 


NUMERAL   ADJECTIVES. 


§  90»  Unus  is  not  used  in  the  plural,  except  when  joined  with  a 
substantive  which  wants  the  singular;  as,  in  unis  cedlbus,  in  one 
house.  Terent.  Eun.  ii.  3.  75.  tJn(E  nuplicn.  Id.  Andr.  iv.  1.  51.  In 
una  mmnia  convenere.  Sallust.  Cat.  6.  or  when  several  particulars 
are  considered  as  one  whole ;  as,  una  vestimeniay  one  suit  of  clothes, 
Cic.  Flacc.  29. 


N,  tres. 

tres. 

tria, 

G.  trium, 

trium, 

triutn. 

D.  tribus, 

tribus. 

tribus. 

A.  tres, 

tres. 

tria, 

V.  tres. 

tres. 

tria. 

A.  tribus. 

tribus. 

tribu». 

Duo  and  tres  are  thus  declined ; 

Plural.  Plural. 

N.  duo,  duse,  duo, 

G.  duorum,        duarum,  duorum, 

D.  duobus,         duabus,  duobus, 

A.  duos  or  duo,  daas,  duo, 

V.  duo,  duse,  duo, 

A.  duobus,         daabus,  duobus. 

In  the  same  manner  with  duo,  decline  ambo,  both. 

All  the  Cardinal  numbers  from  quatuor  to  centum^  including  them 
both,  are  indeclinable ;  and  from  centum  to  mille,  are  declined  like  the 
phiral  of  bonus;  thus,  ducenti,  -t<B^  -ta ;  ducentorum,  -tdrvm,  -tO' 
ru7n,  &c. 

Millc,  the  substantive,  makes  Nom.  and  Ace.  mille^  Abl.  mille ;  as, 
mille  homtnum,  *a  thousand  men;'  milll  liominum,  'with  a  thousand 
men.'  In  the  plural  it  is  perfect.  Duo  millia  hominuniy  '  two  thou- 
sand men  '^  Trium  inillium  hominum,  Tribus  millihus  hominum,  &c. 

Mille,  the  adjective,  is  plural  only,  and  indeclinable ;  as,  milli  homt" 
nes,  '  a  thousand  men ;'  mille  hominibus,  '  with  a  thousand  men.'  To 
express  more  than  one  thousand,  it  has  the  numeral  adverbs  joined 
with  it ;  as,  Bis  mille  hojnines,  '  two  thousand  men ;'  Ter  mille  homi- 
nes, &c. 

2.  The  Ordinal  numbers,  are,  primus,  first ;  secundus,  second,  &:c. ; 
declined  like  bonus. 

3.  The  Distributive  are,  singuli,  one  by  one ;  blni,  two  by  two,  or 
by  twos,  &c. ;  declined  like  the  plural  of  bonus. 

4.  The  Multiplicative  numbers  are  simplex,  simple  ;  duplex,  double, 
or  tv»- 0-fold  ;  triplex,  triple,  or  three-fold  ;  quadruplex,  four-fold,  &c. ; 
all  of  them  declined  like  felix ;  thus,  simplex,  -icis,  &lc. 

§91©  The  Cardinal  and  Distributive  numbers  may  be  thus  dis- 
tinguished; the  Cardinal  expresses  a  number  absolutely,  as,  one,  two, 
&c. ;  the  Distributive  are  those  which  distribute  the  same  number  to 
every  single  person ;  as,  Dedit  nobis  decem  libros,  '  he  gave  us 
together  ten  books;'  dedit  nobis  dexos  libros,  ^he  gave  as  each  ten 
books.' 

But  poets,  and  sometimes  prose  writers,  use  the  Distributive  for  the 
Cardinal  numbers,  particularly  with  substantives  which  are  plural  only ; 


5>llJME:iAL   ADJECTIVES. 


»,s,    hincB  nupti<B,  *  two  weddings ;'    bincB  literce^  '  two  epistles ;'   not 
du<B.,  for  du(B  Uteres  would  mean  two  letters  of  the  alphabet. 

The  Multiplicative  numbers  are  also  sometimes  used  for  the  Cardi- 
nal by  the  poets;  as,  DujAices  tendens  ad  sidera  palmas,  instead  of 
duas  pal  mas. 

The  interrogative  words  to  v,'hich  these  numerals  answer,  are  quot, 
quotus^  quotenif  quoties,  and  quotuplex. 

Quot,  how  many?  is  indeclinable:  So  tot,  so  many;  totidem,  just 
80  many;  quotquot  quotcunqne,  how  many  soever;  aliquot,  some. 

The  following  Table  contains  a  list  of  the  Ordinal  and  Distributive 
Numbers,  together  with  the  Numeral  Adverbs,  which  are  often  joined 
with  the  numeral  Adjectives. 


'Ordinal. 
Primus,  -a,  -um, 
Secimdus. 
Tertius. 
Quartus. 
Quintus. 
Sextus. 
Septimus. 
Octavus. 
Nonas. 
Decimus. 
Undecimus. 
DuodecTmus. 
DecTmus  tertius. 
DecTraus  quartus. 
Decimus  quintus. 
Decimus  sextus. 
Decimus  septimus. 
Decimus  octavus. 
Decimus  nonus. 
Vigesimus,  vTeesimus. 
VTgesimus  primus. 
Trigesimus,  tricesunus. 
QuadragesYmus. 
Quinq  ii  agesTmus. 
SexagesYmus. 
Septuagesimus. 
Octogesimus. 
NonagesYmus. 
CentesYm  IS. 
Ducentesimus. 
Trecentesimus. 
QuadringenlesYmus- 
Quingcntesimus. 
Sexcentesimus. 
Septingentesimus. 
Octingentesimus. 
NongentesYmus. 
MillesYmus. 
Bis  millesimus. 


Dfstribullve. 
Singuh,  -SB,  -a. 
BTni. 
Temi. 
Quatemi. 
Quini. 
^ni. 
Septeni. 
Octoni. 
IVoveni, 
Deni. 
Undeni. 
Duodeni. 

Tredeni,  temi  deni. 
Quatemi  deni. 
Quindeni. 
Seni  deni. 
Septeni  deni. 
Octoni  deni. 
Noveni  deni. 
VTceni. 

VTceni  singuli. 
Triceni. 
Quadrageni. 
Quinqiiageni. 
Scxageni. 
Septuageni. 
Octogeni. 
Nonageni. 
Centeni. 
Duceni. 
Trecenteni. 
Quater  centeni. 
Qninquies  cenleai. 
Sexies  centeni. 
Septies  centeni. 
Octiea  centeni, 
Novies  centeni. 
Milleni. 
Bis  milleni. 


Numeral  Adverts. 

Semel,  once. 

Bis,  ticice. 

Ter,  ikrice. 

Quater,  four  times. 

Quinq uies,  &c, 

Sexies. 

Septies, 

Octies. 

INovies. 

Decies. 

Undecies. 

Duodecies. 

Tredecies. 

Quatuordecies. 

Quindecies. 

Sexdecies. 

Decies  ac  septies* 

Decies  ac  octies. 

Decies  et  novies. 

VTcies. 

Vicies  semel. 

Tricies. 

Quadragies. 

Quinq  uagies. 

Sexagies. 

Septuagies. 

Octogies. 

Nonagies. 

Genties. 

Ducenties. 

Trecenties. 

Quadringenties. 

Quingenties. 

Sexcenties, 

Septingenties. 

Octingenties. 

JVoningenties. 

Millies. 

Bis  niiilies. 


To  the  numeral  adjectives  may  be  added  such  as  express  division,  proportion, 
time,  weight,  <fec. ;  as,  h:part'dus,  tripart'dus,  &c. ;  duplus,  triplus,  &c. ;  blmus,  tn- 
miis,  &c.  I  biennis^  triennis,  &ic;  biiacstris,  trimeslris,  &c.;  hilibris^  irUibris,  &c.; 


To  COSiPARISON    OF    ADJECTIVES. 

binarius,  iernarius,  Szc. ;  which  last  are  applied  to  the  number  of  any  kind  of  things 
whatever  ;  as,  versus  senarius,  a  verse  of  six  feet;  denarius  nummus,  a  coin  of  ten 
asses;  octosenarius  senex,  an  old  man  eighty  years  old ;  ^rea;  cen^enanws,  a  flock 
.of  an  hundred,  &c.  % 

j^    A-. 

fjt  "  COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES. 

§92»  The  comparison  of  adjectives  expresses 
the  quahty  in  different  degrees :  as,  durus^  hard ; 
durior,  harder ;  durissimus^  hardest. 

Those  adjectives  only  are  compared  whose  signi- 
fication admits  the  distinction  of  more  and  less. 

The  degrees  of  comparison  are  three,  the  Posi- 
tive^  Comparative^  and  Superlative. 

The  Positive  seems  improperly  to  be  called  a 
degree.  It  simply  signifies  the  quality ;  as,  durus^ 
hard ;  and  serves  only  as  a  foundation  for  the  other 
degrees.  By  it  we  express  the  relation  of  equality ; 
as,  he  is  as  tall  as  I. 

The  Comparative  expresses  a  greater  degree  of 
the  quality,  and  has  always  a  reference  to  a  less 
degree  of  the  same ;  as,  durior^  harder ;  sapientior, 
wiser. 

The  Superlative  expresses  the  quality  carried  to 
the  greatest  degree ;  as,  durissimus,  hardest ;  sapi-- 
entissimus,  wisest. 

FORMATION  OF  THE  DEGREES. 

COMPARATIVE. 

§  03*  The  comparative  degree  is  formed  from  the  first  case  of  the 
positive  which  ends  in  i,  by  adding  the  syllable  or  for  the  masculine 
and  feminine,  and  us  for  the  neuter ;  as, 

Nom.  altiis,  alta,  altum, 
Gen.    alti  : 

then  adding  or  and  us,  we  have  altior,  altior,  altius. 

In  adjectives  of  the  third  declension,  the  Dative  is  of  course  the  first 
case  that  ends  in  z,  as,  Nom.  miiis,  Gen.  mitis,  Dat.  miti ;  then  by 
adding  or  and  us,  we  have  mitiorj  mitiory  mitius. 


COMPARISON    OF    xVDJECTIVES.  77 

Mitior,  meeker,  is  thus  declined. 

Singular  number. 

Nom. Mitior, mitior, mitius, 

Gen Mitioris, mitioris, mitioris, 

Dat Mitiori, mitiori,  ....,,»...  rnitiori, 

Ace Mitiorem, mitiorem,  . ,  J.  /V,,.  mitius, 

Voc Mitior, mitior,  . .  ."^ . .-  i .  mitius, 

Abl \  j^l J^jf'  ^^  (  ^'^  «^^  ^he  genders. 

Plural  number, 

Nom Mitiores, mitiores, mitiora, 

Gen Mitiorum, mitiorum,   mitiorum, 

Dat Mitior ibus, mitiortbus, mitioribus, 

Ace Mitiores, mitiores,  .........  mitiora, 

Voc Mitiores, mitiores, mitiora, 

Abl      Mitioribus, mitioribus, * . .  mitioribus. 

SUPERLATIVE. 

§  04e  The  Superlative  degree  is  formed  from  the  same  case  by- 
adding  sstmus ;  as,  Nom.  alius,  Gen.  alii,  Superlative  altissimus.  So, 
mitis,  Gen.  mitis,  Dat.  miti.  Superlative  mitissimus. 

If  the  positive  end  in  er,  the  superlative  is  formed  from  the  nomina- 
tive by  adding  rimus ;  as,  pauper,  '  poor ;'  pauperrimus,  '  poorest.' 

The  Comparative  is  always  of  the  Third  declension,  the  Superlative 
of  the  First  and  Second. 


§95. 


IRREGULAR    AND    DEFECTIVE    COMPARISOxH. 


Bonus,  melior,  optimus,  good,  belter,  best. 

Mains,  pejor,  pessimus,  bad,  worse,  worst. 

Magnus,  major,  maximus,  greal,  greater,  greatest. 

Parvus,  minor,  minimus,  small,  less,  least. 

Multus,  pliirimus,  much,  more,  most. 

Fern.  Multa,  plurima;  neuf.  multum,  plus,  plurimum;  plur.  multi, 
plures,  plurimi ;  multse,  plures,  plurimag,  &c. 

In  several  of  these,  both  in  English  and  Latin,  the  comparative  and 
superlative  seem  to  be  formed  from  some  other  adjective,  which  in  the 
positive  has  fallen  into  disuse ;  in  others,  the  regular  form  is  contract- 
ed ;  as,  maximus,  for  magnissimus ;  worse  for  worsest. 

§  96o  These  five  have  their  superlative  in  limus : 


Facilis,  facilior,  facillimus,  east/. 
Gracilis,  gracilior,  gracillimus,  lean. 
Humilis,  humilior,  humillimus,  low. 


Imbecillis,   imbecillior,  imbecilliraus, 

weak. 
SimTlis,  similior,  sirnillimus,  like. 


78 


COMPAHISON    OF    ADJECTIVES. 


§  97.  The  following  adjectives  have  regular  com- 
paratives, but  form  the  superlative  differently : 


Citer,  citerior,  citiraus,  near,  &c. 
Dexler,  dexterior,  dexlTmus,  right. 
Sinister,  sinisterior,  sinistimus,  left. 
Exter,  -erior,  extimus  or  exlremus,  < 

ward. 
Inferos,  -ior,  infimfis  or  Imus,  helow. 
Interns,  interior,  intimus,  inward. 


Matiirus,  -ior,  maturrimus,  or  maturissi- 

mus,  ripe. 
Posterns,  posterior,  postremus,  behind. 
Siiperus,    -rior,    supremus    or    summus, 

high.  ^ 
Vetus,  veterior,  veterriraus,  old. 


§  98 •  Compounds  in  dicus,  loquus,  ftcus^  and  volus,  have  entior, 
and  entissimus ;  as,  mdledicus,  railing ;  mdledicentior^  maledicentissi- 
mus :  So,  magnlldquus,  one  that  boasteth ;  heneficus,  beneficent ; 
mdlevoluSf  malevolent;  mirijtcus,  wonderful;  -entior,  -entissimus,  or, 
mirlficissimus.  Nequarrij  indeclinable,  worthless,  vicious,  has  nequior, 
nequissimus. 

There  are  a  great  many  adjectives,  which,  though  capable  of  having 
their  signification  increased,  yet  either  want  one  of  the  degrees  of  com- 
parison, or  are  not  compared  at  all. 

§  99.  The  follow^ing  adjectives  are  not  used  in 
the  positive : 


Deterior,  worse,  deterrtmus. 
Ocior,  swifter,  ocisstmue. 
Prior,  former,  primus. 


Propior,  nearer,  proxYmus,  nearest 

or  next. 
Ulterior,  farther,  ulttmus. 


§  100«  The  following  want  the  comparative  : 


Inclytus,  inclytisstmus,  renowned. 
MerYtus,  meritisstmus,  deserving. 
Novus,  novisstmus,  new. 


Muperus,  nuperrimus,  late. 
Par,  parissimus,  equal. 
Sacer,  sacerrimus,  sacred. 


§  101«  The  following  want  the  superlative : 


Pronus,   pronior,   inclined  down- 
wards. 
Satur,  satiirior,  full. 
Senex,  senior  old. 


Adolescens,  adolescentior,  young. 
Diuturnus,  diuturnior,  lasting. 
Ingens,  ingentior,  huge. 
Jiivenis,  junior,  young. 
Opimus,  opimior,  rich. 

1.  To  supply  the  superlative  of  juvems,  or  adolescens,  we  say  minimus  natu,  the 
youngest ;  and  of  senex,  maximus  natu,  the  oldest. 

2.  These  also  want  the  Superlative :  Adjectives  in  dlis,  ilis,  and  hilis,  and  many 
in  anus,  ivis,  and  inquus ;  as,  capitalis,  *  capital ;'  regdlis,  '  royal ;'  civilis,  '  civil ;' 
juvenilis,  'youthful;'  tolerabilis,  'tolerable;'  arcdnus,  'secret;'  decllvis,  'bending 
downwards  ;'  proclwis,  '  down-hill ;'  longinquus,  '  far  off;'  propinquus,  '  near,'  &e. 
Some  are  found  only  in  the  Positive ;  the  compounds  of  Gero  and  Fero,  participles 
in  rus  and  dus,  and  adjectives  in  bundus,  imus,  inus,  ivus,  orus.  Also,  almus, 
•  cherishing ;'  calvus  *  bald  •'  claudus, '  lame ;'  delirus,  '  out  of  the  furrow  •'  *  doting  ;* 


PRONOUNS. 


79' 


rfwAiws,  ' doubtful ,-*  e^ewMS, 'indigent;'  magnanimus,  'courageous;'  memor,  'mind- 
ful ;'  mirus,  wonderful ;'  rudis,  '  new,'  '  rude ;'  salvus,  '  safe ;'  vacuus,  '  empty  ;* 
vulgaris,  'common,'  &c.  But  many  of  these  admit  of  Magis,  Minus,  Maximk, 
Minime,  &c. 

3.  Anterior,  former ;  scquior,  worse ;  satior,  better,  are  only  found  in  the  com- 
parative. 

4.  Many  adjectives  are  not  compared  at  all ;  such  are  those  compounded  with 
nouns  or  verbs;  as,  t;ers?C(;Zor,  of  divers  colours;  pestifer,  poisonous;  also,  adjec- 
tives in  us  pure,  in  Ivus,  inus,  orus,  or  2mus,  and  diminutives;  as,  dubius,  'doubt- 
ful ;'  vacuus,  empty ;'  fugii'ivus,  that  flieth  away  ;  matutinus,  early  ;  candrus,  shrill ; 
UgiCimus,  lawful ;  tlnellus,  somewhat  tender ;  majusculus,  &c. ;  together  with  a 
great  many  others  of  various  terminations  ;  as,  almus,  gracious ;  prcBCox-vcis,  soon 
or  early  ripe ;  niirus,  egenus,  lacer,  memor,  sospes,  &c. 

6.  This  defect  of  comparison  is  supplied  by  putting  the  adverb  magis  before  the 
adjective,  for  the  comparative  degree ;  and  valde  or  maxime  lor  the  superlative ; 
thus,  egenus,  needy,  magis  egenus,  more  needy ;  valde  or  maxime  egenus,  very,  or 
most  needy.  Which  form  of  comparison  is  also  used  in  those  adjectives  which  are 
regularly  compared. 

§  103©    IRREGULAR   AND    UNUSUAL   COMPARISONS. 

Anterior,  former,  Csbs. 
Apricior,  PLin. 
Bellior,  Varr. 

Celerior,  passim. 

Commiinior,  Suet 

[Consul  tior,  Tertul-I 

Crispier,  Plin. 

DTversior,  Gel.  Lucr. 
^  Divitior,  Ovid.  Cic.  ) 
I  Ditior,  H&r.  \ 

Falsius,  Petron. 

Fidior,  Liv. 

Imbecillior,  Cic. 

Jejiinior,  Cic. 
Inf  initior,  Cic. 
[Invictior,  6\  Augusf] 
InvTsior,  Mart. 
InvTtior,  Plaut. 
Licentior,  Cic. 


Apricus,  sunny. 
Bellus,  fine. 

Celer,  swift. 

Commiinis,  common 
Consultus,  skilled. 
Crispus,  curled. 
DI  versus,  different. 

Dives,  rich. 

Falsus,  false 
Fid  us,  faithful. 
Imbecillus,  weak. 

Jejunus,  fasting. 
Inf  Inltus,  indefinite. 
Invictus,  unconquered. 
Invisus,  hated. 
Inviius,  reluctant. 
Licens,  extravagant. 
JVlellTtus,  honeyed. 
ISequam,  wicked. 
Persuasus,  persuaded. 
Potis,  or  Pote,  able. 


Apricissimus,  Colum. 

BellissTmus,  Cic. 
\  Celerrimus,  passim. 
I  Celerissimus,  Enn.  ^  Cn. 
Manl. 

Communissimus,  Suet. 

Consultissimus,  Cic. 

Crispissimus,  Colum. 

Di  versissimus,Liy.  Tacit. 

Divitissimus,  Cic. 

DitissTraus,  Virg. 

Falsissimus,  Colum. 

FTdissimus,  Cic.  Ovid. 

Imbecillissimus,    Senec. 
Cels. 


Tnvictissimus,  Cic.  et.  al. 
InvTsissimus,PZi«.  Senec. 
InvItissTmus,  Cic. 


Sylvester,  or  ) 

Sylvestris,  woody.  ^ 
Supinus,  lying  on  the  back. 


Nequior,  Cic. 

Potior,  passim. 
Satius,  better,  passim. 
Sequior,  worse,  Liv. 

Sylvestrior,  Plin. 

Supinior,  Mart. 


MellTtissimus,  ApuL. 
Nequissimus,  Cic. 
Persuasissimus,  Cic. 
Potissimus,  passim. 


PRONOUN. 
§  103®  A  Pronoun  is  a  word  which  stands  in- 
stead of  a  noiin.^ 

*Thus,  I  stands  for  the  name  of  the  person  who  speaks ;  thou,  for  the  name  of 
the  person  addressed. 


80 


SIMPLE    PRONOUNS. 


The  simple  pronouns  in  Latin  are  eighteen ;  ego^ 
tu,  sui ;  ille,  ipse^  iste^  hie,  is,  quis,  qui ;  mens,  tuus, 
suus,  noster,  vester  ;  nostras,  vestras,  and  cujas. 

Three  of  them  are  substantives,  ego,  tu,  sui  ;  the 
other  fifteen  are  adjectives. 

Ego,/. 


Singular. 

Plural. 

N. 

ego, 

I, 

N. 

nos, 

we. 

G. 

mei, 

of  me, 

G. 

nostrum 

,  or  nostri,  of  us. 

D. 

mihi, 

to  me. 

D. 

nobis. 

to  us. 

A. 

me, 

me. 

A. 

nos, 

us, 

V. 

V. 

A. 

me, 

with  me. 

Tu, 

A. 

thou. 

nobis, 

with  us. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

N. 

tu,    thou. 

* 

r  N. 

vos. 

ye  or  you. 

G. 

tui,    of  thee. 

G. 

vestrum,  or  vestri,  of  you. 

D. 

ttbi,  to  thee. 

D. 

vobis. 

to  you, 

A. 

te,     thee, 

'  or  you. 

A. 

vos, 

you. 

V. 

tu,     0  thou, 

V. 

vos. 

O  ye  or  you, 

A. 

te,     with  thee.  ^ 

I  A. 

vobis. 

with  you. 

Sui,  o/*  himself,  of  herself,  of  itself. 


Singular. 

N. 

G.  sui,  of  himself,  of  herself,  of  itself. 
D.  stbi,  to  himself,  to  herself,  &c. 
A.  se,  himself,  &c. 

V.  

A.  se,  with  himself,  &c. 


Plural. 

N.  — 

G.  sui,  of  themselves, 

D.  sibi,  to  themselves, 

A.  se,  themselves, 

V.  • 

A.  se,  with  themselves. 


Obs.  1.  Ego  wants  the  vocative,  because  one  cannot  call  upon  himself,  except  as 
a  second  person;  thus,  we  cannot  say,  O  ego,  O  I ;  O  nos,  O  we. 

Obs.  2.  Mihi  in  the  dative  is  sometimes  by  the  poets  contracted  into  mi. 

Obs.  3.  The  genitive  plural  of  ego  was  anciently  nostrorum,  and  nosfrarnm ; 
of  tu,  vestrorum  and  vestrarum,  which  were  afterwards  contracted  into  nostrum 
and  vestrum. 

We  commonly  use  nostrum  and  vestrum  after  partitives,  numerals,  comparatives, 
or  superlatives ;  and  nostri  and  vestri  after  other  words. 


Pronouns  serve  to  point  out  objects,  whose  names  we  either  do  not  know,  or  do 
not  want  to  mention.  They  also  serve  to  shorten  discourse,  and  prevent  the  too 
frequent  repetition  of  the  same  word ;  thus,  instead  of  saying,  When  Ccesar  had 
conquered  Gaul,  Ccssar  turned  CcBsars  arms  against  CcEsar's  country,  we  say,  When 
Caesar  had  conquered  Gaul,  he  turned  his  arms  against  his  country. 


SIMPLE    PRONOUNS. 


81 


§  104»  The  English  substantive  pronouns  Ae,  she,  it,  are  ex- 
pressed in  Latin  by  these  pronominal  adjectives,  ille,  iste,  hie,  or  is;  as, 

nie,  for  the  masc.  ilia,  for  the  fern,  illud,  for  the  neuter,  that :  or 
ille,  he ;  ilia,  she  ;  illud,  it  or  that :  thus, 


Singular. 

Plurat, 

N.  ille, 

ilia, 

illud. 

N.  illi. 

illse. 

ilia. 

G.  illius, 

illius. 

illius, 

G,  illorum. 

illarum, 

illorum, 

D.  illi, 

illi. 

illi. 

D.  illis. 

illis, 

illis. 

A.  ilium, 

illam, 

illud. 

A.  illos, 

illas, 

ilia. 

V.  ille. 

ilia, 

illud, 

V.  illi. 

illse. 

ilia, 

A.  illo, 

ilia. 

illo. 

A.  illis, 

illis, 

illis. 

Ipse,  he  himself,  ipsa,  she  herself,  ipsum,  itself;  and  isle,  ista,  istud, 
are  declined  like  ille ;  only  ipse  has  ipsum  in  the  nom.  ace.  and  voc. 
sing.  neut. 

Ipse  is  often  joined  to  ego,  tu,  sui  ;  and  has  in  Latin  the  same  force 
with  self  in  English,  when  joined  with  a  possessive  pronoun ;  as,  ego 
ipse,  I  myself. 

Hie,  haec,  hoc,  this. 


Singular, 

Plural 

N.  hie. 

hsec. 

hoc, 

N.  hi. 

hsB, 

hsec. 

G.  hujus, 

hujus. 

hujus. 

G.  horum. 

harum. 

horum. 

D.  huic, 

huic, 

huic. 

D.  his. 

his. 

his, 

A.  hunc, 

banc, 

hoc, 

A.  hos 

has. 

hsec. 

V.  hie, 

hsec, 

hoc, 

V.  hi. 

hae. 

hsec, 

A.  hoc, 

hac. 

hoc, 

A.  his. 

his. 

his, 

Is,  ea,  id ;  he,  she,  it ;  or  that. 


Singular, 


N.  is, 

ea. 

id, 

G.  ejus. 

ejus. 

ejus, 

D.  ei, 

ei. 

ei. 

A.  eum. 

earn, 

id, 

V. 

— 

A.  eo. 


Plural. 

N.  ii,  eae,  ea, 

G.  eorum,       earum,  eorum, 

D.  iis  or  eis,   iis  or  eis,  iis  or  eis, 

A.  eos,  eas,  ea, 

V. 

A.  iis  or  eis,   iis  or  eis,  iis  or  eis. 


Quis,  qucB,  quod  or  quid  1  which,  what  ?  Or  quis  ?  who  1  or  what 
man]  qum?  who?  or  what  woman]  quod  or  quid?  what?  which 
thing  ?  or  what  thing  ]  thus, 

Singular. 

N.  quis,         quae,  quod  or  quid, 

G.  cujus,       cujus,  cujus, 

D.  cui,  cui,  cui, 

A.  quem,       quam,  quod  or  quid, 

V.  

A.  quo,  qu^,  quo. 


Plural. 

N.  qui,  quae,  quse, 

G.  quorum,     quarum,       quorum, 
D.  quels,  or  quibus, 

A.  quos  quas,  quae, 

V.  

A.  quels,  or  quibus. 


82  COMPOUND    PRONOUNS. 

§  105*  Qui,  qucB,  quod,  who,  which,  that:  Or  vir  qui,  the  man 
who  or  that ;  foemina,  qu(B,  the  woman  who  or  that ;  negotium  quod^ 
the  thing"  which  or  that :  genit.  vir  cujus,  the  man  whose  or  of  whom  ; 
mulier  cujus,  the  woman  whose  or  of  whom ;  negotium  cujus,  the 
thing  of  lohich,  seldom  whose,  &c.  thus, 


Singular, 

Plural. 

N.  qui, 

qU83, 

quod, 

N. 

qui,             qu8e,            quae. 

G.  cujus, 

cujus, 

cujus, 

G. 

quorum,      quarum,      quorum 

D.  cui, 

cui. 

cui, 

D. 

queis,  or  quibus. 

A.  quem, 
V 

quam. 

quod, 

A. 

quos,           quas,           quae. 

A.  quo. 

qu^, 

quo. 

A*. 

queis,  or  quibus. 

The  other  pronouns  are  derivatives,  coming  from  ego,  tu,  and  sui, 
Meus,  my  or  mine ;  tuus,  thy  or  thine ;  suus,  his  own,  her  own,  its 
own,  their  own ;  are  declined  like  bonus,  -a,  -um ;  and  noster,  our ; 
vester,  your ;  like  pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum,  of  the  first  and  second  de- 
clension; noster,  -tra,  -trum. 

1.  Nostras,  of  our  country;  vestras,  of  your  country;  cujas,  of  what 
or  which  country ;  are  declined  like  felix,  of  the  third  declension :  gen. 
nostrdtis,  dat.  nostrdti,  &c. 

Pronouns  as  well  as  nouns,  that  signify  things  which  cannot  be  ad- 
dressed or  called  upon,  want  the  vocative. 

2.  Meus  has  mi,  and  sometimes  meus,  in  the  voc.  sing.  masc. 

3.  The  relative  qui  has  frequently  qui  in  the  ablative,  and  that,  which  is  remark- 
able, in  all  genders  and  numbers. 

4.  Qui  is  sometimes  used  for  quis:  and  instead  of  cujus  the  gen.  ofquis,  we  find  an 
adjective  pronoun,  cujus,  -a,  -um. 

Simple  pronouns,  with  respect  to  their  significations,  are  divided  into  the  follow- 
ing cla.sses : 

5.  Demonstratives,  which  point  out  any  person  or  thing  present,  or  as  if  present : 
Ego,  tu,  hie,  iste,  and  sometimes  ille,  is,  ipse. 

6.  Relatives,  which  refer  to  something  going  before :  ille,  ipse,  iste,  hie,  is,  qui. 

7.  Possessives,  which  signify  possession :  meus,  tuus,  suus,  vaster,  vester. 

8.  Fatrials  or  Gentiles,  which  signify  one's  country :  nostras,  vestras,  cujas. 

9.  Interrogatives,  by  which  we  ask  a  question :  quis  ?  cujas  ?  When  they  do  not 
ask  a  question,  they  are  called  Indefinites,  like  other  words  of  the  same  nature. 

10.  Reciprocals  which  again  call  back  or  represent  the  same  obiect  to  the  mind  : 
sui  and  suus. 

COMPOUND    PRONOUNS. 

§  X06»   Pronouns  are  compounded  variously : 

1.  With  other  pronouns ;  as,  istliic,  isthcBc,  isthoc,  isthuc,  or  istuc.  Ace.  Isthunc, 
isthauc,  isthoc,  or  isthuc.  Abl.  Isfhoc,  isfhac,  isthoc.  Nam.  and  ace.  plur.  neut. 
isthcBc,  ofiste  and  hie.    So  illic,  of  ille  and  hie. 

2.  With  some  other  parts  of  speech ;  as,  hujusmodi,  cujusmodi,  &c.  mecum,  tecum, 
secum,  nobiscum,  vobiscum,  quocum,  or  qmcum,  and  quibuscum :  cecum,  eccam ;  eccos, 
eccas,  and  sometimes  ecca  in  the  nom.  sing,  of  ecce  and  is.    So  ellum,  ofecee  and  ille. 


COMPOUND    PRONOUXS. 


83 


3.  With  some  syllable  added  ;  as,  tute,  oftu  and  ie,  used  only  in  the  nom.  egomeU 
tuttmet,  sinmet,  through  all  the  cases,  thus,  melmet,  tiiimet,  &c.  of  ego,  tu,  sui,  and 
met.  Instead  oftumct  in  the  nom.  we  say,  tutemet:  Hiccine,  hceccine,  &c.  in  all  the 
cases  that  end  in  c  ;  of  hie  and  cine  :  Meaple^  tuapfe,  suapte,  noslrapte,  vestrapte,  in 
the  ablat.  fern,  and  sometimes  meojAe,  tuopte,  &c.  of  mews,  &c.  and  pte:  hicce,  hacce, 
hocce;  hujusce,  hisce,  hosce  ;  of  hie  and  ce:  whence  hi/juscemadi,  ejuscemodi,  cujus- 
cemijdi.    So,  IDEM,  the  same,  compounded  of  is  and  dern,  wliidi  is  thus  declined : 


Singular. 

N.  idem, 

ea9em, 

idem, 

G.  ejusdem, 

ejusdem, 

ejusdem. 

D.  eidem, 

eidem, 

etdem, 

A.  eundem, 

eandem. 

tdem. 

V.  idem, 

eadem, 

tdem. 

A.  eodem, 

eadem. 
Plural 

eodem. 

N.  itdem, 

eaedem, 

eadem, 

G.  eomndem, 

earundem, 

eorundem. 

D. 

eisdem,  or  iisdem, 

A.  eosdem, 

easdem, 

eadem, 

V.  iidem, 

esedem, 

eadem, 

The  pronouns  which  we  find  most  frequently  compounded*  are  quis  and  qui. 
Quia  in  composition  is  sometimes  the  first,  sometimes  the  last,  and  sometimes 
likewise  the  middle  part  of  the  word  compounded  ;  but  qui  is  always  the  first. 

V  107«  1.  The  compounds  oi'quis,  in  which  it  is  put  first,  are  quisnam,  who? 
quispia/n,  qui.yuam,  any  one  ;  quisque,  every  one ;  quisquis,  whosoever  ;  which  are 
thus  declined ; 


Nom 
Quisnam, 
Quispiara, 
Quisquani, 
Quisque, 
Quisqais, 

qnaenam, 
quaspiam, 
quaGquam, 
quaBque, 

quodnam     or  quidnam; 
^uodpiam     or  quidpiam; 
quodquam    or  quidquam ; 
qsiodqiie       oz-quidque; 
quidquid      or  quicquid; 

Gen. 
cujusnam ; 
cujuspiam ; 
cujusquam  ; 
cnjnsqne  ,' 
cuj  use  uj  us; 

Dat. 

cuinara ; 

cuipiam; 

cuiquam 

cuique; 

cuicui. 

And  so  in  the  other  cases  according  to  tha  simple  q'n's.  But  qir/'squis  has  not  the 
fom.  at  all,  and  the  neuter  only  in  the  nominative  and  accusative.  Qiiisqimm  has 
also  aaicqitnm  for  quidpiam ;  accusative  quenquam,  without  the  leminine.  The 
plural  is  scarcely  used. 

2.  The  compounds  of  quia,  in  which  q^iis  is  put  last,  have  qua  in  the  nom.  sing, 
fern. ;  and  in  the  nominative  and  accusative  plural  neuter,  as,  allqnis,  some;  ecqnis^ 
who  ?  oi'  et  and  quis ;  also,  neqiiis,  slquis,  numpiis,  which  for  the  most  part  are  read 
fsaparately;  thus,  ne  quis^  si  quis,  num  quis.    They  are  thus  declined: 

Nom. 

Aliqnis,  alTqua,  aliquod  oraliquid; 

Ecquis,  ecqua  or  ecquaB,   ecquod  or  ecquid; 

Si  quis,  si  qua,  si  quod  or  si  quid; 

Ne  q'lis,         ne  qua,  ne  quod  or  ne  quid  ; 

Num  quis,    num  qua,       num  quod  or  num  quid ; 

3.  The  compounds  which  have  quis  in  the  middle,  are,  ecquisnam,  who  ?  unus- 
qui$qnc,  gen.  un'niscujvsqve,  every  one.  The  former  is  used  only  in  the  nom.  sing, 
and  the  latter  wants  the  plural. 


Gen. 

Bat. 

alicujus; 

alicui ; 

eccujus; 

eccui ; 

si  cujus; 

si  cui ; 

ne  cujus ; 

ne  cui ; 

num  cujus; 

num  cui 

84  CCTHPOUND    PRONOUNS. 

4.  The  compounds  of  qui  are  quicrinque,  whosoever ;  qiudam,  some ;  quWibet, 
quivis,  any  one,  whom  you  please ;  which  are  thus  decHned  : 

Nom.  Gen.  Dat. 

QuTcunque,  quaecunque,  quodcunque;  cujuscunque ;  cuicunque ; 

QuTdam,        quaedara,       quoddam     or  quiddam ;  cujusdam ;       cuidam  ; 

Quilibet,        quaelTbet,      quodlTbet    or  quidlTbet;  cujuslibet;       cuilibet; 

Quivis,  qusevis,         quodvis       or  quidvis;  cujusvis;  cuivis. 

V  J.0^«  Obs.  1.  All  these  compounds  have  seldom  or  never  quels,  hut  quibus, 
in  their  dat.  and  abl.  plur. ;  thus,  aliqiubiis,  &c. 

Obs.  2.  Quis,  and  its  compounds,  in  comic  writers,  have  sometimes  quis  in  the 
feminine  gender. 

Obs.  3.  Quidam  has  quendam,  quandam,  quoddam  or  quiddam,  in  the  ace.  sing. 
and  quorundam,  quarundam,  quorundam,  in  the  genitive  plural,  n  being  put  instead 
of  m,  for  the  better  sound. 

Obs.  4.  Quod,  with  its  compounds,  aliquod,  quodvis,  quoddam,  &c.,  are  used  when 
they  agree  with  a  substantive  in  the  same  case ;  quid,  with  its  compounds,  aViquid, 
^idvis,  &c.,  for  the  most  part  have  either  no  substantive  expressed,  or  govern  one 
in  the  genitive.     For  this  reason,  they  are  by  some  reckoned  substantives. 

Obs.  5.  Ahquis  and  Quidam  may  be  thus  distinguished ;  the  former  denotes  a 
person  or  thing  indeierminaiely ;  the  latter,  delerminalely. 

Obs.  6.  Uter  refers  to  two,  and  is  therefore  joined  to  comparatives. 

Obs.  7.  Quis  may  refer  to  many,  and  is  therefore  joined  to  superlatives. 

Obs.  8.  Hie  and  Ille  are  often  found  to  refer  to  two  words  going  before  them. 
Hie  usually  to  the  latter;  Hie  to  the  former. 

Obs.  9.  As  demonstratives.  Hie  refers  to  the  person  nearest  to  me ;  Iste  to  the 
person  nearest  to  you ;  lUe  to  any  intermediate  person. 

Obs.  10.  Ille  denotes  honour :  Isle,  contempt :  as,  ille  vir ;  isle  homo. 

Obs  11.  Tuus  is  used  when  we  speak  to  one;  as,  Sumne,  Coriolane,  in  tuis  eas- 
tris  capflva  an  maler  ?  Vester,  when  we  speak  to  more  than  one  ;  as,  Gives,  mise- 
rernini  cceli  vesiri. 

Obs.  12.  Aller  is  in  general  applied  to  one  of  two ;  Alius  to  one  of  many. 

Obs.  13.  Quivis, '  any  whom  you  please ;'  Quisquam,  *  any  one ;'  and  Ullns,  •  any,' 
are  thus  used:  Quivis  affirms;  as,  Quidvis  miJii  sat  est,  'anv  thing  pleases  me.' 
Ullus  never  affirms,  but  asks  or  denies,  as  also  Quisqvam.  Thus,  Nee  idla  res  ex 
omnibus  me  angit,  '  nor  does  any  of  all  these  things  distress  me ;'  Nee  quisquam 
eorum  te  novit,  *  nor  does  any  one  of  them  know  you.'  In  an  interrogative  sen- 
tence, as.  An  quisquam  dubitdvit  ?  *  will  any  one  doubt  V  Ullus  is  used  in  the  same 
way. 

Obs.  14.  Mei,  tui,  sui,  nostri,  vesfri,  the  genitives  of  the  primitives,  are  generally 
used  when  passion  or  the  being  acted  upon,  is  denoted  :  thus,  amor  mei,  means  *  tlie 
love  wherewith  I  am  loved.' 

Obs.  15.  Meus,  tmis,  suns,  voster,  vester,  the  possessives,  denote  action  or  the  pos- 
session of  a  thing ;  as,  amor  meus,  is  '  the  love  which  I  possess  and  exert  towards 
somebody  else.' 

RECIPROCALS. 

Obs.  16.  Sui  and  suus  are  called  Reciprocals,  because  they  always  refer  to  some 
preceding  person  or  thing,  generally  the  principal  noun  in  the  sentence;  thus, 
CcBf'ar  Arioviato  dixit,  non  stse  (Cacsarem)  Gallis,  sed  Gallis  sihi  (Caesari)  bcllum 
intulisse,  '  Caesar  told  Ariovistus  that  he  had  not  made  war  upon  the  Gauls,  but  the 
Gauls  upon  him;'  in  which  se  and  sibi  refer  to  Caesar,  the  principal  noun. 


VERBS.  85 

Obs.  17.  The  Reciprocals  niay  likewise  be  applied  to  the  word  which  follows  the 
verb,  provided  that  it  is  capable  of  being  turned  into  the  nominative  without  alter- 
ing the  sense ;  thus,  Trahit  sua  quemque  volitptas,  (Virg.)  '  his  own  pleasure  allures 
each ;'  in  which  sua  refers  to  quemque,  the  object  of  the  verb,  because  it  may  be- 
come the  subject,  as  in  the  equivalent  expression,  Quisque  trahitur  a  voluptate  sua, 

*  each  one  is  allured  by  his  own  pleasures.' 

Obs.  18.  Suus  is  sometimes  used  in  the  sense  of  unicuiqve  proprius,  'peculiar;* 
as,  Saba;i  sjia  thura  mittunt,  'the  country  of  the  Sabaei  produces  frankincense  pecu- 
liar to  itself  It  sometimes  indicates  '  fitness,'  or  '  congruity  ;'  as.  Sunt  el  sua  dona 
parenli,  (Virg.)  '  there  are  likewise  for  my  father  fit,  appropriate,  or  suitable  pre- 
sents.' 

Obs.  19.  Suus  is  often  used  without  the  substantive  being  mentioned ;  as,  suum 
cuique  trihuilo,  'give  every  man  his  own ;' (weo-o^iwm,  'thing,'  being  understood.) 
Sui  responderunt,  '  his  soldiers,'  or  '  countrymen  answered  ;'  {cives  or  milites  being 
understood.) 

Obs.  20.  The  reciprocals  alone  are  used  with  quisque,  and  thev  are  generally 
placed  before  it;  as.  Pro  se  quisque  acriler  infendat  animum,  Liv.  ' let  each  one  for 
himself  give  his  most  critical  attention ;'  Sua  cujusque  animanlis  nalura  esl,  Cic. 

*  every  animal  has  its  own  peculiar  nature.' 

Obs.  21.  Sihi,  and  sometimes  tibi,  mihi,  &c.,  are  used  for  the  sake  of  elegance, 
when  not  indispensably  necessary ;  as,  Expedi  mihi  hoc  negoLium,  Ter.  *  despatch 
this  business  for  me.' 

VERB* 

§  109o  A  verb  is  a  word  which  expresses  what 
is  affirmed  of  things  ;  as,  The  boy  reads.  The  sun 
shines.     The  man  loves. 

Or,  A  verb  is  that  part  of  speech  which  signifies  to 
be^  to  do^  or  to  suffer. 

Verbs,  with  respect  to  their  signification,  are 
divided  into  three  different  classes,  Active^  Passive^ 
and  Neuter  ;  because  we  consider  things  either  as 
acting,  or  being  acted  upon ;  or  as  neither  acting, 
nor  being  acted  upon  ;  but  simply  existing,  or  exist- 

*  It  is  called  a  Verb  or  Word  by  way  of  eminence,  because  it  is  the  most  essen- 
tial word  in  a  sentence,  without  which  the  other  parts  of  speech  can  form  no  com- 
plete sense.  Thus,  ihe  diligent  boy  reads  his  lesson  with  rare,  is  a  perfect  sentence  ; 
but  if  we  take  away  the  affirmation,  or  the  word  reads,  it  is  rendered  imperfect,  or 
rather  becomes  no  sentence  at  all;  thus,  the  diligent  boy  his  hsson  with  care. 

A  verb  therefore  may  be  thus  distinguished  from  any  other  part  of  speech  : 
Whatever  word  expresses  an  affirmation,  or  assertion,  is  a  verb  ;  or  thus.  Whatever 
word,  with  a  substantive  noun  or  pronoun  before  or  after  it,  makes  full  sense,  is  a 
verb ;  as,  stones  fall,  I  walk,  walk  thou.  Here  fall  and  walk  are  verbs,  because 
they  contain  an  affirmation ;  but  when  we  say,  a  long  walk,  a  dangerous  fall,  there 
is  no  affirmation  expressed  ;  and  the  same  words  walk  and  fall  become  substantives 
or  nouns.  We  often  find  likewise  in  Latin  the  same  word  used  as  a  verb,  and  also 
as  some  other  part  of  speech ;  thus,  amor,  -oris,  love,  a  substantive ;  and  amor,  I 
am  loved,  a  verb. 

8 


86  VERBS. 

ing  in  a  certain  state  or  condition,  as  in  a  state  of 
motion  or  rest ;  &c. 

§  110«  1.  An  Active  verb  expresses  an  action, 
and  necessarily  supposes  an  agent,  and  an  object 
acted  upon;  as,  amdre,  to  love;  amo  te,  I  love 
thee. 

2.  A  verb  Passive  expresses  a  passion  or  suffer- 
ing, or  the  receiving  of  an  action ;  and  necessarily 
implies  an  object  acted  upon,  and  an  agent  by 
which  it  is  acted  upon ;  as,  amdri^  to  be  loved  ;  tu 
amdris  a  me,  thou  art  loved  by  me. 

3.  A  Neuter  verb  properly  expresses  neither  ac- 
tion nor  passion,  but  simply  the  being,  state,  or  con- 
dition of  things ;  as,  dormio,  I  sleep ;  sedeo,  I  sit. 

§  m#  The  verb  is  also  called  Transitive  when  the  action  passes 
over  to  the  object,  or  has  an  effect  on  some  other  thing-;  as,  scribo  lite- 
ras,  I  write  letters:  but  when  the  action  is  confined  within  the  agent, 
and  passes  not  over  to  any  object,  it  is  called  Intransitive ;  as,  ambido, 
I  walk;  curro,  I  run;  which  are  likewise  called  Neuter  verbs.  Many 
verbs  in  Latin  and  English  are  used  both  in  a  transitive  and  in  an  in- 
transitive or  neuter  sense;  as,  sistere,  to  stop;  incipere^  to  begin  ;  du- 
rare,  to  endure,  or  to  harden,  &c. 

Verbs  which  simply  signify  being  are  likewise  called  Substantive 
verbs ;  as,  esse  or  existere,  to  be,  or  to  exist.  The  notion  of  existence 
is  implied  in  the  signification  of  every  verb;  thus,  J  love,  may  be 
resolved  into  /  am  loving. 

When  the  meaning  of  a  verb  is  expressed  without  any  affirmation, 
or  in  such  a  form  as  to  be  joined  to  a  substantive  noun,  partaking  there- 
by of  the  nature  of  an  adjective,  it  is  called  a  Participle  ;  as,  afnaiis, 
loving ;  amdtus,  loved.  But  when  it  has  the  form  of  a  substantive,  it 
is  called  a  Gerund,  or  a  Supine ;  as,  amandum,  loving ;  amdtum,  to 
love  ;  amdtu,  to  love,  or  to  be  loved. 

A  verb  is  varied  or  declined  by  Voices^  Modes ^ 
Tenses^  Numbers^  and  Persons. 

There  are  two  voices  ;  the  Active  and  Passive. 
The  modes  are  four ;  Indicative^  Subjunctive^  Im- 
perative^  and  Infinitive, 


VEKBS.  87 

The  tenses  are  five ;  the  Present^  the  Preter-im- 
perfect^  the  Preter-perfed^  the  Preter-pkiperfect^  and 
the  Future. 

The  numbers  are  two ;  Singular  and  Plural. 
The  persons  are  three  ;  Firsts  Second^  and  Third. 


§  112«  Voice  expresses  the  different  circumstances  in  which  we 
consider  an  object,  whether  as  acting  or  being  acted  upon.  When  the 
action  is  confined  to  the  agent  or  nominative,  as,  cado^  '  I  fall ;'  or  when 
it  is  exerted  by  the  nominative  upon  an  external  object,  as,  amo  virurrij 
'  I  love  the  man,'  the  Active  voice  is  used ;  but  when  the  action  is 
exerted  by  an  external  object  upon  the  nominative,  the  Passive  voice  is 
employed,  as,  vir  amatur,  '  the  man  is  loved.' 

As  an  Active  verb  denotes  that  the  nominative  to  it  is  doing  some- 
thing, and  a  Passive  verb,  that  something  is  done  to  it,  or  in  the  lan- 
guage of  grammarians,  that  it  is  suffering;  hence,  to  distinguish  whe- 
ther an  English  verb  is  to  be  rendered  in  Latin  by  the  Active  or  Passive 
voice,  nothing  more  is  necessary  than  to  consider  whether  the  nomina- 
tive be  doing  or  suffering ;  as,  '  John  is  building,'  Joannes  cedificat  : 
*  The  wall  is  building,'  murus  cedificatur.  The  English  is  the  same 
in  both  examnles ;  but  in  one,  John  is  active,  in  the  other  the  wall  is 
passive. 


§  1 1 3«  Modes  or  moods  are  the  various  manners  of  expressing 
the  signification  of  the  verb : 

The  Indicative  declares  or  affirms  positively ;  as,  amo^  I  love ;  amabo, 
I  shall  or  will  love ;  or  asks  a  question ;  as,  an  tu  amas  ?  dost  thou 
love? 

The  Subjunctive  is  usually  joined  to  some  other  verb,  and  cannot 
make  a  full  meaning  by  itself;  as,  si  me  obsecret,  redibo,  if  he  entreat 
me,  I  will  return.      Ter. 

The  Imperative  commands,  exhorts,  or  entreats  ;  as,  ama^  love  thou. 

The  Infinitive  simply  expresses  the  signification  of  the  verb,  with- 
out limiting  it  to  any  person  or  number ;  as  amdre,  to  love. 

TENSES. 

§  114o  Tenses,  or  Times,  express  the  time  when  any  thing  is 
supposed  to  be,  to  act,  or  to  suffer. 

The  general  divisions  of  time  are  into  present,  past,  and  future  ;  but 
grammarians  make  five  tenses,  namely :  the  Present,  the  Preter-imper- 
fect,  the  Preter-perfect,  the  Preter-pluperfect,  and  the  Future. 


88  VERBS. 


1.  The  Present  tense  denotes  that  an  action  is  going"  on ;  as,  cedificat, 
*  he  builds.'  Historians  and  poets  sometimes  describe  past  actions  in 
this  tense,  in  order  to  give  animation  to  their  discourse,  by  bringing 
them,  as  it  were,  under  immediate  observation.  Thus,  Livy,  Ad  equi- 
tes  dictator  advolat  ohtestans  ut  ex  equis  descendant,  '  the  dictator 
flies  forward  to  the  cavalry,  beseeching  them  to  dismount  from  their 
horses.' 

2.  Any  general  custom,  if  still  existing,  may  be  expressed  in  this 
tense ;  thus,  Apud  Parthos  signum  datur  tympano,  et  non  tubd^  Jus- 
tin. '  Among  the  Parthians  the  signal  is  given  by  the  drum,  and  not 
by  the  trumpet.' 

3.  In  Latin,  as  in  English,  this  tense  may  express  futurity  ;  as,  qudm 
mox  navtgo  Ephesum^  Plaut.  '  as  soon  as  I  sail,'  or  '  shall  sail  to  Ephe- 
sus.' 

PRiETER-IMPERFECT. 

1.  The  Prffiter-im  perfect  expresses  an  action  as  passing  sometime 
ago,  but  not  yet  finished ;  as,  cedificdbat,  '  he  was  building.' 

2.  It  likewise  denotes  what  is  usual  or  customary ;  as,  aiebat,  *  he 
was  wont  to  say.' 

PRATER-PERFECT. 

1.  When  we  mean  to  say  that  an  action  has  taken  place,  without 
particular  reference  to  the  present,  or  has  taken  place  wnthin  some  pe- 
riod of  time  not  yet  fully  past,  we  use  the  Praeter-perfect  tense,  as, 
amavif  *  I  loved,'  or  *  have  loved.' 

2.  It  is  sometimes  used  instead  of  the  Pluperfect  indicative ;  Qucb 
postquam  evolvit,  ceBcoque  exemit  acervo,  Ovid,  *  which  after  he  sorted 
(had  sorted)  and  took  (had  taken)  from  the  confused  mass.' 

3.  It  is  poetically  used  instead  of  the  imperfect  or  pluperfect  sub- 
junctive; as,  nee  veni  nisi  fata,  Virg.  *  neither  would  I  have  come  un- 
less the  fates,'  &c.,  for  venissem.    . 


PRETER-PLUPERFECT, 

When  we  mean  to  say  that  an  action  was  completed  before  some 
other  past  action  took  place,  we  use  the  Preter-pluperfect  tense,  as 
hostes  superaverat,  *  he  had  conquered  the  enemy'  before  the  succours 
arrived. 


Future  time  is  expressed  two  different  ways.  When  we  mean  to  ex- 
press that  an  action  will  be  going  on,  some  time  hence,  but  not  finished, 
we  use  the  Future  indicative ;  as,  Ccendbo  *  I  shall  sup ;'  but  when  we 


CONJUNCTION    OP   VERBS.  89 

mean  to  say  that  an  action  will  be  finished  before  another  action,  also 
future,  takes  place,  we  use  the  Future  subjunctive ;  as.  Cum  ccenavero, 
profiscaVi  *  when  I  have  supped,'  or  *  shall  have  supped,  I  will  go.' 

NUMBER   AND    PERSON. 

§  115«  1.  Number  marks  how  many  we  suppose  to  be,  to  act,  or 
to  suifer.  As  one  or  more  persons  may  speak,  be  spoken  to,  or  spoken 
of,  there  are  two  numbers ;  the  Singular,  which  speaks  of  one,  and  the 
Plural,  which  speaks  of  more  than  one. 

2.  Person  shows  to  what  the  meaning  of  the  verb  is  applied,  whether 
to  the  person  speaking",  the  person  spoken  to,  or  to  some  other  person 
or  thing.  There  are  three  persons  in  each  number :  in  the  Singular, 
Ego,  'I,'  is  of  the  first ;  Tu,  ' thou,'  is  of  the  second ;  and  Ille,  ' he,' 
or  Ilia,  '  she,'  is  of  the  third  person :  in  the  Plural,  Nos,  *  we,'  is  of  the 
first;  Vos,  'ye,'  or  *you,'  is  of  the  second ;  Illi,  (masc.)  *they,'  or  Elce, 
(fem.)  '  they,'  is  of  the  third  person ;  and  to  each  of  these  the  verb  has 
appropriate  variations  in  its  terminations. 

Qui  takes  the  person  of  the  antecedent. 

Ipse  may  be  joined  to  any  person,  according  to  the  sense. 

THE  DIFFERENT  CONJUGATIONS. 

§  1].6«  A  verb  is  properly  said  to  be  conjugated,  when  all  its 
parts  are  properly  classed,  or,  as  it  were,  yoked  together,  according  to 
Voice,  Mode,  Tense,  Number,  and  Person. 

The  conjugation  of  a  verb  is  the  regular  formation  and  arrangement 
of  its  several  parts,  &c.,  according  to  the  different  voices,  modes,  tenses, 
numbers  and  persons. 

There  are  four  conjugations  which  are  distin- 
guished by  the  vowel  preceding  re  of  the  infinitive 
active. 

In  the  first  conjugation  it  is  a  long;  as,  Amdre. 
-  In   the   second   conjugation   it   is   e   long ;    as, 
Docere. 

In  the  third   conjugation  it  is  e  short ;  as,  Le- 
\  gere. 

In  the  fourth  conjugation  it  is  I  long;  as,  Au- 
dire. 

Except  dare,  to  give,  which  has  a  short,  and  also  its  compounds ;  thus,  Circum- 
dare,  to  surround  ;  circumdamus,  -datis,  -daham,  -dabo,  &c. 

The  different  conjugations  are  likewise  distinguished  from  one  an- 
other by  the  different  terminations  of  the  following  tenses : 

8* 


90 


CONJUNCTION    OF    VERBS. 


ACTIVE   VOICE. 


Indicative  Mode. 


c'-B 


1.  -o, 

2.  -eo, 

3.  -o, 

4.  -io, 


^iitg^hir.".  ^* 
Persons. 

2.       a 

-as,  .^t;    i' 

-es,  -et;     ^ 

-is,  -it; 

-is,  -it ; 


Present  Tense. 


1.  -abam,  -abas,  -abat; 

2.  -ebam,  -ebas,  -ebat; 

3.  -ebam,  -ebas,  -ebat; 

4.  -iebam,  -iebas,  -iebat; 


1.  -abo, 

2.  -ebo, 

3.  -am, 

4.  -iam, 


-abis, 
-ebis, 


-abit ; 
-ebit ; 
-et; 
-iet ; 


Plural. 

Persons. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

-amus, 

-atis. 

-ant. 

-emus, 

-etis, 

-ent 

-imus, 

-itis. 

-unt. 

-Imus, 

-Ills, 

-iunl. 

Imperfect. 

-abamus, 

-abatis, 

-abant 

-ebam  us, 

-ebatis. 

-ebant. 

-ebamus, 

-ebatis, 

-ebant. 

-iebamus. 

-iebatis, 

-iebant 

Future. 

-abYmus, 

-abitis, 

-abunt. 

-ebimus, 

-ebitis. 

-ebunt. 

-emus, 

-etis. 

-ent. 

-iemus, 

-ietis, 

-ient. 

iSubju7ictive  Mode. 
Present  Tense. 


1. 

-em. 

es, 

-et; 

-emus. 

-etis. 

-ent. 

2. 

-earn 

1, 

-eas, 

-eat; 

-eamus. 

-eatis. 

-eant 

3. 

-am, 

-as. 

-at 

i 

-amus. 

-atis. 

-ant 

4. 

-iam 

-ias, 

-iat 

'» 

-iamus 
Imperfect. 

-iatis, 

-iant. 

1. 

-arem. 

ares. 

aret; 

-aremus, 

-are  lis. 

-arent. 

2. 

-erem, 

-eres, 

-eret; 

-eremus. 

-eretis. 

-erent. 

3. 

-erem, 

-eres, 

-eret; 

-eremus, 

-eretis, 

-erent. 

4. 

-irem. 

-Ires, 

-iret ; 

-Iremus, 

-Iretis, 

-irent. 

Imperative  Mode. 

2. 

3. 

2. 

3. 

1. 

-a  or  -ato. 

-ato; 

-ate  or  atote, 

-anto. 

2. 

-e  or  -eto 

-eto; 

-ete  or  etote, 

-ento. 

3. 

-e  or  -ito, 

-Ito; 

-ite  or  itote, 

-unto. 

4. 

-i  or  -Ito, 

-Ito; 

-Ite  or  itOte, 

PASSIVE  VOICE. 

Indicative  Mode. 
Present  Tense. 

-iunto. 

1. 

-or, 

-aris  or  -are, 

atur; 

;               -araur, 

-amini. 

-antur. 

2. 

-eor, 

-eris  or  -ere, 

-etur ; 

;               -emur, 

-emini. 

-entur. 

3. 

-or, 

-eris  or  -ere. 

-itur ; 

-miur. 

-imini, 

-untur. 

4. 

-ior, 

-iris  or  -ire, 

-itur ; 

1              -Imur, 

-Imini, 

-iuntur. 

1.  -abar, 

2.  ^bar, 

3.  -ebar, 


CONJUGATIONS    OF   VERBS. 


-abaris  or  -abare, 
-ebaris  or  -ebare, 
-ebaris  or  -ebare, 


Imperfect, 
-abatur ;        -abamur, 


-ebatur ; 
-ebatur : 


-ebamur, 
-ebamiir, 


4.  -iebar,    -iebaris  or  -iebare,    -iebatur ;        -iebaraur 


-abamini, 
-ebamini, 
-ebamini, 
-iebajnini, 


91 


-abantur. 
-ebantur. 
-ebantur. 
-iebantur. 


1.  -abor,  -aberis  or  -abere, 

2.  -ebor,  -eberis  or  -ebere. 

3.  -ar,  -eris      or  ^ere, 

4.  -iar,  -ieris      or  -iere, 


Future. 


-abitur  ; 

-abirimr. 

-abimmi, 

rabuntur. 

-ebitur  J 

-ebimur, 

-ebimini, 

-ebuntur. 

-etur ; 

-emur, 

-emini, 

►entur. 

-ietur ; 

-ieraur, 

-iemmi, 

-ientur. 

Subjunctive  Mode,  v  t  ,  • 


Present  Tense. 

1. 

-er, 

-eris 

or 

-ere. 

-etur  ; 

-emur, 

2 

-ear, 

-eari 

or 

-eare, 

-eatur  ; 

-eamur, 

3! 

-ar, 

-aris 

or 

-are, 

-atur; 

-amur, 

4. 

-iar 

-iaris 

or 

-iare. 

-iatur ; 

-iamur, 

-emmi, 
-eamini, 
-ammi, 
-iamini, 


-entur. 
-eanlur. 
-antur. 
-iantur. 


1.  -arer,  -areris  or  -arere, 

2.  -erer,  -ereris  or  -erere, 

3.  -erer,  -ereris  or  -erere, 

4.  -irer,  -ireris  or  -Irere. 


Imperfect. 

-aretur ;  -aremur, 

-eretur ;  -eremur, 

-eretur ;  -eremur, 

-iretur;  -Iremur, 


-aremmi, 
-eremini, 
-eremini, 
-Irerami, 


-arentur. 
-erentur. 
-erentur. 
-irentur. 


2. 

1.  -are  or  -Mot, 

2.  .-ere  or  -etor, 

3.  -ere  or  -itor, 

4.  -ire  or  -Itor. 


Imperative  Mode. 
3. 

ator ; 
-etor ; 
-Itor: 
-Itor: 


2. 

•amini, 
-emini, 
-imini, 
-immi, 


-antor. 
-entor. 
-untor. 
-iuntor. 


Observe.  Verbs  in  to  of  the  third  conjugation  have  iunt  in  the  third  person  plur. 
of  the  present  indie,  active,  and  iuntiir  in  the  passive;  and  so  in  the  imperative, 
iunto  and  iuntor.  In  the  imperfect  and  future  of  the  indicative  they  have  always 
the  terminations  of  the  fourth  conjugation,  iebam  and  iam;  iebar  and  iar,  &c. 

The  terminations  of  the  other  tenses  are  the  same  through  all  the  conjugations 
Thus, 


ACTIVE  VOICE. 

♦ 

Indicative  Mode. 

Singular. 

- 

Plural. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

Per/. 
Phi 

-i, 
-eram, 

-isti 
-eras. 

-it; 
-erat; 

tmus, 
-eramus, 

Subjunctive  Mode. 

-istis, 
-eratis. 

-erunt  or  ere. 
-erant. 

Perf. 
Plu. 
Fat. 

-erim, 
-issem, 
-ero, 

eris, 
-isses, 
-eris, 

-erit ; 
-isset 
-crit ; 

-erYmus, 

;                -issemus, 

rcrimus. 

-eritis, 
-issetis, 
-eritis, 

-erint. 
-issent. 
-erint 

92 


CONJUGATIONS   OP    VERRS. 


These  Tenses,  in  the  Passive  Voice,  are  formed  by  the  Participle  Perfect,  and 
the  auxihary  verb  sum,  which  is  also  used  to  express  the  Future  of  the  Infinitive 
Active. 

V  X 1  i*   SUM  is  an  irregular  verb,  and  is  thus  coryugated : 
Fres.  Indie.    Pres.  Lifin.    Per/.  Indie. 
Sum,  esse,  fui.     To  be. 


INDICATIVE  MODE. 

PRESENT  TENSE,      am. 


Singular. 


cl.  Sum,  lam. 
e  2.  Es,      Thou  art,  or  you  are. 
^  3.  Est,    He  is. 


Plural. 
Siimus,  We  are. 
Estis,      Ye  or  you  are. 
Sunt,      They  are. 


IMPERFECT,    ivas. 


1.  Eram,  Itoas. 

2.  Eras,     Thou  vxisty  or  you  were, 

3.  Erat,     He  was. 


Eramus,  We  were. 
Eratis,     Ye  or  you  were. 
Erant,     They  were. 


PERFECT,    have  been  or  was. 


1.  Fui,      I  have  been. 

2.  Fuisti,  Thou  hast  been. 

3.  Fuil,    He  has  beeiu 


Fuimus,  We  have  been. 

Fuistis,  Ye  have  been. 

Fuerunt,  or  -ere.  They  have  been. 


PLUPERFECT,    had  been. 


1.  Fuerara,  I  had  been. 

2.  Fueras,    Thou  hadst  been^ 

3.  Fuerat,    He  had  been. 


1.  Ero,  I  shall  be. 

2.  Eris,  Tftou  wilt  be. 

3.  Erit,  He  will  be. 


Fueramus,  T^^e  had  been. 
Fueratis,  Ye  had  been. 
Fuerant,      They  had  been. 


shall  or  will* 

Erimus,  We  shall  be. 
Eritis,      Ye  will  be. 
Erunt,     They  will  be. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 


PRESENT  TENSE,    may  or  can. 


1.  Sim,  I  may  be. 

2.  Sis,    Thou  mayest  be. 

3.  Sit,    He  may  be. 


STmus,  We  may  be. 
STtis,  Ye  may  be. 
Sint,      They  may  be. 


.    IMPERFECT,    might,  could,  would,  or  should. 

1.  Essem,  I  might  be. 

2.  Esses,     Thou  mightest  be. 

3.  Esset,     He  might  be. 


Essemus,  We  might  be. 
Essetis,  Ye  might  be. 
Essent,      They  might  be. 


*  Shall  and  will  are  always  employed  to  express  future  time. 

Will,  in  the  first  person  singular  and  plural,  promises  or  threatens ;  in  the  second 
and  third  persons,  only  foretells :  shall,  on  the  contrary,  in  the  first  person,  simply 
foretells ;  in  the  second  and  third  persons,  promises,  commands,  or  threatens.  But 
the  contrary  of  this  holds,  when  we  ask  a  question ;  thus,  " I  shall  go,"  "you  will 
go,"  express  event  only;  but  "will  you  go?"  imports  intention;  and  "sJuul  I  go?" 
refers  to  the  will  of  another. 


CONJUGATIONS    OP    VERBS.  93 


PERFECT,    may  have. 


1.  Fuerim,  I  may  have  been. 

2.  Fueris,     Thou  mayest  have  been. 

3.  Fuerit     He  may  have  been. 


Fuenmus,  We  may  have  been, 
Fueritis,  Ye  may  have  been. 
Fuerint,      They  may  have  been. 


PLUPERFECT,     might,  coiild,  would,  or  should  have ;  or  had. 

1.  Fuissera,  I  might  have  been. 

2.  Fuisses,    Thou  mightest  have  been. 

3.  Fuisset,    He  might  have  been. 


Fuisseraus,  We  might  have  been. 
Fuissetis,  Ye  might  have  been. 
Fuissent,      They  might  have  been* 


FUTURE,    shall  have. 


1.  Fuero,  I  shall  have  been. 

2.  Fueris,  Thou  wilt  have  been. 

3.  Fuerit,  He  will  have  been. 


Fuerimus,  We  shall  have  been. 
Fueritis,     Ye  will  have  been. 
Fuerint,      They  will  have  been. 


IMPERATIVE  MODE. 

2.  Es  or  esto.  Be  thou.  I  Este  or  Estote,  Be  ye,  or  be  you. 

3.  Esto,  Let  him  be.  \  Sunto,  Let  them  be. 

INFINITIVE  MODE. 

PRES.  Esse,  To  be. 

PERF.  Fuisse,  To  have  been. 

FUT.     Esse  futiirus,  -a,  -um,  To  be  about  to  be. 

Fuisse  futiirus,  -a,-um,  To  have  been  about  to  be. 

PARTICIPLE. 

FUTURE.    Futiirus,  -a,  -um.    About  to  be. 

Obs.  1.  The  personal  pronouns,  which  in  English  are,  for  the  most  part,  added  to 
the  verb,  in  Latin  are  commonly  understood  ;  because  the  several  persons  are  dis- 
tinguished from  one  another  by  the  different  terminations  of  the  verb,  though  the 
persons  themselves  be  not  expressed.  The  learner,  however,  at  first  may  be  accus- 
tomed to  join  them  with  the  verb ;  thus,  ego  sum,  I  am ;  tu  es,  thou  art,  or  you  are  ; 
ille  est,  he  is ;  jios  sumus,  we  are ;  &c.  So  ego  amo,  I  love ;  tu  amas,  thou  lovest,  or 
you  love ;  ille  amat,  he  loveth  or  loves ;  nos  amamus,  we  love,  &c. 

Obs.  2.  In  the  second  person  singular  in  English,  we  commonly  use  the  plural 
form,  except  in  solemn  discourse ;  as,  tu  es,  thou  art,  or  much  oftener,  you  are;  tu 
eras,  thou  wast,  or  you  w^ere  ;  tu  sis,  thou  mayest  be,  or  you  may  be ;  &c.  So,  tu 
amas,  thou  lovest,  or  yOu  love  ;  tu  amdbas,  thou  lovedst,  or  you  loved ;  &c. 

FIRST  CONJUGATION. 

ACTIVE  VOICE. 

Pres.  Ind.  Pres.  Inf.  Perf.  Ind.  Supine. 

V  Ho»  Amo,  amare,  amavi,  amatura,  To  love. 

INDICATIVE  MODE.  f 

PRESENT  TENSE,    love,  do  love,  OT  am  loving. 

S.  Am-o,    /  love.  P.  Am-amus,  We  love. 

Am-as,  Thou  lovest.  Am-atis,     Ye  or  you  love. 

Ara-at,  He  loves.  Am-ant,     They  love 


94  FIRST    CONJUGATION    OF    VERBS. 

IMPERFECT,      was. 

S.  Am-abam,  I  uxis  lovins;.  P.  Am-abamns,  We  ivere  loving. 

Am-abas,    Thou  wast  loving.  Am-abatis,     Ye  or  you  tvere  loving. 

Am-abat,   He  was  loving.  Am-abant,     They  were  loving. 

PERFECT,     have. 

S.  Am-avi,       I  have  loved,  P.  Am-avimus,  T^e  have  loved. 

Am-avisti,   Thou  hast  loved.  Am-avistis,     Ye  or  you  have  loved. 

A.^=,.:*        o.  j.„- 7„„„j  *Ti-averu]  ' 

-avere, 


Ara-avit,      He  has  loved.  Am-averunt,  or  }  n^,      ,        , 

'       >  They  have  loved. 


PLUPERFECT,    had. 

S.  Am-averam,  I  had  loved.  P.  Am-averamus,  We  had  loved. 

Am-averas,    Thou  hadst  loved.  Am-averatis,      Ye  or  you  had  loved, 

Am-averat,    He  had  loved.  Am-averant,      They  had  loved. 

FUTURE,    shall  or  will. 

S.  Am-abo,    I  shall  lm)e.  P.  Am-abimus,  We  shall  love. 

Am-abis,  Thou  wilt  love.  Am-abitis,      Ye  or  you  will  love. 

Am-abit,  He  will  love.  Am-abunt,     They  will  love. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 

PRESENT  TENSE,    may  or  can. 

S.  Am-em,  I  may  love.  P.  Am-emus,  Vik  may  lave. 

Am-es,    Thou  mayest  love.  Am-etis,      Ye  or  you  may  love. 

Am-et,   He  may  love.  Am-ent,      They  may  love. 

IMPERFECT,    might,  could^  would,  or  should. 

S.  Am-arem,  I  might  love.  P.  Am-arcrr.us,  We  might  love. 

Am-ares,    Thou  mighiest  love.  Am-arelis,      Ye  or  you  might  love. 

Am-aret    He  might  love.  Am-arenl,      They  might  love. 

PERFECT,    may  have. 

S.  Am-averim,  I  may  have  loved.  P.  Am-averimiis,  We  may  have  laved. 

Am-averis,    Thou  mayest  have  loved.  *  ...     ^  Ye  or  you  may  have 

Am-averit,  He  may  fiave  laved.  Ara-averuis,  ^  ^^^;^^ 

Am-averint,       They  may  have  loved. 

PLUPERFECT,    might  have. 

S.  Am-avissem,      I  might  have  laved.        P.  Am-avisserans,  We  might  have  loved. 
Am-avisses,    |  Thou  nnghtest  have  Am-avissetis,  ^  ^^  ^J^;^  ^^^^«  '^«^« 

Ara-avisset,      He  might  have  loved.  Am-avissent,     They  might  have  laved. 

*  The  second  person  of  the  present  subjunctive,  and  the  second  person  of  the 
perfect,  are  used  for  the  imperative;  as,  ne  me  attingas,  ' do  not  touch  me' ;  nee 
illos  juvERis, '  nor  assist  them.' 

The  first  person  plural  of  the  present  subjunctive  is  used  only  in  encouraging  or 
resolving ;  as,  juoriamur,  •  let  us  die ;'  i?i,  arma  ruamus,  •  let  us  rush  to  arras.' 


FIRST    CONJUGATION    OF    VERBS. 


95 


S.  Ara-avero,  I  shall  have  loved. 
Am-averis,  Thou  wilt  have  loved. 
Am-averit,  He  will  have  loved. 


shall  have, 

p.  Am-averi'mus,  We  shall  have  loved. 
Am-aventis,  |  ^«  ""{J^^^  ^'^^  ^"^^ 
Am-averint,      They  will  have  loved. 


IMPERATIVE  MODE. 


Sing.  %  Am-a  or  am-ato, 

3.  Am-ato, 
Plur.  2.  Am-ale,  or  ara-atote, 

3.  Am-anto, 


Lave  thou,  or  do  thou  love. 
Let  him  love. 
Love  ye,  or  do  ye  love. 
Lei  them  love. 


INFINITIVE  MODE. 


PRES.   Am-are, 
PERF.  Am-avisse, 
FUT.    Esse  araaturus,  -a,  -uin, 
uisse  amaturus,  -a,  -urn, 


To  lave. 

To  have  laved. 

To  be  about  to  love. 

To  have  been  about  to  lave. 


PRES.   Am-ans, 

FUT.    Am-aturus,  -a,  -um, 


PARTICIPLES. 

Laving. 
About  to  love* 


Nam.  Am-andum, 
Gen.  Am-andi, 
Dat.  Am-ando, 
Ace.  Ara-andum, 
Abl.   Am-ando, 


GERUNDS. 


Laving. 
Of  loving. 
1  o  loving. 
Laving. 
With  loving. 


Former.  Am-atura, 
Latter.    Am-atu, 


SUPINES. 


To  love. 

To  lave,  or  to  he  loved. 


Prcs.  Indie. 
§  119«   Amor, 


PASSIVE  VOICE. 

Pres.  hifin. 
amari, 


Perf.  Pari. 
amatus,  To  be  loved. 


INDICATIVE  MODE. 

PRESENT   TENSE,      am. 


S.  Am-or,  lam  loved. 

Am-aris  or  -are,  Thou  art  loved. 
Am-atur,  He  is  loved. 


P.  Am-amur,      We  are  loved. 

Am-amini,      Ye  or  you  are  loved. 
Ara-antur,      They  are  loved. 


S.  Am-abar, 
,  .    Am-abaris,  or 
y.  -abare, 

Ara-abatur, 


IMPERFECT,      was. 


I  was  loved. 
>    Thou  wast  loved. 
He  uxLS  loved. 


P.  Ara-abamur,   We  were  loved. 

Am-abamini,  Ye  or  you  were  loved. 
Am-abantur,  They  were  loved. 


96  FIRST   CONJUGATION    OF   VERBS. 

PERFECT,  have  been,  vms,  or  am. 

Sing.  Amatus  sum  or  fui,  I  have  been  loved. 

Amatus  es  or  fuisti,  Thou  hast  been  laved, 

Amatus  est  or  fuit,  He  has  been  loved. 

Plur.  Amati  sumus  or  fuTmus,  We  have  been  loved. 

Amati,  estia  or  fuistis.  Ye  or  you  have  been  loved^ 

Amati  aunt  or  fuerunt  or  fuere.        They  have  been  loved. 

PLUPERFECT,    had  been. 

Sing.  Amatus  eram  or  fueram.  I  had  been  loved. 

Amatus  eras  or  fueras,  Thou  hadst  been  loved, 

Amatus  erat  or  fuerat,  He  had  been  levied. 

Plur.  Amati  eramus  or  fueraraus,  We  had  been  loved. 

Amati  eratis  or  fueratis,  Ye  or  you  had  been  loved, 

Amati  erant  or  fuerant,  7' hey  had  been  loved. 

FUTURE,  shall  or  will  be. 

S.  Am-abor,           I  shall  be  loved.  P.  Am-abimur,   We  shall  be  loved. 

Am-aberis  or  )  ^,^         .^  ^   ^      ^  Am-abimini,   Ye  or  you  will  beloved. 

-abere,        J                         "  Am-abuntur,  They  will  be  loved. 
Am-abitur,       He  will  be  loved. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 
PRESENT  TENSE,    may,  or  can  be. 
S.  Am-er,  I  may  be  loved.  P.  Am-emur,    We  may  be  loved. 

Am-eris  or  ere,  Thou  mayest  be  loved.       Am-cmmi,  Ye  or  you  may  be  loved. 
Am-etur,  He  may  be  loved.  Am-entur,    T?iey  may  be  Laved. 

IMPERFECT,     might,  could,  would,  or  should  he. 
S.  Am-arer,  /  might  be  laved.  P.  Am-aremur,      We  might  be  laved. 

Am-areris  or  \  Thou  mightest  be  »  ^  „ ^-    (  Ye  or  you  misht  be 

t  7^  J  Am-aremmi,  <  i  ^  j       ° 

-arere,         y  laved.  '  (  loved. 

Am-aretur,        He  might  be  loved.  Am-arentur,       They  might  be  loved. 

PERFECT,    may  have  been. 

Sing.  Amatus  sim  or  fuerim.,  I  may  have  been  loved. 

Amatus  sis  or  fueris.  Thou  mayest  have  been  loved. 

Amatus  sit  or  fuerit,  He  may  have  been  laved. 

Plur.  Amati  simus  or  fuerimus,  We  may  have  been  laved. 

Amati  sitis  or  fueritis,  Ye  or  you  may  have  been  laved. 

Amati  sint  or  fuerint.  They  may  have  been  laved. 

PLUPERFECT,    might,  could,  would,  or  should  have  been. 

Sing.  Amatus  essem  or  fuissem,  I  might  have  been  laved. 

Amatus  esses  or  fuisses,  Thau  mightest  have  been  loved, 

Amatus  esset  or  fuisset,  He  might  have  been  loved. 

Plur.  Amati  essemus  or  fuissemus,  We  might  have  been  loved. 

Amati  essetis  or  fuissetis,  Ye  or  you  might  have  been  loved. 

Amati  essent  or  fuissent,  They  might  have  been  loved. 

FUTURE,     shall  have  been. 

Sing.  Amatus  fuero,  /  shall  have  been  laved. 

Amatus  fueris.  Thou  wilt  have  been  loved. 

Amatus  fuerit,  He  will  have  been  laved. 

Plur.  Amati  fuerimus,  We  shall  have  been  loved. 

Amati  fueritis,  Ye  or  you  will  have  been  loved. 

Amali  fuerint,  They  will  have  been  loved. 


SECOND    CONJUGATION    OF    VERBS. 


97 


Sing.  2.  Am-are,  or  am-ator, 

3.  Am-ator, 
Plur.  2.  Ara-amini, 

3.  Am-antor, 


IMPERATIVE  MODE. 

Be  thou  loved. 
Let  him  be  loved. 
Be  ye  loved. 
Let  them  be  loved. 


INFINITIVE  MODE. 


PRES.  Am-ari, 

PERF.  Esse  or  fuisse  amatus,  -a,  -um, 

FUT.    Amatum  iri, 


To  be  loved. 

To  have  been  loved. 

To  be  about  to  be  loved. 


PERF.  Am-atus,     -a,  -um, 
FUT.    Am-andus,  -a,  -um. 


PARTICIPLES. 


Loved. 

To  be  loved. 


SECOND  CONJUGATION. 
ACTIVE  VOICE. 


Pres.  Ind. 
Doceo, 

Pres.  Inf. 
docere. 

Perf.  Ind.        Supine. 
docui,           doctum,  To  teach. 

INDICATIVE  MODE. 

PRESENT. 

IMPERFECT. 

PERFECT. 

PLUPERFECT. 

FUTURE. 

ttack^  or  am  teaching. 

S.  Doc-eo, 
Doc-es, 
Doc-et, 

was. 

S.  Doc-ebam, 
Doc-ebas, 
Doc-ebat, 

have. 

5.Doc-ui, 
Doc-uisti, 
Doc-uit, 

had. 

S.  Doc-ueram, 
Doc-ueras, 
Doc-uerat, 

shall  or  urill. 

S.  Doc-ebo, 
Doc-ebis, 
Doc-ebit, 

P.  Doc-emus, 
Doc-etis, 
Doc-ent. 

P.  Doc-ebamus, 
Doc-ebatis, 
Doc-ebant 

P.  Doc-uimus, 
Doc-uistis, 
Doc-uerunt, 
or  -uere. 

P.  Doc-ueramus, 
Doc-ueratis, 
Doc-uerant. 

P.  Doc-ebimus, 
Doc-ebitis, 
Doc-ebunt 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 


PRESENT. 
may  or  can. 

S.  Doc-eam, 
Doc-eas, 
Doc-eat, 

P.  Doc-eamus, 
Doc-eatis, 
Doc-eant. 


IMPERFECT. 

might,  could,  vootUd, 
or  should. 

S.  Doc-erem, 
Doc-eres, 
Doc-eret, 

P.  Doc-eremus, 
Doc-eretis, 
Doc-erent. 


PERFECT. 

may  have. 

S.  Doc-uerim, 
Doc-ueris, 
Doc-uerit, 

P.  Doc-uerimus, 
Doc-ueritis, 
Doc-uerint. 


PLUPERFECT. 

might,  could,  would, 
or  should  have. 

S.  Doc-uissem, 
Doc-uisses, 
Doc-uisset, 

P.  Doc-uissemus 
Doc-uissetis, 
Doc-uissent. 


FUTURE. 
shall  have. 

S.  Doc-uero, 
Doc-ueris, 
Doc-uerit, 

P.  Doc-uerimus, 
Doc-ueritis, 
Doc-uerint. 


IMPERATIVE  MODE. 

fil.  2.  Doc-e  or  doc-eto,         Teach  thou. 

3.  Doc-eto,  Let  him  teach. 

P.  2.  Doc-ete  or  doc-etOte,  Teach  ye  or 
you. 

3.  poc-ento,  Let  them  teach. 


INFINITIVE  MODE. 


9 


PRES.  Doc-ere, 

PERF.  Doc-uisse,  _ 

FUT.    Esse  doc-tdrus,  -a, 

-um, 
Fuisse  doc-turus, 

-a,  -um. 


To  teach. 

To  have  taught. 

To  be  about  to 

teach. 
To  have    been 

about  to  teach. 


98 


SECOND   CONJUGATION   OP   VERBS. 


PARTICIPLES. 
PRES.  Doc-ens,  Teaching. 

FUT.    Doc-turus,  -a,  -um,    About  to  teach. 

SUPINES. 
Former.  Doc-tum,  To  teach. 
Latter.    Doc-tu,      To  teach  or  to  be  taught. 


GERUNDS. 


Norn.  Doc-endum, 
Gen.  Doc-endi, 
Dat.  Doc-endo, 
Ace.  Doc-endum, 
AU.   Doc-endo, 


Teaching. 
Of  teaching. 
To  teaching. 
Teaching. 
With  teaching. 


Pres.  Indie. 
§  121«  Doceor, 


PRESENT. 
am. 

S.  Doc-eor, 

Doc-eris  or  do-cere, 

Doc-ctur, 
P.  Doc-emur, 

Doc-emini, 

Doc-entur. 


PASSIVE  VOICE. 

Pres.  Infin. 
doceri, 

INDICATIVE  MODE. 

IMPERFECT, 
toot. 

S.  Doc-ebar, 

Doc-ebaris,  or  doc-ebare, 

Doc-ebatur, 
P.  Doc-ebamur, 

Doc-ebaraini, 

Doc-ebantur. 


Per/.  Part. 
doctus.     To  be  taught. 


PERFECT. 
have  been,  t»a»,  or  am. 

S.  Doctus  sum  or  fui, 
Doctus  es  or  fuisti, 
Doctus  est  or  fuit, 

P.  Docti  suraus  or  fuimu^ 
Docti  estis  or  fuistis, 
Docti  sunt  or  fuerunt  o* 
fuere. 


PLUPERFECT. 

had  been. 

S.  Doctus  eram  or  fueram, 
Doctus  eras  or  fueras, 
Doctus  erat  or  fuerat, 

P.  Docti  eramus  or  fuemmus, 
Docti  eratis  or  fueratis, 
Docti  erant  or  fuerant. 


FUTURE. 
shall  or  toill  be. 

.  Doc-ebor, 

Doc-eberis  or  -ebere, 

Doc-ebitur, 
'.  Doc-ebimur, 

Doc-ebimini, 

Doc-ebuiitur. 


PRESENT  TENSE. 
may,  or  can  bt. 

S.  Doc-ear, 

Doc-earis  or  -eare, 

Doc-eatur, 
p.  Doc-^mur, 

Doc-eamini, 

Doc-eantur. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 

IMPERFECT. 

might,  could,  would,  or  should  be. 

S.  Doc-erer, 

Doc-ereris  or  -erere, 

Doc-eretur, 
P.  Doc-eremur, 

Doc-eremmi, 

Doc-erentur. 


PERFECT. 
may  haxx  been. 

S.  Doctus  sim  or  fuerira, 
Doctus  sis  or  fueris, 
Doctus  sit  or  fuerit, 

P.  Docti  simus  or  fuerimus, 
Docti  sitis  or  fueritis, 
Docti  sint  or  fuerint. 


PLUPERFECT. 

might,  could,  would,  or  should  have  been. 

S.  Doctus  essem  or  fuiasem, 

Doctus  esses  or  fuisses, 

Doctus  esset  or  fuii^et, 
p.  Docti  essemus  or  fuissemus, 

Docti  essetis  or  fuissetis, 

Docti  essent  or  fuissent. 


FUTURE. 
shall  have  been. 

S.  Doctus  fuero, 

Doctus  fueris, 

Doctus  fuerit, 
P.  Docti  fueriinus. 

Docti  fueritis, 

Docti  fuerint. 


Sing.  2.  Doc-ere  or  doc-etor, 

3.  Doc-etor, 
Plur.  2.  Doc-emini, 

3.  Doc-entor. 


IMPERATIVE  MODE. 

Be  thou  taught. 
Let  him  be  taught. 
Be  ye  taught. 
Let  them  be  taught 


THIRD  CONJUGATION  OP  VERBS. 


09 


INFINITIVE  MODE. 


PRES.  Doc-eri, 

PERF.  Esse  or  fuisse  doctus,  -a,  -um, 

FUT.    Doctmn  iri, 


To  be  tavghU 

To  have  been  taught. 

To  be  about  to  he  taught 


PERF.  Doc-tus,  -a,  -urn, 
FUT.   Doc-endus,  -a,  -um, 


PARTICIPLES. 

Taught 
To  be 


THIRD  CONJUGATION, 

ACTIVE  VOICE, 
Pre$.  tnd.  Pres.  Inf,  Per/.  Ind. 


h  122.  L^o, 


legere. 


legi. 


Supitre, 

lectum,   To  read* 


INDICATIVE  MODE. 


PRESENT. 
r«od,  or  «m  readins- 

S.  Leg-o, 

Leg-is, 

Leg-it, 
p.  Leg-imus, 

Leg-itis, 

Leg-unt 


IMPERFECT. 
vocu. 

S.  Leg-ebam, 
Leg-ebas, 
Leg-ebat, 

p.  Leg-ebamus, 
Leg-ebalis, 
Leg-ebant. 


PERFECT. 
have. 

S.  Leg-i, 
Leg-isti, 

Leg-it, 
P.  Leg-imus, 
Leg-istis, 
Leg-erunt  or 


PLUPERFECT. 

had. 

S.  Leg-eram, 
Leg-eras, 
Leg-erat, 

P.  Leg-eram  uts, 
Leg-eratis, 
Leg-erant 


FUTURE. 
shall,  or  totS. 

S.  Leg-am, 
Leg-es, 
Leg-et, 

P.  Leg-emuss, 
Leg-etis, 
Leg-ent 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 


PRESENT. 

IMPERFECT. 

PERFECT. 

PLUPERFECT. 

itJTURE, 

may,  or  can. 

might,  andd,  umtld, 
or  shoiUd. 

may  have. 

might,  could,  would. 
or  should  have. 

thaU  haw. 

S,  Leg-am, 

S.  Leg-erera, 

S,  Leg-erim, 

S,  Legnissem, 

S.  Leg-ero, 

Leg-as, 

Leg-eres, 

Leg-eris, 

Leg-isses, 

Leg-eris, 

Leg-at, 

Leg-eret, 

Leg-erit, 

Leg-isse  t. 

Leg-erit, 

P.  Leg-amus, 

P.  Leg-eremus, 

P,  Leg-erimus, 

P.  Leg-issemus, 

P.  Leg-erimus, 

Leg-atis, 

Leg-e  re  lis, 

Leg-eritis, 

Leg-isse  tis, 

Leg-eritid» 

Leg-ant 

Leg-erent. 

Leg-erint- 

Leg-issent. 

Leg-erint 

IMPERATIVE  MODE, 

S.  2.  Leg-e  or  leg-ito.                                Read  thou. 

a  Leg-ito,                                               Let  him  read. 

P.  2.  lieg-ite  or  leg-itote.                           Read  ye  or  yotu 

a  Leg-mito,                                           Let  them  read. 

INFINITIVE  MODE. 

PRES.  Leg-ere,                                            To  read. 

PERF.  Leg-isse,                                             To  have  read. 

FUT.    Esse  lecturus,  -a,  -um,                      To  he  about  to  read. 

Fuisse  lee 

turus,  -a,  -uni, 

To  have 

been  about  to  read 

100 


THIRD   CONJUGATION    OF   VERBS. 


PARTICIPLES. 
PRES.  Leg-ens,  Reading. 

FUT.    Lecturus,  -a,  -ura,  About  to  read. 

SUPINES. 
Former.  Lec-tum,     To  read. 
Latter.    Lectu,        To  read  or  to  be  read. 


GERUNDS. 


Nom.  Leg-endum, 
Gen.  Leg-endi, 
Dat.   Leg-endo, 
Ace.   Leg-endum 
Abl    Leg-endo, 


Reading. 
Of  reading. 
To  reading. 
Reading. 
With  reading. 


Pres.  Indie. 
§  133«   Legor, 


PRESENT. 

am. 

S.  Leg-or, 

Leg-eris  or  -ere, 

Leg-itur, 
P.  Leg-imur, 

Leg-imini, 

Leg-untur. 


PASSIVE  VOICE. 

Pres.  Injin. 
legi, 

INDICATIVE  MODE. 

IMPERFECT. 
xoas, 

S,  Leg-ebar, 

Leg-ebaris  or  rebare, 

Leg-ebatur, 
P.  Leg-ebamur, 

Leg-ebamini, 

Leg-ebantur. 


Perf.  Part. 
lectus,     To  be  read. 


PERFECT. 

fiave  been,  was  or  am. 

S.  Lectus  sum  or  fui, 
Lectus  es  or  fuisli, 
Lectus  est  or  fuit, 

P.  Lecti  sumus  or  fuimus, 
Lecti  estis  or  fuistis, 
Lecti  sunt  or  fuerunt  or 
fuere. 


PLUPERFECT. 
had  been. 

S.  Lectus  eram  or  fueram, 
Lectus  eras  or  fueras, 
Lectus  erat  or  fuerat, 

P.  Lecti  eramus  or  fueramus, 
Lecti  eratis  or  fueratis, 
Leoti  erant  or  fuerant. 


FUTURE. 
$hall,  or  wiU'be. 

S.  Leg-ar, 

Leg-eris  or  -ere, 

Leg-etur, 
P.  Leg-emur, 

Leg-emini, 

Leg-entur. 


PRESENT. 

may  or  can  be. 

S.  Leg-ar, 

Leg-aris,  or  -are, 

Leg-atur, 
P.  Leg-amur, 

Leg-amini, 

Leg-antur. 

PLUPERFECT. 
might,  could,  would,  or  should  have  been. 

S.  Lectus  essem  or  fuissem, 

Lectus  esses  or  fuisses, 

Lectus  esset  or  fuisset, 
p.  Lecti  essem  us  or  fuissemus, 

Lecti  essetis  or  fuissetis, 

Lecti  essent  or  fuissent 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 

IMPERFECT. 

might,  could,  would,  or  should  be. 

S.  Leg-erer, 

•     Leg-ereris  or  -erere, 

Leg-eretur, 
P.  Leg-eremur, 

Leg-eremini, 

Leg-erentur. 


PERFECT. 

may  have  been. 

S.  Lectus  sim  or  fuerim, 
Lectus  sis  or  fueris, 
Lectus  sit  or  fuerit, 

P.  Lecti  simus  or  fuerimus, 
Lecti  sitis  or  fueritis, 
Lecti  sint  or  fuerint. 


FUTURE. 
shall  have  been. 

S.  Lectus  fuero, 

Lectus  fueris, 

Lectus  luerit, 
P.  Lecti  fuerimus, 

Lecti  fueritis, 

Lecti  fuerint. 


S.  2.  Leg-ere  or  -itor, 

3.  Leg-itor, 
p.  2.  Leg-imini, 

3.  Leg-untor, 


IMPERATIVE  MODE. 

Be  thou  read. 
Let  him  be  read. 
Be  ye  read. 
Let  them  be  read. 


THIRD  CONJUGATION  OF  VERBS. 


101 


INFINITIVE  MODE. 


PRES.  Leg-i, 

tERF.  Esse  or  fuisse  lectij^  -a,  -um, 

FUT.    Lectum  iri, 


To  be  read. 

To  have  been  read. 

To  be  about  to  be  read. 


PERF.  Lec-tus,  -a,  -um, 
FUT.    Leg-endus,  -a,  -um. 


PARTICIPLES. 

Read. 

To  be  read. 


§  124«  Example  of  a  verb  of  the  third  conjuga- 
tion ending  in  io. 


ACTIVE  VOICE, 

Pres.  Ind. 

Pres.  Inf.                   Perf.  Ind. 

Supine. 

Capio. 

Capere, 

Cepi,               Captum,  to  take. 

INDICATIVE  MODE, 

PRESENT. 

IMPERFECT, 

PERFECT. 

PLUPERFECT. 

FUTURE. 

S.  Capio, 

5!.  Capiebam, 

-S.  Cepi, 

S.  Ceperam, 

/S.  Capiam, 

Capis, 

Capiebas, 

Cepisti, 

Ceperas, 

Capies, 

Capit, 

Capiebat, 

Cepit, 

Ceperat, 

Capiet, 

P.  Capimus, 

P.  Capiebamus, 

P.  Cepimus, 

P.  Ceperamus, 

P.  Capiemus, 

Capitis, 

Capiebatis, 

Cepistis, 

Ceperatis, 

Capietis, 

Capiunt, 

Capiebant 

Ccperunt,  or 
cepere. 

Ceperant. 

Capient 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 


PRESENT. 

IMPERFECT. 

PERFECT. 

PLUPERFECT, 

FUTURE. 

S.  Capiam, 

<S.  Caperem, 

(S.  Ceperim, 

S.  Cepissem, 

S.  Cepero, 

Capias, 

Caperes, 

Ceperis, 

Cepisses, 

Ceperis, 

Capiat, 

Caperet, 

Ceperit, 

Cepisset, 

Ceperit, 

P.  Capiamus, 

P.  Caperemus, 

P.  Ceperimus, 

P.  Cepissemus, 

P.  Ceperimus, 

Capiatis, 

Caperetis, 

Ceperitis, 

Cepissetis, 

Ceperitis, 

Capiant 

Caperent. 

Ceperint 

Cepissent. 

Ceperint. 

IMPERATIVE  MODE, 

1 

INFINITIVE 

MODE. 

2.  Cape  or  Capito, 

PRES.    ( 

I!apere, 

3.  Capito. 

PERF.  ( 

>pisse. 

2.  Capite  or  Capitote^ 

FUT.     ] 

"sse  capturus,  -a, 

um. 

3.  Capiunto. 

I 

Suisse  captiirns,  - 

a,  um. 

PARTICIPLES. 

GERUNl 

D& 

PRESENT.  Capiens. 

FUTURE.  Caplurus. 

Nom.C 

'apiendum. 

SUPINES. 

Gen.   C 
Dat.    C 

'apiendi, 
apiendo, 

Former.  Captum. 

Ace.   C 

apiendum, 

Latter.    Captu. 

Abl.    C 

apiendo. 

■^ 


102 


FOURTH  CONJUGATION  OF  VERBS. 


PASSIVE  VOICE. 

Fres.  Indie. 
§  125*       Capior, 

Pres.  Inj 
Capi, 

Perf.  Part.  ^ 
Captus,     To  he  made. 

INDICATIVE  MODE. 

PRESENT. 

S.  Capior, 

Caperis  or  Capere, 
Capitur, 

P.  Capimur, 
Capimmi, 
Capiuntur. 

IMPERFECT. 

S.  Capiebar, 

Capiebaris,  or  -bare, 

Capiebatur, 
P.  Capiebamur, 

Capiebammi, 

Capiebantur. 

PERFECT. 

S.  Captus  sum  or  fui, 
Captus  es  or  fuisti, 
Captus  es  or  fuit, 

P.  Capti  sumus  or  fuimus, 
Capti  estis  or  fuistis, 
Capti  sunt  or  fuerunt  or 
fuere. 

PLUPERFECT. 

FUTURE. 

S.  Captus  eram  or  fueram, 
Captus  eras  or  fueras, 
Captus  erat  or  fuerat, 

P.  Capti  eramus  or  fuerami 
Capti  eratis  or  fueratis, 
Capti  erant  or  fuerant. 

IS, 

S.  Capiar, 

Capieris  or  capiere, 

Capietur, 
P.  Capiemur, 

Capiamini, 

Capiantur. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 

PRESENT. 

iS.  Capiar, 

Capiaris  or  capiare, 

Capiatur, 
P.  Capiamur, 

CapiamVni, 

Capiantur. 

IMPERFECT. 

iS.  Caperer, 

Capereris  or  -erere, 

Caperetur, 
P.  Caperemur, 

Caperemini, 

Caperentur. 

PERFECT. 

S.  Captus  sim  or  fuerira, 
Captus  sis  or  fueris, 
Captus  sit  or  fuerit, 

P.  Capti  simus  or  fuerimus, 
Capti  sitis  or  fueritis, 
Capti  sint  or  fuerint 

PLUPERFECT. 

FUTURE. 

S.  Captus  essem  or  fuissem, 
Captus  esses  or  fuisses, 
Captus  esset  or  fuisset, 

p.  Capti  essemus  or  fuissem 
Capti  essetis  or  fuissetis, 
Capti  essent  or  f  iiissent. 

us. 

S.  Captus  fuero, 
Captus  fueris, 
Captus  fuerit, 

P.  Capti  fuerimus, 
Capti  fueritis, 
Capti  fuerint. 

IMPERATIVE  M( 

3DE. 

INFINITIVE  MODE. 

2.  Capere  or  capitor, 

3.  Capitor. 

2.  Capimmi, 

3.  Capiuntor. 

PRES,  Capi. 

PERF.  Esse  or  fuisse  captus,  -a,  -um. 

FUT.    Captum  in. 

PERF.  Captus,  -a,  -um. 

1 

FUT.  Capiendus,  -a,  -um. 

FO 

URTH  CONJUGATION. 

ACTIVE  VOICE. 

Pres.  Indie. 

^  126.    Audfo, 

Pres.  InJ 
audire, 

Perf.  Im 
audivi 

iic.         Supine. 

,           audltum,     To  hear. 

FOURTH  CONJUGATION  OF  VERBS. 


103 


INDICATIVE  MODE. 


PRESENT. 
Hear,  or  am  hearing. 

IS.  Aud-io, 

Aud-is, 

Aud-it, 
P.  Aud-Tmus, 

Aud-Ttis, 

Aud-iunt. 


IMPERFECT. 

S.  Aud-iebam, 
Aud-iebas, 
Aud-iebat, 

P.  Aud-iebamus, 
Aud-iebatis, 
Aud-iebant. 


PERFECT. 
have. 

S.  Aud-ivi, 
Aud-Tvisti, 
Aud-ivit, 

P.  Aud-ivimus, 
Aud-ivistis, 
Aud-iverunt, 
or  -ivere. 


PLUPERFECT. 
had. 

S.  Aud-iveram, 
Aud-iveras, 
Aud-iverat, 

P.  Aud-ivera- 
mus, 
Aud-iveratis, 
Aud-iverant. 


FUTURE. 
shall  or  wilL 

S.  Aud-iam, 
Aud-ies, 
Aud-iet, 

P.  Aud-iemus, 
Aud-ietis, 
Aud-ient. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 


PRESENT. 
may  or  can, 

S.  Aud-iam, 
Aud-ias, 
A  ud-iat, 

P.  Aud-iamus, 
Aud-iatis, 
Aud-iant 


IMPERFECT. 

might,  caidd,  would, 
or  thnuld. 

S.  Aud-Trem, 

Aud-ires, 

Aud-Tret, 
P.  Aud-iremus, 

Aud-iretis, 

Aud-irent. 


PERFECT. 

may  have. 

S.  Aud-iverira, 
Aud-iveris, 
Aud-iverit, 

P.Aud-iveri- 
mus, 
Aud-iveritis, 
Aud-iverint. 


PLUPERFECT. 

might,  could,  would, 
or  should  have. 

S.  Aud-ivissem, 
Aud-ivisses, 
Aud-ivisset, 

P.  Aud-ivisse- 
mus, 
Aud-ivissetis, 
Aud-ivissent. 


FUTURE. 

shall  have. 

S.  Aud-ivero, 
Aud-iveris, 
Aud-iverit, 

P.  Aud-iverTmust 
Aud-iveritis, 
Aud-iverint. 


Sing.  2.  Aud-i  or  -Ito, 

3.  Aud-ito, 
Plur.  2.  Aud-ite  or  -itote, 

3.  Aud-i  unto, 


PRES.  Aud-ire, 
PERF.  Aud-ivisse, 
FUT.    Esse  aud-itiirus,     -a, 
Fuisse  aud-itiirus,  -a, 

PARTICIPLES. 
PRES.  Aud-iens,  Hearing. 

FUT.    Aiid-itiirus,  -a,  -um,  About  to  hear. 

SUPINES. 
Former.  Aud-itum,  To  hear. 
Latter.   Aud-itu,     To  hear,  or  to  be  heard. 


IMPERATIVE  MODE. 
Hear  thou. 
Let  him  hear. 
Hear  ye  or  you. 
Let  them  hear. 

INFINITIVE  MODE. 

To  hear. 

To  have  heard. 
-um.  To  be  about  to  hear. 

-um.  To  have  been  about  to  hear. 


GERUNDS. 

Nom.  Aud-iendum,  Hearing. 

Gen.   Aud-i  end  i,  Of  hearing. 
Dat.   Aud-iendo,  To  hearing. 

Ace.   Aud-iendum,  Hearing. 
Abl.   Aud-iendo,  With  hearing. 


Pres.  Indie. 
§  127.      Audior, 


PRESENT. 
am. 

S.  Aud-ior, 

Aud-Tris,  or  -Ire, 
Aud-Ttur, 

P.  Aud-Tmur, 
Aud-imini, 
Aud-iuntur. 


PASSIVE  VOICE. 

Pres.  Infin. 
audiri, 

INDICATIVE  MODE. 

IMPERFECT. 
was. 

S.  Aud-iebar, 

Aud-iebaris  or  ) 
-iebare,         ) 

Aud-i  ebatur, 
P.  Aud-iebamur, 

Aud-iebamtni, 

Audiebantur. 


Per/.  Part. 
audltus,     To  be  heard. 


PERFECT. 
have  been. 

S.  Audltus  sum  or  fui, 
Audltus  es  or  fuisti, 
Audltus  est  or  fuit, 

P.  Auditi  sumus  or  fui/nus, 
Auditi  estis  or  fuistis, 
Auditi  sunt  or  fuerunt 
or  fuere. 


104 


DEPONENT  AND  COMMON  VERBS. 


PLUPERFECT. 

FUTURE. 

had  been. 

shall  OTUoiU  be. 

S.  Auditus  eram  or  fiieram, 

S.  Aud-iar, 

Auditus  eras  or  fueras, 

Aud-ieris  or  -iere, 

Auditus  erat  or  fuerat, 

Aud-ietur, 

P.  AudTti  eramus  or  fueramus, 

P.  Aud-iemur, 

Auditi  eratis  or  fueratis, 

Aud-iemini, 

Auditi  erant  or  fuerant. 

Aud-ientur. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 

PRESENT.                                          IMPERFECT. 

PERFECT. 

may  or  can  U. 

might,  could,  would,  or  should  be. 

T/iay  have  been. 

S.  Aud-iar 

S.  Aud-irer, 

S.  Auditus  sim  or  fuerim, 

Aud-iaris,  or  ) 
-iare,        j 

Aud-ireris  or  i 
-rere,        S 

Auditus  sis  or  fueris, 

Auditus  sit  or  fuerit. 

Aud-iatur, 

Aud-iretur, 

P.  Auditi  simus  or  fueri- 

P. Aud-iamur, 

P.  Aud-iremur, 

mus. 

Aud-iamini, 

Aud-ireraini, 

Auditi  sitis  or  fueritis, 

Aud-iantur. 

Aud-irentur. 

Auditi  sint  or  fuerint. 

PLUPERFECT. 

FUTURE. 

might,  could,  wculd,  or  should  have  been. 

shall  have  been. 

S.  Auditus  essem  or  fuissem, 

S.  Auditus  fiiero, 

Auditus  esses  or  fuisses. 

Auditus  fueris, 

Auditus  esset  or  fuisset, 

Auditus  fuerit,. 

p.  Auditi  essemus  or  fuisseraus, 

P.  Auditi  fuerimus, 

Auditi  essetis  or  fuissetis, 

Auditi  fueritis, 

Auditi  essent  or  luissent, 

Auditi  fuerint, 

IMPERATIVE  MODE. 

S.  2.  Aud-Tre  or  -itor,                                   Be  thou  heard. 

3.  Aud-itor,                                               Let  him  be  heard. 

P.  2.  Aud-imini,                                           £e  ye  heard. 

3.  Aud-iuntor,                                         Let  them  be  heard. 

INFINITIVE  MODE. 

PRES.  Aud-iri,                                                7'o  be  heard. 

PERF.  Esse  or  fuisse  auditus,  -a,  -um,         To  have  been  heard. 

ruT.    Auditumiri,                                      To  be  about  to  be  heard. 

PARTICIPLES. 

PERF.  Aud-Ttus,                                             Heard. 

FUT.    Aud-iendus, 

To  be  heard. 

DEPONENT  AND  COMMON  VERBS. 

§  128.  A  deponent  verb  is  that  v^hich,  under  a 
passive  form,  has  an  active  or  neuter  signification ; 
as,  Loquor^  I  speak ;  morior^  I  die. 

A  common  verb,  under  a  passive  form,  has  either 
an  active  or  passive  signification ;  as,  crlmmor^  I 
accuse,  or  I  am  accused. 


DEPONENT   AND    COMMON    VERBS.  105 

Most  deponent  verbs  of  old  were  the  same  with 
common  verbs.  They  are  called  Deponent^  because 
they  have  laid  aside  the  passive  sense. 

Deponent  and  common  verbs  form  the  participle 
perfect  in  the  same  manner  as  if  they  had  the  ac- 
tive voice ;  thus,  Lcetor^  Icetdri^  Icetdtus^  to  rejoice ; 
vereor^  vereri,  verttusj  to  fear ;  fungor,  fungi,  functus^ 
to  discharge  an  office ;  potior,  potlri,  potltus,  to 
enjoy,  to  be  master  of. 

Conjugation  of  the  deponent  verb  Miror,  *  I  admire.'     Miror^  mi- 
rdris  or  -drCj  mirdri,  mirdius. 

INDICATIVE  MODE. 

PRES.  Miror,  I  admire  ;  miraris  or  -are,  thou  admiresty  <^c. 

IMP.     Mirabar,  -abaris  or  -abare,  &c.,  /  admired,  ^c. 

PERF.  Miratus  sum,  or  fui ;  miratus  es  or  fuisti,  &«.,  /  have,  ^c. 

PLUP.  Miratus  eram,  or  fueram,  &c.,  /  had  admired,  <^c. 

FUT.    Mirabor ;  miraberis,  or  mirabere,  &c.,  I  shall  admire,  ^c. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE. 

PRES.  Mirer ;  mireris  or  -ere,  &c.,  I  may  admire,  ^c. 
IMP.    Mirarer ;  areris  or  -arere,  &c.,  I  might  admire,  ^c. 
PERF.  Miratus  sim,  or  fuerim,  &c.,  I  may  have  admired,  ^c. 
PLUP.  Miratus  essera,  or  fuissem,  &c.,  I  might  have  admired,  ^c. 
FUT.    Miratus  ero,  or  fuero,  &c.,  I  shall  have  admired,  ^c. 

IMPERATIVE  MODE. 
PRES.  Mirare  or  mirator,  &c.,  admire  thou,  or  do  thou  admire,  ^c 

INFINrnVE  MODE. 

PRES.  Mirari,  to  admire. 

PERF.  Miratus  esse  or  fuisse,  to  have  admired. 

FUT.    Miraturus  esse,  to  he  about  to  admire. 

Miratum  iri,  to  be  about  to  he  admired. 

Miratiirus  fuisse,  to  have  been  about  to  admire. 

Mirandus  fuisse,  to  have  been  about  to  be  admired. 

PARTICIPLES. 

PRES.  Mirans,  admiring. 

PERF.  Miratus,  having  admired. 

FUT.    in  Rus.  Miratiirus,  about  to  admire. 
Dus.  Mirandus,  to  be  admired. 

GERUNDS. 
Mirandum,  -di,  -do,  and  -dum. 

SUPINES. 
Miratum,  miratu. 


106  FORMATION    OP   VERBS. 

FORMATION  OF  VERBS. 

§  139«  There  are  four  principal  parts  of  a  verb,  from  which  all 
the  rest  are  formed ;  namely,  O  of  the  present,  /  of  the  perfect  indica- 
tive, RE  of  the  infinitive,  and  UM  of  the  supine.*  A  verb  is  com- 
monly said  to  be  conjugated  when  only  these  parts  are  mentioned,  be- 
cause from  them  all  the  rest  are  derived. 

The  first  person  of  the  Present  indicative  is  called  the  Theme,  or 
the  Root  of  the  verb ;  because  from  it  the  other  three  principal  parts 
are  formed. 

All  the  letters  which  come  before  -are,  -ere,  -ere,  or  -Ire,  of  the  in- 
finitive, are  called  radical  letters,  because  they  always  remain  the 
same.  By  putting  these  before  the  terminations,  all  the  parts  of  any 
regular  verb  may  be  readily  formed,  except  the  compound  tenses. 


FORMATION   OF   THE   TENSES   IN   THE   ACTIVE   VOICE. 

Indicative  Mode, 

V  1 30  The  Imperfect  indicative  is  formed  from  the  present,  by 
changing  o,  in  the  first  conjugation,  into  dbam ;  as,  am-o,  am-dbam : — 
in  the  second  conjugation,  by  changing  o  into  barn ;  as,  doce-o,  doce- 
bam : — in  the  third  and  fourth  conjugations,  by  changing  o  into  ebam  ; 
as,  leg-o,  leg-ebam  ;  audi-o,  audi-ebam. 

The  Pluperfect  indicative  is  formed  from  the  perfect  in  all  the 
conjugations  by  changing  i  into  eram ;  as,  amdv-i,  amav-eram ;  docu-i, 
docu-eram;  leg-i,  leg-eram;  audiv-i,  audiv-eram. 

The  Future  indicative  is  formed  from  the  present,  by  changing  o, 
in  the  first  conjugation,  into  dbo;  as,  am-o,  am-dbo ;  in  the  second 
conjugation  by  changing  o  into  bo ;  as,  doce-o,  doce-bo ;  in  the  third 
and  fourth  conjugations,  by  changing  o  into  am ;  as,  leg-o,  leg-am ; 
audi-o,  audi-am, 

Subjunctive  Mode, 

§  X3X«  The  Present  subjunctive  is  formed  from  the  present 
indicative  by  changing  o,  in  the  first  conjugation,  into  em ;  as,  am-o, 
am-em ;  in  the  second,  third,  and  fourth  conjugations,  by  changing  o 
into  am ;  as,  doce-o,  doce-am ;  leg-o,  leg-am ;  audi-o,  audi-am. 

The  Imperfect  subjunctive  is  formed,  in  all  the  conjugations,  from 
the  present  infinitive,  by  adding  m ;  as,  amdre,  amdrem ;  docere,  do- 
cerem ;  legere,  legerem ;  audire,  audlrem. 


1.  From  o  are  formed  am  and  em. 

2.  From  i ;  ram,  rim,  ro,  sse,  and  ssem. 

3.  U,  us,  and  rus,  are  formed  from  um. 

4.  All  other  parts  from  re  do  come. 


FORMATION    OF   TENSES.  107 

The  Perfect  subjunctive  is  formed  from  the  perfect  indicative,  by- 
changing  i  into  erim ;  as,  amd-vi,  amav-erim ;  docu-i,  docu-erim ;  leg-iy 
leg-erim;  audiv-i,  audiv-erim. 

The  Pluperfect  subjunctive  is  formed  from  the  perfect  indicative, 
by  changing  I  into  issem;  as,  amdv-i,  amav-issem;  docu-i,  docu- 
issem;  leg-i,  leg-issem;  audiv-i,  audiv-issem. 

The  Future  subjunctive  is  formed  from  the  perfect  indicative,  by 
changing  i  into  ero ;  as,  amdv-i,  amav-ero ;  docu-i,  docu-ero ;  leg-i, 
leg-ero  ;  audlv-i,  audiv-ero. 

Imperative  Mode. 

§  133*  The  Present  imperative  is  formed  from  the  present  in- 
finitive, by  taking  away  re;  as,  amdre,  ama;  docere,  doce ;  legere, 
lege;  audire,  audi. 

Infinitive  Mode, 

§  133*  The  Present  infinitive  is  formed  from  the  present  indi- 
cative, by  changing  o,  in  the  first  conjugation,  into  are;  as,  am-o, 
am-dre;  in  the  second  and  fourth  conjugations,  by  changing  o  into  re  ; 
as,  doce-o,  doce-re ;  audi-o,  audl-re ;  in  the  third  conjugation,  by 
changing  o  or  io  into  ere ;  as,  leg-o,  leg-ere ;  cap-io,  cap-ere. 

The  Perfect  infinitive  is  formed  from  the  perfect  indicative,  by 
changing  i  into  isse ;  as,  amdv-i,  amav-isse ;  docu-i,  docu-isse  ;  leg-i, 
leg-isse ;  audiv-i,  audiv-isse. 

The  Future  infinitive  is  formed  from  the  supine,  by  changing  m 
into  rus,  and  adding  esse,  or  fuisse ;  as,  amdtu-m,  amatu-rus,  esse  or 
fuisse ;  doctu-m,  doctu-rus,  esse  or  fuisse ;  lectu-m,  lectu-rus,  esse  or 
fuisse ;  auditu-m,  auditu~rus,  esse  or  fuisse. 

Participles. 

V  134»  The  Present  Participle  is  formed  from  the  present  in- 
dicative, by  changing  o,  in  the  first  conjugation,  into  ans ;  as,  am-o, 
am-ans ;  in  the  second  conjugation,  by  changing  o  into  ns ;  as,  doce-Oy 
doce-ns ;  in  the  third  and  fourth  conjugations,  by  changing  o  into  ens; 
as,  leg-o,  leg-ens  ;  audi-o,  audi-ens. 

The  Future  Participle  is  formed  from  the  supine,  by  changing  m 
into  rus;  as,  amdtu-m,  amatu-rus;  doctu-m,  doctu-rus;  lectu-m, 
lectu-rus  ;  auditu-m,  auditu-rus. 

Gerunds. 

V  13  5«  The  Gerunds  are  formed  from  the  present  participle,  by 
changing  s  into  dum,  di,  and  do ;  as, 

aman-s ;  aman-dum,  aman-di,  aman-do ; 

docen-s ;  docen-dum,  docen-di,  docen-do ; 

legen-s;  legen-dum,  legen-di,  legen-do,- 

audien-s ;  audien-dum^  audien-di,  audien-do. 


108 


FORMATION    OF   TENSES. 


FORMATION  OF   THE   TENSES   IN  THE   PASSIVE   VOICE. 


Indicative  and  Subjunctive  Modes. 

§  1 36«  The  Present,  Imperfect,  and  Future  Indicative ;  and  the 
Present,  and  Imperfect  Subjunctive,  are  formed  from  the  correspond- 
ing tenses  in  the  active  voice. 

From  those  tenses  in  the  active  voice  which  end  in  o,  the  same 
tenses  in  the  passive  are  formed  by  adding  r ;  but  from  those  which, 
in  the  active  voice,  end  in  m,  the  same  tenses  of  the  passive  are 
formed  by  changing  m  into  r. 

First  Conjugation.         Second  Conjugation.        Third  Conjugation. 


Active. 

Passive. 

f 

Active. 

Passive. 

Active. 

— > 
Passive. 

Pres.  Indie. 

amo, 

amor. 

doceo, 

doceor. 

lego, 

legor. 

Imp. 

Indie. 

amabam, 

amabar. 

docebam, 

docebar. 

legebam, 

lege  bar. 

Fut. 

Indie. 

amabo, 

araabor. 

docebo, 

docebor. 

legam, 

legar. 

Pres 

.  Subj. 

amem, 

amer. 

doceam, 

docear. 

legam, 

legar. 

Imp.  Subj. 

amarera, 

amarer. 

docerem, 

docerer. 

legerera, 

legerer. 

The  other  five  tenses,  namely,  the  Perfect  and  Pluperfect  Indica- 
tive ;  and  the  Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future  Subjunctive,  are  com- 
posed of  the  perfect  participle,  declined  with  the  tenses  of  the  verb 
Sum, 

Imperative  Mode. 

§  137«  The  Imperative  Passive  is  the  same  as  the  Infinitive 
Active, 

Infinitive  Mode. 

§  138«  The  Present  tense  of  the  Infinitive  mode  is  formed 
from  the  Infinitive  Active,  by  changing  e,  in  the  first,  second,  and  fourth 
conjugations,  into  i;  as,  amdr-e,  amdr-i;  docer-e,  docer-i;  audir-e, 
audir-i ;  and  in  the  third  conjugation,  by  changing  ere  into  i ;  as, 
leg-ere,  leg-i. 

The  Future  Infinitive  is  composed  of  the  former  supine,  and  iri, 
(which  is  the  infinitive  passive  of  the  verb  eo,  to  go,)  as,  amdtum  iri ; 
doctum  iri  ;  lectum  iri. 

Participles. 

§  130*  The  Perfect  Participle  is  formed  from  the  former  supine, 
by  changing  m  into  s ;  as,  amdtu-m,  amdtu-s  ;  doclu-m,  doctu-s ;  lee- 
tu-m,  lectu-s ;  auditu-m,  auditu-s. 

The  Future  Participle  is  formed  from  the  present  active  participle, 
by  changing  s  into  dus ;  as,  amans,  amandus ;  docens,  docendus ; 
legens,  legendus ;  audiens,  audiendus. 


SIGNIFICATION    OF    THE    DIFFERENT   TENSES.  109 


SIGNIFICATION   OF   THE   TENSES    IN   THE    VARIOUS    MODES. 

V  X40»  The  tenses  formed  from  the  present  of  the  indicative  or  infinitive, 
signify  in  general  the  continuance  of  an  action  or  passion,  or  represent  them  as  pre- 
sent at  some  particular  time :  the  other  tenses  express  an  action  or  passion  com- 
pleted ;  but  not  always  so  absolutely,  as  entirely  to  exclude  the  continuance  of  the 
same  action  or  passion ;  thus,  AmOy  I  love,  do  love,  or  am  loving;  amubam,  I  loved, 
did  love,  or  was  loving,  &c. 

Amdvi,  I  loved,  did  love,  or  have  loved,  that  is,  have  done  with  loving,  Sic. 

In  like  manner,  in  the  passive  voice ;  Amor,  I  am  loved,  I  am  in  loving,  or  in 
being  loved,  &c. 

Past  time  in  the  passive  voice  is  expressed  several  different  ways,  by  means  of 
the  auxiliary  verb  sum,  and  the  participle  perfect ;  thus : 

Indicative  Mode. 

Perfect.    Amutus  sum,  I  am,  err  have  been  loved,  or  oftener,  I  was  loved. 
Amdtus  fui,  I  have  been  loved,  or  I  was  loved. 

Pluperfect.    Amdtus  eram,  I  was,  or  had  been  loved. 
Amdtus  fucram,  I  had  been  loved. 

Subjunctive  Mode. 

Perfect.    Amdtus  sim,  I  may  be,  or  may  have  been  loved. 

Amdtus  fuerim,  I  may  have  been  loved. 
Pluperfect.    Amdtus  essem,  I  might,  could,  would,  or  should  be,  or  have  been 
loved. 
Amdtus  fuissem,  I  might,  could,  would,  cr  should  have  been  loved  ; 
or  I  had  been  loved. 
Future.    Amdtus  fuero,  I  shall  have  been  loved. 

The  verb  sum  is  also  employed  to  express  future  time  in  the  indicative  mode, 
both  active  and  passive ;  thus  : 

Amaturus  sum,  T  am  about  to  love,  I  am  to  love,  I  am  going  to  love,  or  I  will 

love.     We  chiefly  use  this  form,  when  some  purpose  or  intention  is  signified. 
Amdtus  ero,  I  shall  be  loved. 

Obs.  1.  The  participles  amdtus,  amafurus  are  put  before  the  auxiliary  verb,  be- 
cause we  commonly  find  them  so  placed  in  the  classics. 

Obs.  2.  In  these  compound  tenses  the  learner  should  be  taught  to  vary  the  par- 
ticiple like  an  adjective  noun,  according  to  the  gender  and  number  of  the  different 
substantives  to  which  it  is  applied  ;  thus,  amdtus  est,  he  is  or  was  loved,  when 
applied  to  a  man ;  amdta  est,  she  was  loved,  when  applied  to  a  woman ;  amdtum 
est,  it  was  loved,  when  applied  to  a  thing;  amdfi  sunt,  they  were  loved,  when  ap- 
plied to  men,  &c.  The  connecting  of  syntax,  so  far  as  is  necessary,  with  the  inflec- 
tion of  nouns  and  verbs,  seems  to  be  the  most  proper  method  of  teaching  both. 

Obs.  3.  The  past  time  and  participle  perfect  in  English  are  taken  in  different 
meanings,  according  to  the  diflferent  tenses  in  Latin  which  they  are  used  to  express. 
Thus,  "  I  loved,"  when  put  for  amdhnm,  is  taken  in  a  sense  different  from  what  it 
has  when  put  for  amdvi ;  so  amor,  and  amdtus  sum,  I  am  loved ;  amdhar  and  amd- 
tus eram,  I  was  loved  ;  amer,  and  omutus  sim,  &c.  In  the  one,  loved  is  taken  in  a 
present,  in  the  other,  in  a  past  sense.  This  ambiguity  arises  from  the  defective 
nature  of  the  English  verb. 

Obs.  4.  The  tenses  of  the  subjunctive  mode  may  be  variously  rendered, Accord- 
ing to  their  connexion  with  the  other  parts  of  a  sentence.  They  are  often  expressed 
in  English  as  the  same  tenses  of  the  indicative,  and  sometimes  one  tense  is  appa- 
rently put  for  another. 

10 


110  SIGNIFICATION    OP   THE    DIFFERENT   TENSES* 

Thus,  Quasi  hdelTlgant,  qualix  sif,  As  if  they  understood,  what  kind  of  person  ho 
is.  Cic.  In  fac^mus  jurasse  put(S,Y o\i  would  think,  v?!zc^  Ov.  Eloquar  an  sUeam? 
Shall  I  speak  out  or  be  silent  ?  Nee  vos  argu^rim,  Teucri,  for  argvam,  Virg.  Si 
qiiid  te  fugerei,  ego  perierim,  for  2)eT'.ho.  Tcr.  Hunc  ego  si  potui  iauium  eperare 
dolorem  ;  El  pcrferre,  soror,  potcto :  for potuissem  and  possetn.  Virg.  SingTua  quid 
referam?  Why  should  I  mention  every  thing?  Id.  Prcediceres  mihi,  You  should 
have  told  me  beforehand.  Ter.  Al.  In  dic'is,  AlbUne,  maneres.  Ought  to  have  stood 
to  your  word.  Virg.  Ciiius,  crcdiderim,  I  should  sooner  believe.  Juv.  Hauserct 
ensis,  The  sword  would  have  destroyed.  Virg.  Fucrint  iroti.  Grant  or  suppose  they 
were  angry.  Si  idfecissef,  If  he  did  or  should  do  that.  Cic.  The  same  promiscu- 
ous use  of  the  tenses  seems  also  to  take  place  sometimes  in  the  indicative  and 
infinitive ;  and  the  indicative  to  be  put  for  the  subjunctive ;  as,  Animus  meminisse 
horret,  luctuque  refugit,  for  refugit.  Virg.  Fturat  melius,  for  fuisset.  Id.  InvidicB 
dilapsa  era',  for  fuisset.  Sail.  Quamdiu  in  portum  ve^is '(  for  venisfi.  Plant.  Qiiam 
mox  naVigo  Ephesum,  for  navigaho.  Id.  Ta  si  hie  sis,  aWer  senfias.  Ter.  for  esfies 
and  sentires.  Cato  ajirmal,  se  vivo,  ilium,  nan  triumpliure,  for  triumphaturum.  esse. 
Cic.     Persuadet  Casltco,  ut  occuparet,  for  occupet. 

Obs.  5.  The  future  of  the  subjunctive,  and  also  of  the  indicative,  is  often  ren- 
dered by  the  present  of  the  subjunctive  in  English;  as,  nisi  hoc  faciei,  or  fccerit, 
unless  he  do  this.  Ter. 

Obs.  6.  Instead  of  the  imperative  we  often  use  the  present  of  the  subjunctive; 
as,  valeas,  farewell ;  hue  venias,  come  hither.  Sic.  And  also  the  future  both  of  the 
indicative  and  subjunctive;  as,  non  occldes,  do  not  kill;  ne  feceris,  do  not  do; 
valcbis  meque  amabis,  farewell,  and  love  me.  Cic. 

The  present  and  the  preter-imperfect  of  the  infinitive  are  both  expressed  under 
the  same  form.  All  the  varieties  of  past  and  future  time  are  expressed  by  the 
other  tW'O  tenses.  But  in  order  properly  to  exemplify  the  tenses  of  the  infinitive 
mode,  we  must  put  an  accusative,  and  some  other  verb  before  each  of  them; 
thus: 

Dicil  me  scribere ;  he  says  that  I  write,  do  write,  or  am  w'riting. 

Dixit  me  scribere ;  he  said  that  I  wrote,  did  write,  or  was  writing. 

Dicit  me  scripsisse ;  he  says  that  I  wrote,  did  write,  or  have  written. 

Dixit  me  scripsisse  ;  he  said  that  I  had  written. 

Dicit  me  scripturum  esse ;  he  says  that  I  will  write. 

Dixit  nos  scripluros  esse  ;  he  said  that  we  would  write. 

Dicit  nos  scripluros  fuisse ;  he  says  that  we  would  have  written. 

Dicit  littras  scribi ;  he  says  thai  letters  are  written,  writing,  or  in  writing. 

Dixit  literas  scribi ;  he  said  that  letters  were  writing,  or  w  ritten. 

Dicit  literas  scriptas  esse ;  he  says  thai  letters  are,  or  were  written. 

Dicit  literas  scriptas  fuisse  ;  he  says  tlial  letters  have  been  written. 

Dixit  literas  scriptas  fuisse ;  he  said  that  letters  had  been  written. 

Dicit  literas  scriptum  iri ;  he  says  thai  letters  will  be  written. 

Dixit  literas  scriptum  iri ;  he  said  that  letters  would  be  written. 

The  future,  scriptum  iri,  is  made  up  of  the  former  supine,  and  the  infinitive  pas- 
sive of  the  verb  eo,  and  therefore  never  admits  of  any  variation. 

The  future  of  the  infinitive  is  sometimes  expressed  by  a  periphrasis,  or  circum- 
locution; thus,  scio  fore  or  futurum  esse  nt  scrihant, — ut  litcrce  scrihantur  ;  1  know 
that  they  will  write, — that  letters  will  be  written.  Scivi  fore  or  fufurum  fSf^e  ut 
scriberent, — ut  literce  scribcrentur ;  I  knew  that  they  would  write,  &c.  Scivi  fu- 
turum fuisse  id  liftrcp,  scriberentur ;  I  knew  that  letters  would  have  been  written. 
This  form  is  necessary  in  verbs  which  v\ant  the  supine. 

Obs.  7.  The  different  tenses,  when  joined  with  any  expediency  or  necessity,  are 
thus  expressed  : 

Scribendum  est  mihi,  puero,  nobis,  &c.,  lith-as ;  I,  the  boy,  we,  &c.,  must  write 

letters. 
Scribendum  fdt  mihi,  puero,  nobis,  &c.,  I  must  have  written,  &c. 
Scribendum  erit  mihi;  I  shall  be  obliged  to  write. 


PRETERITE   AND    SUPINE.  Ill 

Scio  scrihendum  esse  mihi  Uteras;  I  know  that  I  must  write  letters. 

scribendum fuisse  mihi;  that  1  must  have  written. 

Dixit  scribendum  fore  mihi ;  he  said  that  I  should  be  obliged  to  write* 

Or  with  the  participle  in  c?ws; 

LiteroB  sunt  scribendcs  mihi,  -puKro,  homintbus,  &c.,  or  a  me,  puero^  &c.,  letters  are  to 
be,  or  must  be  written  by  me,  by  the  boy,  by  men,  &c.  So,  Uteres  scribendcB  erant, 
fuerunt,  erunf,  &c.  Si  Uteres  scrihendoe  sint,  essenf,  forent,  &c.  Scio  Uteras  scri- 
bendas  esse ;  I  know  that  letters  are  to  be,  or  must  be  written.  Scivi  Uteras  scri- 
bendas  fuisse  ;  I  knew  that  letters  ought  to  have  been,  or  mast  have  been  written. 


FORMATION   OF   THE   PRETERITE    AND    SUPINE. 
GENERAL   RULES. 

§  141»  Compound  and  simple  verbs  form  the  preterite  and  supine 
in  the  same  manner;  as, 

Voco^  vdcdvij  vocdtum^  to  call ;  so,  revdco,  revocdvi,  revocdtum,  to 
recall. 

Exc.  1.  When  the  simple  verb  in  the  preterite  doubles  the  first 
syllable  of  the  present,  the  compounds  lose  the  former  syllable ;  as, 
pellOf  pepidi,  to  beat;  repello,  repiili,  never  repepuli,  to  beat  back. 
But  the  compounds  otdo,  sto,  disco,  and  posco,  follow  the  general  rule ; 
thus,  edisco,  edldici,  to  get  by  heart ;  deposco,  depoposci,  to  demand : 
so,  prcBcuri'o,  prcecucurri ;  repungOy  repupugi. 

Exc.  2.  Compounds  which  change  a  of  the  simple  verb  into  t,  have 
e  in  the  supine  or  perfect  participle  ;  as,  facio,  feci,  factum,  to  make; 
perficio,  perfect,  perfectum^  to  perfect.  But  compound  verbs  ending 
in  do  and  go;  ai^o  the  compounds  of  hdbeo,  pldceo,  sdpio^  sdlio,  and 
stdtuOf  observe  the  general  rule. 


Il2 


FIRST   CONJUGATION    OF   VERBS. 


FIRST  CONJUGATION. 

§  142*  I.  Verbs  of  the  First  Conjugation  have 
are  in  the  infinitive,  dvi  in  the  Perfect,  and  dtus  in 
the  Perfect  Participle  passive ;  as, 

Amo,'  amare,  amavi,  amatus,  r.  d.  love. 

Verbs  marked  thus  ^  have  no  Perfect  Participle 
passive. 

Verbs  thus  marked  t  have  no  Perfect  active. 

The  Futures  rus  and  dus  are  expressed  by  r. 
and  D. ;  and  the  Supines  um  and  u,  by  m.  and  u. ; 
those  verbs,  therefore,  which  have  not  one  or  more 
of  these  letters  prefixed  to  them,  are  deficient  in 
those  parts  respectively  which  those  letters  signify. 


*Abundo,^  r overflow. 

Accuse,'  R.  D.  M accuse. 

Adumbro,* delineate. 

iEdif  ICO,*  R.  D build. 

^quo,^  R.  D level. 

^stimo,''  R.  D value. 

•Ambulo,^  D.  M walk. 

Amplio,'  D enlarge. 

*Aiigario,'°  . . .  press  for  public  .'service. 
Appello,' '  D call. 


Apto,'2  D fit, 

ArOj^^*  R.  D. plough, 

*Ascio,'* chip  with  an  axe. 

*Ausculto,' *  . . . .- listen. 

*Autumo,''^ suppose. 

tBasio,"  D kiss. 

*Bello,'^  R.  M wage  war. 

Beo, '  ^ bless. 

*Boo,2« bellow. 

Brevio,^' shorten. 


In  the  following  Notes  are  contained  such  Parti- 
ciples in  Rus  and  Dus,  and  Supines  of  the  verbs,  as 
are  found  in  the  classics  now  extant ;  together  with 
the  less  frequent  and  irregular  formations. 

^Amaturus,  Gell.  1.  3.  4.  Amandus,  Ovid.  Amasse,  Gell.  Amasso,  Plaut.  — 
^AbundatUrus,  Tertull.  —  ^Accusdtum,  Terent.  Accusaturus,  Li  v.  Accnsandns, 
Cic.  —  *The  Participles  in  ns,  rus  and  dus,  do  not  occar.  —  ^ jKdificaturus,  Cw.. 
Verr.  jEdificand^is,  Cic.  Fam.  —  ^Mquaiurus,  Claud.  JEquandus,  Ovid.  — '^.«/i- 
mafSrws,  Quintil.  ^s'imandus,  GeAl.  —  ^Ambuldtum,F\aut.  OfHimbuldlum,  Vlaut. 
Deamhddtum,  Terent  Ambulandus,  Cels.  Amlndafur,  impers.  Varr. —  ^Ampli- 
andus,  Cels.  —  ^°Avgario  has  no  participles.  —  •  ^ Appellandus,  Cic.  Appellassis  ibr 
appellaver is,  Terent. —  *^Aptandus,  Claud.  —  "The  Participle  A m77.s  occurs  only 
in  Cic.  de  SenecL  c.  16.  Araturus,  Tibull.  Arandi/s,  Virg. —  '*0f  this  verb 
Ascieter  only  is  found,  Vitruv.  vii.  2.  —  '^None  of  the  Participles  are  to  be  found. 
Auscultabltiir,  impers.  Plaut. —  '^  JNone  of  the  Participles  exist:  aulumantur,  pass. 
Plaut —  ^''Basidvi  seems  not  to  exist:  Basidtus,  Mart  xii.  59.     Basiandus,  Mart  i. 

95. ^^Belldtum,  Nep.  Debelldtum,  Liv.      Bellaturus,  Claud.      Bfllanlur,  '  they 

fight,'  Virg.  yEn.  xi.  6G0.  —  ^^Bcasti,  Ter.  Andr.  Bedlus,  said  \o  be  the  Perfect 
Participle  of  Beo,  is  used  as  an  adjective.  —  ^°Bount,  as  if  from  Boo,  bo'is,  Pacuv. 
Bovantes,  as  if  from  B&vo.  —  ^^Brevidvit,  Quint,  xii.  10.    Brevidtus,  Sidon. 


FIRST   CONJUGATION    OP   VERBS. 


113 


Caeco,' blind. 

Cffilo,' carve. 

Calceo,''  D shoe. 

•Calcitro,' ^ick. 

Canto,3  J, sing. 

Capto,*  D.  M seize. 

Carmino,* card  wool. 

Castigo,^  D.  M chastise. 

t*Catomidio, fiog  on  the  shoulders. 

Celebro/  d make  famous. 

Celo,^  D conceal. 

Centurio,^ divide  into  centuries. 

Certo,'°  D.  R strive. 

Cogito, "  think. 

Coraparo, '  ^  d compare. 

Ccncilio,'^  r.  d reconcile. 

Considero,'"  R.  D , consider. 

Cremo,'  *  d burn. 

Creo,'°  R.  D create. 

Crucio,"  D torment. 

Culpo,'^  R.  D blame. 

Cuneo,'^  D wedge. 

Curo,2"  R.  D care. 

Damno,2"  r.  d.  m condemn. 

Dec6ro,22  d adorn. 

Decurio,^^ divide  into  companies. 


*Delineo,2* delineate. 

Desidero,'-'*  r.  d desire. 

Destino,'^^  d tie,  design. 

Dico,2'  R.  D.  M dedicate. 

Dicto,^^ dictate. 

Dolo,'^^ hew,  cut. 

Dono,^°  R.  D bestow. 

Dupllfco,^ '  R.  D double. 

Duro,^^  R harden. 

Effigio,^' portray. 

tEmacio,'* emaciate. 

tEnucleo,^*  d explain. 

Equito,^^ ride. 

Erro,'' wander. 

Existimo,^^  R.  D.  u think. 

ExplGro,'^  D.  M search. 

tExsanio, .squeeze  out  blood. 

Exulo/°  R.  M be  banished. 

FabrTco,'''  d frame. 

tFascio,*'^ swathe. 

FatTgo,''^*  R.  D weary. 

Festino,"'^  r hasten. 

Firmo,*^  r.  d strengthen. 

Flagito,*^  D.  M demand. 

*Flagro,*'  R be  on  fre. 

FW^  d blow. 


» The  Participles  in  ns,  rus,  and  du.%  of  Cccco,  CcbIo,  and  Calcitro,  do  not  occur 
in  the  classics.  CfElassis  for  Ccelaveris,  Festus.  —  ^  Calceandus,  Phaedr.  —  ^  Cantd- 
fwm,  Terent.  —  *  Captdtum,  Plant.  Captandus,  Plant. —  ^The  Participles  ns,  rus, 
and  dus  are  not  to  be  found.  Carmindtns,  Plin.  N.  H.  ix.  38.  —  ^  Castigdtum,  Plaut. 
Castigandus,  Liv.  xxxix.  25.  — '' Celebrandus,  Catul. — ^  Celandus,  Just.  —  ^Cen- 
turidvit,  Val.  Max.  Centuridtus,  Liv.  —  '°  Certaturus,  Cscs.  Cerlandus,  Liv.  Cer- 
tdtus,  *  contended  for,'  Sil.  Multum  certdto,  '  after  much  contention,'  Tacit.  Ann. 
like  aud'do,  '  it  being  heard ;'  comperto,  *  it  being  discovered.'  CertUur,  impers. 
Pacuv.  —  *'  Cogitdturus,  Hirt. —  ^^  Comparandus,  Terent.  Comparassit  for  Cowr 
paraverif,  Plaut. —  ^^  Conciliaturus,  Caesar.  Conciliandus,  Ovid.  —  ^*  Consndera- 
turns,  Curt.  Considerandus,  Apul.  Flor.  Consideravisse  pro  considerasse,  Quint.  — 
*^  Concrematurus,  Liv.  Cremandus,  Ovid.  —  ^^  Creaturus,  Liv.  Creandus,  Gell. 
The  Participle  in  ns  does  not  occur.  —  •'  Cruciandus,  Ovid. —  '^  Culpaturus,  Apul. 
Culpandus,  Apul.  —  ^^  Cuneandus,  Plin.  —  ^°  Ciiraturus,  Plaut.  Curandus,  Cels. 
Curassis,  for  cwravem,  Plaut.  —  ^^  Damndtum,  Qlu'mt.  Damnatur us,  Ovid.  Dam- 
nandus,  Ovid.  —  ^^  Decorandus,  Cic.  —  ^^  Decuriasse,  Cic.  pro  Plane.  Deciiridtus, 
Liv.  —  2'^ The  simple  Lineo,  'I  draw  lines,'  has  no  Perfect  now  extant.  Linedfus 
is  found  in  Plaut.  Delineavit,  Plin.  It  has  no  participles. —  ^^  Desideralurus,  Plin. 
Desiderandus,  Cic.  —  ^g  £)estinandus,  Vitruv.  —  ^''Dicdtum,  Liv.  i.  7.  DicatHru.'s, 
Plin.  Dicandus,  Plin.  —  ^^  Dictdf.us,  Juv.  vi.  390.  —  "^  The  Participles  in  ns,  rus,  and 
dus,  do  not  occur.  Dolavit,  Cic.  Dolatus,  Juv.  xii.  57.  Dolere,  3d  Conjugation, 
Lucr. ;  hence,  doHtus,  Varr.  —  '°  Donaturus,  Apul.  Met.  Donandus,  Hor.  —  ^ '  Du- 
plicaturiis,  Cic.  Att  v.  18.  Duplicandus,  Liv.  xxvii.  IL  —  ^^  Duraturus,  iMcan. 
^^Effigidfus,  Apul.  —  ^'^Emacidtvs,  Colum.  —  ^'^The  perfect  of  this  verb  cannot  be 
found.  Enucledtus,  Cic.  pro  Plane.  Enucleandus,  Cic  —  ^^Equitdtus,  'ridden 
over;'  Claud.  Equitdta  cohors,  *  infantry  intermixed  with  cavalry;'  Inscript.  ap. 
Murat.  —  ^'^Errdtus,  '  wandered  over;'  Virg.  ^n.  iii.  690.  Errdtur,  impers.  Virg. 
G.  iii.  249.  Errdto  mihi,  for  cum  erravero,  Cic.  —  ^^Existimdtu,  Liv.  Exlsfima- 
tur us,  Cic.  Exislimandus,  Val.  Max.  —  ^^Explordtum  and  Explorandus,  Liv. — 
^"Exuldtum,  Liv  Exulalurus,  Justin.  —  '^^Fahricor,  deponent,  Cic.  Off  i.  4L  Fabri- 
candus,  Sil.  —  ^^Fascidtus,  Mart.  —  '^^Falignndus,  Cic.  Off  iii.  18. —  "^"^Festijiafurus, 
Plin.  Fe.?/mare;i^//r,  Tacit.  Hist.  iii.  37.  Festinanttir,  TaciU  Germ.  c.  20.  — "^F/r- 
fnaturus,  Justin.  Firinandns,  Colum.  —  ^^F//is;itdtus,  Tacit.  Flagitdtum,  Cic.  Fla- 
giiandus,  Justin.  —  '^"Flagraturus,  Cic.  Defiaffrutus,  Cic.  Cat.  "iv.  6.  —  ^^ Flatus, 
♦  blown ;'  Flatus,  '  cast,'  •  coined ;'  Gell.  Flandus,  Cic.  Confiandus,  ibid. 
10* 


114 


FIRST   CONJUGATION   OF   VERBS. 


Formo,^  R.  i) form,  frame. 

tForo,''  D hore. 

Frseno,3 bridle. 

Fraudo,^  d defrauds 

tFrio,^ crumbie>. 

Fugo,^  R.  D put  to  flight . 

Fundo,''  R found. 

tFurio,** madden. 

+Galeo,» put  on  a  helmet. 

Gesto,!"  D bear, 

tGlacio, » .  to  congeal. 

Gravo/^  d to  weigh  down. 

Gusto,  12  J, iQ  taste. 

Habi  to,i3  D.  M to  dwell. 

t*Halo, breathe. 

*Hio,''*  D to  ^ape. 

Humo,'^  R.  D to  bury. 

Hyemo,^^  m winter. 

IgnGro,"  R.  D be  ignorant. 

lra}>ero,i^  r.  d command. 

Impetro,^^  r.  D obtain  by  request. 

Iiichoo,2"  r begin. 

Indago,2i  r.  D trace  out. 

Indico,**  R.  D.  M show. 


tlnebrio,^^ inebriate. 

Initio,'^* initiate. 

Inquino, pollute. 

Instauro,'^^  d renew. 

Intro,^^  R.  D enter. 

Invito,^^  D. invite. 

Irrito,^^  D provoke. 

Itero,29  D.  u .do  again. 

Jacto,^  R.  D throw,  boast. 

Judico,^^  R.  D judge. 

Jugo,22  D couple. 

Jugulo,33  D.  M butcher. 

Juro,3*  D swear. 

Laboro,35  r.  d labour. 

Ijacero,^*'  D tear. 

*Lacto, suckle,  wheedle. 

Lanio,^'  d butcher. 

Laqueo,^^ ensnare. 

Latro,3» bark. 

Laudo,4o  R,  D praise. 

Laxo,*»  D loose. 

Lego,^2 _  depute,  bequeath. 

Levo/3  R.  D lighten. 

Libero,^*  r.  d free. 


^ Formaturus,  Justin.  Formandus,  Stat.  Syl.  —  'The  Participles  ns  and  rws  are 
not  in  use.  Fordtus,  Vitruv.  Forandus,  Cels.  —  ^  The  Participles  ns,  rus,  and  dus, 
do  not  occur.  Frcendlus,  Hirt.  —  ^The  Participles  ns  and  rus  are  not  in  use.  Fiau' 
sus,  '  having  committed  a  fraud  ;'  Plant.  Asin.  Fraudandus,  Quint.  Curt.  Frau- 
dassis  for  Fiaudaveris,  Plaut.  —  ^  Fricdiis,  Lucr.  —  ^Fvgaturus,  Ovid.  Fugandus, 
ibid.  — '  The  Participles  ns  and  rus  do  not  occur.  —  ^  Furidtus,  Virg.  ^n.  ii,  407.  — 
»  Galedtits,  Juv. —  ^^ Qestandus,  Stat.  Theb.  —  ^^  Gravdtus,  '  weighed  down,'  'over- 
powered ;'  Liv.  XXV.  24.  Gravdtus,  '  indignant,'  *  weary  of  bearing,'  '  disdaining  to 
carry;'  as  if  from  a  deponent  Gravor,  Hor.  iv.  Od.  ii.  27.  Grava/uh/s,  Propert. — 
"The  Participle  Gus:a7is  occurs  only  in  Petron.  c.  33.  and  Callus  i.  98.  7'he  Parti- 
ciple in  r?/s  is  not  in  use.  Gustandus,  Ceh. —  ^^Hahitdtum,  Plaut.  Hahitandus, 
Ovid.  —  ^^Hiandus,  Pers.  —  ^^The  Participle  72s  is  not  to  be  found  in  the  classics. 
Hvmaturus,  Sueton.  Humandus,  Virg.  ^n.  vi.  161.  —  -'^Hi/emdtum,  Nepos. — 
^'' Ignordtus,  'not  known;'  Cic.  Ignordtus,  'undiscovered;'  Salust. — ^^Impeiatu- 
rws,  Caesar. —  ^^The  Participle  in  ns  seems  not  to  exist.  Impctraturus^liAx.  Im- 
pefrandus,  Val.  Max.  Impetrassere  for  imperaturum  esse,  Plaut.  —  '^^  Inchoaturus, 
Curt.  Ad  inchoandam  rem.  Liv.  —  ^^  Lulagatur,  depon.  The  Participle  in  ns  does 
not  occur.  Lidagatiirus,  Apul.  Indagandus,  Gell.  —  ^  Indicatum,  Liv.  Indica- 
Inrvs,  ibid.  Indicosso  for  indicovero,  Plaut.  —  ^^  Inebrialus,  Plin.  —  ^*  Inilidri, 
depon.  '  to  begin.'  Inifidtus,  Cic.  Tusc.  Initiantes  for  qui  initiantur,  Vitruv.  No 
other  participle. — ^^  Inslaurandus,  Gell.  —  ^^  Intretur,  pass.  Tacit.  Intrdri,  ibid. 
Infrdri,  impers.  Caes.  IntratHrus  and  Inirandus,  Liv.  —  ^''  Invitandus,  Suet.  In- 
vitnssiiis  lor  invitaveritis. — ^  Irritandus,  Liv.  Irritassis  for  irritaveris,  Plaut. — 
^  Iterdtu,  Plaut.  Iterandus,  Colum.  —  ^^  Jactaturus,  Cic.  Jacfandus,  Ovid. — 
81  Judicaturus,  Caes.  Judicandus,  Cic.  Judicassit  for  judicaverit,  Cic.  de  Leg.  iii. 
3.  —  ^Jugandus,  Hor.  —  ^  Juguldtum,  Cic.  Jugulandus,  Vai.  Max.  —  ^Jurdtus, 
'sworn;'  passim.  Jurdtus,  'sworn  by;'  Ovid.  Jurdtus,  'having  sworn;'  Cic. — 
^^  Tjobordtus,  'wrought  with  labour;'  Virg. -iS^n.  i.  643.  Labordtus,  'calamitous;' 
Val.  Flac.  Laborandus,  Plin.  Labordtur,  impers.  CaBS.  —  36  Lacerandus,  Lucan.  — 
^  Lnnidtus,  Met.  Laniandns,  Liv.  —  ^^  Laquedre^  Manil.  Laqueans,  ibid.  Laqued- 
vit,  Luctat.  No  other  parts  of  this  verb  are  to  be  found.  Illaqueo  is  more  usual, 
though  its  Perfect  is  not  found.  Illaqucdtus,  Cic.  —  ^  Lalrdtus,  '  barked  at.'  La- 
ir efur,  Impers.  —  ^"  Laudalurus,  Nep.  Laudandus,  Tibull.  —  *^  Laxavdus,  Plin.  — 
*2The  Participles  in  ns,  rus,  and  dus,  do  not  occur.  Legdtus, '  left  by  will.'  Lfgd- 
<w.S  used  substantively,  'a  person  sent,'  'an  ambassador;'  passim.  —  ^^ Levaturus, 
Curt.  J[/€mw/?MS,  Virg.  Georg.  Levasso  for  Levavero,  Enn.  —  *^ Liberaiurus,  Liv. 
Liberandus,  Cic.    Liberasso  for  Liberavero,   Plaut. 


i 


FIRST   CONJUGATION    OF   VERBS. 


115 


Ligo, bind. 

Liquo,^  D melt. 

hilOy*  ...» appease  by  sacrifice. 

Loco,3  R»  D place^  let. 

Lustro,*  D survey. 

Luxurio, be  wanton,  abound. 

Macto.s  D slay. 

Maculo, stain. 

Manclo,6  r.  d command. 

Manduco,'^ chew. 

*Mano, ^010. 

Maturo,8  d ripen,  hasten. 

Memoro,^  d.  u. tell. 

*Meo,i° go,  pass. 

*tMeridio,^^  m. sleep  at  noon. 

*Migro,"'  R.  u. depart. 

*Milito,i3  R.  M serve  in  war. 

txMinio,!*  D paint  red. 

Minislro,^^ serve. 

MitTgo,i°  D po-cifV' 

Moristro,!^  r show. 

Muto,^^  R.  D change. 

Narro,'^  r.  d tell. 

Nato,*'  R.  M swim. 

*Nauseo,2i loathe. 

Nav^go,^  R.  D sail. 

Navo,23  R.  D act  vigorously. 

Nego,2*  R.  D.  M deny. 

*No, » . . .  swim. 


Nomino,25  r.  d name. 

Noto,26  D. Timrk. 

NoVo,'^'  R.  D renew. 

Nudo,'^  D make  hare. 

NuncupOj29  R.  D wame. 

Nuntio,*'  R.  M. tell. 

♦Nuto,  R nod. 

'  Obsecro,^^  r.  d beseech. 

*Obtempero,^'*  r obey. 

Obtrunco,23  r kill. 

Onero,3*  r.  d load. 

Opto,35  D wish. 

Orbo,^  R deprive. 

Omo,^^  R,  D adorn. 

Oro,38  R.  D.  M beg. 

Paco,39 subdue. 

Paro,^°  R.  D prepare. 

Patro,^^  R commit. 

*Pecco,*^  R sin. 

Pio,^3  D propitiate. 

Placo,"*^  R.  D appease. 

Ploro,^^  D.  M bewail. 

Porto,^^  R.  D.  u carry. 

Postulo,*^  R.  D.  M demand. 

Privo/'^  D deprive. 

Probo,*^  R.  D.  M.  u approve. 

ProflTgo,^°  D rout. 

Propero,^^  d hasten. 

*Propino,°* drink  to. 


1  Liquandus,  Cels.  The  Participles  ns  and  rus  do  not  occur.  — '  Litatus,  Virg. 
^  JEaXI.  iv.  50.  Litandum,  'sacrifice  must  be  made;'  ibid.  ^n.  v.  118.  —  ^ Locaturus, 
Liv.  Locandus,  Ovid.  Locassim  lor  Locaverim,  Cic.  de  Leg.  —  *  Lustrandns,  Mrg. 
Mn.  —  5  Mactandus,  Ovid.  — « Mandaturus,  Cic.  — '  Manducatur,  depon.  Pompon.  — 
^  Maturandus,  Caes.  —  ^  Memnratu,  Sail.  Cat.  c.  7.  Memorandus,  Virg. —  ^^  Mean's, 
Hor.  i.  Od.  4, 17.  Meavisse,  Tacit  Means,  hucan.  ]\o  other  Participles  occur. — 
^^  Merididri,  depon.  Cels.  The  Periect  is  not  in  use.  Meridiutum,  Catull. — 
^  Migrdtu,  Liv.  Migralurus,  Suet.  Migrantur,  pass.  Sil.  Migretur,  impers.  Cic. 
Migratum  est,  impers.  Liv.  i.  11.  —  ^^  Milildtum,  Terent.  Militaturus,  Liv.  Mdi- 
tahilur,  'shall  be  served;'  Plaut.  —  ^^ The  Periect  does  not  occur.  Minidtus,  Cic. 
Miniandus,  Plin.  —  ^^  Vasa  minislrandis  cihis.  Tacit.  —  ^^ Mitigandus,  Liv.  —  ^^Mon- 
slralurus.  Curt.  —  ^^  Mulandus,  Cic. —  ^^  NarratUrus,  Stat.  Narrandus,  Justin. — 
20  Nafatum,  Cic.  Natnturus,  Ovid.  Natdlur,  Ovid.  —  ^^  Nauseans,  Cic.  The  other 
Participles  are  not  Ibund.  —  ^ Navigdtus,  'sailed  over;'  Tacit.  Germ.  c.  34.  N^avi- 
gandus,  Ulpian.  Navigdtur,  pass.  Plin.  Navigdtur,im\iev^.Q\c.  —  ^^  Navaiurus, 
Curt.  Navamlus,  Tacit.  The  Participle  in  ns  does  not  occur.  —  ^  Negatnm,  Liv. 
NegatUrus,  ibid.  Negandus,  Ovid.  Negassim  for  Negaverim. —  ^  Nomiuaturus, 
Suet.  Nominandus,  Curt.  —  ^^  Nolandus,  Hort.  Art.  Poet.  —  ^  NovatUriis,  Curt. 
Novandus,  Ov.  —  ^  Nudandus,  Caes.  —  ^^  NuncypatUrus,  Justin.  —  ^  Nuntidtum, 
Sail.  Jugur.  c.  108.  Nuntiaturus,  Liv.  —  ^^  Obsecrandus,  Plin.  Obsecraturus,  Ter.  — 
^  Oblemperdfum  esset,  impers.  Cic.  —  ^  ObfruncatHrus,  Justin.  —  ^^  Oneratiirus,  Plin. 
Onerandus,  Suet.  —  ^  Optandus,  Stat.  —  "^  Orbaturus,  Ovid.  The  Participles  in  ns 
and  dns  do  not  occur.  —  ^'' Ornaturus,  Claud.  Ornandns,  GeW.  —  ^Ordtvm,  Cic. 
Omfu.rus,  Tacit  Orandus,  Virg.  ^.n.  ii.  232.  —  ^ '  Ad  pacandas  Hispanias,'  Cfes.  — 
^°  ParaLurus,  Justin.  Paravdus,  Tibull.  —  •*' '  Pacis  patranda  merces,'  Liv.  —  ^'^Pec- 
ca.'urNs;  Cell.  —  ^^  Piatus,  Ovid.  Piandus,  Ovid. —  '♦^  Placalurus,  Justin.  Plaran- 
dim,  Stat.  Achil.  — 45  PZom^um,  Cic.  Plorandus,  Stat.  Theb.  —  "^ Porto^w,  Plin. 
Portnndus,  Virg.  ^n.  ix.  312.  —  ^''  Posfuldlum,  Caes.  Postulaturus,  Liv.  Poslulan- 
dvs,  Cic.  —  -"^  Privandus,  Cic.  —  *^  Prohdtum,  Cic.  Att.  Probdlu,  Cic.  Tusc.  v.  i. — 
*"  The  Participles  ns  and  rus  do  not  occur  in  the  classics.  —  ^^  Properandus,  Virg, 
Georg.  —  ^2]\jojjg  q^  tj^e  Participles  are  found. 


116 


FIRST    CONJUGATION    OP   VI5IIBS. 


tPropitio,*  D appeaffe. 

Pugno,3R fghL 

Pulso,3  D.  . . » beat.' 

Purgo,*  R.  D.  u cleanse. 

PutOji^  D prune,  think, 

Quasso,^  D skaAe. 

Radio,7 emit  rat/S. 

Rapto,^  D drag  about. 

Recupero,^  r.  d.  m recover. 

Recuso,'°  R.  D refuse. 

Repiidio,^^  R.  D. reject. 

Resero,^'^  d unlock. 

*tRetalio, retaliate. 

Rigo, water. 

Rogo,^3  R.  D.  M ask. 

Roto, whirl. 

Sacrif  ico,^*  m sacrifice. 

Sacro/^  D consecrate. 

SagTno,^^  d fatten. 

Salto,"  R dance. 

Saluto,^^  R.  M. salute. 

Sano,*^  R.  D » heal. 

Satio, * satiate. 

Saturo,'»o fill,  glut. 

Saucio,''^  D wound. 

tScreo,*^ hawk. 

'''Secundo,'^^ prosper. 

SedOj^-*  D.  M allay. 

Servo,-^  R.  D keep. 

*Sibilo, hiss. 

Sicco,26  D dry. 

Signo,'"  R.  D mark  out. 


Simiilo,'^^ preimd. 

SociOj'^  D associate. 

*Somnio,^'' * dream* 

Specto,='i  R.  D.  M behold. 

Spero,3 '  D. hope. 

*8piro,^3 breathe. 

Spolio,^'*  D.  M rob. 

Spiimo,^^ foam. 

Srillo,3s drop. 

StimulO) goad,  vex. 

Stipo, s'uff,  giiard. 

tStrio,   . flute,  a  column. 

tSuccenturio,^^ recruit. 

Sudo, sweat. 

SuffOco, strangle. 

Sngillo,^^  D. taunt,  jeer. 

Supei'o,^''  R.  D overcome. 

Suppedito,4° afford. 

*Susurro,^^ whisper. 

Tardo, slop,  delay. 

Taxo,^2  D j-dig^  reprove. 

Tempero/3  r.  d temper. 

Tento,^^  R.  D.  M try. 

Terebro,*^ bore. 

Titiibo,^*' stagger. 

Tolero,^'  r.  d.  u bear. 

Tracto,^s  ^  jj handle. 

*tTripiidio, dance,  caper. 

Trucido«  R.  D kill. 

Turbo,^"  D. , disturb. 

Umbro,^!  j^, shade. 

*Vaco, want,  he  at  leisure. 


^The  Perfect  does  not  occur.  Propiliatus,  Tacit.  Fropitiandus,  Ge]\.  —  ^  Pug- 
naturus,Ij\\.  Expugndtum,  Justin.  Oppvgnandvs,  Gelf.  —  ^Pulsandus,  Hor. — 
^  Purgdtu,  Plin.  Expurgatu,  Terent.  —  s  Putandus,  Catull.  —  ^  Quassandits,  Ovid.  — 
1  Radiutus,  •shining:'  passim.  Radiatus,  'illuminated;'  Lucan.  —  ^ Raptandus, 
Sil. — ^  Recuperdtum,  iwsXin.  Recvperaturus,  CaBS.  Rccaperandus,  hiv. —  ^^Recu- 
saturus,  Sueton.  —  "  Repudiaturus,  Sueton.  Repudiandus,  Cic.  The  Participle  ns 
does  not  occur.  —  ''  Rescrandus,  Cic.  —  ^^  Rogalurus,  Sueton.  Rogandus,  Cic.  Tusc. 
Rogassit  for  Rogaverit,  Cic.  Leg.  —  ^*  Sacrificdfum,  Plant.  Sacrijicdttis, '  sacrificed,* 
'slain  in  sacrifice.' — ^^ Sacra 7idus,  'to  be  established,'  'ratified.'  —  ^^The  Parti- 
ciples ns  and  rus  do  not  occur.  —  ^^  Saltaturus,  Sueton.  —  '^  Salutdtum,  Sail.  Salu- 
iaturus,  Cic.  —  ^°  Sanaliirus,  Caes.  Sana^idus,  Senec.  — "°  The  Participles  in  ns,  rus, 
and  dus,  are  not  found  in  the  classics. — ^^  Sauciandus,  Cohim.  —  ^^  Neither  the 
Perfects  nor  the  Perfect  Participles  of  Screo  and  Excreo  are  now  in  existence. — 
23  The  Participle  ns  only,  is  now  extant.  —  '^^  Seddtum,  Plaut.  Sedandus,  Cic.  — 
^^  Servandus,  Ovid.  —  ^^  Ad.  corpora  siccanda,  Plin.  —  ^7  Signafurus,  PUn.  SigJinrt- 
dus,  Stat.  —  ^^  Simulaudus,  Sail.  —  ^  Sociandus,  Hor.  —  ^^  Somniatur,  depon.  Pe- 
tron.  —  31  ^^g^^^^,^;^^  Ovid.  Spectaturus,  S\iet.  Spectandus,  Stat.  The b.  —  ^'^  Spe- 
randus,  Fropevt.  —  ^s'pi^g  Participle  in  ns  only  is  in  use.  Exspiralurus,\Jiv. — 
3*  Spoliandus,  Lucan.  —  ^5  Spumdtus,  '  sprinkled  with  foam,'  *  foamy ;'  Cic.  —  ^e  ^7,7. 
Idtus,  'distilHng,'  'dropping.  —  ^''  Succenturidtus,  Terent.  —  ^^  Suggillandus,  Val. 
Max.  —  33  Superafurus,  Cic.  —  *°  Suppeditor,  depon.  Cic.  —  ^^  Susurrdtur,  impers. 
'it  is  whispered  about;'  Terent.  —  *-  Taxandus,  Scnec.  —  ^^  Temperandus,  Suet. — 
**  Tentdtum,  Terent.  Tentulurus,  Virg.  ^n.  iv.  293.  Tentandus,  Virg.  Georg.  iii. 
8.  —  45'pj^e  Participles  ns,  rus,  and  dus,  are  not  Ibund  in  the  classics.  —  '^^  Tihubd- 
tus,  'stumbling;'  Virg.  ^n.  v.  33L  —  *'  Tolerdlu,  Cic.  Toleraturus  and  Tolcran- 
dus,  Ibid.  —  *^  Tractrafu,  Plin.  Tractandus,  Juyen.  —  '^  Trucidandus,  Cic.  —  ^°  Tvr- 
hatur,  impers.  pass.  Virg.  ^n.  Eel.  i.  12.  Turbasso  for  Turbavero  —  ^*  Umbratu- 
rus,  Honor,  et  Martial. 


FIRST   CONJUGATION    OF   VERBS. 


117 


♦Vapulo,^  M he  beaten. 

Vario, diversify. 

Vasto,' lay  icaste. 

VellTco,^ pluck,  rail  at. 

Verbero,^  r.  d beat. 

*Vestigo, search  for. 

Vexo,^  D teaf^e,  harass. 

♦tVindemio," gather  grapes. 

Vibro,^  D brandish. 


Violo,^  R.  D.  M violate. 

Vitio,^  D vitiate. 

Vilo,!"  D.  u shun. 

Voco,^^  R.  D call. 

*Volo,»2 ; fiy. 

Voro,'^  R devour. 

Vulgo,'^  R.  D publish. 

Vulnero/^  d wound. 


143.  II.  DEPONENTS. 

Deponent  Verbs  are  formed  like  Passives ;  as, 

Mlr-or,^^  -ari,  -atus,  u.  r.  d.  admire. — So, 

Abominor,"  d abhor. 

Adulor,*8  D fawn,  flatter. 

iEmulor,*^  d. vie  with,  envy. 

*Apricor,'^ bask  in  the  sun. 

ArbTtror,2i  r.  d think. 

Asp€rnor,22  d despise. 

Aversor,^^  d dislike. 

Aucupor,^*  r hunt  after. 


Auxilior,'^^ help. 

Causor,^ plead  in  excuse,  blame. 

Calumnior,  .  accuse  falsely,  calumniate. 

*CGraissor,2''  m revel. 

Comitor,''^ accompany. 

ConciOnor, harangue. 

*Confabulor,2^  M discourse. 

COnor,^  D endeavour. 


^  Vapulatum,  Plant.  Vapulandum,  Terent.  —  ^  ^^  vastandos  agros,  Liv.  x.  33.  — 
3 The  Participle  VeUicdtus,  occurs  only  in  Paulin.  Nolan.  —  ^  Verberaturus,  Sueton. 
Verberandus,  Apul.  —  ^  Vexandvs,  Cic.  —  ^The  Participle  ns  only  is  found  in  the 
classics.  — '  Vibratus,  Virg.  Vibrandus,  Claud.  —  ^  Violatum,  Cic.  Violaturus,  Caes. 
Violandus,  Tibull— ^  Viliandus,  Suet. —  J«  Vitutu,  Hor.  i.  Sat.  4.  115.  Vitandus, 
Hor.  ii.  Sat.  3.  14.  —  "  Vocalurus,  Liv.  Vocandvs,  Ovid.  —  ^^ Devdaturus,  Apul.  — 
13  Voralurus,  Justin.  Devorandus,  Apul.  —  ^*  Vulgaturus,  Claud.  Vulgandus, 
Suet.  —  ^^  Vulnerandus,  Hirt. 

^^  M'lrutu,  Senec.  Mlrdturus,  Ovid.  M'lrandus,  Stat.  Mlrandus  is  generally 
construed  as  an  Adjective.  —  ^"^  Abomlnandus,  Quint.  Ahdmindretur,  pass.  Ver- 
rius  — ^^Adidandvs,  Val.  Max.  Aduldri,  pass,  to  be  flattered,  Cic.  Off  i.  26. — 
19  Ahnulandus,  Plin.  jEmiddveris,  act.  A  pul.  —  "^  Apricdre,  act.  Pallad.  —  "^^Arbi- 
trdtHrus,  Apul.  Arbttrandus,  Ulpian.  Arhliranlur,  pass.  Ulpian.  Arbitrdbunt, 
Plant.  —  ^  Asperndtvs,  despising,  having  despised,  Virg.  Georg.  iii.  393.  et  passim. 
Asperndtus,  pass,  despised,  Liv.  xxxiv.  40.  Aspernandus,  Virg.  iEn.  xi.  106.  As- 
perndtnr,  pass.  Cic.  —  "^Aversdtus,  disliking,  Ovid,  et  passim.  Arer.sdtus,  pass, 
averted,  Aurel.  Vict.  Aversandus,  Liv.  xxx.  25.  —  ^*  Aucupdturus,  Cic.  The  ac- 
tive form  Aucupo  occurs  in  Senec.  Hence,  Aucvpdius,  pass,  sought  after,  Lact. 
Aucupdtus,  in  an  active  sense,  does  not  occur.  —  ^^  Avxilidtus,  having  assisted,  Stat. 
Auxilio,  Gracch.  Hence  Avxilidtus,  pass,  aided.  Lucil.  —  ^n  Causandvs,  given  in 
some  Dictionaries,  does  not  occur  in  the  classics.  Cansdbor,  pass.  Ovid,  de  Nuce, 
125.  where  Salmas,  Heins.  and  Burm.  read  Causa  habeor.  —  27  Comissdtvm,  Liv.xl. 
7.  Terent.  Some  write  Comessor,  others  Comissor,  or  Comiissor ;  but  Comissor  is 
generally  found  in  ancient  books  and  inscriptions.  —  ^s  Comtidtus,  attending,  having 
attended,  Caes.  B.  G.  vi.  7.  ComVo,  act.  Propert.  Cuniitor,  pass.  Ov.  Trist.  iii.  7. 
47.  Hence  Comifdtns,  attended.  —  ^  Confdbiddtum,  Terent.  Confdbiddbunt  in 
some  old  edd.  of  Plant.  Most.  ii.  2.  78.;  but  the  true  reading  is  conturbdbunt. — 
*  Conandus,  Caes.  B.  C.  i.  31.  i.  65.  Condrem  for  cdndrer,  is  quoted  by  some  gram- 
marians I'rom  Ennius  ap.  Prise. ;  but  it  cannot  be  found  either  in  the  ed.  of  Puts- 
chius,  Hanov.  1605,  or  in  that  of  Krehl.,  Lips.  1819. 


118 


FIRST    OONJOGATION    OF    VERBS. 


ConspTcor/ spy,  sec. 

Conterapibr,^ view. 

Crlminor,^  m bhme. 

Ciinctor,* delaij. 

Depi-eoor,^  .».  r.  .  entreat,  pray  against. 

♦Digladior,    fence. 

Dominor,^ rale. 

Epiilor,'  R.  D feast. 

*FamuIor,'^  m wait  on. 

Faris,^  or  fare,  u speak. 

Fcrior,  "  r heep  holiday. 

*x  rumentor/'  m.  provide  corn,  forage, 
purvey. 

Furor,''^  m steal. 

GlGrior/3  r.  d boast. 

Gratulor,^*  m.  d.  . .  rejoice,  congratidale. 
Ilortor,'* encourage. 


ImTtor,'"  u.  R.  D imitate. 

Indignor,'^  d disdain. 

Infiiior,'^  D deny. 

*injurior, injure. 

Insector/^ pursue. 

Insidior,'^°  r lie  in  wait. 

J  aciilor,^^ dart. 

Jocor,-2 jest. 

Laetor,-?  r.  d rejoice. 

Lamentor,^^  d bewail. 

*Lignor,2^  m gather  futl. 

Luctor,^^ wresile. 

Medicor,^'  r.  d cure. 

Medilor,'^® medifate. 

Mercor,'^  m.  r.  d purchase. 

Minor, threaten. 

Miseror,*^"  d pity. 


1  The  Participles  in  ns,  rns,  dus,  do  not  occur.  Conspico,  act.  Vnrr.  Hence  Con- 
Kpicatur,  Varr.  &  Sail.  Jug.  c.  49.  But  Cortius  in  the  last  passage  reads  conspici- 
tur.  —  9  Contempln,  Apul.  &  Plaut.  passim.  Hence  Contempldtus,  Qtiapovntvog,  Am- 
mian,  Con'emptaius,  Oeuyprjcrag  Curt.  iii.  4.  et  passim.  '  In  conlemplandis,  rebus,'  Cic. 
Nat.  Deor.  i.  27.  —  ^  Cr'imino,  Plaut.  Hence  Crtmlnutua,  accused,  Hygin.  18.  Cr'i- 
rninutus,  having  accused,  passim.  Crlnilnalnm,  Liv.  ii.  37.  —  *  Cur.cto,  Plaut.  Hence 
*  Cunctdta,  fides,'  his  failh  was  arrested,  Stat.  Theb.  though  it  may  be  construed  ac- 
tively. —  s  Deprecdtus,  having  entreated,  Cic.  Orat.  ii.  49.  et  passim.  Dcprecdtus,  pass, 
deprecated,  Justin,  viii.5.  asked,  Apul.  Met.  iii.  p.  59.  Deprecdlum,  Cic.  de  Araic.  c.  11. 
Deprecdturus,  Hirt.  '  Ad  pacem  deprecandum,'  Cic.  *  DeprecandcB  malevoletina?, 
causa,' pro  Balb.  xviii.  7.  — ^Z)(;/nm«ns,  pass.  Cic.  Off  —  t  EpTddiurus,  Val.  Max. 
Epulanda,  to  be  eaten,  Ovid.  —  ^ FdmTdo,Tertu\.  Faniuldtum,  Sil.  Fdmuldtus occurs 
only  inTertul.  de  Res.  Car.  c.  47.  where  he  quotes  St.  Paul,  Rom.  vi.  22.  SovXojOevTeg 
is  rw  Oca)  k.  t.  A.  Fdmidati  autem  Deo,  &C-  —  ^  For,  Diomed,  i.  p.  375.  Prise,  viii.  p. 
793.  but  without  authority.  Fdtu,  Virg.  JEn.  xii.  25.  Fandus,  Lucan.  Fdmivoi'ar 
fare,  Cato  R.  R.  Fdtur,  pass.  Sueton.  —  ^"  Fcridtus,  Cic,  Nat.  Deor.  i.  37.  Fcrid- 
turus,  Sidon.  The  Participles  in  ns  and  dus  are  not  found  in  the  classics.  —  "  FrR- 
mentdtum,  Cic.  Epist.  ad  Att.  Cacs.  B.  G.  —  ^^  Pardtxim,  Plaut.  Rud.  i.  2.  23.^  Trin. 
iv.  2.  22.  —  ^3  GloridtHrus,  Sueton.  Gloriandus,  Cic.  Tusc.  v.  17.  —  ^^  Grdtuldtumj 
Cic.  in  Pison.  c.  22.  Grdluldtus,  Cic.  Fam.  iii.  11.  Grd'Mandus,  Fronton.  —  ^^  Horto, 
-as,  Prise.  Flortor,  pass.  Gell.  xv.  13.  Tacit.  Ann.  xii.  9.  '  Ad  quas  kortandas,'  &c. 
Justin,  xi.  9.  13.  —  ^^  ImVatu,  Val.  Max.  Imttdiurus,  Cic.  Imilandus,  Cic.  OflT 
Iniito,  Var.  —  ?!  Lid'gnandus,  Ovid.  Met.  —  ^^  From  in  and  Fdltor  ;  some  derive  it 
from  in  and  Fdcio,  and  write  I/flcior.  Infitiandus,  Ovid.  —  ^^Insecto,  Plaut. 
Hence  Insecdius,  pressed  on,  pursued,  Hirt.  Insectdtus,  having  inveighed  against, 
Tacit.  Hist.  ii.  95.  et  passim.  In sectan s  aves,  Cic.  —  ^^  Instdidverint,  CaWistr.  hi' 
sidiat,  in  some  copies  of  Virg.  ^n.  i.  719.  according  to  Servius.  Insididlurus,  Hirt. 
*In  legatis  insldiandis,'  Cic.  pro  CobI.  c.  21  —  ^i  Ejaculdvtrat  is  found  in  Gell.  xyi. 
19.  4.  and  Jdculdtus,  pass.  Lucan.  iii.  568.  Jdculd'tus,  having  hurled,  Virg.  JEn.  ii. 
276.  et  passim.  — 22  J^imAa,  Plant.  ^23 X<E/o,  evfpahu),  I  gladden,  Liv.  ap.  Non. 
Hence  Laitdtus,  gladdened,  Virg.  JEn.  xii.  841.  J^ldtus,  having  rejoiced,  Cic. 
Phil.  xi.  4.  et  passim.  LcBldtiirus,  Cic.  de  Div.  ii.  9.  Lcetandus,  Cic.  Leg.  Manil. 
c.  1.  These  two  passages  may  be  construed  actively,  ob,  or  propter,  being  under- 
stood. —  24  Ldmentdtur,  pass,  impers.  Apul.  Met.  Ldmenldtus,  lamented,  Sil.  Ld-r 
mentdtus,  having  lamented,  Cic.  Tusc.  i.  31.  et  passim.  Dimcntandus,  Fronton,  de 
pjep.  —  ^  L'gndtnm,  Liv.  x.  25.  This  verb  has  no  Participle.  —  ^^  Lvc/o,  Terent. 
Hence  Luctans,  Virg.  ^n.  iv-.  69^.  —  "^  Med'icdre.  larpevuv,  Sil.  Medicare,  medi- 
cinis  imbuere,  tingere,  Virg.  Georg.  i.  193.  Hence  Medlcdtus,  (papuaKcvdsis,  Virg. 
^n.  vi.  420.  et  passim.  MM^icentur,  pass.  Colum.  McdlcdtHrus,  Colum.  Medi- 
candus,  Tibnll.  —  "^  M&Jttantur,  pass.  Minuc.  Fel.  Hence  Mcditatvs,  pass.  Cic. 
passim.  Meditd'us,  act.  This  does  not  occur  so  frequently  as  the  other.  —  -^  Mer- 
cdtum,  Plaut.  Mcrcdtus,  having  bought,  Cic.  Mfrcdtus,  pass.  Plin.  MercdturuSt 
Plin.    Mer  candus,  Cic  — ^Mtserand  us,  Cic.  de  Or.  i.  37. 


FIRST    CONJUGATION    OF    VERBS. 


119 


Moderor,'  u.  D rule, 

Modulor,^  D plai/  a  tune. 

M6ror,3  k.  d chlat/. 

Mutuor,* borrow. 

Ncgotior, irajjic. 

*Nugor,^ irijle. 

Obiestor,^ beseech. 

Operor,'' work. 

Opinor,^  u.  r.  d. think. 

Opitulor,^  M help. 

Oj)sGnor,  J<^  m cater. 

Oiior,  '^ be  at  leisure. 

Pabulor,^-  m.  d graze,  forage. 

Palor,'^ wander. 

Percontor,''*  m enquire. 

PcrTclitor,'^  d.  make  trial,  be  in  danger. 

Piscor,'^  M jish. 

Populor,"  R.  D lay  waste. 


Prasdor,^^  m plunder. 

PraBlior,^° jlght. 

Prasmior, inake  prizes, 

Precor,'""  m.  u.  R.  d pray. 

Recordor/''^ remember. 

Rimor,'*^ search. 

Rixor,23 sccld. 

*Rusticor, dwell  in  the  country. 

Scisci'tor,''^  M inquire. 

*ScTtor,25  M ask. 

Scruior,'^^ search. 

Solor,'*'  D comfort. 

Spatior, vxilk  about. 

Speculor,'^^  m.  R view,  spy. 

Stipiilor,^ slipulaie. 

Suavior, kiss. 

Suspicor,** suspect. 

Testor,3i witness. 


^Modero,  Pacuv.  ap.  Non.  vii.  23.  Hence,  Mvderatur,  pass.  Mvderatu,  Liv.  iv. 
27.  Moderandus,  Cic.  de  Orat.  i.  18.  —  ^  Moduldt»s,  pass.  Quint,  ix.  2.  Hor.  i.  Od. 
32.  5.  al.  passim.  Mudulandus,  Hor.  ii.  Ep.  2.  143.  —  ^  Moraturus,  fropert.  iii.  20. 
12.  3/<;ran<:??/.s-,  Hor.  Art.  Poet.  223.  —  ^  Muluo,  Caecil.  ap.  Non.  Hence,  iV/£2/t/«- 
tus,  borrowed,  Plin.  Mu/uatus,  having  borrowed,  Val.  Max.  The  Participles  in 
ns,  rus,  and  dus,  are  not  found  in  the  classics.  —  ^  This  verb  has  no  Participles.  — 
"  Obfeslufus,  pass,  conjured,  Apul.  Objesfaivs,  having  entreated,  Sallust.  Catil.  c. 
46.  et  passim.  —  ^  Operdtus,  pass,  exercised,  Lactant.  Operdtus,  w^orking,  sacri- 
ficing, Propert.  ii.  24.  1.  et  passim.  —  ^  Ophidfu,  Plin.  Omndfurus,  Cic.  Acad.  Opi- 
vandus,  Cic.  Tusc.  — ^Opitula,  Liv.  Andron.  ap.  Non.  Opituldtum,  Plaut.  — 1°  Op- 
scno,  are,  dvi,  dlus,  is  more  usual.  Opsondvit,  Plaut.  Obscndbo,  Terent.  Op- 
sondtum,  Plaut.  Some  write  Obscno;  but  contrary  to  its  derivation,  Si/ov,  o;/wv/ov, 
oj)sdnium^  any  thing  provided  for  food,  except  bread  and  wine ;  and  particularly 
fish.  — 11  Otidtus  occurs  only  in  Sidon,  Ep.  iii.  1.  It  has  no  other  Participle.  — 
^^PdhTtldfiim,V\aM\.  Pdlndandus,  Colum. —  -^fhis  Verb  is  chiefly  used  in  the 
Present  Participle,  Pdlans,  Liv.  i.  11.  Virg.  xii.  738.  al.  passim.  PdJdfus,  dispers- 
ed, wandering,  Liv.  Pdldre,  act.  occurs  in  the  Satire  of  Sulpicia,  vs.  43.  —  ^'^Per- 
con!o,  Apul.  Met.  Percontanlur,  pass.  Cell.  Hence,  'pretio  perconlato,^  Apul. 
Met.  Percontdlvm,  Ter.  —  ^^  Pcrn:l1tdlus,  pass.  Cic.  de  Amic.  c.  17.  PericMatus, 
having  m.ade  trial,  Cic.  pro  Quinf,  c.  31.  al.  passim.  PerlcUtavdus^  Cic.  Catil.  i.  5.  — 
^^  Piscdtum,  Plaut.  The  Participle  Pi^eans  occurs  only  in  Festus.  —  ^'' Pvpvldvit, 
Propert.  Hence,  Popvlor,  pass.  Liv.  and  Popvldtvs,  Cic.  Pvpuldtvs,  act.  Stat. 
Theb.  et  passim.  PYqmldturus,  Cses.  B.  G.  Prp?/Zonrfws,  Ovid.  Rlet.  —  ^^Prcedoy 
Prise.  Hence  Prcpddinm  ui,  Plaut.  Prccddtvm,  Liv.  iv.  55.  —  ^^ Proliant,  Enn. 
ap.  Non.  —  ^"  Preco,  Prise.  Hence  Prccanfur,  poss.  Varr.  ap.  Non.  and  Precdtus, 
prayed,  supplicated.  Precdtus,  having  prayed,  Cic.  Tusc.  i.  47.  et  passim.  Precd- 
ium,  Liv.  vii.  31.  Prccdtu,  Stat.  Tlicb.  Precdfvrvs,  Ovid.  Precandus,  Tacit. 
Ann.  —  ^^  Record dvit,  Ann.  ap.  Non.  Hence,  Recorddlus,  remembered,  Sidon. 
12cfor(^«/jc's,  having  remembered,  Ovid  Met.  et  passim.  'Ad  ea  recordanda,'  Cic. 
pro  Syll.  c.  26.  —  22  RJmdbam,  Jul.  Valer.  R'lmdrem,  Accius  ap.  Non.  Hence, 
Rlmdius,  pass,  investigated,  Sidon.  '  Ritnandis  ofTensis  sagax,'  Tacit.  Hist.  iv.  11.  — 
^Rixant,  Rixent,  Rixarenf,  Varr.  ap.  Non.  'Cum  rixdius  esset,'  Cic.  de  Orat.  c. 
59.  —  "^^  Scisclfdre,  act.  Plaut.  Hence,  Sciscltdtus,  asked,  iVmmian.  SciscVdfvs, 
having  inquired,  Petron.  Scisctidlum,  Cell.  —  "^^  Sc'tldbat,  Ammian. ;  but  Vales, 
and  Gronov.  read  noscitdbat.  Sc'itdlum,  Virg.  ^n.  ii.  114.  —  ^e  Scrutdri,  pass.  Am- 
mian. xxviii.  1.  and  Scrutdtus,  searched  after,  xv.  8.  Scruidtus,  having  searched, 
Plin.  xxiii.  6.  et  passim.  — ""  Sclav.dus,  Ovid.  —  "^^  Specvldtum,  Sail.  Jug.  c.  116. 
Speculdturvs,  Justin.  'Ad  speculandos  actus  Hannitalis,'  Justin.  —  ^^ Stlpiitaf, 
Symmach.  Epist.  Hence,  Stipulari,  pass.  Sueton.  and  Slipuldtus,  contracted,  Cic. 
pro  Rose.  Sllpuldius,  having  stipulated,  ibid.  c.  4.  et  passim.  The  Participles  in 
ns,  rus,  and  dus,  are  not  found  in  the  classics.  —  ^o  Susptces,  Plaut.  —  ^^  Testo,  -as. 
Prise,  but  without  example.  Testdtus,  attested,  Liv.  xxxiv.  41.  al.  passim.  Tesid- 
tus,  having  called  to  vdtnesSy  Cic.  Fin.  ii.  20.  et  ai.  passim.  '  Hoc  testandum  est,' 
Cic.  Orat.  c.  68. 


120  FIRST   CONJUGATION    OP   VERBS. 


Tutor.i  D defend. 

Vagor,'' wander. 

Veneror,^  D worship. 

Venor,4  m hunt. 


Versor,^  be  employed,  frequent,  haunt, 

dwell. 

Vuciferor,^ lawL 


k  144.  III.  EXCEPTIONS. 

*Crepo,'  crep^re,  crepui, make  a  noise, 

*Cubo,^  ciibare,  ciibui, ,  ciibitum, lie  down. 

Bo,*  dare,  dedi,  datus,  datum,  daturus,  dandus,    give, 

Pomo,^"  domare,  domui,  domttus,  domtturus,  domandus,  .  , . .  conquer. 

Frtco,^^  frtcare,  frtcui,  frictus,  or  frtcatus,  frtcandus, rub, 

Jiivo,"  jtivare,  juvi,  jutus,  jiivaturus,  jiivandus, help, 

1  Tidetis,  Plaut.  Tuta,  Pacuv.  ap.  Non,  J'utant,  Naev.  ibid.  Tutaret,  Pom- 
pon, ibid.  Hence,  Tutantur,  pass.  Plaut.  and  Tutdtus,  defended,  Symmach.  Ep. 
IX.  11.  Tidutus,  having  defended,  Ovid.  Trist.  v.  6.  15.  at  passim.  Tu/andus, 
Phaedr.  —  ^  Vagant,  Knn.  ap.  Non.  vii.  —  ^  Venero,  Plaut.  Hence,  Veneratus,  Hor. 
Sat.  ii.  2.  124.  Virg.  ^n.  iii.  460.  Vcnerdtus,  having  worshipped,  Propert.  Vene- 
randus,  Cic.  Agr.  li.  35.  Virg.  JSLn.  ix.  275.  &c.  Veneranies,  i.  e.  Veneri  operant 
da7ites,  Hygin.  Fab.  Ixxv.  which  is  not  to  be  imitated.  Yet. this,  according  to  some 
etymologists,  is  the  original  meaning  of  the  word.  —  *  Vlndtum,  Virg.  ^n.  iv.  118. 
Plaut.  Vendtu^,  having  hunted,  Ovid.  Fast.  Venor,  pass.  Enn.  ap.  Non.  —  ^Versor, 
though  generally  ranked  with  Deponents,  is  merely  the  Passive  of  Verso;  'nam 
qui  in  aliquo  loco,  aut  re  immoratur,  quodammodo  in  ea  hue  et  illuc  sese  versat,  et 
quasi  volutatur,  aut  corpore,  aut  mente.'  Facciolat.  — "  Vociferanl,  Varr.  Liv.  vii. 
12.  viii.  38.     VcclferuLus,  Colum. 

'  So  Covcrtpo,  I  rattle,  ring.  *Discrepo,  I  differ  in  sound,  I  disagree,  makes  %d, 
or  avi :  Dlscrcpuit,  Hor.  Art.  Poet.  219.  Discrepdvit ,  Cic.  de  Or.  iii.  30.  Increpo,  I 
sound,  strike,  chide,  ui,  sometimes  dvi ;  Increpdvit,  Plaut.  Incrtpztus,  chidden, 
Liv.  xxiii.  26.  Increpdtus,  Prudent.  Cathem.  vii.  195,  where  the  Juntine  ed.  has 
Increpitus.  The  Perfect  and  Participles  of  Recrepo,  I  resound,  do  not  occur.  — 
^Cubasse,  Quintil.  viii.  2.  Cuban's,  Propert.  IncTibdvere,  Plin.  Incubui,  Virg. 
^n.  vii.  88.  et  passim.  Sapercubasse,  Apul.  Met.  Cubttum,  Cic.  pro  Rose.  In- 
cubandus,  Plin.  When  the  compounds  of  Cuba  take  an  M,  they  are  of  the  third 
conj.  —  *So  four  Compounds,  Circumdo,  I  surround  ;  Pessumdo,  I  destroy  ;  Satisdo, 
I  give  good  bail;  Venumlo,  I  set  to  sale.  The  other  Compounds  are  of  the  third 
Conj.  Ddtum  tri,  Caes.  B.  C.  Daturus,  Catull.  Dandus,  Cic.  Off  i.  21.  The  first 
person  pass.  Dor,  does  not  occur  except  in  Diomod.  i.  p.  375. —  -^Damdvi,  Fnnius. 
Domdvenmt,  Flor.  Dumdfus,  Petron.  Hence  Domdlor,  a  tamer,  Tibull.  iv.  116. 
DomVurus,  Virg.  Georg.  iv.  102.  Durnandus,  Propert.  ii.  34.  50.  Sf)  Edcmo,  I 
subdue ;  Perdomo,  I  subdue  wholly.  Perdonvtturus,  Justin,  ii.  13.  —  "  Some  Gram- 
mars and  Dictionaries  give  this  verb  a  Perfect  in  -avi ;  but  no  such  Perfect  exists 
now  in  tlie  Latin  classics.  Frictus,  Juv.  Sat.  vi.  577.  Frlcdtus,  Plin.  Fricandus, 
Plin.  Affrlcdtus,  Apul.  Met.  Confrlcdtus,  Plin.  Def rictus,  Colum.  Defrrcdtus, 
Colum.  InfrlcUtus,  Plin.  Perf rictus,  Apnl.  Met.  PerfrHcdtus,  Vitruv.  Refr^cu- 
turus,  Cic.  The  Perfects  of  Confrlco  and  Infrico  seem  not  to  exist.  —  'r  Juverint, 
Catull.  Ixv.  18.  and  in  some  edd.  Juerint.  Vossius  quotes  Juvdvi  from  Manilius. 
Juvdrit,  Pallad.  but  Gesner  reads  juvdMt  Jutus,  Tacit.  Ann.  JUturus,  Colum. 
Juvdturus,  Sail.  Jug.  c.  47.  Juvandus,  Ovid.  Adjuvi,  Cic.  Adjuero,  for  adjuvero, 
Cic.  de  Senect.  c.  1.  Adjutas,  Macrob.  Adjutum,  Com.  Nep.  Adjuturus,  Liv. 
Adjuvaturus,  Petron.  c.  18.    Adjuvandus,  Cic. 


FIRST    CONJUGATION    OF    VERBS.  121 

^Labo,^  labare,  — , ,  labasse, droop^  totter, 

Xhvo,'''  lavare,  lavi,  lautus,  or  lotus,  or  lavatus,  lautum,  or 

lavatum,  lavaturus,  lavandus, wash, 

*Ml'co,^  mYcare,  micui, , vibrate,  glitter. 

Neco,*  necare,  necavi,  or  necui,  necatus,  necaturus,  necandus,  . .  kill, 

*Nexo,^  nexare,  , , tie,  knit, 

Plico,^  plicare, ,  plicatus,  or  plicitus, fold. 

Polo,'  potare,  potavi,  potus,  or  potatus,  potum,  or  potatum, 

poturus,  or  potaturus,  polandus, drink, 

Seco,®  secare,  seciii,  sectus,  secaturus,  secandus, cut. 

^Of  the  Perfect  of  Laho  we  find  no  trace  in  the  classics,  except  that  we  read 
Labasse  in  Plin.  xiv.  2S.  —  ^Lo'Vo,  is,  ere,  &c.  Hor.  iii.  Od.  12.  2.  iv.  Od.  G.  26.  i.  Sat. 
5.  24.  Ovid.  iv.  340.  Virg.  Georg.  iii.  221.  Mn.  iii.  663.  Plant,  passim.  Lavovil, 
Plant.  Lautus,  Cic.  pro  Deiot.  c.  10.  Hor.  ii.  Sat.  3.  282.  Ter.  and  Plant.  LdUis, 
Stat  Lavatus,  Plant.  Lautum,  Ter.  and  Plant.  Lavatum,  Hor.  i.  Sat.  3.  137.  i. 
Sat.  6.  125.  &  Ter.  Lavaturus,  Ovid.  Fast.  iii.  12.  Lavandus,  Ovid.  Fast.  iv.  136. 
&  Plin.  —  2  Micui,  Ovid-  Micaverii,  Sollin.  c.  53.  Dlnnco,  I  fight,  uvi,  sometimes 
id:  Dinilcdvi,  Sueton.  Dwitcui,  Ovid.  Dlnvicaturus,  Ca:s.  B.  G.  iii.  24.  £nvtco,l 
spring  forth,  I  shine  forth,  ui,  ere:  Emlcvi,  Virg.  JEn.  ii.  174.  et  passim.  Quintil. 
i.  6.  finds  fault  with  those,  who,  too  scrupulously  following  analogy,  preferred 
Emicavi  to  Enitcui.  Emicuturus,  Senec.  ad  Helv.  11.  The  Perfects  of  IntermXco, 
I  shine  among,  and  Promico,  I  spring  out,  do  not  occur.  Prcrnicandus,  Neev.  ap. 
Non.  i.  329.  — '^  iVec«r/,  Cic.  pro  Leg.  Manil.  c.  5.  Necui,  Phaedr.  Neculvs,  Sail. 
Jug.  c.  50.  et  al.  passim.  Nectus  in  some  edd.  of  Cic.  de  Leg.  iii.  10.  '  Proprie 
iiecatns,  ferro,  nccfus  vcro  alia  yi  peremtus.'  Ntcaturus,  Ovid.  Necandus,  Juv. 
Sat.  vi./59G.  Enico,  cpxatKU}^.  Encco,  I  slay,  ui,  ctus ;  sometimes  uvi,  atus: 
Enecui,  Sueton.  EnccDvi,  Plant.  Enicasso,  for  enlcavero,  Plant.  Eneclus,  Cic. 
de  Divin.  Enccatus,  Plin.  En^candvs,  Cels.  The  Perfect  of  Interneco,  I  utterly 
destroy,  and  its  Participles  in  ns,  rus,  dus,  are  not  found  in  the  classics.  Infernecd- 
tus,  Plant.  Internectus,  quoted  from  Cic.  Phil.  xiv.  3.  does  not  exist  in  correct 
copies.  —  ^  Nexo  has  neiiher  Perfect  nor  Participle.  See  Necto  and  Nexo,  third 
Conj.  —  ^The  perfects  Pl'tcui  and  Plicdvi.  are  found  only  in  Priscian,  and  without 
example.  Plicdtus,  Lncr.  vi.  1085.  PUc'ltus,  Mart.  DuplXco,  I  double;  Mulli- 
plico,  1  multiply;  Rtpl^iCo,  I  unfold,  make  avi,  atus.  Replicasse,  Plin.  Replicdius, 
rlin.  and  RepI ictus,  Stat.  Sylv.  Svpplwo  makes  avi,  and  has  no  Perfect  Participle. 
SuppUcdtum,  Plaut.  Suppl/icdtunis,  Ter.  Supplicassis,  for  Supplicuvcris,  Plant. 
Daplicdturus,  Cic.  Att.  v.  18.  *  Ad  Duplicanda  verba,'  Liv.  xxvii.  11.  AppVico,  I 
apply,  Impl/ico,  I  entangle,  make  ui,  2tus,  and  dvi,  atus.  Cowplicc,  ui,  itus,  and 
atus.  Complicdvi  does  not  occur.  AppUcui,  Justin.  Appllcdvi,  Cic.  Appticrtus, 
Plin.  Apphcdtus,  Cces.  B.  C.  iii.  101.  &c.  ApplWiturus,  Justin.  IwpVicvi,  Virg. 
-^n.  xi.  751.  et  passim.  Implicdvi,  Liv.  ImpHcltus,  Hor.  Art.  Poet.  423.  Liv.  i.  31. 
et  passim.  ImpVicubis,  Ca?s.  B.  G.  vii.  73,  <tc.  Ous.  Implicltus  morho,  not  impH- 
cuius.  Implniiurus,  Cv.  E.rpl'^co  makes  ui,  lius,  and  dvi,  dlus.  When  it  means 
to  explain,  dvi,  dlus,  are  the  more  usual  forms :  in  the  sense  of  unfolding,  ui,  Itus 
are  more  usual.  ExpLlcui,  Petron.  Virg.  Georg.  ii.  280.  et  al.  passim..  Expl:icdvi, 
Plaut.  and  Cic.  Gellius  remarks,  that  Expllcui  was  more  usual  in  the  time  of 
Cicero,  than  Expljcdvi.  Expltci/unis,  Slat.  Theb.  ExpPfcalurits,  Cae.  B.  C.  i.  78. 
Compl^ari,  Senec,  CompUcdtus,  Cic.  CompJicitvs,  Apul.  Met.  — '  Pctus  sum,  for 
potdvi,  Varr.  Potus,  act.  Cic.  Fam.  vii.  22.  Ovid.  Pcins  pass.  Cic.  Ovid.  Hor. 
Potdtus,  Cic.  Tr.sc.  v.  5.  Polurus,  Plin.  Pctdturus,  Sueton.  Pctum,  Virg.  Eel. 
vii.  11.  PcWJum,  Plaut.  Po'avdus,  Ovid.  Epofo,  I  drink  up,  makes  epdldvi, 
epdtus;  Perpo.'n,  perpctdvi,  and  has  no  Perfect  Participle,  nor  the  Participles  in 
rus  and  dus.  Epoto,  has  not  the  Participles  in  ns,  rus  and  dus.  —  ^  Sccui,  Virg. 
Georg.  iii.  444.  al.  passim.  Secdvi,  mentioned  by  the  Oxford  Commentators  on  Lily, 
and  by  some  others,  docs  not  exist  in  the  classics.  Sectus,  Cic.  Tusc.  ii.  53.  et  al. 
passim.  Sccdfdrus,  Colum.  Secondus,  Ovid.  The  Compounds  m.ake  ui,  ctus, 
Prcos'irn,  T  chop  of!)  pare  off,  and  Reseco,  I  cut  ofli  ui,  dus,  rarely  atus.  Pras^cdtus, 
Apal.  Met.    Rtsecdtus,  Apul.    The  Perfects  of  Circumseco,  I  cut  about,  and  Inter- 

11 


122  FIRST    CONJUGATION    OF    VERBS- 

*S6no,^  sonare,  sonui, ,  s6naturus,  sonandus,  . .  * saund, 

*Sto,'^  stare,  steti, ,  staturus, stand, 

*T6no,^  tonare,  tonui, , thunder. 

Veto,*  vetare,  vetui,  vetttus, forbid. 


SECOND  CONJUGATION. 

§  145«  Verbs  of  the  Second  Conjugation  end  in 
-^0,  and  change  -eo  into  -ere  long  in  the  Infinitive ; 
into  ui  in  the  Perfect ;  and  into  -itus  in  the  Perfect 
Participle  Passive ;  as, 

Moneo,*  mdnere,  monui,  mSnttus,  r.  d. advise, 

—So, 

Admoneo,**  r.  D admonish.    1     Praemoneo, forewarn. 

Coramoneo, warn.     \    *Arceo,'  d tie  hard,  drive  away. 

seco,  intersect,  are  not  in  use;  nor  the  Participles  Iniersectus,  Fersectus.  Inter- 
ttcandus,  Colum.     Resecandus,  Cic.  Cat.  ii.  5. 

1  Sunere,  third  Conj.  Lucr.  Sotiif,  Accius,  ap.  Non.  Sonunt,  Accius  et  Enn. 
Son'ivi,  Non.  Sonui,  Propert.  Sonaverint,  Tertuli.  whence  SonaiUrus,  Hor.  i. 
Sat.  4.  43.  Sojiarulus,  Ovid.  Smanlur,  pass.  Albinov.  ad  Li  v.  i.  107.  For  Assono, 
I  resound  ;  Circumsuno,  I  sound  around ;  Dissuno,  I  am  discordant,  we  find  no  Per- 
fect /2t;«ort/),  I  re-echo,  makes  (7m  ,'  Manil.  Consono,!  sound  together;  Exso/iOf 
I  resound  ;  Insono,  I  resound ;  Persono,  I  sound  loudly ;  FrcBsono,  I  sound  before, 
make  ui.  Yet  Persotidvit,  A  pul.  Met.  Resonif,  for  resonaf,  Accius  ap.  Non.  Reso* 
nunt,  Accius  et  Enn.  ap.  Prise.  —  ^Staturus,  Lucan.  et  Li  v.  iii.  60.  Tlie  Com- 
pounds, Conslo,  I  consist;  Exto,  I  exist,  appear;  Inslo,  I  press  on,  am  near;  Obslo^ 
oppose;  Perslo,  I  persist;  Proesto,  I  surpass,  make  .^titi,  stdiurus.  PrcestanduSy 
Ovid.  Liv.  X.  36.  Cic.  Fam.  vi.  8.  Aslo,  I  stand  near,  sCiti,  stilurus;  Porcin.  ap. 
Prise.  Prosto,  I  stand  to  be  hired ;  ResLo,  I  remain,  make  sLiii,  without  the  Perfect 
Participle.  Antesto,  or  antisto,  I  excel ;  Circumsto,  1  stand  about :  Inlersto,  I  stand 
between ;  Supersto,  I  stand  over,  make  sttli,  without  the  Perfect  Participle.  See 
Cic.  de  Inv.  Caes.  B.  G.  Disto,  I  am  distant,  I  differ;  Suhsto,  I  stand  under,  I  bear 
up,  have  neither  Perfect  nor  Perfect  Participle.  '  Multa  quae  in  pr  eteritis  efferun- 
tur,  ad  sisto,  commode  reduci  possunt.'  Facciolat.  See  the  Compounds  of  Sisto, 
third  Conj.  PrcBstdvi,  Ammian.  FrcButdinmn^,  Paul.  Dig.  PrcBsruurus  in  some 
edd.  of  Cic.  Fam.  vi.  8.  —  ^  T animus,  third  Conj.  Van*,  ap.  Non.  i.  215.  Tonuvi, 
given  by  the  Oxford  commentators  on  Lily,  and  by  Gesner  in  his  Thesaur,  Lat.  and 
Toinvi,  quoted  from  Plautus,  do  not  exist.  Aitono,  I  astonish,  ui,  itus  ;  Circumto7io, 
I  thunder  round,  ui  ;  Intono,  I  thunder  on,  ui,  dtus  ;  Iniondvi,  Paulin.  Epist.  Intu- 
ndttis,  thundered  on,  Hor.  Epod.  ii.  5L  Retono,  I  resound,  has  neither  Perfect  nor 
Perfect  Participle.  —  *  Vetdvi,  Plaut.  according  to  the  Mss.  of  Langius  and  seven 
others.  Vefdvisti,  vs.  46.  according  to  five  Palatine  Mss.  and  three  others.  See 
the  Delphin  Plautus,  printed  by  Valpy.  Vetdvit,  Pers.  Sat.  which  some  have  alter- 
ed to  noldvit,  others  to  retdhit.  Vetdveram,  Plane,  ad  Cic.  Fam.  x.  23.  where  the 
ed.  Vindel.  1469.  and  the  Aid.  1533.  have  velucram.  Some  from  Stat.  Theb.  iii.  71. 
cite  vetdtam ;  but  the  two  Mss.  at  Cambridge,  one  in  the  Peter-house  Col.  and  the 
other  in  St.  John's,  with  more  than  twenty  printed  copies,  have  in  this  passage 
negdtam. 

^  Monlturus,  Propert.  i.  Monendus,  Plaut.  —  e  Admoniturus,  Ovid.  Admonitumf 
Cic.    Adnionendus,  Plin.  — '  Arcendus,  Cic.  Off  i.  34. 


FIRST   CONJUGATION    OF    VERB3. 


123 


Coe'rcco,*  D restrain. 

Exerceo,''  d exercise. 

Habeo,3  r have. 

Adhibeo,*  R.  D admit,  use. 

Cohibeo,^  D restrain. 

Inhibeo,^  d hinder. 

Exhibeo,'  r.  d show. 

*Perhi  beo,^  d report. 

Prohi beo,^  R.  D hinder. 

Posthabeo, postpone. 

Praebeo,^"  r.  d afford. 

Debeo,^'  r.  D owe. 

Mereo/2  r '. deserve. 


Commereo,^^ deserve  well  or  ill. 

Bemereo,!*  d earn. 

Emereo, merit. 

*Perniereo, serve  in  war. 

PrGmereo,^^ deserve. 

Terreo,^^  d terrify. 

Absterreo," deter. 

Conterreo/s affright. 

Deterreo,'^  d deter 

Exterreo, scare. 

Perterreo, frighten. 

Taceo,''"  r.  d be  silent,  conceal. 


§  146*  Neuter  Verbs  of  the  Second  Conjugation 
generally  make  -m,  and  have  no  Perfect  Partici- 
ple: 


*Aceo,2i be  sour. 

*Areo,22 be  dry. 

*Caleo,2^  r be  warm,  hot. 

*Candeo,'^ be  white,  hot. 

*Caneo,2^ be  hoary. 

*Careo,'^^  r want. 

Clareo,^' be  bright,  renowned. 

Doleo,^  R.  D grieve. 

Egeo,29  R want. 

*Eniineo,^ be  raised  above. 


*Flacceo,^^ wither. 

*Floreo,32 flourish. 

*Horreo,33  j,^  ^g  rough,  tremble  with  cold. 

*Jaceo,3*  R lie. 

*Langueo,3^  ui, languish. 

*Lateo,2^ lie  hid. 

*lAceo,^ be  put  to  sale,  be  valued, 

*Madeo,^ be  wet 

*Nygreo,3» be  black. 

*Niteo,^ shine. 


*  Coercendus,  Cels.  —  ^  Exercendus,  Cic.  de  Orat.  i.  157. — '  Hdbiturus,  Cic.  Philip, 
iii.  27.  Hdbendi/s,  Ovid.  —  ^Adhtblfurus,  Curt.  Adhibendus,  Auson. —  ^  Cohiben- 
dus.  Gels.  Cohibessit,  for  cuhibuerit,  Lucr.  iii.  445.  —  ^  Inluljendvs,  Sen.  — '  Exhf- 
haturus,  Petron.  Exhihendus,  Plin.  Epist.  —  ^  Perhzbendus,  Cic  The  Perfect  Par- 
ticiple, and  the  Participles  in  7?s  and  rus  do  not  occur.  —  ^  Prolalnturus,  Li  v.  xxxi. 
25.  Prohihendus,  Cic.  Off  i.  25.  Prohibesso,  is,  it,  for  prohibeam,  or  prdhibuerim, 
Plant  —  1°  PrcBbitztrus,  Li  v.  Prcebendus,  Cic.  Off  i.  4L—  "  Dehilurus,  Curt.  DeUtu 
iri,  for  debitum  iri,  ap.  Ulp. —  ^^  Meriturus,  Cic.  Acad.  i.  7.  Liv.  ii.  38.  —  ^^Com- 
m^ritus,  pass.  Plant  Commtrltus^  having  deserved,  comes  from  the  Deponent  Com- 
mereor.  —  ^^  Bemcrendus,  Colum.  i.  4.  The  Participles  in  r.s  and  rus  do  not  occur.  — 
^^  Prdmertfus,  pass.  Plaut.  Pr emeritus,  having  deserved,  from  Prvmheor,  V'irg. 
.^n.  iv.  333.  '  Promerendi,  amOris  studium,'  Sueton.  Calig.  c.  3.  —  ^^  Terrendus, 
Aul.  Cell.  —  '^''  Abst€rrV,us,lA\.  —  '^^  ContcrrVus,  Virg.  JFjli.  iii.  507. —  ^^  JJeterren- 
dus,  Hirt  B.  G.  —  ^o  Tdmtus,  concealed,  V^irg.  ^n.  iv.  67.  TdcUurus,  Cic.  Td- 
cendus,  Hor.  Obs.  The  Participles  in  ns,  rus,  and  dus  of  Commoneo,  Posthabeo, 
CommercOy  Emereo,  Ahs'errro,  C(mterreo,  Exterreo,  Perterreo^  do  not  occur  in  the 
cla&sics.     Permereo  has  no  Participle. 

21  Acui,  Ulpian.  ~  "^  Aruif,  Prudent  —  ^  Cdlui,  Stat  Theb.  CdtitHrvs,  Ovid .  — 
2*  Candui,  Ovid.  —  25  Cdnui,  Ovid.  Fast  iii.  880.  Caneref^  Propert  —  ^e  Cdrui, 
Plaut  Carifurvs,  Ovid.  Met,  —  ^  CIdrui,  Sueton.  — "^^  Dolui,  Virg.  ^:n.  i._673. 
DoUtus  est,  for  dolvit,  Inscr.  Doleahir,  for  dolcat,  ibid.  Dvlcri,  Stat.  DuUturus^ 
liv-  xxxix.  43.  Dolendus,  Ovid.  —  -^  Egui,  Cic.  in  Brut.  c.  67.  Egutturus,  Tertul. 
Egiturus.  See  Sciop.  —  ^o  The  Perfect  of  the  simple  Mineo  does  not  occur. 
Eminui,  Veil.  —  ^^  Flaccuit,  Varr.  where  Gesner  reads  Flacuit.  ^Flaccente,  sen- 
tentia,'  Mamert.  —  ^  Fldrui,  0\\d.-^^ Horrid,  Ovid.  Fast.  ii.  502.  Horrendus, 
Virg.  JEn.  ix.  112.  —  ^Jdcui,  passim.  Jdciturus,  Stat  Theb.  —  ^^Langia,  three 
syll.  Lucan.  vii.  245.  Ovid.  Met  —  ^  Lutiii,  Virg.  ^En.  i.  134.  et  passim — ^  Lieut, 
Cic.  —  38  Mddui,  Ovid.  —  ^  Nigrui,  Colum.  —  ^'^  N'ilui,  Tibull. 


124 


FIRST    CONJUGATION    OF    VERBS. 


*01eo,* emit  a  smell. 

*Palleo,'' be  pale. 

*Pareo,3  m.  R appear,  obey. 

*Pateo,* be  open. 

*Percalleo,^    be  hardened,  understand 
well. 

♦Placeo,' please. 

*Pubeo  J arrive  at  puberty. 

*Puteo,^ stink. 

*Putreo, be  rotten. 

*Rigeo,» be  stiff. 


*Rubeo,i° be  red. 

*Sordeo,^^ be  filthy. 

*Squaleo,'^ be  foul. 

*Studeo,^3 study. 

*Stupeo,i* be  amazed. 

*Tepeo,^^ be  warm. 

*Torpeo,i^ be  torpid,  numb. 

*Tumeo," swell. 

*Valeo,^^  R he  able. 

* Vigeo,^^ be  strong. 

* Vireo,^ he  green. 


To  these  add  the  Actives  Ttmeo^^  ere,  ui,  endus,  fear:  and  Noceo,^  ere,  ui,  noci- 
ium,  noctturus,  hurt.    Also  SUeo^^  ere,  ui,  silendus,  keep  silent,  conceal. 


EXCEPTIONS. 

§  147«  Verbs  in  -heo  and  -ceo : 

Jiibeo,'"  jubere,  jussi,  jussus,  jussurus, order, 

*Sorbeo,    sorbere,  sorbui, , ' sup. 

Doceo,''''  docere,  docui,  doctus,  docendus,   teach, 

Misceo,''^  miscere,  miscui,  mistus  or  mixtus,  r.  d mix, 

1  Olui,  Hor.  The  compounds  of  Oleo,  when  they  signify  to  smell,  make  ui : 
Adoleo,  I  smell,  bum,  ui,  Varr.  Adultus,  Antias  ibid.  Adolendus,  Ovid.  Oboleo, 
smell,  ui,  Plaut.  Redoleo,  smell  strongly,  ui ;  Redoluerat,  had  got  a  scent,  Capi- 
toiin.  in  Gordian.  Subuleo,  smell  a  little,  ui ;  but  of  this  there  is  no  classical  proof: 
Subolevi  certainly  does  not  exist.  Perolesse,  to  have  smelt  strongly,  is  cited  from 
Lucil.  by  Prise.  In  the  signification,  to  grow,  grow  out  of  use,  fade,  &c.,  they  make 
Evi :  Aboleo,  I  efface,  evi,  Gell.  Abolitus,  Tacit.  Aboliturus,  Sueton.  Aholendus, 
Sueton.  Adolesco,  I  grow  up,  evi.  Sail.  Jug.  c.  2.  Adolesse,  Ovid.  Exoleo  occurs 
only  in  Prise.  Exolesco,  I  fade,  evi,  Plin.  Exoletus,  Cic.  pro  Mil.  Obsoleo,  or 
Obsolesco,  I  grow  out  of  use,  evi,  Cic.  Manil.  c.  17.  Obsoletus,  Cic.  Inolesco,  I 
grow  upon,  implant,  evi,  Gell.  Inolescendus,  Gell.  The  Perfects  Abolui,  Adolui,  I 
nave  grown  up ;  Adolevi,  I  have  burned.  Exolui,  Inolui,  do  not  occur  in  the 
entire  body  of  classical  Latinity.  Priscian,  gives  Abolui,  but  without  authority.  — 
^Pallui,  Propert. — ^  Pdrui,  Mart.  Pariturus,  Justin.  Parttum,  Symmach. — 
*  Palui,  Ovid.  Met.  —  ^  Percnllui,  Cic.  Milon.  The  Perfect  of  the  simple  Calleo 
does  not  occur.  —  ^  Placui,  Ovid.  — '' Pubui,  Ulp.  Dig.  —  ^  Putuit,  Hor.  ii.  Sat.  4. 
66.  So  the  Mss.  of  Cruquius,  Torrentius,  Bentley,  three  of  the  Harleian  Mss.  in 
the  British  Museum,  and  most  of  the  modern  edd.  Putruit,  one  of  the  Harleian 
Mss.  with  the  edd.  Mediol.  1477,  Florent.- 1482,  and  some  others.  —  ^Rlgui,  Ovid. 
Met.  iv.  554.  —  1"  Rubui,  Ovid.  —  "  Sordui,  Alcim.  —  "  Squalui,  Paulin.  Nolan.  — 
"  Studui,  Cic.  — 14  Stupui,  Val.  Flac.  —  ^^  Tepui,  Mart.  —  "^  Torpui,  Ovid.  —  "  Tw- 
mui,  Ovid.  —  '^  Valid,  TibuU.  Vatiturus,  Cic.  —  ^^  Anciently  Vigo.  Vigui,  Ovid, 
Met.  XV.  426.  —  20  Virui,  Flor.  —  21  Timui,  Cffis.  Tmiendus,  Hor.  —  "^  Nocui,  Cic. 
Att  et  passim.  Noxim,  -is,  -it,  for  nocuerim,  Lucil.  ap.  Fest.  in  •  Tama.'  Nocitum 
iri,  CaBS.  B.  G.  v.  36.  Nosciturus,  Cic.  Off!  Noscitus,  Vet.  Interp.  —  ^Stlui,  Senec. 
Med.     Siliium  est,  August,  de  Civ.  Dei.     Silendus,  Ovid. 

^  Anciently  Jusi.  See  Quintil.  i.  7.  Jussurus,  Lucan.  —  25  Sorbui,  Plin,  Sorpsi, 
Diomed.  but  without  authority.  Ahsorhui,  Plin.  Absorpsi,  Lucan.  Exsorbui,  Plin.  — 
26  Docendus,  Cic.  de  Or.  ii.  17.  —  '^''Mistus  seems  preferable  to  Mixtus;  though  in 
the  ancient  Mss.  of  Virgil  and  Inscript.  ap.  Manut.  this  Participle  is  written  with 
XT.  which  is  approved  of  by  Dausquius.    Misturus,  Lucan.    Miscendus,  Ovid. 


FIRST   CONJUGATION    OF   VERBS.  125 

Mulceo,*  mulcere,  mulsi,  mulsus,  mulcendus, soothe, 

♦Luceo,"  Iticere,  luxi, , shine, 

Taceo,'  tacere,  tacui,  tacitus,  r.  d shine. 


k  148*  Verbs  in  deo : 

Ardeo/  ardere,  arsi,  arsus,  arsurus, hum, 

Audeo,®  audere,  ausus  sum,  ausurus,  audendus, dare. 

Gaudeo,^  gaudere^  gavisus  sum,  gavisurus, rejoice, 

Mordeo,'  mordere,  momordi,  morsus,  mordendus, bite, 

*Pendeo,^  pendere,  pependi, , hang. 

Prandeo,^  prandere,  prandi,  pransus,  pransuriis, dine. 

Rideo,^°  ridere,  risi,  risus,  risum,  risurus,  ridendus, laugh. 

*Sedeo,"  sedere,  sedi, ,  sessum,  sessurus, sit. 

Spondeo,"  spondere,  spopondi,  sponsus, promise. 

Suadeo,"  suadere,  suasi,  suasus,  suastirus,  suadendus, advise. 

Tondeo,^*  tondere,  totondi,  tonsus, clip. 

Video, ^®  videre,  vidi,  visus,  visum,  visa,  visurus,  videndus, see. 

*  Mulsi,  Enn.  ap.  Prise.  The  Participle  Mulsus  is  used  only  in  the  sense  of 
sweet,  as  in  Plaut.  or  mixed  with  honey,  as  in  Colum.  Plin.  xxii.  24.,  Mulcendvs, 
Ovid.  Permulsi,  Pacuv.  ap.  Gell.  Fermulsus,  Caes.  b.  g.  iv.  6.  Permulctvs,  Sail, 
in  Frag.  Hist.  iv.  ap.  prise.  1.  1.  Gell.  i.  11.,  where  some  read  Fermulsus.  —  -So  the 
Compounds,  D'duceo,  '  dawn ;'  Eluceo,  '  shine  forth ;'  Pelluceo,  *  shine  through ;' 
Prceluceo, '  shine  before,'  without  the  Perfect  Participle.  But  PolMceo,  '  I  offer  in 
sacrifice,'  *  prepare  a  banquet,'  *  consecrate,'  makes  xi,  ctus.  —  ^  Tacitus,  Terent. 
Taciturus,  Cic.  Ta^endus,  ibid.  —  *  Ardui,  Jnscr.  Arduerint,  Inscript.  Arsus,  in 
the  sense  of  tostus,  Plin.  Arsurus,  Ovid.  —  ^  Ausi,  for  ausus  sum,  Cato  ap.  Prise.  ; 
hence  Ausim,  for  auserim,  Liv.  in  Praef.  Ausint,  S!at.  Theb.  Auserim,  Lactant. 
where  Cellarius  reads  ausis.  Ausus,  Virg.  ^n.  vi.  024.  Ausurus,  Ovid.  Auden- 
dus, Liv.  XXXV.  35.  —  ^Gav'isi,  for  gavisiis  sum,  Liv.  in  Odj^ss.  ap.  Prise,  ix.  868. 
Gavlsurus,  Terent.  Gaudendvs,  pass.  Symmach.  — '' Mernordi,  Gell.  The  Com- 
pounds do  not  double  the  first  syllable:  Admon^eo,  cdmordi,  admorsus,  &c.  Yet 
Admemordi,  Plaut.  Mordendus,  Ovid.  —  ^The  Participle  Pf7isvs,  occurs  only  in 
the  compound,  Propendeo,  Pers.  Sat.  Pensurus  comes  from  Pendo,  -is,  of  the  third 
Conj.,  which  also  makes  Pependi.  —  °  Some  give  this  Verb  another  Perfect,  Pran- 
sus sum.  See  Liv.  xxviii.  14.  Pransurus,  Plaut. —  '^^R'ldo,  -is,  Lucr.  Irrldunf, 
Brut.  ap.  Diomed.  Ridrar,  pass.  Ovid.  Rldetur,  Mart.  Rlsus  est,  w  as  laughed  at, 
Val.  Max.  Risurus,  Plant.  Ridendus,  Hot.  Rlf<um,  Cic.  Irrlshm,  Plaut.  Deri- 
sum,  M. —  ^^  Sessum,  Cic.  Sessurus,  Hor.  Art.  Poet.  Sededtur,  impcrs.  Gell. — 
^^  Spovondi,  Liv.;  never  Spospondi.  The  Compounds  do  not  double  the  first 
syllable  :  Despondeo,  despondi,  desponsus,  Cic. ;  yet  Despvpondi,  Plaut.  Spepnndi, 
Valer.  Sponderat,  Tertull. —  ^^  Suusus,  Plant.  Suasurus,Qluinhl.iii.8  Suaden- 
dus, Trajan.  —  ^*  The  Perfect,  though  not  found  in  the  classics,  is  acknowledged  by 
all  the  old  Grammarians ;  and  is  confirmed  by  the  Compound  Dcloiondcrat  in  Varr, 
ap.  Prise,  ix.  p.  868.,  and  Deque  totondit  in  Enn.  ibid.,  though  Dctondeo  generally 
makes  Deiondi ;  see  Colum.  vii.  4. ;  and  so  the  other  compounds,  without  doubling 
the  syllable  to.  —  ^^  Visum,  Cic.  Visu,  Juv.  Visurus,  Virg.  Georg.  ii.  68.  ^En.  v. 
107.  Videndus,  Terent.  We  use  the  tense  Videris,  -it,  -inf,  imperatively,  when 
we  disclaim  the  care  of  any  thing,  and  leave  it  entirely  to  others.  Viderint  alii, 
let  others  look  to  it;  for  it  is  no  concern  of  mine.  The  passive  VJdeor  is  often 
used  in  a  neuter  sense,  I  seem,  I  appear ;  and  generally  with  the  datives  mihi,  tibi, 
sibi :  Videor  mihi,  Videris  tibi,  &c. 

11* 


126  SECOND    CONJUGATION    OF    VERBS. 

§  149«  Verbs  in  -geo : 

♦Algeo,*  algere,  alsi, , be  cold,  shiver  with  cold. 

Augeo,"  augere,  auxi,  auctus,  aucturus, increase. 

*Fulgeo,^  fulgere,  falsi, , shine. 

Indulgeo/  indulgere,  indulsi,  indultus,  r.  d indulge. 

*Lugeo,^  lugere,  luxi, ,  lugendus, mourn. 

*Mulgeo,°  mulgere,  mulsi, , milk. 

Tergeo,'  tergere,  tersi,  tersus, wipe. 

*Turgeo,^  turgere,  tursi, ,  . . , swell,  be  angry. 

*Urgeo,^  urgere,  ursi, ,  urgendus, press. 

§  150.  Verbs  in  -ieo  and  -leo  : 

Cieo,^°  ciere,  [civi,]  clftus, stir  up. 

Compleo,"  complere,  complevi,  completus, Jill. 

Deleo/'*  delere,  delevi,  deletus,  delendus, blot  out. 

Fleo,"  flere,  flevi,  fletus,  fleturus,  flendus, weep. 

Soleo,"  solere,  solitus  sum  or  solui,  . » be  accustomed. 

§  151o  Verbs  in  -neo,  -queo^  -reo,  -seo  : 

Censeo,^^  censere,  censui,  census,  censendus, : . . .  think,  judge. 

♦Hflereo,'^  hserere,  hsesi, ,  hgesurus, stick,  hesitate. 

*Maneo,"  manere,  mansi, ,  mansum,  manstirus, stay. 

Neo,^®  nere,  nevi,  netus, spin. 

^Alsit,  Hor.  Art.  Poet  413.  Alsius,  Cic.  Att.  iv.  8.,  as  if  from  Alsus.  —  ^Auc- 
turus, Liv.  i.  7.  'Ad  fruges  augendas'  Lucr.  Auxim,  -is,  -it,  for  augeam,  -as,  -at, 
or  auxerim,  -is,  -it,  Liv.  xxix.  7.  —  3  Fulceo,  Diomed.  Fulgo,  Prise.  Fulgit,  Lucr. 
Fulgere,  W'lrg.  Mxi.\\.S21.  —  ^  Indultus,  0\'\di.  Indulturus,  Ulpian.  Indulgendus, 
Ulpian.  —  ^  Luxti,  for  luxisti,  CatuU.     Lugendus,  Ovid.    Lugetur,  impers.  Catull.  — 

•  Mulsi,  Virg.  Georg.  iii.  400.  ♦  Mulxi,  differentiae  causa,  quidam  protiiierunt,  quia 
Mulceo  quoque  Midsi  facit.'  Prise,  ix.  p.  870.  Neither  Mulxi  nor  Mulctus  occurs 
in  the  classics.  — '  Tergunt,  Cic.     Terguntur,  Varr.  l.  l.     Tersti,  for  tersisti,  Catull. 

*  Tergendus  mensis  utilis,'  Mart.  The  Participles  in  ns  and  rus  do  not  occur. — 
8  Turssraf,  Enn.  ap.  Prise,  ix.  p.  870.  Turgo  and  Turgit  occur  in  the  ancient  Glos- 
aaries.  —  ^Some  write  Urgueo,  contrary  to  the  opinion  of  Longus,  Papir.,  Cassiodor., 
Bede,  Dausq. ;  but  Pierius  on  Virg.  ^n.  v.  202.,  Earth.,  Heins.,  Cort.,  Drakenb.  and 
Oudend.  seem  to  prefer  it,  from  its  more  frequent  occurrence  in  Mss.  Ursi,  Cic. 
Urgendus,  Quintil.  —  ^°  Civi  properly  belongs  to  Cio  of  the  Fourth  Conj.,  which 
see  in  List.  i.  The  Perfect  Cii,  mentioned  bjr  Charis.  iii.  init.  takes  place  only  in 
the  Compounds.  CUus^  Cels.  Concilus,  Ovid.  Excitus,  Virg.  ^n.  iv.  301. — 
"  Of  the  simple  Verb  we  find  only  Plentur.  Complerunt,  for  compleverunt,  Csbs. 
B.  G.  *  Ad  fossas,  complendas,'  Hirt.  B.  H. —  ^^  Delendus,  Cic.  pro  Leg.  Manil.  c. 
7.  —  ^^Flesse,  for  Jlevisse,  Plin.  Fletus,  Virg.  Mn.  \i.  481.  Fleturus,  Hor.  Epod. 
v.  74.  Flendus,  Ovid.  Trist.  —  ^^  Soluerat,  Sallust,  in  Fragm.  Soluerinf,  CobI. 
Antipater  ap.  Non.  SoZvfus  swm,  Cic.  de  Orat.  i.  30.  et  passim.  Salens,  Fiaut. — 
^*  Census,  Liv.  iii.  3.  Recensus,  Sueton.  Censitus,  Cod.  Justin ;  hence  Recensitus, 
Sueton.  Censendus,  Ovid.  —  ^^  Hassurus,  Ovid.  —  ^^  Mansti,  for  mansisti,  Lucil.  ap. 
Gell.  Mansum,  Terent.  Mansurus,  Virg.  ^n.  iii.  85.  Manenda,  Lucr.  —  ^^  Nevit^ 
Ovid.    Nesse,  Claud,  in  Eutrop.  i.  274.    Netus,  Alcira.  Avit. 


SECOND    CONJUGATION    OF    VERBS.  127 

SSneo,*  senere,  senui,  senectus, grow  old, 

Teneo,"  tenere,  tenui,  tentus,  tenturus,  tenendus, Iiold, 

Torqueo,^  torquere,  torsi,  tortus,  torquendus, whirl. 

Torreo,*  torrere,  torrui,  tostus, roast, 

§  153.  Verbs  in  -veo: 

Caveo,'  cavere,  cavi,  cautus,  cautum,  cavendus, beware  of, 

*Conniveo,°  connivere,  connivi, , wink  at, 

*Faveo,'  favere,  favi, ,  fauturus, favour, 

*Ferveo,®  fervere,  ferbui, , hoil,  he  hot, 

Foveo,^  fbvere,  fovi,  fotus,  fovendus, cherish. 

Moveo,"  movere,  movi,  rnotus,  motiirus,  movendus, move, 

*Paveo,"  pavere,  pavi, ,  pavendus, fear. 

Voveo,^'*  vovere,  vovi,  votus, vow. 


§  153«  The  Perfects  of  the  following  Verbs  are 
doubtful : 


*DTribeo,'3  ui, ...  count  over,  distribute. 
Frendeo,^*  ui,  fressus  or  fresus,  .  gnash. 

*FrTgeo,'^  frixi, be  cold. 

*Frondeo,^6  ui, bear  leaves. 


Splendeo,"  ui, shine. 

StrideOjis  ui, hiss,  creak. 

Vieo,^^  vievi,  vietus,  bind  with  twigs, 
hoop. 


*  S^nui,  Sueton.  Senectus,  Lucr.  Sail,  in  Orat.  —  "  Tenui,  Virg.  Georg.  iv.  483. 
et  passim.  Tenivi,  Charis.  Tedni,  Festus.  Tednerim,  -is,  -if,  Accius  et  Pacuv. 
ap.  Non.  ii.  838.  TtTinisse,  Pacuv.  ibid.  Tentus,  held,  Ammian.  Tenturus,  Claud, 
de  Torp.  19.  Tenendus,  Ovid.  —  ^  Tortus,  Virg.  JEn.  iv.  575.  So  Contorquo,  -si, 
-tus,  whirl  about;  Detorqueo,  -si,  -tus,  turn  aside;  but  the  Participle  i)e/orst/s  is 
used  by  Cato  ap.  Prise,  ix.  p.  871.,  and  the  Supine  Tor  sum  is  given  by  Prise,  ibid., 
but  without  authority.  Torquendus,  Wv.-ayAy.b.  —  ^  Torrwi,  Ovid.  Tostus,  C\c. 
Tusc.  iii.  19.  et  passim.  —  ^  Cdvi,  Ter.  Cic.  et  passim.  Cautus,  legally  secured, 
Hor. ;  avoided,  Plaut. ;  defended.  Mart.  Cautus  is  a  contraction  of"  Cavitus.  It  is 
more  frequently  used  in  an  active  sense,  cautious,  circumspect.  Cautum,  Liv. 
Cavendus,  Propert.  Cic.  Or.  ii.  195.  Caverem,  for  coverem,  Tibull. ;  hence  Cav^, 
Hor.  ii.  Sat.  3.  —  ^Connivi,  Cassius  ap.  Prise,  ix.  866.  Plaut.  'Dum  ego  convixi 
somne,'  Turpil.  ap.  Prise.  1.  c. ;  but  this  seems  to  come  from  Conrnvo,  -is,  of  the 
third  Conj.  Connivere,  Calvus  ap.  Prise,  ibid.  At  all  events  Connivi  is  more  cer- 
tain, and  more  consonant  with  analogy.  —  ''Favi,  Cic.  pro  Plane.  *Huic  KomsB  ita 
fautum  est,  ut,' &c.  Spartian.  Fauturus,  Cic.  —  ^  Ferbvi,  FaWad.  Beferbui,  Caio 
R.  R.  c.  96.  Conferbui,  Cels.  Ferverif,  Cato  R.  R.  c.  157.,  where  some  Mss.  have 
ferbut'rit.  '  Fervit  aqua,  et  fervet;  fervit  nunc,  fervet  ad  annum,'  Lucil.  ap. 
Quintil.  Fervat  Pompon  et  Accius  ap.  Non.  Fervere,  Virg.  Georg.  i.  455.  —  ^Fcvi, 
Virg.  ^n.  xii.  420.  Fotvs,  Virg.  Mn.  i.  699.  Favevdus,  Colum.  vi.  U.—  ^'^Motu- 
rus,  Liv.  Movend.vs,  Virg.  Georg.  ii.  418.  Mostis,  for  mdvisfis.  Mart.  Mcrunt,  for 
moverunt,  Sil. —  ^^Pavi,  Petron.  Expavi,  Hor.  i.  Od.  37,  23.  Pavendvs,  Plin. — 
"  Votus,  Cic.  de  Nat.  Deor. —  ^^Dlrlbui  is  found  in  dictionaries  only.  —  ^*Frendui, 
Bibl.  Vulgat  Psalms,  xxxiv.  16.  Frendi,  Lowe  Gramm.  p.  14.  Fressus,  Cels. 
Fresus,  Cokim.  —  ^^  Frixi,  Diomed.;  also  Perfrigesco  makes  prrfrixi,  Cels.,  and 
Refrlgesco,  rtfrixi,  Cic.  Att.  i.  11. —  ^^  Frondui,  Prise.  —  ^''  Splendui,  Charis. — 
^^  Str'tdui,  Prise.  Stridere,  Hor.  ii.  Sat.  8.  78.  Vid.  Heins.  et  Burmann.  ad  Ovid. 
Met.  ix.  171.  '  rostrisque  strzdennbus,'  in  some  Mss.  —  '^  Vievi,  Grammatici.  Vietus, 
weak,  flaccid,  is  used  as  a  mere  adjective.  Vietis  in  Hor.  Epod.  xii.  7.  is  considered  by 
some  as  an  Anapcst ;  it  would  be  more  correct  to  make  it  a  Spondee  by  SyncBresis. 


128  SECOND    CONJUGATION    OF    VERBS. 

Marceo,  I  fade,  is  said  to  have  Marcui,  which  does  not  occur  in  the  classics;  but 
is  confirmed  by  the  compound  Emarcesco,  emarcui,  fade  away,  Plin.  xv.  29. 

§  154«  These  Verbs  have  neither  Perfects  nor 
Perfect  Participles : 


*Albeo,' he  white. 

*Aveo, covet. 

*Calveo,'» behald. 

*Ceveo,^ fawn  as  a  dog. 

*Ciueo, be  famous,  exist,  be. 

*Denseo,* thicken. 

*Flaveo, be  yellow. 

*Fcsteo, stink. 

*Glabreo,5 be  bare, 

*Hebeo, be  dull. 

*Humeo, be  moist. 

♦Lacteo, suck  milk. 


*Lenteo, be  slow. 

*LTveo, be  black  and  blue. 

*Maceo, be  lean. 

*MoEreo,'' grieve. 

*Muceo,^ be  mouldy. 

*Nideo,^ shine. 

*Polleo, be  powerful. 

*RenTdeo.° glitter. 

*Scateo,'° overfiow. 

*U veo," be  moist. 

* Vegeo, be  strong. 


§  155*  DEPONENTS. 
PoUtceor,^'  -eris  or  -ere,  -eri,  -ttus, promise. 


Fateor,"  fassus,  r.  d confess. 

Conf  iteor,^^  confesses,  d.  .  acknowledge. 

*Difriteor, , deny. 

Prof  Tteor,^*  professus,  d declare. 

Liceor,*^  licitus, bid  a  price. 


*Medeor," ,  d cure. 

Misereor,^^  miseritus  or  misertus,  pity. 

Reor,^^  ratiis, think. 

Tiieor,^"  tuitus,  d see,  protect. 

Vereor,  veritus,'^^  d fear. 


^Alhid  Grammatici.  —  2  Calvi  occurs  only  in  dictionaries.  —  ^Cevi,  Valer.  Prob. 
in  Cathol.  p.  1482.  Cevo,  cevis,  cevi,  Idem  ibid.  p.  1484.  —  ^Denseo,  densi,  Charis. 
iii.  p.  233.  See  Heinsius  on  Ovid.  Fast  iii.  820.  —  ^Of  this  verb  Glubrentibus  only 
occurs,  and  that  in  Colum.  ii.  9.  8.  ed.  (Jesn.,  where  Schneider  and  others  read 
calentihus.  —  '^'  Mceriii  debait  facere,  sed  in  usu  non  est.'  Prise,  yiii-  p-  817.  Some 
give  this  Verb  MoBf'tus  sum  as  a  Perfect,  which  does  not  difler  in  signification  from 
Mxreo,  since  Mcestus  is  a  mere  adjective.. — '  Mucui  is  found  in  dictionaries  only.  — 
8  This  Verb  occurs  only  in  Petron.  *  Areaqua  atiritis  nldet,'  &c.  where  others  read 
ridet.  —  ^  Remduit,  Gloss.  Vett.  — '"' Praeteritum  Scatui  analogia  defenditur,  ut 
Pdtiii,  Latui,  &c.  Faccioiat. —  "Of  this  Verb  the  Participle  Uvens  only  occurs  in 
the  classics. 

"  Poltlcitus,  having  promised,  Caes.  B.  G.  ii.  4.  Pollic^tus,  pass,  promised,  Ovid. 
Pdllceor,  pass.  Ulpian.  Polllccres,  act.  Varr.  ap.  Non. —  ^^Fassus,  Plaut.  Fassu- 
rus,  Ovid.  Fdtendus,  Id.  Trist.  i.  9.  16.  Fateutur,  pass.  Cic.  But  see  Ernesti. — 
^*Confessus,  act.  Plaut.  passim.  Covfessus,  pass,  confessed,  manifest,  Cic.  Quintil. 
et  Plin.  Confitetur,  pass.  Ulpian.  Confiiendvs,  Cic.  —  ^^  Prcfessvs,  Cic.  passim. 
Prcfe.^sus,  pass.  Ovid.  Profitendus,  Cic.  de  Orat.  ProfVemmo,  for  profiteutur. 
Vet  Tab.  acn.  ap.  Murator,  p.  582.  —  ^^  LMtus,  Cic.  Verr.  v.  11. —  "  Medeor  has  no 
Perfect;  but  in  its  stead  Medicutus  from  Medicor,  I  heal,  is  used.  See  Diomed,  i. 
p.  376.  Mcdend'is,  Stat.  Theb.  Medendo,  pass.  Virg.  JEn.  xii.  46.  *  Ut  huic  vitio 
m^Aeafur,'  that  this  fault  maybe  obviated,  Vitruv.  — '^*  Ipse  sui  miserct,'  Lucr. 
M'tserVus,  Phaedr.  Misertus,  Justin.  Miser  crier,  for  miser  eri,  Lucr.  MiseredtuTy 
pass.  Cic.  —  '^Of  this  Verb  the  following  forms  only  are  found  in  the  classics; 
Reor,  rior.  ii.  Ep.  i.  69.  Reris,  Virg.  ^n.  vi.  96.  Rerin,  for  reris  ne?  Plaut  Rere, 
Virg.  JEn.  vii.  437.  Retur,  Stat  Theb.  Remur,  Cic.  Ofl!  Remnii,  Arnob.  Ren- 
tur,  Plaut.  Rehar,  Cic.  Rtbdre,  Virg.  JEn.  x.  608.  Rebdtur,  Cic.  Rebdmur, 
Plaut.  Rebantur,  Cic.  de  Nat.  Deor.  Rebor,  Senec.  Rebttur,  Plaut.  Rear,  Id. 
Redre.  Redris,  Anson.  Reantur,  Flaut.  Ratus,  Cic.  See  Quintil.  viii.  3.  and  Cic. 
Or.  iii.  38.  Wherefore  this  and  many  other  Verbs  might,  with  as  much  propriety, 
be  classed  among  the  Defectives,  as  Aio,  Inquio,  &c.  —  ^o  Tuor,  Stat  Theb.  Hence 
Tut'/s,  protected,  Sail.  Jug.  c.  56.  Liv.  x.  37.  TnVus,  Quintil.  v.  13.  Tuentur, 
nass.  Varr.  Tuendus,  Cic.  Virg.  ^En.  ix.  175.  — "^  Vmtus,  Cic.  V^rendus,  Ovid. 
Met.     Vereri,  pass. 


1 


THIRD    CONJUGATION    OF   VERBS.  129 


§  156.  IMPERSONAL  VERBS. 

Decet/  decere,  decuit, it  becomes. 

Li  bet,'*  libere,  libuit  or  libttum  est, it  pleases. 

Liibet,^  liibere,  lubuit  or  liibttum  est, it  pleases. 

Ltcet,*  ]  icere,  licuit  or  licitum  est, it  is  lawful. 

Liquet,^  liquere,  liquit  or  licuit, it  is  clear. 

Miseret,^  mtserere,  mtseruit  or  mlserttum  est, it  pities. 

Oportet,^  oportere,  oportuit, it  behoves. 

Piget,^  pigere,  piguit  or  pigttum  est, it  grieves. 

Poenttet,^  pcenltere,  poenituit, it  repents. 

Piidet,^"  piidere,  piiduit  or  pudttum  est, it  shames. 

Taedet,'^  tesdere,  tseduit  or  taesum  est, it  wearies. 


THIRD  CONJUGATION. 

§  157.  Verbs  of  the  Third  Conjugation  end  in 
-o,  and  change  -o  into  -i  or  -si  in  the  Perfect ;  into 
-ere  short  in  the  Infinitive ;  and  into  -ttus^  -tus^  or 
'sus  in  the  Perfect  Participle  Passive ;  as, 

Trtbuo,  tribuere,  trtbui,  trtbutus,  r.  d give,  divide. 

§  158«  Verbs  in  -co^  -cfo^  and  -go  generally  take 

^Deceant,  Cic.  Decuerini,  Sail.  Jug.  c.  53.  *  Si  non  dcdecui,'  If  I  have  not  dis- 
honoured, Stat.  Theb.  —  '''Sciendum,  quod  haec  omnia  inveniuntur  perfeclorum 
declinationem,  habentia  in  usu  veterum,  teste,  Capro,  Pigeo,  Pudeo,  Tcedeo,  PcBrnteo, 
Uiqueo,  Liceo,  Liheo,  Oporieo,  quomodo,  Placeo,  Contivgo,'  &c.  Priscian.  xi.  p. 
628.  Libitum  erit,  Plaut.  Asin.  i.  1.  9.  —  ^  Lubet  is  the  ancient  form  for  Libet, 
especially  in  the  comic  writers.  Lubet,  Plaut.  Lubuit,  Pseud.  Lubere,  Cic.  Att. 
iL^cessit,  for  Ucuerit,  Plaut.  Licitum,  erit,  Cic.  Licitum  esset.  Id.  Att  ii.  1. — 
^Liqueret,  Cic.  Nat.  Deor.  i.  42.  Lucuerit,  Ulp.  Dig.  For  ticuit  some  write  liquvit 
Licitum,  which  some  give  to  this  Verb,  belongs  to  Lfcet.  —  ^Mlserete,  Enn.  ap. 
Non.  Misererent,  Enn.  ap.  Prise.  '  Ipse  sui  miseret,^  Lucr.  Miseruit,  Apul.  Met. 
Mtseritum  est,  Terent.  — '  Oportebant,  Terent  Oportent,  Id.  Andr.  Oportuerint, 
Csecil.  ap.  Prise.  Oporteto,  for  oporteal.  Vet.  Leg.  —  ^  Piguet,  Petron.  Plgitum, 
Sil.  Pigens,  Apul.  Met.  Pigendus,  Propert.  —  ^ Poenltebunt,  Pacuv.  ap.  Non. 
PcBnitens,  Cic.  Phil.  xii.  2.  Poeriiturus,  Quintil.  Pcenttendus,  Colum.  Liv.  i.  .35. 
Some  write  Pcenitet  with  ^E;  and  so  it  is  in  an  Inscript.  ap.  Grut.  p.  502.,  and  in 
some  ancient  Mss.  of  Virgil.  Gellius  seems  to  have  written  it  in  the  same  manner, 
since  he  derives  it,  xvii.  1.,  not  from  Pmna,  but  from  PcBne,  or  Pcenuria.  —  l^  Pudeo, 
Plaut.  Pudent,  Terent.  Pudebunt,  Lucan.  Pudltum  est,  Plaut.  Puditum  esset, 
Cic.  —  11  TcBdui,  Sidon.  Ep.  Tccsum  est,  Plaut.  Mostel.  So  Perfcpdet,  pericrduit, 
pertoesum  est,  Cic.  Virg.  ^n.  v.  714.  PerfcBduissent,  Cell.  i.  2.  Some  of  the  an- 
cients used  to  write  Perilsinn,  (as  from  CcedOt  Concisum,)  which  is  disapproved  of 
by  Cic.  Orat.  159, 


130  THIRD    CONJUGATION    OF    VERBS. 

-si ;  but  the  letters  cs  and  gs  unite  to  form  x  ;  as, 
Dico^  I  say,  (dicsi)  dixi ;  Rego^  I  rule,  (reosi,)  rexi. 

§  1 59»  G  before  -tus  becomes  c ;  as,  Lego^  I 
read,  {legitus^  Icgtus)  lectus ;  Jiingo^  I  join,  (jungi- 
tusj  junGTus)  junctus^  &c. 

§160.  B  before  -si  and  -tus  becomes  jo;  as, 
Nuboj  I  veil,  nupsij  nuptiis  ;  Scriho^  I  write,  scripsij 
scripttis. 

§  161«  R  before  -si  and  -tus  becomes  s  ;  as,  iiro^ 
I  burn,  ussi^  ustus  ;  Gero^  I  carry,  gessi^  gestus. 

§  163»  Z>  and  /  are  generally  dropped  before  -si^ 
-suSy  -tus  ;  as,  Claudo,  I  shut,  clausi^  clausus^  Dlvidoj 
I  divide,  divisi^  dlvisus  ;  Lcedo^  I  hurt,  Icesi^  Icesus  ; 
Liido^  I  play,  lusi^  liisus  ;  Plaudo^  I  applaud,  plausi^ 
plausus  ;  Rddo^  I  shave,  msi,  rdsus  ;  Trudo^  I  thrust, 
trusij  trusus  ;  Vddo^  I  go,  vdsi ;  Flecto^  I  bend,  (^fiecsi^ 
jlexi^  (^jicGsus^  Jlexus^  &c. 

§  163«  D  and  /  sometimes  become  5  before  s;  as, 
Cerfo,  I  yield,  cessi^  cessus  ;  Mitto,  I  send,  mlsi,  mis- 
sus ;   Qudtio,  I  sliake^  quassia  guassus,  &c. 

§  164«  G  is  sometimes  dropped  before  -si  and 
-5W5  ;  as,  Spargo^  I  scatter,  sparsi^  spaf^us  ;  VergOj 
I  incline,  i;er5z,  versus ;  Mergo^  I  dip,  mersi^  mersus^ 
&c.  So  Parco^  I  spare,  drops  c  in  par  sums;  and 
Pasco^  I  feed,  drops  c  in  pastus. 

§  105o  Verbs  in  -5co  change  -5co  into  -vi  for  the 
Perfect,  and  drop  sc  before  -tus  ;  as,  Cresco^  I  grow, 
crevi^  cretus  ;  Nosco,  I  learn  to  know,  uovi^  7i6tus. 

§  166*  ilf  and  n  are  frequently  dropped  both  in 
the  Perfect  and  Perfect  Participle  Passive ;  as, 
Tcmno^  I    despise,  temsi;  Fraiigo^  I  break,  y'reg'i, 


THIRD    CONJUGATION    OF   VERBS.  131 

fradus  ;  Riimpo^  I  burst,  rupi^  ruptus,  &ic.  M  be- 
comes s  before  -si  in  Premo^  I  press,  pressi^  pressus : 
n  becomes  s  in  Pono^  I  place,  posui,  positus. 

§  167^  Verbs  changing  -o  into  -^  for  the  Perfect, 
and  into  -itus.  tusj  or  -siis^  for  the  Perfect  Participle 
Passive : 

*Abnuo,^  abiiuSre,  abnui, ,  abim'iturus,  abnuendus, refuse. 

Acceiido,"  accendere,  acceiidi,  accensus, set  on  fire. 

Acuo,^  acuere,  acui,  acutus,  acuendus, sharpen. 

Appendo,  appendere,  appendi,  appensus, weigh. 

Arguo/  arguere,  argui,  argutus,  argutum,  arguiturus, 

arguendus, shoWf  prove,  accuse. 

*Batuo,°  batuere,  batui, ,  batuendus, beat. 

Btbo,°  Wbere,  bibi,  btbitus,  bibendus, drink. 

*Con£rruo/  congruere,  congrui, , come  tog-ether,  agree. 

Defendo,^  defendere,  defendi,  defensus,  r.  d. ward  off. 

^Dego,"  degere,  degi, ,  degendus, ,  live,  dwell. 

Edo,^"  edere,  edi,  esus,  esum,  esurus,  edendus, eat. 

Emo,"  emere,  emi,  emtus,  emttirus,  emendus, ftify. 

Excudo/''  excudere,  excudi,  excusus, shake  out,  starhp. 

Exuo,^^  exuere,  exui,  exutus,  exuendus, put  off,  strip. 

Fervo.     See  Ferveo,  Second  Conj.  List.  viii. 

Pindo/^  findere,  f]di,  fissus,  findendus, cleave. 

Fundo,**  fundere,  fudi,  fusus,  fusurus,  fundendus, pour. 

Ico,^°  icere,  ici,  ictus,  icturus, strike, 

1  Neither  the  Participle  Alvutns  nor  the  Supine  Almulvm  are  found  except  in 
dictionaries.  Ati77My(22n/s,  Sallust.  Fragm.  Hist.  i.  Abvvendvs,  Senec.  —  ^'Accen- 
dcndis  offensionibus  callidi,' Tacit.  Ann.  —  ^Aculrs,  Prise;  but  it  is  used  as  a 
mere  Adjective.  Acnendv?,  Cic.  Phil.  ii.  —  ^Argui,  Liv.  Argu!vs,V\2iUt.  Argu- 
lujn.  Supine,  Festus.  ArguUurns,  Sallust.  Argveridvs,  Tacit.  —  ^  BdUii,  Cic.  Fam. 
Batueiidus,  Nsbv.  ap.  Fulgent.  21.  Some  incorrectly  write  Pa//?/o,'  hence  BaltU' 
turn.  Veil.  Gloss.  —  « Bihltus,  Piin.  Valer.  BiUndns,  Ovid.  —  "^  Congrui,  Val.  Flac.  — 
e  Drfensurns,  Claud.  Dcfcndciidus,  C^rs.  B.  G.  &  Terent.  Defensiim,  JN'epbs. 
jD^/e7;,s//,  Sallust.  —  ^The  Perfect  of  Dcgo  occurs  only  in  Auson.  Epist.  xvii.  ad 
Symmach.,  where  some  copies  have  Dcgulmns.  Degendus,  Cic.  de  Amic. —  '''See 
Irregular  verbs.  —  ^^  Emths,  not  Fmjjfvs ;  because  P.  is  never  inserted  in  the  Pre- 
sent Emn.  So  Snmfvs,  Cvm'us,  Demfiis,  <lc.  See  the  old  Grammarians,  T'erentius 
Scaurus  and  Marius  Victoriniis.  Emturus,  Justin.  Emendvs,  Cic.  Emissim,  for 
emerim,  Plaut. —  ^^The  Perfect  of  the  simple  Cvdo  does  not  occur.  It  makes 
Cusi  according  to  some ;  according  to  others,  Cudi.  See  Priscian.  x.  p.  889.  In 
(^(^im.  xi.  we  have  Excudit,  and  viii.  5.  Percudcrint.  The  Participle  Cusiif^does 
not  occur  in  the  classics;  yet  we  find  Excusvs,  hatched,  Varr.  R.  R.  Tncusus, 
Virg.  Georg.  i.  275.  '  Pullis  exatdendis  triginta  diebus  opus  est.'  Colum.  —  ^^ '  Exu- 
endam  ad  fidem,  hostes  emercari,'  Tacit.  Ann.  xii.  14.  —  ^*'Findo  q\^oc\ue  fidi 
facit ;  licet  quidam  fisl  putaverunt.'  Prise,  x.  p.  890.  F^derif,  Gels.  Findendus, 
Gels.  —  ^^ Fusurus,  Lucan.  Fundendus,  Curt. —  '•'Of  this  Verb  the  following 
forms  only  are  found :  Icere,  infin.  Plaut.  Icif,  Lucr.  Icliis,  GobI.  ap.  Prise,  x.  p. 
886.  Icrdur,  Plin.  Iclmur,  Lucr.  Ici,  perf.  Plaut.  Ictras,  Cic.  in  Pison.  Iceris, 
Turpil.  ap.  Non.     Icisse,  Cic.  pro  Balb.    Ictus,  passim.    Icturi,  Senec.    . 


132  THIRD  CONJUGATION  OP  VERES. 

Imbuo/  imbuere,  imbui,  imbutus,  inibuendus, imbrue. 

Induo,^  induere,  indui,  indutus, put  on. 

Insuo,^  insuere,  insui,  insQtus, sov)  in^  join  to. 

*Lambo/  lambere,  Iambi, , lick. 

Lego,^  legere,  legi,  lectus,  lecturus,  legendus, gather^  read. 

*Linquo,^  linquere,  liqui, ,  linquendus, leave. 

*Luo,'  luere,  lui, ,  luiturus,  luendus, pay^  atone. 

Mando,®  mandere,  mandi,  mansus,  mandendus, chew. 

Metuo,*^  metuere,  metui,  mettilus,  rnetuendus, fear. 

Mtnuo,*°  mtnuere,  mtnui,  minutus,  minuendus, , lessen. 

Pinso/^  pinsere,  pinsi  or  pinsui,  pinsttus,  pinsus  or  pistus, bake. 

*Pliio/''  pluere,  plui  or  pluvi, , ram. 

Prehendo/^  prehendere,  prehendi,  prehensus,  r.  d,  or 

Prendo,  prendere,  prendi,  prensus,  r.  d take^  seize. 

*Psallo,  psallere,  psalli, , play  on  an  instrument, 

Rumpo,"  rumpere,  rupi,  ruptus,  rupturus,  d break. 

Ruo,^^  ruere,  rui,  rutus,  rutturus, rush^  fall. 

*Scabo,^*  scabere,  scabi, , scratch. 

*Scando,"  scandere,  scandi, ,  scandendus, cli:.ih. 

*Sido,'^  sidere,  sidi, , sink  down. 

Solvo,'°  solvere,  solvi,  solutus,  soluturus,  d loose. 

^  Imbui,  f)erf.  CatuU.  Inibuendus,  Curt.  —  ^Iridui,  Cic.  Tiisc.  Indiitus,  Virg. 
-^n.  ii.  275.  It  has  no  other  Participle.  —  ^The  Perfect  of  the  simple  Suo  occurs 
only  in  Prise. ;  but  we  have  Insuere,  Plin.  Insuisses,  Cic.  and  Lisuerat,  Liv.  Sutus, 
Ovid.  Suendus,  Cels.  Assutus  does  not  occur.  Consutus,  Plaut.  Circumsuo  is 
not  found  in  the  classics ;  yet  Circumsulus,  Plin.  Dissufiis,  Ovid.  Dissnendus, 
Cic.  Off.  i.  33.  —  ^Lamberat,  Lucil.  ap.  Prise.  Lamhui,  Bibl.  Vulgat.  Priscian  ibid, 
gives  the  supine  Lambtfum,  but  without  authority.  Lambo,  -is,  -ivi,  Cassiodor.  de 
Orthogr.  p.  2309.  Putsch.  —  ^  Leclurus,  Ovid.  Met.  Legendus,  Ovid.  —  ^'Llclus, 
parlicip.  quidam  putant  legi  ap.  Capitolm.  in  M.  Anton.  Philosc.  c.  7.,  sed  locus  ille 
incertus  valde  est,  et  mendo  corruptus.'  Facciolat.  Relictus,  Virg.  Georg.  iv.  127. 
et  passim.  Linquendus,  Ovid.  Met  —  ''Lui,  Justin.  'In  prsEteritis  U  dicimus  Ion- 
gum,  luit,  pluit ;  in  praesenti  breve,  liiit,  pluit.'  So  writes  Varro,  LuVurus,  Claud. 
Luendus, Tacit.  Eluendus,  Cic.  Off.  Abluiurus,  August.  Abluendus,  FVm.  D'du- 
endus,  Liv. — ^'Quidam  praeteritum  mandui,  alii  mandidi  esse  voluerunt;  sed  neu- 
trumobtinult'  Priscian.  3fanc?is?e<,  Liv.  Mansus,  Qlumtil.  Mandendus,  Cch. — 
^  Metui,  Terent.  MetUtus,  Lucr.  Meluendus,  Senec.  — 1°  Minuendus,  Cic.  Off  — 
"  Pinserunt,  Varr.  R.  R.  Pinsui,  Pompon,  ap.  Diomed.  Pinsilus,  Colum.  Piusns, 
Vitruv.  Pistus,  Plin.  —  ^^Pluisse,  Cic.  Die.  Pluverat,  Plaut.  The  Perfect  Plvit 
according  to  Varro  L.  L.  viii.  60,  had  the  first  syllable  long.  See  Luo.  —  ^^Prendc- 
rat,  Stat.  Theb.  Prehensurus,  Ovid.  10.  Prenendendus,  Ovid.  Some  write  Prce- 
hendo,  others  Preendo.  See  Dausqu.  in  Orthogr.  —  ^*  Rupturus,  Plaut.  Rnmpen- 
dus,  Justin.  —  "  This  Verb  is  mostly  used  in  the  imperfect  Tenses.  Ruerant,  Claud. 
Rutus  is  found  only  in  the  Neut.  pi.  Ruta  ccBsa,  Cic.  Varro  de  L.  L.  viii.  60., 
makes  the  U  long  in  the  simple  Rutus.  Ruiturus,  Ovid.  Dzruendus,  Veil.  Obru- 
eruius,  Colum.  —  ^^  Scdberai,  Lucil.  None  of  the  Participles  are  found.  —  ^'The 
Perfect  Scandi  cannot  be  found  :  Ainsworth  cites  scandisse,  Liv.  xxi.  62. ;  but  the 
reading  is  escendisse,  ascendisse,  Cic.  Conscenderaf,  Virg.  ^n.  iv.  646.  Descendi- 
rit,  Liv.  xxxvi.  7.  Yet  Descendzdit,  Cell.  Descendiderat,  ibid.  Ascendi,  Cic.  pro 
Dom.  c.  28.  Scandendus,  Propert.  Ascensurus,  Tibull.  Ascendendus,  Caes.  B. 
C.  —  '^^SldlfYat,^t9X.^y\\.  Slderit,  Co\um.  Conslderant,  Tacit.  Ann.  The  Per- 
fect Sedi  given  in  grammars  and  dictionaries  does  not  come  from  Sido,  but  from 
Sedeo.  —  ^^  Solvi,  Cic.  Off.  iii.  12.  et  passim.  Soluisse,  Tibull.  Soluturus,  Cic.  Off 
Solvendus,  Plin.  Epist. 


THIRD    CCXJtJrxATION    OF    VERBS.  liJ3 

'^Spuo,^  spuere,  spui,  -- — , spit. 

Statuo,''  statuere,  statui,  statutus,  statuendus, place, 

*Sternuo,''  sternuere,  sternui, , sneeze. 

Strido/  stridere,  stridi, , hiss,  creak. 

Tribuo,^  tribuere,  tribui,  tributus,  tributurus,  d give. 

Verro,^  verrere,  verri,  versus,  verrendus, brush. 

Verto,'  vertere,  verti,  versus,  versurus,  vertendus, turn, 

Vinco,^  vincere,  vici,  viclus,  victurus,  d conquer, 

Volvo,^  volvere,  volvi,  volutus,  volvendus, roll. 

§  168.  Verbs  changing  -o  into  -si  for  the  Per- 
fect, and  into  -tus,  or  sus^  for  the  Perfect  Partici- 
ple Passive : 

Carpo,^"  carpere,  carpsi,  carptus,  carpendus, pluck. 

Cedo,^^  cedere,  cessi,  cessus,  cessurus, yield. 

Claudo,^'^  claudere,  clausi,  clausus,  clausurus,  claudendus, shut. 

*Clepo,^^  clepere,  clepsi, , steal. 

Como,**  comere,  comsi,  comtus, deck. 

Demo,^^  demere,  demsi,  demtus,  demlurus,  demendus,  ....  take  away. 

DivWo/^  dividere,  divisi,  divisus,  divisurus,  d divide, 

Gero,^'  gerere,  gessi,  gestus,  gesturus,  gerendus, carry, 

Laedo,^^  laedere,  laesi,  laesus,  Isesum,  Isesurus, hurt, 

Liido,  ludere,  lusi,  lusus,  lusurus, play. 

Mergo,^^  mergere,  mersi,  mersus,  mersurus, dip. 

Nubo,'^°  nubere,  nupsi,  nuptus,  nuptum,  r veil,  marry. 

^Spuisse,  Solin.  This  Verb  has  no  Participle.  Respuerit,  Cic.  Nat.  Deor.  Re- 
spuendus,  Aul.  Gell.  —  ^Statutus,  Varr.  Statuevdus,  Colum.  Consiltuendus,  Aul. 
Gell.  —  3  Stervuerit,  Plin.  —  •*  Strlderaf.  See  Strideo,  Second  Conj.  List,  ix,  — 
s  Trihulurus,  Ovid.  Met.  Trihiendus,  Lucr.  —  ^  Verreriin,  Hieronym.  in  Hel vid.  in 
fin.  The  Perfect  Verri  occurs  nowhere  else,  except  in  Charis.  iii.  p.  218. ;  and  in 
Prise.  X.  p.  900.  But  Servius  on  Virg.  ^n.  i.  63.  gives  Fern.  Versus,  Propert. 
Vorsns,  Plaut.  Verrendus,  Ovid.  — ''  Verti,  Cic.  Propert.  The  Perfect  Versi, 
found  in  Ovid,  ex  Pont.  i.  9.  52.,  does  not  come  from  Verto,  as  some  suppose,  but 
from  Vergo.  See  Heinsius  and  Burman  on  the  passage.  Versus,  Hor.  iii.  Od.  29. 
2.  et  passim.  Versurus,  Liv.  Vertendus,  Colum.  —  ^  Victurus,  Liv,  Vincendus, 
Martial.  —  ^  Volvi,  Virg.  vi.  748.  Volutus,  Virg.  Georg.  iii.  621.  Volvendus,  Cic. — 
M  Carptus,  Ovid.  Carpendus,  Cic.  de  Orat.  iii.  49.  —  "  Cessi,  Ovid.  Cesse,  for  ces- 
sisse,  Lucr.  Cessus,  Liv.  Cessurus,  Tacit.  Ann.  —  ^"^  Clausi,  Hor.  ii.  Od.  4.  et 
passim.  Clusi,  Nummus  Neronis,  ap.  Patin.  Claudo,  -is  for  claudus  sum,  I  am 
lame,  has  no  Perfect.  Clausus,  Virg.  ^^n.  vi.  734.  et  passim.  Clusus,  Senec. 
Clausurus,  Ovid.  Claudendus,  Ovid.  Cludendus,  Scribon.  Larg.  c.  42.  The  Com- 
pounds drop  A  of  the  root.  —  ^^  Clepsi,  Manil.  Clepsit,  for  clepserif,  Liv.  xxii.  10. 
The  Perfect  Clepi  is  found  in  Cic.  de  Leg.  ii.  9.  This  Verb  has  no  Participles. 
Cleptus  is  found  only  in  dictionaries.  —  ^^  Comsi,  TibuU.  See  note  on  Emo,  fore- 
going list.  —  ^^Dems7,  Liv.  Demturus,  Justin.  Demendus,  Cels.  —  ^^  Dlvisse,  for 
divtsisse,  Hor.  ii.  Sat.  3.  169-  Divisurus,  Liv.  Dlv^dendus,  D^vtdundus,  Auh 
Gell. —  ^'' Gesfurus,  Lucan.  Gerendus,  Cic.  de  Senec.  —  ^^LcEsum,  Cic.  Fara. 
LasUrus,  hucan.  The  compounds  make  l7di  ;  AlUdo,  I  dash  against;  CoUldo,  I 
dash  together;  Elldo,  I  dash  out;  Illido,  I  dash  against.  —  ^^ Lusus,  played,  Ovid. 
Trisl  deluded.  Id.  Fast.    Lusurus,  Id.  Trist.  —  ^^  Mersurus,  Ovid. 

12 


134  TIIIKD    CONJUOATION    OP    VEUBS. 

Plaudo/  plauderc,  plausi,  plausus,  plaudendus,  . ,  applaud  hy  clapping 

the  hands, 

Premo.,"  premere,  pressi,  pressus,  pressurus,  d press, 

Pr&mo,^  prornere,  promsi,  pronitus,  promturus,  promeiidus,  .  bring  out, 

'Radc/  radere,  rasi,  rasus,  radendus, shave, 

'*"'Repo,'^  repere,  repsi, , creep, 

Rodo/  rodere,  rosi,  rosus,  rosurus, gnaw, 

Scalpo,'  s^alpere,  scalpsi,  scalptus, scratch, 

Scribo,®  scribere,  scripsi,  scriptus,  scripturus,  n write, 

Sculpo,^  sculpcre,  sculpsi,  Bculptas,  sculpendus, carve, 

^Serpo,'"  serpere,  serpsi,  , creep. 

Spargo,"  spargere,  sparsi,  sparsus,  sparsurus,  d. spread. 

Sumo,^^  sumere,  sumsi,  sumtus,  sumturus,  d take, 

*Temno/^  temnere,  lemsi, ,  temnendus, despise, 

Tergo.     See  Tergeo,  Second  Conj.  List  V. 

Trudo,'''  trudere,  triisi,  trusus, thrust. 

Uro/^  urere,  ussi,  ustus,  urendus, burn, 

*Vado,^®  vadere,  vasi, , go. 

Vergo,"  vergere,  versi,  versus, incline, 

^  1  Nups^i,  Cic.  passim.  Nubui,  Valer.  Prob.  in  Cathol.  Nupfa  sum,  Cic.  *  Noviis 
nuptus,'  Piaut.  NupLum,  Cass.  B.  G.  We  should  always  say,  '  Nuptum  dare  coilo- 
care,'  never  Nujitui,  as  is  found  in  some  grammars  and  diclionaries.  See  Draken- 
borch  on  Liv.  i.  49.  Nuplurus,  Ovid.  —  ^Plausus,  Virg.  Georg.  iii.  185.  Plauden- 
dus, Ovid.  Plodere,  Varr.  ap.  Non.  whence  the  compounds,  Complcdo,  I  clap 
together ;  Explodo,  I  hiss  or  clap  off,  explode,  &c.  — -  ^  Pi-essurns,  Ovid.  Premendus, 
Cic.  Tusc.  The  Compounds  make  prima,  pressi,  pressus;  Convpr^imo,  I  press 
together;  Expr?mo,  I  squeeze  out,  &c.  Depressurn  eunt,  Plant.  —  ^Promturus, 
Apul.  FJorid.  Promeudts,  Cic.  Depromtum,  Piaut.  See  note  on  Emo,  foregoing 
List  —  6 /?««,  Plin.  xxviii.  4.  Radendus,  'I'acit.  Ann.  —  ^  Rcsisse,  Plin.  Circum- 
roserit,  Plin.  Corroserivf,  Cic.  de  Divin.  ii.  27.  Perroserint,  Cels.  Rosus,  Stat. 
Rosurus,  Phaedr.  The  Perfects  of*  Ahrcdo,  Arrddo,  Ercdo,  Obrcdo,  Prcercdo,  are 
not  found  in  the  classics.  — ''  Scalpsi,  Plin.  Scalptus,  Cic.  Acad.  Circum scalptus, 
Plm.  Inscalptus,  Plin.  though  Circi.mscalpo,  Inscalpo,  do  not  occur.  Eocscalpo, 
Varr.  L.  L.  Quintil.  Exsculptus,  Cato,  K.  R.  —  ^Scripsti,  for  scripsisti,  Piaut. 
Sc'ripse,  for  scripsisse,  Anson.  Scripturus,  Tacit.  Ann.  E-ecemvir  legibus  scrihen- 
fZ/.s,  Sueton.  Descrlhendvs,  Aul.  Cell.  —  ^Diomed.  i,  p.  574.,  does  not  admit  of 
Sculvo ;  but  derives  the  Compounds,  Exsmlpo,  Inscvlpo,  from  Scalpo.  It  is  reject- 
ed also  by  Gesner  in  his  Thesaur.  L.  L.  ScvlpsitrQxu].  where  some  read  Sca/psif, 
others  Scidpit  or  Sralpit.  Sculpe7idiis,\'nru\.  '^  Scvlpcvdis  gemmis  la ns,' Apul. 
w4iere  others  read  Scalpendis.  Cf  Plin.  xxxvi.  4. —  ^^ Serpsi  is  found  only  in  Fes- 
tus,  lib.  xvii.,  where  he  says,  *  Serpsii,  aniiqai  pro  serpsirit  usi  sunt.' — '^  SpaisL 
Virg.  Georg.  iv.  28.  Sparsurus,  Ovid.  Spargeiidvs,  Veil.  T'he  Compounds  make 
spergo,  spersi,  spersus. —  ^^  Snnise,  for  svmsisse,  IVaev.  ap.  Cell.  Svmfurus,  0\id. 
Sumevdus,  Sueton.  The  difference  between  Sumo  and  Acnpio  is  this:  Sumlmus, 
ipsi ;  accrplmus,  ab  aijo. —  ^^  Temserc,  Lucil.  where  Scaligcr  reads  Temucre,  sup- 
posing the  Perfect  to  be  Temni.  Temsi  does  not  occur  elsewhere  in  the  classics, 
except  in  the  Compound  Couiemsl,  Cic.  pro  Mur.  Tibull.  I'emivs  occurs  only  in 
the  ComjTOiind  Conlcm'vs,  Cic.  Temuendus,  Ovid. —  ^^Trusi,  Claud.  Trusus, 
Tacit. —  '^  IJss'i,  Plin.  Urevdus,  Ilor.  —  '^  V/~sif,  TertuU.  It  occure  nowhere  else, 
except  in  the  Compounds  EvusI,  Cic.  Catil.  Livosi,  Cic.  Fhil.  Pervasi,  Tacit. 
Ann.  Evasuriis,  Liv.  xxv.  11.  luvasurvs,  x.  35.  Invadcudiss,  xxiii.  44.  Pcrva- 
sTirus,  xxxvii.  25.  — "  Versi,  Ovid.  See  note  on  Verio,  foregoing  List.  Verxi, 
Diomed.  but  without  example.  The  Compounds,  Divergo,  I  incline  downwards, 
Evergo,  I  send  fJjrlh,  Tnvergo,  I  invert,  pour  out,  have  neither  Perfect  nor  Perfect 
Participle.  Yet  we  read  in  Festus, '  Dciersus,  diccbant,  deorsum  versus.*  Versus, 
Liv. 


THIRD    CONJUGATION    Op   VERBS.'  135 

§  169.  Verbs  making  -xi  in  the  Perfect,  and  -xusj 
or   ctus  in  the  Perfect  Participle  Passive  : 

*An jTo/  angere,  anxi, , ;. strangle,  vex. 

Cingo,^  cingere,  cinxi,  cinctus,  cingendiis, surround. 

Coquo,^  coquere,  coxi,  coctiis,  cocturn,  coquendus, cook. 

Dico/  dicere,  dixi,  d ictus,  dictu,  dicttirus,  dicendus, say. 

Diligo,^  diligere,  dilexi,  dilectus, love  dearly. 

Duco,^  ducere,  duxi,  ductus,  ductum,  ducturus,  d lead. 

Emungo,'  emungere,  emunxi,  emunctus, wipe. 

Extir.guo,®  extingnere,  extinxi,  extinctus,  r,  d quench. 

Figo,°  f  igere,  fixi,  fixus,  fixurus, Jtjc,  fasten. 

Fingo,^°  fingere,  finxi,  fictus,  fingendus, fiign,  form. 

Flecto,^^  flectere,  flexi,  flexus,  flectendus, bend. 

*Fligo,''^  fligere,  fiixi, , dash. 

Fluo,^^  fluere,  fiuxi,  fluxus,  fluxurus Jlow. 

Intelligo,^'*  intelligere,  intellexi,  intellectus,  intellectu, 

intellecturus,  intelligendus, understand, 

Jungo,^^  jungere,  junxi,  junctus,  juncturus,  d join. 

*Mingo,'''  mingere,  minxi, ,  mictum, make  water. 

Mungo.     See  Emungo. 

Necto,"  nectere,  nexui  or  nexi,  nexus,  nectendus, knit. 

Negligo,^^  negligere,  neglexi,  neglectus,  r.  d neglect. 

1  AvxiU  Gell.  The  Participles  Avxus  and  Anctnn,  and  Supine  Anxiim,  given  by 
Prise,  do  not  exist  elsewhere,  though  Scaliger  would  read,  '  Anctos,  excruciates,'  in 
Festus,  where  others  read  Aviios.  —  ^  Cirixi,  Virg.  ^n.  v.  13.  dvgevdvs,  Ovid.  — 
3  Coxi,  Cic.  Tusc.  Coctv-m,  Plaut.  Ccqrtendvs,  Id.  —  '^  Dixti,  dixist,  for  dixisti,  dix- 
eria,  Gell.  Dixe,  f5;r  dixis^e,  Varr.  ap.  Non.  Dice,  for  die,  Plaut.  Dirtv,  Plirx. 
Dirfurvs,lA\.  D'<rp7id7is,Ve]l  —  ^An  irregular  compound  of  Lego.  Dilexi,  Cic. 
Fam.  So  Cdl/igo,  I  collect,  collexi.  Collectv,  Plin.  —  ^Duce.  {brdvc,  Plaut.  Dvxfi, 
for  duxisii,  Varr.  ap.  Non.  Durhim,  Cacs.  B.  C.  DucJurvs,  Liv.  i.  44.  Diicendt/a, 
Cels.  —  7  Emunxti,  for  emvnxisti,  Plant.  The  simple  Mvngn  occurs  only  in  the 
Vett.  Gloss.,  and  in  the  various  reading  of  a  Fragment  of  Cato,  where  the  text  has 
emnvgeniur.  —  ^Some  derive  Exiivguo  from  Tivgnc,  'quia  ignis  aqua  tinctus 
opprimitur.'  Extinxit,  ior  extivxerit,  Plaut.  Extir.cfurvs,  Liv.  Fx.'ivgvendvs, 
Cic.  de  Orat.  i.  14.  —  ^  Fixiifi,  Virg.  ^En.  iv.  495  et  passim.  F'ictvs,  for  fxns,  Varr. 
R.  R.  S«)  ^covfcivs  eagittis,'  Scaur,  ap.  Diome'd.  Fixurvs,  Ovid.  Ajf;xit,  for 
ojfixissef,  Sil. —  ''^Fingendus,  Auson.  —  "  Fhrieridi/s,  Plin. —  ^"^  F'i'fxi,  Lucr.  Some 
cite  Flictvs  from  Virgil,  but  no  such  Participle  occurs  in  that  poet.  AJflicf^s,  Csrs. 
B.  G.  et  rassim.  Conflictvs  dors  not  occur.  —^^^  Flvxirs,  Apul.  Met.  Flvxurvs, 
I-ucan.  Flnclurvs,  Prise.  —  ^^  An  irregular  c4inpound  of  Lego.  Tnfcllcxi,  Cie. 
IvfeUexfi,  for  infeflexisfi,  Cic.  In1ellexe.!<,  for  irtfellfxisses,  Plaut.  Inteltrgi,  for  infel- 
lexi,  Ulpian.  ap.  Voss.  In'eVectus,  Ovid.  Infelhrtv,  Nepos.  TnfeUecfvws,  Ovid. 
Infelliffeiidvst,  Cic.  —  '^Juvcfunis,  Liv.  xxix.  5.  Jiivgevdim,  Cc\q.  Ad  juncfvm  Iri, 
Cic.  Fam.  —  ^^The  imperfect  tense  of  Mh:go  ard  its  Compounds  are  scarcely  ever 
found.  Minxi,  ITor.  Art.  Poet.  471.  Mdo,  which  is  of  rrcre  frequent  use,  has  no 
Perfect,  though  Valer.  Prob.  Calhol.  p.  1483,  gives  it  Mexi,  and  Diomed.  i.  p.  .3^^. 
Mewvi.  The  latter  r.lso  gives  Mio,  -is,  -if,  but  cites  no  example  to  prove  either. 
Micliim,  Ilor.  i.  Sat.  8.  38. —  -"^  Nexvi,  Sallrst.  Fragm.  Nexi,  Propert.  Anvexvi, 
Plin.  Corvexvi,  (^luud.  Rufn.  Twrxrti,  Virg.  ^n.  v.  425.  Nixvs,  Cic.  Tusc. 
AvnexvR,  Id.  de  luv.  Cnnvexvs,  Id.  Nat.  Deor.  et  passim,  hivexiis,  VMrg.  ^n.  v. 
510.  Necfevdus,JJor.  —  '^An  irregular  Compound  of  J J^ go.  Neglexi,  Cic.  Fam. 
et  passim.  Neai'gi,  for  neglexi,  .^mil.  Macer  ap.  Diomed.  Negledurus,  Cces,  B. 
G.     NegHgendus,  Id.  B.  G.' 


136  THIRD    CONJUGATIOri    OF    VERBS. 

Pango/  pangere,  panxi  or  pegi,  pactus,  pancturas, 

pangendus, drive  in,  fix,  fasten, 

Pecto,''  pexui  or  pexi,  pectere,  pexus  or  peclitus, 

pectendus, comb,  dress,  beat, 

*Pergo,^  pergere,  perrexi,  — ,  perrecturus, go  forward, 

*Plango,*  plangere,  planxi, ,  plancturus, beat,  bewail. 

Plecto,^  plectere,  plexi,  plexus,  plectendus, twine, 

Rego/  regerc,  rexi,  rectus,  recturus,  regendus, rule, 

Stinguo.     See  Extinguo. 

Stringo,'   stringere,  strinxi,   striclus,   etricturus, 

stringendus, tie  hard,  graze,  strip, 

Struo,®  struere,  struxi,  structus,  struendus, build, 

Sugo,'  sugere,  suxi,  suctus, suck, 

Surgo,'°  surgere,  surrexi,  surrectus,  surrecturus, rise, 

Tego,^^  tegere,  texi,  tectus,  tectums,  tegendus, cover, 

Tingo,"  tingere,  tinxi,  tinctus,  tincturus,  d dip,  die, 

Traho,"  trahere,  traxi,  tractus,  tracturus,  d draw, 

Ungo,"  ungere,  unxi,  unctus,  ungendus, anoint, 

Veho,^^  vehere,  vexi,  vectus,  vecturus, carry, 

*Vivo,'*  vivere,  vixi, ,  victums, live. 

§  170«  Verbs  changing  -o  into  -ui: 

*Accumbo,"  accumbere,  acciibui, , lie  down. 

^This  Verb  should  be  carefully  distinguished  from  Paso,  List.  xvi.  Panxi, 
Colum.  Pegerit,  Cic.  de  Leg.  (ubi  Steph.  et  al.  Pemgerii) ;  Peg),  Pacuv.  ap.  Fest. 
Pactus,  fixed,  fastened,  Pallad.  Pancturus,  Id.  Pangendus,  Colum.  —  ^  Pexisfi, 
Mecaenas.  ap.  Prise.  Pexui,  plerique  ap.  Prise.  Pecfivi,  Asper.  1.  c.  et  ap.  Prise. 
The  Perfects  of  Depecto,  I  trim,  I  curry,  and  Repecto,  I  comb  again,  do  not  exist. 
Pexus,  Hor.  i.  Epist.  i.  95.  el  passim.  PccVdus,  Colum.  Pectendiis,  Ovid.  Impexus, 
Hor.  though  Impecio  does  not  occur  in  the  classics.  —  ^  Porgo,  Lucr.  i.  930.  Per- 
rexi, Cic.  pro  Plane.  Perrecturus,  Cic.  Tusc.  —  *  Planed,  Stat.  Theb.  Plancturus, 
Germanic,  in  Arat.  198.  —  ^  Pleclo,  in  the  sense  of  imptico,  necto,  texo,  has  the  Per- 
fect Plexi,  Liv.  Erotopaegn.  ap.  Prise,  ix.  p.  903.  The  Perfect  Plcxni,  given  by 
Voss.  Gram.  v.  31,  is  found  only  in  St.  Jerome's  translation  of  the  Bible,  called  the 
Vulgate,  Jud.  xvi.  13.  Plecto,  in  the  sense  of  verhero,  has  no  Perfect,  and  is  scarce- 
ly ever  used  in  the  Active.  '  Pkclere  enm,'  Impp.  Dioclet.  et  Maxim.  Cod.  '  Fas- 
tis pleclKo,'  Plant.  ' Plecfe  pugnis,'  Id.;  but  the  true  reading  is  pecdlo,  ppcle. 
Plexus,  Lucr.  Plectendus,  Solin.  xv.  25.  —  ^  Rrxi,  Propert.  passim.  Rectus,  Sidon. 
Carm.  Recturus,  Manil.  Regendus,  Ovid.  So  the  Compounds  Arrlgo  and  Erigo, 
I  raise  up;  Dlrlgo,  I  direct;  Corrlgo,  I  correct;  Surrigo,  I  raise  up;  Porrigo,  I 
stretch  out,  sometimes  contracted  to  Porgo,  whence  Porxif,  Stat.  — '' Slrinxi,  Stat. 
Striclus,  Id.  Stricturus,  Saeton.  Stringendus,  Cic.  Off!  —  ^Struxi,  Ovid.  Met. 
Struendus,  Tacit.  Ann.  Obsfructum  Iri,  Justin.  —  ^  Suxisse,  Cic.  Tusc.  Suctus, 
Pallad.  —  ^°  Surrexi,  Cic.  de  Inv.  Surrexti,  for  surrexi sti.  Martial,  v.  80.  Surrec- 
tus, Liv.  passim.  SurrectUrus,  Colum.  —  *^  Texi,  Propert.  Tectums,  Lucan. 
Trgendns,  Ovid. —  ^'^  Manut.  Pier,  on  Virg.  Daiisq.  and  Broukhus.  on  Propert.  pre- 
fer Tinguo.  Tinxi.,  Ovid.  Met.  Tinctvs,  Hor.  iii.  Od.  10.  14.  et  passim.  Tinctii- 
rM.«,  Ovid.  Tingendus,  Propert.  —  '^  Tmji,  Senec.  7Vac^i^s,  Ovid.  Met.  TracJu- 
rus,  Liv.  xxxiii.  9.  Trahendus,  PI  in.  Attracttim  tri,  Cic.  Att.  Disfrohendus, 
Gell.  —  '4  goiyie  write  Unguo,  whence  the  Perfect  Ungui,  ap.  Prise,  but  without 
authority.  Unxi,  Ovid.  Unctus,  Hor.  Unge?id7is,  Ce\s. —  ^^  Fea:?,  Cic.  Nat.  Deor. 
Vectus,  Virg.  Mn.  i.  528.  et  passim.  Vccfurvs,  Claud.  —  '^  Vixi,  Cic.  Off!  iii.  2.  et 
passim.  Vixef,  for  vixisset,  Virg.  JEn.  xi.  118.  Viveho,  Nonius  ap.  Vos.  v.  35. 
ViclUrus,  Cic.  Verr.  iv.  47.  Cajs.  B.  C.  —  "The  Compounds  of  Cuho,  of  this  Con- 


THIRD  CONJUGATION  OF  VERBS.  137 

Alo,*  alcre,  alul,  alttus  or  altus,  alendus, nourish, 

Assero,''  assererc,  asserui,  ass'^rtus,  r.  d assert^  claim, 

CoW  colere,  colui,  cultus,  colendus, tilly  adorn,  worship. 

♦Cornpesco/  compescere,  compescui, — ,  compescendus,    restrain. 

Consero/  conserere,  conserui,  consertus,  conserturus,  . .  join  together. 
Consulo,^  consulere,  consului,  consultus,  consultum, 

consulturus,  consiilendus, consult. 

Depso,'  depsere,  depsui,  depstus, knead,  tan  leather. 

Desero/  deserere,  deserui,  deserlus,  deserturus, forsake. 

*Desterto,'  destertere,  destertui, , cease  snoring. 

*Disscro,'°  disserere,  disserui, , discourse,  debate. 

Excello,"  excel lere,  excellui,  excelsus, he  raised  high,  excel. 

Exsero,^^  exserere,  exserui,  exsertus, put  forth. 

*Fremo,'^  fremere,  fremui, ,  fremendus, roar. 

*Gemo,'^  gemere,  gemui, ,  gemendus, groan. 

Geno,'*  genui,  or 

Gigno,  gig-nere,  genui,  genYtue,  gentturus, beget,  produce. 

Insero,'^  inserere,  inserui,  insertus,  inserendus, ingraft. 

*Mrilo.     See  Irregular  Verbs. 

Molo/'^  molere,  molui,  molitus, grind. 

*Nolo.     See  Irregular  Verbs. 

Occtilo/®  occulere,  occiilui,  occultus, hide. 

jugation,  take  M  in  the  imperfect  Tenses,  and  drop  it  in  forming  the  Perfect  and 
Supine.    Accubvi,  Liv.  xxviii.  18.    Discubiii,  Cic.    Discuhltujn,  Plant. 

lAZa?,  Hor.  AUtus,  Curt.  AZ^i/s,  Cic.  Nat.  Deor.  AZfn^/?/.^  Ovid.  — 2  The  Per- 
fect of  the  simple  Scro,  I  knit,  does  not  exist  now.  Its  Participle  is  Sirfun,  Lucan. 
passim.  Asserui,  Ovid.  Assertus,  Sueton.  Asserturus,  Sueton.  Claud.  Asseren- 
dus,  Sueton.  Jul.  So  the  other  Compounds,  Conscro,  I  join  together;  Destro,  I  for- 
sake; Dissero,  I  discuss;  Edissero,  I  declare,  discourse  of;  Exstro,  I  put  forth; 
Insero,  I  ingraft.  —  ^  Cnlui,  Virg.  JEn.  i.  19.  et  passim.  Colendus,  Curt.  —  ^  Com- 
pescuit,  Ovid.  The  Perfect  Participle  does  not  occur  in  the  classics  :  yet  v^e  have 
'saxo  compescifa,'  in  an  ancient  inscription.  The  Supine  Compescitum  is  found 
only  in  Priscian.  x.  p.  887.  Compescendus,  Plin.  Epist. —  •''See  Ass^ro.  Conseriu- 
TVS,  Liv.  vi.  12.  —  ^  ConsTdui,  Ca?s.  B.  C.  Consvltus,  Stat.  AchiJl.  Ccnsidlum, 
Plaut.  Bacch.  Considlurus,  Tacit.  Ann.  Consulendv.s,  Aul.  Grll.  CovsuliiurvSj 
ap.  Fortunat.  Carm.,  is  a  barbarism  not  to  be  imitated.  —  ''Depsui,  Cato  R.  R. 
7)cj9si,  Varr.  ap.  Non.  CoTic^ejo^j/i,  Pompon,  ap.  Prob.  Perdepsni,Q^\\i\\.  Dcjistvs, 
Cato  R.  R.  It  has  no  other  Participle.  —  ^  Dcscrin,  Quintil.  Dcsertvs,  Cic.  Fam. 
D eser turns,  Terenl.  Ai\dT.  '  Destnndas  ItaliaB  conjuralio,'  Liv.  xxiv.  43.  —  ^Des- 
terlui,  Pers.  This  \erb  has  no  Participles.  Sitrtui,  the  Perfect  of  the  simple 
Sferto,  does  not  occur  in  the  classics ;  but  it  is  given  by  Prise,  x.  p.  903.  Sterfers, 
Cic.  de  Div. —  ^°See  Asscro.  Dissertus,  disputed,  debated,  occurs  only  in  St. 
Jerome  on  Isaia.  xi.  4.  —  ^^  Excellcas,  oi'  the  second  Conj.  is  found  in  Cic.  Fragm. 
ap.  Prise.  The  simple  CeZ/o  does  not  exist ;  though  many  grammars  and  diction- 
aries give  it  the  Perfects  Ceculi  and  Cellui.  Ciliereidnr,  i.  e.  mavtrcntur,  is  read 
in  Servius  on  Virg.  Georg.  ii.  389.,  and  Cillentvr,  for  movcnfur,  in  Isid.  Excdlui, 
Gell.  Antecello,  I  excel ;  FrcBctUo,  I  surpass,  Recello,  I  move  or  draw  back,  have 
no  Perfects.  See  Percello,  List  xviii.  Cdsus  and  Excehus  are  used  adjectively.  — 
^^See  Aasero.  Exsertus,  Plin.  passim.  —  '^^  Fremui,  Martial.  Fremendvs,  Slat. 
Theb.  —  ^^  Ganui,  Propert.  Gemendvs,  Ovid.  —  ^^  Genunf,  Varr.  ap.  Prise.  Gerendi, 
Id.  R.  R.  Gertvi,  Cic.  Nat.  Deor.  Gmifus,  Virg.  ^n.  ix.  642.  et  passim.  Ghrdu- 
rus.  Curt.  '  GignendcB  herbas  aptior,'  Curt.  —  ^^See  Asscro.  Ini<crer<dus,  Cels. 
See  Scro,  List  xviii.  — "  iVf^^Z?/?,  Petron.  Sat.  Moliftis,  Ca?s.  B.  G.  —  ^^  A  Com- 
pound of  Colo.  Occului,  Ovid.  Met.  Occultus,  Virg.  Georg.  iii.  397.  et  passim.  The 
other  Participles  do  not  occur. 

1:2* 


138  THIRD    CONJUGATION    OF    VERBS. 

Pono,*  ponere,  posui,  pSsttus,  poslttirus,  d put,  place. 

Sterto.     See  Desterto. 

*Strepo,^  strepere,  strepui, , make  a  noise,  murmur. 

Texo,^  texere,  texui,  textus,  texendus, weave. 

*Trerno/  tremere,  tremui, ,  tremendus tremble. 

*Volo.     See  Irregular  Verbs. 

Vomo,^  vomere,  vomui,  vomttus,  vomiturus,  d cast  up. 

§  171.  The  following  make  -ivi: 

Arcesso,"  arcessere,  arcessivi,  arcessitus,  arcessiturus, 

arcessendus, call,  send  for. 

*Capesso,'  capessere,  capessivi  or  capessii, ,  ca- 

pessiturus,  capessendus, take  in  hand. 

*Incesso,®  incessere,  incessivi  or  incessi, , attack. 

Lacesso,"  lacessere,  lacessivi,  lacessii  or  lacessi,  laces- 
situs,  lacessiturus,  lacessendus,    provoke. 

Peto,^®  petere,  petivi  or  petii,  petitus,  petitum,  petitu, 

petiturus,  petendus, ask. 

QuBBro,"  queerere,  qusesivi  or  qusesii,  qusesitus,  quaesi- 

tum,  qusesiturus,  quaerendus, seek, 

Facesso,^"^  I  execute,  go  away,  makes  fdcessi,  facessitus. 

§  173.  Verbs  doubling  the  first  syllable  in  the 
Perfect : 

♦Cado,^"  cadere,  cectdi, ,  casurus, fall. 

^Pvsvi,  Caes.  B.  C.  Posivi,  Plant.  Pseud,  ^o  Apposwi,  ?\dMt.  Mil.  iii.  3.  30. 
Compvs'vi,  Inscript.  Depvswi,  Plaut.  Cure.  iv.  3.  4.  Catull.  xxxiv.  8.  Deposisse, 
for  depvsivisse,  Catal.  Virg.  de  Sab.  Exposlm,  Plaut.  Impos'ivi,  Id.  Impansse, 
for  imposivisse,  Most.  Opposlvi,  Curt.  Reposivi,  Asin.  Supposlvi,  True.  Terent. 
Eun.  Posltus,  Virg.  Eel.  ii.  54.  et  passim.  Postus,  Lucr.  Positurus,  Ovid.  Met. 
Ponendus,  Cie.  Oral.  PrcBpositum  hi,  Terent.  Eun.  — ^  Strepui,  Virg.  -^n.  viii.  2. 
The  Participle  in  ns  only  is  found  in  the  classics.  —  ^  Texui,  Martial.  Some  dic- 
tionaries add  Texi,  which,  however,  does  not  occur  in  the  classics,  except  as  the 
Perfect  of  Tego.  Textus,  Ovid.  Fast.  Texendus,  Virg.  Georg.  ii.  371.  —  *  Tremui, 
Virg.  ^n.  viTi.  296.  Tremendus,  Stat.  Theb.  —  ^  Vomui,  Pers.  Sat.  Vvmitus, 
CobI.  Aurel.  Vomlfurus,  Plin.  Vomendus,  Lucr.  —  ^Arcesso,  not  accerso,  Voss.  in 
Etym.  Arcessivi,  Cie.  Quint.  Arcessitus,  Propert.  Arcessiturus,  Plaut.  Cas.  Ar- 
cessendus, Cels. — ''Capessivi,  Tacit.  Ann.  Capessii,  Arm.  xu.  2Q.  Capesslturus, 
Apul.  Met.  Tacit.  Ann.  Capessendus,  Plin.  Paneg.  —  ^Incessivi,  Plin.  lucesscrint, 
Tacit.  Hist.  ii.  23.,  which  is  also  the  Perfect  of  Incedo,  I  go.  —  ^Laccsslri,  Colum. 
J^cesslvi,  Cie.  F'am.  Lacessii,  Liv.  xxviii.  12.  Lacessisti,  Cie.  Phil.  Locessdus, 
Virg.  JEn.  vii.  526.  Lacessiturus,  Liv.  Lacessevdus,  Ca^s.  B.  G. —  ^^Pet'tvi,  Cie. 
Pclii,  Cass.  B.  G.  Petissp,  Cie.  Petitus,  Ovid.  Met.  Petitum,  Catull.  Pel'du, 
Claudian.  R^pellfum,  Liv.  iii.  Petiturus,  Tibull.  Pelendus,  Propert.  —  "  Q,u(£- 
sivi,  CMc.  Qua'sii,  Cie.  pro  Quinl.  c.  3.  Qua-sltus,  Virg.  ^¥.n.  vii.  758.  et  passim. 
Qucesltum,  Terent.  Quaslfurus,  Cie.  Q-icEreudiis,  Lucr.  Exqulsltum.,  Plaut.  In- 
giasltum,  Liv.  xl.  20. —  ^"^  Facessa-is,  Cie.  Facessisscf,  Tacit.  Hist.  Neither  the 
Perfect  Facesslvi,  nor  the  Participle  Facessus,  given  in  some  grammars  and  dic- 
tionaries, occurs  in  the  classics.  Facess'tus,  Cie.  Verr.  iv.  64.  —  '^  Ctcidi,  Virg. 
^n.  i.  158.  et  passim.     Casurus,  Cie.     Cadit,  ior  cMat,  Plaut. 


THIRD  CONJUGATION  OF  VERBS.  139 

Coedo,^  csBcIere,  cecidi,  caesus,  csesums,  d cut,  beat. 

*Cano,''  canere,  cecini, ,  canendus, sing, 

*Curro,^  currere,  ciicurri, ,  cursurus, run. 

*Disco/  discere,  dtdici, ,  disciturus,  discendiis, learn. 

Fallo/  fallere,  fefelli,  falsus,  fallendus, deceive. 

Pago,^  pagere,  peptgi,  pactus, bargain,  lay  a  wager, 

*Parco,'  parcere,  peperci  or  parsi, ,  parsurus, spare. 

*Pedo,  pedere,  pepedi,  Hor.  1.  Sat.  8.  46. , Trep^w. 

Pello,®  pellere,  pepuli,  pulsus,  pellendus, drive. 

Pendo,^  pendere,  pependi,  pensus,  pensiirus, weigh. 

*Posco,^°  poscere,  poposci, ,  poscendus, demand. 

Pungo,"  pungere,  piipugi,  punctus, pricli,  sting, 

Tango/'^  tangere,  tettgi,  tactus,  tacturus,  tangendus, touch. 

Tendo/^  tendere,  tetendi,  tensus  or  tentus, stretch. 

Tundo,"  tundere,  tutudi,  tunsus  or  tusus, beat,  pound. 

Also  Pario,  I  bring  forth,  List  XXV. 

§  1 73«  The  Compounds  of  do  make  -didi^  -ditus : 

Abdo,'^  abdere,  abdtdi,  abdttus,  abdendus, hide. 

Addo,^°  addere,  addtdi,  addttus,  addtturus,  d add, 

Condo,"  condere,  condtdi,  conditus,  condendus,  .  . .  hide,  lay  up,  build. 

^  Cecidi,  Juvenal.  Ccbsus,  Liv.  Ccosurus,  Justin.  Ccedendus,  Cic.  Occisum  Iri, 
Cic.  Att.  —  2  Cecwi,  Virg.  Georg.  i.  378.  et  passim.  Canerit,  for  cecinerit,  Festus  in 
*  Rumentum.'  Canui,  for  cecini,  Serv.  ad.  Virg.  Georg.  ii.  384.  hence  Cairilurus, 
Vulgar.  Apocalyps.  viii.  13.  Cante,  for  cctrvde.  Carmen  Saliare  ap.  Varr.  L.  L.  vi.  3. 
Ctfwe;j(f//.s,  Stat.  Theb.  —  ^  Cucurri,  C\c.  Cecurri,  GeU.  Curri sti,  TertuW.  Cur- 
surus, Ovid.  —  ^  Didici,  Cic.  de  Senect.  DiscXturus,  Apul.  Fragm.  ap.  Prise.  Dis- 
cendus,  Plaut.  —  ^  Fefelli,  Cic.  Falsus  sum,  I  am  deceived,  Plaut.  Fefellitus  sum, 
Petron.  Fallendus,  Catull.  —  ^  Pugunt,  Quintil.  Pep?gi,  Quintil.  Pegi,  Prise, 
but  he  does  not  prove  it  by  any  authority.  Paxim,  for  pep7gerim,  I  will  lay  a 
wager,  Plaut.  Pactus,  Cic.  Off  i.  10.  See  Pango,  List  xiii.  and  Paciscor,  List 
xxix.  — ''  Peperci,  Cic.  Parsi,  Terent.  Parcuit,  for  parsi t,  NaBV.  ap.  Non.  Parso, 
for  peppercero,  Plaut.  Parcttum  est,  in  some  edd.  of  Plin.  xxxiii.  4.,  where  Har- 
duin  reads  j9arc<.  Parsurus,  Liv.  —  ^Pepuli,  Liv.  Pulsi,  for  pepuli,  Ammian. 
but  this  is  not  to  be  imitated.  PwZst^s,  Cic.  de  Orat.  Pellendus,  Justin.  —  ^Pe- 
pendi, Justin.  Pendissent,  Liv.  xlv.  26.  So  in  all  the  Mss.  and  in  all  edd.  except 
Sigonius  and  Drakenborch.,  who  read  from  conjecture,  pependissent.  See  Voss. 
Gram.  v.  26.  Pensus,  Ovid.  Met.  Pensurus,  Liv. —  ^° Poposci,  Cic.  Peposci, 
Valer.  Antias  ap.  Gell.  vii.  9.  Depoposci,  Cic.  Expoposci,  Liv.  Repoposci  seems 
not  to  exist  in  the  classics.  See  Mordeo,  Second  Conj.  List  iv.  Poscendus,  Sil. 
Pvscitus,  given  by  Priscian  and  other  grammarians,  does  not  exist. —  ^^  Piipugi, 
Cic.  Pepugi,  Atta  ap.  Gell.  Punxi,  Diomed.  i.  p.  369.,  but  without  authority. 
Pupugerat,  with  the  second  syllable  long,  occurs  in  Prudent.  Punctus,  Cic.  Of 
the  Compound  Rtpuvgo,  I  vex  again,  Repungere  only  is  found,  Cic.  Fam.  Com- 
pungo,  I  puncture,  makes  Compunxi,  Senec.  Compunctus,  Cic.  Off  Dispungo,  I 
mark  off,  reckon.  Dispunxi,  Veil.  i.  13.  Dispunctus,  TertuU.  —  ^^  Togo,  for  tango, 
Pacuv.  ap.  Fest.  Tetigi,  Cic.  Taxis,  for  tetlgeris,  Varr.  ap.  Non.  Tacturus,  Cic. 
Tangendus,  Hor.  —  ^^  Tetendi,  Virg.  ^n.  v.  508.  Tendisti,  Propert.  in  the  Mss.  and 
early  edd.,  but  two  Vatican  Mss.,  and  the  edd.  since  Scaliger,  have  nexisti.  Car- 
bt/sa  tenderant,  Senec.  Tensus,  Lucan.  Tentus,  Lucr.  —  "  Tutudi,  Varr.  de  L.  L. 
Timsi,  Diomed.  Tuserunt,  NaBV.  ap.  Merulam  in  Collect.  Fragm.  Ennii  p.  42. 
Tiinsus,  Virg.  Georg.  iv.  302.  7\sus,  Vitruv.  The  Compounds  of  Tango,  Tcndo, 
and  Tundo,  drop  the  reduplication  of  the  Perfect.  The  Compounds  of  Tundo 
make  tudi,  tusus;  yet  Detunsus,  Apul.  Met.  Qhtunsus,  Virg.  Georg.  i.  252.  lie- 
tunsus,  Plaut  —  ^^  Abdendus,  Liv.  —  ''^  Addtiurus,  Tacit.  Ann.  Addendus,  Ovid.  — 
*'  Condendus^  Liv. 


140  THIRD  CONJUGATION  OP  VERBS. 

Credo,^  credere,  credfdi,  credttus,  credfturus,  d believe, 

Dedo,'^  dedere,  dedidi,  deditus,  dediturus,  d surrender, 

Dido,^  didere,  didtdi,  diditus, give  out,  divide, 

Edo/  edere,  edidi,  edltus,  editurus,  edendus, publish, 

Indo,*  indere,  indtdi,  indttus,  indendus, put  in, 

Obdo,  obdere,  obdtdi,  obdttus, oppose, 

Perdo,^  perdere,  perdtdi,  perdltus,  perditum,  perdtturus, 

perdendus, destroy, 

Prodo,'  prodere,  prodldi,  prodttus,  proditurus,  proden- 

dus, betray, 

Reddo,®  reddere,  reddtdi,  reddttus,  reddfturus, restore, 

Subdo,  subdere,  subdtdi,  subdttus, put  under, 

Trado,"  tradere,  tradidi,  tradttus,  tradtturus,  d deliver. 

Vendo,^"  vendere,  vendldi,  vendttus,  vendtturus,  d sell, 

§  174.  Verbs  that  cannot  be  classed  with  any 
of  the  foregoing : 

*ConquYnisco,"  conqutniscere,  conquexi, , stoop,  sit,  squat, 

Fero/^  ferre,  [tuli,]  [latus,  laturusj  ferendus, bear,  suffer, 

Conf ido,*^  confidere,  conf issus  sum  or  conf idi,   rely  on, 

Meto/*  metere,  messui,  mesFus,  metendus, mow,  reap, 

Mitto/*  mittere,  misi,  missus,  missurus,  mittendus, send, 

Percello,^®  percellere,  perciili  ar  perculsi,  perculsus, strike,  shock. 

*Rudo,"  rudcre,  rtidivi, , bray  like  an  ass, 

Scindo,^®  scindere,  sctdi,  scissus,  scindendus, cut, 

1  Cr  editurus,  Cell.  Credevdus,  Cic.  pro  Coal.  —  «  Dediturus,  Cass.  B.  G.  Bed  en- 
dns,  Cic.  —  3'phe  Participles  in  ns,  rus,  and  dvs,  do  not  occur. — ^Edzfurns,  Sue- 
ton.  EdenduK,  Cic.  Fam.  —  ^Indendus,  Cels. — ^Perdvis,  perduit,  perduint,  for 
perdas,  at,  ant.  Plant.  Perdvunt,  for  perdvvf.  Plant.  Perditum,  Sallust.  Catil.  52. 
Perdtturus,  Cic.  de  Orat.  Perdendus,  Ovid.  — '' Produit,  in  Lege  Censorina  ap. 
Fest  Proditurus,  Terent.  Prodendus,  Cic.  —  ^  Redd'iho,  Plant.  Redditu  tri, 
Paul.  Dig.  Redditurus,  Tacit.  *  Ad  vota  Herculi  reddenda,'  Justin.  —  ^  Traditu 
Iri,  Paul.  Dig.  Tradl/urus,  Liv.  Tradendvs,  Cic.  de  Orat. —  '°  Vevdtfurus,  Piaut. 
Vendendns,  Cic. —  "  Con^wm,  Pompon,  ap.  Prise.  —  ^"^  Tuli  comes  from  the  obso- 
lete Tuld,  or  Tola,  whence  Tolero,  -as,  -avi.  See  Diomed.  Hence  Tetuli,  Plant. 
Tetulissem,  Terent  Andr.  Tetulero,  Plant  TetTdisse,  Rud.  See  note  on  Tollo. 
Ferre  is  a  contraction  of  Ferere.  Jjatus,  seems  to  be  formed  from  TulMus.  See 
Voss.  Ldturus,Y{or.  Ferendus,  Cic.  —  ^^  Conf  Isus  s^rm,  C?es.  Coriflderunt,lAV. 
Fisus  sum.  The  Perfect  of  the  simple  F'/do,  given  by  Prise,  viii.  p.  818.  Charis.  and 
Diomed.  does  not  occur.  Ftdebo,  Naev.  ap.  Non.  —  '^  Mesmi,  Cato,  ap.  Prise.  De- 
messui,  Cces.  Hemina  ap.  Prise.  Messum  feci,  for  messui,  Charis.  Another  Perfect, 
Messlvi  is  quoted  by  Prise,  hut  he  condemns  it  Messus,  Virg.  JEn.  iv.  613.  Me- 
tendus, Cic.  —  ^^  M'/si,  Ovid.  Met  iii.  38.  et  passim.  Misfi,  for  mlsisli,  Catull.  Mis- 
stis,  Virg.  Mn.  iii.  595.  et  passim.  Missurus,  Hor.  Art.  Poet  476.  Mittendus,  Jus- 
tin.— 16  Percw/?!,  Val.  Flac.  Terent.  Cic.  pro  Mil.  Perculsi,  Ammian.  Pcrculnt 
in  some  edd.  of  Horace,  i.  Od.  7.  11.,  and  Terent  Andr.  i.  1.  98. ;  but  the  true  read- 
ing in  the  tvs'O  last  passages  is  percussit.  PercYdif,  passively  for  perculsus  fuity 
Flor.  Perculsus,  Catull.  passim,  which  is  also  often  confounded  with  Pera/ssns. 
See  Rentl.  on  Hor.  Enod.  xi.  2.  Burm.  on  Ovid.  Met  iv.  138.  —  "  Persius  Sat  iii.  9. 
makes  the  first  syllable  in  Rudn  long.  Rudivi,  as  if  from  Rudio,  Apul.  Met  Rudi 
occurs  only  in  grammars  and  dictionaries.  —  ^^  Scydi,  Stat,  iii.  Sylv.  Scisridi,  Afran. 
ap.  Prise.  *Sce.>Y:7<i?',  Cell.  Scissus,  Liv.  passim.  Scindendus,  Liv.  Abscissurus, 
Quintil.    Discindtndus,  Cic. 


THIRD    CONJUGATION    OF   VERBS.  141 

S6ro/  serere,  sevi,  satus,  saturus,  serendus, sow. 

*Slno,^  stnere,  sivi, ,  siturus, svffer. 

*TolW  tollere,  tolli, ,  tollendus, raise,  lift  up. 

Sustollo/  sustollere,  susttili,  sublatus,  sublaturus,  . .  raise,  take  away. 
Velio/  vellere,  velli  or  vulsi,  vulsus,  vellendus, pull,  pinch. 

§  175e  Verbs  forming  the  Perfect  by  transposi- 
tion or  elision : 

Cerno/  cernere,  crevi,  cretus,  cernendus,    sift,  distinguish,  see,  de- 

cree,  cf-c. 
SpernoJ  spernere,  sprevi,  spretus,  spernendus,  separate,  spurn,  despise. 

Sterno,^  sternere,  stravi,  stratus,  sternendus, strew. 

Tero,^  terere,  trivi,  tritus,  terendus, rub,  wear. 

Sisto/°  sistere,  stiti,  status, stop,  make  stand. 

1  Sevi,  Cic.  Verr.  Satus,  Tibuil.  Saturus,  Plin.  Sercndus,  TibuU.  Serundus, 
Varr.  R.  R.  Consero,  in  the  sense  of  sowing,  planting,  makes  evi,  itus ;  in  the  sense 
of  joining,  putting  together,  it  makes  erui,  ertus ;  as  in  Quintil.  Deel.  ix.  3.  Ovid. 
Heroid.  Epist.  ii.  58,  &c.  Yet '  arborem  conseruissef,'  Li  v.  x.  24.,  where  some  read 
seruisset,  others  consevisset.  Conserlurus,  Liv.  vi.  12.  Asserturus,  Sueton.  Con- 
serendus,  Arnob.  So,  Insero,  I  sow,  plant,  evi,  itus ;  Insero,  I  ingraft,  innoculate, 
insert,  enii,  ertus.  Yet  these  are  sometimes  used  one  for  the  other.  Insiturus, 
Colum.  See /Sero,  List  xviii.  —  ^Slvi,Cic.  Siturus,  C\c.  V\^ut  Sii,  for  sivi,  Varr. 
ap.  Diomed.  Terent  Sierif,  Liv.  Scistis,  Cic.  Sissem,  Liv.  iii.  18.  Stni,  for  sivi, 
in  some  edd.  of  Plant,  and  Terent.  Andr.  i.  2.  17.  But  this  may  have  arisen  from 
the  similarity  of  n  and  v  in  the  ancient  Mss.  —  ^  ToUisse,  Ulpian.  Dig.  ToLlit,  Pers. 
Sat.  iv.  2.,  which  is  undoubtedly  a  Perfect,  and  the  reading  of  all  the  Mss.  and 
printed  copies.  See  the  passage,  and  Scaliger  on  Varr.  R.  R.  i.  69.  Tetuli,  Diomed. 
See  following  note.  Tollendus,  Hor.  i.  Sat.  10.  51.  —  ^Sustollere,  Plant.  Sustolle, 
Plaut.  Poen.  Sustolli,  inf.  Plant.  Sustollevs,  Catull.  Sustollanf,  Id.  Sustollat, 
Plant.  SustoUit,  Seren.  Samm.  xxxviii.  716.  Sustuli,  Cic.  Sublatus,  Caes.  B.  G. 
Sublalurus,  Cic.  Alt.  —  ^  FeZZ/,  Cic.  Verr.  FwZsi,  Lucan.  F/vZ.w.s,  Pro  pert.  Vel- 
lendus, Colum.  So  Avello,  I  tear  away ;  Avelli,  Curt.  Avulsi,  Lucan.  Avellcn- 
dus,  Cic.  Verr.  Divello,  I  tear  asunder ;  Dlvelli,  Hirt.  B.  A.  Dlvulsi,  Senec.  Hip- 
pol.  Evello,  I  pluck  up;  Evelli,  Cic.  pro  Sext.  c.  28.  Phaedr.  ii.  2.  10.  Evulsi, 
Quintil.  Decl.  Evellendus,  Cic.  Pr<??jeZZo,  I  pluck  before;  Pr^^WZi,  Tertull.  adv. 
Gnost.  c.  13.  PrcEvulsi,  Labr.  ap.  Diomed.  Rtvello,  I  tear  away;  Rerelli,  Cic. 
Revidsi,  Ovid.  Met.  In  the  former  passage  Heins.  and  Burm.  read  revellit,  and  in 
the  latter  rcvelli  ;  which  renders  Revutsi  doubtful ;  though  Pierius  reads  so  in 
Virg.  ^n.  iv.  427.  the  V^atican  Ms.  Convello,  I  tear  in  pieces,  makes  Convelli,  Cic. 
pro.  Dom.  c.  21.  Convcllendus,  Cels.  iii.  4.  Convulsurus,  Cic.  2.  Dcvello,  I  pull 
away,  DeveW,  Plaut.  Poen.  iv.  2.  50.  Pervello,  I  twitch,  Pervelli,  Cic.  Tusc.  ii. 
Ascon.  Irttervello,  I  pluck  here  and  there, /n'ert;wZsi  only,  Colum.  v.  10.  —  ^The 
Perfect  Crevi  is  used  in  the  signification  of  /  have  decreed,  Cic.  de  Leg.  iii.  3.  I 
have  resolved,  Plaut.  /  have  taken  possesnon  of  an  inheritance,  Cic.  Att.  vi.  1.  I 
have  perceived,  i.  e.  I  have  heard,  Titin.  ap.  Prise.  In  this  sense  it  occurs  nowhere 
else.  Cerno,  I  see,  has  no  Perfect.  Cretus,  separated,  sifted,  Pallad.  Cernendus, 
Ovid.  —  ''Sprevi,  Virg.  JEn.  iv.  679.  Spretus,  Id.  Georg.  iv.  233.  Spernendus, 
Colum.  —  ^Stravi,  Virg.  ^n.  viii.  719.  et  passim.  Straraf,  Manil.  Strosset,  Varr. 
ap.  Non.  Stratus,  Virg.  Eel.  vii.  54.  et  passim.  Sternendus,  Liv.  —  ^  Trivi,  Hor.  i. 
Sat.  1.  45.  et  passim.  Tristi,  for  trivisti,  in  some  edd.  of  Catull.  See  Tergeo, 
Second  Conj.  List  v.  Intristi,  for  inirivisti,  Terent.  Terui,  for  tr'tvi,  Plaut.  Hence 
Atteruigse,  for  atirrvisse,  TibuU.  Tritvs,  Ovid.  Terendus,  Ovid.  Art.  Am.  —  '^^  The 
Perfect  Si1.ti  seems  to  be  used  only  in  the  sense  of  appearing  in  court  to  a  summons, 
or  of  appcarivg  to  one's  recognizance.  See  Cic.  pro  Quint,  c.  6.  Corn.  Nep.  Att.  c. 
9.,  and  particularly  Aul.  GcU.  ii.  14.    The  grammarians  make  the  Perfect  StXii^ 


142  THIRD    CCNJ^GATIO^^    OF    VERBS. 

§  176»  These  change  the  vowel  of  the  root: 

Ago,^  aofere,  egi,  actas,  actunis,  acrendus, do,  drive, 

Franofo,'^  frangere,  freo^i,  fractus,  fracturus,  d break, 

Lino,^  li'nere,  livi  or  levi,  Iftus, anoint,  daub. 

To  which  add  Allicio,  Cdpio,  Fdcio,  Jdcio,  and  Pdrio,  from  List 
XXV. 

§  177«  These  Verbs  in  -sco  make  -vi^  -tus : 

•  *Cresco/  crescere,  crevi, , grow. 

Nosco,°  noscere,  novi,  notus,  nosctturus,  noscendus,  . ..  learn  to  know. 
Tgnosco,"  ifrnoscere,  ignovi,  ignotus,  ignoturus,  igno- 

scendus,   pardon, 

Agnosco,'  agnoscere,  agnovi,  agnttus,  agnoturus,  ag- 

noscendus, recognize, 

Cognosco,^  cognosccre,  cognovi,  cognttus,  cogiittu,  cog- 

ntturus,  cognoscendus, know, 

Pasco,*  pascere,  pavi,  pastus,  pastum,  pasturus,  pascen- 

dus, feed, 

Quiesco,'"  quiscere,  quievi,  quietus,  quicturus, rest. 

when  the  verh  is  used  absolutely,  and  Statiii,  when  it  is  used  actively.  But  they 
adduce  no  authority.  Status,  Cic.  Off  &  Ovid.  These  Compounds  make  silfi,  but 
have  no  Perfect  Participle:  *Absisfo,  I  stand  ofl^  desist ;.  *As,si.s/o,  I  stand  bv ; 
*Connsto,  I  stand  fast,  halt ;  *Deslsfo,  I  desist ;  *Exisfo,  I  come  forth,  appear ;  */n- 
sisfo,  I  tread  upon,  insist;  *l7itersisfo,  I  stop  in  the  midst;  *Obsi(ifo,  I  oppose;  *Pfr- 
9isto,  I  persevere ;  *R€sisfo,  I  stand  still ;  and  *Sijbsisto,  I  stop,  withstand.  *Cir' 
cumsislo,  has  neither  Perfect  nor  Perfect  Participle. 

*  Effi,  Hor.  Actus,  Id.  iii.  Od.  7.  5.  et  passim.  Acturus,  Liv.  Agendvs,  Caes.  B. 
G.  Axim,  for  egcrim,  Pacuv.  Vid.  Voss.  Graram.  —  ^  Prcgl,  Ovid.  JNlet.  Frartvs, 
Cic.  Phil.  Fraciurus,  Claud.  Frangendvs,  Veil.  —  ^Some  grammars  and  diction- 
aries give  us  three  perfects  for  Lmo:  fJvi,  Levi,  and  L'mi ;  and  the  Oxford  anno- 
tators  on  Lily  add  a  fourth,  Llnii.  Livi,  Juvenal.  Sat.  Quintil.  Levi,  Hor.  {OMeve- 
runf,  Gell.);  and  this  seems  to  be  the  Perfect  of  the  obsolete  Ij'o.  For  Lmi  we 
have  only  the  authority  of  Prise,  who  quotes  Obllneruvt  from  Varr.,  where  no 
such  word  is  to  be  found ;  and  of  Voss.  Gram.  v.  29.,  who  cites  L'lvisti,  from  Quin- 
til. Decl.  i.  15.,  where  the  Mss.  and  best  edd.  have  Lusisii.  Llnii  is  a  contraction 
of  limvi,  and  comes  from  Linio  of  the  Fourth  Conj.  So  Obtzjiicrit,  for  dilimverit, 
Paul.  Llf uff,  Fhn.  Lis^e,  for  Tivisse,  Sparlian.  in  Adrian.  —  '^  Crevi,  Cic.  Cretus, 
born,  descended,  comes  by  Syncope  from  crerdi/s ;  neither  does  the  Supine  CreJum, 
nor  the  Participle  CrUurus,  as  coming  from  Cresco,  occur  in  the  classics.  Cresse, 
for  crevisge,  Lucr.  —  ^  Norn,  Ter.  Nosti,  rwram,  nosse,  ncrim,  &c.  Cic.  passim. 
Ndmus,  for  novlmus,  Enn.  ap.  Diomed.  Notus,  Cic.  passim.  Noscilvrns,  Liv.  viii. 
32.  ap.  Ainsworth.  Noscendus,  Liv.  —  ^  Igvovi,  Cic.  Ignrtns,  Hirt.  Ignoturvs, 
Cic.  Ignosctfurus,  Piso  Frugi.  Ignoscendus,  Virg.  Georg.  iv.  489.  Ignossef,  for 
ignovisspt,  Si\. — "^  Ag novi,  C'lc.  Agnorunt,  Ovid.  Agnytv s,  Tncil.  Ar\n.  Agnotvs^ 
Pacuv.  ap.  Prise.  Aanolurus,  Sallust.  f list.  ii.  ap.  Prise.  Agnoscendus,  Sil.  —  ^  Cog- 
novi, Virg.  J£.n.  ix.  245.  Cogvossem,  Cogvoram,  Cognoro,  die.  Cic.  passim.  Cog- 
riitas,  Cic.  Off  i.  6.  et  passim.  Cogiritu,  Val.  Max.  Cognl/urus,  Aul.  Gell.  Cog- 
noscendfis,  0\id.  —  ^  Fdvi,Tibnl[.  Pasfus,  Cic.  c.  2rt.  Pasfum,  Flaut.  Pasiurus, 
Varr.  R.  R.  Pnscendus,  Plor.  Paf:cor,  in  Plin.  ix.  3.  Virg.  Georg.  iii.  314.  iv.  181. 
^n.  ii.  471.  &c.  &c.,  may  be  considered  as  a  Deponent,  (see  Serv.  on  Virg.  Mn.  i. 
189.  ii.  215.)  or  as  a  Passive,  with  a  Greek  construction.  But  the  former  seems 
preferable.  Prise,  cires  the  Supine  Conippsc'jfvm,  but  without  authority.  Cwn- 
pesclfa,  Inscript. —  '^Qtdevi,  Virg.  /En.  vi.  22G.  Quiltus  is  used  as  an  adjective. 
Qidelurus,  Cic.  de  Orat. 


TIIIIID    CONJUGATION    OF    VERES.  143 

Scisco,^  ecisctire,  scivi,  scltus,  sciscendus, ordain. 

Suesco,'^  suescere,  [suevi,]  suetus, he  accustomed, 

§178*  Inceptives  in -sco,  when  their  Primitives 
exist,  have  no  Perfect  of  their  own.  The  follow- 
ing, whose  Primitives  are  obsolete,  make  -ui : 

Coalesco/  coalescere,  cordui,  coalttus, grow  together. 

*Consanesco/  consanescere,  consanui, , grow  sound. 

*Consenesco,^  consenescere,  consenui, , grow  old. 

*Conticesco/  conticescere,  conticui, , be  silent. 

*Convalesco/  convalescere,  convalui, , grow  strong. 

♦Crebresco/  crebrescere,  crebrui  or  crebui, ,    increase  more  and 

more. 

*Deltquesco,®  deliquescere,  delicui, , become  liquid. 

*Deritesco/°  delltescere,  delttui, , lurk. 

*Dulcesco/^  dulcessere,  dulcui, , grow  sweet. 

*Duresco/''  durescere,  durui, , grow  hard. 

*Elanguesco,^^  elanguescere,  elangui, , become  feeble. 

*Emarcesco,^''  emarcescere,  emarcui, , fade  away. 

*Erubesco/^  eriibescere,  eriibui, ,   blush. 

*Evanesco/^  evanescere,  evanui, ,  evantturus,    disappear. 

*Evilesco,'^  evilescere,  evilui, , grow  cheap. 

*Exaresco,^®  exarescere,  exarui, , grow  dry,  wither. 

*Excandesco,^*  excandescere,  excandui, ,  .  grow  hot,  be  enraged. 

*Exhorresco,^  exhorrescere,  exhorrui, , shudder,  dread. 

*Expallesco,'^^  expallescere,  expallui, , turn  pale,  dread. 

*Extfmesco,^  exttmescere,  exttmai, , be  afraid. 

*Fracesco,^^  fracescere,  frricui, , grow  mouldy. 

*Inaresco,"*  inarescere,  tnarui, , grow  dry,  wither. 

*Increbresco,'^  increbrescere,  increbrui  or  increbui, ,        increase, 

grow  frequent. 

^  Scivi,  Cic.  Off  Sdtus,  decreed,  Cic.  de  heg.  i.  15.  Sdscenduft,  ibid.  Sciscor^ 
depon.  Prise.  Rescihim,  Terent.  —  ^  Suevi,  dissyll.  Propert. ;  but  this  seems  to 
come  rather  from  Siieo  of  the  Second  Conj.,  which  we  find  in  Lucr.  i.  54.  301. 
Suerunt,  for  sueverunt,  Cic.  de  Nat.  Deor.  Suerint,  dissyll.  for  svevcrinf,  Sil.  Suesti, 
for  suevisfi,  Cic.  Fam.  xv.  8.  Suetus,  Lucan.  or  Suefus,  Hor.  i.  Sat.  8.  17.  —  ^  Coolui, 
Salhist.  Jug.  CoallUis,  Tacit.  Hist.  iy.  55.  —  ^Consanui,  Cels.  —  ^  Cwisenui, 
Ovid.  —  ^  Contzcni,  Ovid.  — ''  Convalui,  Ovid.  —  ^  Crehresco  and  its  Compounds  make 
hui  oftener  than  hrui:  Crehueraf,  Apul.  Met.  al.  crebrvernt.  *  Libri  et  Mss.  variant, 
et  cum  iis  eruditorum  sententiae.'  Facciolat.  —  ^X>eZicw7,  Ovid.  Trist. —  ^^Detitui, 
Cffis.  B.  G.  Though  DYliteo  does  not  exist  now,  yet  we  find  its  Participle  Dcllfens 
in  Plin.  xxxv.  1. —  ^^  Dulcui,  Paulin.  Nolan.  Didcit  occurs  in  Lucr.  ii.  473.,  where 
some  road  Dulcis ;  others  Dulcet,  as  if  from  Didceo.  —  ^^  Durui,  Ovid.  Met.  Durro, 
mentioned  by  Prise,  and  by  Servius  on  Virg.  Georg.  i.  91.,  does  not  exist. —  ^^  Elan- 
g}ii,Yii\.  Fiac.  iv.  572.  —  ^'^  Emarcui,  Plin.  —  ^^Erubui,  Ovid.  Fast.  —  ^^  Evanui, 
Virg.  ^^n.  ix.  G58.  Evdniturus,  Lactant. — ^'' Ev'dui,  Sueton.  Claud.  —  ^^Exf/rui, 
Cic.  Fam.  —  ^^  Excandui,  Cie.  Tusc.  —  ^^  Exhorrui,  Ovid.  Met.  Yet  Exhorreat  is 
found  in  Colum.  x.  154.  —  ^i  Expallui,  Hor.  —  22  Exfimui,  Terent.  Hec.  Extimeren- 
tur  occurs  in  Tacit.  Ann.  xv.  71.,  but  it  is  rendered  doubtful  by  various  readings. — 
^  Fracui,  Cato,  R.  R.  —  24  jjtarui,  Colum.  —  "^  Some  prefer  writing  Increbesco.  See 
Crebresco.    Increbrui,  Cic.  Orat.  c.  20.  Phil.  xiv.  5. 


144  TniTlD    CONJUGATION   OF   VEKB9. 

*Tndulesco,^  indolescere,  indolui, ,  indolescendus,  .......  grieve. 

*rnnotesco,''  innotescere,  innotui,  —      , become  known. 

*Intiimesco,^  intumescere,  intiirnui, , begin  to  swell. 

*Irraucesco/  irraucescere,  irraucui, , grow  hoarse. 

*Macresco,^  macrescere,  rnacrui, , grow  lean. 

*Maturesco,'  maturescere,  maturui, , ripen. 

*Obbrutesco,'  obbrutescere,  obbrutui, ,  become  brutish,  or  senseless. 

*Obcallesco,®  obcallescere,  obcallui, , become  callous. 

*Obduresco,'  obdurescere,  obdurui, grow  hard. 

*Obmutesco,^°  obmutescere,  obmutui, ,  grow  dumb,  become  silent. 

*Obstupesco,"  obstupescere,  obstiipui, , be  amazed. 

*Obsurdesco,"  obsiirdescere,  obsurdui, , grjow  deaf. 

*Peraresco/''  pgrarescere,  perarui, , grow  dry. 

*Percr6bresco,"  percrebrescere,  percrebrui  or  percre- 

bui, be  divulged,  prevail. 

*Perhorresco, "  perhorrescere,  perhorrui, , shudder,  dread. 

*Perttmesco,^*  perttmescere,  perttmui, ,  pertt- 

mescendus, fear  greatly. 

*Recrudesco,"  recrudescere,  recrudui, ,  grotc  raw,  be  sore  again. 

♦Relanguesco,^®  relanguescere,  relangui, , be  languid. 

*Revtresco,^*  revtrescere,  revtrui, , become  green  again. 

*Vilesco,^  vilescere,  vilui, ,  become  worthless. 

§  179.  These  make  -evi: 

Adolesco,"  adSlescere,  adolevi,  adultus, grow  up. 

Exolesco,^  exolescere,  exolevi,  exoletus, grow  old. 

Mansuesco,'®  mansuescere,  mansuevi,  mansuetus,     grow  mild,  become 

tame;  make  tame. 

To  which  add : 

Exardesco,'"  exardescere,  exarsi,  exarsus, be  injlamed. 

♦Refrigesco,'^  refrig^escere,  refrixi, , grow  cool. 

*Revivisco,'*"  reviviscere,  revixi, ,  revicturus,       revive,  come  to 

life. 

*  Indolui,  Ovid.  Trist.  Indolescendus,  Sidon.  —  '  Innotui,  Ovid.  Am.  —  ^  Intumui, 
Ovid.  Fast.  —  *  Irrancnerit,  Cic.  Or.  i.  61.,  where  some  read  irrauserit.  —  ^Mdcrui, 
Festiis  in '  Curionem.'  —  ^  Maturui,  Ovid.  — '  Obbrutui,  Festus  in  '  Obrutuit.'  —  ^  Ob- 
callui,  Ceh.—^ObdUrui,  Cic.  Tusc.  —  i" Obmutui,  Plin.  Virg.  JEn.  iv.  279.  —  ^Ob- 
slupui,  Cic.  de  Div.  —  ^"^  Obsurdui,  Cic.  Somn.  Scip.  —  ^^  Perrarui,  Colum.  —  ^^  Per- 
crebrui, Caes.  B.  C.  Percrcbui,  Cic.  Verr.  Tacit.  Ann.  xii.  6.  —  ^^  Perhorrui,  Ovid. 
Met.  vi.  704.  —  ^^  Perttmui,  Nepos  in  Alcib.  c.  5.  Yet  Pertimens,  Lactant.  Pertz- 
mescendus,  Cic.  Fam.  i.  9.  —  ^''Recrudui,  Liv.  x.  19.  —  ^^ Relnngui,  Ovid.  Amor.  ii. 
9.  27.  —  ^^  Revirui,  Auct.  ad  Heren.  iv.  34.  Revtrens  occurs  in  Albinor.  ii.  113. — 
^  Vllui,  Avien.  in  Arat.  318.  Of  this  Verb  the  Perfect  only  is  found.  See  Evl- 
lesco.  —  '■^',22  gee  Oleo,  Second  Conj.  List.  ii.  Adolui,  in  the  same  sense,  Varr.  ap. 
Prise.  Adultus,  Cic.  Tusc>  Exoleo,  mentioned  by  Prise,  does  not  exist  in  the 
classics.  —  ^  Mansnevi,  Lucan.  Mansuetus,  Varr.  R.  R. ;  but  it  is  generally  used 
as  a  mere  Adjective.  —  "^^  Exarsi,  Virg.  ^n.  viii.  219.  Exarsus,  Cod.  Justin.  —  ^5  j^g, 
frixi,  Cic.  RPfr'/gui,  Veget.  R.  V.  —  '^'^  Revixi,  Cic.  Verr.  Yet  Revlvent,  Paulin. 
Nolan.     Revicturus,  Senec.  Med. 


THIRD  CONJUGATION  OP  VERBS. 


145 


§  180«  The  following  Inceptives,  though  having 
no  other  verbal  form,  want  the  Perfect : 


*^gresco, grow  sick. 

*DTtcsco, grow  rich. 

♦Grandesco, grow  big. 

*Gravesco,  grow  heavy. 

*Fatisco, g(^pe>  grow  faint. 

*Incurvesco bow  down. 

*Integrasco, be  renewed. 

♦Juvenesco grow  young. 

♦Lapidesco, petrify. 

*MItesco, grow  mild. 


*Mollesco grow  soft 

*Pinguesco,   grow  fat. 

*Plumesco, be  fledged. 

*Puerasco,   pl^^y  the  child. 

*Rancesco, grow  mouldy. 

*Repuerasco,   become  childish. 

*Sienlesco, grow  barren. 

*Tenerasco,  or 

*Teneresco, grow  tender. 

*Uvesco, grow  moist. 


§  181.  Twelve  Verbs  of  the  Third  Conjugation 
end  in  -io: 

Allicio/  allicere,  allexi  or  allicui,  allectus,  alliciendus, allure, 

Aspicio,'^  aspicere,  aspexi,  aspectus,  aspiciendus, behold, 

Capio,^  capere,  cepi,  captus,  capturus,  capiendus, take. 

Cupio,  cupere,  cupui  or  cupii,  cupitus,  cupiendus, desire, 

Facio/  facere,  feci,   factus,  factum,  factu^  facturus, 

faciendus, do  make, 

Fodio,^  fbdere,  fodi,  fossus, dig. 

*Fu^io,^  fiigere,  fugi, ,  fiiglttirus,  fiigiepdus,  j/?y. 

Jacio,'  jacere,  jeci,  jactus,  jaciendus, cast, 

Pario,®  parere,  peperi,  partus,  partturus,  pariendus,  bring  forth,  pro- 
cure, get, 
Conciitio,'  concutere,  concussi,  concussus,  conciitien- 

dus, shake,  move  violently, 

^Allexi,  Plaut.  AlUcui,  Piso.  Hist.  ap.  Prise,  et  Hygin.  Poet.  Astron.  Charis.  iii. 
p.  217.,  and  Diomed.  i.  p.  364.,  give  Allzceo,  -es ;  and  the  latter  adds  that  Allicio 
was  the  ancient  form.  Allecturus  comes  from  ALlego.  Allidendus,  Ovid.  Art.  Am. 
Eticio,  I  draw  out,  makes  Eltcui,  Li  v.  v.  15.  Elexi,  Arnob.  Illicio,  I  inveigle, 
lUexi,  Plaut.  Sallust.  Cat.  c.  59.  PelUcio,  I  entice,  deceive,  Fellexi,  Cic.  pro  Cluent. 
Terent.  PelUcui,  Liv.  Laodam,  ap.  Prise.  Pelliceo,  -es,  Charis.  —  ^Aspexi,  Cic. 
passim.  Aspexit,  for  aspexerit,  Plaut.  Aspectus,  Tacit.  Agric.  c.  40.  Aspiciendus, 
Ovid.  Inspecturus,  Virg.  -^n.  ii.  47.  Inspiciendus,  Ovid.  Perspectu,  P'estus. — 
3  Cepi,  Propert.  Captus,  Cic.  Cat.  iii.  7.  et  passim.  Excepium  iri,  Cic.  Capturus, 
Sueton.  Vesp.  Capiendus,  Terent.  Capsis,  for  cape  si  vis,  Cic.  Orat.  45.  Quintil. 
i.  5.  Capso,  is,  it,  for  cepero,  is,  if,  Plaut.  — ^Feci,  Virg.  Eel.  i.  6.  et  passim.  Fac- 
tus, Cic.  Verr.  vi.  18.  et  passim.  Factum  'iri,  Cic.  Fam.  Factu,  Id.  ibid.  vii.  3. 
Facturus,  Liv.  xxvi.  25.  Faciendus,  Val.  Flac.  Face,  for  fac,  Val.  Flae.  Faciem, 
for  faciam,  Cato  ap.  Quintil.  Faxo,  -is,  -it.  See  Irreg.  Verbs.  —  ^  Fcdi,  Sil.  Fos- 
sus, Plin.  '  Ad  fodieridos,  puteos,'  Hirt.  B.  Alex. — ^  Fugi,  Stat.  Theb.  Albinov. 
shortens  the  first  syllable :  '  Sic  ilii  vixere,  quibus  fuit  aurea  virgo,  Qua3  bene 
praEcinctos  postmodo  pulsa  fugit  ,•'  unless  this  can  be  accounted  for  by  Heterosis. 
Fugiturus,  Ovid.  Ftigiendus,  Cic.  Off.  *  Mors  f  ii^itur,'  Cic.  de  Leg.  — ''  Jeci,  Liv. 
i.  12.  et  passim.  Jactus,  Virg.  Eel.  vi.  41.  et  passim.  Dejectum,  Hor.  Rejectum, 
Cic.  Jaciendus,  CutX.  AbjectHrns,  Cic.  Ad j icie?idu s,  Clmntil  —  ^  PepeW,  TibuU. 
Parii,  for  peperi,  Cato,  R.  R.  Pccribit,  for  pariet.  Pompon,  ap.  Non.  Parire,  for 
parere,  Enn.  ap.  Varr.  L.  L.  Partus,  Virg.  ^n.  vi.  89.  Partus  is  used  like  the 
Participle  of  a  Deponent  in  Colum.,  having  brought  forth.  Pariturus,  Cic.  Orat. 
Pariendus,  Cic.  Fam.  —  ®  See  Quatio,  List  xxviii.  Concussi,  Juv.  Sat.  x.  328.  Con- 
cussus, Virg.  Georg.  i.  159.  Concutiendus,  Cels.  Discussurus,  Liv.  Discutiendus, 
Gels.    Decussu,  Plin. 

13 


146  THIRD   CONJUGATION   OF   V£RBS« 

Rapio,*  rSpgre,  rSpui,  raptus,  rapturus,  rapiendus, snatch, 

*Sapio,*  sapere,  sapivi  or  sapii, , savour^  he  wise, 

§  182.  To  which  add  four  Deponents  in  -ior: 

Gradior,^  graderis  or  gradere,  [gradi,]  gressus,  . . .  go,  walk,  advance, 
Morior/  moreris  or  morere,  mori  or  moriri,  mortuus, 

moriturus, die, 

Orior,*^  oreris  or  orere,  oriri,  ortus,  oriturus,  oriundus,  rise,  spring  up, 
Patior,"  pateris  or  patere,  pati,  passus,  passurus,  pati- 

endus, , suffer,  endure, 

k  183.  The  following  have  neither  the  Perfect 
nor  the  Perfect  Participle  Passive : 


♦Amblfgo, dauht. 

♦Clango,' sound  as  a  trumpet. 

*Claudo, he  lame. 

*Cluo,^ he  famous. 


*Glisco,* grow,  increase. 

*Gruo,'* crunk  like  a  crane. 

♦Nexo," bindytie. 

*Satago, he  busily  employed. 


Salloj^^l  reason  with  salt,  makes  salsuSy  salsurusi  biit  has  no  Perfect 

§  184»  The  Perfects  of  the  following  are  doubt- 
ful: 

Frendo,"  frendere,  firendi,  fressus  or  fresus,  . .  gnash  the  teeth,  break, 

bruise, 

^R&pui,  Phaedr.  Raptus,  Virg.  ^n.  i.  382.  et  passim.  Rapturus,  Stat.  Theb. 
R&piendus,  Ovid.  Direptum,  Sil.  Ereptum,  Terent.  PrcBreptum,  Plaut.  —  ^Sa- 
pivi,  Naev.  ap.  Prise.  Sapisti,  Mart.  ISapisset,  Plaut.  Rud.  iv.  1.  8.,  where  Pris- 
cian,  vii.  p.  328.  ed.  Krehl.  reads  sapuisset ;  but  two  of  Krehi's  Mss.  of  Priscian 
have  sapisset,  and  another  sapivisset.  The  editio  princeps  of  Plautus  in  the 
British  Museum,  the  Mediol.  an.  1490.,  and  the  edd.  of  Carpentar,  Lucas  Olchi- 
nensis,  and  Lambinus,  exhibit  sapuisset ;  but  the  Burney  Ms.,  No.  228.,  in  the 
British  Museum,  all  the  Palatine  Mss.  and  the  edd.  since  Lambinus,  have  sapisset. 
The  Mss.  of  Bohte  seem  to  have  the  same,  since  he  does  not  mention  a  various 
reading.  Re^pio,  I  savour  of,  makes  Ivi,  ii,  or  ui :  Resiprvi,  Sueton.  Resipui,  Cic. 
Re^pisli,  Plaut  Resipiisse,  Terent.  Consipui  and  Dcsipui,  the  Perfects  of  Con- 
apio,  I  am  perfectly  in  my  senses,  and  Desipio,  I  am  foolish,  occur  only  in  gram- 
mars and  dictionaries.  —  ^The  infinitive  does  not  occur  except  in  the  Compounds. 
Gressus,  Virg.  ^n.  vi.  633.  The  Compounds  make  grtdior :  Progredior,  I  ad- 
vance, progrederis  or  progredere,  progredi,  progressus,  progressurus,  &c.  —  *  Morl- 
mur,  Enn.  ap.  Prise.  Mori,  Tibull.  Moriri,  Ovid.  Met.  Mortuus,  Cic.  passim. 
M oriturus,  Tacit.  Hist.  iii.  10.  —  ^  Oriri,  Lucr.  Cic.  Quintil.  Ortus,  Hor.  Orilu- 
rus,  ibid.  Oriundus,  descendet,  Liv.  i.  49.  et  passim.  — « Passus,  Virg.  ^n.  i.  203. 
et  passim.  Passurus,  Ovid.  Pdtiendus,  Id.  Trist.  — '  Some  give  this  verb  the  Per- 
feet  Clanxi,  others  Clangui ;  but  we  have  not  any  authority  for  either.  — «  Cluit. 
Prudent.  Clu^rent,  Auson.  Prof  — "  Glisco  seems  to  be  an  Inceptive.  Glisceretur^ 
pass.  Sempron.  ap.  Non. —  i^'This  Verb  occurs  in  the  Carmen  de  Philom.  v.  23., 
and  in  Paul,  ex  Festo.  —  "  Neither  Nexo,  t%  nor  Nexo,  as,  has  a  Perfect.  See 
Necto,  List.  xiii.  —  ^^  Sallerenf,  Sallust.  ap.  Prise.  Sallere,  Lucil.  Sallunt,  Id.  ap. 
Diomed.  Salsus,  salted.  Colum.  Salsurus,  Mummius  ap.  Prise.  See  Sallio, 
Fourth  Conj.  List.  iv.  —  "  Frendi  and  Frendui  are  given  in  some  grammars  and 
dictionaries.    See  Frendeo,  Second  Conj.  List.  ix. 


THIBD  CONJUOATION  OF  VERBS.  147 

Prigo/  frigere,  frixi,  frictus  or  frixus, , fry,  parch, 

*Furo,'  f  iirere,  f  urui, , be  mad,  rage. 

Lingo/  lingere,  linxi,  linctus,  lingendus, lick. 

Pando/  pandere,  pandi,  passus  or  pansus, open, 

Quado,^  quatere,  quassi,  quassus, shake,  agitate, 

*Viso,*  visere,  visi, , go  see,  visit. 


§  185.  DEPONENTS. 

Amplector/  amplecteris  or  amplectere,  amplecti,  am- 

plexus,  amplectendus, embrace,  encircle, 

Apiscor/  apisceris  or  apiscere,  apisci,  aptus, get. 

Commtniscor,^  commtnisceris  or  commtniscere,   com- 

mtnisci,  commentus, devise,  invent, 

Complector/"  complecteris  or  complectere,  complecti, 

complexus, embrace,  compass,  comprehend, 

*Defetiscor,"  defetisceris  or  defetiscere,  defetisci, ,  , , ,  be  weary. 

Expergiscor,"  expergisceris  or  expergiscere,  exper- 

gisci,  experrectus, awake,  rise, 

Fruor,"  frueris  or  fruere,  frui,  fruttus  or  fructus,  fruttu- 

rus,  fruendus, enjoy,  reap  the  fruits  of, 

^  Frixi,  Diomed.  Frictus,  Cels.  Frixus,  Cels.  Sidon.  —  ^  Furui,  Serv.  ad.  Mn, 
i.  45.  Furuerunt,  Sedul.  i.  196.,  where  some  read  ferverunt ;  Furuit,  Plin.  xxxiii. 
53.  edd  Harduin.  Bipont  Miller.  Franz.  Fuirit  in  the  edd.  before  Harduin.  Furit, 
Brotier.  ,•  but  he  does  not  say  on  what  authority.  Furo,  furitis,  and  all  the  per- 
sons of  the  Futures  and  Imperative  are  nowhere  to  be  found.  We  meet  with 
Furimus  and  furant  in  Senec.  Ep.  95.  Furio,  is,  Sidon.  Carra.  xxii.  94.  —  ^  Linxi, 
given  in  grammars  and  dictionaries,  does  not  occur  in  the  classics  now  extant.  Yet 
we  have  Linctus,  Plin.  xxxv.  15.  and  Lin^endus,  xxxi.  9.  —  *  Pandi,  Prise,  x.  p. 
891. ;  but  he  cites  no  authority.  Passus,  Ovid.  Virg.  ^n.  i.  483.  et  passim.  Pan- 
sus, Vitruv.  The  Compounds  also  want  their  Perfects.  Dispando,  I  spread  abroad, 
has  only  Dispansus,  Plin.  Expando,  I  spread  out,  Expassus,  Tacit.  Hist.  Caecil.  ap. 
Non.  Expansus,  Plin.  Oppando,  I  spread  over  against,  Oppassus,  Tertull.  Apol. 
Oppansus,  Id.  Propando  does  not  occur;  yet  Prdpassus,  Apul.  Florid.  Propan- 
sus.  Id.  —  5  Quassi  is  found  only  in  grammars  and  dictionaries.  Quassus,  Ovid. 
JDecussu,  Plin.  See  Concutio,  List.  xxv.  —  ^The  Perfects  Vlsi,  Invisi,  Revlsi,  are 
found  only  in  grammars  and  dictionaries. 

''Amplecto,  is,  Prise,  and  Diomed.  Amplexelur,  amplecti,  pass.  Prise,  viii.  p.  791. 
Amplector,  arts.  Prise,  ibid.  Amplexus,  having  embraced,  Ovid.  Amptexus,  pass. 
Petron.  ap.  Prise.  Amplectendus,  Manil.,  where  some  Mss.  have  amplectandus.  — 
^Apiscuntur,  pass.  C.  Fannius  ap.  Prise,  viii.  p.  791.  Aptus,  Plaut.  *  Apiscendi, 
favoris  facultas,'  Tacit  Ann.  i.  31.  The  compounds  make  -cptus.  —  ^  Comminisci- 
mus,  act  Apul.  Met  Commentus,  having  devised,  Cic.  Nat  Deor.  Commentus, 
pass,  feigned,  fictitious,  Ovid.  —  ^®  Complecto,  act.  Pompon,  ap.  Non.  Complecti, 
pass.  Cic.  ap.  Prise.  Complexus,  having  embraced,  Stat.  Sylv.  Complexus,  enfold- 
ed, interwoven,  Lucr.  and  Plaut  Amph. —  ^^  Defatiscens,  Plin.  as  if  from  Defdtis 
COT.  Defessus  is  a  mere  adjective.  The  simple  Fatiscor  occurs  in  Lucr.  v.  309. 
F^fisco,  I  faint  am  exhausted,  Val.  Flac.  and  Stat  Sylv.  passim. —  ^^Experrectus 
essem,  Cic.  Att — ^^  Fruttus,  Senec.  Epist.  Fructus,  Lucr.  iii.  953.  Perfructus, 
Cic.  Fragm.  ap.  Prise,  x.  p.  883.  Fruiturus,  Cic.  Tusc.  Frutturum,  Apul.  Apol. 
where  some  read  Fructurum.    See  Voss.  Anal.  iii.  32.    Fruendus,  Ovid. 


148  THIRD  CONJUGATION  OF  VERBS. 

Fungor,^  fungeris  or  fungere,  fungi,  functus,  functtirus,  discharge,  per- 
form a  duty. 

♦Irascor,''  irasceris  or  irascere,  irasci, , he  angry. 

Labor,'  laberis  or  labere,  labi,  lapsus,  lapsurus,      glide,  slip,  err,  fall 

gently,  decay. 
Loquor,*  loqueris  or  loquere,  loqui,  locutus,  locutu- 

rus,  loquendus, speak. 

Nanciscor,^  nancisceris  or  nanciscere,  nancisci,  nactus,  find  by  chance, 

find,  obtain, 
Nascor,'  nasceris  or  nascere,  nasci,  natus,  natu,  nasclf- 

turus, be  horn,  spring  up. 

Nitor,'  niteris  or  nitere,  nili,  nixus  or  nisus,  nisurus,  strive,  endeavour, 

be  in  labour. 
Obliviscor,*  oblivisceris  or  obliviscere,  oblivisci,  obli- 

tus,  obliviscendus, forget. 

Paciscor,"  pacisceris  or  paciscere,  pacisci,  pactus,  pa- 

ciscendus, bargain, 

PrOftciscor,^"  profYcisceris  or  proftciscere,  proftcisci, 

profectus,  profecturus, set  out  on  a  journey,  go. 

Queror,^^  quereris  or  querere,  queri,  questus,  questum, 

questurus,  querendus, lament,  bewail. 

*Remtniscor,^"  reminisceris  or  remtniscere,  remtnisci, ,    call  to 

mind,  recollect, 

*Ringor,  ringeris  or  ringere,  ringi, ,  ....  grin,  show  the  teeth, 

Sequor,^'  sequeris  or  sequere,  sequi,  secutus,  secuturus, 

sequendus, follow. 

^Fungi,  pass.  Sex.  Pedius  ap.  Paul.  Dig.  Functus,  Hor.  Functurus,  Apiil. 
Met  *  Ad  suum  munus  fuvgendum,*  Cic.  Tusc.  iii.  7.  —  ^Irascere,  act.  for  Irasci, 
Pompon.  Irdius  is  an  adjective.  —  ^Lapsus,  Val.  Flac.  Some  Mss.  of  Virgil  have 
lapsus,  Georg.  iii.  448.  and  Uahsus,  ii.  306.  Lapsurus,  Ovid.  —  "^  Loquere,  loquis, 
act  Petron.  Frag.  Trag.  Locutus,  Cic.  Locuturus,  Ovid.  Loquendus,  Mart  v. 
26.  —  ^  Nadus,  Cic.  in  Orat  et  passim.  Nanctus,  optt  codd.  Liv.  xxiii.  2.  and 
Plant  —  ^  Nutus,  Terent.  Andr.  et  passim.  Natu,  Plin.  vi.  33.  Nasciturus,  Pallad. 
Jun.  Nascere,  for  nasci,  Cato  R.  R. ;  but  the  reading  is  doubtful.  — '  Nixus,  Ovid, 
passim.  N'lsus,  Cic.  pro  Cluent  c.  57.  Vitruv.  i.  2.  In  all  the  Mss.  of  Livy,  Nisus 
is  more  frequent  than  Nixus.  Some  distinguish  them  from  each  other,  thus  :  Nixus 
CORPORE,  nisus  ANiMO ,'  but  this  distinction  does  not  appear  from  the  classics.  Nisu- 
rus, Cses.  B.  C.  ii.  37.  Ann'itor,  I  lean  upon,  makes  Annixus,  Virg.  ^n.  i.  148.  et 
passim. ;  Annisus,  Liv.  v.  25.  Conmtor,  I  struggle,  bring  forth,  Connixus,  Liv.  i. 
33.  et  passim;  Conmsus,  Val.  Flac.  iii.  193.  Enitor,  I  struggle  hard,  bring  forth, 
JEnixus,  Liv.  vi.  24.  et  passim.  Enlsus,  Cic.  an  Q,  Fr.  iii.  9.  Diomed.  i.  p.  371. 
confines  Enixus  to  the  labour  of  bringing  forth,  and  takes  Enlsus  in  a  sense  of 
general  exertion ;  but  this  distinction  is  not  favoured  by  Mss.  authority.  Innltor,  I 
lean  upon,  Innixus,  Caes.  B.  G.  ii.  27.  et  passim ;  Inmsus,  Tacit.  Obmfor,  I  struggle 
against,  Obnixus,  Virg.  ix.  724.  et  passim.  Obnlsus,  Liv.  xxxiv.  46.  Renltor,  1  re- 
sist, has  no  Perfect  Participle  Passive.  Submlor  is  not  found  in  the  classics;  yet 
Suimixus,  Virg.  JEjCi.  i.  510.  et  passim.  —  ^  Oblltus,  Cic.  ObUviscendus,  Hor.  —  ^  Pa^ 
CISCO,  NaBV.  ap.  Non.  Pactus  sum,  Cic.  Ser\'ius  on  Virg.  ^n.  xi.  133.  gives  this 
Verb  another  Perfect,  PMigi.  See  Pango  and  Pago,  Lists,  xiii.  xvi.  Paciscendus, 
Ammian.  xxxi.  12. —  ^^Proftcisco,  Plaut  Mil.  iv.  8.  19.  Profectus  sum,  Cic.  pas- 
sim. Profecturus,  Justin.  —  ^^  Quesfus  sum,  Liv.  Questum,  l^epos  in  Chabr. 
Plant.  Questurus,  Stat.  Theb.  Querendus,  Ovid.  Met  —  ^^  R^mlnisco,  Rufus  ap. 
Auson.  Epigr.  —  ^^  Secutus  sum,  Virg.  Eel.  x.  23.  et  passim.  Secuturus,  Lucan. 
Sequendus,  Ovid.    Sequo,  Prise,  viii.  p.  799. 


THIRD  CONJUGATION  OF  VERBS.  149 

Tuor/  tueris  or  tuere, ,  tutus,  tuendus, see^  protect, 

Ulciscor,"  ulcisceris  or  ulciscere,  ulcisci,  ultus,  ultum, 

ulciscendus, avenge,  punish. 

Utor,^  uteris  or  utere,  titi,  usus,  usurus,  utendus, use. 

♦Vescor,*  vesceris  or  vescere,  vesci, ,  vescendus,  ....  feed  upon. 


IMPERSONALS. 

Ningit,"  ningere,  ninxit, it  snows. 

Vesperascit,^  vesperascere, , it  draws  towards  evening. 

*  See  Tueor,  Second  Conj.  p.  140.  —  ^  Ultus  sum^  Propert.  Ultum,  Sallust.  Jug. 
c.  71.  Tacit.  Ann.  iv.  73.  Ulciscendus,  Cic.  Fam.  xii.  23.  Ulciscerem,  Enn.  ap. 
Non.  Ulcisci^  pass.  Sallust.  Jug.  c.  34.  Hence  UltuSy  avenged,  punished,  Liv.  ii. 
17.  —  ^  Utor,  pass.  Novius  ap,  Gell.  Uto,  is,  Cato  R.  R.  Usus  sum,  Nepos  Att 
Usurus,  Cic.  Verr.  Utendus,  Cic.  Verr.  iv.  18.  —  *  Vescet,  Tertul.  de  Jejun.  c.  5., 
quoting  the  Old  Test.  Num.  xi.  4.,  where  the  Vulgate  has,  '  Quis  dabit  nobis  ad  ves- 
cendum  carnes?'  Vescendus,  Plin.  xx.  5.  —  ^  Ningitur,  pass,  irapers.  Apul.  Florid,  i. 
2.  2.  Nin^unt,  Lucr.  ii.  627.,  where  some  read  pingunt.  Ninxerit,  Accius  ap. 
Prise.  Ninguit  is  approved  of  by  Pierius  on  Virg.  Georg.  iii.  367. ;  and  by  Prise, 
ibid.  Ningit  by  Caper  de  Verb.  Dub.  p.  2249.  —  ^  Vesperascit  has  no  Perfect. 
Vesph'asoens  occurs  in  Nepos  Pelop.  c.  2.,  and  in  Tacit.  Ann.  xvi.  34. 


13^ 


150 


FOURTH  CONJUGATION  OF  VERBS. 


FOURTH  CONJUGATION 

§  186#  Verbs  of  the  Fourth  Conjugation  end  in 
-10,  and  change  -io  into  -is  long  in  the  Second  Per- 
son Present ;  into  -ivi  long  in  the  Perfect ;  into  -ire 
long  in  the  Infinitive,  and  into  -itus  long  in  the  Per- 
fect Participle  Passive ;  as, 

Audio,^  audire,  audivi  or  audii,  auditus,  auditum,  auditu, 

auditurus,  audiendus, hear. — So, 


*Cio,2  cTvi, move,  excite. 

Condio,^  ivi  or  ii, season. 

Custodio,*  Tvi  or  ii,  D keep. 

*Dormio,^  ivi  or  ii,  m.  R.  D sleep. 

Eriidio,^  Tvi  or  ii,  D instruct. 

Esurio,  Tvi, to  desire,  to  eat. 

Expedio,'  Tvi  or  ii, disentangle. 

FTnio,^  Tvi  or  ii,  R.  D finish. 

*Gestio,9  Tvi  or  ii, leap,  desire. 

Impedio,io  Tvi  or  ii,  D entangle. 


*Insanio,"  Tvi  or  ii he  tnad. 

Irretio,*'*  Tvi  or  ii ensnare. 

Lenio,^^  Tvi  or  ii,  d mitigate. 

Mollio,'*  Tvi  or  ii,  D soften. 

*Miigio,'^  Tvi  or  ii, bellow. 

Munio,*^  Tvi  or  ii,  r.  d fortify. 

Mutio,"  Tvi, mutter. 

Nutrio,^^  Tvi  or  ii,  D nourish. 

Partio,^^  Tvi  or  ii,  R divide. 

Polio,'^?  Tvi,  D polish. 


1  Audlbam,  Ovid.  Audiibis,  Plaut.  Many  of  the  Verbs  of  this  Conj.  making  -m, 
have  also  -ii  in  the  Perfect.  Audii,  Virg.  Eel.  vi.  83.  Auditum,  Hor.  Auditu, 
Caes.  B.  Afr.  AuditHrus,  Lucan.  Audiendus,  Cses.  B.  G.  —  ^Civi,  Tacit.  Ann.  xv. 
33.  &  Plaut.  The  Participle  Cttus  exists  only  in  the  Compounds,  Concitus,  sum- 
moned, Val.  Flac.  excited,  Lucan.  v.  597.  Excitus,  called  out,  Virg.  ^En.  x.  38. 
Excititrus,  Liv.  Excibat,  Liv.  xxxii.  13.  See  Cieo,  Second  Conj.  —  ^Condlvi,  Cic. 
pro  Cluent.  Colum.  Gondii,  Varr.  R.  R.  Conditus,  Cic.  de  Orat.  iii.  25.  —  4  Cus- 
todibant,  Catull.  Custodlbttur,  Plaut.  Custodivi,  Plin.  Custodii,  Sueton.  Custo- 
disset,  Auson.  Epist.  Custodltus,  Ovid.  Custodiendus,  Cses.  B.  G.  —  ^  Dormibo, 
Plaut.  Dormivi,  Ovid.  Dormii,  Cic.  Att.  Dormltum,  Hor.  i.  Sat.  5. 48.  Dorml- 
turus,  Cels.  Dormiendus,  Catull.  —  ^  Erudivi,  Cic.  Tusc.  i.  26.  Erudii,  Val.  Flac. 
Eruditus,  Cic.  passim.  Erudiendus,  Ovid.  — '  Expedlbo,  Plaut.  Expedlvi,  Liv.  ix. 
9.  Expedii,  Val.  Flac.  Expedisses,  Cic.  Expeditus,  Cic.  Mil.  c.  10.  ♦  Ad  ex- 
pediendas  pecunias,'  Sueton.  Jul.  —  ^Fimvi,  Ovid.  Met.  Finii,  Id.  Fmltus,  Ovid. 
Trist.  Fimturus,  Id.  Art.  Am.  Finiendus,  TertuU.  Scorp.  —  ^  Gesfibant,  Plaut. 
Gestlvi,  Cell.  Gestierunt,  Veil.  —  ^^  Impedivi,  Cic.  Impedii,  Hor.  i.  Sat.  6.  27. 
Ovid.  Met.  Impedltus,  Cic.  pro  Coel.  et  passim.  ImpMiendus,  Ovid.  Met.  —  ^^In- 
sdmvi,  Plaut.  Insanisti,  Cic.  Or.  c.  67.  —  ^^  Irretlvi,  Colum.  Irretisses,  Cic.  Catil. 
i.  6.  Irretitus,  Cic.  Fin.  v.  18.  et  passim.  —  ^^  Lenibam,  Lenibo,  Virg.  ^n.  v.  527. 
vi.  468.  Propert.  Lemvi,  Cic.  Att.  vi.  2.  Lenii,  Id.  Phil.  ii.  45.  Lemtus,  Liv.  i. 
16.  Leniendus,  Cels.  Leniundus,  Sallust.  Cat.  c.  48.  —  ^*Mollwi,  Veil.  Mollii, 
Ovid.  Met.  MoU'dus,  Sil.  Molliendus,  Cic.  —  ^^  Mugivi,  Propert.  Mugissent,  Liv. 
i.  7.  —  ^^  Moanio,  anciently.  '  MUmvi,  Cic.  Cat.  i.  4.  MUnii,  Nep.  Hannib.  c.  3. 
Liv.  ix.  29.  et  passim.  Mumtus,  Cic.  passim.  MUmiurus,  Hirt.  MUniendus,  Cic. 
Mumbis,  Veget.  de  R.  V.  —  "  Mutivi,  Plaut.  Mutitxis,  Terent.  —  is  Nutrlbam,  Virg. 
iEn.  vii.  484.  Nutribo,  Rhemm.  Nutrimus,  for  Nutrivimus.  Nutritor,  for  niiirtto, 
Virg.  Georg.  ii.  425.  Nutrivi,  Senec.  NUtrii,  Pers.  Sat.  Nutrissent,  Ovid.  Nu- 
tritus,  Ht3r.  Nutriendus,  Cels.  —  ^^  Partior,  depon.  Virg.  JEn.  i.  198.  et  passim. 
Partivi,  Sallust.  Jug.  c.  47.  Partisses,  Lucil.  Partitus,  Cic.  Orat.  iii.  30.  Partilu- 
rus,  Caes.  B.  Civ.  i.  4.  —  ^  PoUvi,  Phaedr.  PoUtus,  Cic.  passim.  Poliendus,  Vitruv. 
Pollbant,  Virg.  iEn.  viii-  435. 


FOURTH   CONJUGATION   OF   VERBS.  151 


Punio,*  ivi  or  ii,  D punish. 

Redimio,^  ivi, crown,  encircle. 

Scio,3  SCI vi,  u.  R know. 

♦Servio,*  ivi  or  ii,  m serve,  obey. 


Sopio,^  ivi  or  ii, luU  asleep. 

StabTlio,^  ivi  or  ii, establish. 

Tinnio/  Ivi  or  ii,  r tinkle. 

Vestio,^  Ivi  or  ii, clothe. 


§  187.  The  following  are  irregular  either  in  the 
Perfect,  or  Perfect  Participle  Passive,  or  in  both : 

Amtcio,^  amtcire,  amixi  or  amicui,  amictus,  amtciendus, clothe, 

Aperio/"  aperire,  aperui,  apertus,  aperturus,  aperiendus, open. 

Bullio,"  bullire,  bullii,  bullitus, boil,  bubble. 

Comperio,"  comperire,  com  peri,  compertus, Jind  out. 

Farcio,"  farcire,  farsi,  farctus, cram. 

Fastidio,"  fastidire,  fastidii,  fastiditus,  fastidiendus, disdain. 

Fulcio,^^  fulcire,  flilsi,  fultus,  fulciendus,   prop. 

*Glutio,*''  glutire,  glutii, , swallow. 

*Grunnio,"  grunnire,  grunnii, ,   grunt. 

Haurio,"  haurire,  hausi,  rarely  haurii,  haustus,  haus- 

turus  or  hausurus,  hauriendus, draw,  drink  up,  absorb. 

♦Lascivio,^^  lascivire,  lascivii, , be  wanton,  frisk. 

^  Punivi,  Apul.  Met.  Pwmz,  Sueton.  Jul.  c.  74.  Pwnme,  Tib.  c.  61.  PUnltus, 
punished,  Cic.  Inv.  Punitus,  having  punished,  Cic.  Mil.  PUniendus,  Cic.  Poenl- 
oat,  anciently,  Lucr.  See  MUnio  in  this  List.  —  ^  Redimlvit,  Sueton,  where  Baum- 
garten-Crusius  reads  redimiit.  Redim'ttus,  Tibull.  passim.  Redlmibat,  Virg.  -^n. 
X.  538.  —  ^  Scivi,  Terent.  *  Pro  scivisse,  rectius  dicimus  scisse.'  Facciolat.  Scisse, 
Liv.  Ovid.  Fast.  Scisti,  Ovid.  Scissent,  Cic.  Att.  The  Participle  Scitus  is  used 
in  an  active  signification,  knotmng,  shrewd.  Sciturus,  Liv.  iii.  Senec.  Epist.  6. 
Scitu  facile,  Terent.  —  <  Servlvi,  Plant.  2L  Servii,  Veil.  Servisset,  Cic.  Servislis, 
Liv.  Servltum,  Virg.  iEn.  ii.  786.  Servttum  est,  impers.  Cic.  Or.  Servibas,  Plaut. 
Servlbo,  Merc.  —  ^  Sopivi,  Liv.  Sopiil,  Veil.  Sopierat,  Tibull.  Sopistis,  Ovid. 
Met.  Sdpitus,  Virg.  jEn.  x.  642.  et  paaaim.  —  ^  SimUvi,  Plin.  Staklissef,  GeW. 
StabiUtus,  Lucr.  —  "^  Tinmvi,  Tinnii,  Plant.  Tinniturus,  Sueton.  —  ^  Vestlvi,  Cic. 
de  Nat.  Deor.  Vestierint,  Colum.  Vestitus,  Propert.  passim.  —  ^Amtcui,  Brut.  ap. 
Diomed.  Amixi,  Varr.  ibid.  Some  add  Amicivi,  but  without  authority.  Amictus, 
Hor.  A7n5?aenc?MS,  Fronton,  ad  M.  Aurel. —  ^^Aperlbo,  Plaut  Aperui,  Liv.  pas- 
sim. Some  think  the  Perfect  Aperii  might  also  be  used,  reading  in  Cic.  Att.  vii. 
3.  Aperiertmus,  where  the  true  lection  is  Aperuerimus.  Apertus,  Cic.  passim. 
Aperturus,  Liv.  Aperiendus,  Sallust.  Cat.  c.  58.  —  "  Bullii,  A  pic.  BuUilus,  Veget. 
Veter.  —  ^^  Comperi,  Cic.  passim.  Compertus,  Cic.  passim.  Comperior,  depon.  / 
know  assuredly.  Sail.  Jug.  c.  49.  Hence  Compertus  est,  for  comperit,  Tertull. — 
"Farsi,  Senec.  Epist.  Farctus,  Cic.  passim.  *Ita  in  melioribus  libris  exaratum 
est.'  Voss.  Anal.  iii.  33.  Some  write  Partus.  The  Oxford  Annotators  on  Lily 
quote  Farcltus  from  Cicero;  others  quote  it  from  Varro;  but  this  appears  to  be  a 
mistake.  Farsus,  Hygin.  Fab.  —  ^*  Fastidii,  Mart.  Fastidlvi  is  found  only  in 
grammars  and  dictionaries.  Fastiditus,  Ovid.  Trist.  Fastidiendus,  Plin.  —  ^^  Fulsi, 
Cic.  Fulxi,  Prise.  Fulclvi,  Vet.  Inscript.  sub  Honor,  et  Theodos.  ap.  Murator.  p. 
466.  Fultus,  Virg.  Eel.  vi.  53.  Fulcitus,  Coel.  Aurel.  Tard.  Fulciendus,  Cels.  — 
16  Glutisse,  Juv.  Sat.  iv.  28.  Glutivi,  found  in  grammars  and  dictionaries,  does  not 
occur  in  the  classics.  'Mors  glutita,'  Tertull.  adv.  Marc.  —  ^'' Grunnisse,  Juv. 
Grunnwi  is  found  only  in  grammars  and  dictionaries.  —  '^  Hausi,  Virg.  ^n,  i.  742. 
Haurii,  Varr.  ap.  Prise.  Haustus,  Val.  Fiac.  et  passim.  Hauses,  Solin.  Haurdus, 
Apul.  Met.  Hauritum,  ibid.  Hauritu,  ibid.  Hausturus,  Cic.  Hausurus,  Virg. 
^n.  iv.  384.  Hauriturus,  Juvenc.  Hauriendus,  Colum.  Hauribant,  Lucr. — 
^^  Lasclvisset,  Gell. 


152  FOURTH  CONJUGATION  OF  VERBS. 

*Ltgurio,^  Itgurire,  Itgurii, ,  feed  delicately, 

*Obedio,''  obedire,  obedii, ,  obediturus, obey. 

Operio,^  operire,  operui,  opertus,  operiendus, cover,  hide, 

*Prostlio,^  prostlire,  prostlui  or  prostlivi, , sally  forth, 

Reperio,^  reperire,  reperi,  repertus,  reperturus,  d find, 

*S€evio,''  saevire,  seevii, ,  saeviturus, rage, 

*Salio,'  salire,  salui  or  salii, , leap, 

Sancio,^  sancire,  sanxi  or  sancii,  sancitus  or  sanctus, 

sanciendus, establish,  ratify, 

Sarcio,"  sartus,  sarci,  sarcire, patch,  repair, 

Sarrio,^"  sarrire,  sarrivi  or  sarrui,  sarritus,  sarriendus,  . . .  weed  with  a 

hook,  hoe, 

Sentio,"  sentire,  sensi,  sensus,  sensurus,   feel,  perceive, 

Sepelio,"  sepelire,  sepelivi,  sepelii  or  sepeli,  sepultus, 

sepulturus,  sepeliendus, bury,  inter* 

Sepio,"  sepire,  sepsi,  septus, hedge  in,  enclose. 

*Sttio,"  sitire,  sttii, , thirst,  thirst  after, 

^  Liguriij  Hot.  Ohtigurii,  Cic. .  Catil.  it  5.  Ligurlvi,  given  in  grammars  and 
dictionaries,  does  not  exist.  —  *  Ohldiho,  Afran.  ap.  ]\on.  Obedisse,  Apul.  Florid. 
Obedivi  is  not  found  in  the  classics.  Obediturus,  Plin.  —  ^  Qperui,  Terent.  Oper- 
tus, Virg.  Georg.  i.  465.  et  passim.  Operiendus,  Cels.  —  *Prds2lui,  Val.  Flac. 
Lucan.  PrdslUvi,  Curt.  vii.  4.,  and  so  some  read  in  Liv.  1.  c. ;  but  the  Perfect  in 
ui  seems  more  correct.  See  Salio  in  this  List.  Transilio,  I  leap  over,  makes 
TransiLui,  Liv.  i.  7.  Transirm,  Plin.  et  Plant,  or  TransUii,  Hirt.  Transiliendus, 
Ovid.  —  *  Reperi,  Ovid.  Met  et  passim.  When  the  first  syllable  of  this  Perfect  is 
made  long,  some  double  the  P.  Ripertus,  Virg.  ^n.  vi.  343.  RepertHrus,  Curt. 
Rtperiendus,  Cic.  Rep^ribo,  Caecil.  et  Pompon,  ap.  Non.  —  ^  ScBvii,  Cell.  ScBvit, 
for  ScBviit,  Ovid.  Met.  Scevitum  est  impers.  cruelty  was  exercised,  Liv.  i.  1.  Curt, 
viii.  10.  6.  SiEmturus,  Liv.  Savibat,  Lucr. — '  iSaZwi,  Virg.  Georg.  ii.  384.  Ovid. 
Said,  Claud.  See  Heins  on  Ovid.  Salivi,  found  in  grammars  and  dictionaries, 
does  not  exist  in  the  classics.  So  DelUio,  I  dismount,  I  alight,  desllui,  Vir^.  ^n. 
xi.  50L  desllii,  Caes.  B.  G.  iv.  12.  ExsUio,  I  spring  forth,  ex^lui,  Plant,  exsuii,  Sil. 
SubMio,  I  spring  up,  subsUui,  Propert.  iv.  8.  46.  subsilii,  Senec.  Epist.  13.  Three 
have  ui  only:  Assllio,  I  leap  upon,  assilui.  Val.  Flac.  i.  258.  Dissnlio,  I  fly  asun- 
der, I  burst,  dissilui,  Virg.  JEn.  iii.  415.  Insilio,  I  leap  upon,  insilui,  Ovid.  Met. 
iii.  367.  &  Plant  See  Prosilio.  —  ^  Sanxi,  Cic.  Tusc.  i.  27.  Liv.  xxiv.  8.  Propert 
Sancii,  Pompon,  ap.  Diomed.  Sancwi  is  quoted  by  Nizolius  from  Cic.  pro  Plane, 
where.no  such  form  is  to  be  found ;  and  by  others  from  Liv.  x.  9.,  where  the  Mss. 
and  best  edd.  have  sarud.  SancUus,  Cic.  de  Harusp.  Resp.  Sanctus,  Liv.  x.  9.  & 
Quintil.  Sanciendus,  Liv.  viii.  7.  —  ^  Sarci,  Cato  R.  R.  Sartus,  Juvenal,  iii.  254. 
et  passim.  *  Sarciendcs  infamise,'  &c.  Cses.  B.  C.  iii.  74.  —  ^°  Sarrtvi,  Colum.  Sarrui, 
Cato  R.  R.  Sarrii,  given  in  some  dictionaries,  does  not  occur,  except  in  the  vari- 
ous reading  of  Cato.  Sarritus,  Colum.  Sarriendus,  Colum.  —  ^^  Sensi,  Caes.  B.  G. 
V.  32.  &  Hor.  Sensti,  for  sensisti,  Terent  Sensus,  Arnob.  Sensurus,  Ovid.  Met  — 
"  Sep^dvi,  Senec.  Epist.  Sepelii,  Petron.  Sepeli,  Pers.  Sat.  Sepultus,  Virg.  Mn. 
ii.  265.  et  passim.  SepStitus,  Cato.  ap  Prise.  Sepulturus,  Sidon.  Carm.  Sepelien- 
dus, Cic.  Tusc.  ii.  13.  —  ^^pausqu.  Cellar.  Noris.  Pier,  write  Scepio,  with  a  diph- 
thong ;  Voss.  Heins.  Erythraeus  and  others  write  it  with  a  single  vowel.  Sepsi, 
Cic.  Fam.  xv.  4.  Nat.  Deor.  Virg.  JEn.  i.  415.  &  Tacit  Ann.  Dictionaries  give  Seplvi, 
Sepltum ;  but  neither  sepilus,  nor  sepltum  have  any  place  in  the  classics ;  nor  is 
seplvi  to  be  found,  with  the  exception  of  the  contracted  form  sepissent  in  Liv.  xlvi. 
39.,  where  the  true  reading  is  sepsissent.  See  Gronov.  on  the  passage,  Voss.  Anal, 
iii.  33.  Septus,  Virg.  .^n.  ix.  551.  et  passim.  —  "  Sitisti,  Justin.  Sitlvi,  given  by 
grammars  and  dictionaries,  does  not  occur  in  the  classics. 


FOURTH  CONJUGATION  OF  VERBS. 


153 


SuiFio/  suffire,  suffii,  sufFitus,  sufRendus,  fumigate, 

♦Vagio,'*  vagire,  vagii, ■, cry  as  a  child, 

*Venio,^  venire,  veni, ,  venturus, come, 

Vincio,*  vincire,  vinxi,  vinctus,  vinctunis,  vinciendus, hind, 

§  188«  These  Verbs  end  in  -eo : 

*Eo,*  ire,  ii  or  ivi, ,  iturus, go, 

*Queo,"  quire,  quivi  or  quii, , be  able, 

*Nequeo,'  nequire,  nequivi  or  nequii, ,   cannot, 

Veneo,®  venire,  venii, ,  veniturus, be  sold, 

§  189.  The  Perfects  of  the  following  Verbs  are 
doubtful : 


*Cambio,^  campsi, exchange. 

*Dementio,^*'  ivi, be  mad. 

Effiitio,"  Ivi,  itus,  ....  speak  foolishly. 
*Ferio,"  f erii,  d strike. 


*Lippio,'3  Ivi,  R he  blear-eyed. 

*Raucio,i*  raasi,  r be  hoarse. 

SailiOji**  ivi,  itus,  r.  d.   season  with  salt. 


§  190.  These  have  neither  Perfects  nor  Perfect 
Participles : 


♦Balbiitio,^^ stammer. 

♦Csecutio, be  dim-sighted. 


*Ferocio, be  fierce. 

*Gannio, yelp,  whine. 


*  Siijfii,  Propert.  iv.  8.  83.  See  Broukhus  &  Burman  on  the  passage.  Svffitus, 
Ovid.  Fast.  Suffiendus,  Colum.  —  "  The  author  of  the  Carmen  de  Philom.  makes 
the  first  syllable  short.  Vagii,  Ovid.  —  ^  Vembo,  Pompon,  ap.  Non.  Veni,  Cic. 
Venturus,  Virg.  vi.  66.  Vemtur,  ventum  est,  impers.  passim.  Inventu  ardua,  Plin. 
ii.  46.  —  ^  Vinxi,  Virg.  ^n.  xi.  81.  Vinxtus,  Ovid,  et  passim.  Vincturus,  Virg. 
Georg.  ii.  94.  Vinciendus,  Cic.  —  ^  Ivi  is  rare  ;  it  occurs  in  Aul.  Cell.  xiii.  12.  3. 
Ii,  Liv.  Cic.  Fara.  Virg.  ^n.  i.  376.  et  passim.  These  Compounds  make  ii :  Aheo, 
I  depart,  ahii ;  Adeo,  I  approach,  adii ;  Anteeo,  I  go  before,  anteii ;  Coeo,  I  meet, ' 
coii ;  JExeo,  I  go  out,  exii ;  Intereo,  I  die,  interii  ;  Introeo,  I  enter,  introii ;  Prodeo, 
I  come  forth,  prodii ;  Transeo,  I  pass  over,  transit  But  Ineo,  I  enter,  makes  ?n«, 
Cic.  et  passim ;  ini,  Stat.  Theb.  Obeo,  I  go  about,  undergo,  die,  oh'ivi,  Virg.  iEn. 
vi.  802.  Ohii,  Lucr.  Pereo,  I  perish,  ptrii,  Ovid.  Ptrmi  occurs  only  in  Apul. 
Met.  Prceeo,  I  go  before,  prcmvi,  Plin.  prceii,  Liv.  Prcetereo,  I  go  beyond,  prceterii, 
Ovid.  Art.  Am.  et  passim ;  prcBt^fivi,  Apul.  Met.  Redeo,  I  return,  redii,  Cic.  et 
passim ;  redivi,  Lucil.  ap.  Non.  Subeo,  I  go  under,  suMvi,  Ovid,  mbii,  Hor.  i.  Sat. 
9.  21.  Iturus,  Cic  — « Quivi,  Virg.  -^n.  vi.  463.  Terent.  Quii,  Lucr.  vi.  855.  See 
Irregular  Verbs.  Quitus,  Accius  ap.  Diomed.  —  ''Nequivi,  Virg.  ^n.  vi.  507. 
Nequii,  Sail.  Jug.  c.  18.  See  Irregular  Verbs.  —  ^  Venii,  Cic.  Cato  R.  R.  et  passim. 
Venisse,  Liv.  ii.  14.  Vemvi,  given  in  grammars  and  dictionaries,  does  not  occur  in 
the  classics.  Some  give  this  Verb  a  Supine,  Venum,  which  is  a  noun,  and  one  of 
its  component  parts,  {Venum  eo,)  and  of  which  the  ablative  Veno  occurs  in  Tacit. 
Ann.  xiii.  51.  Vemtus,  Sedul.  Hymn.  Veniturus,  Senec.  de  Const.  Sap.  c.  3.  See 
Irregular  Verbs.  — «  Campsi,  Prise,  x.  p.  906.  —  i°  Dementivi,  Grammatici.  —  "  Ejfu- 
tivi,  Grammatici.  Effutitus,  Cic.  Div.  —  ^^  Ferii,  Acron  in  his  commentary  on  Hor. 
i.  Od.  7.  11.  The  Perfect  of  the  Compound  Referio,  I  strike  again,  does  not  oc- 
cur. —  ^3  Lippivi,  Grammatici.  Lipplturus,  Plin.  —  "  The  Perfect  Rausi,  and  Su- 
pine Rausum  occur  only  in  Prise,  x.  p.  907.  Rausurus,  Lucil,  ap.  Prise,  ibid.  — 
18  SalHvi,  or  saUvi,  Grammatici.  Satlitus,  or  salttus,  Colum.  Salliturus,  Naev.  ap. 
Prise,  ibid.  Salliendus,  Colum.  The  Participles  Salsus,  Colum.  and  Salsurus, 
Mumm.  ap.  Diomed.  1.  c.  come  from  Sallo,  is,  of  the  Third  Conjugation  —  ^^  Bal' 
butivi  in  some  dictionaries. 


154  FOURTH   CONJUGATION    OF    VERBS. 


*Glocio, duck  as  a  hen* 

*Grandio, make  great. 

♦Hinnio, neigh. 

♦Ineptio, tryie. 

*Prurio, itckytickle. 


*Rugio, roar  as  alien. 

*Sagio, foresee. 

*Scaturio, gush  out 

*Singuitio, sob. 

*Tus8io, cough. 


Favio,  I  beat,  pave,  has  no  Perfect ;  but  the  Perfect  Participle  Pdvltus  is  found 
in  Varr.  R.  R.  i.  51. 1.  and  in  Plin.  ix.  10. 


§  191.  DEPONENTS. 

Blandior,*  -iris  or  -ire,  -iri,  -itus, soothe^  flatter,— -^o, 

Partior,**  d divide. 


Largior,* give  liberally,  lavish. 

Mentior,'  r lie. 

Molior,*  D.  aUempl  something  dijjicult, 
contrive^  plan. 


Potipr,^  R.  D. obtain,  enjoy. 

Sortior,'  r.  ..,.,..,.,.,....  draw  lots. 


§  192«,  EXCEPTIONS. 

Assentior,' assentiris  or  assentire,  assentiri,  assensus, 

assensurus, assent. 

Experior,'  experiris  or  experire,  experiri,  expertus, 

experturus,  experiendus, try. 

Metior,^"  metiris  or  metire,  metiri,  mensu^  or  metitus, 

metiendus, measure, 

Opperior/^  opperiris  or  opperire,  opperiri,  oppertus  or 

opperitus,  opperiendus, wait  for. 

Ordior/-  ordiris  or  ordire,  ordiri,  orsus,  ordiendus, begin, 

1  Blanditus,  Ovid.  Met  Blanditus,  pass.  Verrius  ap.  Prise,  viii.  p.  792.  —  ^  Largio, 
Accius  ap.  Non.  Hence  Larg'dus,  pass.  TibulJ.  Largttus,  having  bestowed, 
Cic.  —  '  MeiUio,  Prise.  Hence  Menfdus,  pass.  Virg.  ^n.  ii.  422.  Ovid.  Menilbor, 
Plaut.  Mentltvs,  having  lied,  Propert.  Menfdurus,  Ovid.  —  ^Mdliebdtur,  pass. 
Apul.  Met.  Motdus,  Ovid.  Ara.  Virg.  Georg.  i.  494.  Moliendus,  Cic.  Orat.  — ^Par- 
titus,  Cic.  de  Univ.  Partiendus,  Cic.  See  Partio,  List.  i.  —  6  Tj^jg  yg^ i^  jg  some- 
times used  by  the  poets  in  the  Third  Conj.  in  the  Pres.  Indie,  and  Imperf.  Subj. 
See  Virg.  -^n.  iii.  55.  Ovid.  Met.  xiii.  130.  Also  in  the  Pres.  Infin.  Poti,  Pacuv. 
ap.  Non.  vii.  66.  Pofivit,  Plaut.  Pofitus,  Caes.  B.  G.  et  passim.  Potlturxis,  Cic. 
Tusc.  i.  37.  Putiundus,  Ovid.  Met.  — '  Sorfitus,  Virg.  Mn.  viii.  444.  &  Ovid.  Sor- 
(iturus,  Cic.  —  ^  Assentio,  act  passim.  Hence  Assensus,  pass.  Cic.  Acad.  iv.  31. 
Assensus,  having  assented,  Cic.  Assensurus,  Cic.  —  ^  Expefibis,  Catull.  Expertus, 
Val.  Flac.  ExpertUrus,  Plaut  Experlturus,  Calo  R.  R.  Experiendus,  Ovid.  — 
^"  Metidtur,  pass.  Arnob.  Hence  Mensus,  measured,  Cic.  N.  D.  ii.  27.  Mensus, 
having  measured,  Val.  Flac.  v.  476.  MeCitus,  Claud.  Ep.  Metiendus,  Cic.  Orat  c. 
57.  —  "  Oppertus,  Terent  Opperitus,  Plaut.  Opperiendus,  Tacit.  Ann.  iv.  6.  — 
"  Orsus,  Virg.  Mn.  vi.  125.  et  passim.  Orditus,  pass.  Sidon.  Ep.  Ordiendus,  Cic 
Leg.  i.  7. 


LIST   OP   VERBS. 


155 


[AN  ALPHABETICAL  LIST  of  the  preceding  verbs  of  the 
four  conjugations  for  easy  reference.  If  the  compound  verb  cannot 
be  found  in  this  list,  look  for  the  simple ;  then  refer  to  it  on  its  page, 
and  the  compound  may  be  found  in  the  notes.} 


Abdo....  Page  139 

Abnuo 131 

Abominor 117 

Absisto 142 

Absterreo  ....  123 

Abundo 112 

Accendo 131 

Accumbo 136 

Accuso 112 

Aceo 123 

Acuo 131 

Addo 139 

Adhibeo 123 

Admoneo 122 

Adolesco 144 

Adulor 117 

Adumbro 112 

-^dilico 112 

^gresco 145 

iEmulor 117 

iEquo 112 

.^Estimo 112 

Agnosco 142 

Ago 142 

Albeo 128 

Algeo 126 

AUicio 145 

Alo 137 

Ambigo 146 

Ambulo 112 

Amicio 151 

Araplector 147 

Amplio 112 

Angario 112 

Ango 135 

Aperio , .  151 

Apiscor 147 

Appello 112 

Appendo 131 

Apricor 117 

Apto 112 

Arbitror 117 

Arcesso 138 

Areo 123 

Argao 131 

Aro 112 

Arceo 122 

Ardeo 125 

Ascio 112 

Aspernor 117 

Aspicio 145 

Assentior 154 

Assero 137 

Assisto 142 

Aucupor 117 

Audeo 125 

Audio 150 


Augeo 126 

Ausculto 112 

Autumo 112 

Auxilior 117 

Aveo 128 

Aversor 117 

Balbutio 153 

Basio 112 

Batuo 131 

Bello 112 

Beo 112 

Bibo 131 

Blandior 154 

Boo 112 

Brevio 112 

Bullio 151 

Cado 138 

Caeco 113 

CaBCutio 153 

CcEdo 139 

Cslo 113 

Calceo 113 

Calcitro 113 

Caleo.. 123 

Calumnior 117 

Calveo 128 

Cambio  ......  153 

Candeo 123 

Caneo 123 

Cano 139 

Canto 113 

Capesso 138 

Capio 145 

Capto 113 

Careo 123 

Carmino 113 

Carpo 133 

Castigo.......  113 

Catomidio  ....  113 

Cansor 117 

Caveo 127 

Cedo 1.33 

Celebro 113 

Celo 113 

Censeo 126 

Centurio 113 

Cerno 141 

Certo 113 

Ceveo 128 

Cieo 126 

Cingo 135 

Cio 150 

Clango ]46 

Clareo 123 

Claudo  (he  lame)  146 
Claudo  (shut)..  133 
Ciepo 133 


Clueo 128 

Cluo 146 

Coalesco 143 

Coerceo...:..  123 

Cogito 113 

Cognosce 142 

Colubeo 123 

Colo 137 

Comissor 117 

Comitor 117 

Comrainiscor . .  147 

Coramereo 123 

Commoneo  . . .  122 

Como 133 

Compare 113 

Comperio 151 

Compesco  ....  137 
Complector  . . .  147 

Compleo 126 

Concilio 113 

Concionor 117 

Concutio 145 

Condio 150 

Condo 139 

Confabulor  ...  117 

Confido 140 

Confiteor 128 

Congrao 131 

Conniveo 127 

Conor 117 

Conquinisco  . .  140 

Considero 113 

Conspicor 118 

Consanesco  ...  143 
Consenesco  . .  .  143 

Consero 137 

Consisto 142 

Consulo 137 

Contemplor . . .  118 

Conterreo 123 

Conticesco 143 

Convalesco 143 

Coquo 135 

Crebresco 143 

Credo 140 

Cremo 113 

Creo 113 

Crepo 120 

Cresco 142 

Criminor 118 

Criicio 113 

Cubo 120 

Culpo 113 

Cuneo 113 

Cunctwr 118 

Cupio 145 

Curo 113 


Curro 139 

Custxjdio 150 

Damno 113 

Debeo 123 

Decet 129 

Decoro 113 

Decurio 113 

Dedo 140 

Defendo 131 

Defetiscor  ....  147 

Dego 131 

Deleo 126 

Delineo 113 

Deliquesco... .  143 

Delitesco 143 

Dementio 153 

Demereo 123 

Demo 133 

Denseo 128 

Deprecor 118 

Depso 137 

Desero 137 

Desidero 113 

Desisto 142 

Desterto 137 

Destino 113 

Deterreo 123 

Dico,-are 113 

Dico,  -ere 135 

Dicto 113 

Dido 140 

Diffiteor 128 

Digladior 118 

Diligo 135 

Diribeo 127 

Disco 139 

Disscro 137 

Ditesco 145 

Divido 133 

Do 120 

Doceo 124 

Doleo 123 

Dolo 113 

Dominor 118 

Domo 120 

Dormio 150 

Dono 113 

Daco 135 

Dulcesco 143 

Dupiico 113 

Duresco 143 

Duro 113 

Edo  ieat) 131 

Edo  {publish)..  140 

Effigio 113 

Effutio 153 

Egeo 123 


156 

Elanguesco ...  143 

Emacio 113 

Emarcesco  . . .  143 

Emereo 123 

Emineo 123 

Erao 131 

Emungo.. ....  135 

Enucleo 113 

Eo 153 

Epulor 118 

Equito 113 

Erro 113 

Erubesco 143 

Erudio 150 

Esurio 150 

Evanesco 143 

Evilesco 143 

Exardesco  ....  144 

Exaresco 143 

Excandesco...  143 

Excello 137 

Excudo 131 

Exerceo 123 

Exhibeo 123 

Exhorresco  . . .  143 

Existimo 113 

Existo 142 

Exolesco 144 

Expallesco 143 

Expedio 150 

Expergiscor.. .  147 

Experior 154 

Eiploro 113 

Exsanio 113 

Exsero 137 

ExqIo 113 

Exterreo 123 

Extinguo 135 

Extimesco  . . . .  143 

Exuo 131 

Fabrico 113 

Facesso 138 

Facio 145 

Fallo 139 

Famulor 118 

Farcio 151 

Fans,  or  Fare..  118 

Fascio 113 

Fastidio 151 

Fateor 128 

Fatigo 113 

Fatisco 145 

Faveo 127 

Ferio 153 

Ferior 118 

Fero 140 

Ferocio 153 

Ferveo 127 

Fervo 131 

Festino 113 

Figo 135 

Findo 131 

Fingo 135 


LIST    OF   VERBS. 


Finio 150 

Firmo 113 

Flacceo 123 

FJagito 113 

Flagro 113 

Flaveo 128 

Flecto 135 

Fleo 126 

Fligo 135 

Flo    113 

Floreo 123 

Fluo 135 

Fodio 145 

Foeteo 128 

Formo 114 

Foro 114 

Foveo 127 

Fracesco 143 

Fraeno 114 

Frango 142 

Fraudo 114 

Fremo 137 

Frendeo 127 

Frendo 146 

Frico 120 

Frigeo 127 

Frigo 147 

Frio 114 

Frondeo 127 

Frumentor.. ..  118 

Frungo ^.  142 

Fruor 147 

Fugio 145 

Fugo 114 

Fulcio 151 

Fulgeo 126 

Fundo,  -are.. .  114 
Fundo,  -ere...  131 

Fungor 148 

Furio 114 

Furo 147 

Furor 118 

Fundo 131 

Galeo 114 

Gannio 153 

Gaudeo 125 

Gerao 137 

Geno 137 

Gero 133 

Gestio 150 

Gesto  ........  114 

Gigno 137 

Glabreo 128 

Glacio 114 

Glisco 146 

Glocio 154 

Glorior 118 

Glutio 151 

Gradior 146 

Grandesco ....  145 

Grandio 154 

Gratulor 118 

Gravesco 145 


Gravo 114 

Grunnio 151 

Gruo 146 

Gusto 114 

Habeo 123 

Habito 114 

Haereo 126 

Halo 114 

Haurio 151 

Hebeo 128 

Hinnio 154 

Hio 114 

Horreo 123 

Hortor 118 

Humeo 128 

Hurao 114 

Hyemo 114 

Ico 131 

Ignoro 114 

Ignosco 142 

Imbuo 132 

Imitor 118 

Impedio 150 

Impero 114 

Impetro 114 

Inaresco 143 

Incesso 138 

Inchoo 114 

Increbresco . . .  143 
Incurvesco  . . .  145 

Indago 114 

Indico 114 

Indignor 118 

Indo 140 

Indolesco 144 

Indulgeo 126 

Induo 132 

Ineptio 154 

Inebrio 114 

Inhibeo 123 

Infitior 118 

Initio 114 

Injurior 118 

Innotcsco 144 

Inquino  ......  114 

Insanio 150 

Insector 118 

Insero 1.37 

Insidior 118 

Instauro 114 

Insuo 132 

Integrasco  ....  145 

Intclligo 135 

Intro 114 

Intumesco  ....  144 

Invito 114 

Irascor 148 

Irretio 150 

Irrito 114 

Irraucesco ....  144 

Itero 114 

Jaceo 123 

Jacio 145  i 


Jacto 114 

Jaculor 118 

Jocor 118 

Jubeo 124 

Judico 114 

Jugo 114 

Jugulo 114 

Jungo 135 

Juro 114 

Juvenesco ....  145 

Juvo 120 

Labo 121 

Labor 148 

Laboro 114 

Lacero 114 

Lacesso 138 

Lacteo 128 

Lacto 114 

Lsedo 133 

Laetor 118 

Lambo 132 

Lamentor  ....  118 

Langueo 123 

I^anio 114 

^(Lapidesco  ....  145 

Laqueo 114 

Lascivio 151 

Largior 154 

Lateo 123 

Latro 114 

Laudo 114 

Lavo 121 

Laxo 114 

Lego,  -ere  ....  132 
Lego,  -are  ....  114 

Lenio 150 

Lenteo 128 

Levo 114 

Libero 114 

Libet 129 

Liceo 123 

Liceor 128 

Licet 129 

Lignor 118 

Ligo 115 

Ligurio 152 

Linquo 132 

Lingo 147 

Lino 142 

Lippio 153 

Liquet 129 

Liquo 115 

Lito 115 

Liveo 128 

Loco 115 

Loquor 148 

Lubet 129 

Luceo 125 

Luctor 118 

Ludo 133 

Lugeo 126 

Luo 132 

Lustro 115 


LIST   OF   VERBS. 


Luxurio 115 

Maceo 128 

Macresco 144 

Macto 115 

Maculo 115 

Madco 123 

Malo 137 

Mando,  -ere ...  1 32 
Mando, -are...  115 

Manduco 115 

Maneo 126 

Mano 115 

Mansuesco  . . .  144 

Marceo 128 

Mature 115 

Maturesco ....  144 

Medeor 128 

Medicor 118 

Meditor 118 

Memoro 115 

Mentior 154 

Meo 115 

Mercor 118 

Mereo 123 

Mergo 133 

Meridio 115 

Metior 154 

Meto 140 

Metuo 132 

Mico 121 

Migro 115 

Milito 115 

Minio 115 

Mingo 135 

Ministro 115 

Minor 118 

Minuo 132 

Misceo 124 

Misereor 128 

Miseret 129 

Miseror 118 

Mitesco 145 

Mitigo 115 

Mitto 140 

Moderor 119 

Modulor 119 

Moereo 128 

Molo 137 

Molior 154 

Mollesco 145 

Mollio 150 

Moneo 122 

Monstro 115 

Mordeo 125 

Morior 146 

Moror 119 

Moveo 127 

Muceo 128 

Mugio 150 

Mulceo 125 

Mulgeo 126 

Miingo 135 

Munio 150 


Mutio 150 

Muto 115 

Mutuor 119 

Nanciscor 148  I 

Narro ....  115 

Nascor 148 

Nato 115 

Nauseo 115 

Navigo 115 

Navo 115 

Neco 121 

Necto 135 

Negligo 135 

Nego 115 

Negotior 119 

Neo 126 

Nequeo 153 

Nexo,  -are 121 

Nexo,  -ere  ....  146 

Nideo 128 

Nigreo 123 

Ningit 149 

Niteo 123 

Nitor 148 

No 115 

Noceo 124 

Nolo 137 

Nomino 115 

Nosco 142 

Noto 115 

Novo 115 

Nubo 133 

Nudo 115 

Nugor 119 

Nuncupo 115 

Nimtio 115 

Nuto 115 

Nutrio 150 

Obbrutesco ....  144 

Obcallesco 144 

Obdo 140 

Obduresco 144 

Obedio 152 

Obliviscor 148 

Obmutesco  . . .  144 
Obsecro  ......  115 

Obstupesco  . . .  144 
Obsurdesco  . . .  144 
Obtempero... .  115 

Obtestor 119 

Obtrunco 115 

Occulo 137 

Oleo 124 

Onero 115 

Operio 152 

Operor 119 

Opinor 119 

Opitulor 119 

Oportet 129 

Opperior 154 

Opsonor 119 

Opto 115 

Orbo 115 

14 


Orior 146 

Ordior 154 

Orno 115 

Oro 115 

Otior 119 

Pabulor 119 

Paciscor 148 

Paco 115 

Pago 139 

Palleo 124 

Palor 119 

Pando 147 

Pango 136 

Parco 139 

Pareo 124 

Pario 145 

Pare 115 

Partio 150 

Partior 154 

Pasco 142 

Pateo 124 

Patior 146 

Patro 115 

Paveo 127 

Pavio 154 

Pecco 115 

Pecto 136 

Pedo 139 

Pello 139 

Pendeo 125 

Pendo 139 

Peraresco 144 

Percalleo 124 

Percello 140 

Percontor 119 

Percrebresco . .  144 

Perdo 140 

Pergo 136 

Perhibeo 123 

Perhorresco . . .  144 

Periclitor 119 

Permereo 123 

Perterreo 123 

Pertimesco  . . .  144 

Peto 138 

Piget 129 

Pinguesco  ....  145 

Pinso 132 

Pio 115 

Piscor 119 

Placeo 124 

Placo 115 

Plango 136 

Plaudo 134 

Plecto 136 

Plico 121 

Ploro 115 

Piumesco 145 

Pluo 132 

Poenitet 129 

Polleo 128 

Polio 150 

PoUiceor 128 


157 

Pono 138 

Populor 119 

Porto 115 

Posco 139 

Posthabeo  ....  123 

Postulo 115 

Potior 154 

Poto 121 

Praebeo 123 

Praedor 119 

Pr^lior 119 

Praemior 119 

Prasmoneo 122 

Prandeo 125 

Precor 119 

Pj-ehendo 132 

Premo 134 

Prendo 132 

Privo 115 

Probo 115 

Prodo 140 

Proficiscor ....  148 

Profiteor 128 

Profligo 115 

Prohibeo 123 

Promereo 123 

Promo 134 

Propero 115 

Propino 115 

Propitio 116 

Presilio 152 

Prurio 154 

Psallo 132 

Pubeo 124 

Pudet 129 

Puerasco 145 

Pugno 116 

Puiso 116 

Pungo 139 

Punio 151 

Purgo 116 

Puteo 124 

Puto 116 

Putreo 124 

Quffiro 138 

Quasso 116 

Quatio 147 

Queo 153 

Queror 148 

Quiesco 142 

Radio 116 

Rado 134 

Rancesco 145 

Rapio 146 

Rapto 116 

Raucio 153 

Recorder 119 

Recrudesco. .  .  144 

RecQpero 116 

Recuso 116 

Reddo 140 

Redimio 151 

Refrigesco ....  144 


158 

Rego 136 

Relanguesco . .  144 
Reminiscor  . . .  148 

Renideo 128 

Reor 128 

Reperio 152 

Repo 134 

Repudio 116 

Repuerasco . . .  145 

Resero IIG 

Retalio 116 

Revivisco  ....  144 
Reviresco  ....  144 

Rideo 125 

Rigeo 124 

Rigo 116 

Rimor 119 

Ringor 148 

Rixor 119 

Rodo 134 

Rogo 116 

Roto 116 

Rubeo 124 

Rudo 140 

Rugio 154 

Ruo 132 

Rurapo 132 

Rusticor 119 

Sacrifico 116 

Sncro 116 

SaBvio 152 

Sagino 116 

Sagio 154 

SaRo 152 

Sallio 153 

Sallo 146 

Salto 116 

Saluto 116 

Sancio 152 

Sano 116 

Sapio 146 

Sarcio 152 

Sarrio 152 

Satago 146 

Satio 116 

Saturo 116 

Saucio 116 

Scabo 132 

Scalpo  .......  134 

Scando 132 

Scateo 128 

Scaturio 154 

Sdo 151 

Scindo 140 

Scisco 143 

Scissitor 119 

Scitor 119 

Screo 116 

Scribo 134 

Scrutor 119 

Sculpo 134 

Seco 121 

Secundo 116 


LIST   OP  VERBS. 


Sedeo 125 

Sedo 116 

Seneo 127 

Sentio 152 

Sepelio 152 

Sepio 152 

Sequor 148 

Sero 141 

Serpo 134 

Servio 151 

Servo 116 

Sibilo 116 

Sicco 116 

Sido 132 

Signo 116 

Sileo 124 

Simulo 116 

Singultio 154 

Sino 141 

Sisto 141 

Sitio 152 

Socio  .. ......  116 

Soleo 126 

Solor 119 

Solvo 132 

Somnio 116 

Sono 122 

Sopio 151 

Sorbeo 124 

Sordeo 124 

Sortior 154 

Spargo 134 

Spatior 119 

Specto 116 

Speculor 119 

Sperno 141 

Spero 116 

Spiro 116 

Spolio 116 

Splendeo 127 

Spondeo 125 

Spumo 116 

Spuo 133 

Squaleo 124 

Statuo 133 

Stabiiio 151 

Sterilesco 145 

Sterno 141 

Sternuo 133 

Sterto 138 

Stillo 116 

Stimulo 116 

Stinguo 136 

Stipo 116 

Stipulor 119 

Sto 122 

Strepo 138 

Strideo 127 

Strido 133 

Stringo 136 

Strio 116 

Struo 134 

Studeo 124 


Stupeo 126 

Suadeo 125 

Suavior 119 

Subdo 140 

Succenturio. . .  116 

Sudo 116 

Suesco 143 

Suffio 153 

Suflbco 116 

Sugillo 116 

Sugo 136 

Sumo 134 

Supero 116 

Suppedito  ....  116 

Surgo 136 

Suspicor 119 

Sustollo 141 

Susurro 116 

Taceo 125 

TjEdet 129 

Tango 139 

Tardo 116 

Taxo 116 

Tego 136 

Temno 134 

Tempero 116 

Tendo 139 

Teneo 127 

Tenerasco ....  145 

Tento 116 

Tepeo.. 124 

Terebro 116 

Tergeo 126 

Tergo 134 

Tero 141 

Terreo 123 

Testor 119 

Texo 138 

Tinieo 124 

Tingo 136 

Tinnio 151 

Titubo 116 

Tolero 116 

Tollo 141 

Tondeo 125 

Tono 122 

Torpeo 124 

Torqueo 127 

Torreo 127 

Tracto 116 

Trado 140 

Traho 136 

Tremo 138 

Tribuo 133 

Tripudio 116 

Trucido 116 

Trudo 134 

Tueor 128 

Tumeo 124 

Tundo 139 

Tuor 149 

Turbo 116 

Turgeo 126 


Tussio 154 

Tutor 120 

Ulciscor 149 

Unibro UG 

Ungo 136 

Urgeo 126 

Uro 134 

Utor 149 

Uveo 128 

Uvesco 145 

Vaco 116 

Vado 134 

Vagio 153 

I  Vagor 120 

j  Valeo 124 

Vapulo 117 

Vario 117 

Vasto 117 

Vegeo 128 

Veho 136 

Vellico 117 

Velio 141 

Vendo 140 

Venio   153 

Veneror 120 

Venor 120 

V^erbero 117 

Vereor 128 

Vergo 134 

Verrio 153 

Verro 133 

Versor 120 

Verto 133 

Vescor ,  149 

Vesperascit 149 

Vestigo 117 

Vestio 151 

Veto 122 

Vexo 117 

Vibro 117 

Video 125 

Vieo 127 

Vigeo 124 

Vilesco 144 

Vineio 153 

Vinco 133 

Vindemio 117 

Violo 117 

Viieo 124 

Vso 147 

ViiJo 117 

Vi!o 117 

\ivo 136 

Vociferor 120 

Voco 117 

Volo, -vis 138 

Volo,  are 117 

Volva 133 

Vomo 138 

Voro 117 

VoV(  o 1 27 

Vulgo IIT 

Vulnero. 117 


IRREGULAR    VERBS.  159 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 

§  194#  The  Irregular  Verbs  are,  Sum^ '  I  am  ;' 
jEo,  'I  go ;'  Qiieo^  '  I  am  able  ;'  Volo, '  I  am  willing;' 
Fero^  '  I  bear  or  suffer ;'  Fio^  '  I  am  made,'  '  I  be- 
come ;'  Edo^  '  I  eat,'  and  their  compounds. 

SUM  has  already  been  conjugated.  After  the  same  manner  are 
formed  its  compounds.* 

Prosura,  to  do  good,  has  a  d  where  sum  begins  with  e. 

Prosum,  prodesse,  profui. 

Indicative  Mode, 

Pr.  Pro-sum,  prod-es,  prod-est;  pro-sumus,  prod-estis,  &c. 

Imp.  Prod-eram,  prod-eras,  prod-erat;  prod-eramus,  &c. 

Per.  Pro-fui,  pro-fuisti,  pro-fuit;  pro-fuimus,  pro-fuistis,  &c. 

Plu.  Pro-fiieram,  pro-fueras,  pro-fuerat ;  pro-fueramus,  &c. 

FuT.  Prod-ero,  prod-eris,  prod-erit ;  prod-erfmus,  &c. 

Subjunctive  Mode 

pR.     Pro-sim,  pro-sis,  pro-sit;  pro-simus,  pro-sitis,  pro-sint. 
Imp.    Prod-essem,  prod-esses,  prod-esset ;  prod-essemus,  &c. 
Per.  Pro-fuerim,  pro-fueris,  pro-fuerit;  pro-fuerimus,  &c. 
Plu.   Pro-fuissem,  pro-fuisses,  pro-fuisset;  pro-fiiissemus,  &c. 
FuT.  Pro-fuero,  pro-fueris,  pro-fuerit;  pro-fuertmus,  &c. 

Imperative  Mode. 

pR.  2.  Prod-es  or  prod-esto,  2.  Prod-este  or  prod-estote, 

3.  Prod-esto;  3.  Pro-sunto. 

*  Compounds  of  iSuw : — Absum,l  am  absent;  Adsvm,  I  am  present;  Desum,l 
am  wanting ;  Inter sum^  I  am  present ;  Obsum,  I  am  against,  I  hurt ;  Possum,  I  am 
able ;  Prcesum,  I  am  before,  I  preside  over ;  Prosum,  I  avail,  I  do  good ;  Subsum,  I 
am  under,  I  lurk;  Supersum,  I  am  over  and  above,  I  survive  ;  and  Insum,  I  am  in, 
which  wants  the  Perfect.  Prosum  takes  d  after  jjro,  when  the  simple  Verb  begins 
with  E ;  as,  Prosum,  prodesf,  prodesse,  &c.  Compounds  of  Eo : — Abeo,  I  depart ; 
Adeo,  I  approach ;  Anteeo,  1  go  before ;  Coe'o,  I  assemble,  I  meet ;  Exeo,  I  go  out ; 
Ineo,  I  enter ;  Intereo,  I  perish,  I  die ;  Introeo,  I  come  in ;  Obeo,  I  am  about,  I  man- 
age, I  die ;  Pereo,  I  perish  ;  Prceeo,  I  go  before ;  Prcelcreo,  I  pass  by ;  Prodeo,  I  go 
forth ;  Rcdeo,  I  return;  Sw^eo,  I  go  under;  Transeo,  I  pass  over;  Vcneo, I  am  sold. 
Compound  of  Queo: — Negueo,  I  am  unable.  Compounds  of  Vo/o: — Nolo,  I  am  un- 
willing: Mrdo,  lam  more  willing.  Compounds  of  Fero: — Aftro,  I  bring;  Ante- 
fero,  I  prefer;  Aufero,  I  take  away;  Circvmfero,  I  carry  round  ;  Coirfero,  I  contri- 
bute ;  Defero,  I  convey  ;  Differo,  I  disperse ;  Effero,  I  carry  forth ;  Jtnfcro,  I  bring 
in;  Offero,  I  offer;  Perfero,!  carry  through;  Prcsfero,  I  prefer;  Profero,  I  bring 
forward  ;  RPfero,  I  bring  back ;  Sufero,  I  take  up,  I  endure.  Compounds  oi Edo: 
— Adedo,  I  devour;  Ambedo,  I  eat  around,  I  gnaw;  ComMo,  I  eat  up;  Exedo,  I 
consume ;  Peredo,  I  eat  through. 


160 


IRREGULAR    VERBS. 


Infinitive  Mode. 

Pr.     Prod-esse.  Fut.  Esse  pro-futurus,  -a,  -um. 

Per.  Pro-fuisse.  Fuisse  pro-futurus. 

Participle. 

Fut.  Pro-futurus. 

§  195«  Possum  is  compounded  of  potis,  able,  and  sum:  and  is 
thus  conjugated : 

Possum,'  posse,  potui.     To  be  able. 


Indicative  Mode, 


Pr.     Possum,      potes. 
Imp.    Pot-eram,   -eras, 

Per.  Pot-ui,        -uisti, 

Plu.  Pot-ueram,  -ueras,    -uerat ; 
Fut.  Pot-ero.       -€ris, 


potest ; 
-erat ; 

possumus, 
-eramus. 

potestis, 
-eratis, 

possunt. 
-erant. 

-uit; 

-utmus, 

-uistis,  < 

-uerunt 
or  -uere. 

-uerat ; 

-ueramus, 

-ueratis, 

-uerant. 

-erit; 

-ertmus, 

-erttis, 

-erunt. 

Subjunctive  Mode, 

pR.     Pos-sim,      -sis,  -sit;  -simus. 

Imp.    Pos-sem,      -ses,  -set;  -semus, 

Per.  Pot-uerim,  -ueris  -uerit;  -uertmus, 

Plu.   Pot-uissem, -uisses,  -uisset;  -uissemus, 

Fut.  Pot-uero,     -ueris,  -uerit;  -uertmus, 


-sitis,  -sint. 

-setis,  -sent, 

-ueritis,  -uerint. 

-uissetis,  -uissent. 

-ueritis,  -uerint. 


Pr.    Posse. 


Infinitive  Mode, 
Per.  Potuisse. 


The  rest  wanting. 


Note  :  Possum  wants  the  Fut.  Infin.  and  has  no  Gerunds  or  Supines.    Patens 
is  considered  as  a  mere  Adjective,  and  not  as  a  Participle. 


'  Possum  is  compounded  of  potis  and  sum.  They  sometimes  occur  separately, 
(Virg.  ^n.  III.  671.  xi.  148.  Ter.  Eun.  ii.  2.  32.  Adelph.  iv.  1.  5.  Lucr.  i.  451.  ii. 
849.  911.  IV.  718.  V.  718.  CatuU.  lxxi.  7.  lxxv.  24.  Varr.  R.  H.  ii.  2.  Cic.  Tusc.  ii. 
16.  Gell.  xix.  9,  &c.)  and  then  potis  is  Masc.  Fem.  or  Neut.  and  Plur.  as  well  as 
Sing.  Cf  Plant.  Poen.  i.  2. 17.  We  find  the  following  forms  also : — Potessim,  Plant. 
Pers.  I.  1.  41.  Potesset,  Lucil.  ap.  Non.  v.  98.  where  some  read  Pvtissef.  Cf. 
Ascon.  in  Divin.  Verr.  13.  Potissum,  Plaut.  Cure.  v.  3.  23.  Possiem,  es,  et,  Cic.  in 
Arat  304.  Plaut  Bacch.  iv.  5  2.  Most.  ii.  2.  34.  iv.  2.  68.  Potestur,  Lucr.  iii. 
102^1.  Pacuv.  ap.  Non.  x.  34.  cf  Pier,  ad  Virg.  ^n.  viii.  402.  Possltur,  Cat.  R.  R. 
154.  Possetur,  Claud.  Quadrig.  Ap.  Non.  x.  30.  Potesse,  Lucr.  i.  665.  Ter.  Eun. 
IV.  3.  24.  Charis.  iii.  p.  231.  cites,  Poteste,  potesto,  pdtestdte,  possunto,  but  without 
authority. 


IRREGULAll   VERBS. 


161 


§  196«  EO,'  ire,  ivi,  itum.     Togo. 

Indicative  Mode, 

pR.    Eo,  is,  it;  imus,         itis,        eunt. 

Imp.    Ibam,  ibas,        ibat;        ibamus,     ibatis,     ibant. 

Per.  Ivi,  ivisti,      ivit ;         ivtmus,      ivistis,     iverunt  or  ivere. 

Plu.  Iveram,         iveras,    iverat ;     iveramus,  iveratis,  iverant, 

FuT.  Ibo,  ibis,       ibit;        ibimus,      ibttis,      ibunt. 

i 

Subjunctive  Mode, 

pR.     Earn,  eas,  eat;  eamus,  eatis,  eant. 

Imp.    Irem,  ires,  iret;  iremus,  iretis,  irent. 

Per.  Iverim,  iveris,  iverit;  iverimus,  iverttis,  iverint. 

Plu.  Ivissem,  ivisses,  ivisset;  ivissemus,  ivissetis,  ivissent. 

FuT.  Ivero,  iveris,  iverit ;  ivertmus,  iverttis,  iverint. 


Pr. 


Imperative  Mode. 
ilto,^^^5      lltote, 


eunto. 


Infinitive  Mode, 

Pr.     Ire. 
Per.  Ivisse. 

FuT.  Esse  iturus,  -a,  -um. 
Fuisse  iturus,  -a,  -um. 


Participles, 

Pr.     lens,     Gen,     euntis. 
FuT.  Iturus,  -a,  -um. 


Gerunds, 

Eundum. 
Fundi. 
Eundo,  &c. 


Supines, 

1.  Itum. 

2.  Itu. 


The  compounds  of  Eo  are  conjugated  after  the  same  manner;  ad-,  ah-,  ex-,  co-, 
in-,  inter-,  ob-,  rM-,  sub-,  per-,  prcs-,  ante-,  prod-eo ;  only  in  the  perfect,  and  the 
tenses  formed  from  it,  they  are  usually  contracted  ;  thus,  Adeo,  adii,  seldom  adivi, 
aditum,  adire,  to  go  to ;  perf.  Adii,  adiisti,  or  adisti,  &c.  adieram,  adicrim,  &c.     So 

likewise  veneo  venii, ,  to  be  sold,  compounded  of  venum  and  eo.)    But  ambio, 

-tvi,  'Itum,  -Ire,  to  surround,  is  a  regular  verb  of  the  fourth  conjugation. 


»  Of  this  Verb  the  Infinitive  Passive  Iri  occurs  frequently  joined  with  the  Perfect 
Participle  Passive  of  other  verbs.  We  also  find  the  Impersonals,  Itur,  eatiir,  ihatur, 
iretur,  ihitur,  Itum,  est,  ^c.  Virg.  ^n.  vi.  179.  Plant.  True.  iii.  1.  21.  Senec.  Med. 
460.  Cic.  Att.  II.  1.  Eundus  occurs  in  Claud.  Eutrop.  ii.  419.  Issem,  Isse,  Cic. 
Phil.  XII.  12.  Verr.  in.  44.  and  in  Ovid.  Propert.  Stat.  Sil.  passim.  Istls,  Lucan. 
VII.  834.  lam,  ies,  iU,  Cic.  Agr.  ii.  25.  Cf  TibuU.  i.  4.  23.  Senec.  Benef  ii.  1. 
Apul.  Met.  vi.  p.  122.  Most  of  the  Compounds  oi  Eo  make  n  in  the  Perfect,  rather 
than  'tvi.  Adeo,  Jneo,  PrcBtereo,  Subeo,  Transeo,  being  used  transitively,  are  found 
in  the  Passive.  Cic.  Q.  Fr.  i.  2.  5.  Offic.  i.  19.  Cses.  B.  G.  vii.  9.  Cic.  Tusc.  v.  19. 
Manil.  iv.  398.  Juv.  xvi.  2.  Ambio  is  conjugated  regularly  like  Audio,  Veneo, 
venii  is  conjugated  like  Eo;  yet  we  find  Veniet,  Murator.  p.  1311.  ii.  n.  2.  Venear, 
and  Venedtur,  Diomed.  I.  p.  365.     Venltus,  Sedul.  Hymn.  i.  21.    Venitum,  (Supine) 


Priscian.  x.  p.  907. 


14* 


162 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


£o,  like  other  neuter  verbs,  is  often  rendered  in  English  under  a  passive  form 
thus,  it,  he  is  going ;  wit,  he  is  gone  ;  tverat,  he  was  gone ;  iverit,  he  may  be  gone, 
or  shall  be  gone.  So,  venit,  he  is  coming ;  venit,  he  has  come ;  venerat,  he  was 
come,  &c.  In  ihe  passive  voice  these  verbs  for  the  most  part  are  only  used  imper- 
sonally ;  as,  itur  ah  illo,  he  is  going ;  ventum  est  ab  illis,  they  are  come.  We  find 
some  of  the  compounds  of  eo,  however,  used  personally ;  as,  pericula  adeuntur,  are 
undergone.  Cic.  Libri  sibyUini  adlti  sunt,  were  looked  into.  Liv.  Flumen  pedt- 
bus  trans'iri  potest.  Caes.    InimidticB  subeaniur.  Cic. 

QUEO,  I  can,  and  NEQUEO,^  I  cannot,  are  conjugated  the  same  way  as  eo  ; 
only  they  want  the  imperative  and  the  gerunds ;  and  the  participles  are  seldom 
used. 

§  197.   VOLO*  velle,  volui.     To  will,  or  to  be  willing. 


Indicative  Mode, 


pR.    V61-0,  vis,        vult; 

Imp.   Vol-ebam,    -ebas,     -ebat; 
Per.  Vol-ui,         -uisti,    -uit; 
Plu.  Vol-ueram,  -ueras,  -uerat; 
FuT.  Vol-am,       -es,       -et ; 


voliimus, 

vultis, 

volunt. 

-ebamus, 

-ebatis. 

-ebant. 

-utmus, 

-uistis, 

-uerunt  or  -uere. 

-ueramus, 

-ueratis, 

-uerant. 

-emus, 

-etis. 

-ent 

Subjunctive  Mode, 


Pr.    Velim, 
Imp.   Vellem, 
Per.  Vol-uerim, 
Plu.  Vol-uissem, 
FuT.  Vol-uero, 


velis, 

velles, 

-ueris, 

-uisses, 

-ueris, 


velit ; 
vellet ; 
-uerit; 
-uisset ; 
-uerit ; 


veliraus, 

vellemus, 

-uertmus, 

-uissemus, 

-uerfmus. 


velitis, 

velletis, 

-uerttis, 

-uissetis, 

-ueritis. 


velint. 

vellent. 

-uerint. 

-uisserit. 

-uerint. 


Infinitive  Mode,  Participle, 

pR.    Velle.  Per.    Voluisse.  Pr.    Vol  ens. 

The  rest  not  used. 


*  Of  Qiieo  and  Nequeo  these  forms  occur :  Quii,  Priscian,  x.  p.  905.  907.  Quiit, 
Accius  ap.  Macrob.  vi.  1.  Quislis,  Juvenc.  Hist.  Ev.  ii.  679.  Quissent,  Auson. 
Epigr.  cxxxix.  7.  Quisse,  Lucr.  v.  1421.  Quiens,  Apul.  Met.  vi.  113.  ix.  206. 
Quitur,  CaEcil.  ap.  Diomed,  i.  p.  380.  Quitus,  Id.  ibid.  Apul.  Apol.  p.  402.  Terent. 
Hecyr.  iv.  1.  57.  Queuntur,  Caecil.  ap.  Diomed.  i.  p.  380.  Queafur,  Lucr.  i.  1043. 
Qiieantur,  Plant.  Pars.  ii.  2.  12.  Qui-tvm,  (Supine)  Priscian,  ix.  p.  867.  Nequissent. 
Lucr.  IV.  1248.  Sallust.  Jug.  c.  18.  Nequitur,  Sallust,  Jug.  c.  34.  Plaut.  Kud.  iv. 
4.  20.  Nequitum,  Pacuv.  ap.  Fest.  et  Cato  ibid.  Neqmtus,  Caper  Priscian.  x.  p. 
899.  Nequievs,  Sallust,  Fragm.  Apul.  Met.  viii.  p.  162.  Auson.  Prof  ii.  sub.  fin. 
Ammian.  xv.  10. 

2  Vis,  vulf,  vuUis,  or,  as  they  were  anciently  written,  volt,  voltes,  (Auson.  Epigr. 
XXXIX.  Ter.  Andr.  v.  3.  1.  Plaut.  Most.  in.  2.  68.  71.  Novius  ap.  Non.  x.  18,  &c.) 
are  contractions  of  vol^s,  voTit,  volHis.  In  Lucil.  lib.  xxvii.  ap.  Non.  vii.  88.  and 
Plaut.  Asin.  i.  2.  26.  we  find  Volam  for  vUim. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


163 


§  198»  NOLO,*  nolle,  nolui.     To  be  unwilling. 


Indicative  Mode, 


pR.  Nolo,  non-vis,  non-vult; 

Imp.  Nol-ebam,   -ebas,  -ebat; 

Per.  Nol-ui,        -uisti,  -uit; 

Plu.  Nol-ueram,  -ueras,  -uerat ; 

FuT.  Nolam,        noles,  nolet; 


nolumus, 
-ebamus, 

-uimus, 

-ueramus. 


non-vultis, 
-ebatis, 

-uistis,  \ 

-ueratis. 


-nolemus,  -nol^tis, 


nolunt. 
-ebant. 
-uerunt 
or  -uere. 
-uerant. 
-nolent. 


Subjunctive  Mode, 


Pr. 

Nolim, 

nolis. 

nolit ; 

nolimus. 

nolitis. 

nolint. 

Imp. 

Noliem, 

nolles, 

nollet ; 

noliem  us, 

nolletis, 

nollent. 

Per. 

Nol-uerim, 

-ueris, 

-uerit ; 

-uertmus, 

-uerttis. 

-uerint. 

Plu. 

Nol-uissem, 

-uisses. 

-uisset ; 

-uissemus, 

-uissetis, 

-uissent. 

FuT. 

Nol-uero, 

-ueris. 

-uerit ; 

-uerimus. 

-uerttis. 

-uerint. 

pR. 


Imperative, 

.  Sing,         2.  Plur, 

SNoli  or    S  nolite  or 
Nolito.     I  nolitote. 


Infinitive. 


Pr.    Nolle. 
Per.  Noluisse. 


Participle. 


Pr.  Nolens. 

The  rest  wanting. 


§  199»  MALO,^  malle,  malui.     To  be  more  willing. 


Pr.     Mal-o, 
Imp.    Mal-ebam, 

Per.  Mal-ui, 


Indicative  Mode, 


mavis, 
-ebas, 


mavult ; 
-ebat ; 


-uisti,      -uit ; 


Plu.  Mal-ueram,   -ueras,    -uerat; 
FuT.  Mal-am,        -es,         -et;  &c. 


malumus, 
-ebamus, 

-utmus, 

-ueramus, 


mavultis,     malunt. 
-ebatis,        -ebant. 

-uMis,      ^"^^""' 
'      {  or  -uere. 

-ueratis,      -uerant. 


This  is  scarcely  in  use. 


^  Nolo  is  a  contraction  of  non  vole.  For  nonvts  we  find  nems,  Plant.  Trin.  v.  2. 
32.  Most.  III.  2.  75.  for  nonvult,  nevolt,  Plant.  Most.  i.  2.  29.  Noltis  for  nonvulds, 
Lucil.  ap.  Diomed.  i.  p.  381.  Putsch. 

2  Malo  is  a  contraction  of  magis,  or  mage  volo.  Of  this  Verb  we  find  the  follow- 
ing forms :  Mdvolo,  Plant.  Asin.  v.  1.  8.  Poen.  i.  2.  90.  mdvolet,  Asin.  i-  1-  108.  md- 
volunt,  Naev,  ap.  Fest.  in  ♦  Stuprum ;'  mdvoluit,  Petron.  Fragm.  mdvelim,  Plant. 
True.  IV.  2.  29.  mdvelis,  Capt.  ii.  2.  20.  Pseud,  i.  2.  8.  mdveht,  Trin.  II.  2.  25.  ma- 
vellem,  Plaut.  Mil.  ii.  2.  16.  Amph.  1.  3.  14.  Pseud,  i.  1.  128. 


164 


IRREGULAR  VER 


a: 


Subjunctive  Mode. 

pR      Malim,  malis,     malit;      malimus,  malitis,  malint. 

Imp.    Mallem,         malles,  mallei;     mallemus,  malletis,  mallent. 

Per.  Mal-uerim,    -ueris,    -uerit;      -uertmus,  -uerttis,  -uerint. 

Plu.  Mal-uissem,  -uisses,  -uisset;    -uissemus,  -uissetis,  -uissent. 

Fur.  Mal-uero,      -ueris,   -uerit;      -uertmus,  -uerttis,  -uerint. 


Pr.     Malle. 


Infinitive  Mode, 
Per.     Maluisse.     The  rest  not  used. 


§  300«  FERO,  ferre,  tiili,  latum.     To  carry,  to  bring,  or  suffer. 
ACTIVE  VOICE. 

Indicative  Mode. 

pR.     Fero,  fers,      fert;         fertmus,  fertis,     ferunt. 

Imp.    Fer-ebam,      -ebas,    -ebat;       -ebamus,  -ebatis,  -ebant. 

Per.  Tuli,  tulisti,  tulit ;        tultmus,  tulistis,  tulerunt  or  -ere. 

Plu.  Tul-eram,       -eras,     -erat;       -eramus,  -eratis,  -erant. 

FuT.  Feram,  feres,    feret;       feremus,  feretis,  ferent. 


Subjunctive  Mode. 


pR.     Feram, 
Imp.    Ferrem, 
Per.  Tul-erim, 
Plu.  Tul-issem, 
FuT.  Tul-ero, 


feras,  ferat ; 

ferres,  ferret; 

-eris,  -erit ; 

-isses,  -isset ; 

-eris,  -erit ; 


feramus, 

ferremus, 

-ertmus, 

-issemus, 

-erimus, 


feratis, 

ferretis, 

-erttis, 

-issetis, 

-erttis. 


ferant. 

ferrent. 

-erint. 

-issent. 

-erint. 


Imperative  Mode.  Infinitive  Mode, 

T»      Fer,     n   .        5  ^erte,     r«^,«f«     PR-     Ferre. 
P^-Ferto,^^'^°'     Uertoie,^^"^"^-    Per.  Tulisse. 

FuT.  Esse  laturus,     -a,  -um, 
Fuisse  laturus,  -a,  -um. 


Participles, 


Gerunds. 


Supines, 


„     Ferens, 

Ferendum, 

1.  Latum, 

rr.  Laturus,  -a,  -um. 

Ferendi, 
Ferendo,  &c. 

2.  Latu. 

IRREGULAR    VERBS.  165 

PASSIVE  VOICE. 

Feror,  ferri,  latu3.     To  be  brought  •      * 

Indicative  Mode, 

Pr.    Feror,  \  ^'?^'  Sfertur;    ferimur,    ferimini,    fenintur. 

(  or  lerre,         \  ' 

Imp.   Fer-ebar,       \  '^  ^  k-',^       { -ebatur ;  -ebamur,  -ebamini,  -ebantur. 
I  or  -ebare,       ) 

Per.  Latus  sura,  Sic.  latus  fui,  &c. 
Flu.  Latus  eram,  &c.  latus  fueram,  &c. 

FuT.  Ferar,  J   ^^fer're        (feretur;  ferernur,   feremini,   ferentur. 


Subjunctive  Mode. 

Pr.    Ferar.  <  or  fefire        \  ^^^^^^^  '*  ^eramur,  feramini,  ferantur. 

Imp.  Ferrer.  <  ^^S!!!5,«       {  ferretur ',  ferremur,  ferremini,  ferrentur. 

(  or  lerrere,      > 

Per.  Latus  sim,  &c.  latus  fuerira,  &c. 
Plu.  Latus  essem,  &c.  latus  fuissem,  &c. 
FuT.  Latus  fuero,  &c. 


Imperative  Mode, 
Pr.    Ferre  or  fertor,  fertor ;         ferimtni,  feruntor. 

Infinitive  Mode,  Participles, 

Pr.     Ferri.  Per.  Latus,        -a,  -um. 

Per.  Esse  or  fuisse  latus,  -a,  -um.  Fut.  Ferendus,  -a,  -urn. 

In  like  manner  are  conjugated  the  Compounds  oifero ;  as,  afero,  attuli,  allatum ; 
aufero,  abstuliy  ahlatum  ;  differo,  distTili,  dUfdum ;  confero,  coniuli,  cdldtum  ;  infero, 
intuli,  illatum;  offero,  obtuli,  ohlaium;  effero,  exiuli,  eldlum.  So,  circum-,  per-, 
trans-,  de-,  pro-,  ante-,  prcB-,  re-fero.  In  some  writers  we  find  adferu,  adtuLi,  adld- 
tum ;  conldlum ;  inldtum ;  obfero,  &c.  for  affero,  &c. 

Obs.  1.  Most  part  of  the  above  verbs  are  made  irregular  by  contraction.  Thus, 
nolo  is  contracted  for  non  veto ;  malo  for  magis  volo ;  fero,  fers,  fert,  &c.  for  feris, 
ferit,  &c.     Ferror,  ferris  or  ferre,  fertur,  for  ferr^ris,  &c. 

Obs.  2.  The  imperatives  of  dico,  duco,  and  facio,  are  contracted  in  the  same 
manner  with  fer :  thus  we  say,  die,  due,  fac ;  instead  of  dice,  duce,  face.  But 
these  often  occur  likewise  in  the  regular  form. 


166  IRREGULAR    VERBS. 

§  20  lo  FIO,'  fieri,  factus.     To  he  made  or  done,  to  become. 

Indicative  Mode. 

pR.     Fio,  fis,  fit;  fimus,  fitis,  fiunt. 

Imp.    Fiebam,      fiebas,       fiebat;       fiebamus,       fiebatis,       fiebant. 

Per.  Factus  sum,  &c.  factus  fui,  &c. 

Plu.  Factus  eram,  &c.  factus  fueram,  &c. 

FuT.  Fiam,  fies,  fiet;  fiemus,  fietis,  fient. 

Subjunctive  Mode, 

pR.     Fiam,  fias,  fiat;  fiamus,  fiatis,         fiant. 

Imp.    Fierem,       fieres,      fieret ;         fieremus,         fieretis,     fierent 
Per.  Factus  sim,  &c.  factus  fuerim,  &c. 
Plu.  Factus  essem,  &c.  factus  fuissem,  &c. 
FuT.  Factus  fuero,  &c. 

Imperative  Mode,  Infinitive  Mode. 

i>o     S  Fit     tiir. .      S  fi^®'     fi„r,t«    PR-     Fieri. 

^*-   \  Fito,  ^^  •      \  fitOte,  ^^^-   Per.  Esse  or  fuisse  factus,  -a,  -urn. 
FuT.  Factum  iri. 

Participles,  Supine, 

Per.  Factus,        -a,  -um.  Factu. 

FuT.  Faciendus,   -a,  -um. 

Note.— -The  Compounds  of  facio  which  retain  a,  have  also  fo  in  the  passive, 
and  fac  in  the  imperative  active ;  as,  calefacio,  too  warm.  calHio,  calefac:  but  those 
which  change  a  into  i.  form  the  passive  regularly,  and  have/Vce  in  the  imperative ; 
as,  conficio,  confice ;  conjicior,  confici,  confectvs.  We  find,  however,  covjit,  it  is 
done,  and  confieri ;  deft,  it  is  wanting  ;  injit,  he  begins. 

§  302*  Edo,''  edere,  edi,  or  esse,  esiis,  eat. 

Infinitive  Mode, 

Present.  Edere,  or  esse.  Past.  Edisse. 

Future.   Esiirus,  or  esiirura  esse. 

1  Factor,  the  Passive  of  Facio,  very  rarely  occurs  in  the  classics.  Flo  was  used 
in  its  stead.  Facitur,  however,  is  read  Nigid.  ap.  Non.  x.  19.  Faciatur,  Petron. 
Frag.  Priscian.  viii.  p.  101.  Putsch.  The  Indicatives,  Fls,  Fimus,  and  the  Impe- 
ratives, Ft,  Flto,  File,  Fitcte,  rarely  occur.  Fis  is  read  in  Hor.  ii.  Ep.  2.  211. 
Ftmus,  ArnoD.  ii.  p.  53.  and  in  some  edd.  of  Terent.  Heaut.  iii.  1.  74.  ubi.  al. 
Sumus.  Ft,  Hor.  ii.  Sat.  5.  38.  Plant.  Cure,  i-  87.  Fito,  2d  Pers.  Cato  ap.  Non. 
VII.  62.  Fite,  Plant.  Cure.  i.  1.  89.  F'dote,  Cato.  Crassus,  IJv.  in  Odyss.  ap.  Non. 
1.  c.  Of  Filis  no  trace  can  be  found.  Fiens  occurs  only  in  Diomed.  i.  pp.  352. 
177.  F'ttur,  Cato  ap.  Priscian.  viii.  p.  789.  Fiehantur,  id.  ibid.  Fitum  est,  Liv. 
in  Odyss.  ap.  Non.  1.  c. — Fio  is  sometimes  used  impersonally :  Fit,  it  happens ;  Fte- 
bat,  it  happened,  &c. 

2  Edo  is  a  regular  Verb  of  the  third  Conjugation  ;  but  in  the  Infinitive  and  Im- 
perative Modes,  in  the  Present-imperfect  Indicative,  and  the  Imperfect  Subjunc- 


IRREGULAR    VERBS. 


167 


Indicative  Mode. 


Pres.  Edo, 

edis,  ( 

or  es. 

edit,  or 

est; 

edimiis, 

editis,  or  estis 

,    edunt. 

Imp.  Ed-ebam, 

-ebas. 

-ebat; 

-ebamus, 

-ebatis. 

-ebant. 

Per/.  Ed-i, 

-isti, 

-It; 

-imus, 

-istis, 

(  -erunt, 
I  or  -ere 

Plup.  Ed-erara, 

-eras, 

-erat; 

-eramiis. 

-eratis, 

-eiant. 

Fui.    Ed-am, 

-es, 

-et; 

-emus, 

-etis. 

-ent. 

Subjunctive  Mode. 


Pres. 

Ed-am, 

-as, 

-at; 

-amus, 

-atrs. 

-ant 

1 

C  Ed-erem, 

-eres, 

-eret. 

-eremus. 

-eretis, 

-erent, 

Imp. 

2       or 

or 

or 

or 

or 

or 

(  Essem, 

esses. 

esset ; 

essemus, 

esset  is. 

essent. 

Per/. 

Ed-erim, 

-ens. 

-erit; 

-erimus, 

-eritis. 

-erint. 

Plup. 

Ed-issem, 

-isses, 

-isset ; 

-issemus 

-issetis, 

-issent 

Fut. 

£d-ero. 

-erls. 

-erit; 

-erimus. 

-eritis, 

-erint. 

Singidar. 

No  first  ^rson. 

2.  Ede,  edito,  or  es,  esto, 

3.  *£dat,  edito,  or  csto. 


Imperative  Mode. 


Plural. 

1.  *Edamus, 

2.  Edite,  editGte,  or  este,  estote, 

3.  *Edant,  edunto. 


Pres. 
Per/. 


Edens. 
Esus. 


Participles. 


Fut.  in  -RUS,  Esurus. 
Fut.  in  -DUS,  Edendus. 


Gerunds. 

Gen.  Eden-di, 

Dat.  ^  AU.   Eden-do, 
Nmn.  ^  Ace.  Edendum. 


Supines. 

Former,  Esum. 
Latter,   Esu. 


live,  it  assumes  other  forms,  as  if  from  the  Verb  Sum.  Esse,  Cic.  Nat.  Deor.  ii.  3. 
Esse,  ♦  to  be  eaten,'  Plant.  Most.  iv.  2.  42.  Es,  Plant.  Cas.  ii.  3.  32.  Est,  Hor.  ii. 
Sat.  2.  57.  I.  Epist.  2.  39.  Virg.  ^n.  iv.  66.  v.  683.  Esses,  Val.  Max.  iv.  3.  Esset, 
Virg.  Georg.  i.  151.  Essemus,  Terent.  Eun.  iii.  4.  2.  Esto,  Cato  R.  R.  156.  Este, 
Plant.  Most.  1. 1.  61.  Esus,  Gell.  ix.  6.  Esurus,  Ovid.  Heroid.  Epist.  ix.  37.  Edens, 
Ovid.  Met.  ii.  768.  Edendus,  Cic.  de  Amic.  69.  Ovid.  Heroid.  Epist.  i.  95.  Esum, 
Plant.  Stich.  i.  3.  29.  Esu,  Plant.  Pseud,  in.  2.  35.  Estum,  Priscian  x.  p.  893. 
These  forms  also  occur;  Esus  sum,  *  I  have  eaten,'  Solin.  17 — 27.  Edim,  is,  it,  for 
Edam,  as,  at.  Plant.  Anl.  iii.  2.  16.  Pcen.  in.  1.  34.  iv.  2.  45.  Capt.  in.  1.  1.  Editis 
for  Eddtis,  Caecil.  Nov.  and  Pomi^n.  ap.  Non.  ii.  114.  x.  18.  Cf  Virg.  ^n.  xii.  801. 
Hor.  Epod.  III.  3.  Comedim,  is,  it,  Cic.  Fam.  ix.  20.  Plant.  Cure.  iv.  4. 4.  EsSrim, 
for  Ederim.  Apul.  Met.  iv.  p.  152.  32.  Estur,  Sen.  de  Ira,  in.  15.  Cels.  v.  27.  3. 
Ovid.  ex.  Pont.  i.  1.  69.  Plant.  Poen.  iv.  2. 13.— Of  the  quantity  of  Es  no  proof  can 
be  found.  It  would  therefore  be  better  to  follow  Servius,  Vossins,  Alvarex,  and 
others,  who  suppose  it  long,  than  pronounce  it  short  with  some  later  grammarians. 


168  DEFECTIVE    VERBS. 

V  203»    NEUTER   PASSIVE   VERBS. 

To  irregular  verbs  may  properly  be  subjoined  what  are  commonly 
called  Neuter  Passive  Verbs,  which,  like^o,  form  the  preterite  tenses 
according  to  the  passive  voice,  and  the  rest  in  the  active.  These  are, 
soleo,  solerCf  solitus,  to  use ;  audeo,  audere,  ausus,  to  dare ;  gaudeo, 
gaudere,  gavisus,  to  rejoice ;  fido,'Jidere,  fisusj  to  trust.  So,  confido, 
to  trust ;  and  diffido,  to  distrust ;  which  also  have  confidi,  and  diffidi. 
Some  add  mcereOf  mcorere,  mcBstuSy  to  be  sad ;  but  m<Bstus  is  general- 
ly reckoned  an  adjective.  We  likewise  say  jiirdtus  sum  and  ccendtus 
sum,  for  jurdvi  and  co&ndvi,  but  these  may  also  be  taken  in  a  passive 
sense. 

To  these  may  be  referred  verbs  wholly  active  in  their  termination, 
and  passive  in  their  signification ;  as,  vapulo,  -dvi,  -dtum,  to  be  beaten 
or  whipped ;  veneo,  to  be  sold ;  exulo,  to  be  banished,  &c. 

§  204.  DEFECTIVE  VERBS. 

Defective  Verbs  are  those  of  which  several  ^u 
Tenses  and  Persons  are  not  found  in  the  ancient  ^ 
classics.  The  verbs  usually  so  called  are,  1.  Aio^ 
*  I  say ;'  2.  Inquio^  '  I  say ;'  3.  Fari,  '  to  speak  ;^ 
4.  Apdge^  '  begone  ;'  5.  Ave^  'hail ;'  6.  Salve^  '  hail;' 
7.  Ausim^  '  I  dare ;'  8.  Cedo^  '  give  me,  tell  me ;' 
9.  Conjit^  *  it  is  done ;'  10.  Defit^  '  it  is  wanting ;' 
11.  Injit^  'he  begins;'  12.  Ovat^  'he  rejoices;' 
13.  Qucesoj  'I  pray;'  14.  Faxo^  'I  will  take  care;' 
15.  Odi^  'I  hate;'  Memmij  'I  remember;'  Ccepi^ 
'  I  have  begun.' 

§  205*  Ind.  Pres.  Sing.  Aio,  Plaut.  Capt.  i.  1.  3.  Ais,  Hor.  ii.  Sat.  7.  67. 
Ait,  Terent.  Andr.  v.  4.  4.  Plur.  Aiunl,  Terent.  Andr.  ii.  1.  21. — Imp.  Sing.  Aiebam, 
Hor.  I.  Sat.  ix.  12.  Aiebas,  Plaut.  Men.  in.  3.  9.  Aiebat,  Cic.  Verr.  iii.  18.  Plur. 
[Aiebamus,  Diomed.  p.  371.  Putsch.]  Aiebdtis,  Plaut.  Capt.  in.  5.  18.  Aiebant, 
Sallust  Cat.  c.  49.  [A'ibanf,  Accius  ap.  Priscian.  x.  p.  906.]— Perf.  Sing.  [Ai,  Prob. 
Gram.  p.  1482.  Aisti,  idem.  ibid,  et  Augustin.  Epist.  54.  et  174.  Ait^  Prob.  ibid. 
Plur.    Aisiis,  Graram.    Aierunt,  Tertul.  de  Fug.  in  Persec.  c.  6.] 

SuBj.  Pres.  Sing.  Aias,  Plaut.  Rud.  ii.  4.  14.  Aiat,  Cic.  de  Fin.  ii.  22.  Plur. 
[Aiamus,  Priscian.  i.  1.]    Aiant,  Apul.  Apol.  p.  448. 

Imperat.    Ai,  Naev.  ap.  Priscian.  x.  p.  906.  et  Plaut.  True.  v.  49. 

Particip.    Aiens,  Cic.  Top.  c.  11.  et  Apul.  IVlet.  vi.  p.  118. 

The  Infinitive  Aiere.  occurs  in  Sl  Augustin,  de  Trinit.  ix.  10.  Ain\  do  jrou  say 
BO?  Plaut.  Amph.  i.  1.  188.  Apul.  IVlet  i.  p.  6.  The  ancients  wrote,  Aiio,  aiis,  aiit. 
See  Quintil.  i.  4.     Voss.  Etym.  Lat.  p.  J 32.  and  Anal.  in.  p.  140. 


DEFECTIVE    VERBS.  169 

§  200©  Ind.  Pres.  Sing.  Inquio,  Catul.  x.  27.  or  Inquam,  Cic.  Phil.  ii.  44. 
Inquis,  Hor.  i.  4. 78.  Inquit,  Nepos  Alcib.  c.  8.  Inqiiimus,  Hor.  i.  Sat.  3.  66.  In- 
qullis,  Amob.  ii.  p.  44.  Inquiunt,  Cic.  Verr.  vi.  14. — Imp.  Sing.  Inquicbat,  al.  In- 
qulbal,  Cic.  Top  12.  Plur.  [Inqidbant,  Grammatici.] — Fut.  Sing.  Inquies,  CatuU. 
XXIV.  7.  Inquiet,  Cic.  Verr.  iv.  18. — Perf.  Sing.  Inquisti,  Cic.  de  Oral.  ii.  64. 
Inquit,  Cic.  pro  Cluent.  c.  34. 

SuBj.    Pres.  Sing.  Inquiat,  Auct  ad  Heren.  iv.  3. 

Imperat.  Sing.  Inque,  Terent,  Heaut.  iv.  7.  I.  Inquito,  Plaut.  Aului.  iv.  10.  58. 
Rud.  V.  2.  55. 

Particip.     [Inquiens,  Grammatici.] 

Inquio,  according  to  Priscian,  lib.  x.  is  of  the  third  Conj.  bat  according  to  Dio- 
med.  I.  p.  375.  of  the  fourth.  Inquiit  occui-s  in  some  edd.  of  CatuU.  x,  14.  and 
Inquii  ibid.  vs.  27.  Inquit  and  Inquam  are  of  fj-equent  occurrence.  Vid.  Voss. 
Etyra.  Lat.  p.  133.  and  Anal.  iii.  40. 

§  20  T*   Infin.    Pari,  Herat  iv.  Od.  6.  18.    Fdrier,  Virg.  ^n.  xi.  242. 

Indic.  Pres.  Sing.  Fdtur,  he  speaks,  Val.  Flac.  iii.  616.  Virg-  ^n.  i.  131.  et 
passim.  Fdtur,  is  spoken,  Sueton.  ap.  Priscian.  viii.  p.  793. — Fut.  Fdbor,  Propert. 
IV.  4.  1.    FdhUur,  Cell.  xv.  6. 

SuBJ.    Imp.  Fdrer,  St.  August  Conf.  i.  8. 

Imperat.    Fare,  Virg.  .^En.  v.  389.  et  passim.    Fdmino,  Cato  R.  R.  c.  141. 

Particip.  Pres,  Fans,  Plaut  Pers.  ii.  1.  7.  Propert  iii.  5. 19. — Perf.  Fdtus,  Virg. 
.^n.  11.  323.  et  passim. — Fut  in  -dus,  Fandus,  Pacuv.  ap.  Cic.  de  Divin.  i.  31. 

Gerunds.  Fandi,  Virg.  -^n.  x.  225.  et  passim.  Fando,  in  or  by  speaking,  Stat. 
Theb.  I.  655.     Fando,  by  report  by  hearsay,  Cic.  Nat.  Deor.  i.  29. 

Supine  :  Fatu,  Virg.  ^En.  xii.  25. 

For  and  Fdris  do  not  occur  in  the  classics,  although  cited  by  Diomed.  i.  p.  375. 
and  by  Priscian.  viii.  p.  791.  Neither  does,  Dor,  nor  the  Subjunctives  Fer,  Der. 
Similarly  defective  are  the  Compounds  Affdri^  Effdri,  Profari. 

y  ^Oo*  Imperat.  Sing,  and  Plur.  Apag^,  is  considered  by  some  as  an 
Interjection.  Apagete  is  found  in  Oudendorp's  ed.  of  Apul.  Met  i.  p.  13.  Elmenh. 
also  in  Cic.  Fam.  v.  10.  Terent  Eun.  v.  2.  65.  Plaut  Cas.  ii.  8.  24.  Amph.  ii.  1.  32. 
where  the  best  Mss.  and  most  edd.  have  Apage  te.    See  Faciolati's  Lat.  Lex. 

§  209*   Infin.    Avere,  Martial,  i.  109.  iii.  5. 

Imperat.  Sing.  Ave,  Martial,  iii.  95.  et  passim.  Aveto,  Sallust  Cat  c.  35.  Plur. 
Avele,  Grut  Inscr.  p.  735.  n.  6.  Sueton.  Claud,  c.  21. 

The  Eton  and  other  grammars  add  Avetote  for  which  there  is  no  authority. 
Some  write  Have,  kdvcre,  &c.  Quintil.  Inst  i.  6.  finds  fault  with  many  learned 
men  of  his  day  for  writing  and  saying  Avete,  with  the  second  syllable  long,  in  place 
ofHdvete,  with  an  aspiration  and  the  second  syll.  short. — The  Verb  Aveo,  I  covet, 
is  complete. 

§  210«   Infin.    Solvere,  Plaut  Rud.  i.  5.  5.  Petron.  c.  98. 

Ind.    Fut  Salvebis  (for  Salve)  Cic.  Att.  vi.  2. 

Imperat.  Sing.  Salve,  Virg.  Geo.  ii.  173.  ^En.  xi.  97.  et  passim.  Salveto,  Plaut 
Rud.  II.  4.  3.  Men.  v.  9.  17.     Plur.  Salvete,  Plaut.  Trin.  in.  2.  39. 

Salveo  is  humorously  put  in  the  mouth  of  a  clown  by  Plautus,  True.  ii.  2.  4.  To 
the  Defectives  Ave  and  Salve,  some  add  Vale,  vUlele,  vUlebis,  v&leas ;  but  these 
come  from  V&leo,  I  am  well. 

15 


170  DEFECTIVE    VERBS. 

§  31 1«  SuBj.  Pres.  Sing.  Ausimy  Virg.  Eel.  in.  32.  et  passim ;  Ausis,  Fest 
et  Lactant.  de  Pass.  Dom.  vs.  66.  where  some  read  Auseris ;  Ausit,  Stat.  Theb.  xii. 
101.  Achil.  I.  544.  Plur.  Ausint,  Stat.  Theb.  xi.  126.  See  Voss.  de  Anal,  in, 
41.  p.  124. 

§  313«  Imperat.  Sing.  Ce<io,  Cic.  de  Oral.  c.  86.  et  passim.  Plur.  Ce«e, 
Plaut.  Merc.  v.  4.  4.    Enn.  ap.  Non.  ii.  122.    Accius,  ibid. 

Cedo  is  used  in  the  Plur.  Cic.  Senect.  c.  6.  Celte  is  a  contraction  of  CeditCy 
which  last  some  cite  from  the  Fragm.  of  Plautus,  p.  1216.  ed.  Gronov.,  but  it  is  very 
uncertain. 

§  2 1 3o   Infin.    Crnifieri,  Caes.  B.  G.  vii.  58. 

Indic.  Pres.  Sing.  Confit,  Lucr.  iv.  292.  Terent.  Adelph.  V.  8.  23.  Plur.  Cm- 
ftuni.,  Aniob.  vi.  p.  219. — Fut.  Sing.  Ccmftet,  Lucr.  iii.  413. 

SuBJ.  Pres.  Sing.  Coriflat,  Colum.  i.  8.  Imp.  Sing.  Corifieret,  Liv.  v.  50.  Cic. 
ad  Att.  IX.  8.  VIII.  15.  Liv.  v.  50.     Plur.  Confitrent,  Arnob.  ii.  p.  73. 

§  214*   Infin.    Defuri,  Terent  Hecyr.  v.  2.  1.  Liv.  ix.  11. 

Indic.  Pres.  Sing.  Defit,  Virg.  Eel.  ii.  22.  et  passim ;  Plur.  Deflunt,  Gell.  xx.  8. 
—Fut  Sing.  Dcf'iet,  Liv.  ix.  11.  ubi  al.  Deficiet 

Sub  J.    Pres.  Sing.  Dcf'iat,  Plaut  Men.  i.  4.  3.   Rud.  iv.  4.  63. 

V  2 1 5«  Indic.  Pres.  Sing.  Injit,  Virg.  iEn.  v. 708.  Lucr.  in.  516.  et  passim ; 
Plur.  Influnt.  Mart  Capell.  ii.  in  fin. 

Inflo,  Van*,  ap.  Priscian.  viii.  p.  818.  *  Infe,  ap^ai,  i.  e.  incipe/  in  Giossis.  Some 
to  these  add  Explicit,  it  is  finished. 

§  2X6*  Indic.  Pres.  Sing.  [Ovas,  Grammatici;]  Ovat,  Val.  Flac.  ii.  506.  iv. 
342.  Virg.  tEu.  X.  500. 

SuBJ.    Pres.  Sing.  Ovet,  Stat.  Sylv.  iv.  1.  8.— Past-imp.  Sing.  Ovdret,  Gell.  vi.  7. 

Partictp.  Ovans,  Liv.  v.  31.  Cic.  de  Orat  c  47.  et  passim.  OvdtuSy  Persius, 
II.  55.     Ovdturus,  Solin.  cap.  45 — 57. 

Gerund.    Ovandi,  Sueton,  Claud,  c.  1.  Gell.  v.  6.  5. 

§  2 1  7  •  Infin.     Quces^re,  Plaut  Bacch.  ii.  2.  1. 

Indic.  Pres.  Sing.  Quceso,  Terent  Eun.  in.  2. 13.  Quissit,  Lucr.  v.  1229.  Plur. 
QucBsumus,  Sii.  xvi.  250.  et  passim. 

Imperat.     Qucose,  Plaut  ap.  JVon.  i.  213.  iv.  39. 

Particip.     Qucesens,  Apul.  Met  iv.  p.  70.  Elmenh. 

QucBsis,  given  in  some  grammars,  does  not  occur  in  the  classics.  Queesi,  Perf. 
Priscian,  x.  p.  505.  ed.  Krehl.  Qucsslvit,  Sallust  ap.  Priscian.  ibid,  who  says  that 
QucBSivi  is  a  perfect  common  to  Qucbso  and  Qucsro. 

§  218«  Indic.    Fut.  Sing.  Faxo,  for  faciam,  or fecero,  Virg.  ^n.  ix.  158.  et 


SuBJ.  Perf.  Sing.  Faicim,  for /ecerm,  Plaut.  Amph.  I.  3.  13.  et  passim;  Faxis, 
Terent.  Andr.  iv.  4.  14.  Faxit,  Cic.  de  Leg.  ii.  8.  Faximus,  Plaut  True.  i.  1.  40. 
Plur.  FaxltiSy  liv.  xxix.  27.  Faxint,  Terent.  Heaut  i.  1.  9.  et  passim. — Imp.  Faxim, 
for  facerem,  or  fccissem,  Plaut.  Pseud,  i.  5.  84. 

§  2 1 9»  These  three,  Odi,  Ccepi,  and  MernHni,  are  only  used  in  the  preterite 
tenses ;  and  therefore  are  called  Preteritive  Verbs ;  though  they  have  sometimes 
likewise  a  present  signification ;  thus, 

Odiy  I  hate,  or  have  hated,  oderam,  odenm,  odissem,  odero,  odisse.  Participles, 
osus,  osurus ;  exdsus,  perosus. 


IMPERSONAL    VERBS. 


171 


Co^i  I  begin,  or  have  begun,  coeperam,  -trim,  -issem,  -ero,  -isse.  Supine,  coeptu. 
Participles,  cceptus,  ccepturus. 

Memlni,  I  remember,  or  have  remembered,  memineram,  -erim,  -issem,  -ero,  -isse. 
Imperative,  memento^  mementbte. 

Instead  of  odi^  we  sometimes  say,  osus  sum :  and  always  exosus,  perdsus  sum^ 
and  not  exodi,  perodi.    We  say,  opus  coepit  fieri,  or  coeptum  est. 

The  following  forms  also  occur :  Odio,  C.  Gracch.  ap.  Fest.  Odivit,  Cic*  Phil. 
XIII.  19.  Odiit,  Tertul.  de  An.  c.  10.  Odies,  Tertul.  adv.  Marc  iv.  35.  Osus 
sum,  Plaut  Amph.  iii.  2.  19.  Gell.  iv.  18.  Osurus,  Cic.  de  Amic.  c.  16.  Odiendi, 
Apul.  de  D.  Plat.  iii.  p.  631.  Odiens,  Petron.  c.  132.  Odientes,  Tertul.  ad^.  Marc. 
IV.  16.  Oderem  et  Odere,  infin.  Charis,  in.  p.  228.  Oditur,  Tertul.  Apol.  in.  in  fin. 
Odiremur,  Hieronym.  Epist  43.— Ccepio,  Plant  Men.  v.  5.  57.  Coepiam,  Cato  ap. 
Fest  Coepiat,  Plant  True.  ii.  1.  23.  Coeperet,  Terent  An.  iii.  3.  43.  edd.  Rivii, 
Faern.  et  Bothe ;  sic.  codd.  Bentl.  Bcecl.  et  Donat  et  Priscian.  x.  p.  879.  Cwperit 
al.  Ccepere,  Plaut.  Pers.  i.  3.  41.     Cceptus  est,  Cses.  B.  G.  iv.  18.     CoeptHrus,  Qumtil. 

X.  1.  Plin.  N.  H.  XVI.  25.  Cf.  Cascil.  ap.  Non.  ii,  159.— Meminens,  Liv.  ap.  Priscian. 

XI.  p.  922.  Anson.  Prof.  ii.  4.  Sidon.  ii.  10.  ad.  fin.  iv.  12.  vi.  3.  vii.  6. 

Some  to  the  Defective  Verbs  add  Novi,  I  know ;  but  this  is  the  Perfect  of  Nosco^ 
I  am  learning,    ^e  Voss.  AnaL  in.  39, 

§  220«    IMPERSONAL   VERBS. 

A  verb  is  called  Impersonal,  which  has  only  the  terminations  of  the  third  person 
lingular,  but  does  not  admit  any  person  or  nominative  before  it 

Impersonal  verbs,  in  Enghsh,  have  before  them  the  neuter  pronoun  it,  which  is 
not  considered  as  a  person;  thus,  delectat^  it  delights  ;  d^et,  it  becomes^  contingit^ 
it  happens ;  evenit,  it  happens. 


Ind. 


Sub. 


Inf. 


1st  Conj. 

2d  Conj, 

2d  Conj. 

Atii  Conj, 

Pr.    Delectat, 
Imp.  Delectabat, 
Per.  Delectavit, 
Plu.  Delectaverat, 
FuT.  Delectabit 

Decet, 

Decebat, 

Decuit, 

Decnerat, 

Decebit 

Contingit, 

Contingebat, 

Contigit, 

Contigerat, 

Continget 

Evenit, 

Eveniebat, 

Evenit, 

Evenerat, 

Eveniet 

Pr.    Delectet, 
Imp.  Delectaret, 
Per.  Delectaverit, 
Plu.  Delectavisset, 
FuT.  Delectaverit 

Deceat, 

Deceret, 

Decuerit, 

Decuisset, 

Decuerit 

Contingat, 

Contingeret, 

Contigerit, 

Contigisset, 

Contigerit 

Eveniat, 

Eveniret, 

Evenerit, 

Evenisset, 

Evenerit 

Pr.    Delectare. 
Per.  Delectavisse. 

Decere. 
Decuisse. 

Contingere, 
Contigisse. 

Evenire. 
Evenisse. 

Most  Latin  verbs  may  be  used  impersonally  in  the  passive  voice,  especially 
Neuter  and  Intransitive  verbs,  which  otherwise  have  no  passive ;  as,  pugndtur, 
fHvetur,  curritur,  venltur :  from  pugno,  to  fight ;  faveo,  to  favour  ,*  curro,  to  run ; 
veniOf  to  come. 


Ind. 


Pr.    Pugnatur, 
Imp.   Pngnabatur, 
Per.  Pugnatnm  est, 
Plu.  Pugnatum  erat, 
FuT.  Pugnabitur. 


Favetnr, 
Favebatur, 
Fautum  est, 
Fautum  erat, 
Favebitur. 


Curritur, 
Currebatur, 
Cursum  est, 
Cursum  erat, 
Curretur. 


Venltur, 
Veniebatur, 
Ventum  est, 
Ventum  erat, 
Venictur. 


172  REDUNDANT   VERBS. 

Sub.  Pr.    Pugnetur,  Faveatur,  Curratur,  Veniatur, 

Imp.   Pugnaretur,  Faveretur,  Curreretur,  Veniretur, 

Per.  Pugnatum  sit,        Fautum  sit,  Cursum  sit,  Ventura  sit, 

Plu.  Pugnatum  esset,   Fautum  esset,  Cursum  esset,  Ventum  esset, 

FuT.  Pugnatum  fuerit  Faiitum  fuerit.  Cursum  fuerit.  Ventum  fuerit 

Inf.    Pr.     Pugnari.  Faveri.  Curri.  Veniri. 

Per.  Pugnatum  esse.     Fautum  esse.  Cursum  esse.        Ventum  esse. 

FuT.  Pugnatum  iri.       Fautum  iri.  Cursum  iri.  Ventum  iri. 

Obs.  1.  Impersonal  verbs  are  scarcely  used  in  the  imperative ;  but  instead  of 
that  we  use  the  subjunctive;  as,  delectet,  let  it  delight;  &c.  nor  in  the  supines, 
participles,  or  gerunds,  except  a  few;  as,  pcmztens,  -dum,  -dus,  &c.  Induci  ad 
pudendum  et  pigendum.  Cic.  In  the  preterite  tenses  of  the  passive  voice,  the 
participle  perfect  is  always  put  in  the  neuter  gender. 

Obs.  2.  Grammarians  reckon  only  ten  real  impersonal  verbs,  and  all  in  the  second 
conjugation;  deed,  it  becomes;  pcBiiitet,  it  repents;  oportet,  it  behoves;  miseret,  it 
pities ;  piget,  it  irketh ;  pudet,  it  shameth ;  Vicet,  it  is  lawful ;  tibet  or  luhet,  it  pleaseth ; 
tasdet,  It  wearieth ;  liquet,  it  appears.  Of  which  the  following  have  a  double 
preterite ;  miseret,  miseruit,  or  misertum  est ;  piget,  p'guif,  or  pigVum  est ;  pudet, 
puduit,  or  pudltum  est ;  licet,  licuit,  or  liciium  est ;  libet,  libuit,  or  lihtlum  est ;  tadetf 
tceduit,  tcBsum  est,  oftener,  pertcesum  est.  But  many  other  verbs  are  used  imperson- 
ally in  all  the  conjugations. 

In  the  first,  Juval,  spectat,  vacat,  stat,  constat,  prcBSiat,  reslat,  &c. 

In  the  second,  Apparet,  atUnet,  perdnet,  debet,  dolet,  nocet,  lUiet,  tiquet,  pHtet, 
jMcet,  displicet,  sedet,  solet,  &c. 

In  the  third,  Acc'idit,  incipit,  deHnit,  suff^icit,  &c. 

In  the  fourth,  Convenit,  expedit,  &c. 

Also,  irregular  verbs,  Est,  obest,  prodest,  potest,  interest,  svph-est;  Jit,  prcst^nt, 
n^quit,  and  nequitur,  subit,  confert,  refert,  &c 

Obs.  3.  Under  impersonal  verbs  may  be  comprehended  those  Which  express  the 
operations  or  appearances  of  nature ;  as,  Fulgurat,fulminat,  tonat,  grandtnat,  gUaty 
pluil,  ningit,  lucescit,  advesperasciU  &c. 

Obs.  4.  Impersonal  verbs  are  applied  to  any  person  or  number,  by  putting  that 
■which  stands  before  other  verbs,  after  the  impersonals,  in  the  cases  which  they 
govern ;  as,  placet  mihi,  tibi,  illi,  it  pleases  me,  thee,  him ;  or  I  please,  thou  pleasest, 
&c.  pugnatur  a  me,  a  fe,  ab  illo,  I  fight,  thou  fightest,  he  fighteth,  &c.  So,  Curritur, 
venltur  a  me,  a  te,  &c.  I  run,  thou  runnest,  &c.  Favetur  tibi  a  me.  Thou  art 
favoured  by  me,  or  I  favour  thee,  &c. 

Obs.  5.  Verbs  are  used  personally,  or  impersonally,  according  to  the  particular 
meaning  which  they  express,  or  the  different  import  of  the  words  with  which  they 
are  joined :  thus,  we  can  say,  ego  placeo  tibi,  I  please  you ;  but  we  cannot  say,  si 
places  audire,  if  you  please  to  hear,  but  si  placet  tibi  auaire.  So  we  can  say,  multa 
nomini  contingunt,  many  things  happen  to  a  man ;  but  instead  of  ego  contlgi  esse 
domi,  we  must  either  say,  me  conthgit  esse  domi,  or  m.ihi  condgit  esse  domi,  I  hap- 
pened to  be  at  home.  The  proper  and  elegant  use  of  Impersonal  verbs  can  only  be 
acquired  by  practice. 

§  221.  REDUNDANT  VERBS. 

Those  are  called  Redundant  Verbs,  which  have  different  forms  to 
express  the  same  sense.  Some  are  Redundant  1.  in  Signification ;  as, 
Criminor,  *  I  blame  or  I  am  blamed ;'  2.  in  Termination ;  as,  Fabrtco 


REDUNDANT    VERBS. 


173 


I 


and  Fabricor,  *  I  frame ;'  3.  In  Conjugation ;  as,  Lavo,  lavdre,  and 
Lavo^  lavere,  *I  wash;'  4.  in  Tenses;  as,  Suesco,  *Iam  accustomed,' 
Perf.  Suevi  and  Suetus  sum, 

§  22  2«    Verbs  of  the  same  signification  used  in  different  Con- 
jugations : 


Cieo,  es,  *Cio,  is, stir  up, 

Claudo,  IS,  Claudeo,  es, be  blame. 

♦Denseo,  es,  *Denso,  as, thicken. 

Excello,  IS,  Excelleo,  es, exceL 

*Ferveo,  es,  *Fervo,  is, be  hot. 

Fodio,  is,  Fodio,  is, dig. 

*Fulgeo,  es,  Fulgo,  is, shine. 

Lavo,  as,  L^vo,  is, wash. 


Lino,  is,  Linio,  is, anoint. 

*Nexo,  as,  *]Nexo,  is, knit, 

*Oleo,  es,  Olo,  is, smelL 

*Scateo,  es,  *Scato,  i's, abound, 

*Strideo,  es,  Strldo,  is, creak. 

Tergeo,  es,  Tergo,  is, wipe, 

Tueor,  eris,  Tuor,  eris, . .  behold,  protect 


§  223«  Verbs  spelt  alike,  or  nearly  alike,  but  differing  in  sound 
or  signification: 


Abdico,  as, abdicate. 

Abdlco,  IS, refuse. 

* Accido,  IS, happen. 

AccTdo,  IS, cut  short, 

Addo,  is, add. 

Adeo,  IS, go  to. 

Aggero,  as, heap  up. 

Aggero,  is,  .......  ......  lay  in  a  heap. 

Allege,  as, plead,  send. 

Ailego,  is, choose. 

Apello,  as,  ....  « call 

Apello,  is, drive,  land. 

♦Cado,  is, fall 

Caedo,  is,  . . , beat. 

Cedo,  is, yield. 

*Caleo,  es, ..be  hot. 

*Calleo,  es, be  hard. 

*Cano,  is, sing. 

*Caneo,  es, be  white. 

*Careo,  es, want. 

*Caro,  is, card  wool. 

Celo,  as, conceal. 

Casio,  as, carve. 

Censeo,  es, think. 

Sentio,  Is, .feel. 

Claudo,  is, shut. 

*Claudo,  is, be  lame. 

Colligo,  as, tie  together. 

Colligo,  is, collect. 

Colo,  as, strain. 

Colo,  is, till,  deck. 

Compello,  as, accost. 

Compello,  is, force. 

ConcTdo,  is, chop  off. 

*Concido,  is, fall. 

Conscendo,  is, climb. 

Conacindo,  is, cut  in  pieces. 

Consterno,  as, terrify. 

Consterno,  is, strew  over. 

*Decido,  is, fall  down. 


15 


DecTdo,  is, cut  of, 

DecTpio,  is,    deceive, 

*Desipio,  is, dote, 

Deligo,  as, tie  up, 

Deligo,  is choose, 

DTligo,  is, lave, 

Dico,  is, say. 

Dico,  as, dedicate, 

Edo,  is, eat, 

Edo,  is, speak,  publish. 

Educo,  as, educate, 

Ed  uco,  is, draw  out, 

Effero,  as, make  wild. 

Effero,  effers, carry  off,  lift  up. 

♦Excido,  is, fall  cuL 

ExcTdo,  is cut  of , 

*Ferio,  is, strike. 

Fero,  fers, bear. 

Ferior,  aris, keep  holiday. 

*FrTgeo,  es, be  cold. 

Frigo,  is, fry, 

Fugo,  as, put  to  flight. 

*Fugio,  is, fly, 

Fundo,  as, found. 

Fundo,  is, pour  out. 

*Incido,  is, faU  into. 

IncTdo,  is, cut. 

Tndico,  as, show. 

IndTco,  is proclaim. 

Inficio,  is, infect. 

Inf itior,  aris, deny. 

*Intercido,  is, happen, 

Intercido,  is, cut  asunder. 

Jaceo,  es, lie,  lie  down. 

Jacio,  is, throw.*" 

*Labo,  as, totter. 

Labor,  eris, slip,  glide. 

*Lacto,  as, suckle,  suck. 

*Lacto,  as, deceive. 

*Lacteo,  es, grow  milky. 


174 


REDUNDANT   VERBS. 


Lego,  as, send. 

Lego,  IS, gather,  read. 

Liceo,  es, be  lawful. 

LTceor,  eris, bid  for. 

LTquo,  as, melt. 

*Liqueo,  es,  become  liquid,  be  manifest. 

*LTquor,  ens, melt. 

*Mano,  as, flow. 

*Maneo,  es, stay. 

Mando,  as, deliver. 

Mando,  is, eat. 

Meto,  is, mow,  reap 

Meter,  aris, measure. 

Metior,  Iris measure. 

Metuo,  IS,  fear. 

Mlfseror,  aris, pity. 

Misereor,  eris, pity. 

Moror,  aris, delay. 

*Moror,  aris play  the  fool. 

Morior,  eris, die. 

*Nicto,  as, wink. 

Nicto,  is, openas  a  hound. 

*Niteo,  es, glitter. 

NTtor,  eris, strive. 

Obsero,  as, • lock  up. 

Obsero,  is, sow,  plant. 

*OccTdo,  IS,  fall. 

Occldo,  IS, kill. 

Operio,  IS, cover. 

*Opperior,  iris, wait  for. 

Operor,  aris, > toork. 

Pando,  as, bend,  bow. 

Pando,  IS, open,  spread. 

Paro,  as, prepare. 

♦Pareo,  es, appear. 

Pario,  13, beget. 

*Pario,  as, -..  balance. 

*Pedo,  IS,   irep6(t>. 

Pedo,  are, prop  up. 


*Pendeo,  es, hang. 

Pendo,  IS, weigh. 

PercGlo,  as, Jilter. 

Percolo,  IS, adorn. 

♦Permaneo,  es, remain. 

*Permano,  as, flow  over. 

PraEdico,  as, publish. 

Praedico,  is, foretel. 

Praelego,  as,  . .  bequeath  in  the  first  place. 

Praelego,  is, read  to  one. 

Prodo,  IS, betray. 

*PrGdeo,  es, acme  forth. 

♦Recede,  is, retire. 

*Recido,  is, fall  hack. 

RecTdo,  IS, cut  off . 

Reddo,  ys, restore. 

*Redeo,  Is, return. 

Ref ero,  refers, bring  back. 

♦Ref  erio,  is, strike  again. 

Relego,  as remove. 

Relego,  IS, read  over. 

Sedo,  as, allay. 

*Sedeo,  es, sit. 

*SIdo,  IS, sink. 

*Sero,  IS, sow. 

Sero,  IS knit,  join. 

Sero,  as, lock,  bolt. 

*SuccTdo,  IS, fall  down. 

SuccTdo,  IS, cut  down. 

*Vado,  IS, go,  walk. 

Vador,  aris, give  bail. 

♦Veneo,  Is,  be  sold. 

♦Venio,  is, come. 

Venor,  aris, hunt. 

Vincio,  Is, bind. 

Vinco,  IS, conquer. 

Voio,  as, fly,  hasten. 

*Volo,  vis, be  willing. 


§  224:«  Verbs  having  the  same  Perfect: 


*Aceo,  acui,  be  sharp. 

Cresco,  crevi,  grow. 

♦Fulgeo,  fulsi, shine. 

*Liiceo,  luxi, shine. 

Mulceo,  mulsi,  soothe. 

*Paveo,  pavi, fear. 

*Pendeo,  pependi, hang. 


Acuo,  acui, sharpen. 

Cerno,  crevi, take  possession. 

Fulcio,  fulsi, prop. 

*Lugeo,  luxi, mourn. 

*Mulgeo,  mulsi, milk. 

Pasco,  pavi,   feed. 

Pendo,  pependi, weigh. 


To  these  add  Sto,  Sisto,  and  some  of  their  Compounds. 


§  225«  Verbs  having  the  same  Perfect  Participle: 


Cemo,  crctus, sift. 

Cresco,  cretus grow. 

Pasciscor,  pactus, bargain. 

Pago,  pactus, lay  a  wager. 

Pango,  pactus, fasten. 


Pando,  passus expand. 

Patior,  passus, suffer. 

Vergo,  versus, incline. 

Verro,  versus, brusL 

Verto,  versus, turn. 


REMARKS    ON   THE    VERB.  176 

DERIVATION   AND   COMPOSITION   OF   VERBS. 

§  226.  Verbs  are  derived  either  from  nouns  or 
from  other  verbs. 

Verbs  derived  from  nouns  are  called  Dewomma- 
tive  ;  as, 

Caeno,  to  sup ;  laudo,  to  praise ;  fraudo,  to  defraud ;  laptdo,  to  throw  stones ; 
operor,  to  work ;  frumentor,  to  forage  ;  lignor,  to  gather  fuel ;  &c.  from  coeim,  laus, 
fraus,  &c.  But  when  they  express  imitation  or  resemblance,  they  are  called  Imi- 
tative ;  as,  Patrisso,  Grcecor,  bubula,  cornlcor,  &c.  I  imitate  or  resemble  my  iather, 
a  Grecian,  an  owl,  a  crow,  &c.  from  pater,  GrcBCus,  bubo,  cornix. 

Of  those  derived  from  other  verbs,  the  following  chiefly  deserve  attention  ; 
namely,  Frequentalives,  Inceptives,  and  Desideratives. 

§227«  FREQUENTATIVES  express  frequency  of  action, 
and  are  all  of  the  first  conjugation.  They  are  formed  from  the  last  su- 
pine, by  changing  dtu  into  Uo,  in  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation ;  and  by 
changing  u  into  o,  in  verbs  of  the  other  three  conjugations ;  as,  clamo^ 
to  cry,  clamtto,  to  cry  frequently ;  terreo,  territo ;  verto,  verso ;  dor- 
mioy  dormito. 

1.  In  like  manner,  Deponent  verbs  form  Frequentatives  in  or;  as,  minor,  to  threat- 
en ;  minitor,  to  threaten  frequently. 

2.  Some  are  formed  in  an  irregular  manner ;  as,  nato,  from  no ;  noscito,  from  nosco , 
scitor,  or  rather  sciscitor,  from  scio ;  pavtto,  from  paveo ;  sector,  from  sequor ;  loquitor, 
from  loquor.    So,  qucerito,  fundito,  agito,  jluito,  &c. 

3.  From  Frequentative  verbs  are  also  formed  other  Frequentatives ;  as,  curro,  curso, 
curstto  ;  pello,  pulse,  pulsito,  or  by  contraction  j)ulto ;  capio,  capto,  captito ;  cano, 
canto,  canttto  ;  aefendo,  defenso,  defenstto ;  dico,  dido,  dictito ;  gero,  gesto,  gesltto ; 
jacio,  jacto,  jactito ;  venio,  vento,  ventito  ;  mutio,  musso,  (for  mutlto,)  musslto,  &c. 

4.  Verbs  of  this  kind  do  not  always  express  frequency  of  action.  Manjr  of  them 
have  much  the  same  sense  with  their  primitives,  or  express  the  meaning  more 
strongly. 

§  228«  INCEPTIVE  Verbs  mark  the  beginning  or  continued 
increase  of  any  thing.  They  are  formed  from  the  second  person  singular 
of  the  present  of  the  indicative,  by  adding  co ;  as,  caleo^  to  be  hot ; 
coles,  calesco,  to  grow  hot.  So  in  the  other  conjugations,  labasco,  from 
labo ;  tremisco,  from  tremo ;  obdormisco,  from  obdormio.  Hisco,  from 
hio,  is  contracted  for  Masco.  Inceptives  are  likewise  formed  from  sub- 
stantives and  adjectives;  as,  puerasco,  from  puer ;  dulcesco,  from 
dulcis ;  juvenesco,  from  juvenis. 

All  Inceptives  are  neuter  verbs,  and  of  the  third  conjugation.  They  want  both 
the  preterite  and  supine ;  unless  very  rarely,  when  they  borrow  them  from  their 
primitives. 

§  229*  DESIDERATIVE  Verbs  signify  a  desire  or  intention 
of  doing  a  thing.  They  are  formed  from  the  latter  supine  by  adding 
riOf  and  shortening  the  u  ;  as,  cxendturio,  I  desire  to  sup,  from  ccdndtu. 


176  REMARKS    ON    THE    VERB. 

They  are  all  of  the  fourth  conjugation ;  and  want  both  preterite  and 
supine,  except  these  three,  esurio,  -ivi,  -Itum^  to  desire  to  eat;  par- 
turioy  'ivij — to  be  in  travail ;  nupturio,  -ivi,  — ,  to  desire  to  be  married. 

2.  There  are  a  few  verbs  in  LLO^  which  are  called  Diminutive  ;  as, 
cantillo.  sorbillOy  -are,  I  sing",  I  sup  a  little.  To  these  some  add  albico, 
and  candico,  -are,  to  be,  or  to  grow  whitish ;  also,  nigrico,  fodico,  and 
vellico.  3.  Some  verbs  in  SSO  are  called  Intensive;  as,  Capesso,facessOy 
petessOj  or  petisso,  I  take,  I  do,  I  seek  earnestly. 

4.  Verbs  are  compounded  with  nouns,  with  other  verbs,  with  adverbs,  and 
chiefly  with  prepositions.  Many  of  the  simple  verbs  are  not  in  use;  as  Fulo, 
fendo,  specioy  gruo,  &c.  The  component  parts  usually  remain  entire-  Sometimes 
a  letter  is  added;  as,  prodeo,  for  pro-eo;  or  taken  away;  as,  asporto,  omitto,  trado, 
pejeroy  pergo,  debeo,  presbeo,  ^c.  for  absporto,  obmitto,  transdo,  perjuro,  perrego, 
dekibeo,  prcBkibeo,  <^c.  So,  demo,  promo,  sumo,  of  de,  pro,  sub,  and  emo,  which  an- 
ciently signified,  to  take,  or  to  take  avxiy.  Often  the  vowel  or  diphthong  of  the 
simple  verb,  and  the  last  consonant  of  the  preposition  is  changed ;  as,  damno,  con- 
demno;  calco,  conculco;  Icedo,  coWido ;  audio,  obedio,  ^c.  AJ'tro,  aufero,  cullaudo- 
imptico,  ^c.  for  adfero,  af^ftrOj  conclaudo,  inptico,  ^c. 

§  230.  REMARKS  ON  THE  VERB. 

Rem.  1.  A  Verb  has  been  defined  as  a  word  which  signifies  doing,  sufering,  or 
being.  It  would  have  been  more  simple  and  much  more  intelligible  to  have  said, 
A  verb  is  that  part  of  speech  which  mentions  some  act,  event,  or  circumstance 
of  or  concerning  peksons,  places,  things,  or  ideas;  as,  CcBsar  vicit,  Caesar  con- 
quered ;  Roma  ruit,  Rome  falls  ;  Argerdum  splendet,  silver  shines ;  Probitas  tauda- 
tur  et  alget,  honesty  is  praised  and  starves.  A  Verb  being  the  most  essential  word 
in  a  sentence,  and  without  which  a  sentence  cannot  subsist,  any  word  that,  placed 
after  the  names  of  Persons,  Places,  Things,  or  Ideas,  will  make  full  sense,  is  a 
Verb.  An  English  Verb  may  be  known  by  its  making  sense  with  the  words  he 
will,  or  it  shall,  placed  before  it ;  as.  He  wilt  conquer,  It  shall  fall. 

Rem.  2.  The  letters  which  precede  the  Infinitive  terminations,  -are,  -ere,  -^re, 
Ire,  are  called  Radicals,  and  always  remain  unchanged,  l^hus,  Ain  is  the  radical 
part  ofAmare  ;  Man  of  Monere ;  Reg  of  Regtre ;  Aud  ofAud'ire.  By  prefixing  the 
radicals  to  the  changeable  parts,  or  terminations,  which  are  the  same  in  all  Verbs 
of  a  similar  Conjugation,  every  person  of  tiie  simple  Tenses  of  a  regular  Verb  may 
be  formed  with  the  greatest  facility. 

Rem.  3.  Verbs  seem  to  have  had  but  one  uncontracted  Conjugation  originally. 
At  present  there  are  four  Conjugations ;  one  uncontracted  in  -ere,  as  Legere ;  and 
three  contracted  in  (acre)  -are,  as  Amdre  ;  in  {esre)  -ere,  as  Monere  ;  and  in  (rcre) 
-ire,  as  Audlre.  Charis.  lib.  ii.  and  some  other  ancient  grammarians  admit  of  but 
three  Conjugations ;  and  Vossius  de  Anal.  iii.  33.  shows  the  fourth  to  be  a  mere 
contraction  of  the  third. 

Rem.  4.  The  Participles  in  -rus  and  -dus  in  the  Future  Infinitive  and  the  Perfect 
Participle  in  the  Past  Infinitive  Passive  are  used  only  in  the  ]\om.  and  Accus.  but 
in  all  Genders  and  Numbers;  as,  Amdlurus,  -a,  -urn,  esse;  Amatur-um,  -am,  -um, 
esse ;  Amatur-i,  -cb,  -a  esse ;  Amatur-os,  -as,  -a  esse  ;  Amatur-ns,  -a,  -um  fuisse  ; 
Amatur-um,  -am,  -um  fuisse,  &c.  Amat-us,  -a,  -um  esse  ;  Amat-um,  -am,  -um  esse ; 
Amat-i,  -cb,  -a  esse,  &c.  In  the  Future  Infinitive  Passive  the  termination  -um  of  the 
Supine  remains  always  unchanged.  The  Past  Infinitive  Passive  seems  to  have 
been  anciently  of  no  certain  Gender.  In  Plautus,  Amph.  Prol.  33.  we  read,  Jus'am 
rem  et  facilem  esse  oratum  a  vobis  volo ;  and  in  Cic.  Att.  viii.  18.  Cohortes  ad  me 
missum  facias.  The  Neuter  of  the  Future  in  -rus  is  found  construed  in  the  same 
manner.  See  Cic.  ii.  Ver.  v.  65.  Aul.  Gell.  i.  7.  Lambin.  ad  Plant.  Casin.  in. 
5.  37.  Jan.  Gulielm.  QusDst.  Plaut.  p.  4.  Voss.  de  Anal.  in.  16.  Perizon.  ad  Sanct. 
Min.  I.  15.  p.  125. 


REMARKS    ON   THE    VERB.  177 

Rem.  5.  To  the  Present  Infinitive  Passive  the  syllable  -er  was  occasionally  Eidded 
by  the  early  poets ;  as,  Amarier  for  Amari ;  Fdrier  for  Fari.  So  Dicier,  Pers. 
Sat  I.  28. 

Rem.  6.  The  Future  Infinitive  Active  occurs  sometimes  in  -ssere ;  as,  Expugnas- 
9tre,  Plaut.  Araph.  i.  1.  55.  Impetrassere,  Aul.  iv.  7.  6.  Casin.  ii.  3.  53.  Mil.  iv. 
3.  35.    Stich.  I.  2.  23.    Peconcitiassere,  Capt.  i.  2.  65. 

Rem.  7.  The  Perfect  Infinitive  Active  is  frequently  contracted ;  the  syllable  vi  is 
omitted  before  s ;  as,  Amasse,  Complesse,  Nosse,  Isse,  &c.  Also,  Cesse,  Lucr.  i. 
1104.  Consumse,  i.  234.  Divisse,  Hor.  ii.  Sat.  3.  169.  Dixe,  Non.  v.  17.  Prdduxe, 
Ter.  Ad.  iv.  2.  22.  Promisse,  Catul.  ex.  5.  Subduxe,  Varr.,  &c.  In  the  4lh  Conj. 
vi  or  V  only  is  omitted ;  as,  Perisse,  Plaut.  Capt.  in.  5.  35.  Periisse,  Aul.  ii.  4.  21. 
A  similar  contraction  takes  place  in  the  Perfects  of  the  Indicative  and  Subjunctive ; 
vi  is  dropped  before  s,  and  ve  before  r.  Of  Perfects  in  -ovi,  Novi  and  Movi  alone 
admit  of  contraction.  Also,  Dixli  and  Dixis,  Cic.  pro  Caecin.  c.  29.  Quintil.  ix.  3. 
Terent.  And.  iii.  1.  1.    Gell.  vii.  17.    Accesti,  Virg.  JEn.  i.  205. 

Rem.  8.  The  Imperfect  Indicative  in  the  4th  Conj.  anciently  ended  in  -ibam,  and 
the  Future  in  -260;  thus,  Scibo,  Plaut.  Asin.  i.  1.  13.  Most.  iv.  3.  5.  True.  11.  6.  69. 
Servlbas,  Ter.  And.  i.  1.  11.  Plaut.  Capt.  11.  1.  50.  Custodihant,  CatuU.  lxiv.  319. 
Vestibat,  Virg.  ^En.  viii.  160.  Expedibo,  Plaut.  True.  i.  2.  36.  Larglbere,  Bacch. 
IV.  7.  30.  Servtbo,  Terent.  Hec.  in.  5.  45.  MdUbit,  Hor.  in.  Od.  23.  19.  Reddibi- 
tur,  Plaut.  Epid.  1. 1.  22.  &c.  &c. 

Rem.  9.  The  termination  -ere  in  the  third  Person  Plur.  Perf.  Indicative  is  not  so 
usual  as  that  in  -erunt,  especially  in  prose. 

Rem.  10.  In  the  second  Person  Sing,  of  the  Present  Indie.  Passive  the  termination 
-re  for  -ris  is  rare.  In  Cicero  -re  for  -ris  in  the  Imperfect  and  Future  Indicative, 
and  the  Present  and  Imperfect  Subjunctive,  occurs  frequently. 

Rem.  11.  The  Present  Subjunctive  anciently  ended  in  -im;  as,  Duim,Du{s,  Duitf 
Duint  for  Dem,  Des,  ^c.  Perduim,  is,  it,  int,  for  Perdam,  as,  <^c.  Vid.  Plaut. 
Amph.  II.  2.  215.  Aul.  i.  1.  23.  iv.  6.  6.  Terent.  Andr.  iv.  1.  42.  Cic.  Cat.  i. 
9.  Att.  XV.  4.  Deiot  c.  7.  Liv.  x.  19.  xxii.  10,  &c.  We  also  find  such  forms  as 
Perduunt,  Plaut.  Rud.  Prol.  24.  Creduis,  Amph.  11.  2.  40.  Capt.  iii.  4.  73.  True. 
II.  2.  52.  Creduam,  as,  at,  Plaut.  Poen.  in.  5.  2.  Trin.  in.  Bacch.  iv.  8.  6.  Siem,  es, 
et,  for  Sim,  <^c.  Plaut.  Amph.  Prol.  57.  Lucr.  11. 1078.  Terent.  Eun.  1. 1.  21.  Fuat, 
for  sit,  Virg.  ^n.  x.  108. 

Rem.  12.  The  Future  Subj.  in  a  few  instances  occurs  in  -sso,  and  the  Perfect 
Subjunctive  in  -ssim;  thus,  Lcvasso,  Cic.  de  Senect.  c.  1.  Abjurassit,  Plaut.  Pers. 
IV.  3.  9.  Invitassitis,  Rud.  iii.  5.  31.  Irritassis,  Amph.  i.  1.  298.  Pers.  v.  2.  47. 
Stich.  n.  2.  21.  Servassint,  Asin.  iii.  3.  64.  Casin,  in.  5.  16.  Pseud.  1. 1.  35.  Ser- 
vassit,  Cistel.  iv.  2.  76.  Servasso,  Most.  i.  3.  71.  Licessit,  Asin.  in.  3. 13.  Prohi- 
hessis,  Plaut.  Pseud,  i.  1.  11.  Cic.  de  Leg.  in.  3.  So  Jusso  for  Jusstro,  Virg.  ^n. 
XI.  467. 

Rem.  13.  The  Imperatives  of  Dlco,  Duco,  Fero,  and  Facio,  drop  the  final  e ;  thus, 
Dzc,  Due,  Fer,  Fac.  So  Inger,  CatuU.  xxvii.  2.  But  the  Compounds  of  Facto 
retain  the  e  ,•  as,  Confice,  Perfich  Did,  Duce,  Face,  occur  sometimes  in  the  early 
poets.    Vid.  Voss.  Gr.  p.  131. 

Rem.  14.  The  Present  Subjunctive  is  frequently  used  for  the  Imperative ;  as, 
Ne  f acids,  do  not  do  it ;  and  sometimes  the  Future-Indic ;  as,  Non  occides,  thou 
ehalt  not  kill.  So  Vdlebis  and  Videbis  in  Cic.  for  Vale  and  VMe.  The  Perfect 
Subjunctive  is  used  also  in  the  same  manner;  as,  Tu  vlder^s,  see  you  to  it ;  Ne  dix- 
ir^s,  do  not  say  it. 

Rem.  15.  The  termination  -mtno  in  the  second  Person  Sing.  Passive,  and  -mUnor^ 
for  'rriini,  in  the  Plural,  are  exceedingly  rare.  Arbitrdvrinor,  Plaut.  Epid.  v.  2. 30. 
Progredirriinor,  Pseud,  in.  2.  70.    Fdirdno  for  Fqre,  Cato,  R.  R.  c.  141. 


178  PARTICIPLES. 

Rem.  16.  The  third  Person  in  4o  and  -nto  is  used  chiefly  in  law-giving ;  as,  Ad 
Dlvos  adeunto  caste,  pielatem  coluntoy  Cic.  Leg.  ii.  19.  Sometimes  in  the  comic 
writers ;  as,  Phormionem  lacessito,  Ter.  Phorm.  v.  7.  38. 

Rem.  17.  The  termination  -idle  is  rare.  It  occurs  in  Ermius,  Cicero,  Ovid,  and 
Plautus.    See  Voss.  Anal.  iii.  4. 

Rem.  18.  The  Participle  in  -rus,  and  the  Participle  in  -dus  are  found  joined  with 
most  of  the  tenses  of  Sunu  But  the  Participle  in  -rus  does  not  occur  joined  with 
Fucro, 

PARTICIPLE. 

§  231*  A  Participle  is  a  kind  of  Adjective  formed 
from  a  verb,  which  in  its  signification  implies  time. 

It  is  so  called  because  it  partakes  both  of  an  adjective  and  of  a  verb,  having  in 
Latin,  gender  and  declension  from  the  one,  time  and  signification  from  the  other, 
and  number  from  both. 

Participles  in  Latin  are  declined  like  adjectives;  and  their  signification  is  vari- 
ous, according  to  the  nature  of  the  verbs  from  which  they  come ;  only  Participles 
in  dus,  are  always  passive,  and  import  not  so  much  future  time,  as  obligation  or 
necessity. 

§  232.  Latin  verbs  have  four  Participles,  the 
present  and  future  active  ;  as,  Amans,  loving ;  drnd- 
turusj  about  to  love ;  and  the  perfect  and  future 
passive  ;  as,  amdtus^  loved  ;  amandiis^  to  be  loved. 

§  233*  The  Latin  language  has  no  participle  perfect,  that  is,  no 
participle  of  a  completed  action,  in  the  perfect ;  as,  having  written ; 
nor,  in  the  passive  voice,  any  participle  present,  that  is,  one  that  ex- 
presses a  state  of  suffering  still  going  on ;  as,  being  written  (that  is, 
being  in  the  act  of  being  written).  The  deponent  is  the  only  kind  of 
verb  which  has  a  participle  of  completed  action ;  imitatus^  '  having 
imitated.'  This  defect  must  be  supplied  by  a  circumlocution.  Thus, 
to  express  the  perfect  participle  active  in  English,  we  use  a  conjunc- 
tion, and  the  pluperfect  of  the  subjunctive  in  Latin,  or  some  other 
tense,  according  to  its  connexion  with  the  other  words  of  a  sentence ; 
as,  he  having  loved ;  quum  arnavisset,  &c. 

§  234*  Neuter  verbs  have  commonly  but  two 
Participles  ;  as,  Sedens^  sessurus  ;  starts^     aturus. 

From  some  Neuter  verbs  are  formed  Participles  of  the  perfect  tense  ;  a?,  Errd- 
tus^  festhiatus,  jurdtus,  laboraius,  vigilalus,  cessatus,  suddius,  triumphdtus,  regmduSf 
decnrsiis,desitus,  emeritus,  emersus,  obitus,  placilus,  successus,  occasus,  &c. ;  and  also 
of  the  future  in  dus ;  as,  Jurandns,  vigilandus,  regnandus,  carendus,  dormiendus, 
erubescenrlus,  &c.  Neuter  passive  verbs  are  equally  various.  Veneo  has  no  parti- 
ciple :  Fido,  only  fidens  and  fisus ;  soleo,  salens,  and  sotttus ;  vapido,  vapidans,  and 
vapulalurus ;  Gaudeo,  gaudens,  gav'isus,  and  ^avisurus ;  Audeo,  audens,  ausus,  ausu- 
rus,  audendus.  Ausus  is  used  both  in  an  active  and  passive  sense ;  as,  Ausi  omnes 
immane,  nefds,  ausoque  pot'di.    Virg.  .^En.  vi.  624. 


PARTICIPLES.  179 

§  235*  Deponent  and  Common  Verbs  have  com- 
monly four  Participles ;  as, 

Loquens,  speaking ;  locuiarus,  about  to  speak ;  locutus,  having  spoken ;  loquenduSy 
to  be  spoken.  Dignans,  vouchsafing:  dignaturus,  about  to  vouchsafe;  aignatus, 
having  vouchsafed,  being  vouchsafed,  or  having  been  vouchsafed;  dignandus,  to 
be  vouchsafed.  Many  participles  of  the  perfect  tense  from  Deponent  verbs  have 
both  an  active  and  passive  sense ;  as,  Abominatus,  conatus,  confessus,  adortus,  am- 
plexus,  bland'dus,  larg'itus,  mentUus,  oblltus,  iestatus,  venerdtus,  &c. 

§  336«  There  are  several  Participles,  compounded  virith  in,  sig- 
nifying not,  the  verbs  of  which  do  not  admit  of  such  composition ;  as, 

Lisciensl,  insperans,  indlcens  for  non  dicens,  inop'inans  and  npcopinans,  immerens  ; 
lUccKus,  impransiis,  inconsvl/us,  incusloditus,  immeldtus,  impunttus,  impardtas,  in- 
comitdtus,  incomptus,  indemnutmt,  indotdtiis,  incorruptus  interritus,  and  imperterrl- 
tus,  intesfdtus,  inausus,  innpindtus,  inultus,  incens  is  for  non  census,  not  registered; 
infectus  for  non  /actus ;  invlsus  for  non  visus ;  indictus,  for  non  dictus,  &c.  There 
is  a  different  irwensus  from  incendo ;  infectus  from  injicio ;  inv'isus  from  invideo  ; 
indictus  from  indlco,  &c. 

§  237«  If  from  the  signification  of  a  Participle  we  take  away 
time,  it  becomes  an  adjective,  and  admits  the  degrees  of  compari- 
son; as, 

Amans,  loving,  amantior,  amantiss^mns ;  doctus,  learned,  doctior,  doctissimris ;  or 
a  substantive ;  as,  Prcpfectus,  a  commander  or  governor ;  consonans,  f.  sc.  litera,  a 
consonant ;  conimens,  i'.  sc.  terra,  a  continent ;  confluens,  m.  a  place  where  two 
rivers  r»m  together ;  oriens,  m.  sc*  sol,  the  east ;  occtdens,  m.  the  west ;  dictum,  a 
saying ;  scriptum,  &c. 

V  '^oS*  There  are  many  words  in  atus,  itus,  and  utus,  which,  although 
resembling  participles,  are  reckoned  adjectives,  because  they  come  from  nouns,  and 
not  from  verbs ;  as,  aldlus,  barbdtus,  corddtus,  cauddtus,  cristdtus,  auritus,  pelLltuSj 
territus ;  astutus,  cornutus,  nasulus,  ^c.  vdnged,  bearded,  discreet,  &c.  But  aurd- 
tus,  CBrdtus,  argenfdtus,ferrdtus,  plumbdtus,  gypsdtus,  calcedtus,  clypedtus,  galedtus, 
tunicdtus,  larvdtus,  pallid'us,  lymphdtns,  purpurdtus,  prcetextdtus,  &c.,  covered  with 
gold,  brass,  silver,  &c.,  are  accounted  participles,  because  they  are  supposed  to 
come  from  obsolete  verbs.  So  perhaps  calamistrdtus,  frizzled,  crisped,  or  curled ; 
crimtus,  having  long  hair ;  per'itus,  skilled,  &c. 

§  230o  There  is  a  kind  of  Verbal  Adjective  ending  in  bundus, 
formed  chiefly  from  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation,  which,  in  its  general 
signification,  very  much  resembles  that  of  the  Present  Participle,  but 
with  the  meaning  very  much  strengthened,  denoting  an  abundance  or 
great  deal  of  the  action :  as,  vitahundus,  the  same  with  valde  vitans, 
'avoiding  much'.  Sal.  Jug.  60,  and  101.  Liv.  xxv.  13.  So,  hcBsita- 
bundus,  *  full  of  hesitation' ;  mirabundus,  *  full  of  wonder' ;  lacrima- 
bundus,  *  weeping  profusely'.  Few  are  formed  from  the  third  conjuga- 
\Aon,fremebundus,  gemebundus,  furibundus,  moribundus,  ludibundus  ; 
one  from  a  verb  of  the  second,  pudibundus ;  and  one  from  a  verb  of  the 
fourth,  lascivibundus. 

II.  Some  Verbal  Adjectives  in  cundus  have  a  similar  sense ;  as, 
verecundus,  *  full  of  modesty' ;  rubicundus,  *  very  ruddy' ;  iracundus, 
*  full  of  anger'. 


180  ADVERBS. 


GERUNDS   AND   SUPINES. 

§  340«  GERUNDS  are  participial  words,  which 
bear  the  signification  of  the  verb  from  which  they 
are  formed;  and  are  decUned  Uke  a  neuter  noun  of 
the  second  declension,  through  all  the  cases  of  the 
singular  number,  except  the  vocative. 

There  are,  bolh  in  Latin  and  English,  substantives  derived  from  the  verb,  which 
so  much  resemble  the  Gerund  in  their  signification,  that  frequently  they  may  be 
substituted  in  its  place.  They  are  generally  used,  however,  in  a  more  undetermined 
sense  than  the  Gerimd,  and  in  EngHsh  have  the  article  always  prefixed  to  them. 
Thus,  with  the  Gerund,  Detector  Tegendo  Ciceronem,  I  am  delighted  with  reading 
Cicero.  But  with  the  substantive,  DeUctor  lectione  Ciceronis,  I  am  delighted  with 
the  reading  of  Cicero. 

The  Gerund  and  Future  Participle  of  Verbs  in  -io,  and  some  others,  often  take 
u  instead  of  e ;  as,  faciundum,  -di,  -do,  -dus ;  experiundum,  potiundum,  gerundum, 
petundum,  diicundum,  &c.  for  faciendum,  &c. 

§  241.  SUPINES  have  much  the  same  significa- 
tion with  Gerunds ;  and  may  be  indiflferently  ap- 
plied to  any  person  or  number.  They  agree  in 
termination  with  nouns  of  the  fourth  declension, 
having  only  the  accusative  and  ablative  cases. 

The  former  Supine  is  commonly  used  in  an 
active,  and  the  latter  in  a  passive  sense,  but  some- 
times the  contrary;  as,  coctum  non  vapuldtum^ 
dudum  conductus  fui^  i.  e,  ut  vapuldrem^  or  verbe- 
rarer ^  to  be  beaten.     Plaut. 

ADVERB. 

%  242«  An  Adverb  is  an  indeclinable  part  of 
speech,  added  to  a  verb^  adjective,  or  other  adverb, 
to  express  some  circumstance,  quality,  or  manner 
of  their  signification. 

All  adverbs  may  be  divided  into  two  classes, 
namely,  those  which  denote  Circumstance;  and 
those  which  denote  Quality^  Manner^  &c. 


ADVERBS. 


181 


I.    Adverbs   denoting 
chiefly  those  of  Place^  Time, 


CIRCUMSTANCE 

and  Order. 


are 


§  243«  1.  Adverbs  o^  Place  are  five-fold,  namely,  such  as  signify, 


1.  Motion  or  rest  in  a  place. 

Ubi? Where? 

Hie, Here. 

Illic,      ) 

Isthic,    > There. 

Ibi,       ) 

Intus, Within. 

Foris, Without. 

Ubique, Every  where. 

Nusquam, No  where. 

AlTcubi, Some  where. 

Alibi Else  where. 

Ubivis, Any  where. 

Ibidem, In  the  same  place. 

2.  Motion  to  a  place. 

Quo?   Whither. 

Hue, Hither. 

{^^cj: ^'''"-^- 

Intro,  In. 

Foras, Out. 

E6, To  that  place. 

Alio, To  another  place. 

Aliquo, To  some  place. 

Eudem, To  the  same  place. 

3.  Motion  towards  a  place. 

Quorsum  ? Whithertoard  ? 

Versus, Towards. 

Horsum, Hitherward. 


Illorsum,   Thitherward. 

Sursum, Upward. 

Ceorsum, Downtoard. 

Antrorsum, Forward. 

Retrorsum, Backward. 

Dextrorsum, Towards  the  right 

Sinistrorsum, Towards  the  left. 

4.  Motion  from  a  place. 

Unde  ? Whence  ? 

Hine, Hence. 

Illinc,     ^ 

Isthine,   > Thence. 

Inde,       S 

Indidera, From  the  same  place. 

Aliunde, From  elsewhere. 

Alicunde,   From  soine  place. 

Sieunde, If  from  any  place. 

Utrinque, On  both  sides. 

Superne, From  above. 

Infeme, From  below. 

CoBlitus, From  heaven. 

Funditus, From  the  ground. 

5.  Motion  through  or  by  a  place. 

Qua  ?  Which  way  ? 

Hae, This  way. 

Is'ScI '^'^'^y- 

Alia, Another  way. 


§  244«  Adverbs  of  Time  are  three-fold,  namely,  such  as  signify, 


1.  Some  particular 
past,  future, 

Nune, 

Hodie, 

Tunc,  ) 

Turn,    J 

Heri, 

Diidum,  ) 

Prldem,  J 

Prldie 

Niidius  tertius, 

Wuper, 

Jamjam, 

Mox, 

Statim, 

Protinus, 

lUieo,... 

Cras,  .... 

Postridie, 


>uper, .. .. 
amjam,  ^  , 
^ox,        > 
5tatim,     ) 


time^  either  present, 
or  indefinite. 
Now. 
To-day. 

Then. 

Yesterday. 

Heretofore. 

The  day  before. 

Three  days  ago. 

Ijalely. 

Presently. 

Immediately. 

By  and  by. 

Instantly. 

Straightway. 

To-morrow. 

The  day  after. 


16 


Perendie, Two  days  hence. 

Nondum, Not  yet. 

Quando  ? When  ? 

Aliquando,       ^ 
Nonnunquam,  >  •  • .  Sometimes. 
Interdum,         ) 

Semper, Ever,  always. 

Nunquara, Never. 

Interim, In  the  meantime. 

Quotidie, Daily. 

2.  Continuance  of  time. 

Diu, Long. 

Quamdiu, How  long  ? 

Tamdiu So  long. 

Jamdiu,        ^ 

Jumdudura,  > Long  ago. 

Jamprideln,  ) 


182  ADVERBS. 


3.  Vicissitude  or  repetition  of  time. 

Quoties? Jffow  often  ? 

SaBpe, Often. 

Raro, Seldom. 

Toties, So  often. 

Aliquoties, For  several  times. 

Vicissim,       )  p,.*.,,^^ 

Altematim.1 By  turns. 

Rursus,  I  A  „„ - 

Iterum.  J ^^«^«' 

Siibinde,      ) Ever  and  anon^ 

Identidem,  ) now  and  then. 

Semel, Once. 

Bis, Twice. 

Ter, Thrice. 

Quater, Four  times,  ^c. 


3.  Adverbs  of  Order, 


Inde, .  Then. 

Deinde, After  that. 

Dehinc, Henceforth. 

Porro, Moreover. 

Deinceps, So  forth. 

Denuo, Anew. 

Denique, Finally. 

Postremo, Lastly. 

Primo,  -um, First. 

Secundo,  -um, Secondly. 

Tertio,  -lim, Thirdly. 

Quarto,  -lim, Fourthly,  ^c. 


II.  Adverbs  denoting  QUALITY,  MANNER,  &c.,  are  either  Absolute  or  Com- 
parative. 

Those  called  Absolute  denob, 

§  24 5 «  1.  QUALITY,  simply;  as,  ben^,  well;  maU,\\\',  fordter,  bravely; 
and  innumerable  others  that  come  from  adjective  nouns  or  participles. 

2.  CERTAINTY;  as,  profecto,  cert^,  sank,  planh,  ncB,  utique,  ita,  cfiaw,  truly, 
verily,  yes  ;  quidni,  why  not  ?  omn'tno,  certainly. 

3.  CONTINGENCE;  os,  forte,  for san,fortassis,fors,  haply,  perhaps,  by  chance, 
peradventure. 

4.  NEGATION;  as,  non,  haud,  not;  nequiiquam,  not  at  all;  neuhquam,  by  no 
means ;  minlme,  nothing  less. 

5.  PROHIBITION;  as,  we,  not. 

6.  SWEARING ;  as,  hercle,  pol,  edipol,  mtcaslor,  by  Hercules,  by  Pollux,  i&c. 

7.  EXPLAINING  ;  as,  utpote,  v'ideticet,  scilicet,  nlmirum,  nempe,  to  wit,  namely. 

8.  SEPARATION  ;  as,  seorswm,  apart ;  separdtim,  seTparalely;  s1gil,-atim, one  hy 
one ;  viritim,  man  by  man ;  opptddtim,  town  by  town,  &c. 

9.  JOINING  TOGETHER;  as,  slmul,  una, parlter,  together;  generaUter,  gene- 
rally ;  untversatiter,  universally ;  plerumque,  for  the  most  part. 

10.  INDICATION  or  POINTING  OUT;  as,  en,  ecce,  lo,  behold. 

11.  INTERROGATION ;  as,  cur,  midre,  qOamohrem,  why,  wherefore  ?  num,  an, 
whether  ?  qubmodo,  qui,  how  ?  To  which  add,  Ubi,  quo,  quorsum^  unde,  qud,  quando, 
guamdiu,  quoties. 

Those  Adverbs  which  are  called  Comparative  denote, 

§  34o»   1-  EXCESS ;  as,  vcdde,  maaflme,  mngnop^re,  mapdmopere,  summbpere, 

admodum,  opp'ido,  perquam,  longk,  greatly,  very  much,  exceedingly ;  nimis,  nimium, 

"  too  much ;  prorsus,  penttus,  omnino,  altogether,  wholly ;  magis,  more ;  melius,  better ; 

pejus,  worse,  fortius,  more  bravely;  and  opHmh,  best;  pess^m^,  worst;  fortissimo, 

most  bravely;  and  innumerable  others  of  the  comparative  and  superlative  degrees. 

2.  DEFECT ;  as,  Fermh,  fere,  propemvdum,  penk,  almost ;  parum,  httle ;  pauld, 
paululum,  very  little. 

3.  PREFERENCE ;  as,  potiits,  satiiis,  rather ;  potisstmitm,  prcBC'ipue,  prcBsertimy 
chiefly,  especially ;  imd,  yes,  nay,  nay  rather. 


ADVERBS.  1^3 

4.  LIKENESS  or  EQUALITY,-  as,  Vto,  sic,  aded,  so;  ut,  ut{,sicut,  sicuH,  velut, 
velufi,  ceu,  ianqxiam,  quasi,  as,  as  if;  quemadmudum,  even  as ;  satis,  enough ;  Umem^ 
in  like  manner ;  juxla,  alike,  equally. 

5.  UNLIKENESS  or  INEQUALITY;  as,  aUter,  secus,  otherwise;  alidqui  or 
cdidquin,  else ;  nedum,  much  more,  or  much  less. 

6.  ABATEMENT;  as,  sensim,  paulatim, pedetentim,  by  degrees,  piecemeal;  vix^ 
scarcely;  cBgr^,  hardly,  with  difficulty. 

7.  EXCLUSION ;  as,  tantum,  solum,  modb,  tantummodo,  duntaxat,  dtmum^  only. 

DERIVATION,  COMPARISON,   AND  COMPOSITION   OF   ADVERBS. 

§247*  Adverbs  are  derived,  1.  from  Substantives,  and  end  commonly  in 
tim  or  tus  ;  as,  Pariim,  partly,  by  parts ;  nomindtim,  by  name ;  generdtim,  by  kinds, 
generally ;  specidti/n :  vicdtim,  grigdtim ;  rad'icitus,  from  the  root,  &c. 

2.  From  adjectives :  and  these  are  by  far  the  most  numerous.  Such  as  come 
from  Adjectives  of  the  first  and  second  declension  usually  end  in  e,-  a,s,liberd, 
freely;  plene,  fully;  some  in  o,  urn,  and  ter,  as,  /also,  tanfum,  gravrter  ;  a  few  in  a, 
itus,  and  im  ;  as,  recta,  antiqmtus,  privdtim.  Some  are  used  two  or  three  ways ;  as, 
primum,  or  -o,  pi/r^.,  -'iter ,  certe,  -o  ;  caute,  -tim ;  humane,  -iter,  -itus ;  publice,  puUi- 
ditus,  &c.  Adverbs  from  Adjectives  of  the  third  declension  commonly  end  m  _<er, 
seldom  in  e ;  as,  turp'iter,  felicVer,  acriter,  parlter ;  facile,  repente ;  one  in  o,  ommno. 
The  neuter  of  Adjectives  is  sometimes  taken  adverbially ;  as,  recens  natus,  for 
recenter ;  perfldum  ridens,  for  pcrflde,  Hor.  multa  reluctans,  for  multum  or  valdd, 
Virg.  So  in  English  we  say,  to  speak  loiid,  high,  ^c.  for  loudly,  highly,  ^c.  In 
many  cases  a  substantive  is  understood  ;  a.s,primo,  sc.  loco ;  opiato  advenis,  sc.  tem- 
pore; hac,  sc.  via,  ^c. 

3.  From  each  of  the  pronominal  adjectives,  ille,  isfe,  hie,  is,  idem,  <^c.  are  formed 
adverbs,  which  express  all  the  circumstances  of  place ;  as,  from  Hie,  illic,  illuc, 
illorsum,  illinc,  and  iliac.  So  from  Quis,  uhi,  quo,  quorsum,  unde  and  qua;  also  of 
time ;  thus,  quando,  quamdiu,  ^c. 

4.  From  verbs  and  participles ;  as,  cossim,  with  the  fedge ;  punctim,  with  the 
point ;  stricfim,  closely ;  from  coedo,  pungo^  stringo ;  amanter,  properanter,  dubi- 
tanfer ;  distincth,  emendate,  mertlo,  inophmtd ;  ^c.  But  these  last  are  thought  to  be 
in  the  ablative,  having  ex  understood. 

5.  From  prepositions ;  as,  intv^,  intro,  from  in ;  clanculum,  from  clam ;  suhtus, 
from  sub,  <^c. 

§  248 •  Adverbs  derived  from  adjectives  are  commonly  compared 
like  their  primitives.  The  positive  generally  ends  in  e,  or  ter;  as, 
dure^  facile,  acriter;  the  comparative,  in  ius ;  as,  durius,  faciliuSy 
acrius  ;  the  superlative,  in  Ime ;  as,  durisslme,  facillime,  accerrime. 

Rem.  1.  If  the  comparison  of  the  adjective  be  irregular  or  defective,  the  compari- 
son of  the  adverb  is  so  too ;  as,  bene,  meliiis,  opCime ;  male,  pejus,  pess^mk ;  pariim,  mi" 
nits,  miriimo,  ^  -iim ;  multum,  plus,  plurimitm ;  prope,  propiics,  proxime ;  ocyiis^ 
ocysslme ;  prius,  primo,  -urn  ;  nuper,  nuperr'ime ;  nove,  <^  noviter,  novissime ;  merito, 
merilissimo,  ^c.  Those  adverbs  also  are  compared  whose  primitives  are  obsolete ; 
as,  scepe,  scepiiis,  seepissime;  penitiis,  penitiits,  penitiss1?ne ;  satis,  satiiis ;  secus, 
seciiis,  ^c.    Magis,  maxime ;  and  j90<m«,  po/issymMwi,  want  the  positive. 

Rem.  2.  Adverbs  are  variously  compounded  with  all  the  different  parts  of  speech ; 
thus,  pos^tridie,  magnopere,  maximopere,  summopere,  tantopere,  multimodis,  omni- 
modis,  quomodo,  quare ;  of  postero  die,  magno  opere,  <^c.  Iticet,  scilicet,  videlicet ^ 
of  ire,  scire,  videre,  licet ;  illico,  of  in  loco ;  quorsum,  of  quo  versum ;  comminus, 
hand  to  hand,  of,  cum  or  con  and  manus,  eminus,  at  a  distance,  of  e  and  manus ; 
quorsum,  of  quo  versum ;  denuo,  anew,  of  de  novo ;  quin,  why  not,  but,  of,  qui  ne ; 
cur,  of  ciii  rei ;  peddentim,  step  by  step,  as  it  were,  of  pedem  tendendo ;  perendiCf 


184  PRfiPOSITIONS. 

for  perempto  die ;  nimirum,  ofne,  i.  e.  non,  and  mirum  ;  antea,  postea,  prccterea,  ^c. 
of  avte  and  ea,  ^c.  Ubivis,  quavis,  undeVibit,  quousque,  siciU,  sicuti,  velut,  veluti, 
desT/per,  institpcr,  quamohrem,  ^c.  of  ubi  and  vis,  ^c.  lutdiustertius,  of  nunc  dies 
tertius ;  idenCidein,  of  idem  et  idem ;  miprcBsentidrum,  i.  e.  in  tempore  rerum  prcB- 
sentium,  ^c. 

Obs.  1.  The  Adverb  is  not  an  essential  part  of  speech.  It  only  serves  to  express 
shortly,  in  one  word,  what  must  otherwise  have  required  two  or  more ;  as, 
sapienter,  wisely,  for  cum  sapientia  ;  hie,  for  in  hoc  loco ;  semper,  for  in  omni 
tempore ;  semel,  for  una  vice ;  bis,  for  duubus  vicibus ;  Mekercule,  for  Hercules  me 
juvel,  ^c. 

Obs.  2.  Some  adverbs  of  time,  place,  and  order,  are  frequently  used  the  one 
for  the  other ;  as,  ubi,  where,  or  when ;  iiide,  from  that  place,  from  that  time, 
after  that,  next ;  hxictinus,  hitherto,  thus  far,  with  respect  to  place,  time,  or 
order,  &c. 

Obs.  3.  Some  adverbs  of  time  are  either  ^^asf,  present,  or  future ;  as,  jam,  already, 
now,  by  and  by;  olim,  long  ago,  some  time,  hereafter.  Some  adverbs  of  place  are 
equally  various;  thus,  esse  peregrk,  to  be  abroad ;  ireperegrl,  to  go  abroad ;  red:ire 
peregre,  to  return  from  abroad. 

Obs.  4.  Interrogative  adverbs  of  time  and  place  doubled,  or  compounded  with 
cunque,  answer  to  the  English  adjection  soever  ;  as,  ubiubi,  or  ubicunque,  whereso- 
ever; quoqub  quocunque,  whithersoever,  &c.  The  same  holds  also  in  interrogative 
words ;  as,  quofquot,  or  quotcunque,  how  many  soever ;  quantusquantus,  or  qxmntus, 
cunque,  how  great  soever;  ulut,  or  utcunque,  however  or  howsoever,  &c. 


PREPOSITIONS. 

A    Preposition   is   an   indeclinable   word   which 
shows  the  relation  of  one  thing  to  another. 

§  349«  There  are  thirty-two  Prepositions  which 
govern  the  Accusative, 

AD,  expresses  conjunction  or  propinquity,  and  its  general  signification  is  to,  as^ 
ad  Carlhagtnem,  *  to  Carthage;'  omnes  ad  unum,  'all  to  a  man.'  At  or  on,  as,  ad 
prcBStitutam,  diem,  *  at  the  appointed  day ;  ad  portam,  *  at  the  gate.'  After,  as, 
aliquanto  ad  rem  avidior,  *  a  little  too  greedy  after  money.'  It  is  also  used  for  se- 
cuTidum,  'according  to;'  as,  ad  cursum  lunce,  'according  to  the  course  of  the  moon.' 
For,  as,  rebus  ad  profectionem  comparatis,  things  being  ready  for  a  march.  Before, 
as,  ductus  est  ad  magistrdtum,  '  he  was  led  before  a  magistrate.'  About,  as,  ad  duo 
millid,  '  about  two  thousand.'  In  comparison  of,  nihil  ad  Ccesarem,  *  nothing  in 
comparison  of  CaBsar.'  But  all  these  different  renderings  may  be  referred  to  the 
simple  signification  of  *  to.'  —  Phrases.  Ad  summum,  '  ad  most,'  or  '  to  the  top ;'  ad 
summam,  '  in  the  whole ;'  ad  ultlmum,  '  at  last,'  ♦  finally ;'  ad  jud/icem  agere,  '  to 
plead  before  a  judge;'  ad  hoc,  'in  addition  to  this,*  *  besides;'  ad  decern  annos,  Cic. 
*  after  ten  years,'  or  *  ten  years  hence,'  that  is,  up  to  the  completion  of  ten  years ;  ad 
manus  venire,  'to  come  to  a  close  engagement ;' a/i  lunam,  'by  the  light  of  the 
raoon ;'  ad  amussim,  '  exactly,'  (literally,  '  to  a  mason's  rule.') 

ADVERSUS,  or  ADVERSUM.  This  is  compounded  of  ad,  '  to,'  and  the  parti- 
ciple  versus, '  turned.'  So  we  have  in  English  the  same  two  prepositions  compound- 
ed in  the  word, '  to-wards.'    The  general  idea  of  this  Preposition  is  that  of  opposi- 


PREroSITIONS.  185 

TION,  or  tendency  against  something,  and  hence  its  general  meaning  is  against  ; 
as,  adversus  hostem,  *  against  the  enemy ;'  adversus  legem, '  contrary  to  law.'  Hence 
it  signifies  opposition  of  place ;  as,  adversus  Italiam,  *  opposite  Italy.'  From  this, 
it  signifies  before,  or  in  the  presence  of,  or  towards  ;  as,  adversus  me,  ♦  in 
my  presence ;'  pictas  adversus  deos, '  piety  towards  the  gods.'  To,  as,  adversus  hunc 
loqui, '  to  speak  to  him.' 

ANTE  denotes  precedence  of  time  or  place,  and  hence  means  *  before.'  It  is 
opposed  to  Post ;  as,  ante,  non  post,  decimam  koram,  *  before,  not  after  the  tenth 
hour;'  ante  aciem,  'in  front  of  the  army.'  It  also  signifies  priority  in  point  of  de- 
gree ;  as,  Una  long^  ante  alias  specie  ac  pulchutudine, '  one  far  above  the  others  in 
beauty  and  figure.'  It  is  sometimes  used  adverbially,  but  in  all  such  cases  some 
noun  or  adjective  may  be  supplied ;  as,  ille  ante  incessit,  *  he  marched  first,'  that  is, 
ante  omnes,  •  before  all.' 

APUD  denotes  presence  of  place  and  person,  and  is  said  to  be  corrupted  from 
ad  pedes,  '  at  the  feet.'  It  may  generally  be  translated  by  *  at  ;'  as,  apud  forum, 
*  at  the  forum ;'  hence  it  is  used  for  cum,  as,  coenavit  apud  me,  ♦  he  supped  with 
me ;'  potior  apud  exercitum,  *  in  greater  credit  with  the  army.'  Hence  it  also 
signifies  '  near,'  or  *by,'  being  used  for  juxta  ;  as,  sedens  apud  eum, '  sitting  by  him.* 
From  the  notion  of  bodily  presence,  it  comes  to  signify  *  presence  of  mind  ;'  as,  vix 
sum  apud  me, '  I  am  hardly  myself;'  tufac,  apud  te  ut  sies,  Terent.  *  take  care  to  be 
self-collected.'  From  presence  of  place  may  easily  be  deduced  its  signification  of 
inter,  *  among,'  as,  apud  majores  nostros,  *  among  our  ancestors.'  The  difference 
between  Apud  and  Inter  is,  however,  very  clear.  Inter  means  *  among,'  or  '  in  the 
number  of,'  as,  inter  am'icos,  ♦  among,'  or  *  in  the  number  of  my  friends ;'  Apud 
means  '  among,'  *  with,'  *  in  the  writings  of,'  *  in  the  customs  of;'  as,  apud  Cicero- 
nem, '  with  Cicero,'  or  *  or  in  the  opinion  of  Cicero ;'  Apud  Homerum  invenio, '  I  find 
in  the  writings  of  Homer ;'  Apud  Romanos  mos  erat,  *  it  was  the  custom  among  the 
Romans.'  Another  meaning  is  'before,'  as,  causam  apud  regem  dicere,  *  to  plead 
before  the  king.' 

CIRCA,  CIRCUM.  This  Preposition  signifies  approximation  and  comprehension 
of  time,  place,  person,  and  number.  It  is  derived  from  the  Greek  KipKog  *  a  circle.' 
Its  generic  signification  is  *  about,'  or  'round  about;'  as,  circa  portas,  'about  the 
gates ;'  postero  die  circa  eandem  horam  copias  admovi',  '  the  next  day,  about  the 
same  hour,  he  advanced  his  army ;'  oppida  circa  septuaginta,  '  about  seven  hundred 
towns ;'  circa  deos  religionesque  fuit  negligens,  '  about  the  gods  and  their  worship 
he  was  negligent.' 

CIRCITER.  This  is  nearly  related  to  circa  and  circum,  but  is  principally  used 
in  expressing  approximation  of  time ;  as,  cirditer  idus  Mai, '  about  the  Ides  of  May ;' 
octdvam  circiter  koram,  '  about  the  eighth  hour.' 

CIS  expresses  limitation  of  space  and  time,  included  within  some  distant  bound- 
ary or  distant  time,  to  the  place  where  we  are,  or  the  time  when  we  are  speaking. 
Its  signification  is, '  on  this  side,'  '  within  ;'  as,  cis  Appenmum, '  on  this  side  the 
Appenine ;'  cis  dies  paucos, '  within  a  few  days.' 

16* 


186  PREPOSITIONS. 

CITRA,*  like  Cts,  signifies  limitation  within  a  certain  boundary ;  as,  ciira  RJic- 
nuniy '  on  this  side  the  Rhine.'  It  also  means  '  short  of,'  as,  peccdvi  citra  scelus, 
*1  have  committed  an  offence  short  of  guilt.'  Hence  from  the  signification  of '  short 
of,'  it  comes  to  imply  '  deficiency,'  and  is  used  for  sine,  •  without,'  as,  Phidias  in 
ebore  citra csmxdum fuity  'Phidias  was  without  a  rival  in  ivory;'  ciira  hanc  necessi- 
tdtenij '  without  this  necessity.' 

CONTRA,t  in  its  general  signification,  implies  opposition,  and  hence  signifies 

*  AGAINST,'  or  *  IN  OPPOSITION  TO  ,*'  as,  coiitm  naturam, '  against  nature ;'  contra  ex- 
pectationem,  *  beyond  expectation ;'  Carthago  est  contra  Italiam, '  Carthage  is  oppo- 
site to  Italy.'  It  is  also  frequently  used  adverbially,  signifying, '  on  the  other  hand ;' 
as,  contra  etiam,  &c.  Cic.  *  on  the  other  hand  also ;'  stat  contra,  farique  jubet,  -  he 
stands  opposite  and  bids  me  speak ;'  contra  intueri  atiquem, '  to  look  any  one  full  in 
the  face.'  Contra  is  sometimes  used  to  express  •  price,'  especially  by  Plautus,  evi- 
dently from  the  idea  of  the  value  being  put  in  the  scale  opposite  to  the  commodity; 
as,  non  cams  est  auro  contra, '  he  is  not  dear  for  so  much  gold,'  that  is,  '  he  is  worth 
an  equal  weight  of  gold  put  in  the  opposite  scale ;'  literally — *  he  is  not  dear  against 
gold.'    So  we  say,  *  worth  its  weight  in  gold.' 

ERG  A,  '  TOWARDS,'  as,  erga  aniicos,  *  towards  his  friends ;'  *  before,'  as,  qucB 
modo  erga  cedes  habitat, '  who  lives  now  before  our  house.' 

EXTRAJ:  implies  something  without  or  beyond  the  limits  of  the  thing  spoken  of, 
and  is  opposed  to  Intra.  Its  general  meaning  is  '  without  ;'  as,  ingenium  magis 
extra  vitia,  quam  cum  virtuttbus,  '  a  character  rather  without  vices  than  accompa- 
nied with  virtues.'  'Beyond;'  as,  extra  modum,  'beyond  measure.'  Hence  it 
easily  passes  into  the  sense  of  Supra, '  above,'  or  *  exceeding ;'  as,  esse  extra  culpam, 

*  to  be  above  fault,'  *  to  be  blameless.'  Hence  it  is  elegantly  used  for  Prceter, '  be- 
sides,' 'except;'  as,  neque,  extra  unam  anicUlam,  quisquam  aderat,  'neither  was  any 
one  present,  besides  one  poor  old  woman.'  Extra  jocum,  *  without  a  joke,'  'joking 
apart.' 

INFRA  expresses  inferiority  or  iower  situation,  and  may  generally  be  rendered 
by  •  below*  or  '  beneath,'  as,  infra  tectum,  *  below  the  roof;'  infra  se, ' beneath  him- 
self;' magnitudine  paido  infra  elephantos, '  in  size  a  little  inferior  to  the  elephant ;' 

*  Citra  is  not  immediately  derived  from  Cis,  but  from  its  derivative  Ciier ;  and 
is,  like  Extra,  Infra,  Intra,  Supra,  Ultra,  an  ablative  case  feminine,  governed  by  a 
or  ab,  and  having  parte  understood  with  which  it  agrees.  It  governs  the  accusa- 
tive not  by  any  natural  power  of  its  own,  but  by  an  ellipsis  of  quoad,  or  quod 
ad...atCinet  understood  after  it.  Thus,  citra  Rubiconem,  '  on  this  side  the  Rubicon,' 
when  fully  explained,  means,  a  cilera  (or  citra)  parte  quoad  Rubiconem,  or,  a  ciira 
parte  quoad  ad  Rubiconem  atCinet  Thus  we  see  how  prepositions  are  used  even  fijr 
whole  sentences,  for  convenience  of  speech,  and  shortening  those  circuitous  ex- 
pressions, the  frequent  recurrence  of  which  would  be  very  tedious  and  unpleasant 
in  common  discourse. 

t  Probably  the  ablative  feminme  of  the  obsolete  adjective  Coni^rus,  just  as, 
citra,  extra,  infra,  intra,  and  supra,  are  the  ablatives  of  ciler,  exterus,  inferus,  int^- 
rus,  superus.    9<r  See  note  on  Citra. 

t  See  note  on  Citra. 


PREPOSITIONS.  187 

infra  infimos,  *  below  the  very  lowest.'  Hence  it  means  *  within/  as  infra  decent 
dies, '  within  ten  days.' 

INTER,  '  BETWEEN,'  as,  inter  eos  magna  conlentio  fuit,  *  there  was  a  great  strife 
between  them.'  As  that  which  is  between  two  persons  may  be  referred  to  one  or 
the  other,  inter  is  often  used  for  invicem,  '  one  another ;'  as,  pueri  amant  inter  se, 

*  the  boys  love  one  another.'  It  also  means  '  among,'  *  in  the  midst  of;'  as,  inter 
exercitum, '  in  the  midst  of  the  army ;'  inter  omnem  vitam, '  during  their  life  time.' 

INTRx'V*  is  used  to  express  the  boundary  within  which  any  thing  is  contained 
referring  either  to  time  or  space,  and  hence  it  signifies  '  within  ;'  as,  intra  decern 
annos,  •  within  ten  years,'  intra  muros,  *  within  the  walls ;'  intra  verba  desipiunt, 

*  they  commit  offence  within  words ;'  that  is, '  no  offence  beyond  words.' 

JUXTA  signifies  approximation  or  contiguity,  being  derived  from  jungo,  *to 
join.'  Its  primary  meaning  is  *  near,'  or  *  by  the  side  of;'  as,  juxta  murum,  castra 
posuity '  he  pitched  his  camp  near  the  wall ;'  hence  it  means  proximity  of  relation- 
ship ;  as,  velocitas  juxta  formidinem,  Tacit.  '  rapidity  is  akin  to  cowardice.'     Also, 

*  according  to,'  as,  juxta  prcsceptum  Themistoclis,  '  according  to  the  instructions  of 
Themistocles.'  It  is  also  used  adverbially  for  alike,  equally ;  as,  Eurum  ego  vilam^ 
mortemque  juxta  csstimo,  *I  esteem  their  life  and  death  alike.'    Sallust. 

OB,  in  its  more  general  signification,  is  used  to  express  the  reason  or  cause  of  any 
thing,  and  may  be  rendered  by  'for'  or  'on  account  of;'  as,  oh  qvxBStum,  'for 
gain ;'  ob  hanc  rem,  *  on  account  of  this  thing ;'  also,  *  before,'  as,  ob  oculos  exi- 
tium  versatur,  *  destruction  is  before  my  eyes.' 

PENES  is  said  to  be  derived  from  penus,  *  a  store-house,'  being  used  to  signify 
the  absolute  possession  and  power  over  a  thing,  as  if  it  were  laid  up  at  our  dis- 
posal. Its  meaning  is,  'in  the  power  of,'  or,  in  possession  of;  as,  me  penes 
est  unum  vasti  custodia  mundi,  '  in  my  power  alone  is  the  custody  of  the  vast  world.* 
Also, '  WITH ;'  as,  penes  te  culpa  est, '  the  fault  lies  with  you.' 

PER,  (derived  probably  from  the  Greek  irt^av,  'to  pass  through,')  is  of  extensive 
use.  It  denotes  the  cause,  means,  or  instrument  of  an  action,  or  transition  through 
some  medium,  and  may  generally  be  rendered  by  '  through  ;'  as,  per  mare,  per 
saxa,  per  ignes,  Hor. '  through  the  sea,  through  rocks,  through  fire.'  Also,  '  through,* 
or  'for,'  signifying  continuation  of  space  or  time  ;  as,  per  triennium,  '  for  the  space 
of  three  years ;'  also,  '  through,'  denoting  the  instrument  or  subordinate  agency ; 
as,  per  servum  epislolam  misit,  •  he  sent  the  letter  through  a  servant.'  Sometimes 
it  may  be  translated  •  under  pretence,'  as,  aliquem  per fidem  fallere,  '  to  deceive  any 
one  under  colour  of  security.'  Per  se, '  of  himself,' '  by  his  own  exertions.'  Per 
.  ludum  et  jocum, '  in  sport  and  jest.'    Per  me,  •  by  my  permission.'    Per  silentium, 

*  silently/ 

PONE  is  derived  like  post,  from  the  verb  pono,  and  expresses  the  situation  of  a 
thing  behind  or  after  another  in  point  of  place ;  but  it  is  not  used,  like  post,  to  signify 
the  same  relation  in  point  of  time.  It  is  opposed  to  Ante.  It  may  always  be  ren- 
dered 'BEHIND.'  Pone  cedem  Casloris,  'behind  the  temple  of  Castor.'  It  is  often 
used  adverbially ;  pone  sequens,  « following  behind.' 

*  See  Citra. 


188  PREPOSITIONS. 

POST  has  the  same  origin  and  general  signification  as  Pone,  but  is  used  to  ex- 
press relations  of  time  as  well  as  place.  Applied  to  place,  post  montem,  •  behind 
the  mountain.'  In  point  of  time,  post  mortem,  •  after  death.*  Post  hominum  me- 
moriam,  '  since  the  memory  of  man.*  It  is  often  joined  with  ea,  forming  the  ad- 
verb postea,  ♦  afterwards,'  that  is,  *  after  these  things ;'  and  with  quam,  as,  post 
quam,  *  after  that' 

PRiETER  implies  exclusion,  and  may  be  translated  'except,'  or  'but;'  as, 
omnibus  sententiis  prceter  unum  condemnatus  est,  '  he  was  condemned  by  all  the 
votes  but  one ;'  neque  illis  vestltus,  prcBter  peUes,  *  neither  have  they  any  clothing 
besides  skins.'  Hence  it  easily  passes  into  the  sense  of*  along,'  or  '  by  the  side  of,-* 
as,  prcBter  oram  Etrusci  maris  Neapolim  transmisit,  '  he  sent  them  by  the  shore  of 
the  Tuscan  sea  to  Naples.'    Hence  it  means  •  before,'  ♦  in  sight  of;'  as,  prcBter  oculos, 

*  before  my  eyes.'     From  the  sense  of  '  exclusion,'  it  easily  comes  to  signify, 

*  beyond,'  or  *  above ;'  as,  Horum  ille  nihil  egregie  prcBter  cetera  studlhat,  Terent 

*  he  inclined  to  none  of  these  particularly  above  the  rest.'    Also,  *  contrary  to ;'  as, 
prcBter  spem,  •  contrary  to  expectation.* 

PROPE,  •  NEAR,'  is  rather  an  adverb,  and,  when  it  is  followed  by  an  accusative, 
ad  or  apud  is  understood.  It  is  the  neuter  of  the  obsolete  adjective  propis,  of  which 
the  comparative  and  superlative  yet  remain  in  proprior  and  proximus.  Prope  hos- 
.  tium  castra,  'near  the  camps  of  the  enemy;' />rope  calendas  Sextilis,  'about  the 
calends  of  August'  It  is  often  used  adverbially;  as,  sapientia  prcsditus  prope 
tingiddri, '  endowed  with  almost  singular  wisdom.' 

PROPTER  is  derived  from  prope,  and  has  the  same  general  signification  of  con- 
tiguity. Its  primary  meaning  is  '  near,'  or  '  by  the  side  of  ;'  as.  In  pratulo  prop- 
ter Plalonis  slatuam  consedimus,  Cic  '  we  sat  down  in  a  little  meadow  by  the  statue 
of  Plato.'  Also, 'ON  ACCOUNT  OF,'  'FOR  THE  SAKE  OF;'  US,  Nam  propter  fngora, 
frumenta  in  agris  natura  non  erant,  '  for  in  consequence  of  the  cold,  the  fruits  of  the 
earth  were  not  ripe.'    Propter  misericordiam, '  out  of  pity.' 

SECUNDUM.  This  preposition  is  the  neuter  gender  of  the  o^idinal  adjective 
9ecundus,  ' second,'  (which  follows  the  first,)  which  itself  comes  from  sequor,  'to 
follow.'  Its  general  signification  implies  the  notion  of  '  following  after'  something 
which  has  gone  before.  Here  it  is  translated,  '  next  to,'  '  after ;'  as,  Secundum  te 
nihil  est  mihi  amicius  solitudine,  Cic.  '  next  to  your  company  nothing  is  more  agree- 
able to  me  than  solitude.'  As  he  who  follows  after  another  goes  in  the  same 
direction,  secundum  signifies  '  after,'  or  '  according  to ;'  as,  omnia  quce  secundum 
naturam  fiunt,  sunt  habenda  in  bonis,  Cic.  '  all  things  which  happen  according  to 
nature  are  to  be  esteemed  good.'  Hence  it  signifies  '  in  favour  of;'  as,  Nuntiat 
populo  pontifices  secundum  se  decrevisse,  Cic.  '  he  tells  the  people  that  the  pon- 
tifices  had  decreed  in  his  favour.* 

SEC  US,  as  a  preposition,  is  obsolete,  being  superseded  by  secundum,  with  the 
same  sense.  As  an  adverb  it  frequently  occurs,  but  in  a  sense  almost  diametrically 
opposite,  signifymg  diversity  or  opposition ;  as,  nemo  dicet  secus,  '  no  one  will  say 
otherwise.' 

SUPRA  is  in  reality  the  ablative  feminine  of  superus,  (see  Citra,)  and  implies 
elevation,  and  may  be  translated,  '  above,'  '  higher  than  ;'  as,  supra  lunam, 
*  above  the  moon ;'  supra  modum, '  beyond  measure  ;'  Tres  prohibet  supra  rixarum 


PREPOSITIONS.  189 

meluens  tangere  Gratia, '  the  Graces,  guarding  against  quarrels,  forbid  us  to  drink 
more  than  three.'  Cum  hostes  supra  caput  sint,  '  since  the  enemy  are  nigh  at  hand.' 
But  the  phrase  supra  caput  is  used  to  signify  '  exceedingly ;'  as,  supra  caput  homo 
levis  ac  sordidus,  '  a  fellow  exceedingly  contemptible  and  sordid.'  It  is  also  used 
adverbially ;  as,  omrda  hcec  qucB  supra  et  subter  unum  esse,  '  that  all  these  things 
which  are  above  and  below^,  are  one  system.' 

TRANS,  '  OVER,'  *  ON  THE  other  side,'  '  BEYOND,'  is  opposed  to  cis,  and  is  lim- 
ited to  place.  Trans  mare,  *  across  the  sea ;'  trans  Euphratum, '  on  the  other  side 
of  the  Euphrates.' 

ULTRA,  '  BEYOND,'  is  referred  to  both  place,  time,  and  degree ;  as,  ultra  termi- 
num  vagdri,  *  to  wander  beyond  the  bounds ;'  ultra  tempus,  '  beyond  the  time ;' 
ultra  vires  senectcB,  '  beyond  the  strength  of  old  age ;'  ultra  mortem, '  beyond  what 
was  sufficient  to  occasion  death.' 

USQUE  is  more  properly  an  adverb,  and  governs  the  accusative  by  the  force  of 
ad  understood.  Its  signification  is, '  as  far  as.'  Usqjie  Miletum, '  as  far  as  Miletus.' 
As  an  adverb  it  is  frequently  used.  Usque  amho  defessi  sumus,  *  we  were  both  ex- 
ceedingly wearied.'     Clesipho  usque  occidit,  *  Ctesipho  has  all  but  killed  me.' 

VERSUS,  <  TOWARDS.'  This  preposition,  like  Usque,  seems  to  govern  the  accu- 
sative by  the  force  of  ad,  which,  though  sometimes  omitted,  is  generally  expressed. 
Brundusium  versus,  '  towards  Brundusium.' 

PREPOSITIONS  GOVERNING  THE  ABLATIVE. 

§  250«  There  are  fifteen  Prepositions  which  go- 
vern the  Ablative. 

A,  AB,  ABS.  This  preposition  is  derived  from  the  Greek  airo,  'from,'  and  in  its 
primary  notion  signifies  beginning.  '  From,'  as,  ab  ovo  usque  ad  mala,  *  from  the  egg 
to  the  apple,'  that  is, '  from  beginning  to  end.'  *  by  reason  of.'  Vir  ab  innocentia 
clenientissimus,  '  a  man  very  mild  by  reason  of  his  probity.'  Also,  '  on  the  side 
OF,'  '  TO  TAKE  ANY  one's  PART ;'  as,  a  mendacio  contra  verum  stare, '  to  stand  for  a 
lie  in  opposition  to  truth.'  A  principio,  *  from  the  very  first.'  A  pedibus,  'a  foot- 
man ;'  a  rationibus,  'an  accountant'  Afrigore, '  against  the  cold.  Hujus a  morte, 
*  after  his  death.' 

ABSQUE, '  WITHOUT.'  Propositio  nihil  valet  absque  approbatione, '  the  proposi- 
tion avails  nothing  without  proof  Nam  absque  eo  esset,  '  for  had  it  not  been  for 
him,'  &c. 

CLAM*  conveys  the  idea  of  privacy,  or  secrecy,  and  may  be  translated  'UN-v 
KNOWN  TO,'  '  WITHOUT  THE  KNOWLEDGE  OF.'  Clam  viro,  '  unknown  to  her  hus- 
band.' It  is  also  used  adverbially ;  as,  plura  clam  de  medio  removebat,  *  he  removed 
many  more  out  of  the  way  privately.' 

*Clam  is  sometimes  found  with 'an  Accusative;  as.  Clam  patrem,  Terent. 
Also,  with  a  Dative ;  as,  mihi  clam,  Plant.,-  and  even  with  a  Genitive,  as,  clam 
patris,  Plaut. 


190  PREPOSITIONS. 

CORAM  marks  the  actual  presence  of  a  person  before  whom  an  action  is  done, 
and  therefore  signifies  '  before,'  '  in  the  presence  of  ;'  as,  coram  regc,  '  in  the 
presence  of  the  king.'  It  is  also  used  adverbially ;  as,  cum  coram  sumus,  *  when 
we  are  together.' 

CUM,  *  WITH,'  expresses  the  society,  presence,  or  accompaniment  of  some  thing 
or  person  with  another.  Vagamur  egentes  cum  covjugWus  el  libcris,  *  we  wander 
in  poverty  with  our  wives  and  children  ;'  helium  gerere  cum  Jvgurtha,  ♦  to  carry  on 
war  with  Jugurtha :'  exit  cum  nuntio,  ♦  he  departed  as  soon  as  he  saw  the  messen- 
ger;' cum primA luce,  'at  break  of  day.'  This  preposition  is  always  added  to  the 
ablatives  of  the  primitive  pronouns,  ego,  tu,  and  sui ,  as,  mecum,  '  with  me ;'  nobis- 
cum^  '  with  us ;'  vobiscum, '  with  you.' 

DE.  The  primary  signification  of  this  preposition  is,  derivation  from  something 
anterior,  descent,  effect,  consequence,  or  dependence  ;  and  hence  it  may  be  translated 

*  FROM,'  '  OUT  OF,'  '  OF,'  *  ON.'  Epicuri  de  grege  porcus, '  a  hog  of  the  herd  of  Epi- 
curus.' Also,  *  touching,'  '  concerning ;'  as,  de  periculis  reipublicce,  '  concerning  the 
dangers  of  the  republic'  De  sententia  mea, '  according  to  my  opinion.'  Somnus 
de  prandio,  'sleep  after  dinner.'  De  loco  superidre,  'from  the  higher  ground.'  De 
integro, '  afresh ;'  de  industria,  '  on  purpose ;'  de  transversa, '  across ;'  de  meo,  *  at  my 
cost ;'  de  die,  '  by  day ;'  de  improv'iso,  ♦  unexpectedly.* 

E,  EX.  This  preposition  implies  motion  out  of,  departure  from  the  interior  of  any 
place,  and  hence  is  translated  '  from.'  It  differs  from  a  or  ab,  in  showing  that  the 
person  or  thing  excluded  had  a  more  intimate  connexion  with  that  from  which  it 
was  excluded.  Dejectus  est  e  domo, '  he  was  driven  out  of  the  house,'  implies  that 
the  person  had  been  xmthin  it ;  but  dejectus  est  ab  domo,  '  he  was  driven  from  the 
house,'  shows  merely  that  the  person  was  around  or  near  it.  Ex  Ethiopia  est 
usque  hcBC.  Terent  '  this  woman  comes  as  far  as  from  Ethiopia.'  Ex  quo  in  provin- 
ciam  venerunt, '  from  the  time  that  they  came  into  the  province.'     Ex  mea  seiitenlia, 

*  according  to  my  opinion ;'  magna  ex  parte, '  for  the  most  part ;'  poculum  ex  auro, 

*  a  cup  made  out  of  gold ;'  ex  equo, '  on  horseback ;'  ex  ordine,  *  in  order ;'  ex  animo, 

*  from  the  heart ;'  ex  industria, '  on  purpose ;'  ex  tempore,  '  without  taking  thought 
beforehand,'  '  suddenly ;'  ex  loto,  ♦  on  the  whole.' 

PALAM  is  opposed  to  clam,  and  expresses  something  done  openly.  It  is  trans- 
lated '  before,'  '  IN  the  presence  OF.'  Polam  populo, '  before  the  people ;'  palam 
omnibus,  'in  the  presence  of  all.' 

PR^, '  before,'  signifies  precedence  in  point  of  situation,  and  hence  precedence, 
in  comparison  of,  or  superiority.  Prcs  oculis,  ♦  before  the  eyes.'  Hence  the  phrase 
prcs  se  ferre  or  gerere,  '  to  carry  before,'  or  '  in  front  of  a  man,'  means  '  to  profess,' 

*  to  avow,'  '  to  have  the  appearance  of  Proe  nobis  beatus  est,  *  he  is  happy  in  com- 
parison of  us.'  Also,  •  through,'  '  that  is,' '  by  reason  of;'  as,  nee  loqui  prcB.  moerore 
potuit,  *  neither  could  he  speak  through  grief  Prae  multitudine, '  by  reason  of  the 
multitude.* 

PRO,  '  FOR,'  implies,  primarily,  interchange  or  substitution ;  as,  te,  pro  istis  dictis 
et  falsis,  vlsiscar,  Terent. '  for  these  reports  and  falsehoods  I  will  pay  you  hand- 
somely.' Cato  mihi  est  pro  centum  millibus,  '  Cato  is  to  me  instead  of  that  is,  '  Cato 
is  worth  to  me  a  hundred  thousand.'    Pro  tempore,  '  according  to  the  time.'    Also 


PREPOSITIONS.  191 

*  BEFORE,'  'IN  FRONT  OF;'  OS,  sedens  pro  cede  Castoris,  'sitting  before  the  temple 
of  Castor.' 

SINE  is  in  reality  nothing  but  the  imperative  of  the  verb  sino,  *  to  let  alone,'  and 
signifies  privation,  or  being  without  a  thing.     Sine  pondere,  *  without  weight.' 

TENUS,  '  UP  TO,'  '  AS  FAR  AS.'  CapTilo  terms,  Cic. '  up  to  the  hilt'  Antiuchiis 
Tauro  tenus  regndre  jussus,  '  Antiochus  was  ordered  to  reign  as  far  as  mount 
Taurus.'  Tenus  is  sometimes  used  with  a  genitive  case,  but  the  noun  is  then  al- 
ways in  the  plural  number ;  as,  crurum  tenus,  '  down  to  the  legs ;'  labiorum  ienuSj 

*  as  far  as  the  lips.' 

§  251»  Four  prepositions,  In,  Sub,  Super,   and 
SuBTER,  govern  the  Accusative  and  Ablative. 

IN  with  an  Accusative,  *  to,'  or  '  unto,'  or  *  into  ;'  as.  Ex  Asia  in  Europam 
exercttum  trajicere,  *  from  Asia  he  marched  his  army  into  Europe.'  Also  *  towards  ;* 
BS,  indulgentia  in  liber os,  'indulgence  towards  children.'  Injlammare populum  in 
improbos,  *  to  inflame  the  people  against  the  wicked.'  In  lucem,  *  until  day.'  In 
rem  tuam  est,  'it  is  for  your  advantage.'  Potestes  injilium,  '  authority  over  a  son.' 
In  dies,  *  every  day.'     Vivere  in  diem,  '  to  live  from  hand  to  mouth.' 

IN  with  an  Ablative,  *  in.'  Esse  in  manu, '  to  be  in  one's  power.'  *  Towards/ 
as,  mitis  in  hoste,  ♦  merciful  towards  an  enemy.'  Hence  it  is  even  put  for  *  con- 
cerning,' '  about,'  or  as  we  sometimes  say,  '  at ;'  In  quo  igitur  homines  exhorrescunt, 

*  at  whom  then  do  men  tremble  V  Also,  '  among,'  as,  esse  in  clarissimus  civibus,  *  to 
be  ranked  among  the  most  illustrious  citizens.'  *  Within,'  as,  talenta  ducenta  in  sex 
mensibus  promissa,  *  two  hundred  talents  were  promised  within  six  months.'  In 
primis,  or  imprimis,  *  especially,'  '  particularly.* 

SUB  implies  inferiority  and  contiguity.  When  applied  to  time  it  generally  go- 
verns an  accusative ;  when  applied  to  space  it  generally  governs  an  ablative ;  but 
this  rule  is  not  invariable.    With  an  Accusative.     *  Under  ;'  as,  sub  ipsos  muros, 

*  under  the  very  walls.'  *  On,'  *  about  f  as,  Pompeius  sub  noctem  naves  solmt,  *  Pom- 
pey  set  sail  about  night ;'  sub  cantum  galli,  '  at  cock-crowing.'  From  the  notion 
of  proximity  and  inferiority  which  this  word  conveys,  it  sometimes  signifies  ♦  next 
after,'  or  *  immediately  following;'    as.  Sub  eas  literas  statim  recitat<B  sunt  tuWf 

*  immediately  after  them  your  letters  were  read  aloud.'  Sub  hcec  dicta, '  at  these 
words.' 

With  an  Ablative.  'Under,'  or  'beneath.*  Manet  sub  Jove  frigido,  'the 
hunter  remains  beneath  the  cold  sky ;'  Sub  poena  mortis,  '  on  pain  of  death ;'  Sub 
specie  venationis,  'under  the  pretence  of  hunting.' 

SUBTER  is  derived  from  Sub,  and  like  it,  signifies  contiguity  and  inferiority  of 
place,  but  is  not  referred  to  time.  It  governs  an  accusative  more  frequently  than 
an  ablative.  '  Under.'  Subter  mare,  *  beneath  the  sea.'  Subter  densa  testudine, 
'  under  a  thick  testudov'    Rhceteo  subter  litore,  'beneath  the  Rhaetean  shore.' 

SUPER  expresses,  for  the  most  part,  elevation,  or  a  situation  higJier  than  our- 
selves, or  the  object  spoken  of. 


192  '      '       *  PREPOSITIONS. 

With  an  Accusative, '  upon,^  *  above>'  Super  ripas, '  upon  the  banks.'  *  Beyond  /* 
as,  famosissima  super  cmteras  fuit  ccena,  '  the  supper  was  famous  beyond  all  the 
rest'  '  Besides j*  as,  Puntcum  exercitum  super  morbum  etiam  fames  affecit,  '  famine 
also,  besides  the  disease,  affected  the  Carthaginian  army.* 

With  an  Ablative.  Fronde  super  viridi,  *  upon  the  green  leaf.'  Consultant  hello 
super,  '  they  take  counsel  about  the  War.'  It  is  often  used  adverbially ;  as,  satis 
superque  dictum  est, '  enough,  and  more  than  enough  has  been  said.' 

Obs.  There  are  five  or  six  syllables,  namely,  am,  di  or  dis,  re,  se,  con,  which  are 
commonly  called  Inseparable  Prepositions,  because  they  are  only  to  be  ibund  in 
compound  words. 

§  252.  PREPOSITIONS  IN  COMPOSITION. 

A,  AB,  ABS,  signify  privation,  or  separation,  and  may  generally  be  rendered  by 
the  English  Off,  as,  duco,  •  to  lead ;'  abduco,  *  to  lead  off,'  *  to  lead  away ;'  moveo, 

*  to  move ;'  amoveo,  *  to  move  off,' '  to  remove ;'  scindo,  *  to  cut ;'  abscindo,  *  to  cut 
off'    A  is  likewise  added  to  nouns  as  a  privative ;  as,  mens,  '  the  mind  ,•'  amens, 

*  without  mind,*  •  senseless,'  '  mad.'  Ab  is  sometimes  changed  into  au  before  words 
beginning  with  /,  for  the  sake  of  euphony ;  as,  fero,  '  to  bear ;'  aufero,  *  to  bear 
offj'  *  to  take  away ,-'  (in  which  verb  the  preposition  ah  resumes  its  place  in  those 
tenses  which  have  not  /,  as,  ahstuli,  ablatum  ;)  fugio,  *  to  fly ;'  aufugio, '  to  fly  off,' 

*  to  fly  away.'    Abs  is  used  in  composition  before  t ;  as,  teneo,  *  to  hold ;'  abstineo, 

*  to  hold  off  from,'  •  to  abstain.* 

AD  retains  its  primary  signification  of  approach,  or  that  of  accession  or  augmenfa- 
lion,  and  may  generally  be  translated  *  to.'  In  the  writers  of  the  Augustan  age  it 
generally  takes  the  consonant  of  the  word  with  which  it  is  compounded  ;  as,  curro, 

*  to  run  ;*  adcurro  or  accurro,  '  to  run  to  ;*  Jigo,  *  to  fix ;'  adfigo  or  affi.go, '  to  fix  in 
addition,'  or  *  affix ;'  loquor,  *  to  speak ;'  adloquor  or  alloquor,  '  to  speak  to,'  *  to  ad- 
dress ;'  nuo,  *  to  nod ;'  annuo,  *  to  nod  to,'  *  to  assent ;'  rogo,  *  to  ask ;'  arrogo,  '  to 
ask  for  one's  self,'  '  to  claim ;'  sumo, '  to  take ;'  assumo,  '  to  take  to  one's  self/  *  to 
assume ;'  do,  ♦  to  give ;'  addo,  *  to  give  in  addition,'  '  to  add.'  It  also  increases  the 
signification  of  the  primitive ;  as,  amo,  ♦  to  love ;'  addmo,  *  to  love  much,'  *  to  be 
enamoured  of;'  bibo,  *  to  drink ;'  adbibo,  '  to  drink  hard.* 

AM  is  an  inseparable  preposition,  being  never  found  alone.  It  is  from  the  Greek 
an<pi,  *  round  about ;'  and  may  be  translated  *  around,'  *  about ;'  as,  uro,  '  to  burn  ;* 
amburo,  '  to  bum  all  about ;'  quero,  '  to  seek ;'  anqmro,  *  to  seek  about,'  *  to  search 
carefully.*  From  the  signification  '  around,'  it  comes  to  mean  '  on  all  sides,'  '  two 
wa)^ ;'  as,  ago,  *  to  lead  ,*'  ambtgo,  *  to  be  led  around ;'  that  is,  '  to  doubt,'  '  to 
hesitate,'  *  what  course  to  take ;'  capio,  '  to  take ;'  anceps, '  that  which  may  be  taken 
two  ways,'  '  doubtful.' 

ANTE  signifies  precedence,  and  is  translated  '  before  ;*  as,  cedo,  '  to  go ;'  antecedo, 

*  to  go  before ;'  fero, '  to  bear ;'  antefero, '  to  bear  before,'  *  to  prefer.' 

CUM  signifies  'society,'  *  participation,*  or  '  accompaniment;'  but  is  changed  into 
com  before  m ;  as,  memoro,  *  to  relate ;'  commemoro,  '  to  relate  together,'  *  to  com- 
memorate ;*  or  else  into  con,  which  varies  its  last  consonant  befor«iB  several  others. 


PREPOSITIONS.  ♦  193 

and  sometimes  even  drops  it ;  as,  curro,  *  to  run ;'  concurro,  *  to  nm  together ;'  ago^ 

*  to  drive ;'  con-ago  or  co-ago  or  cogo,  *  to  drive  together,'  *  to  collect ;'  agito,  *  to  agi- 
tate,' or  '  revolve ;'  con-agito,  or  cogito,  *  to  agitate  with  one's  self;'  hence '  to  think  ;* 
natus,  *  bom ;'  con-natus  or  cognatus, '  having  a  participation  of  birth,'  or  *  related  ;* 
pefdor,  '  a  candidate ;'  competitor,  '  a  fellow  candidate,'  or  *  rival ;'  gradior,  *  to 
walk ;'  congredior, '  to  come  together ;'  hence  '  to  engage  in  battle.' 

DE  in  composition  takes  the  sense  of  1.  privation  ,*  2.  diminution ;  3.  removal ; 
4.  descent ;  5.  completion ;  and  sometimes  from  the  notion  of  completion  it  signifies, 
6.  excess.  Thus — \.  decuro,  *  to  adorn;'  dedecoro,  'to  disgrace;'  spero,  'to  hope;' 
despero, '  to  be  without  hope,'  *  to  despair ;'  mens,  *  the  mind ;'  demens, '  out  of  one's 
mind,'  *  mad.'  %facio, '  to  do ;'  dejlcio, '  to  do  less  than  one  ought,'  '  to  fail,'  '  to  be 
deficient.'  3.  ferveo,  'to  be  hot;'  deferveo,  'to  remove  heat,' '  to  grow  cool.'  4. 
cado, '  to  fall ;'  decido, '  to  fall  down.'  b.fmio,  *  to  bound  ;'  definio,  *  to  bound  com- 
pletely,' '  to  define.'  6.  flagro,  *  to  bum ;'  dejlagrc,  '  to  burn  excessively,'  '  to  bum 
to  ashes.' 

DIS,  DI,  is  an  inseparable  preposition,  denoting  '  separation,' '  division,'  '  denial ;' 
as,  trako, '  to  draw;'  distrdko,  'to  pull  asunder,'  'to  disjoin,'  'to  distract;'  puto,  '  to 
think;'  disputo,  'to  think  differently,'  'to  dispute.'  From  'separation'  it  comes  to 
denote  'distinction ;'  as,  judico,  '  to  judge  ;'  dijudzco,  *  to  judge  between,'  '  to  dis- 
tinguish,' '  to  discern.' 

E,  EX,  generally  signifies  '  out,'  and  from  this  sense  all  its  others  may  be  deduced, 
such  as, '  privation,' '  perfection,' '  elevation,'  '  declaration,'  &c.  Before  certain  con- 
sonants e  is  only  used,  and  before  /,  x  is  changed  into/.  Thus,  Mbo,  'to  drink;' 
ebibo,  •  to  drink  out,'  ♦  to  drink  up ;'  dico,  '  to  tell ;'  edico,  '  to  tell  out,'  '  to  publish ;' 
levo, '  to  lighten ;'  elevo, '  to  lighten  out  and  out,'  that  is  '  to  lighten  thoroughly,'  and 
so  '  to  raise,'  *  to  elevate  ;'  vado,  *  to  go ;'  evado,  *  to  go  out  of,'  '  to  escape  ;'  capio, 

*  to  take  ;'  excipio, '  to  take  out,'  *  to  except ;'  quaere, '  to  seek  ;'  exquiro,  '  to  seek 
out,'  *to  search;'  sanguis,  'blood;'  exsanguis,  'out  of  blood,'  'bloodless;'  animal 

*  life ;'  exanimis, '  lifeless.' 

IN,  in  composition,  changes  its  consonant  before  the  other  liquids  into  the  liquid 
it  precedes  ;'  as,  illudo,  from  in  and  ludo,  and  before  h  and  p  the  n  is  changed  into 
m,  as,  imbiho,  from  in  and  biho. 

The  signification  of  in  is  very  various  in  composition,  and  in  some  cases  even 
contradictory.  Thus  it  augments,  as  minuo, '  to  lessen ;'  imminuo,  *  to  make  less 
upon  less,*  or  '  to  make  very  small.'  But  it  is  more  frequently  used  in  the  sense 
of  'negation,'  as  the  a  privative  of  the  Greek,  and  the  un  or  in  prefixed  to  words 
m  English ;  as,  mundus, '  clean ;'  immundus,  '  unclean.'  But  in  some  instances  the 
augmentative  and  privative  senses  appear  in  the  same  word ;  thus,  impotens  is  used 
in  the  sense  of  '  very  powerful,'  that  is, '  ungovernable,'  and  in  the  sense  of  *  weak,' 

*  powerless.'  It  has  also  various  other  significations ;  as,  ludo,  *  to  play ;'  illudo,  '  to 
play  upon,'  '  to  mock ;'  pono, '  to  place ;'  impono,  *  to  place  upon,'  '  to  put  upon,'  '  to 
impose ;'  habeo,  *  to  have ;'  inhibeo,  'to  have  within  control,'  *  to  check,'  *  to  rein  in ;' 
albesco, '  to  grow  white ;'  inalbesco,  *  to  begin  to  grow  white ;'  video,  '  to  see ;'  invi- 
deo, '  to  see'  or  '  look  against,'  and  thus  '  to  envy'  a  person. 

INTER  has  generally  the  same  meaning  in  composition  that  it  has  when  alone, 
namely ;  ♦  between,'  or  *  among ;'  as,  pono, '  to  place ;'  inierpono,  *  to  place  betweea' 

17 


194  PREPOSITIONS. 

♦  to  interpose.'  Sometimes  it  signifies  ♦  prevention,'  as  if  from  an  opposing  medium  i 
as,  dico,  'to  say ;'  interdico,  •  to  say  between,'  and  so  '  to  forbid,'  *  to  interdict ;'  veniOf 

*  to  '  come ;'  intervenio,  '  to  come  between,'  and  thus  '  to  prevent'  It  also  augments, 
as,  interficio, '  to  do  thoroughly,' '  to  do  up,'  *  to  kill.'  Perhaps  in  this  word  the  pri- 
mitive meaning  of  •  between'  may  be  traced,  as  facio, '  to  do,'  '  to  make ;'  interJiciOf 
'  to  make'  or  '  go  between'  a  person  and  the  period  of  life  to  which  he  is  aiming, 
and  thus  *  to  cut  him  oflf  from  the  living. 

OB  takes  the  sense  of  '  before,'  *  against ;'  as,  ruo,  '  to  rush ;'  obruo,  '  to  rush  be- 
fore,' or  •  overwhelm  ;'  loquor,  '  to  speak ;'  obloqiior,  •  to  speak  against ;'  duco, '  to 
lead  ;*  obdnco, '  to  draw  over,' '  to  hide,'  *  to  blot'  Sometimes  it  increases  the  signi- 
fication :  as,  dormio,  *  to  sleep ;'  obdormio,  *  to  sleep  upon  sleep,' '  to  sleep  soundly/ 

PER  retains  its  original  notion  of  '  transition,'  or  its  secondary  one  of  '  intensity  •/ 
as,  eo, '  to  go ;'  pereo,  *  to  go  through,'  and  so  *  to  go  through  life,'  *  to  perish ;'  do, 

*  to  give ;'  perdoy '  to  give  thoroughly,' '  to  give  without  hopes  of  recall :'  and  so  *  to 
lose ;'  adolescens,  *  young ;'  peradolescenSj '  very  young.'  Sometimes  it  is  privative  : 
as,  jidus,  *  faithful ;'  perfidus,  •  perfidious.' 

POST  takes  the  sense  of  '  behind  ;'  as,  pono,  *  to  place ;'  postpono,  '  to  place  be- 
hind' or  *■  poelpone ;'  habeo,  •  to  have,* '  to  esteem  ;*  posthabeOy '  to  esteem  less.' 

PRJE  takes  the  sense  of  *  precedence,'  or  ♦  prevention.'  Thus,  dico,  *  to  tell ; 
prcedico, '  to  foretell ;'  facio,  •  to  make ;'  prcBJicio,  •  to  make  first'  or  *  head,'  that  is, 

*  to  set  over ,-'  claudo,  *  to  shut ;'  prcsclaudo,  ♦  to  shut  before  a  person  can  get  in,'  that 
is,  •  to  shut  out,'  or  *  prevent  admission.'  From,  the  notion  of  priority,  it  also  con- 
veys the  idea  of  '  excellence,*  or  *  superlativeness,'  or  •  excess  ;'  as,  potens,  '  power- 
ful ;*  prcBpotens, '  very  powerful ;'  maturus,  *  early  ;*  prasmaturus,  '  very  early,'  '  too 
early,'  •  premature ;'  stare,  *  to  stand ;'  prcBslare,  •  to  stand  before  the  rest,'  ♦  to  excel.* 

PRO  in  composition  has  generally  the  sense  of  advancing  .*  as,  moveo,  *  to  move ;' 
prcmoveo,  *  to  move  forward,'  '  to  promote ;'  cedo,  'to  go ;'  procedo,  •  to  go  forward,* 

•  to  proceed  ;*  haheo, '  to  have  ;'  prohibeo,  *  to  have  in  advance'  of  another,  and  so  in 
prevention  of  him,  or  ♦  to  prohibit'  Sometimes  it  has  the  sense  of  ♦  substitution, 
as,  curator, '  a  guardian ;'  procurator,  *  a  guardian  for  another,' '  a  steward ;'  nomen, 
'a  noun ;'  pronomen,  *  a  word  instead  of  a  noun,'  or  *a  pronoun.'    Also,  '  presence 

*  publicity ;'  as,  pono,  *  to  place  ;'  propono,  *  to  place  before'  or  '  in  presence  of  others,* 
'  to  propose ;'  scribo, '  to  write ;'  proscribo, '  to  write  in  the  presence  of  the  public,' 
or  '  publicly  denounce,'  or  '  proscribe  ;*  voco, '  to  call ;'  provoco,  '  to  call  out  before 
the  public,'  or  '  challenge.' 

RE  is  an  inseparable  preposition,  and  means  *  back  again,'  or  '  against ;'  as,  capio, 

•  to  take  ;'  recipio,  *  to  take  again,'  *  to  receive  ;*  pono^  *  to  place ;'  repono,  *  to  place 
again.' 

SE  is  also  inseparable,  and  means  'apart,'  'aside;'  as,  voco,  'to  call;'  sevoco, 

•  to  call  aside ;'  claudo  *  to  shut ;'  secludo,  *  to  shut  up.' 

SUB.  The  last  consonant  of  this  word  is  frequently  changed  into  others  accord- 
ing to  the  word  with  which  it  is  compounded.  Most  of  its  meanings  in  composition 
may  be  traced  to  its  primitive  signification  of  '  under ;'  and  frequently  corresponds 
with  our  termination  '  ish ;'  as,  jacio,  '  to  throw  ;*  aubjicio,  *  to  cast  under,*  '  to  sub- 


INTERJECTIONS.  195 

ject ;'  ru/us,  *  red ;'  subrufus,  '  reddish,'  that  is,  a  little  *  under*  red ;  rideo,  *  to 
laugh  ;'  subrideoy  '  to  smile ;'  timeo,  •  to  fear ;'   subtimeOj  *  to  fear  a  little ;'  iristis^ 

*  sad ;'  subtristis,  *  a  little  sad.'  Sometimes  it  means  something  secret,  or  clandestine  ; 
&s,  gerOi  *  to  carry ;'  suggero,  '  to  carry  mider,'  *  to  suggest ;'  duco,  •  to  lead ;'  svb- 
duco,  *  to  lead  away,' '  to  withdraw  privily.' 

SUBTER  signifies  simply  •  under,'  or  *  beneath ;'  as,  labor,  *  to  glide ;'  subterlaborf 
*to  glide  beneath:'  or  something  secret;  as,  fugio,  *  to  fly  ;'  subterfugio,  *  to  fly  away 
privily,'  'lo  escape  beneath  the  shelter  of  something.* 

SUPER,  *  upon,'  or  *  over ;'  as,  gradior,  *  to  go ;'  supergredior,  *  to  go  beyond,'  or 

•  surpass  ;*  scribo^  *  to  write ;'  superscribo,  *  to  write  upon,'  '  to  superscribe.' 

TRANS  in  composition  has  the  same  signification  that  it  has  by  itself;  as,  eo,  *  to 
go;'  transeo,  *to  pass  over;'  adigo,  'to  drive;'  transadigo,  'to  pierce  through.'  It 
sometimes  drops  its  two  final  letters  before  other  consonants ;  as,  do,  '  to  give  ;* 
tnuiOf  *  to  give  over  to  another/  and  so  *  to  deliver.* 

INTERJECTION. 

§  253.  An  Interjection  is  an  indeclinable  word 
thrown  in  between  the  parts  of  a  sentence,  to  express 
some  passion  or  emotion  of  the  mind. 

Some  Interjections  are  natural  sounds,  and  common  to  all  languages ;  as,  Oh ! 
Ah! 

Interjections  express  in  one  word  a  whole  sentence,  and  thus  fitly  represent  the 
quickness  of  the  passions. 

The  diflferent  passions  have  commonly  diflferent  words  to  express  them ;  thus, 

1.  JOY;  as,  evax!  hey,  brave,  lo! 

2.  GRIEF ;  as,  ah,  Jiei,  heu,  eheu!  ah,  alas,  woe  is  me ! 

3.  WONDER;  as,  papce!  O  strange!  vah!  hah! 

4.  PRAISE ;  as,  euge!  well  done!        ' 

5.  AVERSION ;  as,  apdge  !  away,  begone,  avaunt,  ofl^  fie,  tush ! 

6.  EXCLAIMING;  as,  Oh,  proh!  O! 

7.  SURPRISE  or  FEAR;  as,  atat!  ha,  aha! 

8.  IMPRECATION;  as,  vcb!  woe,  pox  on't! 

9.  LAUGHTER ;  as,  ha,  ha,  he! 

10.  SILENCING;  as,  au,  'st,pax!  silence,  hush,  'st! 

11.  CALLING;  as,  eho,  ehodum,  io,  ho!  soho,  ho,  O! 

12.  DERISION;  as,  hui!  away  with! 

13.  ATTENTION ;  as,  hem .'  ha ! 

Some  interjections  denote  several  diflferent  passions ;  thus,  Vah  is  used  to  express 
joy,  and  sorrow,  and  wonder,  &c. 

Adjectives  of  the  neuter  gender  are  sometimes  used  for  interjections;  as.  Malum! 
with  a  mischief!  Infandum!  O  shame!  fy,  fyl  Miserum!  O  wretched!  Ne/as! 
O  the  villany! 


196  CONJUNCTIONS. 


CONJUNCTION. 

§  254.  A  conjunction  is  an  indeclinable  word, 
which  serves  to  join  sentences  together. 

Thus,  "  You  and  I  and  the  boy  read  Virgil"  is  one  sentence  made  up  of  these 
three,  by  the  conjunction  ayid  twice  employed ;  /  read  Virgil ;  You  read  Virgil ; 
The  boy  reads  Virgil.  In  like  manner,  "You  and  I  read  Virgil,  but  the  boy  reads 
Ovid,"  IS  one  sentence,  made  up  of  three,  by  the  conjunctions  and  and  but. 

Conjunctions,  according  to  their  different  meaning,  are  divided  into  the  follow- 
ing classes : 

1.  COPULATIVE ;  as,  et,  at,  atque,  ^we^and ;  etiam,  quoque,  item,  also ;  cum,  turn, 
both,  and.    Also  their  contraries,  nee,  neque,  neu,  neve,  neither,  nor. 

2.  DISJUNCTIVE ;  as,  aut,  ve,  vd,  seu,  sive,  either,  or. 

3.  CONCESSIVE;  as,  etsi,  etiamsi,  iametsi,  licet,  quanquam,  quamvis,  though, 
although,  albeit 

4.  ADVERSATIVE ;  as,  sed,  verum,  autem,  at,  ast,  atqui,  but ;  tamen,  aUameny 
verunt&men,  verumenimvlro,  yet,  notwithstanding,  nevertheless. 

5.  CAUSAL ;  as,  nam,  namque,  enim,  for ;  quia,  quippe,  quoniam,  because ;  qudd, 
that  because. 

6.  ILLATIVE  or  RATIONAL;  as,  ergo,  ideo,  ig'itur,  idcirco,  itaque,  therefore ; 
quapropter,  quocirca,  wherefore;  proinde,  therefore;  cum,  quum,  seeing,  since; 
quandoquidem,  forasmuch  as. 

7.  FINAL  or  PERFECTIVE ;  as,  ut,  uti,  that,  to  the  end  that. 

8.  CONDITIONAL;  as,  «,  sin,  if;  dum,  modo,  dummodo,  provided,  upon  con- 
dition that ;  siqtCidem,  if  indeed. 

9.  EXCEPTIVE  or  RESTRICTIVE ;  as,  ni,  nisi,  unless,  except. 

10.  DIMINUTIVE;  as,  saltern,  certe,  at  least 

11.  SUSPENSIVE  or  DUBITATIVE;  as,  an,  anne,  nwm,  whether;  ne,ann(m, 
whether,  not ;  necne,  or  not 

12.  EXPLETIVE ;  as,  autem,  vero,  now,  truly ;  quidem^  equtdem,  indeed. 

13.  ORDINATIVE;  as,  deinde,  thereafter;  denique,  finally;  insuper,  moreover  j 
ccBt^rum,  moreover,  but,  however. 

14.  DECLARATIVE ;  as,  videticet,  sciUcei,  nempe,  nimirum,  &c.  to  wit,  namely. 

Obs.  1.  The  same  words,  as  they  are  taken  in  different  views,  are  both  adverb^ 
and  conjunctions.  Thus,  an,  anne,  &c.  are  either  interrogative  adverbs,  as,  An 
scribit  ?  Does  he  write  ?  or,  suspensive  conjunctions,  as,  Nescio  an  scribat,  I  know  not 
if  he  writes. 

-^  Obs,  2.  Some  conjunctions,  accordmg  to  their  natural  order,  stand  first  in  a 
sentence  ;  as,  Ac,  atque,  nee,  neque,  aut,  vel,  sive,  at,  sed,  verum,  nam,  quandoquidem, 
quocirca,  quare,  sin,  siquidem,  prceterqnam,  &c. :  some  stand  in  the  second  place ;  as, 
Autem,  vero,  quoque,  quidem,  enim :  and  some  may  indifferently  be  put  either  first 
or  second ;  as,  Etiam,  equidem,  licet,  quamvis,  quanqiiam,  tamen,  attamen,  namque, 
quod,  quia,  quoniam,  quippe,  utpote,  ut,  uti,  ergo,  ideo,  igttur,  idcirco,  itaque,  proinde, 
propterea,  si,  ni,  nisi,  &c. 


SIGNIFICATIONS   OF   WORDS.  197 

Hence  arose  the  division  of  them  into  Prepositive,  Subjunctive,  and 
Common,  To  the  subjunctive  may  be  added  these  three,  que,  ve,  ne, 
which  are  always  joined  to  some  other  word,  and  are  called  Enclitics  ; 
because,  when  put  after  a  long  syllable,  they  make  the  accent  incline 
to  that  syllable ;  as  in  the  following  verse, 

Indoctusque  pilce,  disclve,  trochlve,  quiescit,     Horat. 

But  when  these  enclitic  conjunctions  come  after  a  short  vowel,  they 
do  not  affect  its  pronunciation ;  thus, 

Arbuteos  fxtuSf  montandque  fraga  legebanU     Ovid. 


SIGNIFICATIONS  OF  WORDS. 

§255*  The  signification  of  a  Latin  word  is  the  notion  or  thought 
which  it  conveyed  to  the  mind  of  a  Roman,  and  to  express  this  clearly 
in  another  language  is  often  a  work  of  no  small  difficulty,  and  consti- 
tutes one  of  the  chief  advantages  derived  from  the  study  of  the  ancient 
classics.  To  translate  accurately  and  elegantly  from  one  language 
into  another,  calls  into  exercise  the  highest  powers  of  the  mind ;  and 
hence  a  classical  foundation  has  ever  been  considered  by  every  intelli- 
gent scholar  as  the  only  basis  of  a  truly  liberal  and  solid  education. 

Every  word  has  a  primitive  and  invariable  sense,  which  it  is  most 
important  to  know.  From  this  original  signification  the  secondary  and 
metaphorical  are  derived.  This  sense  must  be  found  by  separating 
compound  words ;  by  tracing  derivative  words  to  their  roots,  and  by 
resolving  compound  ideas  or  notions  into  their  simple  parts.  Corporeal 
words,  such  as,  oculus,  manus,  &c.  are  easy,  and  seldom  have  more 
than  one  meaning.  Incorporeal  words,  such  as  virtus,  longitudo,  nox, 
&c.  are  more  difficult,  as  well  as  more  frequent  with  the  ancients,  and 
on  these  our  greatest  labour  must  be  bestowed. 

The  danger  into  which  every  English  scholar,  from  the  lowest  class 
in  the  Grammar-school  to  the  senior  in  college,  is  perpetually  liable  to 
run,  is  that  of  translating  Latin  words  into  those  which  resemble 
them  in  appearance  and  sound ;  as,  virtus,  *  virtue ;'  crimen,  *  crime.' 
Against  this  fault  they  should  be  continually  on  their  guard,  and  to  aid 
them  in  this,  we  shall  briefly  point  out,  first,  some  erroneous  inter-*^ 
pretations,  and  second,  attempt  to  facilitate  the  knowledge  of  the  true 
meanings  of  words. 

17* 


198  SIGNIFICATIONS    OP   WORDS. 

I.  False  significations  not  to  be  adopted. 

Ambitio  does  not  mean  *  pride  ;'  but  rather,  *  love  of  honour,'  'ambition,'  'vanity;* 
striving  after  honour  and  piquing  one's  self  on  certain  outward  things ;  liking  to  be 
praised,  to  display  one's  self,  and  be  in  office. 

^quor  is,  properly, '  a  level,'  o^^*  flat,'  from  cequus, '  level,'  *  even ;'  thence, '  the 
sea,'  because  it  is  level. 

Amcenus,  *  pleasant,'  *  agreeable  to  the  senses,'  particularly  to  the  eyes ;  thence 
peculiarly  applied  to  places  and  situations ;  as,  horti  amceni,  regio  amoena.  Homo 
amoenus,  or  fortuna  amcena,  would  be  improper.  It  also  means  •  agreeable  to  the 
ears,'  as,  ijerba  amoma. 

Animal,  from  anima,  •  breath,'  '  life,'  denotes  a  living  creature,  and  is  therefore 
applied  to  homo  and  heslia. 

Apparere,  not  *  to  appear,'  that  is,  to  seem,  but  to  appear,  that  is,  *  to  be  manifest  ;* 
as,  mendadum  apparet,  *  the  falsehood  is  apparent ;'  nantes  apparent,  *  men  are  seen 
swimming.* 

Arma  are  properly  'arms  for  defence,'  or  'armour;'  tela, '  weapons  of  offence,'  as 
darts,  swords,  &c. 

Avdrus,  (from  avidus  and  csris,) '  desirous  of  gold,'  '  avaricious ;'  not  covetous 
generally. 

Calamitas  is  not  every  misfortune  or  trouble,  but  something  accompanied  with 
loss,  and  must  often  be  translated  '  loss,' '  deprivation.' 

Clemens  is  not,  generally,  'merciful,'  but  'soft,*  'mild,*  gentle ;'  'one  who  is  not 
easily  provoked.' 

Convincere,  not  '  to  convince,'  or  convict,  generally,  but  of  a  bad  thing,  as  of 
theft,  error,  &c.    In  a  good  sense  we  use  perstcadere. 

Crimen,  not  '  transgression,'  unless  that  be  implied  in  the  charge ;  but  *  charge/ 
'  accusation.' 

Divertere,  not  '  to  stop  at  an  inn,'  but  « to  separate,'  when  a  number  of  people 
separate  and  go  different  ways.    Devertere  means  '  to  stop  at  an  inn.' 

Exsistere,  or  existere,  means,  1. 'to  stand  forth/  'to  be  in  sight/  'to  appear;* 
2.  *tobe.' 

Imo,  not  merely  '  yes,'  but  ironically,  something  like  our  '  yea  rather.' 

Infans,  (non  and  fans  participle  offari,  *  to  speak,')  not  every  child,  but  *  an 
infant ;'  one  that '  cannot  yet  speak.' 

Legem  ferre,  1.  '  to  propose  a  law/  or  'introduce  a  bill ;'  2. '  to  make  or  pass  a 
law.* 

Opinio,  not  every  opinion,  but  such  as  '  an  ungrounded  suspicion,* '  fancy  ;*  cpi- 
nari,  ♦  to  fancy,' '  to  think.* 

Pietas  must  be  understood  according  to  the  subject ;  it  denotes  love  to  God, 
parents,  children,  relatives,  and  benefactors,  which  will  be  shown  by  the  con- 
nexion. 


SIGNIFICATIONS  OF   WORDS.  199 

PuhticuSy  not  *  public,  before  the  people,'  but,  1.  *  public,'  what  happened  in  the 
name,  by  the  command,  or  with  respect  to  the  state ;  as,  bellum  gerere  public^,  *  to 
carry  on  war  in  the  name  of  the  state  ;'  2.  *  universal,'  *  common,' '  mean.' 

Stultus,  not  merely  *  a  fool,'  but  *  thoughtless,'  *  hasty,'  *  simple.' 

§  257.  To  facilitate  the  knowledge  of  the  true 
meaning  of  words : 

First,  we  should  observe  whence  a  word  is  derived,  as,  animal,  from 
anima,  *  life,'  thence  *  animal,'  or  whatever  lives  : — (equor,  *  a  level,' 
from  (BquuSf  *  level,'  *  even :' — mollis,  from  mobllis,  (which  is  from 
moveo,)  *  moveable,'  *  bending,'  *sofl:' — momentum,  'movement,'  for 
movimentum  from  moveo  ;  hence  res  magni  momenti,  *  a  thing  which 
has  much  weight  in  causing  something,  which  was  unsettled  and  in 
equilibrium,  to  be  decided:' — -prudens  for  providens,  'seeing  before- 
hand.' 

Second,  the  import  of  terminations   should  be 
understood, 

§  258.  TERMINATIONS  OF  NOUNS. 

1.  In  verbal  nouns,  the  termination  -or  (formed  from  transitive  verbs  by  changing 
'Um  of  the  supine  into  -or)  denotes  a  man  who  performs  the  action  expressed  by  the 
verb ;  as,  victor,  *  a  conqueror,'  lector, '  a  reader,'  from  vinco  and  lego.  2.  The  ter- 
mination -trix,  formed  from  the  same,  denotes  a  female  agent ;  as,  victrix, '  a  con- 
queress.'  3.  The  termination  -io  of  the  third,  and  -us  of  the  fourth  declension,  ex- 
press the  state  of  the  verb  abstractly ;  as,  actio,  '  a  suit ;'  questus,  *  a  complaint ; 
ultio,  *  revenge.' 

4.  The  termination  -mentum  (and  sometimes  -men)  expresses  a  means  for  the 
attainment  of  that  which  the  verb  denotes ;  as,  adjumentum,  '  a  means  of  aiding,* 
from  adjuvo;  condimentum,  'something  for  seasoning,'  'seasoning,'  from  condo, 
documentum, '  a  means  of  instructing,'  from  doceo. 

5.  -etum,  appended  to  the  names  of  shrubs  and  trees,  denotes  a  place  where  they 
grow  in  abundance ;  as,  from  quercus, '  an  oak,'  comes  quercUum,  *  a  grove  of  oaks ;' 
from  vinis,  *  a  vine,'  comes  vinetum, '  a  vineyard.' 

6.  -arium  denotes  a  receptacle ;  as,  aviarium,  •  an  aviary,'  from  avis,  *  a  bird ;' 
granarium,  *  a  granary,'  a  place  where  com  is  kept,  from  granum, '  corn.'  So, 
seminarium,  from  semen  ,*  columbarium,  from  columbus. 

7.  -ile,  appended  to  the  names  of  animals,  denotes  the  place  in  which  they  are 
kept ;  as,  bovile,  *  a  stall  for  oxen ;'  equile,  '  a  stable  for  horses.'  So,  -caprile,  suile, 
koedUe,  &c. 

8.  The  termination  -ztos,  which  is  the  most  common,  denotes,  abstractly,  the 
quality  of  the  adjectives  from  which  it  comes;  as,  atrocitas,  'cruelty,'  from  atrox^ 


200  SIGNIFICATIONS    OF   WORDS. 

*  cruel ;'  vertias,  *  truth,'  from  verus,  *  true.'  ^,faciUtas,  from  facilis ;  celerttaSf  from 
celer  ;  dar^tas,  from  clarus,  &c. 

§  259.  TERMINATIONS  OF  ADJECTIVES. 

1.  -His  and  -btlis  express,  passively,  the  capability  of  any  thing;  as,  amabilis,  'ca- 
pable of  being  loved ;'  placabllis,  *  capable  of  being  appeased.'  So,  dodlis,  fcwilis, 
fragiLis,  which  seem  to  stand  for  docibilis,  facibilis,  &c. 

2.  -ax  expresses  an  inclination  to  any  thing,  and  generally  one  that  is  faulty ;  pug- 
naxy  *  disposed  to  quarrel.'    So,  edax,  loquax,  rapax. 

3.  -eus  and  -dtus  denote  the  material,  but  are  thus  distinguished  :  eus  denotes  the 
solid  material ;  dtus  what  it  is  adorned  with ;  as,  aureus, '  golden,'  '  made  of  gold  ;* 
aurdtus,  'gilded;'  so,  argenteus,  argenldlus ;  ferreus, ferrdtus,  &c. 

4.  -ariu^  generally  denotes  profession  and  occupation ;  as,  staluarius,  carbonariuSf 
argentarius,  &c. 

5.  -fer  or  -ftfu^  from  fero,  denotes  '  bearing ;'  as,  pinifer, '  pine-bearing.' 

6.  -alis  denotes  a  resemblance  or  similarity ;  as,  regdlis, '  kingly,' '  like  a  king  ;* 
but  regius,  '  royal,'  *  belonging  to  a  king ;'  as,  divitice  regales,  *  riches  suited  to  a 
king ;'  divitice  regies,  '  riches  belonging  to  a  king ;'  so,  liberdlis,  '  suited  to  a  free, 
■well-born  man,'  '  liberal,'  *  genteel.' 

7.  -osus  denotes  an  abundance  or  fulness  of  any  thing ;  as,  piscosus, '  full  offish ;' 
annbsus,  *  full  of  years  ;'  verbosus,  '  full  of  words,'  '  verbose :'  so,  vindsus,  macvlo- 
8US,  &c.  8.  The  terminations  -lentus  and  -idus  have  nearly  the  same  import ;  as, 
violentus,frauduLentus,JlorMus,  herbidus,  &c. 

§  260«  TERMINATION  OF  PRONOUNS. 

1.  Quam,  'any;'  as,  quisquam,  'any  one;'   usquam,  'any  where.*     2.  Cunque, 

*  ever,'  •  soever ;'  quicunque,  ♦  whosoever ;'  ubicunque,  '  wheresoever.'     Que  has  the 
8«ne  force  in  many  words ;  as,  utique, '  howsoever,' '  at  all  events,'  *  certainly.' 

§  261«  TERMINATION  OF  VERBS. 

1.  -urio  denotes  inclination  or  desire ;  as,  esurio,  ♦  to  desire  to  eat.'  Verbs  of  this 
termination  are  of  the  fourth  conjugation,  and  are  called  desideratives.  2.  -to  de- 
notes repetition,  as,  diclUo,  '  to  say  often.'  3.  -sco  expresses  the  beginning  of  the  act 
denoted  by  the  primitive ;  as,  calesco,  *  to  grow  warm.'  4.  Diminutives  end  in  illot 
and  denote  a  trifling  insignificant  action,  as,  cantillo. 

§  262.  TERMINATION  OF  ADVERBS. 

1.  O  and  uc,  in  adverbs  of  place,  denote  'whither;'  as,  eo,  quo^  hue,  istuc,  itluc 
2.  Inc,  *  whence ;'  as,  hinc,  illinc.    3.  Ic, '  where ;'  as,  hie,  illic. 

§  263*  Third.  In  words  which  have  several  meanings,  we  must 
try  to  get  the  proper  and  first  meaning,  from  which  the  rest  may  be 
derived,  and  see  if  there  be  a  connexion  between  the  original  and 
secondary  sense  which  leads  from  one  to  the  other. 


SIGNIFICATIONS   OF   WORDS.  201 

Amliire,  1.  •  to  go  round'  any  thing,  or  from  one  to  another :  2. '  to  solicit  an  office/ 
because  at  Rome  the  candidates  '  went  round'  to  beg  for  votes,  or  because  going 
around  for  any  thing  shows  a  desire  after  it;  hence,  ambitio,  1.  *  the  soliciting  an 
office'  by  going  round  after  it ;  2.  *  desire  of  honour,' '  ambition.' 

Ango,  1. '  to  make  narrow,'  *  to  tie  fast,'  as  the  throat ;  2.  *  to  cause  anguish.* 

Adjligo  or  Affligo  (from  ad  and  fligo)  1.  *  to  dash  a  thing  against'  something,  as 
the  wall,  the  ground :  2.  *  to  drive  to  the  ground,'  *  to  make  unfortunate,'  '  to  afflict.* 

Callidus,  *  thick-skinned,'  •  having  hard  lumps'  from  much  labour,  which  sup- 
poses practice  and  experience :  2.  *  experienced,'  *  skilful.' 

Calamitas,  1.  *  injury  to  the  stalk,'  (from  calamus,  *  a  stfilk') :  2.  *  a  great  loss'  or 
*  hurt,'  or  misfortune  attended  with  loss ;  as  when  one  loses  his  property. 

Confutare  and  refutare,  1.  *  to  quench  boiling  water  by  pouring  in  cold ;'  2.  *  to 
damp,  drive  back,  confute.' 

Egregius,  1. '  chosen  from  the  flock ;'  2.  *  excellent.' 

Gratia,  1.  *  agreeableness ;'  2.  gratia  hominis,  *  the  favour  which  one  has  with 
the  people,*  or  *  which  he  has  towards  others ;'  3.  ♦  complaisance  ;*  4.  *  thanks.' 

Offendere,  1.  inadvertently  to  tread  or  'stumble  against  any  thmg;*  2.  'to  find, 
meet  with ;'  3.  *  to  hurt ;'  4.  '  to  commit  a  fault,' '  to  ofifend  ;*  5.  '  to  be  unfortu- 
nate.' 

Persona,  1.  'a  mask;*  2.  *  person,'  'part,'  or  *  character,'  whether  real  or  assumed, 
for  the  ancient  actors  wore  '  masks'  which  corresponded  to  their  assumed  character ; 
3.  *  person,'  the  man  himself;  mea  persona, '  my  person,' '  I.' 

Probus,  1.  *  good,*  '  genuine,'  '  sincere,'  when  any  thing  is  what  it  was  taken 
for ;  as,  aurum,  probum ;  2.  *  good,'  '  honourable,'  '  upright,'  as,  probus  amicus,  *  a 
sincere  friend.' 

Scrupulus,  1.  'a  small  stone;*  2.  any  'obstacle;'  3.  'hesitation,'  ' uncertwnty.* 
'  scruple.' 
Sublevare,  1. '  to  raise  on  high ;'  2. '  to  help,'  *  to  stand  by ;'  3.  *  to  lighten.* 


(802) 

SYNTAX, 

OR 

CONSTRUCTION  OF  WORDS  IN  SENTENCES. 


SENTENCES. 

A  Sentence  is  any  thought  of  the  mind  expressed  by  two  or  more 
words  put  together;  as,  I  read;  the  hoy  reads  Virgil, 

That  part  of  grammar  which  teaches  to  put  words  rightly  together 
in  sentences,  is  called  Syntax  or  Construction. 

Words  in  sentences  have  a  two-fold  relation  to  one  another; 
namely,  that  of  Concord  or  Agreement ;  and  that  of  Government  or 
Influence. 

Concord,  is  when  one  word  agrees  with  another  in  some  accidents ; 
as,  in  gender,  number,  person,  or  case. 

Government,  is  when  one  word  requires  another  to  be  put  in  a  cer- 
tain case,  or  mode. 

GENERAL   PRINCIPLES   OF  SYNTAX. 

§  1  •  1.  In  every  sentence  there  must  be  a  verb  and  a  nominative 
expressed  or  understood. 

2.  Every  adjective  must  have  a  substantive  expressed  or  under- 
stood. 

3.  All  the  cases  of  Latin  nouns,  except  the  nominative  and  vocative, 
must  be  governed  by  some  other  word. 

4.  The  genitive  is  governed  by  a  substantive  noun  expressed  or  un- 
derstood :  or  by  a  verbal  adjective. 

5.  The  dative  is  governed  by  adjectives  and  verbs. 

6.  The  accusative  is  governed  by  an  active  verb,  or  by  a  preposi- 
tion ;  or  is  placed  before  the  infinitive. 

7.  The  vocative  stands  by  itself,  or  has  an  interjection  joined 
with  it. 

8.  The  ablative  is  governed  by  a  preposition  expressed  or  under- 
stood. 

9.  The  infinitive  is  governed  by  some  verb  or  adjective. 


SIMPLE    SENTENCES.  203 

SIMPLE  AND  COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 

§  2«  The  two  general  divisions  of  Syntax  in 
this  Grammar  are  into  SIMPLE  SENTENCES 
and  COMPOUND  SENTENCES.  The  latter  will 
be  found  under  rule  LVII — 'The  construction  of 
Relatives.' 

§  3«  A  Simple  Sentence  is  that  which  has  but  one  nominative 
and  one  verb ;  as,  prceceptor  docet,  *  the  master  teaches ;'  a  Compound 
Sentence  is  that  which  has  more  than  one  nominative  and  one  verb ; 
as,  prceceptor^  qui  docet,  laborat,  '  the  master,  who  teaches,  is  sick ;' 
here  the  relative  pronoun  qui  introduces  another  verb,  docet,  into  the 
sentence. 

§  4:«  In  a  Simple  Sentence  there  is  only  one  Subject  and  one 
Attribute  or  Predicate.  The  Subject  isHhe  word,  (whether  it  denotes 
a  thing  or  a  person)  of  which  something  is  said  ;  the  Predicate  is  what 
is  said  of  the  subject.  The  father  is  learned.  Here  *  the  father'  is 
the  Subject  of  discourse,  or  the  person  spoken  of;  *  learned'  the  Pre- 
dicate, or  what  we  affirm  concerning  the  subject.  Sometimes  the 
subject  is  accompanied  by  an  adjective ;  as,  the  fine  book  is  lost ;  here 
*  the  fine  book'  is  the  subject,  and  *  lost'  the  predicate. 

§  5.  In  a  COMPOUND  SENTENCE  there  are  either  several 
subjects  and  one  predicate,  or  several  predicates  and  one  subject,  or 
both  several  predicates  and  several  subjects;  as,  'My  father,  mother, 
brother  and  sister  are  dead  ;' — here,  the  predicate  dead  belongs  to  the 
four  subjects,  father,  mother,  brother  and  sister,  which  taken  together 
form  a  plural ;  the  predicate  therefore  with  the  verb  should  be  plural. 
The  subject  is  often  separated  from  its  predicate ;  as,  *  my  father,  who 
has  been  absent  many  weeks,  has  not  yet  written ;'  where  the  words, 
my  father  has  not  yet  written  form  a  sentence,  between  which  another 
sentence,  who  has  been  absent  many  weeks,  is  interposed.  In  the  in- 
terposed sentence,  who  is  the  subject,  absent  the  predicate. 

CONCORD. 

The  following  words  agree  together  in  sentences.  1.  A  substantive 
with  a  substantive.  2.  An  adjective  with  a  substantive.  3.  A  verb 
with  a  nominative. 

1.  Agreement  of  one  Substantive  with  another. 

§  6«  Rule  I.  Substantives  signifying  the  same 
thing  agree  in  case  ;  as, 

Cictro  oratory      Cicero  the  orator ;        Ciceronis  oratoris,     Of  Cicero  the  orator. 
Urhs  AthencBy      The  city  Athens ;         Urhis  Athendrum,      Of  the  city  Athens. 


204  AGREEMENT    OF   W0IID3    IN    SENTENCES. 

§  T'*  This  addition  to  a  substantive  is  called  Apposition,  and  is  pro- 
perly a  short  mode  of  speaking  for  qui,  qucs,  quod,  or  cum  with  the 
verb  sum ;  as,  Cicero,  Consul,  hoc  fecit,  '  Cicero  the  Consul  did  this,' 
the  same  as,  Cicero,  cum  consul  esset,  hoc  fecit. 

§  8«  It  is  not  necessary  that  the  nouns  agree  in  gender,  number  or 
person ;  as.  Magnum  pauperies  opprobrium,  Hor.  where  opprobrium, 
which  is  neuter,  agrees  in  case  with  pauperies,  fem.  But,  if  it  be  pos- 
sible, they  should  agree  in  gender  and  number :  thus,  docuit  hoc  me 
usus,  magister  optimus,  *  experience,  which  is  the  best  master,  taught 
me  this :'  if  for  usus  we  substitute  exercitatio,  fem.,  we  should  say, 
magistra  optima. 

§  9«  The  noun,  pronoun,  or  adjective,  in  the  answer  to  a  question, 
must  be  in  the  same  case  with  that  word  in  the  question  to  which  it  is 
an  answer:  as,  Quis  mundum  creaviti  Deus,  Cujus  opera  mund us 
creatus  est  ]  Dei, 

§  X0«  When  a  plural  ap}5ellative  is  used  as  descriptive  of  two  or 
more  proper  names  of  different  genders,  it  must  be  of  the  more  worthy 
gender;  as,  Kd  Ptolem<Bum  Cleopatramque  reges  legati  missi,  Liv. 
in  which  reges  is  equivalent  to  regem  et  reginam. 

§  11«  Sometimes  the  latter  substantive  is  put  in  the  Genitive;  as, 
Fons  Timavi,  for  Timavus,  Virg. 

2.  Agreement  of  an  Adjective  with  a  Substantive, 

§  12.  II.  Adjectives,  including  Adjective  Pro- 
nouns and  Participles,  agree  with  their  Substan- 
tives in  gender,  number,  and  case ;  as, 


Bonus  vir,  a  good  man ; 
Fcemina  casta,  a  chaste  woman ; 
Dulce pomunij  a  sweet  apple; 


Boni  viri,  good  men. 
FaemtTUB  castes,  chaste  women. 
Dtdciapoma,  sweet  apples. 

And  so  through  all  the  cases  and  degrees  of  comparison. 


§  13«  Obs.  1.  The  substantive  is  frequently  understood,  or  its  place 
supplied  by  an  infinitive ;  and  then  the  adjective  is  put  in  the  neuter 
gender ;  as,  triste,  sc.  negotium,  a  sad  thing.  Virg. ;  Tuum  scire,  the 
same  with  tua  scientia,  thy  knowledge.  Pers.  We  sometimes,  how- 
ever, find  the  substantive  understood  in  the  feminine ;  as,  Non  posterior 
resferam,  sup.  partes.  Ter, 

§  14»  Obs.  2.  An  adjective  often  supplies  the  place  of  a  substan- 
tive ;  as,  Certus  amicus,  a  sure  firiend ;  Bona  ferlna,  good  venison ; 
Summum  bonum,  the  chief  good :  Homo  being  understood  to  amicus, 
caro  to  ferina,  and  negotium  to  bonum.  A  substantive  is  sometimes 
used  as  an  adjective ;  as,  incola  turba  vocant,  the  inhabitants.  Ovid. 
Populum  late  regem,  Virg.  for  regnantem,  *  ruling.* 


AGREEMENT  OF  WORDS  IN  SENTENCES.        205 

§  X5»  Obs.  3.  These  adjectives,  primus,  medius,  ultimus,  extre- 
muSy  inftmus,  irrius,  siimmus,  supremus,  reliquus,  ccBtera,  usually  sig- 
nify the  first  part,  the  middle  part,  &c.  of  any  thing ;  as,  Media  nox, 
the  middle  part  of  the  night ;  Summa  arbor,  the  highest  part  of  a  tree. 

§  16»  An  adjective  joined  with  two  substantives  of  different  gen- 
ders, generally  agrees  with  that  one  which  is  chiefly  the  subject  of  dis- 
course, though  sometimes  with  the  nearest,  although  it  may  not  be  the 
principal  one ;  as,  non  omnis  error  stultitia  est  dicenda,  Cic.  where 
dicenda  agrees  with  stultitia,  instead  of  dicendus,  to  agree  with  error. 
But  if  the  principal  substantive  be  the  name  of  a  man  or  woman,  the 
adjective  agrees  with  it ;  as,  Semiramis  puer  esse  credita  est,  Justin, 
not  creditus  to  agree  with  puer. 

§  1 Y*  Obs.  4.  Whether  the  adjective  or  substantive  ought  to  be  placed  first 
in  Latin,  no  certain  rule  can  be  given.  Only  if  the  substantive  be  a  monosyllable, 
and  the  adjective  a  polysyllable,  the  substantive  is  elegantly  put  first ;  as,  vir  da- 
Hssimus,  res  prcBStaniisstma,  &c. 

3.  Agreement  of  a  Verb  with  a  Nominative, 

§  18.  III.  A  Verb  agrees  with  its  Nominative 
in  number  and  person ;  as, 


to  lego,  I  read. 
scribis.  Thou  writest  or  you  write. 
FrcBceptor  docet,  The  master  teaches. 


Nos  legimus.  We  read. 

Vos  scribitis,  Ye  or  you  write. 

PrcBceptores  docent,  Masters  teach. 


And  so  through  all  the  modes,  tenses,  and  numbers. 

§  X9«  Obs.  1.  Ego  and  nos  are  of  the  first  person;  tu  and  vos, 
of  the  second  person ;  ille,  and  all  other  words,  of  the  third.  The 
nominative  of  the  first  and  second  person  in  Latin  is  seldom  expressed, 
unless  for  the  sake  of  emphasis  or  distinction ;  as,  Tu  es  patronus,  tu 
pater,  Ter.     Tit  legis,  ego  scribo, 

§  20»  Obs.  2.  An  infinitive,  or  some  part  of  a  sentence,  often  sup- 
plies the  place  of  a  nominative ;  as,  Mentlri  est  turpe,  to  lie  is  base ; 
Diu  non  perlitdtum  tenuit  dictatorem ;  the  sacrifice  not  being  attended 
with  favourable  omens,  detained  the  dictator  for  a  long  time.  Liv.  7,  8. 
Sometimes  the  neuter  pronoun  id  or  illud  is  added,  to  express  the 
meaning  more  strongly ;  as,  Facere  qu<B  libet,  id  est  esse  regem, 
Sallust. 

§  21«  Obs.  3.  The  infinitive  mode  often  supplies  the  place  of  the 
third  person  of  the  imperfect  of  the  indicative ;  as,  Milltes  fugere,  the 
soldiers  fled,  for  fugiebant,  or  fugere  cceperunt,  Invidere  omnes  mihi, 
for  invidebant.  This  is  called  the  historical  infinitive,  and  is  only 
used  in  animated  narration. 

18 


206  AGREEMENT    OF    WORDS   WITH   SENTENCES. 

§  33a  Obs.  4.  A  collective  noun  may  be  joined  with  a  verb  either 
of  the  singular  or  of  the  plural  number ;  as,  Multitudo  stat  or  slant ; 
the  multitude  stands,  or  stand. 

V  'iS^  A  collective  noun,  when  joined  with  a  verb  singular,  expresses  many, 
considered  as  one  whole;  but  when  joined  with  a  verb  plural,  signifies  many  sepa- 
rately, or  as  individuals.  Hence,  if  an  adjective  or  participle  be  subjoined  to  the 
verb,  when  of  the  singular  number,  Ibey  will  agree  both  in  gender  and  number 
with  the  collective  noun ;  but  if  the  verb  be  plural,  the  adjective  or  participle  will 
be  plural  also,  and  of  the  same  gender  with  the  individuals  of  which  the  collective 
noun  is  composed  ;  as.  Pars  erant  cccsi :  Pars  obnixcB  trudunt,  sc.  forrmccB.  Virg. 
JEji.  IV.  406.  Magna  pars  raptcB,  sc.  mrglnes.  Liv.  1.  9.  Sometimes,  however, 
though  more  rarely,  the  adjective  is  thus  used  in  the  singular ;  as,  Pars  arduus, 
Virg.  ^n.  VII.  624. 

V  24«  Not  unfrequently  a  plural  verb  is  used  after  uterque  and  qnisque;  after 
pars . . .  mirs ;  and  after  alius . . .  alium ;  or  alter . . .  alteram,  on  account  of  the  idea 
of  plurality  which  they  involve ;  as,  iiterque  eorum  ex  castris  exercitum  educunt. 

§  35*  The  nominative  fails  to  the  third  person  of  certain  verbs,  especially 
those  which  mean  *  to  say,'  *  to  tell,'  &c.;  as,  aiunt,  dicunt,  feninl.,  iiarranl,  that  is, 
homines.  So  also  with  the  third  person  of  sum  when  qui  follows  and  represents 
the  subject;  as,  est  qui  dicat,  for  est  aliquis  qui  dicat,  *  there  is  some  one  who  says :' 
so,  sunt  quos  juvat,  Hor. 

^  36«  With  certain  verbs  a  nominative  is  always  wanting;  as  passive  verbs 
used  impersonally;  bs, parcltur  mihi,  'I  am  spared,*  literally,  'it  is  spared  to  me.' 
So  with  the  gerund  ;  as,  mihi  est  eundum,  '  I  must  go.'  So  also  in  the  expression 
venit  mihi  in  mentem  illius  did,  where  illius  diei  seems  to  stand  for  the  nominative  : 
but  perhaps  negotium  or  memoria  is  to  be  supplied. 

§  3  i«  Sometimes  the  Nominative  which  fails  must  be  supplied  from  the 
preceding  sentence ;  as,  et,  in  quern  primum  egressi  sunt  locum,  Troja  vacatur,  (Liv. 
I.  1.)  where  the  nom.  hie  from  the  preceding  locum  is  understood  with  vacatur  ;  or 
better,  et  locus  in  quern  egressi  sunt  Troja  vocatur.  Sometimes  from  the  following ; 
as,  vasfatur  agri,  quod  inter  urbem  ac  Fidenas  est, '  there  was  so  much  land  laid 
waste  as  was  between  Rome,  &c.;  (Liv.  1.  14.)  where  id  governing  agri  is  nom.  to 
vastatur  ;  and  quod  is  used,  as  elsewhere,  for  quantum. 

Accusative  before  the  Infinitive. 

\  38.  IV.  The  infinitive  mode  has  an  accusative 
before  it ;  as, 

Gaudeo  te  nalere,  I  am  glad  that  you  are  well. 

§  39«  This  rule  would  be  better  expressed  thus. — The  subject  of 
•  the  infinitive  mode  is  put  in  the  accusative  case ;  as,  victorem  parcere 
victis,  (Equum  est,  *  it  is  right  that  the  victor  should  spare  the  van- 
quished ;'  for  if  the  question  be  asked  *  who  should  spare  V  the  answer, 
that  is  the  subject  of  the  verb  parcere,  would  be  '  the  victor,'  which  is 
put  in  the  accusative,  victorem.  So,  miror  te  non  scribere,  *  I  wonder 
that  you  do  not  write,'  where  the  subject  of  the  verb  scribere,  of  whom 
the  wonder  is  predicated,  is  te. 


AGREEMENT  OF  WORDS  WITH  SENTENCES.       207 

§  30«  Obs.  1.  The  particle  that  in  English,  is  the  sign  of  the  accu- 
sative before  the  infinitive  in  Latin,  when  it  comes  between  two  verbs, 
without  expressing  intention  or  design.  Sometimes  the  particle  is 
omitted ;  as,  Aiunt  regem  adventdre,  They  say  the  king  is  coming, 
that  being  understood. 

§  3I»  Obs.  2.  The  accusative  before  the  infinitive  always  depends  upon 
some  other  verb,  commonly  on  a  neuter  or  substantive  verb;  but  seldom  on  a  verb 
taken  in  an  active  sense. 

V  33«  Obs.  3.  The  infinitive,  with  the  accusative  before  it,  seems  sometimes 
to  supply  the  place  of  a  nominative ;  as,  Turpe  est  miUlem  fug  ere,  That  a  soldier 
should  fly  is  a  shameful  thing. 

V  33»  Obs.  4.  The  infinitive  esse  or  fuisse,  must  frequently  be  supplied, 
especially  after  participles ;  as,  Hostium  exercitum  ccBsum  fusumque  cognovi,  Cic. 
Sometimes  the  subject  and  the  infinitive  are  both  understood ;  as,  PoUicitus  sus- 
cepturum,  scil.  me  esse,  Ter. 

y  34b«  Obs.  5.  The  infinitive  may  frequently  be  otherwise  rendered  by  the 
conjunctions,  quod,  ut,  ne,  or  quin ;  as,  Gaudeo  te  valere,  i.  e.  quod  valeas,  or  propter 
tuam  honam  valetudmem :  Jubeo  vos  bene  sperare,  or  ut  bene  sperelis  ;  Prohibeo  eum 
exlre,  or  ne  exeat :  Non  dubtlo  eum  fedsse,  or  much  better,  qxiin  fecerit.  Scio  quod 
Jilius  amet,  Plant,  for  Jilium  amdre.  Miror,  si  potuit,  for  eum  potuisse.  Cic.  Nemo 
dubitat,  ut  popidus  Romdnus  omnes  virtute  superarit,  ibr  populum  Romdnum  su- 
perasse.  Nep.  Ex  animi  sententia  juro,  ut  ego  rempubltcam  non  deseram,  for  m£  non 
deserturum  esse.     Liv.  xxii.  53. 

V  o«)«  Care  should  be  taken  in  using  this  construction  not  to  render  the  mean- 
ing ambiguous,  as  in  the  famous  answer  of  the  oracle ;  Aio  te,  JEacida,  Romanos 
vincere  posse,  in  which  it  could  not  be  ascertained  from  the  mere  words,  which 
party  was  to  prove  victorious.  Here  two  accusatives  being  brought  together  with 
the  active  verb  vincere,  it  is  doubtful  from  the  construction  which  is  the  subject 
of  posse,  and  which  the  object  of  vincere.  The  ambiguity  might  be  prevented 
by  changing  the  active  into  the  passive  voice. 

The  same  Case  after  a  Verb  as  before  it, 

§  36.  V.  Any  Verb  may  have  the  same  Case 
after  it  as  before  it,  when  both  words  refer  to  the 
same. thing;  as. 

Ego  sum  discipuluSf  I  am  a  scholar. 

Tu  vocdris  Joannes,  You  are  named  John. 

Ilia  incedit  regina.  She  walks  as  a  queen. 

Scio  ilium  haberi  sapientem,  I  know  that  he  is  esteemed  wise. 

Scio  vos  esse  discipulos,  I  know  that  you  are  scholars. 

So  Redeo  irdtus,  jaceo  supplex ;  Evddent  digni,  they  will  become  worthy ;  Rem- 
publlcam  defendi  adolescens ;  nolo  esse  longus,  I  am  unwilling  to  be  tedious  ;  Malim 
videri  timidus,  quam  parum  prudens.  Cic.  Non  licet  mihi  esse  negligenti.  Cic. 
Natura  dedit  omnibus  esse  bedtis.  Claud.  Cupio  me  esse  clementem ;  cupio  non 
putdri  menddcem ;  Vult  esse  medium,  sc.  se.  He  wishes  to  be  neuter.  Cic.  Disce 
esse  pater ;  Hoc  est  esse  patrem  ?  sc.  eum.  Ter.  Id  est,  dominum,  non  imperatdrem 
esse.  Sal  lust. 


208  GOVERNMENT   OF   SUBSTANTIVES. 

§  37«  Obs.  1.  This  rule  implies  nothing  else  but  the  agreement 
of  an  adjective  with  a  substantive,  or  of  one  substantive  with  another; 
for  those  words  in  a  sentence  which  refer  to  the  same  object,  must  al- 
ways agree  together,  how  much  soever  disjoined. 

§  38#  Obs.  2.  The  verbs  which  most  frequently  have  the  same 
case  after  them  as  before  them,  are ; 

1.  Substantive  and  neuter  verbs ;  as,  Sum,  Jio,  forem,  and  existo ; 
eo,  veniOj  sto,  sedeo,  evado,  jaceo,  fugio,  &C. 

2.  The  passive  of  verbs  of  naming,  judging,  &c.  as,  Dicor,  appellorj 
vocor,  nominor,  nuncupor ;  to  which  add,  videor,  exislimor,  creor,  con- 
stituor,  salutor,  designor,  &c, 

§  39«  These  and  other  like  verbs  admit  after  them  only  the  nominative, 
accusative,  or  dative.  When  they  have  before  them  the  genitive,  they  have  after 
them  an  accusative ;  as,  Interest  omnium  esse  bonos,  scil.  se,  it  is  the  interest  of"  all 
to  be  good.  In  some  cases  we  can  use  either  the  nom.  or  accus.  promiscuously;  as, 
Cupio  did  doctus  or  doctum,  sc.  me  did;  Cupio  esse  clemens,  nonputari  mendax; 
tmfl  esse  medius. 

§  40«  Obs.  3.  When  any  of  the  above  verbs  are  placed  between  two  nomina- 
tives of  different  numbers,  they  commonly  agree  in  number  with  the  former ;  as, 
Dos  est  decern  talenta,  Her  dowry  is  ten  talents.  Ter.  Omnia  pontus  erunt.  Ovid. 
But  sometimes  with  the  latter;  as,  Amaniium  ires  ambris  inte^rdtio  est,  The 
quarrels  of  lovers  is  a  renewal  of  love.  Ter.  So  when  an  adjective  is  applied  to 
two  substantives  of  different  genders,  it  commonly  agrees  in  gender  with  that  sub- 
stantive which  is  most  the  subject  of  discourse ;  as,  Oppidum  est  appelldtum  Posi- 
donia.  Plin.  Sometimes,  however,  the  adjective  agrees  with  the  nearer  substantive  ; 
as,  Non  omnis  error  stultitia  est  dicenda.  Cic. 

§  41»  Obs.  4.  When  the  infinitive  of  any  verb,  particularly  the  substantive 
verb  esse,  has  the  dative  before  it,  governed  by  an  Impersonal  verb,  or  any  other 
word,  it  may  have  after  it  either  the  dative  or  the  accusative ;  as.  Licet  mihi  esse 
beato,  I  may  be  happy ;  or,  licet  mihi  esse  bedtum,  mje  being  understood ;  thus,  licet 
mihi  (me)  esse  bedtum.  The  dative  before  esse  is  often  to  be  supplied ;  as,  Licet  esse 
bedtum.    One  may  be  happy,  scil.  alicui,  or  homini 

§  43»  Obs.  5.  The  poets  use  certain  forms  of  expression,  which  are  not  to  be 
imitated  in  prose ;  as,  Rettulit  Ajax  Jovis  esse  pron^pos,  for  se  esse  pronepotem. 
Ovid.  Met  xii.  141.  Cum  pateris  sapiens  emendatusque  vocdri,  for  te  vocdri  sapientem, 
&c.  Herat  Ep.  1.  16.  30.  Acceptum  refero  versihus  esse  nocens.  Ovid.  Tutumque 
pvlavitjam  bonus  esse  socer.    Lucan. 


GOVERNMENT. 
L  THE  GOVERNMENT  OF  SUBSTANTIVES. 

§  43.  VL  One  Substantive  governs  another  in 
the  genitive,  (when  the  latter  Substantive  signifies 
a  different  thing  from  the  former.) 


GOVERNMENT   OP   SUBSTANTIVES.  209 

§  44»  This  rule  mi^ht  be  better  expressed  thus : 

A  Noun,  which  hmits  the  meaning  of  another 
Noun,  denoting  a  different  person  or  thing,  is  put  in 
the  genitive ;  as, 

Amor  laitdis.  The  love  of  praise.  I  Lex  naturce,  The  law  of  nature. 

Domus  Ccesaris,  The  house  of  Caesar.   | 

In  the  first  example  amor  means  *  love'  in  general ;  glories  limits 
the  affection  to  the  particular  object,  *  praise'.  So,  in  the  second,  domus 
means  '  a  house'  in  general ;  Ccesaris  limits  the  meaning  to  the  pos- 
sessor, CcBsaris. 

§  45»  The  Genitive  has  three  senses.  1.  It  is  used  actively  or 
denotes  an  action,  —  that  one  does  any  thing;  as,  Victoria  Ccesaris, 
*  the  victory  of  Caesar,'  that  is,  v^hich  Caesar  gains.  2.  It  is  used 
possessively,  denoting  that  the  thing  which  is  put  in  the  Genitive  has 
or  possesses  something ;  as,  liber  patris,  *  the  father's  book,'  *  the  book 
vi^hich  belongs  to  the  Sither.'  3.  It  is  used  objectively,  that  is,  denotes 
the  object,  whether  person  or  thing,  to  which  the  action  is  directed ; 
as,  amor  mei,  *  love  for  me.'  In  English  the  objective  genitive  is  often 
rendered  by  some  other  verb  than  of;  as,  longing  for  rest,  love  to 
virtue. 

V  46«  Obs.  1.  When  one  substantive  is  governed  by  another  in  the  genitive, 
it  expresses  in  general  the  relation  of  property  or  possession,  and  therefore  is  often 
elegantly  turned  into  a  possessive  adjective ;  as,  Domus  patris,  or  paterna,  a  father's 
house ;  Filius  heri  or  herilis,  a  master's  son ;  and  among  the  poets,  Labor  Herculeus, 
for  Herculis ;  Ensis  Evandrius,  for  Evandri. 

§  4:7»  The  Genitive  also  sometimes  follows  substantives  to  denote  their  use 
or  service ;  as,  abaci  vasa,  Cic.  *  plate  for  the  sideboard.'  Apparatus  urbium  expug- 
nandarum,  Liv.  *  Instruments  for  attacking  cities.' 

V  48  •  Obs.  2.  When  the  substantive  noun  in  the  genitive  signifies  a  person, 
it  may  be  taken  either  in  an  active  or  a  passive  sense ;  thus,  Amor  Dei,  the  love 
of  God,  either  means  the  love  of  God  towards  us,  or  our  love  towards  him :  So 
carttas  patris,  signifies  either  the  affection  of  a  father  to  his  children,  or  theirs  to 
him.  But  often  the  substantive  can  only  be  taken  either  in  an  active  or  in  a  pas- 
sive sense ;  thus,  Timor  Dei  always  implies  Deus  iimetur ;  and  Providentia  Dei, 
Deus  providet.    So,  caritas  ipsius  soli,  affection  to  the  very  soil.  Liv.  ii.  1. 

V  49»  Obs.  3.  Both  the  former  and  latter  substantive  are  sometimes  to  be  un- 
derstood ;  as,  Hectoris  Andromache,  scil.  uxor ;  Ventum  est  ad  VestcB,  scil.  cedem  or 
templum  ;  Ventum  est  tria  millia,  scil.  passuum ;  three  miles. 

V  *pO»  Instead  of  a  genitive,  verbal  substantives  are  sometimes  followred  by 
the  case  which  the  verb,  from  which  they  are  derived,  governs ;  as.  Quid  tibi  banc 
airafio  est  rem  ?  Plaut.  for  hnjus  rei,  because  curare  governs  an  accusative.  So  in 
Cic  Quodsi  justitia  est  ohtemperalio  scriptis  legibus  institutisgue  populorum ;  because 
obtemperare  governs  a  dative. 

18  ■ 


210  GOVERNMENT   OF   SUBSTANTIVES. 

V  51«  A  dative  may  in  many  cases  be  substituted  for  the  genitive, 
with  little  change  of  meaning,  as  in  English  to  or  for  may  frequently 
be  substituted  for  of;  as,  exitium  pecori,  *  a  destruction  to  the  flock  :* 
quern  exitum  tantis  malis  speratis  ?  *  what  issue  do  you  hope  for,  to 
BO  great  calamities  V  C^sari  se  ad  pedes  projecere,  *  they  cast  them- 
selves at  the  feet  of  Csesar.'  Cui  corpus  porrigitur,  *for  whom  the 
body  is  extended,'  i.  e,  *  whose  body  is  extended.'  In  all  these  cases 
the  dative  is  the  remote  object  of  the  action  expressed  by  the  verb,  or 
by  the  noun  which  is  limited  by  the  dative.  Thus  exitium  means  *  de- 
struction' in  general,  and  the  noun  which  limits  its  signification,  (pecus) 
is  put  in  the  dative,  pecori, 

V  5  3»  Obs.  5.  Some  substantives  are  joined  with  certain  prepositions ;  as, 
Amicitia,  inimicitia,  pcu,  cum  alimio ;  Amor  in,  vel  erga,  atiquem  ;  Gaudium  de  re ; 
Cura  de  atlquo ;  Mentio  illius,  vel  de  iUo ;  Quies  ab  armis ;  Fumus  ex  incendiis  ,* 
Prceddtor  ex  sociis.  for  sociorum.  Sail.  &c. 

§  5  3»  Obs.  6.  The  genitive  in  Latin  is  often  rendered  in  English  by  several 
other  particles  besides  of;  as,  Descensus  Avemi,  the  descent  to  Avemus ;  Prudentia 
juris,  skill  in  the  law. 

§  54.  SUBSTANTIVE  PRONOUNS  are  governed  in  the  geni- 
tive like  substantive  nouns ;  as,  pars  mei,  a  part  of  me. 

§  5  3«  So  also  adjective  pronouns,  when  used  as  substantives,  or  having  a 
noun  understood ;  as,  Liber  ejus,  illius,  hvjus,  &c.  the  book  of  him,  or  his  book,  sc. 
hcnriinis ;  the  book  of  her,  or  her  book,  sc.  Jfoeminos.  Libri  eorum,  or  edrum,  their 
books ;  Cujus  liber,  the  book  of  whom,  or  whose  book ;  Quorum  libri,  whose  books, 
&c.  But  we  always  say,  meu^  liber,  not  mei ;  pater  nosier,  not  nostri ;  suum  jus, 
not  svi. 

§  S6«  When  a  passive  sense  is  expressed,  we  use  mei,  tui,  sui,  nostri,  vestri, 
nostrum,  vestrum ;  but  we  use  their  possessives  when  an  active  sense  is  expressed ; 
as.  Amor  mei.  The  love  of  me,  that  is.  The  love  wherewith  I  am  loved ;  Amor 
meus.  My  love,  that  is,  the  love  wherewith  I  love.  We  find,  however,  the  pos- 
sessives sometimes  used  passively,  and  their  primitives  taken  actively ;  as.  Odium 
tuum,  Hatred  of  thee.  Ter.  Phorra.  v.  8.  27.    Labor  mei,  My  labour,  rlaut. 

§  O  i  #  The  possessives  meus,  tuus,  suits,  noster,  vester,  have  sometimes  nouns, 
pronouns,  and  participles  after  them  in  the  genitive ;  as,  Pectus  tuum  hamtnis  sim- 
plfcis,  Cic.  Phil.  ii.  43.  Nosier  duorum  eventus.  Liv.  Tuum  ipsius  studivm.  Cic. 
Mea  scripta,  timentis,  &c.  Hor.  Solius  meum  peccdtum  corrlgi  non  potest,  Cic.  Id 
maximl  qnemque  decet,  quod  est  cujusque  suum  mojcimh  Id.  The  reason  of  this  is. 
because  the  adjective  pronouns  are  equivalent  to  the  genitive  of  the  personal ;  as, 
pectus  tuum  kominis  is  the  same  as  pectus  tui,  hominis,  &c.  where  hominis  would 
agree  in  case  with  tui. 

§  58»  The  reciprocals  SUI  and  SUUS  are  used,  when  the  action  of  the 
verb  is  reflected,  ^s  it  were,  upon  the  nominative ;  as,  Cato  interfecit  se,  Miles  de- 
fendit  suam  vitam ;  Dicit  se  scripturum  esse.  We  find,  however,  is  or  ille  some- 
times used  in  examples  of  this  kind ;  as,  Deum  agnosc^mus  ex  operibus  ejus.  Cic. 
f  Persuddejit  Rauracis,  ut  una  cum  iis  prqficiscantur,  for  una  secum.  Caes.  See 
page  84. 


GOVERNMENT   OF   SUBSTANTIVES.  211 

§  59.  VII.  If  the  latter  Substantive  have  an  Ad- 
jective of  praise  or  dispraise  joined  with  it,  they 
may  be  put  in  the  genitive  or  ablative ;  as, 

Vlr  sumrruB  jrrudenticB,  or  summa  prudential  A  man  of  great  wisdom. 

Puer  prohcB  indolis,  or  proba  indole,  A  boy  of  a  good  disposition. 

§  60»  This  Genitive  or  Ablative  is  called  the  GENITIVE  or  ABLATIVE 
of  QUALITY,  and  the  rule  would  have  been  better  expressed  by  saying  *  an  adjec- 
tive of  description'  instead  of  praise  or  dispraise.  This  Genitive  or  Ablative  is 
used  to  express — 1.  Property  or  character;  as,  puer  boncB  indolis;  adolescens 
summa  virtute.  2.  Form  ;  as,  mulier  formce  pxdchroB,  or  e^regia  forma.  3.  Worth, 
RANK ;  as,  homo  parvi  pretii.  4.  Power  ;  as,  homo  sui  juris,  *  a  man  at  his  own 
disposal,'  '  one  who  is  his  own  master.*  6.  Weight  ;  as,  lapis  centum  Librarum.  6. 
Time  ;  as,  exilium  decem  annorum,  *  a  banishment  of  ten  years.*  7.  Length,  Size, 
&c. ;  as,  testudo  pedum  sexaginta. 

V  61«  Obs.  L  The  ablative  here  is  not  properly  governed  by  the  foregoing 
substantive,  but  by  some  preposition  understood ;  as,  cum,  de,  ex,  in,  &c.  Thus, 
Vir  summa  prudentia  is  the  same  with  vir  cum  summa  prudentid. 

V  o3»  Obs.  2.  In  some  phrases  the  genitive  is  only  used;  as,  Magni  formica 
labdris,  the  laborious  ant ;  Vir  imi  subseUii,  homo  minimi  pretii,  a  pei;gon  of  the 
lowest  rank.  Homo  nidlius  stipendii,  a  man  of  no  experience  in  war,  Sallust. 
Non  multi  cibi  hospUem  accipies,  sed  multijoci.  Cic.  A^er  trium  jugerum.  In 
others  only  the  ablative ;  as,  Es  bono  ammo,  Be  of  good  courage.  Mira  sum  alar- 
ritate  ad  liligandum.  Cic.  Capite  aperlo  est.  His  head  is  bare ;  obvoluto,  covered. 
Capite  et  supercitio  semper  est  rasis.  Id.  Mulier  magno  natu.  Liv.  Sometimes  both 
are  used  in  the  same  sentence ;  as,  Adolescens,  eximia  spe,  summce  virtutis.  Cic. 
The  ablative  more  frequently  occurs  in  prose  than  the  genitive.  Qui  nunquam 
cBgro  corpore  fuerunt.  Cic. 

§  63«  Obs.  3.  Sometimes  the  adjective  agrees  in  case  with  the  former  sub- 
stantive, and  then  the  latter  substantive  is  put  in  the  ablative :  thus,  we  say,  either, 
Vir  prcBstantis  ingenii,  or  prcestanti  ingenio ;  or  Vir  prcestans  ingenio,  and  sometimes 
prcBstans  ingenii.  Among  the  poets  the  latter  substantive  i»  frequently  put  in  the 
accusative  by  a  Greek  construction,  secundum,  or  quod  ad  being  understood  by  the 
figure  commonly  called  Synecdoche ;  as,  Miles  fractus  membra,  i.  e.  fractus  secun- 
dum or  quod  ad  membra,  or  habens  membra  fracta.  Horat.  Os  humerosque  deo 
simUis.  Yirg. 

Adjectives  taken  as  Substantives, 

§  64»  VIII.  An  adjective  in  the  neuter  gender 
without  a  substantive  governs  the  genitive ;  as, 

Multum  pecunicB,     Much  money.  Quid  rei  est  ?    What  is  the  matter  ? 

V  65«  Obs.  1.  This  manner  of  expression  is  more  elegant  than  Multa  pecunia, 

and  therefore  is  much  used  by  the  best  writers;  as.  Plus  doquentice^  minus  sapien- 

ties,  tantum  fdei,  id  negotii ;  Quicquid  erat patrum,  reos  diceres.  Liv.    Id  loci,  Ad 

hoc  cBSldtis.  Sallust. 

-A 

§  66«  Obs.  2,  The  adjectives  which  thus  govern  the  genitive  like  substan- 
tives, generally  signify  quantity;  as,  multum,  plus,  plur\mum,  tantum,  quantum, 


212  GOVERNMENT   OP   StTBSTANTIVES. 

minus,  mintmum,  &c.  To  which  add,  hoc,  illvd,  istud,  id,  ^uid,  aliquid,  quidvis, 
quiddam,  &c.  Plvs  and  quid  almost  always  govern  the  genitive,  and  therefore  by 
some  are  thought  to  be  substantives. 

V  OT*  Tantum  with  the  genitive  always  means  'so  much,'  'so  many:'  but 
when  it  means  '  so  great,'  it  is  always  an  adjective,  and  agrees  with  its  substantive 
in  gender,  number,  and  case.  Thus,  tantus  labor,  'so  great  a  labour;  tantum 
laboris, '  so  much  labour ;'  tantum  negotium,  *  so  weighty  a  business ;  tantum  negotii, 
*  so  much  business,'  or  '  trouble :'  it  is  therefore  incorrect  to  say  that  tantum 
laboris  is  put  for  tantus  labor.  So  with  quantum,  '  how  much ;'  as,  quantum  nego- 
tium, '  how  great,'  or  ♦  how  important  a  business ;'  quantum  negotii,  '  how  much 
business,'  or  *  trouble.' 

§  o8»  Obs.  3.  Nihil,  and  these  neuter  pronouns  quid,  aliquid,  &c.  elegantly 
govern  neuter  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second  declension  in  the  genitive ;  as, 
nihil  sinceri,  no  sincerity ;  but  seldom  govern  in  this  manner  adjectives  of  the  third 
declension,  particularly  those  which  end  in  is  and  e ;  as,  Nequid  hosfde  timerent,  not 
hosfUis:  we  find,  however,  quicquid  civ'dis.  Liv.  v.  3. 

V  69»  Obs.  4.  Plural  adjectives  of  the  neuter  gender  also  govern  the  genitive, 
commonly  the  genitive  plural ;  as,  Augusta  vidrum,  Opdca  locdrum,  Telluris  operta, 
loca  being  understood.  So,  Amdra  curdrum,  acuta  belli,  sc.  negotia.  Herat.  An 
adjective,  indeed,  of  any  gender  may  have  a  genitive  after  it,  with  a  substantive 
understood ;  as,  Amicus  CcBsHris,  Patria  Ulyssis,  &c. 

Opus  and  Usus, 

§  70»  IX.  Opus  and  Usus,  signifying  need^  re- 
quire the  ablative ;  as, 

JEst  opus  pecuniae  There  is  need  of  money ;  Usus  virlhus,  Need  of  strength. 

V  7±«  Obs.  1.  Opus  and  usus  are  substantive  nouns,  and  do  not  govern  the 
ablative  of  themselves,  but  by  some  preposition,  as  pro  or  the  like,  understood. 
They  sometimes  also,  although  more  rarely,  govern  the  genitive ;  as,  Lecttonis  cptis 
est.  Quinct.    OpSrce  usus  est.  Liv.     Temporis  opus  est.  liv. 

V  73»  Obs.  2.  Opus  is  often  construed  like  an  indeclinable  adjective;  as, 
Dux  nobis  emus  est.  We  need  a  general.  Cic.  Dices  nummos  mihi  opus  esse.  Id. 
Nobis  exempta  opus  sunt.  Id. 

V  To*  Hence  it  is  seen  that  opus  is  used  in  two  ways ;  1.  Personally,  that 
is,  it  has  its  subject  with  which  it  agrees  in  the  Nominative,  and  is  found  in  both 
numbers ;  as,  liber  est  mihi  opus ;  libri  sunt  mihi  opus ;  libri  mihi  opus  fuerunt,  &c. 
2.  Impersonally,  with  est,  like  other  impersonal  verbs,  in  which  case  it  has  its 
subject  in  the  Ablative ;  as,  Auctoritate  tua  nobis  opus  est.  In  both  usages  the 
person  to  whom  something  is  necessary,  is  put  in  the  Dative. 

V  i4«  Obs.  3.  Opus  is  elegantly  joined  with  the  perfect  participle ;  as,  Opus 
maturdto,  need  of  haste ;  Opus  consulto,  Need  of  deliberation;  Quid  facto  usus  est? 
Ter.  The  participle  has  sometimes  a  substantive  joined  with  it  ,*  as,  Mihi  opusfuit 
Hirtio  convento.  It  behoved  me  to  meet  with  Hirtius.  Cic. 

V  To«  Obs.  4.  Opus  is  sometimes  joined  with  the  infinitive,  or  the  subjunctive 
with  ut ;  as,  Siquid  forte  sit,  quod  opus  sit  sciri.  Cic.  Nunc  tibi  opus  est,  oBgram 
ut  te  adsimules.  Plant.  Sive  opus  est  imperitdre  equis.  Herat.  It  is  often  placed 
absolutely,  i.  e.  without  depending  on  any  other  word ;  as,  sic  opus  est ;  si  opus  sit,  &c. 


GOVERNMENT    OP   ADJECTIVES.  213 

II.  THE  GOVERNMENT  OF  ADJECTIVES. 
1.  Adjectives  governing  the  Genitive. 

§  76.  X.  Verbal  adjectives,  or  such  as  signify  an 
affection  of  the  mind,  govern  the  genitive ;  as, 

Avldus  gloricB,  Desirous  of  glory.  Igndrus  fraudis,  Ignorant  of  fraud. 

Memor  oeneficidrum,  Mindful  of  favours. 

§  Klfo  To  this  rule  belong,  I.  Verbal  adjectives  in  AX;  as,  capax, 
edaXf  ferax,  tenax,  pertlnax^  &c.  and  certain  participial  adjectives  in 
NS  and  TUS;  as,  amans^  appetens,  cupiens,  insolens,  sciens ;  con- 
sultus,  doctus,  expertus,  insuetus,  insolUus,  &c.  II.  Adjectives  ex- 
pressing" various  affections  of  the  mind;  1.  Desire,  as,  avarus^  cupldus, 
studiosusy  curiosus,  &c.  2.  Knowledge,  ignorance,  and  doubting ;  as, 
callidus,  certus,  certior,  conscius,  gnarus,  peritus,  prudens,  &c.  Ig- 
ndrus^ incertus,  inscius,  imprudensy  imperltus,  immemor,  rudis ; 
ambiguus^  duhius,  suspensus,  &c.  3.  Care  and  diligence,  and  the 
contrary ;  as,  anxius,  curiosus,  solicUus,  provtdus,  dillgens ;  incuri' 
osus,  securuSf  negllgens,  &c.  4.  Fear  and  confidence  ;  as,  formidO' 
losus,  pavidus,  timidus,  trepidus ;  impavidus,  interritus,  intrepldus. 
5.  Guilt  and  innocence ;  as,  noxius,  reus,  suspectus,  compertus ;  in- 
noxius,  innocens,  insons.  6.  Power  or  might  over  any  thing;  as, 
compos  mentis,  *  master  of  his  understanding ;'  diva  potens  Cypri, '  the 
goddess  (Venus)  mistress  of  Cyprus.'  7.  Liberality,  profusion,  parsi- 
mony ;  as,  liheralis,  benignus,  prodigus,  profusus,  parcus,  avdrus. 

§  i  8«  To  these  add  many  adjectives  of  various  significations ;  as,  csger  ant- 
mi ;  ardena,  audax,  aversus,  diversus,  egregius,  erectus,  falsus,  felix,  fessus,  furens, 
ingens,  integer,  Icstus,  prcBStans  an1mi ;  modtcus  voti ;  integer  vitcB ;  seri  studiorum. 
Hor.  But  we  say,  JEger  pedthus,  ardens  in  ciipiditatlbus,  prastans  doctrina,  modi- 
cus  cuttu ;  LcBtus  negotio,  de  re,  or  propter  rem,  &c.  and  never  cBger  pedum,  &c. 

§  70«  Obs.  1.  Verbals  in  NS  are  used  both  as  adjectives  and  par- 
ticiples ;  thus,  pattens  algoris,  able  to  bear  cold ;  and  paiiens  algorem, 
actually  bearing  cold.  So,  amans  virtutis,  and  amans  virtutem ;  doc^ 
tus  grammattccB,  skilled  in  grammar ;  doctus  grammaticam,  one  who 
has  learned  it. 

y  80«  Obs.  2.  Many  of  these  adjectives  vary  their  construction;  as,  avidus 
in  pecuniis.  Cic.  Avidior  ad  rem.  Ter.  Jure  consultus  and  peritus,  or  juris.  Cic. 
Rudis  literdrum,  in  jure  civlli.  Cic.  Rudis  arte,  ad  mala.  Ovid.  Doctus  Latinh, 
Latinis  Uteris.  Cic.  Assuetus  lahore,  in  Omnia.  Liv.  Mensoe  herili.  Virg.  Insue- 
lus  mor%us  Romdnis,  in  the  dat  Liv.  Lahoris,  ad  on^ra  portanda.  Cvbs.  Desuetus 
bello  et  triumphis,  in  the  dat.  or  abl.  rather  the  dat  Virg.  Anxius,  solicitus,  securus, 
de  re  aliqua ;  diligens,  in,  ad,  de.  Cic.  NegVtgens  in  aliquem,  in  or  de  re :  Reus  de 
vi,  crimimbus.  Cic.     Certior  /actus  de  re,  rather  than  rei.  Cic. 

§  8 1  •  Obs.  3.  The  genitive  after  these  adjectives  is  thought  to  be  governed 
by  causa,  in  re,  or  in  negotio,  or  some  such  word  understood  ;  as,  Cupidus  laudis^ 
I.  e.  causa,  or  in  re  laudis,  desirous  of  praise,  that  is,  on  account  of,  or  in  the  matter 


214  GOVERNMENT    OF   ADJECTIVES. 

of  praise.  -But  many  of  the  adjectives  themselves  may  be  supposed  to  contain,  in 
their  own  signification,  the  force  of  a  substantive ;  thus,  studidsus  pecumce,  fond  of 
money,  is  the  same  with  hahois  studium  pecunice,  having  a  fondness  for  money. 

§  o2«  The  following  Adjectives  are  found  with  the  Genitive  Animi:  Abjec- 
tior,  Liv.  jEger,  Id.  Amens,  Virg.  Anxius,  Sail.  August} or,  A^\i\.  Aversui^, 
Tac.  CfCCMS,  Quintil.  Captus,  Tac.  Certus,  Liv.  Compos,  Ter.  Conftdens, 
Sueton.  Conjirmdtus,  ApuL  Confusus,  Liv.  Credula  spes,  Hor.  D'dior,  Slat. 
Diversus,  Tac.  and  Ter.  Dub'us,  Virg.  Egregius,  Id.  Ereclus,  Sil.  Exiguus, 
Claud.  Eximius,  Stat.  Expleius,  Apul.  Externafus,  Id.  Falsus,  Ter.  Ftrox, 
Tac.  Festlnus,  Apul.  F'ldens,  Virg.  Firmdlus,  Sail.  Furens,  Virg.  ///ear, 
Apul,  Impos,  Plant.  Infelix,  Virg.  Ingens,  Tac.  Insavus,  Apul.  Integer, 
Hor.  Lapsus,  Plant  Lassus,  Id.  JVfac/e,"  Mart.  MVser,  Plant.  Mutuius,  Apul. 
PrcBceps,  Virg.  PrcBStans,  Id.  R^creatus,  Apul.  Stupentes,  Liv.  Suspensus, 
Apul.  Tan^/s,  Id.  Tendla,  Id.  Terrttus,  Liv.  Turbatus,  Sil.  TurbUus,  Tac. 
Vagus^  Catull.  Validus,  Tac  Fecors,  Apul.  TersMS,  Tac.  Ftc^us,  Virg.  So 
AUernus  animcB,  Sil. 

1.  These  are  followed  by  the  Genitive  Ingenii:  ^mulus,  Sil.  Awtfaa?,  Stat 
Fervldus,  Sil.    Lcetus,  Veil.     Ferswfus,  Plin. 

2.  These  by  Mentis  :  Dubius,  Ovid.  Integer,  Hor.  MuluMe,  Sil.  Pares,  Id. 
Potens,  Ovid.     Sdnus,  Plaut. 

3.  These  by  Ir^e  :  Mantfestus,  Sail.  Pervtcax,  Tac.  Potens,  Curt.  Pulckerrt' 
mus,  Sil.     FMffess?/nM.s  Id. 

4.  These  by  Militia  :  Acer,  Tac.  Impiger,  Id.  Inglorius,  Id.  Jmssus,  Hor. 
Optimus,  Sil.     Strenuus,  Tac. 

6.  These  by  Belli  ••  Expertus,  Virg.  Fessus,  Stat  Medius,  Hor.  Promptus, 
Tac.     Serus,  Sil.    Resides  bellorum,  Stat 

6.  These  by  Laboris:  AnAeZus,  Sil.  Insuefus,  Caes.  Invictus,  Tac.  IxBtus, 
Virg.     Fortundtus  Idborum,  Virg.    Laudandus  Idborum,  Sil.    Z.i6er  Labdrum,  Hor. 

7.  These  by  Rerum  :  Fessus,  Virg.  Imper'dus,  Ter.  InstabUis,  Senec.  Secors, 
Ter.     TrepUi,  Liv.  et  Sil.     f/mcus,  Sil. 

8.  These  by  Fidei  :  PrcBcldrus,  Tac    Prdvus,  Sil.    Sinister,  Id. 

9.  These  by  ^vi :  jEqudles,  Sil.  Floridior,  Id.  Maturus,  Virg.  Maximus,  Sil. 
M^mor,  Virg.     Validus,  Aurel.  Vict 

10.  These  by  Tui:  Fidisslma,  Virg.    S^mzZfs,  Plaut. 

11.  These  by  Sui :  3foZZior,  Apul.  Peric£itdbundus,  Id.  Superior,  Toe.  Profu- 
8US,  Sail. 

12.  These  by  Morum:  Diversus,  Tac.  Exactus,  Ovid.  Kwa^a,  Sil.  Gravis, 
Claud.     Spernendus,  Tac. 

13.  So,  Admirandus  frugaHtdtis,  Senec.  JE^us  absentium,  Tac.  Alienus  con- 
sYlii,  Sail.  Dignitatis,  Cic.  Joe/,  Ovid.  Pads,  Lucr.  Amhiguus  pudoris,  Tac. 
.Armus  furti,  Ovid.  Arrfens  Caedis,  Stat.  Argutus  facinorum,  Plaut.  Assuetus 
tumultiis,  Liv.  Afrox  odii,  Tac  Attomtus  serpentis,  Sil.  Avidus  laudis,  Cic. 
Benignus  vTni,  Hor.  Bibulus,  Falemi,  Id.  Blandus  precum,  Stat.  Ccecus  fati, 
Lucan.  Fuluri,  Stat.  Calhdus  temporum,  Tac  Ca^ws  Legum,  Auson.  CeZer 
nandi,  Sil.  Certus  destinationis,  Tac.  Salutis,  Ovid.  Cldmosus  unda3.  Sil.  CZa- 
riss'imus  disci plTnaB,  Veil.  Commune  omnium,  Cic.  Compos  voti,  Liv.  Conterrni' 
nus  jiigi.  Apul. :  cf.  Sil.  v.  511.  Credulus  adversi,  Sil.  Cumuldtissinius  scelerum, 
Plaut  Cupidior  saliitis,  Nep.  Cupldus  rerum  nGvarum,  Sail.  Damnandus  facti, 
Sil.  Deformis  leti,  Id.  Deg^ner  artis,  Ovid.  Despecfus  taedae,  Sil.  Devivs  aequi, 
Id.  /?ec<i,  Id.  Disertus  leporum,  ac  facetiarum,  Catull.  ■  Dispar  sortis,  Sil.  Z)!- 
«?wa  fiitijri,  Hor.    Docilis  mod  Drum,  Id.    Doctus  virgae,  Sil.    Dubius  fati,  Sil. 


GOVERNMENT    OF    ADJECTIVES.  5l5 

Sentcnfio!,  Ovid.  BulcisfCimus  fandi,  Gell.  Durus  Oris,  Liv.  Durior  Gris,  Ovid. 
EffusissTmus  miinificentiaB,  Veil.  Enuntiatlvi  corporum,  Senec.  Erectus  linguae, 
Sn.  Fati,  Stat.  Exsors  culpae,  Liv.  Secandi,  Hor.  Pcricidi,  Ter.  £a:w7  patrias, 
Hor.  Mundi,  Ovid.  Domus,  Quintil.  Extorris  regni,  Stat.  Exutus  formae,  Sil. 
Facilis  frngum,  Claud.  Fallax  amicitioe,  Tac.  Falsiis  ciipiti.  Sil.  Fatigaius  spei, 
Apul.  F^Zti;  cerebri,  Hor.  Operum,  Sil  Fe.s^ws  viae,  Stat.  Maris  et  viarum,  Hor. 
Stdutfs,  Sil.  F'ldens  armGram,  Lucan.  Firmus  prGposTti,  Veil.  Fluvus  comarum, 
Sil,  Formldolosior  hostium,  Tac.  Frequens  sylvae,  Tac.  Frustratus  spei,  Gell. 
Fugit'ivus  regni,  Flor.     Gaudens  alti,  Stat.     Gravida  metalli,  Ovid.     Impavidus 


Insolttus  serviiii,  Sail.  Insons  sanguinis,  Ovid.  Integer  vitae,  Hor.  Urbis  V. 
Flac.  JEvi,  Virg.  Annorum,  Stat.  Interrila  leti,  Ovid.  Citplti,  Veil.  Intrqpndus 
ferri,  Claud.  Invictus  operis  et  labGris,  Tac.  Invidus  laud  is,  Cic.  LcBtus  frugum, 
Sail.  Lassus  maris  et  viarum  militiajque,  Hor.  Lentus  coepti,  Sil.  Levis  opum, 
Id.  Llbcrdlis  pecuniae,  Sail.  Lugendus  formae,  Sil.  MMIdus  rGris,  Apul.  Mdni- 
festus  crimmis,  Tac.  Medius  pacis,  Hor.  Fratris  et  sorGris,  Ovid.  Mtlior  fati. 
Si).  Modicus  pecuniae,  Tac.  Voti,  Pers.  Onginis,  Tac.  Dignationis,  Id.  Viri- 
um,  Veil.  Voluptdtam,  Tac.  Mtmlficus  auri,  Claud.  Nimius  imperii,  Liv.  iSer- 
monis,  Tac.  Tsohilis  fandi,  Auson.  Notus  fugarum,  Sil.  Nudus  arboris,  Ovid. 
Occullus  odii,  Tac.  Onusta  remigura,  Hirt.  Otiosi  sliidiGrum,  Plin.  Pares  aitatis, 
Sil.  Pavidus  offensiGnum,  Tac.  Pauper  aquae,  Hor.  Per/Ida  pacti,  Sil.  Perin- 
/awies  disciplina?,  Apul.  Pen^MS  juris  legumque,  Hor.  Pertinax  doeendi,  W.  Pi- 
g-er  perlcli,  Sil.  Po^ens  lyrae,  Hor.  jEtdtis,  Sil.  Fo^i,  Ovid.  JVf«m  et  terras  tem- 
peslatumque,  Virg.  PrcBcipuus  virtutis,  Apul.  Prccscia  fiitiiri,  Virg.  Prcestans 
Bapientiae,  Tac.  Prucax  Gtii,  Tac.  Prufugus  regni.  Id.  Pruperus  occasiGnis,  Id. 
Prospera  friigum,  Hor.  Purus  sceleris,  Id.  Serpentum,  Sil.  Rectus  jiidicii,  Senec. 
Rudis  literarum,  Cic.  Salidtus  caedis,  Ovid.  Saucius  f  araae,  Apul.  Scitus  vadG- 
rum,  Hor.  Segnis  occasiGnum,  Tac.  Seri  studiGrum,  Hor.  Solers  operum,  Sil. 
hyrcE,  Hor.  Solutus,  operum,  Id.  Spreta  vTgoris,  Sil.  Studidsissimus  mei,  Cic. 
Sum7nus  severitatis,  Tac.  Superstes  dignitatis,  Cic.  Surdus  veritatis,  Col.  Tci^- 
dus  fugas,  V.  Fiac,     Tenuis  opum,  Sil.     Truncus  pedum,  Virg.     Vafer  jiiris,  Ovid. 

Vdttdus  Grandi,  Tac.     Vtrium,  Id.     Vdnus  veri,  Virg.     Vtnerandus  senectae,  Sil. 

Vetus  regnandi,  Tac.     Vigil  armenti,  Sil.     Uttlis  medendi,  Ovid. 

§  83«  XL  Partitives,  and  w^ords  placed  partitive- 
ly,  comparatives,  superlatives,  interrogatives,  and 
some  numerals,  govern  the  genitive  plural  ;*  as, 

Aliquis  philosophorum,  Some  one  of  the  philosophers. 

Senior  fratrum.  The  elder  of  the  brothers. 

Doctiss7mus  Romanorum,  The  most  learned  of  the  Romans. 

Quis  nostrum,  Which  of  us  ? 

Una  musdrum,  One  of  the  muses. 

Octdvus  sapientum,  The  eight  of  the  wise  men. 

V  84*  Adjectives  are  called  Partitives,  or  are  said  to  be  placed 
partitively,  when  they  signify  a  part  of  any  number  of  persons  or 
things,  having  after  them  in  English,  of  or  among ;  as,  alius,  nullus, 
solus.  Sic.  quis  and  qui,  v^^ith  their  compounds:  also  Comparatives, 
Superlatives,  and  some  numerals ;  as,  unus,  duo,  tres ;  primus,  secun- 
dus,  &c.  To  these  add  multi^  pauci,  plerique,  medius,  neuter,  quo- 
tus,  nonnuUi. 

*That  is.  These  partitives,  comparatives  &c.  denoting  but  a  part,  are  followed 
by  a  genitive  denoting  the  whole 


216  GOVERNMENT   OP   ADJECTIVES. 

§  85«  If  the  substantive  be  a  collective  noun,  the  genitive  singular 
is  used ;  as,  totius  Gr<Bci(B  doctissimus, 

y  00«  Obs.  1.  Partitives,  &c.  agree  in  gender  with  the  substantives  which 
they  have  after  them  in  the  genitive ;  but  when  there  are  two  substantives  of  dif^ 
ferent  genders,  the  partitive,  &c.  rather  agrees  with  the  former ;  as,  Indus  jlumi- 
num  maximus.  Cic.  Rarely  with  the  latter;  as,  Delphlnus  animalium  vetocissi- 
mum.  Plin.  The  genitive  here  is  governed  by  ex  numero,  or  by  the  same  sub- 
stantive understood  in  the  singular  number ;  as,  Nulla  sororum,  scil.  soror  or  ex 
numero  sororum. 

§  8  i  •  Obs.  2.  Partitives,  &c.  are  Often  otherA\dse  construed  with  the  preposi- 
tions de,  e,  ex,  or  in ;  as,  Unus  de  fratrihus ;  or  by  the  poets,  with  ante  or  inter ;  as, 
Pulcherrtmus  ante  omnes,  for  omnium.  Virg.     Primus  inter  omnes.  Id. 

§  88»  Obs.  3.  Partitives,  &c.  govern  collective  nouns  in  the  genitive  singular, 
and  are  of  the  same  gender  with  the  individuals  of  which  the  collective  noun  is 
composed  ;  as,  Vir  fortisslmus  nosfrcB  civitdtis.  Cic.  Maximus  slirpis.  Li  v.  UlU- 
mos  orhis  Britannos.  Horat  Od.  i.  35,  29. 

V  89»  Obs.  4.  Comparatives  are  used  when  we  speak  of  two ;  Superlatives 
when  we  speak  of  more  than  two ;  as.  Major  fratrum,  The  elder  of  the  brothers, 
meaning  two ;  Maxrmus  frafrum,  the  eldest  of  the  brothers,  meaning  more  than  two. 
In  like  manner,  uter,  alter,  neuter,  are  applied  with  regard  to  two ;  quis,  wms,  aliuSi 
nullus,  with  regard  to  three  or  more ;  as,  Uter  Veslrum,  Whether  or  which  of  you 
two ;  Quis  vestrum.  Which  of  you  three ;  but  these  are  sometimes  taken  promiscu- 
ously, the  one  for  the  other. 

2.  Adjectives  governing  the  Dative. 

§  90«  [The  Dative,  when  compared  with  the  Accusative  (which 
is  the  immediate  object)  may  be  defined  to  be  the  case  of  the  re- 
mote OBJECT.  It  answers  to  the  question,  to  whom  1  or  for  whom  or 
what  I  to  what  end  1  to  whose  advantage  or  disadvantage  1  The  active 
Verb  with  the  Accusative  expresses  the  amount  of  the  action  done  to 
the  object,  which  object  is  put  in  the  Dative.  Thus  in  the  expression, 
narras  fahulam  surdo,  *  you  are  telling  a  story  to  a  deaf  person,'  the 
two  terms  narras  fahulam  (the  active  Verb  with  the  Accusative)  are 
required  to  express  the  amount  of  what  is  done,  surdo,  *  to  the  deaf 
person.* 

§  91  •  But  the  Dative  according  to  our  English  idiom  must  fre- 
quently be  translated  by  from  or  of,  instead  of  to  or  for.  Thus, 
Brutus  percussit  pectus  Ccosdrij  *  Brutus  struck  the  breast  ofCsesar;' 
here  the  two  terms  percussit  pectus,  are  requisite  to  express  the  action 
done  to  the  object,  which  object  the  Latins  elegantly  put  in  the  Da- 
tive, CcBsari,  *  to  Caesar,'  instead  of  the  Genitive  to  be  governed  by 
pectus.  Thus  in  Livy,  I.  1.  line  2d,  the  reading  should  be  JEnecR 
Antenorique,  according  to  all  the  manuscripts :  but  in  the  school  edi- 
tions and  even  in  Drackenborch  the  reading  is  JEned  Antenoreque, 
probably,  because  the  ablative  could  more  easily  be  construed  after 
ahstinuisse  by  the  common  rule  of  Syntax,  "  A  preposition  in  Com- 
position," &c.  It  is  here  stated  by  Livy  that  the  Greeks  ahstinuisse 
omnejus  helli  '  withheld  every  right  of  war.'   To  whom  did  the  Greeks 


GOVERNMENT    OF    ADJECTIVES.  217 

do  this?  to  two  persons,  ^neas  and  Antenor.  The  English  idiom 
indeed  states  the  persons  from  whom  every  right  of  war  was  withheld, 
but  the  Latin  idiom,  with  no  less  elegance,  states  the  persons  to  whom 
this  act  of  withholding  was  c?one.] 

§93.  XII.  Adjectives  signifying  profit  or  dis- 
profit,  likeness  or  unlikeness,  &c.  govern  the  da- 
tive; as, 

Utilis  bello.  Profitable  for  war.  ' 

Pernicioms  reipubticcB,  Hurtful  to  the  commonwealth. 

Similis  patri,  Like  to  his  father. 

Or  thus,  Any  adjective  may  govern  the  dative  in  Latin  which  has 
the  signs  TO  or  FOR  after  it  in  English. 

To  this  rule  belong  : 

§  93*  1.  Adjectives  of  profit  or  disprofit ;  as,  Benignus,  bonus,  commoduSf 
faustus,  felix,  fructuosus,  prosper,  saluber,  ufilis.  —  Calamitosus,  damnosus,  dims, 
exitiosus^  funestus,  incommodus,  inutllis,  mains,  noxius,  pernicidsus,  pestifer. 

2.  Of  pleasure  or  pain ;  as,  Acceptus,  didcis,  grains,  graliosus,  jucundus,  IcetuSf 
suavis. — Acerbus,  amdrus,  insudvis,  injucundus,  ingrdtus,  molestus,  trisiis. 

3.  Of  friendship  or  hatred ;  as,  Addictus,  cequus,  amicus,  benevolus,  blandus,  carus, 
deditus,  fdus,  jidelis,  lenis,  mitis,  propilius.  —  Adversus,  cemulus,  alwndtus,  asper, 
crudelis,  contrarius,  infensus,  infeslus,  infldus,  immltiSy  inimicus,  imquus,  invisuSt 
inviduSt  irdtus,  odidsus,  suspectus,  trux. 

4.  Of  clearness  or  obscurity ;  as,  Apertus,  certus,  compertus,  conspicuus,  mani- 
festus,  notus,  perspicuus. — Ambiguus,  dubius,  ignotus,  incertus,  obscurus. 

5.  Of  nearness ;  as,  Affmis,  JiniCimus,  proprior,  proximus,  propinquus,  socius, 
viclnus. 

6.  Of  fitness  or  unfitness ;  as,  Aptus,  apposilus,  accommoddtus,  habilis,  idoneus, 
opportunus. — Ineptus,  inhabilis,  importunus,  inconveniens. 

7.  Of  ease,  or  difficulty ;  as,  FacHis,  levis,  obvius,  perviu^.  —  Diffidilis,  arduus, 
gravis,  laborivsus,  periculosus,  invius. 

8.  Those  denoting  propensity  or  readiness;  as,  Pronus,  proclivis,  propensus, 
promptus,  pardtus. 

9.  Of  equality,  or  inequality ;  as,  Jf^qudlis,  cBqucsvua,  par,  compar,  suppar.  —  Ine- 
qudlis,  impar,  dispar,  discors.  Also  of  likeness  or  unlikeness ;  as,  Similis,  cemulus, 
geminus. — Dissimzlis,  absonus,  alienus,  conterminus,  diversus,  discolor. 

10.  Several  adjectives  compounded  with  CON ;  as,  Cogndtus,  communis,  concolor, 
concors,  confmis,  congruus,  consanguineus,  consciiis,  consentaneus,  consonus,  con- 
veniens, conliguus,  continuus,  continejis,  contiguus ;  as,  Mari  a'er  conCtnens  est.  Cic. 

11.  To  these  add  many  other  adjectives  of  various  significations  ;  as,  absurd  us, 
credulus,  decorus,  deformis,  intentus,  obnoxius,  subjectus,  supersles,  supplex,  secundus, 
prcBsio,  indecl. '  at  hand,'  &c. — particularly. 

§  94»  Passive  Participles,  and  Verbal  Adjectives  in  Bilis  govern 
the  Dative ;  as, 

Amandus  or  amabilis  omjiibus,  To  be  loved  by  all  men. 

19 


218  GOVERNMENT    OF    ADJECTIVES. 

So  iHors  est  ternhilis  maim;  Oplabilis  omnibus  pax ;  Adhibenda  est  nclis  dili- 
genlia.  Cic.  Semel  omnibus  ccdcanda  est  via  lethi.  Hor.  Bella  malribus  detestdtOf 
'  Wars  hated  by  mothers.'  Hor. 

V  O^*  Verbals  in  dus  are  often  construed  with  the  prep,  a ;  as,  Dens  est  vene- 
randus  et  colendus  a  ndns.  Cic.  Perfect  Participles  are  usually  so;  as.  Mors  Crassi 
est  a  multis  dejleta,  rather  than  multis  dejieta.  Cic.  A  te  invitdtaSy  rogdtuSy  prodttus, 
&c.  hardly  ever  tibi. 

§  96«  ExosuSf  Perosus,  and  PertcBsus,  signifying"  actively,  go- 
vern an  Accusative ;  as, 
Exosus  TrojdnoSy  Virg.  Lucem  perosi.  Virg.  Perlcesus  ignaviam  suam,  Sueton. 

§  97»  Obs.  1.  The  dative  is  properly  not  governed  by  adjectives, 
nor  by  any  other  part  of  speech ;  but  put  after  them,  to  express  the  ob- 
ject to  which  their  signification  refers. 

The  particle  to  in  Englisli  is  often  to  be  supplied ;  as,  Simllis  patri. 
Like  his  father,  to  being  understood. 

§  98 •  Obs.  2.  Substantives  have  likewise  sometimes  a  dative  after 
them ;  as,  Hie  est  pater,  dux,  or  Jilius  mihi,  He  is  father,  leader,  or 
son  to  me;  so,  Prcesidium  reis,  decus  amicis,  &c.  Hor.  Exitium 
pecori,  Virg.  Virtutibus  hostis,  Cic.  Auctor  tibi  sum,  'I  advise 
thee.'     See  J  51. 

§  99«  Obs.  3.  The  following  adjectives  have  sometimes  the  dative 
after  them,  and  sometimes  the  genitive :  Afflnis,  si?nilis,  communis, 
par,  proprius,  finitimus,  Jidus,  conterminus,  super stes,  conscius,  cequa- 
lis,  contrarius,  and  adversus ;  as,  Simllis  tibi,  or  tui;  Superstes 
patri,  or  patris;  Conscius  facinori,  ox  facinoris.  Conscius  and  some 
others  frequently  govern  both  the  genitive  and  dative;  as.  Mens  sibi 
conscia  recti.  We  say.  Similes,  dissimlles,  pares,  dispdres,  cBqudles, 
communes,  inter  se :  Par  and  communis  cum  allquo,  Civltas  secum 
ipsa  discors  ;  discordes  ad  alia.  Liv. 

§  100«  Obs,  4.  Adjectives  signifying  usefiilness,  or  fitness,  and 
the  contrary,  have  after  them  the  dative  of  the  accusative  with  a  pre- 
position; as, 

Utilis,  inuCUis,  aptus,  ineptus,  natus,  commodus,  vekemens,  accommoddtus,  idoneuSy 
habilisy  inhabtlis,  opportunus,  conveniens,  &c.  aUcui  rei,  or  ad  aliquid.  Many  other 
adjectives  governing  the  dative  are  likewise  construed  w'ith  prepositions  5  as,  at- 
tentus  qucBsUis,  Hor.    Attentus  ad  rem.  Ter. 

§  XOI«  Obs.  5.  Of  adjectives  which  denote  friendship  or  hatred,  or  any  other 
affection  of  the  mind  towards  any  one.  I.  Some  are  usually  construed  with  the 
dative  only ;  as,  Affabilis,  arrogans,  asper,  caruSy  diffictlis,  Jidelis,  invisus,  irdtuSy 
offensus,  suspeclus,  alicui.  II.  Some  with  the  preposition  in  and  the  accusative ; 
as,  Acerbus,  animdlus,  beneficus,  gratiosus,  injuriosus,  liber alis,  mendax,  misericors, 
officiosus,  pius,  impius,  prolixus,  severus,  sordidus,  torvus,  vehemens,  in  aliquem. 
III.  Some  either  with  the  dative,  or  with  the  accus.  and  the  preposition  in,  erga, 
or  adversus,  going  before;  as,  Contumax,  criminosus,  durus,  exitiabtlis,  gravis, 
hospitdliSy  implacabilis,  (and  perhaps  also  inexorabilis  and  intoleraMis)  imquus, 
scevuSy  ALICUI  or  in  aliquem.    Benevolus,  benignus,  mdestuSy  alicui  or  erga 


GOVERNMENT    OF    ADJECTIVES.  219 

ALidUEM.  Mitis,  comis;  in  or  erga  aliquem  and  alicui.  Pervtcax  adversus 
ALiQUEM.  Crudelis,  in  ALiauEM,  seldom  alicui.  Amicus,  cemulus^  iiifensus,  in- 
festus,  ALICUI,  seldom  in  aliquem.  Gratus  alicui,  or  in,  erga,  adversus  ali- 
QUEM.  We  say  alienus  alicui  or  alicujus ;  but  oftener  ab  atiquo,  and  sometimes 
aUquo  without  the  preposition. 

V  103«  AUDIENS  is  construed  with  two  datives;  as,  Regi  dicto  audiens 
erat,  he  was  obedient  to  the  king ;  not  regis ;  Dicto  audiens  fuitjussis  magistratuum. 
Nep.    Nobis  dicto  audientes  sunty  not  diciis.  Cic. 

V  X03»  Obs.  6,  Adjectives  signifying  motion  or  tendency  to  a 
thing,  have  usually  after  them  the  accusative  with  the  preposition  ad 
or  in,  seldom  the  dative ;  as, 

Pronus,  propensus,  procUvis^  celery  tardus,  piger,  ^c.  ad  iram,  or  in  iram. 

V  X04:«  Obs.  7.  Propior  and  proximus,  in  imitation  of  their  pri- 
mitive prope,  often  govern  the  accusative ;  as,  Proprior  montem,  scil. 
ad.  Sail.     Proximus  Jinem,  Liv. 

y  lU«>«  Obs.  8.  IDEM  sometimes  has  the  dative,  chiefly  in  the  poets;  as, 
Irwltum  qui  servat,  idem  fajcil  occidenti.  Hor.  Jupiter  omnibus  idem.  Virg.  Eadem 
iliis  censemus.  Cic.  But  in  prose  we  commonly  find,  idem,  qui,  et,  ac,  atque,  and 
also  ut,  cum ;  as,  Peripatetzci,  quondam  i^dem  erant  qui  Academici.  Cic.  Est  ani- 
mus erga  te,  idem  ac  JuiU  Ter.  Dianam  et  Lunam  eandem  esse  putant.  Cic.  Idem 
faciunt,  ut,  &c.  In  eddem  loco  mecum.  Cic.  But  it  would  be  improper  to  say  of 
the  same  person  or  thing  under  different  names,  idem  cum ;  as,  Luna  eadem  est 
cum  Diana. 

We  likewise  «ay,  alius  ac,  atque,  or  et ;  and  sometimes  simtlis  and  par. 


S,  Adjectives  governing  the  Ablative, 

§  106«  XIII.  These  adjectives,  dignus^  indignus^ 
contentus,  prceditusj  captus^  and  fretus ;  ateo  natus^ 
satusj  ortus^  edltusj  and  the  like,  govern  the  abla- 
tive; as, 


Dignus  honore.  Worthy  of  honour. 
Contentus  parvo,  Content  with  little. 
Prceditus  virtOte.  Endued  with  virtue. 


Captus  oculis.     Blind. 

Fretus  virlbus.    Trusting  to  his  strength. 

Ortus  regibu^.     Descended  of  kings. 


So  generdtus,  credtus,  progndtiis,  oriundus,  procredtus  reglbus, 

V  lOi  •  Obs.  1.  The  ablative  after  these  adjectives  is  governed  bjr  some 
preposition  understood ;  as,  Contentus  parvo,  scil.  cum  ;  Fretus  virtbus,  scil.  in,  &c. 
Sometimes  the  proposition  is  expressed ;  as,  OrttLS  ex  concub'ina,  Sallust.  Editus  de 
nympha.  Ovid,  and  extorris. 

V  108«  Obs.  2.  Dignus,  indrgnus,  contentus,  ond  extorris  have  sometimes 
the  Genitive  after  them ;  as,  carmlna  d.igna  decB,  Ovid.  Indignus  avorum,  Virg. 
Augusti  clavi  contentus,  Paterc.     Extorris  regni,  Stat 


220  GOVERNMENT    OF    VERBS. 

y  X01l«  Made,  the  vocative  of  the  adjective  mactus,  (that  is,  magis  auctus, 
*more  increased,')  and,  by  an  Atticism,  put  for  the  nominative,  also  governs  an  Ab- 
lative. It  was  anciently  used  in  the  nominative :  afterwards  the  vocative  came 
into  general  use  from  its  denoting  a  wish  for  a  person's  success,  and  having  the 
force  of  a  prayer  that  he  might  be  encouraged  to  proceed  in  his  virtuous  course. 
ThviS,  juher em  made  virtule  esse,  Liv.  'I  should  wish  thee  success  in  thy  valour.' 
It  is  also  followed  by  a  Genitive ;  as,  made  esto  virtutis,  'increase  in  merit,'  'go  on 
and  prosper.'  When  used  in  the  plural  it  admits  only  the  ablative  ;  as,  Macti  vir- 
tute  miiiles  Romani  este,  Liv.  It  is  also  used  without  a  case ;  as,  made  I  Cic.  '  O  ex- 
cellent!' 

4.  Adjectives  governing  the  Genitive  or  Ablative. 

§  110«  XIV.  Adjectives  of  plenty  or  want  go- 
vern the  genitive  or  ablative ;  as, 

Plenus  ircB  or  ira,  Full  of  anger,  Inops  ratidnis  or  ratione,  Void  of  reason. 

So  Non  iriopes  tempvris,  sedprodigi  sumus.  Sen.  Lentulus  non  verbis  inops.  Cic. 
Dei  plena  sunt  onmia.  Cic.  Maxima  qucBque  domus  servis  est  plena  superhis.  Juv. 
Res  est  solicUi  plena  timoris  amor.  Ovid.  Amor  et  melle  d  felle  est  fwcundissimuSf 
Plaut.  Fcecunda  virorum  pauperfas  fugitur.  Lucan.  Omnium  consiliorum  ejus 
pardceps.  Curt.  Homo  ratione  particeps.  Cic.  NihU^  insidiis  vacuum.  Id.  Vacuas 
ccedis  habete  manus,  Ovid. 

§  1  Xl»  Some  of  these  adjectives  are  construed,  1.  with  the  genitive  only; 
as,  Benignus,  exsors,  impos,  impotens,  irritus,  liberalis,  munif^cus,  prcelargus 

§  1 1 3»  With  the  ablative  only ;  Bedtus,  differtus,  frugt/er,  mudlus,  ientus, 
distentus,  tum'idus,  turgldus. 

§  113«  With  the  genitive  more  frequently;  Compos,  consors,  e^enus,  ex- 
hceres,  expers,  ferttlis,  indlgus,  parous,  pauper,  prodigus,  sterHis,  prosper,  msatiatus, 
insatiabilis. 

§  1 14»  With  the  ablative  more  frequently;  Abundans,  cassus,  extorris,  f(3- 
tus,  frequens,  gravis,  gravidus,  jejumis,  liber,  locuples,  nudus,  oneratus,  onustus, 
orbus,  pollens,  solutus,  truncus,  viduus,  and  captus. 

§  XXo«  With  both  promiscuously;  Copidsus,  dives,  foecundus  ferax,  immu- 
nis,  indnis,  inops,  largus,  modicus,  immodicus,  nimius,  opulentus,  plenus,  potenSy 
refertus,  satur,  vacuus,  uber. 

§  X 1 0»  W^ith  a  preposition ;  as,  Copidsus,  jirmus,  pardtus,  impardtus,  inops, 
instructus,  a  re  aliqua ;  for  quod  ad  rem  aCiquam  atttnet,  in  or  with  respect  to  any 
thing.  Extorris  ab  solo  patrio,  banished;  Orba  ab  optimatibus  concio.  Liv.  So 
pauper,  tenuis,  foecundus,  modicus,  parous,  in  re  aliqua.  Immunis,  indnis,  liber, 
nuduSf  sdvius,  vacuus,  a  re  aliqua.    Fotens  ad  rem,  and  in  re. 


GOVERNMENT   OF   VERBS.  221 

III.  THE  GOVERNMENT  OF  VERBS. 

{  1.    VERBS   GOVERNING   ONLY   ONE   CASE. 

1.  Verbs  which  govern  the  Genitive, 

§  117«  XV.  Sum^  when  it  signifies  possession, 
property,  or  duty,  governs  the  genitive  ;^  as, 

Est  regis  punire  reheUes,  '  It  belongs  to  the  king  to  punish  rebels.*  MUilum  est 
*uo  duci  par  ere,  *  It  is  the  duty  of  soldiers  to  obey  their  general.' 

§  118»  To  this  rule  may  be  referred  the  following  and  similar  expre^ions. 
Suadere  principi  quod  oporteat,  multi  laboris  (est)  Tac.  Grates  persolvere  dignasy 
Non  (ypis  est  nosirce.  Virg.  Est  hoc  GoIMccb  consuetudinis.  Cass.  Moris  antiquifuit. 
Plin.  Est  moris,  *  it  is  usual  or  customary.'  Sometimes  the  preceding  word  is  to 
be  repeated ;  as,  hcBC  mvlier  est  (mulier)  egregics  formcB.  Nep.  Hocpecus  est  (pecus) 
Meliboei.  Virg. 

§  H  9«  Esse  is  also  followed  by  a  genitive  when  it  means  *  to  be  service- 
able for,'  *  to  be  conducive  to,'  instead  of  the  dative,  which  is  more  usual ;  and  this 
genitive  is  generally  accompanied  by  the  passive  participle  in  dus ;  as,  qucB  (Bquandoi 
libertatis  essenL,  Liv. '  what  might  serve  to  equalize  their  freedom.'  Quod  initio 
conservand<E  libertatis  atque  augendcs  reipubliccB  fueraU  Sail.  '  what  had  tended 
originally  to  the  preservation  of  liberty  and  the  increase  of  the  state.'  In  such 
passages  negotium  or  instrumentum  may  be  supplied,  as  governing  the  nouns  in  the 
genitive. 

§  120«  These  neuter  nominatives  Meum,  Tuum,  Suum,  Nos- 
trum, Vestrum,  Humanum,  Romanum,  &c.  are  excepted ;  as,  tuum 
est,  *  it  is  thy  duty.'  Romanum  est,  *  it  is  the  part  of  a  Roman.'  Hu- 
manum  est  errdre, 

§  121«  Obs.  1.  These  possessive  pronouns  are  used  in  the  neuter 
gender  instead  of  their  substantives,  me%  tui,  sui,  nostri,  vestri.  Other 
possessives  are  also  construed  in  this  manner ;  as,  Est  regium,  est  hu- 
mdnum,  the  same  with  est  regis,  est  hominis,  Et  facere  et  pati 
fortia,  Romanum  est.  Liv.  ii.  12. 

V  133«  Obs.  2.  Here  some  substantives  must  be  understood;  as,  officivmj 
munus,  res,  negotium,  opus,  &c.  which  are  sometimes  expressed;  as,  Munus  est 
principum ;  Tuum  est  hoc  munus.  Cic.  NeuUquam  officium  liberi  esse  hommis  puto. 
Ter.  In  some  cases  the  preceding  substantive  may  be  repeated  ;  as.  Hie  liber  est 
(liber)  fratris.  In  like  manner,  some  substantive  must  be  supplied  in  such  expres- 
sions as  these :  Ea  sunt  modo  gloridsa,  neque  patrandi  belli,  scil.  causd,  or  facta. 
Sail.    Nihil  tarn  cequandcB  libertatis  est,  for  ad  cequandam  libertdtem  pertinet.  Hv. 

*  Sum  never  signifies  possession,  property,  or  duty.  The  rule 
would  be  much  better  thus : 

[Est  takes  a  Genitive  after  it  when  the  Latin 
word  signifying  Possession^  Property^  Duty,  Custom^ 
or  the  hke,  is  understood  between  them.] 

19* 


222  GOVERNMENT    OF   VERBS. 

§  123*  Obs.  3.  We  say,  Hoc  est  tuum  munus,  or  tut  muneris ; 
So  mos  est  or  fuit,  or  moris,  or  in  more.  Cic. 

§  124«  XVI.  Misereor,  miseresco  and  satdgo  go- 
vern the  genitive ;  as, 

Miserere  civium  tuorum,  Pity  your  countrymen. 

is^t>i^:t  *^»«»  «.;;-««,  S  He  has  his  hands  full  at  home,  or  has 

Satagit  rerum  suarum,  J      ^^^^^^  ^^  ^^  ^^^^  j^.^  ^^  ^^.^ 

V  13«>«  Obs.  1.  Several  other  verbs  among  the  poets  govern  the  genitive  by 
a  Greek  construction,  particularly  such  as  signify  some  affection  of  the  mind ;  as, 
Ango,  decipior,  desipto,  discrucior^  excrucio,  fallo  and  fallor,  fastidio,  invideo,  laAor, 
miror,  pendeo,  studeo,  vereor ;  as,  Ne  angas  te  animi,  Plant.  Labdrum  decipiturf 
Hot.  Discrucior  anfmi.  Ter.  Pendet  mihi  animus,  pendeo  animi  vel  ammo ;  but 
we  always  say,  Pendemus  an^mis,  not  animdrum,  are  in  suspense.  Cic.  JustiticB 
prius  mirer.  Virg.  In  like  maimer,  Abstineo,  desino,  desisto,  quiesco,  regno :  like- 
wise, adipiscor,  condico,  credo,  frustror,  furo,  laudo,  Libcro,  levo,  participo,  prohibeo ; 
as,  Abstineto  irdrum ;  Deslne  quereldrum ;  Regndvit  populorum.  Hor.  Desistere 
pugncB.  Virg.     Quarum  rerum  condixit.  Liv. 

V  1 2o»  But  all  these  verbs  aite  for  the  most  part  differently  construed ;  thus, 
Angor,  desipio,  discrucior,  fallor,  arCtmo.  Hoc  antmum  meum  excruciat.  Fastidio, 
miror,  vereor,  aliquem,  or  aUquid.  Laslor  aliqua  re.  Some  of  them  are  joined  with 
the  infinitive ;  or,  with  qudd,  ut,  ne,  and  the  subjunctive. 

V  1  -^  7»  In  like  manner  we  usually  say,  Desino  aliquid,  and  ab  aliquo,  to  give 
over;  Desisto  incepto,  de  negotio,  ab  ilia  mente ;  Quiesco  a  labore;  Regndre  in 
equittbus,  oppidis,  sc.  iru  Cic.  Per  urbes.  Virg.  Adipisd  id;  Frustrdri  in  re^ 
Furtre  de  atiquo.  Cic. 

V  1  /WO*  Obs.  2.  The  genitive  afler  verbs,  in  the  same  manner  as  after  ad- 
jectives, is  governed  by  some  substantive  underwood.  This  substantive  is  different 
according  to  the  different  meaning  of  the  verbs ;  thus,  Misereor  fratris,  scil.  caus&  ; 
Angor  animi,  scil.  dolore  or  anxietdie. 

2.  Verbs  governing  the  Dative, 

§  129*  XVII.  Any  verb  may  govern  the  dative 
in  Latin,  which  has  the  signs  TO  or  FOR  after  it 
in  Enghsh  f  as, 

Finis  venit  imperio.  An  end  has  come  to  the  empire.  Liv. 

Animus  redit  hostibus,  Courage  returns  to  the  enemy.  Id. 

Tibi  seris,  tibi  metis,  You  sow  for  yourself,  you  reap  for  yourself  Plaut. 

Non  omnibus  dormio,  I  do  not  sleep  for  all,  that  is,  to  please  all. 

*  This  rule  might  be  better  expressed  thus  : 

"  The  Dative  follows  many  verbs  in  answer  to 
the  question,  to  or  for  whom,  or  what  ?  whereunto  ? 
for  whose  enjoyment,  advantage,  injury  ?  &c.,  to 
please  whom  ?  for  whom  ?  &c."  See  §  90  and  §  91. 


GOVERNMENT   OP   VERBS.  223 

So,  Non  nobis  solum  nati  sumus.  Cic.  Multa  male  eveniunt  bonis.  Id.  Sol  lucet 
etiam  scelerdtis.  Sen.    Hcsret  lateri  lethdlis  arundo.  Virg. 

But  as  the  dative  after  verbs  in  Latin  is  not  always  rendered  in  English  bv  to  or 
for ;  nor  are  these  particles  always  the  sign  of  the  dative  in  Latin,  it  will  be  ne- 
cessary to  be  more  particular. 

§  X  30*  1.  Sum  and  its  compounds  govern  the  dative  (except  pos^ 
sum);  as, 

Prcsfuit  exercitui.  He  commanded  the  army. 

Adfuit  precibusj  He  was  present  at  prayers. 

§  131«  EST  taken  for  Habeo,  *to  have,'  requires  the  Dative  of 
the  possessor  and  a  nominative  of  the  thing  possessed ;  as, 

Est  mihi  liier,  A  book  is  to  me,  tJiat  is,  I  have  a  book. 

Sunt  mihi  libri,  Books  are  to  me,  i.  e.  I  have  books. 

Dico  lihros  esse  mihi^        I  say  that  I  have  books. 

This  is  more  frequently  used  than  haheo  lihrum  ;  Tiabeo  lihros.  In 
like  manner  deest  instead  of  careo ;  as,  Liber  deest  mihi,  I  want  a 
book ;  lAbri  desunt  mihi  ;  Scio  lihros  deesse  mihi,  &c. 

§  X32»  To  this  rule  may  be  added  suppetit,  suppeditat,  used  in  a 
neuter  sense,  and  foret,  and  the  verbs  of  a  contrary  signification,  deest, 
deforet,  and  dejii,  used  for  careo,  or  non  haheo ;  as.  Pauper  enim  non 
est  cui  rerum  suppetit  usxis,  Hor.  So,  Defuit  ars  vohis,  Ovid.  Lac 
mihi  non  dejit,  Virg.     Hinc  honce  artes  desunt.  Sail. 

§  133»  The  dative  is  often  understood;  as,  Sit  spes  fallendi, 
miscehis  sacra  profanis,  Hor.  that  is,  sit  spes  tibi. 

§  1 34«  II.  Verbs  compounded  with  satis,  bene,  and  male,  govern 
the  dative ;  as, 

Satisfacio,  satisdo,  benefacio,  benedlco,  benevolo,  male/ado,  maledlco,  tibi,  &c. 

§  X35»  III.  Many  verbs  compounded  with  these  eleven  preposi- 
tions ;  AD,  ANTE,  CON,  IN,  INTER,  OB,  POST,  VB.M,  PRO,  SUB,  and  SUPER,  are 
followed  by  the  dative ;  as, 

1.  Accedo,  accresco,  accumbo,  acquiesco,  adequVo,  adhcsreo,  adjaceo,  adno,  adnato, 
adsto,  adstipulor,  adsum,  adversor,  affulgeo,  alldbor,  annuo,  appareo,  applaudo,  ap- 
propinquo,  arrideo,  aspiro,  assentior,  assideo,  assisto,  assucsco,  assurgo ; — addo,  affero, 
'^.f^'go,  adjicio,  adjungo,  adhibeo,  admoveo,  adverto,  alltgo,  appdno,  applico,  advolvo, 
aspergo. 

2.  Antecedo,  antecelio,  anteeo,  antesto,  anievenio,  anteverto  ; — antefero,  antehabeo, 
antcpono. 

3.  CohcBreo,  colludo,  concino,  congruo,  consentio,  consono,  conv'ivo,  and,  chiefly  in 
the  poets,  coeo,  concumbo,  concurro,  contendo; — compdro,  compono,  confero,  con- 
jungo. 

4.  Tnt^do,  incumbo,  indormio,  inhio,  tngemisco,  inJuBreo,  innascor,  inmtor,  insideo, 
insidior,  insto,  insisto,  insudo,  insulto,  invade,  invigilo,  illacrymo,  illudo,  immineo, 
immorior,  immoror,  impendeo,  insum ; — immisceo,  vmpdno,  imprimo,  inflro,  ingero, 
injicio,  include,  insero,  inspergo,  inuro. 

5.  Intercedo,  intercido,  interjaceo,  ijitenvClco,  intersum,  intervenio ; — interdico,  inter- 
pono. 


224  GOVERNMENT    OF    VERBS. 

6.  ObamhTdo,  oberro,  oheqxilto,  obluctor,  ohmurmTiro,  ohrepo,  obsto,  obsisto,  ohstrepo, 
obsum,  obtrecto,  obvenio,  obversor,  occumbo,  occur  ro,  occur  so,  officio ; — obduco,  objicio, 
offero,  offundo,  oppono. 

7.  Postf^ro,  posthabeo,  postpbno,  postputo,  postscr'tbo. 

8.  Prcscedo,  prcecurro,  prcpeo,  prcesideo,  prceluceo,  prcBniteo,  prcBsum,  prcBvaleo, 
preBvertor ; — prcpfero,  prceficio,  prcBpono,  prcetendo. 

9.  Procedo,  procumbo,  prqficio,  propvgno,  prosum,  prospicio,  provideo. 

10.  Succedo,  succumbo,  succurro,  sufficio,  suffragor,  subcresco,  suboleo,  subjaced, 
9ubrcpo,  subsum,  suhvenio  ,- — subdo,  subjiigo,  submiUo,  suppono^  substerno. 

11.  Supercurro,  supersto,  super  sum,  supervenio,  supervlvo. 

V  136«  Rem.  1.  Some  verbs,  compounded  with  ab,  de,ex,  circum,  and  con- 
tra, are  occasionally  followed  by  the  dative ;  as,  absum,  desum,  delabor,  exctdo,  cir- 
cumdo,  circumfundo,  circumjaceo,  circnmjicio,  contradlco,  contra'eo ;  as,  Serta  capiti 
delapsa,  The  garlands  having  fallen  from  his  head,  Virg.  Nunqui  nummi,  excid^- 
rujit  tibif.  Plaut.     Tigris  urhi  circumfundUur.  Plin. 

§  137»  IV.  Verbs  govern  the  dative,  which  signify, 

1.  To  profit  or  hurt ;  as, 

Prqficio,  prosum,  placeo,  commodo,  prospicio,  caveo,  mehio,  timeo,  consulo  for  proa- 
picio.    Likewise,  Noceo,  officio,  incommodo,  displiceo,  iusidior. 

2.  To  favour  or  assist,  and  the  contrary ;  as, 

Faveo,  grattdor,  gratificor,  gralor,  i^nosco,  indulgeo,  parco,  adulor,  plaudo,  Man- 
dior,  lenocinor,  palpor,  assentor,  supplico,  subparas'itor.  Likewise,  Auxdior,  admini- 
cTdor,  suhvenio,  succurro,  patroc^nor,  medeor,  medicor,  opitidor.  Likewise,  DerogOf 
detraho,  invideo,  cemidor. 

3.  To  command  and  obey,  to  serye  and  resist ;  as, 

ImpP.ro,  prcBcipio,  mando ;  moderor,  for  modum  adhibeo.  Likewise,  Pareo,  aus- 
culto,  obedio,  obsequor,  obtemp^ro,  morigPror,  obsecundo.  Likewise,  Famulor,  servio, 
inservio,  ministro,  ancillor.  Likewise,  Repugno,  obsto,  reluctor,  remtor,  resisto,  re- 
fragor,  adversor. 

4.  To  threaten  and  to  be  angry ;  as. 
Minor,  commtnor,  intcrminor,  irascor,  succenseo. 

5.  To  trust ;  as,  Fido,  confido,  credo,  diffido, 

6.  To  these  add  Cedo,  despero,  excello,  hcBreo,  nubo,  operor,  pr(Estolor,prcBvaricor, 
suppUco  ;  recipio,  to  promise ;  renuncio  ;  respondeo,  to  answer  or  satisfy ;  tempera, 
studeo;  vaco,  to  apply;  couvicior, pepigf,  suadeo, pateo. 

§  138«  Exc.  Jubeo^  juvo,  leedo,  offendo,  delecto,  guherno,  are 
often,  as  active  verbs,  followed  by  an  accusative.  Juheo  is  followed 
by  an  accusative  with  an  infinitive,  and  by  the  dative  with  an  infini- 
tive, but  rarely  with  an  accusative  alone :  as,  Juheo  te  bene  sperare, 
Cic.  Vbi  BRiTTANico  jussit  ExsuRGiERE,  Tac.  Lex  jubet  ea  qucBfa- 
cienda  sunt,  Cic. 

§  1 30»  Obs.  1.  Verbs  governing  the  dative  only,  are  either  neu- 
ter verbs,  or  of  a  neuter  signification.  Active  verbs  governing  the  da- 
tive have  also  an  accusative  expressed  or  understood. 


GOVERNMENT   OF    VERBS.  225 

§  140«  Obs.  2.  Most  verbs  governing  the  dative  only  have  been  enume- 
rated, because  there  are  a  great  manv  verbs  compounded  with  prepositions,  which 
do  not  govern  the  dative,  but  are  otherwise  construed ;  and  still  more  signifying 
advantage  or  disadvantage,  &c.  which  govern  the  accusative ;  as,  Levo,  erzgo,  alo, 
nutrio,  amo,  ditigo,  vexo,  crucio,  aversoTy  &c.  aliquem,  not  alicui. 

§  141«  Obs.  3.  Very  many  verbs  which  govern 
the  dative  are  variously  construed,  still  preserving 
the  same,  or  nearly  the  same  significations ;  as, 

Abdicare :  abdicare  magistratum,  '  to  abdicate  the  magistracy ;'  ahdicare  se  con- 
8ULATU,  Liv.  *  to  depose  one's  self  from  the  consulsliip.' 

Acquiescere,  rei,  or  re,  or  in  re,  *  to  approve  of  any  thing,'  *  to  be  satisfied  with 
any  thing.' 

Adsuescere,  *  to  be  accustomed,'  *  to  accustom  one's  self  to  any  thing ;'  alicui, 
Liv.  1.  19- — AD  ALiauiD,  Caes. — aliqua  re,  Liv.  31,  35. 

Adjacere, '  to  lie  next  to,*  '  to  adjoin.'  Tuscus  ager,  Romano  adjacet,  Liv.  2.  49. 
adjacet  mare,  Nep.  Timoth. 

Adspirare,  *  to  favour.*  Adspirat  primo  fortuna  labori,  Virg.  2.  385.  ♦  fortune 
favours  the  first  exertion;'  ad  eum.  Gels. 

Adhaerere,  *  to  adhere  to  any  thing ;'  alicui,  or  aliquem,  or  ad  aliquem. 

Adflare,  *  to  breathe  upon  ;*  rei  or  rem. 

Adferre  vim  alicui,  *  to  do  violence  to  any  one.* 

Adsideo,  'to  sit  by  something,'  with  a  Dative,  Cic.  Plane.  11.  with  an  Accusative, 
Vh-g.  ^n.  11.  304. 

Advolare,  *  to  fly  up  to,'  ei,  or  ad  eum. 

Adscribere,  *  to  admit,*  *  to  enrol  as  a  citizen  ;*  civitati,  or  in  civitatem,  Cic.  Arch. 
4.  or  in  civitate.  Ibid. 

Advolvi  genibus,  or  genua,  or  ad  genua,  •  to  fall  at  one's  knees.' 

Adversari,  *  To  be  against,'  *  to  oppose,'  is  always  followed  by  a  Dative.  With 
an  Accusative  it  occurs  in  'Tacitus,  but  the  best  editors  substitute  aversari  in  all 
such  instance?. 

Adspergere  alicui  aliquid,  ♦  to  sprinkle  any  thing  on  one.' 

Adnare  na^bus,  or  naves,  or  ad  naves, '  to  swim  to  the  ships.* 

Adulor,  *  to  flatter,'  *  to  caress.'  Aduldri  plebi,  Liv.  3.  GQ.—adularl  omnes,  Cic. 
adulari  Neronem,  Tac.  Ann. 

AUatrare  alicui,  or  aliquem,  *to  bark  at  any  one.'  The  Accusative  is  more 
usual. 

Antecedere, '  to  excel ;'  anteced^re  belluis,  Cic.  Off  aniecedere  eum,  Nep.  Ale  9. 

Antecellere  alicui,  or  aliqu£m,  *  to  excel  any  one.' 

Antepollere, '  to  excel,'  alicui,  or  aliquem. 

Anteire,  *  to  go  before,'  to  excel.'  Virtus  omnibus  rebus  anteit,  Plaut.  Anteire 
cet^ros,  Cic. 

Antestare  or  antistare,  *  to  stand  before,'  *  to  be  more  eminent,' '  to  excel,'  alicui 
or  aliquem. 

Antevenire,  «to  come  before;'  antevenire  exerdtum,  Sail.  *to  excel;'  omntbus 
REBUS  antevemre,  Plaut 


226  GOVERNMENT   OF   VERBS. 

Antevertere,  *  to  come  before ;'  miror,  ubi,  huic  anteverterim,  Terent.  *  I  wonder 
how  I  have  come  before  him.'  Veneno  damnationem  antevertit,  *he  anticipated 
his  condemnation  by  poison.' 

Apparere  consuli, '  to  attend  ;'  ad  solium  Jmis.    Res  apparel  mihi. 

Appropinquare,  BrittanicB,  or  portam,  or  ad  portam. 

Circumfundi  aJiaii,  •  to  be  put  around  any  thing;'  circumfusa  lateri  meo  turba, 

*  the  multitude  which  surrounded  my  side,'  for  turba  fusa  circum  latus  meum.  So, 
circumjecta  multitydine  hominum  totis  mcernbus,  *  when  a  multitude  of  men  entirely 
surrounded  the  walls,'  for  midtitudine  hominum  jacta  circum  tola  mosnia. 

Circumdare  aliquid  alicui  rei,  *  to  put  one  thing  round  another;'  circumdare 
aliquid  re,  '  to  surround  one  thing  with  another.' 

Congruere,  *  to  agree,'  alicui,  or  cum  re  aliqua,  or  inter  sc. 

Confidere  rei  or  re,  *  to  trust  to  any  tiling,'  *  to  confide  in.'  Also  with  de  when 
it  means  about ;  as,  de  salute  urbis  confidere,  Caes.  •  to  have  confidence  about  the 
safety  of  the  city.* 

Curare,  'to  take  care  of,'  *to  care  for,'  is  commonly  followed  by  an  Accusative; 
as,  euro  knnc  rem.  Yet  it  is  also  joined  to  a  Dative ;  as,  Quia  tuo  cibo  euros, 
PlauL 

Deficere,  *  to  fail '  commonly  with  an  Accusative ;  as,  tempus  te  deficeret,  Cic. 

*  time  would  fail  thee ;'  sometimes  also  the  Dative ;  as,  tela  nostris  deficerent,  Caes. 
B.  G.  3.  5.  *  our  weapons  failed  us.' 

Desperare,  '  to  despair  of  any  thing,*  *  to  have  no  more  hope.'  SiBi  desperans, 
CaBS.  *  despairing  on  his  own  account.'  Also  with  an  Accusative ;  as,  ut  honorem 
desperasse  videatur,  Cic.  We  find  also,  desperare  de  aliqua  re,  Cic.  The  reason 
why  despero  governs  an  Accusative,  seems  to  be,  that  Spero  also  governs  one. 

Dominari,  *  to  rule  over ;'  cunclis  oris,  Virg.  in  Ccstera  animalia,  Ovid. 

Excellere  aliis,  *  to  excel  others,'  or  inter  alios,  *  among  others,'  or  super  alios, 
'beyond  others.' 

Fidere  alicui  rei,  or  aliqua  re,  or  in  aliqua  re. 

Habitare  in  loco,  *  to  dwell  in  a  place ;'  locum,  *  to  inhabit  a  place.* 

Ignoscere  mihi,  or  culpcs  mece,  or  miki  culpam,  '  to  pardon  me,'  or  *  pardon  my 
feult.' 

Impendere  alicui,  *  to  hang  over  any  one ;'  or  aliquem,  or  inaliquem. 

ImpertTre, '  to  impart  any  thing  to  any  one ;'  laudem  alicui  imperdri.  Imperdre 
aliquem  osculo. 

Incessit  timor  Ei  or  eum,  *  fear  seizes  him.* 

Illudere,  'to  make  sport  of  Jlludere  auctoriiati,  Cic.  lUudere prcecepta,  Ihid. 
Tn  nos  illudere,  Terent. 

InsilTre,  '  to  spring  upon,'  with  a  Dative,  Ovid ;  an  Accusative,  Hor. ;  and  also 
with  in  and  an  Accusative,  Caes. 

Insultare, '  to  leap  upon,'  hence  'to  insult;'  insultare  solo,  Virg.  'to  stamp  on  the 
ground.'     Insultare  aliquem.  Sail. 

Incumbere, '  to  fall  upon ;'  toro ;  gladium,  or  in  gladium. 

Incidere, '  to  engrave,'  rei,  or  in  rem,  or  in  re. 

Indulgere  alicui,  or  id  ei. 

Inhiare,  *  to  gape  after,' '  to  desire  much ;'  inhiare  auro.    Inhiare  bona  ejus, 

Inniti  rei,  or  re,  or  in  re.    Inntti  in  aliquem^ '  to  depend  on  any  one.* 


GOVERNMENT    OF   VERBS.  227 

Latet  res  mlJii,  or  me,  *  the  thing  is  unknown  to  me.* 

Mederi  ei.     Mederi  cupiditates. 

Medicari,  'to  heal,'  used  both  with  the  Dative  and  Accusative;  the  same  as 
Mederi  above. 

Moderari, '  to  moderate/  *  to  govern,' '  to  rule,'  '  to  regulate.'  Moderari  fortun^e 
sucB,  Liv.  gaudium,  Tacit. 

Nocere, '  to  hurt,'  ei,  rarely  eum. 

Nubere,  literally,  *  to  veil'  one's  self,  as  the  bride  did  at  the  marriage  ceremony ; 
hence  '  to  marry,'  always  applied  to  the  woman.  Nubere  viro.  Nupla  est  cum  ilio, 
seems  properly  to  mean,  *  she  is  with  him  as  a  married  woman. 

Occumbere  morti  and  morlem,  *  to  die.'     We  also  find,  Liv.  1.  7.  occumbere  morte^ 

*  to  sink  in  death,'  where  the  Ablative  is  governed  by  some  preposition  understood. 

Obrepere,  *  t6  creep  upon,'  ei  or  eum ;  also  in  animos ;  ad  honores. 

Obtrepere  auribus,  or  aures. 

Obtrectare  ei,  or  laudibus  ejus,  *  to  detract  from  him,'  or  *  his  deserts.' 

Obumbrare, '  to  overshadow,'  with  the  Dative  or  Accusative. 

Praecedere,  *  to  go  before,'  *  to  precede ;'  prcecedcre  agmen.  ♦  To  excel ;'  ut  vestrcB 
fortuncB  meis  prcBceduJit. 

Praecurrere,  '  to  run  before,'  '  to  excel,'  with  a  Dative  or  Accusative. 

Praestare  alicui,  or  aliquem,  *  to  excel  any  one.' 

Praestolari, '  to  wait  for  any  one ;'  alicui  or  aliquem.  It  is  also  found  with  the 
Genitive,  cohortium,  Sisenn.  ap.  Non. 

Pacisci,  alicui,  or  cum  aliquo.    Pacisci  vitam  ab  eo,  Sail. 

Procurabere,  *  to  fall  upon,'  terrcB ;  genibus  ejus ;  ad  genua. 

Temperare,  *  to  moderate,'  *  to  tame ;'  also,  '  to  govern,'  *  to  guide ;'  temperare 
lingvxE,  Liv.  *  to  subdue  his  tongue.'  So,  temperare  lacrymis,  '  to  moderate  his 
grief:'  also,  temperare  iras,  Virg. '  to  moderate  anger.' 

§  142«  Obs.  4.  Many  verbs  when  followed  by 
(lifFerent  cases  are  used  with  different  significa- 
tions; as, 

iEmulari  aliquem,  *to  imitate  any  one  with  emulation,'  'to  rival.'  Studia 
ALicuJus  (smulari,  Liv.  1.  18.  *  to  be  the  scholar  of  any  one.'  But  csmulctri  alicui, 
'  to  envj^  any  one,'  perhaps  '  an  envious  rivalry,'  better  expresses  the  idea.  In  a 
word,  with  the  Accusative  it  seems  to  be  used  in  a  good  sense,  with  the  Dative  in 
a  bad  one. 

Accedo  iiM,  *  I  accede  or  assent  to  you ;'  but  hoc  tibi  accedit  ad  illud,  '  this 
comes  to  you  in  addition  to  that.'  Accedtre  ad  ALiauEM,  'to  approach  to  any 
one.' 

Auscultare  alicui,  *  to  listen  to  any  one  ;*  also,  *  to  obey  any  one.'  AuscuUare 
ALiauEM, '  to  hear  any  one ;  also, '  to  obey.' 

Cavere  alicui, '  to  take  care  of  any  one's  safety;'  Cavere  sibi  ab  ALiauo,  *  to  take 
care  of  one's  self  against  any  one.'  Cavere  aliquem,  '  to  beware  of  any  one  ;* 
Cavere  aliq,uid,  '  to  guard  against  any  thing.' 

Consulere  tibi,  *  to  take  care  for  thee,'  (not  to  give  counsel ;)  Consulere  aliquem, 

*  to  consult  any  one,' '  to  take  any  one's  advice.'     Consulere  crudeliter,  in  aliquem, 


228  GOVERNMENT   OP   VERBS. 

•  to  proceed  cruelly  against  any  one/  Liv.  3.  36.    Consido  boni,  '  I  am  satisfied,'  or 

•  pleased  therewith.' 

Cupio  tibh  '  I  am  devoted  to  thee  ;'  Cupio  aliciuid,  '  I  am  desirous  after  some- 
thing.' 

Deficit  mihi  and  me,  *  it  fails  me ;'  Deficere  ab  aliquo,  *  to  revolt  from  any  one ;' 
Deficere  ab  amicitia,  '  to  fall  off  from ;'  also,  Deficere  ad  aliquem,  Liv.  22.  61,  *  to 
go  over  to  any  one ;'  also,  deficere  aliquem,  *  to  desert  any  one.' 

Dare  alicui  litems, '  to  give  a  letter  to  any  one,'  that  is,  *  to  carry  to  another  ;* 
Dare  ad  aliquem  literas, '  to  write  to  any  one.' 

Facere  aliquid,  *  to  do  any  thing ;'  quid  huic  homini  facias  ?  Cic.  '  what  will  you 
do  with  this  man  ? 

Horreo  tibi,  '  I  am  frightened  for  thee,'  on  thy  account ;  Horreo  aliquid,  *  I  am 
frightened  at  any  thing.' 

Imponere  onus  alicui,  *  to  lay  a  burden  on  any  one ;'  Imponire  alicui,  *  to  im- 
pose upon  any  one,'  •  to  cheat.' 

Incumbere  rei,  *  to  lean  upon  any  thing;'  ad  aliquem,  *  to  bend  one's  self  down  to 
any  thing,'  *  to  exert  great  labour  on  any  thing ;  Incumbere  ad  rempublicam,  *  to 
devote  one's  attention  to  the  state.' 

Interest  murus,  *  there  is  a  wall  between  ;*  hoc  maxime  interest  inter,  &c.  *  this  is 
the  chief  difference  between,'  &c.,  also  with  the  Dative  in  this  sense.  Interest 
patris,  *  it  is  the  concern  of  the  father.'    Interesse  rei,  *  to  be  present  at  a  thing.' 

Manet  tibi  bellum,  *  war  remains  for  thee ;'  that  is,  *  thou  hast  not  yet  peace,' 
liv.  1.  53-    Manet  me  mors, '  death  awaits  me.' 

Merere  sibi  aliquid,  *  to  merit,'  or  ♦  earn  something  for  one's  self;'  Merere  equo, 
« to  serve  on  horse  oack;'  Merere  or  Mereri  de,  •  to  deserve  of  another;'  bene  or  male, 
*weil,'  or  'ill.' 

Metuo  tibi,  *  I  fear  for  thee,'  on  thy  account ;  Metuo  te,  *  I  fear  thee.* 

Peto  mVii,  *  I  seek  for  myself;'  Peto  aliquem,  '  I  aim  at  somebody ;'  Petere  ali- 
guem  gladio,  *  to  attack  any  one  with  a  sword  ;'  Petere  locum,  ♦  to  seek  a  place,'  *  to 
goto.' 

PrsBStare  alicui  or  aliquem,  '  to  excel ;'  prcBStare  aliquid,  *  to  be  answerable  for 
something.'  Emptori  damnum  prcBStari  oportere,  *  the  loss  must  be  made  good  to 
the  buyer.'  Also,  pr^stare  alicui  officia,  *  to  render  good  offices  to  any  one ;'  Prces- 
iare  se  virumfortcm^  '  to  prove  one's  self  a  brave  man.'    Prcestat, '  it  is  better.' 

Proepicio  alicui,  *  to  provide  for  any  one ;'  Prospicere  aliquid,  *  to  foresee  any 
thing.* 

Quaerere  sihi  aliquid, '  to  seek  something  for  himself;'  qucerere  aliquid,  *  to  in- 
quire about  any  thmg ;'  also,  de  aliquo.  Sometimes,  qucsrere  de  aliquo  homive,  or 
de  aliqua  re,  means, '  to  institute  an  inquiry  by  torture  about  any  person'  or  '  thing.' 

Recipio  tibi,  *  I  give  you  certain  assurance,'  *  I  pledge  myself  to  you ;'  recipio  in 
montem, '  I  retire  to  the  mountain.'  Recipio  res  amissas, '  I  recover  my  lost  goods ;' 
recipere  periculum  in  se,  '  to  take  the  risk  on  himself* 

Renuntiare  rei,  '  to  renounce  any  thing,'  *  to  resign,'  *  to  give  up ;'  renuntidre 
vitiis,  *  to  renounce  one's  faults ;'  Renuntidre  aliquem  consulem,  *  to  proclaim  any 
one  as  a  consul.* 

Respondere  alicui,  *  to  answer  any  one  ;*  rei, '  to  correspond  to  any  thing ;'  exitus 
turn  respondet  spei, '  the  event  does  not  correspond  to  expectation.' 

Solve  tibi  pecuniam,  *  I  pay  money  to  thee ;'  sdvo  te, '  I  free  thee  j'  solvere  naves, 

•  to  set  sail.' 

Timeo  tihi,  *  I  fear  for  you ;'  te, '  I  fear  thee.' 


GOVERNMENT   OP    VERBS.  229 

Vacare,  properly,  'to  be  at  leisure  ;'  also,  *  to  be  without  something ;'  vacare  a  re, 
or  RE,  '  to  be  free  from  a  thing.'  But  vacare  rei,  *  to  turn  one's  whole  attention  to 
a  thing,'  '  to  apply  to  a  thing,'  properly,  •  to  be  free  from  all  other  afSiirs  for  that 
one  j'  vacare  Uteris,  *  to  be  devoted  to  letters.' 

Valere  rei,  '  to  be  serviceable.'  This  construction  is  rare ;  the  more  usual  is 
with  the  ablative ;  valere  eloquentia,  '  to  be  effective  by  eloquence,'  '  to  be  strong 
in  eloquence.'  Valere  a  pecunia,  Plaut.  *to  be  well  on  the  side  of  money,'  is  said 
jestingly. 

§  143.  To  this  rule  are  referred  many  verbs 
which,  among  the  poets  chiefly,  are  construed  with 
a  Dative,  after  the  manner  of  the  Greeks,  but 
which  in  prose  are  commonly  found  with  the 
Ablative  and  a  Preposition,  according  to  Latin 
construction ;  as  Verbs  of — 

1.  Contending;  as,  caniendo,  certo,  hello,  luctor,  pugno,  alicui  for  cumaliquo. 
Sdus  tibi  certet,  Amyntas,  Virg.  We  also  find  Contendere  contra  or  adversus  ali- 
quern,  Cic.  Cerlare  inter  se,  Cic.  Pugnare  contra  or  adversus,  Quinct.  inter  se, 
Curt  in  aliquem,  Li  v. 

2.  Differing  ;  as,  distare,  dissentire,  discrepare,  dissidere,  dij^erre  rei  alicui  for 
a  re  aliqua.  We  also  find  distant^  dissentiunt,  discrepant,  dissident,  differunt,  inter 
se.    Distare  meia,  Ovid.    Dissentire,  dissidere  cum  atiquo. 

3.  Coming  together  ;  as,  co'eo,  concurro,  concumho,  misceo.  Pladdis  coeant  im- 
mitia,  Hor.  Concurrere  hosti,  Ovid.  Concubuisse  decs,  Propert.  Misla  Deo  mulier, 
Virg.  instead  of  cum  placidis,  cum  hoste,  &c.  We  also  find  Coire,  concurrere,  inter 
se,  Virg.  and  Liv.    miscere  vinum  aquas,  or  cum  aqua,  or  aqua. 

4.  Keeping,  or  Driving  away;  as,  Arcebis  gravido  pecori,  Virg.  Solstitium 
pecori  defendite,  Virg.  But  these  belong  to  verfe  of  taking  away,  which  govern 
two  cases,  by  Rule  25, 

5.  Passive  Verbs  ;  as,  Non  intelligor  ulli,  Ovid,  for  ab  ullo.  Neque  cemitur 
vRi,  Virg. 

§  14:4«  Obs.  5.  Verbs  signifying  Motion  or  Tendency  to  a  thing, 
are  construed  with  the  preposition  ad ;  as, 

Eo,  vado,  curro,  propero,  festmo,  pergo,  fugio,  tendo,  vergo,  incUno,  &c.  ad  locum, 
rem,  or  hom^nem.  Sometimes,  however,  in  the  poets,  they  are  construed  with  the 
dative ;  as,  It  clamor  ccelo,  for  ad  caelum.  Virg. 

§  145«  The  Datives  Mihi,  Tibi,  Sibi,  Nobis,  Vobis,  are  very 
often  added  to  verbs  in  a  redundant  manner,  particularly  in  confidential 
speeches,  letters,  &c.  This  is  the  case  in  Greek,  in  English,  and  pro- 
bably in  all  languages.  E.  g.  Fur  mihi  es,  Plaut,  *  to  me,  (that  is,  in 
my  opinion)  thou  art  a  thief.'  An  ille  mihi  liber,  cui  mulier  imperat, 
*  is  he  to  me  a  freeman,'  that  is,  *  can  I  think  him  a  freeman  whom  a 
woman  commands.'  These  pronouns,  though  generally  considered 
redundant,  have  usually  a  certain  reference  to  the  circumstances,  or 
at  least  denote  a  participation  in  them  by  the  person  referred  to  in  the 
Dative. 

20 


230  GOVERNMENT   OF   VERBS. 

3.   Verbs  governing  the  Accusative, 

k  146.  XVIII.  A  verb  signifying  actively  go- 
verns the  accusative ;  as, 

Ama  Deum,  I/)ve  God.  Reverere  parentes,  Reverence  your  parents. 

V  147«  Obs.  1.  Neuter  Verbs  also  govern  the  Accusative,  when 
the  noun  after  them  has  a  signification  similar  to  their  own,  or  when 
the  noun  is  of  the  same  origin  as  the  verb ;  as, 

Viy^re  vitam^  Ire  iter,  or  viam ;  Pugnare  pugnam,  Curere  cursum ;  Ludere  ludum, 
Sequi  sectam.  Yet  generally  an  adjective,  an  adjective  pronoun,  or  participle,  is 
added  to  this  substantive;  as,  pugTiare  pugnam  acerrlmam.  So  in  t^ngiish  we  say, 
•he  died  the  death  of  a  hero;'  ♦  1  have  fought  the  good  fight ;'  '  Many  Hve  a  happy 
life.'  Many  of  these  expressions  are  usual  with  the  best  writers ;  as,  Juravi  veri's- 
simum  jusjurandtim.  ♦  I  swore  the  truest  oath.'  Some  suppose  that  these  accu- 
satives are  governed  by  some  preposition  understood,  but  there  is  no  evidence  of 
this,  and  the  expressions  must  be  considered  as  belonging  to  the  idioms  of  the  lan- 
guage. 

V  148«  To  this  place  must  we  refer  latet,  fallitj  fugit^  prcBteritj 
which  are  followed  by  an  accusative  of  a  person ;  as,  latuere  fratrem, 
Virg.  Non  te  fugit  nee  vero  C^esarem  fefellit.  Cic.  But  lateo  is 
often  found  with  the  dative ;  as,  ubi  nobis  tarn  diu  latuit  ?  Cic. 

V  I49«  Sometimes  a  Preposition  may  be  easily  understood  ;  as,  propter,  per, 
or  ad.  E.  g.  Doleo  casum  tuum,  that  is,  propter :  so,  horrere  aliquid,  sc.  propter  or 
ob:  so  also  ardere  aliquem,  *to  be  inflamed  with  love  for,'  '  to  love  passionately,'  is 
probably  for  propter  aliquem:  Formosum  pastor  Corydon  ardebat  Alexin:  so,  despe- 
rire  aliquam, '  to  love  one  desperately,'  '  to  die  in  love  for  one.' — Stygias  juravimus 
undxis,  sc.  per  Stygias,  Ovid.  Decurrere  vitam,  sc.  per.  So,  pasci  sylvas.  Virg.  '  to 
be  pastured  through  woods ;'  i.  e.  *  they  feed  on.'  Ire  exequias,  sc.  ad, '  to  go  to  a 
funeral.' 

V  I«>0»  But  sometimes  Prepositions  cannot  be  readily  understood.  The 
simplest  examples  are  those  where  id,  quid,  and  similar  pronouns  are  joined  to  a 
verb ;  as,  hoc  dubito,  *  I  doubt  this,'  for  de  hac  re.  Perhaps  in  such  cases  ad,  ♦  as  to,' 
is  the  most  proper  preposition  to  supply ;  for  quoad,  mentioned  by  some,  is  not  a 
preposition.  Virg.  Georg.  3.  421.  s'ibila  colla  tumentem,  (for  the  ablative  sibilo  collo,) 
properly,  *  as  to  its  hissing  neck,'  ad  or  quod  attinet  ad  imderstood.  So  peccare  ali- 
quid,  Cic.  Particularly  to  these  cases  belong  those  verbs  which  signify  '  to  taste 
of,'  '  to  smell  of;'  as,  redolere  vimim,  *  to  smell  of  wine.'  Niliil  oleant,  Cic.  '  they 
smell  of  nothing.'  Gorgonius  olet  hircum,  Hor.  So,  olere  crocum,  Cic.  To  these 
seems  to  belong  the  formula  magnam  partem,  '  a  great  part,'  maximam  partem, '  the 
greatest  part ;'  as,  libros  meos  magnam  partem  amisi,  '  I  have  lost  a  great  part  of  my 
books.  After  Clamo,  Crepo,  Queror,  Festino,  the  Accusative  is  remarkable,  since 
aliquid  clamare,  &c.  seem  to  stand  for  aliquid  dicere  clamando,  &c.  Under  this 
head  we  may  place  the  singular  expression,  Bacchanalia  vivunt,  for  vivunt  modo 
Bacchanalium,  or  vivendo  Bacchanalia  exprimunt. 

§  Xol*  Sometimes,  instead  of  the  accusative,  neuter  verbs  have  an  abla- 
tive ;  as,  Ire  itinere,  dolere  dolore,  vicem  ejus ;  gaudere  gaudio ;  mori  or  oblre  morte ; 
vivere  vita ;  ardet  virgine.  Horat.  Ludere  aleam,  or  -a ;  manure,  plu^re,  rordre, 
slillare,  suddre,  aliquid  or  aliquo.  Erubescere  jura.  Virg.  origine.  Tacit,  equo 
vehi.  Curt. 


G0VERN3IENT    OP    VERBS. 


231 


§152«  Obs.  2.  Several  verbs  are  used  both  in  an  active  and 
neuter  sense ;  as, 


Abhorrere  famam,  to  dread  infamy.  Li  v. 
a  lifibus :  ab  uxGre  ducenda,  to  be 
averse  from.  Id.  a  meis  iiiorTbus  ab- 
horret,  is  inconsislent  vdtk.  Cic. 

Abolere  monumenta  viri,  to  abolish.  Virg. 
illis  cladis  Caudinae  noridum  memoria 
aboleverat,  vxis  not  effaced  from,  they 
had  not  forgotten.  Liv. 

Adolere  penates,  to  burn,  to  sacrifice  to. 
Virg.  ^tas  adolevit ;  adolevit  ad  ajta- 
tem.  Plaut. 

Declinare  ictam,  to  avoid ;  loco ;  agmen 
alTquo,  to  remove. 

Degenerare  animos,  to  v)eahen  ;  patri,  to 
degenerate  from. ;  a  virtute  majGrum. 

Durare  adolescentes  labore,  to  harden  ? 
Res  durat  ad  breve  tempus,  endures  ; 
In  aedibus  durare  neqaeo,  stay  or  re- 
main. Plaut. 


Inclinare  culpam  in  aliquem,  to  lay ; 
Hos  ut  sequar,  inclinat  animus,  in- 
clines ;  acies  inclinat,  or  inclinatur, 
gives  away. 

Laborare  arma,  to  forge ;  morbo,  e  do- 
lore,  e  renibus,  to  be  ill ;  de  re  aliqua, 
to  be  concerned. 

Morari  iter,  to  stop;  in  urbe,  to  stay; 
Hoc  nihil  moror,  /  do  not  mind. 

Properare  pecuniam  haeredi.  Hor.  in 
orbem ;  ad  unam  sedem.  Ov. 

Quadrare  acervum,  to  square.  Hor.  ali- 
quid  ad  normam;  alicui,  in  aliquem, 
ad  multa,  to  fit. 

Suppeditare  copiam  dicendi,  to  furnish  ; 
Sumptus  illi,  or  illi  sumptibus.  Ter. 
suppeditat  oratio,  is  afforded;  Manu- 
biae  in  f'undamenta  vix  suppeditarunt, 
were  sufficient.  Liv. 


Obs.  3.  These  accusatives,  hoc,  id,  quid,  aliquid,  quicquid,  nihil,  idem,  illud,  tan- 
tum,  quantum,  multa,  pauca,  &c.  are  often  joined  with  neuter  verbs,  having  the  pre- 
positions circa  or  propter  understood ;  as,  Id  lacrymat.  Id  succenset.  Ter.  Quid 
rides  ?  quid  clamas  ?  Terent. 

Obs.  4.  The  accusative  is  often  understood ;  Turn  prora  avertit,  sc.  se.  Virg. 
Flumlna  prcecipVant,  sc.  se.  Id.  Qubcumque  intenderat,  sc.  se,  turned  or  directed 
himself  Sail.  Ohiit,  sc.  mortem.  Ter.  Cum  faciam  vitula,  sc.  sacra.  Virg.  Or  its 
place  supplied  by  an  infinitive  or  part  of  a  sentence ;  as,  Reddes  dulce  loquiy  reddes 
ridere  decorum  ;  for  dulcem  sermonem,  decorum  risum.  Hor. 

§  153*  XIX.  Recordor^  memmi^  reminiscor^  and 
obliviscor^  govern  the  accusative  or  genitive ;  as, 


Recordor  lectionis,  or  lectionem, 
Obliviscor  injuries,  or  injuriam, 


I  remember  the  lesson. 
T  forget  an  injury. 


Obs.  1.  These  verbs  are  often  construed  with  the  infinitive  or  some  part  of  a  sen- 
tence ;  as,  Memini  videre  virginem.  Ter.     Oblitus  est,  quid  paulo  ante  posuisset.  Cic. 

Obs.  2.  Memini,  when  it  signifies  to  make  mention,  is  joined  with  the  genitive,  or 
the  ablative  with  the  preposition  de ;  as,  Memini  alicujus,  or  de  atiquo.  So,  recor- 
dor, when  it  signifies,  to  recollect ;  as,  Velim  scire  ecquid,  de  te  recordere.  Cic. 

Obs.  3.  The  phrase  Venit  mihi  in  mentem,  denoting  remembrance,  is  variously 
construed ;  as,  Venit  mihi  in  mentem  hcec  res,  hujus  rei,  de  hac  re,  Mihi  solet  venire 
in  mentem  illius  temporis.  Cic.    In  mentem  venit  de  speculo. 


4.   Verbs  governing  the  Ablative. 

§  154.  XX.  Verbs  of  plenty  and  scarceness  for 
the  most  part  govern  the  ablative ;  as,  . 


Abundat  divitiis. 
Caret  omni  culpa, 


He  abounds  in  riches. 
He  has  no  fault. 


232  GOVERNMENT    OF    VERBS. 

Verbs  of  plenty  are,  Ahundo,  affluo,  exubero,  redundo,  Jloreo,  suppe- 
dito,  scateo,  &c. ;  of  want,  Careo,  egeo,  indigeo,  vacOj  deficior^  desti- 
tuor,  &c. 

Obs.  1.  Egeo  and  Indigeo  frequently  govern  the  Genitive  ;  as,  egeo  consilii,  Cic. 
eget  ceris,  '  he  needs  money.*  Non  tarn  arlis  indigent,  quam  laboris,  Cic.  Careo 
also  is  used  with  a  Genitive;  as,  carendum  tui,  Terent.  Also,  scateo  and  abundo; 
as,  terra  scatet  ferarum,  Lucr.  Abundans  with  a  Genitive  in  Virg.  Eel.  2,  20.  We 
also  find  careo,  egeo,  indigeo,  scateo,  with  pronouns  of  the  neuter  gender ;  as,  id, 
quod,  &c  nee  quidquam  eges,  Plaut     So,  id  tuus  scatet  animus,  Plaut.  for  ea  re. 

Obs.  2.  The  ablative  after  these  verbs  is  governed  by  some  preposition  under- 
stood ;  and  sometimes  we  find  it  expressed :  as,  Vacat  a  culpa,  He  is  free  from 
fault  Liv. 

§  155«  XXI.  Utor^  abutor^  fruor^  fungor^  potior^ 
vescor,  govern  the  ablative ;  as, 

UCilur  fraude.  He  uses  deceit  Ahutitur  lihris,  He  abuses  booka 

§  1  90«  To  these  add,  gaudeo,  creor,  nascor,  fdo,  vivo,  victito,  consto ;  laboro, 
*  to  be  ill ;'  pascor,  epulor,  nitor,  innitor,  glorior,  IcBtor,  delecior,  dignor,  exulto,  sto, 
&c. ;  as,  Gaudere  bono,  Cic.  Fortes  creantur  fortibus,  Hor.  Fluminibus  salices 
nascuntur,  Virg.  Fidere  prudentia,  Cic.  Piscibus  vivere  existimantur,  Caes.  Fids 
victitamus,  Plaut.  Mente  vix  constat,  Cic.  Laborare  podagra.  Mart.  Ccede  pasci- 
tur,  Ovid.  Filio  niCitur,  Cic.  Gloriari  nominibus,  Cic.  Lcetor  tua  dignitate,  Cic. 
Delectdri  re,  Cic.  Me  dignor  honore,  Virg.  Stare  promissis,  Cic.  '  to  abide  by  one's 
promises.'  Some,  led  away  by  our  idiom,  according  to  which  we  say,  "  To  stand 
to  an  agreement,"  have  supposed  that  it  is  the  Dative  which  follows  Sto :  but  this 
is  not  so,  as  might  be  shown  by  numerous  examples. 

Obs.  1.  Potior  often  governs  the  genitive ;  as,  Potlri  urbis.  Sail. 
And  we  always  say,  Potlri  rerum^  to  possess  the  chief  command,  never 
rebus ;  imperio  being  understood. 

Obs.  2.  Potior,  Lector,  fungor,  vescor,  epulor,  pascor,  and  gaudeo,  sometimes  have 
an  accusative ;  as,  Potiri  urbem.  Cic.  Offieia  fungi.  Ter.  Munera  fungi.  Tac. 
Pascuntur  siltxis.  Virg.  And  in  ancient  writers  utor,  abator,  and  fruor ;  as,  Uti 
consilium.  Plaut.  Operam  abuCitur.  Ter.  Depasco  and  depascor  always  take  an 
accusative ;  as,  DepascUur  artus.  Virg.     Gavisi  sunt  suum  dolorem.  Cic. 

5  2.    VERBS   GOVERNING   TWO   CASES. 

1.  Verbs  governing  two  Datives. 

§  157«  XXII.  Sum  used  instead  of  afero  (to 
bring)  governs  two  datives,  the  one  of  a  person, 
and  the  other  a  thing  ;^  as, 

Est  mihi  voluptdti.  It  is,  or  brings,  a  pleasure  to  me. 

*  This  rule  would  be  better  expressed  thus : 

The  verb  Est,  when  it  may  be  construed  *  to  redound  to,'  *  to  bring,' 
'  to  be  conducive,'  *  to  serve  for,'  is  followed  by  two  Datives,  one  of 
which  denotes  the  object  to  which,  the  other,  the  end  for  which  any 
thing  is,  or  is  done. 


h 


GOVERNMENT   OP   VERBS.  233 

§  158«  Two  datives  are  also  put  after  habeOf  do^  verto,  relinquo, 
tenio,  tribuo,  fore,  duco,  appono,  assigno,  cedo,  compdro,  curro,  eo, 
mittOf  pateo,  prqficiscor,  suppedito,  and  some  others ;  as, 

Ducitur  honori  tibi,  It  is  reckoned  an  honour  to  you.  Id  vcrtttur  mihi  vitio,  I  am 
blamed  for  that.  So,  Misit  mihi  muneri ;  Dedit  mihi  dono ;  Habet  sibi  laudi ; 
Ventre,  occurrere  auxilio  alicui.  Liv. 

Obs.  1.  Instead  of  the  dative  we  often  use  the  nominative,  or  the  accusative  ;  as» 
Est  exitium  pecori  for  exitio ;  Dare  atlquid  aticui  donum,  or  dono ;  Dare  jiliam  ei 
nuptam,  or  nuptui  When  dare  and  other  active  verbs  have  two  datives  after 
them,  they  likewise  govern  an  accusative  either  expressed  or  understood  i  as,  Dare 
crimini  ei,  sc.  id. 

Obs.  2.  The  dative  of  the  person  is  often  to  be  supplied  ;  as,  Est  exemplo,  indicio^ 
prcBsidiOy  Usui,  &c.  scil.  mihi,  alicui,  hominibus,  or  some  such  word.  So,  poneref 
opponere,  pignori,  sc.  alicui,  to  pledge.  Canere  receptui,  sc.  suis  militibus,  to  sound 
a  retreat;  Habere  curce  qucBStui,  odio,  vduptati,  religioni,  studio,  ludibrio,  despicaiui, 
&c.  sc.  sibi. 

Obs.  3.  To  this  rule  belong  forms  of  naming ;  as,  Est  mihi  nomen  Alexandro,  my 
name  is  Alexander ;  or  with  the  nominative,  Est  mihi  nomen  Alexander ;  or  more 
rarely  with  the  genitive,  Est  mihi  nomen  Alexandri. 

2.  Verbs  governing'  the  Accusative  and  the  Genitive, 

§  159«  XXIII.  Verbs  of  accusing,  condemning, 
acquitting,  and  admonishing,  govern  the  accusative 
of  a  person  with  the  genitive  of  a  thing ;  as, 

Arguit  mefurti,  He  accuses  me  of  theft. 

Meipsum  inerticB  condemno,  I  condemn  myself  of  laziness. 

Ilium  homicidii  absolvunt.  They  acquit  him  of  manslaughter. 

Monet  me  officii.  He  admonishes  me  of  my  duty. 

§  X60«  Verbs  of  accusing  are,  Accuso,  ago,  apello,  arcesso,  an- 
quiro,  capto,  increpo,  arguo,  defero,  insimulo,  postulo,  alligo,  astringo, 
urgeo,  incusOf  interrogo,  compello.  Of  condemning,  damno,  coarguo, 
convinco,  prehendo,  judico,  plector,  condemno,  infmno,  noto.  Of  ac- 
quitting", absoho,  solvo,  libero,  purgo.  Of  admonishing,  moneo,  ad- 
moneo,  commonefacio. 

§  161  The  crime  or  punishment  is  sometimes  put  in  the  Ablative  without 
a  preposition  being  expressed,  after  absolvo,  liber o,  damno,  condemno,  &c. ;  as.  Con- 
sulem  regni  suspicione  absolverunt,  Liv.  Damnabis  tu  votis,  Virg.  Crimen  quo 
argui  posset,  Nep.  Teneri  poena,  Cic.  We  also  find  Damnari  voti,  which  signifies, 
*  to  have  gained  one's  wish ;'  properly,  *  to  be  condemned  to  the  discharge  of  the 
vow  which  he  had  made  for  the  prosperous  issue  of  his  undertaking,'  which  is  a 
sign  that  he  had  gained  his  wish.  Such  a  person  is  said  to  be  reus  voti.  Virg. 
^n.  5.  237. 

§  163«  Obs.  1.  Verbs  of  accusing  and  admonishing,  instead  of  the  genitive, 
frequently  have  after  them  an  ablative,  with  the  preposition  de ;  as,  Monere  atiquem 
officii,  or  de  officio ;  Accusdre  atiquem  furti,  or  de  furto.  De  vi  condemndti  sunt. 
Cic. 

Obs  2.  Crimen  and  caput  are  put  either  in  the  genitive  or  ablative ;  but  in  the 
ablative  usually  without  a  preposition;   as,  Damndre,  posluldre,  absoLvlre,  eum 

20* 


234  GOVERNMENT    OF   VERBS. 

criminis,  or  capitis ;  and  crimine,  or  capite ;  also  Absolvo  me  peccato.  Liv.  And  we 
always  say,  rlecttre,  pumre  atiquem  capile,  and  not  capitis,  to  punish  one  capitally, 
or  with  death. 

Obs.  3.  Many  verbs  of  accusing,  &c.  are  not  construed  with  the  ace.  of  a  person, 
and  the  gen.  of  a  thing,  but  the  contrary ;  thus  we  say,  Cidpo,  reprehendo,  taxo, 
traduco,  vituptero,  calumnior,  criniinor,  excUso,  &c.  avaritiam  alicujus,  and  not 
aliquem  avariticB.  We  sometimes  also  find  accuso,  incuso,  &c.  construed  in  this 
manner;  as,  Accusdre  inertiam  adolescentium,  for  adolescentes  inerticB.  Cic.  Culpam 
arguo.  Liv.  We  say,  Ag^re  cum  aliquo  furti,  rather  than  atiquem,  to  accuse  one 
of  theft.  Cic. 

Obs.  4.  Verbs  of  accusing  and  admonishing  sometimes  govern  two  accusatives, 
when  joined  with  hoc,  illud,  istud,  id,  unum,  multa,  &c.  as,  Moneo,  accuso,  te  illud. 
We  seldom  find,  however,  Errorem  te  moneo,  but  err  oris  or  de  err  ore ;  except  in 
old  writers,  as  Plautus. 

§  163.  XXIV.  Verbs  of  valuing,  with  the  ac- 
cusative, govern  such  genitives  as  these,  magni^ 
parvi,  nihili  ;  as, 

jEsCimo  te  magniy  I  value  you  much. 

§  X64:«  Verbs  of  valuing"  are,  JEstimOf  existimo,  duco,  facio,  ha- 
heo,  pendo,  puto,  taxo.  They  govern  several  other  genitives;  as, 
tanti,  quantif  pluris,  majoris,  minoris,  minimi^  plurtmiy  maxlmiy 
naucif  pilif  assisj  nihili,  teruncii,  hujus,  Jlocci,  pensi, 

Obs.  1.  jEsdmo  sometimes  governs  the  ablative ;  as,  JEsfimo  te  magno,  per- 
magno,  parvo,  scil.  pretio:  and  also  nihilo.  We  likewise  say,  Pro  nihilo  habeo, 
puto,  duco. 

Obs.  2.  j^qui  and  boni  are  put  in  the  genitive  after  facio  and  consulo;  as.  Hoc 
cmsulo  boni,  tsqui  bon'ique  facio,  I  take  this  in  good.  part. 

Obs.  3.  The  genitive  after  all  these  verbs  is  governed  by  some  substantive  under- 
stood ,•  as,  Arguere  atiquem  furti,  scil.  rfe  crimine  furti:  j^stimo  rem  magni,  scil. 
pretii,  or  pro  re  magni  pretii ;  Consulo  boni,  i.  e.  statuo  or  censeo  esse,  factum,  or 
munus  boni  viri,  or  animi ;  Monere  aliquem  officii,  i.  e.  officii,  causa,  or  de  re  or 
negotio  officii. 

3.   Verbs  governing  the  Accusative  and  the  Dative. 

§  165»  XXV.  Verbs  of  comparing,  giving,  de- 
claring, and  taking  away,  govern  the  accusative 
and  dative ;  as, 

Comph.ro  Virgilium  Homero,  I  compare  Virgil  to  Homer. 

Suum  cuique  tribuito.  Give  every  one  his  own. 

Narras  fabulam  surdo.  You  tell  a  story  to  a  deaf  man. 

Eripuit  me  morti.  He  rescued  me  from  death. 

§  166«  Or,  —  Any  active  verb  may  govern  the  accusative 
AND  THE  DATIVE,  (whcn,  together  with  the  object  of  the  action^  we 
express  the  person  or  thing  with  relation  to  which  it  is  exerted ;)  as, 

Legam  lectionem  tibi,  I  will  read  the  lesson  to  you.  Emit  librum  mihi,  He 
bought  a  book  for  me.    Sic  vos  non  vobis  feriis  aratra  boves.  Virg.    Paupcrtas 


GOVERNMENT    OF   VERBS.  235 

S(spe  suadei  mala  hominihus,  advises  men  to  do  bad  things.  Plant.    Imperdre  pe- 
cuniam,  frumentum,  naves,  arma  aliquibus,  to  order  them  to  furnish.  Caes. 

Obs.  1.  Verbs  of  comparing  and  taking  away,  together  with  some  others,  are 
often  construed  with  a  preposition;  as,  Compardre  unnm  rem  cum  olid,  and  ad 
aliam,  or  compardre  res  inter  se :  Eripuit  me  morti,  morte,  a  or  ex  morte :  Miltere 
^stolam  altcui,  or  ad  altquem :  Interidere  telum  aUcui,  or  in  aliquem :  Incidere  oeri, 
tn  CBS,  or  in  cere ;  and  so  in  many  others. 

Obs.  2.  Several  verbs  governing  the  dative  and  accusative,  are  construed  di^ 
ferently;  as, 

Aspergere  lahem  alicui,  or  aliquem  labe,  to  put  an  affront  on  one ;  aram  sanguine. 

Circumddre  moenia  oppido,  or  oppldum  moenibus,  to  surround  a  city  with  walls. 

Dondre,  prohibere  rem  alicui,  or  aliquem  re,  to  give  one  a  present,  to  hinder  one 
from  a  thing. 

Excusdre  se  alicui,  and  apud  aliquem,  de  re ;  valetudinem  ei. 

Exprobrdre  vitium  ei,  or  in  eo,  to  upbraid. 

Gratulor  tibi  hanc  rem,  hoc  re,  in,  pro,  and  de  hac  re,  I  congratulate  you  on  this. 
Melius  Tullo  devictos  hostes  graluldlur.  Li  v. 

Imperdre  salutem  alicui,  or  aliquem  salute,  to  salute  one. 

Indu^re,  exuere  vestem  sibi,  or  se  veste,  to  put  on,  to  put  off  one's  clothes. 

Intercludere  commedtum  alicui,  or  aliquem  commedtu,  to  intercept  one's  provi- 
sions. 

Interdixit  Galliam  Romdnis,  or  Romdnos  Gallia,  he  debarred  the  Romans  from 
Gaul. 

Invideo  honori  alicujus,  Cic.  hondrem  alicui,  Hor.  in  re  diqua,  Cic. 

Levdre  dolorem  alicui ;  doldrem  alicujus ;  aliquem  dolore,  to  ease  one's  distress. 

Litdre  Deum  sacris,  and  sacra  Deo,  to  sacrifice. 

Mactdre  hostiam  Deo,  or  Deum  hostia,  to  sacrifice. 

Mindri  aliquid  alicui,  or  sometimes  alicui  aHquo,  Cic.  to  threaten  one  with  any 
thing ;  CoBsdri  gladio.  Sail. 

Occupdre  pecuniam  alicui,  and  apud  aliquem,  i.  e.  pecuniam  foenori  locdre,  to 
place  at  interest.  Cic. 

Opponere  se  morti,  and  ad  mortem.    Renuncidre  id  ei,  and  ad  eum,  to  tell. 

Rcstitutre  alicui  sanitdtem,  or  aliquem  sanildti,  to  restore  to  health. 

Obs.  3.  Verbs  signifying  motion  or  tendency  to  a  thing,  instead  of 
the  dative,  have  an  accusative  after  them,  with  the  preposition 
ad;  as, 

Porto,  fero,  lego,  -as,  prcecipilo,  tollo,  traho,  duco,  verto,  incite,  suscito ;  also,  hortor, 
and  invito,  voco,  provoco,  animo,  stimiilo,  conformo,  lacesso ;  thus.  Ad  laudem  miUtes 
hortdtur ;  Ad  prcetorem  hominem  traxit.  Cic.  But  after  several  of  these  verbs,  we 
also  find  the  dative ;  as,  Inferre  Deos  Lalio,  for  in  Latium.  Virg.  Invitdre  aliquem 
hospitio,  or  in  hospitium.  Cic. 

Obs.  4.  The  accusative  is  sometimes  understood ;  as,  Nubere  alicui,  soil,  se ; 
Cedere  alicui,  soil,  locum ;  Detrahere  alicui,  scil.  laudem ;  Ignoscere  alicui,  scil. 
culpam.  And  in  English  the  particle  to  is  often  omitted  ;  as,  Dedil  mihi  librum.  He 
gave  me  a  book,  for  to  me. 


236  GOVERNMENT   OP   VERBS. 

4.   Verbs  governing  two  Accusatives, 

§  167.  XXVI.  Verbs  of  asking  and  teaching 
govern  two  accusatives,  the  one  of  a  person  and 
the  other  of  a  thing ;  as, 

Posdimus  te  pacem.  We  beg  peace  of  thee. 

Docuit  me  grammattcam.  He  taught  me  grammar. 

§  168«  Verbs  of  asking,  which  govern  two  accusatives,  are  Rogo, 
orOy  exoro,  ohsecro,  precor,  posco,  postulo,  reposco,  JlagUo,  &c.  Of 
teaching,  JDoceo,  edoceo,  dedoceo,  erudio, 

Obs.  1.  Celo  likewise  governs  two  accusatives ;  as,  Celdvit  me  hanc 
rem.  He  concealed  this  matter  from  me;  or  otherwise,  celdvit  hanc 
rem  mihi,  or  celdvit  me  de  hac  re, 

Obs.  2.  Verbs  of  asking  and  teaching  are  often  construed  with  a  preposition ;  as, 
Rogdre  rem  ah  aViquo :  Docere  atlquem  de  re,  to  inform ;  but  we  do  not  say,  docere 
aliquem  de  grammadca,  but  grammuticam,  to  teach.  And  we  always  say  with  a 
preposition,  Peto,  exigo  a  or  ^s  te ;  Percontor,  scitor,  sciscitor,  ex  or  a  te  or  te  with- 
out the  preposition ;  Interrogo,  consuUo  te  de  re ;  Ut  facias  te  obsecro ;  Exorat  pacem 
divum,  for  divos.  Virg.  Instruo,  instituo,  formo,  informo  aliquem  xlrtibus,  in  the  abl. 
without  a  prep.  Imhuo  eum  artibus,  in  or  ab  artlbus.  Also,  instruo  ad.  rem,  or  in 
re,  ignorantiam  alicujus.  Erudire  aliquem  artes,  de  or  in  re,  ad  rem.  Formdre  ad 
studium,  mentem,  studiis,  studia  ejus. 

Obs.  3.  Many  other  active  verbs  with  the  accusative  of  a  person, 
take  also  an  accusative  of  nihil,  or  the  neuter  pronouns,  hoc,  id^  quid, 
&c.,  or  of  adjectives  of  quantity ;  as,  nee  te  id  consulo,  Cic.  Eam  rem 
nos  locus  admonuit,  Sail.  To  this  construction  seems  to  belong  the 
formula,  magnam  partem,  or  maximum  partem ;  as,  lihros  meos  mag- 
NAM  PARTEM  amisi,  *  I  have  lost  a  great  part  of  my  books.*    See  5  150. 

Obs.  4.  Allied  to  this  is  the  Greek  Accusative,  as  it  is  called,  which 
is  added  to  passive  verbs,  in  order  to  define  more  exactly  the  part  to 
which  the  meaning  of  the  verb  relates ;  as,  redimitus  tempora  lauro, 
— miles  fractus  membra,  &c.  In  such  cases  the  accusative  is  govern- 
ed by,  quod  ad,  or  secundum,  or  some  other  preposition  understood. 
See  \  63. 

5.   Verbs  governing  the  Accusative  and  the  Ablative, 

§  169.  XXVII.  Verbs  of  loading,  binding,  cloth- 
ing, depriving,  and  some  others,  govern  the  accu- 
sative and  the  ablative ;  as, 

Onerat  naves  auro,  He  loads  the  ships  with  gold. 

V  X  i  Oo  Verbs  of  loading  are,  Onero,  cumulo,  premo,  opprimo,  obruo,  repleo, 
dono.  Of  unloading,  levo,  exonero,  &c.  Of  binding,  astringo,  tigo,  alUgo,  devincio, 
impedio,  irretio,  iltaqueo,  &c.  Of  loosing,  solvo,  exsolvo,  libera,  laxo,  expedio,  &c. 
Of  depriving,  privo,  nudo,  oi'bo,  spolio,  fraudo,  emungo.  Of  clothing,  vestio,  amicio 
induo,  cingo,  tego,  velo,  corono,  and  calceo.    Of  unclothing,  exuo,  discingo,  &c 


CONSTRUCTION    OF    PASSIVE   VERBS.  237  * 

Obs.  1.  The  preposition,  by  which  the  ablative  is  governed  after  these  verbs,  is 
sometimes  expressed  ;  as,  Solvere  aUquem  ex  catenis.  Cic.  Sometimes  the  ablative 
is  to  be  supplied  ;  as,  Complet  naves,  sc.  viris,  mans  the  ship.  Virg. 

Obs.  2.  Impleo,  compleo,  and  expleo,  sometimes  take  the  genitive ;  as,  Adoles- 
centem  sucb  teineritdHs  implet.  Liv.  Erroris  illos  et  dementicc  complebo.  Plant.  Ani- 
mum  explesse  juvabit  ultricis  flammce.  Virg.  And  among  the  more  ancient  writers, 
also  saiuro  and  obsaiuro ;  as,  Hcb  res  vitce  me  saturant,  Plant.  Istius  obsaturabere, 
Terent.    Several  vary  their  construction ;  as,  induit,  exuit  se  vestibus,  or  vesles  sibi. 

Obs.  3.  Muto  governs  the  Accusative  of  the  thing  given  in  exchange,  and  the 
Ablative  of  that  which  is  taken  in  exchange ;  as,  Muto  librum  pecunia.  Sometimes 
the  preposition  is  expressed ;  as,  Mutare  bellum  pro  pace,  Sail. 

Obs.  4.  The  following  verbs  are  also  found  with  the  accusative  of  the  object  and 
the  ablative  without  a  preposition :  Instruo,  formo,  instituo,  imbuo,  informo,  defendo, 
arceo,  prohibeo,  exclude,  inlercludo. 

THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  PASSIVE  VERBS. 

§171.  XXVIII.  When  a  verb  in  the  active 
voice  governs  two  cases,  in  the  passive  it  retains 
the  latter  case ;  as, 

Accusor  furti,  I  am  accused  of  theft. 

Virgilius  comparatur  Homero,  Virgil  is  compared  to  Homer. 

Doceor  grammaticam,  I  am  taught  grammar. 

Navis  oneraiur  aurOy  The  ship  is  loaded  with  gold. 

So,  Scio  homines  accusdtum  iri  furti ; — Eos  ereptum  iri  morti,  morle,  a  or  ex 

morte ; pueros  doctum  iri  grammudcam ; rem  celdtum  iri  mihi,  or  me  ;  me 

celdtum  iri  de  re,  &c. 

Sometimes  the  active  has  three  cases,  and  then  the  passive  has  the  two  last 
cases  ;  as,  Habetur  ludibrio  iis. 

§  173»  When  a  verb  in  the  Active  voice  governs  an  accusative 
with  any  other  case,  it  must  be  carefully  observed  that,  whatever  word 
is  in  the  Accusative  after  the  Active  verb,  that  word,  and  no  other, 
must  be  the  Nominative  to  it  in  the  Passive  voice,  and  the  other  case 
remains  unchanged.  Thus,  *  I  give  you  a  book,'  Librum  tihi  do  ;  pas- 
sively. Liber  tibi  datur.    '  He  told  me  this,'  Hoc  mihi  dixit ;  passively, 

*  I  was  told  this,'  Hoc  mihi  dictum  est.  '  I  present  you  with  a  book,' 
Dono  tibi  librum;  passively.  Liber  tibi  donatur.  This  rule  is  simple, 
perspicuous,  and  founded  on  the  best  classical  authorities — that,  what- 
ever is  put  in  the  Accusative  case,  after  the  Active  verb,  becomes  the 
Nominative  to  it,  in  the  Passive  voice,  while  the  other  case  is  retained 
under  the  government  of  the  verb,  by  this  twenty-eighth  rule.     Thus, 

*  I  persuade  you  of  this,'  Persuadeo  hoc  tibi.  Here  the  thing  is  ex- 
pressed in  the  Accusative,  and  the  person  in  the  Dative.  The  former 
therefore  must  be  the  Nominative  to  the  verb  in  the  Passive  voice ;  as, 
hoc  tibi  persuadetur,  *  you  are  persuaded  of  this,'  literally,  *  this  is 
persuaded  to  you.' 

§  1  T3»  But  it  does  not  follow  that  we  cannot  say.  Ego  dicor,  Ele 
dicituTi  or  Ille  dictus  est.    If  the  person  be  He  to  whom  any  thing  is 


238  CONSTRUCTION    OF    PASSIVE  VERBS. 

said,  it  must  always  be  expressed  in  the  Dative  case,  as  in  the  preced- 
ing examples.  But  if  the  person  be  He  of  whom  any  thing  is  said,  it 
may  then  be  made  nominative  to  the  verb.  Thus,  '  He  is  said  to  be  a 
wise  man,'  Ille  dicitur  esse  vir  sapiens.  Here  Ille  is  the  subject 
spoken  of,  the  person  of  whom  the  assertion  is  made,  not  the  person  to 
whom  the  thing  is  told.  In  like  manner,  *  I  believe  you,'  Credo  tih% 
that  is,  '  I  give  credit  to  what  you  say,'  in  the  passive  voice,  tibi  credi- 
tur,  not  iu  crederis.  But  the  latter  expression  is  correct  if  used  to  sig- 
nify, not  that  credit  is  given  to  the  words  of  the  person,  but  that  some- 
thing is  believed  of  him,  as  the  subject  of  discourse ;  as,  Tu  crederis 
esse  vir  bonus,  *  you  are  believed  to  be  a  good  man.' 

Obs.  1.  Passive  verbs  are  commonly  construed  with  the  ablative  and 
the  preposition  a;  as, 

Tu  laudaris  a  me,  which  is  equivalent  to  Ego  laudo  te.  Virtus  d'dig'itur  a  nobis; 
Nos  dUigimiis  virtutem.  Gaudeo  meum  factum  probU.ri  a  te,  or  te  prohure  meum 
factum :  And  so  almost  all  active  verbs.  Neuter  and  deponent  verbs  also  admit 
this  preposition ;  as,  Mare  a  sole  coUucet.  Cic.  Phalaris  non  a  paucis  interiit.  Id. 
So,  Cadere  ab  hoste ;  Cessdre  apraliis  ;  Mori  ab  ense ;  Pali  furari  aliquid  ab  alt- 
quo,  &c.  Also,  Venire  ab  hostwus,  to  be  sold  ;  Vapidure  ab  atiquo,  Exulare  ab  urbe. 
Thus  likewise  many  active  verbs ;  as,  Sumere,  petere,  toUere,  pellere,  expectdre, 
emere,  &c.  ab  atiquo. 

Rem.  1.  The  prep,  is  sometimes  understood  after  passive  verbs;  ns, Deseror  con- 
juge.  Ovid.  Desertus  suis  sc.  a.  Tacit.  Tabula  distinguitur  undo,  qui  navigat.  sc. 
ab  unda,  is  kept  from  the  water  by  a  plank.  Juvenal. 

Rem.  2.  The  preposition  PER  is  also  used  in  the  same  sense  with  A ;  as,  Per  me 
defensa  est  respubtica,  or  a  me  ;  Per  me  restitutus ;  Per  me  or  a  me  factum  est.  Cic. 
But  PER  commonly  marks  the  instrument,  and  A  the  principal  efficient  cause  ,*  as, 
Res  agiturper  cr editor es,  a  rege,  sc.  a  rege  vel  a  legato  ejus.  Cic.  Fam.  i.  1. 

Obs.  2.  Passive  verbs  sometimes  govern  the  dative,  especially  among 
the  poets ;  as, 

Neque  cernitur  ulli,  for  ab  uUo.  Virg.  Vix  audior  ulli.  Ovid.  Scriberis  Vario, 
for  a  Vario.  Hor.  Honesta  bonis  viris  qiusruntur,  for  a  viris.  Cic.  Videor,  to 
seem,  always  governs  the  dative ;  as,  Videris  mihi,  You  seem  to  me :  but  we  com- 
monly say,  Videris  a  me,  You  are  seen  by  me  ;  although  not  always ;  as,  Nulla  tud- 
Tum  audita  mihi,  neque  visa  sororum,  for  a  me.  Virg. 

Obs.  3.  Induor,  amicior,  cingor,  accingor,  also  exuor,  and  discingor,  are  often  con- 
strued with  the  accusative,  particularly  among  the  poets,  though  we  do  not  find 
them  governing  two  accusatives  in  the  active  voice ;  as,  Induitur  vestem,  or  veste. 

Obs.  4.  Neuter  verbs  are  for  the  most  part  used  impersonally  in  the  passive 
voice ;  unless  when  they  are  joined  virith  a  noun  of  a  similar  signification  to  their 
own ;  as,  Pugna,  pugndta  est.  Cic.  Bellum  militabitur.  Horat.  Passive  impersonal 
verbs  are  most  commonly  applied  either  to  a  multitude,  or  to  an  individual  taken 
indefinitely;  as,  Statur,  Jletur,  curritur,  vivitur,  venltur,  &c.  a  vobis,  ab  illis,  6zc. 
We  are  standing,  weeping,  &c.  Bene  potest  vivi  a  me,  or  ab  aliquo :  I  or  any  per- 
son may  live  well.  Provisum  est  nobis  optime  a  Deo ;  Reclamdtum  est  ab  omnibus, 
all  cried  out  against  it  Cic. 

Obs.  5.  They  also  govern  the  same  cases  as  when  used  personally ;  as,  Ut  majo- 
r^bus  natu  assurgcdur,  ut  supptlcum  misereatur.  Cic.  Except  the  accusative :  for  in 
these  phrases,  Itur  Athenas,  pugnalum  est  biduum,  dorm'itur  totam  noctem,  the  accu- 
sative is  not  governed  by  the  verb,  but  by  the  prepositions  ad  and  per  understood. 
We  find,  however.  Tola  mihi  dorm'itur  hyems;  Nodes  vigilanlur  amdr(B;  Oceanus 
raris  ab  orbe  noslro  navlbus  adltur.  Tacit. 


CONSTRUCTION  OF  IMPERSONAL  VERBS.         239 

THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  IMPERSONAL  VERBS. 

§  1 74.  XXIX.  An  Impersonal  Verb  governs  the 
dative;  as, 

Expedit  reipuhUccBf  It  is  profitable  for  the  state. 

Verbs  which  in  the  active  voice  govern  only  the  dative,  are  used 
impersonally  in  the  passive,  and  likewise  govern  the  dative ;  as, 

Favetur  mihi,  I  am  favoured,  and  not  Ego  faveor.  So,  Nocetur  mild,  imperatur 
mihi,  (fee.  We  find,  however,  Hcbc  egoprocurdre  imperor.  Ego  cur  invideor,  lor  m- 
peratur,  invidetur  mihi.  Hor. 

Obs.  1.  These  verbs,  Potest,  ccepit,  inctpit,  desinit,  debet,  and  solet, 
are  used  impersonally,  when  joined  with  impersonal  verbs ;  as, 

Non  potest  credi  tibi,  You  cannot  be  believed ;  Mihi  non  potest  noceri,  I  cannot 
be  hurt ;  Negat  jucunde  posse  vivi  sine  virtute.  Cic.  Per  virtuiem  potest  iri  ad  astra. 
Aliorum  laitdi  et  glories  invideri  soleL  The  praise  and  glory  of  others  are  accus- 
tomed to  be  envied.  Id.  Neque  a  fortissimis  infirmisstmo  generi  resisti  posse. 
Sallust. 

Obs.  2.  Various  verbs  are  used  both  personally  and  impersonally ;  as,  Venit  in 
menlem  mihi  hcec  res,  or  de  hac  re,  or  hujus  rei,  scil.  memoria ;  This  thing  came  into 
ray  mind.    Est  cures  mihi  hcec  res,  or  de  hac  re.    Doleo  or  dolet  mihi,  id  factum  esse. 

Obs.  3.  The  neuter  pronoun  it  is  always  joined  with  impersonal  verbs  in  Eng- 
lish ;  as,  It  rains,  it  shines  ;  &c.  And  in  the  Latin  an  infinitive  is  commonly  sub- 
joined to  impersonal  verbs,  or  the  subjunctive  with  wf,  forming  a  part  of  a  sentence 
which  may  be  supposed  to  supply  the  place  of  a  nominative  ;  as,  Nobis  non  licet 
jteccdre,  the  same  with  peccdtum ;  Omnibus  bonis  expedit  rempubticam  esse  salvam, 
i.  e.  Salus  reipubUcce  expedit  omnibus  bonis.  Cic.  Acctdit,  evenit,  contigit,  ut  ibi 
essemus.  These  nominatives,  hoc,  illud,  id,  idem,  quod,  &c.,  are  sometimes  joined 
to  impersonal  verbs ;  as,  idem  mihi  licet.  Cic.     EMem  licent.  CatuU. 

Obs.  4.  The  dative  is  often  understood  ;  as,  Faciat  quod  libet,  sc.  sibi.  Ter.  Stat 
casus  renovure  omnes,  sc.  mihi,  I  am  resolved.  Virg. 

§  175.  Exc.  1.  REFERT  Siud  INTEREST  govern  the  geni- 
tive; as, 

Refert  patris,  It  concerns  my  father.     Interest  omnium,  It  is  the  interest  of  all. 

§  1 7G«  But  mea,  tua,  sua,  nostra,  vestra,  are  put  in  the  accusa- 
tive plural  neuter ;  as, 

Non  mea  refert.  It  does  not  concern  me. 

Obs.  1.  Some  think  mea,  tua,  sua,  &c.  to  be  in  the  ablat.  sing.  fern. 
We  say  either  cujus  interest,  and  quorum  interest ;  or  cuja  interest, 
from  cujus,  -a,  -wm. 

Obs.  2.  Refert  and  interest  are  often  joined  with  these  nominatives.  Id,  hoc,  illud, 
quid,  quod,  nihil,  &c.  also  with  common  nouns ;  and  with  these  genitives,  Tanti, 
quAinti,  magni,  permagni,  parvi,  pluris ;  as,  Hoc  parvi  refert ;  Illud  mea  magni,  in- 
terest. Cic.  Usque  (Sieo  magni  refert  studium.  Lucret.  Incessus  in  gravida  refert. 
Phn. 


240  CONSTRTTCTION   OP    IMPERSONAL   VERBS. 

Rem.  2.  They  are  frequently  construed  with  these  adverbs,  Tantum,  quantum, 
multum,  plus,  ptunmums  injirutum,  parum,  maximhi  vehementer,  minimi,  &c.  as,  Fa* 
darn,  quod  maxtmd  reipubllccB  interesse  judicdbo.  Cic. 

Rem.  3.  Sometimes  instead  of  the  genit.  they  take  the  accus.  with  the  prep,  ad  ; 
as,  Quid  id  ad  me,  aut  ad  meam  rem  refert  PerscB  quid  rerum  ^erant  ?  Of  what 
importance  is  it  ?  &c.  Plaut.  Magni  ad  honorem  nostrum  interest.  Cic. ;  rarely  the 
dative ;  as,  Die  quid  referat  intra  natures  fines  viventi,  &c.  Hor.  Sometimes  they 
are  placed  absolutely  ;  as,  Magnop^re  interest  opprimi  Dolahellam,  it  is  of  great  im- 
portance. Cic.  Permultum  interest,  qualis  primus  aditus  sit.  Id.  Adeone  est  fun- 
data  leviler  fides,  ut  ubi  sim,  quam  qui  sim,  magis  referat.  Liv.  Plurimum  enim 
intererit,  quibus  artlbus,  aut  quibus  hunc  tu  moribus  instituas.  Juv. 

Obs.  3.  The  genitive  after  refert  and  interest,  is  governed  by  some  substantive 
understood,  with  which  the  possessives  mea,  tua,  sua,  &c.  likewise  agree ;  as,  Inte- 
rest  Cicerdnis,  i.  e.  est  inter  negotia  Ciceronis.  Refert  patris,  i.  e.  refert  se  hcec  res 
ad  negotia  patris.    So,  interest  mea,  est  inter  negotia  mea. 

§177.  Exc.  II.  These  ^ve,  MISERET,  PCENITET,  PU- 
DET,  TMDET,  and  PI  GET,  govern  the  accusative  of  a  person 
with  the  genitive  of  a  thing;  as, 


Miscret  me  tui,         I  pity  you. 
Poenitet  me  peccati,  I  repent  of  ray  sin. 


Tcsdet  me  viicB,    I  am  weary  of  life. 
Pudet  me  culpce,  I  am  ashamed  of  ray 
fault. 


Obs.  1.  The  genitive  here  is  properly  governed  either  by  negotium  understood, 
or  by  some  other  substantive  of  a  signification  similar  to  that  of  the  verb  with 
which  it  is  joined ;  as,  Miseret  me  tui,  that  is,  negotium  or  miseratio  tui  miseret  me. 

Obs.  2.  An  infinitive  or  some  part  of  a  sentence  may  supply  the  place  of  the 
genitive ;  as,  Piemtet  me  peccasse,  or  quod  peccaverim.  The  accusative  is  fre- 
quently understood ;  as,  Scelerum  si  bene  pcenilet,  scil.  nos.  Horat. 

Obs.  3.  Miseret,  pcen'itet,  &c.  are  sometimes  used  personally,  especially  when 
joined  with  these  nominatives,  hoc,  id,  quod,  &c.  as.  Ipse  sui  miseret.  Lucr.  Nonne 
hcBC  te  pudent.  Ter.  Nihil,  quod  poenitere  possit,  facias,  for  cujus  te  poenitere 
possit.  Cic. 

We  sometimes  find  miseret  joined  with  two  accusatives;  as,  Menedemi  vicem 
miseret  me,  scil.  secundum  or  quod  ad.  Ter. 

Obs.  4.  The  preterites  of  miseret,  pudet,  teedet,  and  piget,  when  used  in  the  pas- 
sive form,  govern  the  same  cases  with  the  active ;  as,  miserttum  est  me  tuarum 
fortundrum.  Ter.  We  likewise  find,  wiseresciY  and  miser etur  used  impersonally; 
as,  Miserescit  me  tui.  Ter.  Miseredtur  te  fratrum ;  Neque  me  tui,  neque  iuorum 
liber  drum  miser  eri  potest.    Cic. 

§178.  Exc.  III.  DECET,  DELECT  AT,  JUV  AT,  and 
OPORTET,  govern  the  accusative  of  a  person  with  the  infinitive; 
as, 

Delectat  me  studere.  It  delights  me  to  study. 

Non  decet  te  rixdri,  It  does  not  become  you  to  scold. 

Obs.  1.  These  verbs  are  sometimes  used  personally ;  as,  parvum  parva  decent. 
Hor.  Est  aliquid,  quod  non  oporteat,  etiamsi  liceat.  Cic.  /fee  facta  ab  illo  opor- 
tebant.  Ter. 

Obs.  2.  Decet  is  sometimes  construed  with  the  dative ;  as,  Ita  nobis  decet.  Ter. 

Obs.  3.  Oportet  is  elegantly  joined  with  the  subjunctive  mode,  ut 
being  understood ;  as, 


CONSTRUCTIOI^    OF    THE    INFINITIVE.  241 

Sibi  quisque  considat  oportet.  Cic.  Or  with  the  perfect  participle,  esse  or  fuisse 
being  understood ;  as,  Communicdium  oportuit ;  mansiim  oportuif ;  Adolescenti 
morem  gestum  oportuit.  The  young  man  should  have  been  humoured.  Ter 

Obs.  4.  Fallit,  fugif,  preterit,  latet,  when  used  impersonally,  also  govern  the 
accusative  with  the  infinitive;  as,  In  lege  nulla  esse  ejusmodi  caputs  non  te  fallit; 
De  Dioiiysio  fugit  me  ad  te  antea  scribcre.  Cic. 

Note.  AWinet,  periinet,  and  spectaf,  are  construed  with  ad ;  Ad  rempublicam  per- 
(inef,  me  conservdri.  Cic.  And  so  personally,  Ille  ad  me  attznet,  belongs.  Ter.  Res 
ad  arma  spectat,  looks,  points.  Cic. 

THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  THE  INFINITIVE. 

§  179«  XXX.  One  verb  governs  another  in  the 
infinitive;  as, 

Cupio  discere^  I  desire  to  learn. 

Obs.  1.  The  infinitive  is  often  governed  by  adjectives ;  as,  Horatius 
est  dignus  legi.  Quinctil.  And  it  sometimes  depends  on  a  substantive; 
as,  Tempus  equum  fumantia  solvere  colla.  Virg. 

Obs.  2.  The  word  governing  the  infinitive  is  sometimes  understood ;  as,  Mene 
incepto  desislere  victam,  scil.  decet,  or  par  est.  Virg.  Videre  est,  one  may  see. 
Dicere  non  est,  scil.  copia,  or  facultas.  Horat.  And  sometimes  the  infinitive  itself 
is  to  be  supplied ;  as,  Socratem  Jidibus  docuit,  scil.  canere.  Cic.  So,  Discere,  scirCy 
Jidjbus. 

Obs.  3.  The  infinitive  was  not  improperly  called  by  the  ancients,  Nomen  verbi, 
the  name  or  noun  of  the  verb ;  because  it  is  both  joined  with  an  adjective  like  a 
substantive ;  as,  Velle  suum  cuique  est.  Every  one  has  a  will  of  his  own :  and  it 
likewise  supplies  the  place  of  a  noun,  not  only  in  the  nominative,  but  also  in  all 
the  obhque  cases;  as,  1.  In  the  nominative,  Latrocindri,  frauddre,  turpe  est.  Cic. 
Didicissejidetiter  aries  emollit  mores.  Ovid.  2.  In  the  genitive,  Per'itus  cantdre,  for 
caniandi  or  cantiis.  Virg.  3.  In  the  dative,  Pardtus  servire,  for  servituti.  Sail.  4. 
In  the  accusative,  Da  mihifallere,  for  artem  fallendi.  Horat.  Quod  faciam  superest, 
prcBter  amdre,  nihil.  Ovid.  5.  In  the  vocative,  O  vivcre  nostrum,  ut  non  sentientibus 
effJuis  !  for  vita  nostra.  6.  In  the  ablative,  Dignus  amdri,  for  amore,  or  qui  ametur. 
Virg. 

Obs.  4.  Instead  of  the  infinitive  a  different  construction  is  often  used  after  verbs 
of  doubting,  willing,  ordering,  fearing,  hoping ;  in  short,  after  any  verb  which  has 
a  relation  to  futurity ;  as,  Dubltat  ita  facere,  or  more  frequently,  an,  num,  or  uirum 
ita  faclHrus  sit ;  Duhitdvit  anfaceret  necne ;  Non  duhito  quinfecerit.  Vis  me  facere, 
or  ut  faciam.  Metuit  tangi,  or  ne  tangdtur.  Spero  te  veiifurum  esse,  or  fore  ut 
venias.  Nunquam  putdvi  fore  ut  ad  te  supplex  vemrem.  Cic.  Existimdbant  futurum 
fuisse  ut  oppidum  amitteretur.  Cass. 

Obs.  5.  To,  which  in  English  is  the  sign  of  the  infinitive,  in  Latin  may  often  be 
rendered  otherwise  than  by  the  infinitive ;  as,  I  am  sent  to  complain,  Mittor  questum, 
or  ut  querar,  &c.  Ready  to  hear,  Promptus  ad  audiendum ;  Time  to  read,  Tempus 
legendi,-  Fit  to  swim,  Aptus  natando;  Easy  to  say,  Facile  dicfu  ;  I  am  to  write, 
Scripturus  sum ;  A  house  to  let,  or  more  properly,  to  be  let,  Domus  locanda ;  He 
was  left  to  guard  the  city,  Relictus  est  ut  iueretur  urbem. 

Obs.  6.  Dubifo  and  dubium  est,  are  sometimes  followed  by  the  Infinitive,  but 
oftener  by  the  Subjunctive,  with  an,  num,  utrum,  and  (if  non  goes  before)  quin  ;  as, 
non  dubium  est  quin  uxorem  nolit  flius,  Terent.  It  is  to  be  observed  that  such 
phrases  as  Dubilo  an,  Haud  scio  an,  Nescio  an,  although  from  their  very  nature  they 
imply  some  doubt  are,  notwithstanding,  generally  used  in  a  sense  almost  afBrma- 

21 


242     CONSTRUCTION  OF  PARTICIPLES,  GERUNDS,  AND  SUPINES. 

tive;  as,  Duhito  an  hunc  primum  omnium  ponam,  Nep.  ^for  aught  I  know  he  may 
be  placed  first,'  or,  *  I  am  mclined  to  place  him  first.' 

Obs.  7.  Verbs  of  fearing,  such  as,  tlmeo,  metuo,  vereor,  paveo,  are  used  affirma- 
tively with  ne,  but  negatively  with  ut,  or  ne  non ;  thus,  Timet  ne  deseras  se,  Ter. 
'  she  is  afraid  that  you  may  forsake  her.'  Paves  ne  ducas  uxorem,  Ter.  denotes, 
'  you  are  afraid  to  marry.'  Paves  ut  ducas,  Ter.  you  are  afraid  lest  you  should  not 
marry  her.' 

'      THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  PARTICIPLES,  GERUNDS, 
AND  SUPINES. 

§  180«   XXXI.   Participles,   Gerunds,   and   Su- 
pines govern  the  case  of  their  own  verbs ;  as, 

Amans  virtutem,  Loving  virtue.  Carensfraude,  Wanting  guile. 

Obs.  1.  Passive  Participles  oflen  govern  the  dative,  particularly 
when  they  are  used  as  adjectives ;  as, 

Suspectus  mihi,  Suspected  by  me ;  Suspectiores  regibus.  Sail.  Invlsus  mihi, 
hated  by  me,  or  hateful  to  me  ;  In  dies  invisior.  Suet.  Occulta  et  maribus  non  in- 
visa  solum,  sed  etiam  inaudlta  sacra,  unseen.  Cic. 

Obs.  2.  Do,  reddo,  volo,  euro,  facio,  habeo,  comperio,  with  the  Accusative  of  a 
perfect  participle,  are  often  used  by  way  of  circumlocution,  instead  of  the  verb  of 
the  participle ;  as,  Compertum  habeo,  for  comperi,  *  I  have  found ;'  Effectum  dabo, 
for  efficiam.  Me  mittum  face,  Ter.  for  mitle.  In  certain  instances  there  is  an  evi- 
dent difference  between  the  simple  tense  of  the  verb,  and  the  periphrasis  corre- 
sponding to  the  manner  in  which  it  is  usually  interpreted  in  English.  Thus  if  we 
say,  Gladius  quern  abdiderat,  or  Gladius  quern  abdilum  Jiabebat,  the  translation  of 
either  is, '  The  sword  which  she  had  concealed.'  The  latter  is  the  phraseology  of 
Livy,  describing  the  suicide  of  Lucretia,  and  implies  the  actual  possession  of  tho 
dagger  at  the  time ;  the  former  does  not. 

Obs.  3.  These  verbs,  euro,  Imbco,  mando,  loco,  conduco,  do,  tribuo,  mitto,  &c.,  are 
elegantly  construed  with  the  participle  in  dus,  instead  of  the  infinitive ;  as,  Funus 
faciendum  curdvi,  for  fieri,  or  utfieret ;  Columnas  csdificandas  locdvit.  Cic. 

Obs.  4.  EXOSUS,  PEROSUS,  and  often  also  PERTjESUS,  govern  the  ac- 
cusative ;  as,  Tcedas  excsa  jugdles.  Ovid.  Plebs  consulum  nomen  haud  secus  qudm 
regum  perosa  erat.  Liv.  Pertcesus  ignaviam  suam;  semet  ipse,  displeased  with, 
Suet,  vitam,  weary  of  Justin,  levitdtis.  Cic. 

Obs.  5.  Verbals  in  BUNDUS  govern  the  case  of  their  own  verbs ;  as,  GratuUz' 
bundus patricB.  Just.  Vitabundus  castra  hostiiim.  Liv.  So  sometimes  also  nouns; 
as,  Justitia  est  obtemperaiio  scriptis  Legibus.  Cic.  InsidicB  consuli.  Sail.  Domum 
reditionis  spe  subLdta.  Csbs.     Spectatio  Ludos.  Plant. 

Obs.  6.  Sometimes  the  Gerund  is  used  with  ad  ;  as,  Tradere  ei  genies  diripiendas, 
or  ad  diripiendum,  Cic.  Rogo,  accipio,  do  aliquid  utendum,  or  ad  utendum ;  Misit 
mihi  librum  legendum,  or  ad  legendum. 

Obs.  7.  The  passive  participle  in  dus  has  in  the  nominative  case,  (and  in  the  con- 
struction of  the  accusative  with  the  infinitive  also)  the  signification  of  necessity,  less 
frequently,  of  possibility ;  thus,  laudandus  is  one  who  must  be  praised,  or  ought  to 
be  praised.  The  neuter  of  this  participle  is  used  in  the  nominative,  or  the  accusa- 
tive before  the  infinitive,  with  esse  in  the  sense  of  •  necessit\%'  or  '  propriety,'  as, 
laudandum  est ;  dice  laudandum  esse, '  we  must  praise.'  The  person  on  whom  the 
duty  or  necessity  rests,  must  be  expressed  in  the  dative,  and  not  in  the  ablative 
with  ab.  But  some  consider  the  neuter  participle  as  the  gerund.    See  $  182,  Obs.  4. 


CONSTRUCTION    OF    GERUNDS.  243 

THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  GERUNDS. 

§  181.  XXXII.  Gerunds  are  construed  like  sub- 
stantive nouns ;  as, 


Studendum  est  mihi,     I  must  study. 
Tempus  studendi.  Time  of  study. 

Aptus  studendOf  Fit  for  studying. 


Scio  studendum  esse  mihi,      I  know 
that  I  must  study. 


But  more  particularly: 

§  182»  I.  The  gerund  in  DUM,  of  the  Nominative  case,  with 
the  verb  est,  governs  the  dative ;  as, 

Legendum  est  mihi,  I  must  read.  j  Moriendum  est  omnibus,  All  must  die. 
So,  Scio  legendum  esse  mihi ;  moriendum  esse  omnibus,  &c. 

Obs.  1.  This  gerund  always  imports  obligation  or  necessity ;  and  may  bo  resolved 
into  oportet,  necesse  est,  or  the  like,  and  the  infinitive  or  the  subjunctive,  with  the 
conjunction  ut;  as.  Omnibus  est  moriendum,  or  Omnibus  necesse  est  mori,  or  ut  mo- 
riantur ;  or  Necesse  est  ut  omnes  moriantur.  Constdendum  est  tibi  a  me,  I  must  con- 
sult for  your  good  ;  for  Oportet  ut  consulam  tibi.  Cic. 

Obs.  2.  The  dative  is  often  understood ;  as,  Orandum  est,  ut  sit  mens  sana  in  cor- 
pore  sano,  sc.  tibi.  Juv.  Hic  vincendum,  aut  moriendum,  mitites,  est,  sc.  vobis.  Liv. 
Deliberandum  est  diu,  quod  statuendum  est  semel,  sc.  tibi  or  aticui.  P.  Syr. 

§  183»  II.  The  gerund  in  Dlis  governed  by  substantives  or  ad- 
jectives; as, 

Tempus  legendi.    Time  of  reading.      |  Cupidus  discendi.    Desirous  of  learning. 

Obs.  This  gerund  is  sometimes  construed  with  the  genitive  plural ;  as,  Facultas 
agrorum  condonandi,  for  ogros.  Cic.  Copia  spectandi  comcsdiarum,  for  comcBdias. 
Ter.  But  chiefly  with  pronouns ;  as,  In  castra  vencrunt  sui  purgandi  causa.  Cass. 
Vestri  adhortandi  causa.  Liv.  Ejus  videndi  cupidus,  sc.  fcemfncB.  Ter.  The  ge- 
rund here  is  supposed  to  govern  the  genitive  like  a  substantive  noun. 

§  184:*  III.  The  gerund  in  DO  of  the  Dative  case  is  governed 
by  adjectives  signifying  usefulness  or  fitness ;  as, 

Charta  uUlis  scribendo.  Paper  useful  for  writing. 

Obs.  1.  Sometimes  the  adjective  is  understood  ;  as,  Non  est  solvendo,  scil.  par  or 
hahilis,  He  is  not  able  to  pay.  Cic. 

Obs.  2.  This  gerund  is  sometimes  governed  als'»  by  verbs ;  as,  Adesse  scribendo. 
Cic.    Aptat  habendo  ensem,  ibr  wearing.  Virg.    Is  finis  censendo  f  actus  est.  Liv. 

§  185«  IV.  The  gerund  in  DTJM  of  the  Accusative  case  is  go- 
verned by  the  prepositions  ad  or  inter ;  as, 

Promptus  ad  audiendum.  Ready  to  hear 

Altentus  inter  docendum.  Attentive  in  time  of  teaching. 

Obs.  This  gerund  is  also  governed  by  some  other  prepositions;  as.  Ante  doman- 
dum.  Virg.  Ob  absolvendnm.  Cic.  Circa  movendum.  Quinctil.  Or  it  depends  on 
some  verb  going  before,  and  then  with  the  verb  esse  governs  the  dative  case ;  as, 
^^0  moriendum  esse  omnibus,  I  know  that  all  must  die.    Esse  is  often  understood* 


244  CONSTKUCTION  OF  GERUNDS. 

§  186»  V.  The  gerund  in  DO  of  the  Ablative  case  is  governed 
by  the  prepositions  «,  ah,  c?e,  e,  ex,  or  in ;  as, 

Poena  a  peccando  abslerret.  Punishment  frightens  from  sinning. 

§  18T«  Or  without  a  preposition,  as  the  ablative  of  manner  or 
cause ;  according  to  Rule  XLIX,  as, 

Memoria  excolendo  augetur.  The  memory  is  improved  by  exercising  it. 

Defessus  sum  ambuJandOy  I  am  wearied  with  walking. 

Obs.  The  gerund  in  its  nature  very  much  resembles  the  infinitive.  —  Hence  the 
one  is  frequently  put  for  the  other ;  as,  Est  tempus  legendi,  or  legere :  only  the 
gerund  is  never  joined  with  an  adjective,  and  is  sometimes  taken  in  a  passive 
sense;  as,  Cum  Tisidium  vocarUvr  ad  imperandmn,  i.  e.  ut  ipsi  imperctur,  to 
receive  orders.  Sail.  Nunc  ades  ad  imperandum,  vet  ad  parendum  pofius ;  sic  enim  • 
antiqui  loquehanlur.  Cic.  i.  e.  ut  tihi  imperetur.  Urit  videndOy  i.  e.  dum  videiur. 
Virg. 

Gerunds  turned  into  Participles  in  dus. 

§  188»  XXXVI. '^  Gerunds  governing  the  ac- 
cusative are  elegantly  turned  into  participles  in 
dus,  which,  like  adjectives,  agree  with  their  sub- 
stantives in  gender,  number  and  case ;  as. 

By  the  Gerund.  By  the  Participle  or  Gerundive. 

Petendum  est  mihi  pacem,  "]  C Pax  est  petenda  mihi. 

Tempus  petendi  pacem,         I     or  more    J  Tempus  petendcB  pads. 
Ad  petendum  pacem,  j  frequently  1  Ad  petendam  pacem. 

A  petendo  pacem,  J  \^A  petenda  pace. 

Obs.  1.  In  changing  gerunds  into  participles  in  dus,  the  participle 
and  the  substantive  are  always  to  be  put  in  the  same  case  in  v^^hich  the 
gerund  was ;  as, 

Genitive.  Inita  sunt  consilia  urhis  delendcB,  civium  trucidandorum,  nomfms  Ro- 
mdni  extinguendi.  Cic. 

Dat.  Perpetiendo  labori  idoneus.  Column.  Capessenda  reipubticcB  habilis.  Tac. 
Area  Jirma  templis  ac  portictbus  sustinendis.  Liv.  Oneri  ferendo  est,  sc.  aptus  or 
habilis.  Ovid.  Natus  miseriis  ferendis,  Ter.  Literis  dandis  vigilare.  Cic.  Locum 
oppido  condendo  capere.  Liv. 

Ace.  and  Abl.  Ad  defendendam  Romam  ab  oppugnanda  Capuh  duces  Romanos 
abstrahere.  Liv.     Orationem  Latmam  legendis  nostris  effigies  pleniorem.  Cic. 

Obs.  2.  The  gerunds  of  verbs,  which  do  not  govern  the  accusative,  are  never 
changed  into  the  participle,  except  those  of  medeor,  utor,  abutor,  fruor,  fungor,  and 
potior ;  as,  Spes  potiundi  urbe,  or  potiundcB  urbis ;  but  we  always  say,  Cupidus 
subveniendi  tibi,  and  never  tui. 

*  The  Gerunds  in  Dum,  Di,  and  Do,  constitute  Rules  xxxiii.  xxxiv.  and  xxxv. 


CONSTRUCTION    OF    SUPINES.  245 

THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  SUPINES. 

1.  The  supine  in  um. 

§  189.  XXXVII.  The  supine  in  um  is  put  after 
a  verb  of  motion ;  as, 

AUit  deambuldtum.  He  hath  gone  to  walk. 

So,  Ducere  cohortes  prceddtum.  Li  v.  Nunc  venis  irrisum  dominum  ?  Quod  in  rem 
tuam  optimum  facta  arhitror,  te  id  admonttum  venio.  Plaut. 

Obs.  1 .  The  supine  in  um  is  elegantly  joined  with  the  verb  eo,  to  express  the 
signification  of  any  verb  more  strongly ;  as,  It  se  perditimi,  the  same  with  id  agit, 
or  operam  dat,  ut  se  perdat,  He  is  bent  on  his  own  destruction.  Ter.  This  supine 
with  m,  taken  impersonally,  supplies  the  place  of  the  infinitive  passive ;  as,  An 
credebas  illam  sine  tua  opera  iri  deductum  domum  ?  Which  may  be  thus  resolved ; 
An  credebas  iri  (a  te  or  ab  aliquo)  deductum  (i.  e.  ad  deducendum)  illam  domum. 
Ter.  The  two  supines  are  properly  the  accusative  and  ablative  of  an  old  verbal 
substantive  of  the  fourth  declension,  which  govern  the  case  of  the  verb. 

Obs.  2.  The  supine  in  um  is  put  after  other  verbs  besides  verbs  of  motion ;  as, 
Dedit  filiam  nuptum  ;  Cantatum  provocemus,  Ter.  Revocalus  defensum  patriam ; 
Divisit  copias  hiemdtum.  Nep. 

Obs.  3.  The  meaning  of  this  supine  may  be  expressed  by  several  other  parts  of 
the  verb ;  as,  Venit  ordtum  opem ;  or,  1.  Venit  opem  orandi  ca,usa,  or  opis  orandcB. 
2.  Venit  ad  orandum  opem,  or  ad  orandam  opem.  3.  Venit  opi  orandce.  4.  Venit 
opem  oraturus.  5.  Venit  qui,  or  ut  opem  oret.  6.  Venit  opem  orare.  But  the  third 
and  the  last  of  these  are  seldom  used. 

2.  The  Supine  in  u. 

§  190#  XXXVIII,  The  supine  in  u  is  put  after 


Propensity^ 


§  19U#  XXXV  111,  'Ihe  supine  in  v 
adjectives  implying  Ease^  Difficulty, 
Quality,  Fitness,  Form,  &c. 

Facile  dictu.  Easy  to  tell,  or  to  be  told. 

So,  Nihil  dictu  fcedum,  visuque,  hcBC  limina  tangat,  intra  quce  puer  est.  Juv.  Dif- 
ficilis  res  est  inventu  verus  amicus. 

Obs.  1.  The  supine  in  u  is  also  used  after  the  nouns /as,  nefas,  and  opus ;  as,  Hoc 
fas  est  dictu,  Cic.    Nefas  dictu,  Ovid.    Dictu  opus  est,  Ter. 

Obs.  2.  The  supine  in  u,  being  used  in  a  passive  sense,  hardly  ever  governs  any 
case.  It  is  sometimes,  especially  in  old  writers,  put  after  verbs  of  motion ;  as.  Nunc 
ohsondtu  redeo,  from  getting  provisions.  Plaut.  Primus  cubttu  surgat  (villicus,)  from 
bed,  postremus  cuhiium  eat.  Cato. 

Obs.  3.  This  supine  may  be  rendered  by  the  infinitive  or  gerund  with  the  pre- 
position ad ;  as.  Difficile  cognitu,  cognosci,  or  ad  cognoscendum ;  Res  fadilis  ad  ere- 
dendum.  Cic. 

Obs.  4.  According  to  the  opinion  of  many  grammarians,  the  Supines  are  nothing 
else  but  verbal  nouns  of  the  Fourth  declension,  used  only  in  the  Accusative  and 
Ablative  cases,  and  are  governed  in  these  cases  by  prepositions  understood,  the 
Supine  in  um  by  the  preposition  ad,  and  the  Supine  in  u  by  the  preposition  in.  But 
this  opinion  will  hardly  bear  examination;  for  why  should  the  Supine  in  UM 
govern  the  case  of  its  own  verb,  unless  it  be  really  a  part  of  it  ? 

21* 


246 


CONSTRUCTION    OF    ADVERBS. 


Obs.  5.  Although  in  the  grammars  and  dictionaries  the  Supines  of  most  verbs 
are  given  by  analogy,  yet  they  are  seldom  found  in  the  classics :  instead  of  them 
are  used  the  Gerunds,  the  Participles  in  dus  and  rus,  and  uf,  with  the  Subjunctive 
mode. 


THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  INDECLINABLE  WORDS. 
I.  THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  ADVERB&. 

§  191»  XXXIX.  Adverbs  qualify  verbs,  partici- 
ples, adjectives,  and  other  adverbs  ;  as. 


Bene  scrihit,  He  writes  well. 

Serous  egregik  jidllis,  A  slave  remarkably 
faithful. 


Fortiter  pugnans,      Fighting  bravely. 
Satis  bene,  Well  enough. 


Obs.  1.  Adverbs  sometimes  likewise  qualify  substantives ;  as, 

Homerus  plane  orator :  plane  nosier,  verb  Metellus.  Cic.  So,  Hodie  mane,  eras 
mane,  heri  mane ;  hodie  vesperi,  &c.  tarn  mane,  tam  vespere. 

Obs.  2.,  The  adverb,  for  the  most  part  in  Latin,  and  always  in  English,  is  placed 
near  to  the  word  which  it  qualifies  or  affects. 

Obs.  3.  Two  negatives,  both  in  Latin  and  English,  are  equivalent  to 
an  affirmative ;  as. 

Nee  non  senserunt,  Nor  did  they  not  perceive,  i.  e.  el  senserunt,  and  they  did  per- 
ceive ;  Non  potcram  non  examinuri  metu.  Cic.  So,  non  sum  nescius,  i.  e.  '  I  know.' 
Cic.  haud  nihil  est,  i.  e.  *  It  is  something.'  Ter.  nonnulli,  i.  e.  *  some.'  Examples, 
however,  of  the  contrary  of  this  occur  in  good  authors,  both  Latin  and  English. 
Thus,  in  imitation  of  the  Greelis,  two  negatives  sometimes  make  a  stronger  nega- 
tion :  Non  par  ere  noluit.  Nep.  '  he  did  not  refuse  to  obey ;'  neque  hcBC  non  evenerunt, 
*and  this  actually  took  place;'  vide  igitur  ne  nvl.l.a  sit  divinatio,  Cic.  'consider 
whether  there  exist  such  a  thing  as  divination  at  all.'  Neque  tu  haud  dicas  tihi  non 
prcedictum,  Ter.  *  and  do  not  say  that  you  were  not  forewarned.' 

Obs.  4.  It  must  be  observed  however,  that  the  use  of  non  before  a  negative  does 
not  merely  restore  the  positive  sense  but  generally  heightens  it.  Homo  non  indoc- 
tus,  is  equivalent  to  homo  sane  doctus,  '  a  man  truly  learned.'  Non  imperitissimus, 
*  a  man  of  great  experience.'     So,  non  ignoro,  non  nescius  sum, '  I  know  very  well.' 

Obs.  5.  A  very  different  sense  arises,  according  as  the  non  is  placed  before  or 
after :  thus,  non  nemo,  *  some  one ;'  nemo  non, '  every  one.'  Non  nulli, '  some ;'  nul- 
lis  non,  *  every.'  Non  nihil,  '  something ;'  nihil  non, '  every  thing.'  Nonnunquam, 
'  sometimes ;'  nunquam  non, '  at  all  times.' 

V  X03«  But  what  chiefly  deserves  attention  in  Adverbs,  is  the  degree  of 
comparison  and  the  mode  with  which  they  are  joined.  1.  Apprlme,  admudum, 
vehementer,  maxtme,  perquam,  valde,  oppido,  &ft  and  per  in  composition,  are  usually 
joined  to  the  positive ;  as,  Utrtque  nostrum  gratum  admodum  feceris,  You  will  do 
what  is  very  agreeable  to  both  of  us.  Cic.  perquam  puerile,  very  childish ;  oppido 
pauci,  very  few;  perfacile  est,  &c.  In  like  manner,  Parum,  multum,  nimium,  tan- 
tum,  quantum,  aliquantum  ;  as.  In  rebus  apertissimis,  nimium  longi  sumus ;  parum 
Jirmus,  multum  bonus.  Cic.  Adverbs  in  um  are  sometimes  also  joined  to  compara- 
tives ;  as.  Forma  viri  aliqiuintum  amplior  humdna.  Liv. 

V  x03»  QuAM  is  joined  to  the  positive  or  superlative  in  different  senses;  as, 
Qudm  dijicile  est !  How  difficult  it  is !  Qudm  crudelis,  or  Ut  crudelis  est  I  How 
cruel  he  is!  Flens  qudm  familijar iter,  very  familiarly.  Ter.    So,  qudm  severh,  very 


CONSTRUCTION  OF  ADVERBS.  247 

severely.  Cie.  Qudm  lath,  very  widely.  Csbs.  Tarn  multa  quam,  &c.  as  many 
things  as,  &c.  Qufim  maximas  potest  copias  armat,  as  great  as  possible.  Sail.  Quam 
maximas  gratias  agit,  quam  primum,  quam  scspissime.  Cic.  Qudm  quisque  pessimh 
fecit,  tarn  mxiximk  tutus  est.  Sail. 

§  1 94«  Facile,  for  Mud  duhie,  undoubtedly,  clearly,  is  joined  to  superla- 
tives or  words  of  a  similar  meaning ;  as,  Facile  doctisstmus,  facile  princeps,  or  prce- 
cipuus.  LoNGE,  to  comparatives  or  superlatives,  rarely  to  the  positive ;  as,  Longe 
etoquintissimus  Plato.  Cic.    Pedihus  longe  melior  Lycus.  Virg. 

2.  Cum,  when,  is  construed  with  the  indicative  or  subjunctive,  oftener  with  the 
latter ;  Dum,  whilst,  or  how  long,  with  the  indicative  ;  as,  Dum  hcBC  aguntur ; 
AUgroto,  dum  anima  est,  spes  esse  dicitur.  Cic.  Donee  eris  felix,  multos  numerahis 
am'icos.  Ovid.  Dum  and  donec,  for  usquidum,  until,  sometimes  with  the  indicative, 
and  sometimes  with  the  subjunctive ;  as,  Opperior,  dum  ista  cognosco.  Cic.  Haud 
desinam  donec  perfecero.  Ter.  So  quoad,  for  quamdiu,  quantum,  quatenus,  as  long, 
as  much,  as  far  as ;  thus.  Quoad  Calilma  fuit  in  urbe ;  Quoad  tibi  cequum  videbitur ; 
quoad  possem  and  liceret ;  quoad progredi  potuerit  amentia.  Cic.  But  quoad,  until, 
oftener  with  th# subjunctive;  as,  ThessaloniccB  esse  statueram,  quoad  atiquid  ad  me 
scriberes.  Cic.  but  not  always ;  Non  faciam  finem  rogandi,  quoad  nunciatum  erit  te 
fecisse.  Cic.  The  pronoun  ejus,  with  facere,  or  feri,  is  elegantly  added  to  quoad ; 
as,  quoad  ejus  facere  poter is  ;  Quoad  ejus  fieri  possit.  Cic.  Ejus  is  thought  to  be 
here  governed  by  aliquid,  or  some  such  word  understood.  Quoad  corpus,  quoad 
animam,  for  secundum,  or  quod  attinet  ad  corpus  or  antmam,  as  to  the  body  or  soul, 
is  esteemed  by  the  best  grammarians  not  to  be  good  Latin. 

3.  PosTQUAM  or  PosTEAauAM,  after,  is  usually  joined  with  the  indie,  antequam, 
PRiusQUAM,  before:  Simul,  simulac,  simul  atque,  simul  ut,  as  soon  as;  Ubi, 
when,  sometimes  with  the  indie,  and  sometimes  with  the  subj. ;  as,  Antequam  dice 
or  dicam.  Cic.  Simulac  persensit.  Virg.  Simul  ut  videro  Curionem.  Cic.  Hcbc 
ubi  dicta  dedit.  Liv.  Ubi  semel  quis  perjuraverit,  ei  credi  postea  non  oportet.  Cic. 
So  N^-,  truly,  as,  Ncb  ego  homo  sum  infelix.  Ter.  Ncb  tu,  si  id  fecisses,  melius  famcB 
consuluisses.  Cic.  But  ne,  not,  with  the  imperative,  or  more  elegantly  with  the 
subjunctive;  as,  Ne  jura.  Plant.  Ne  post  conferas  culpam  in  me.  Ter.  Ne  tot  an- 
riorum  felicitatem  in  unius  horce  dederis  discrlmen.  Liv. 

4.  Quasi,  Ceu  Tanquam,  Perinde,  when  they  denote  resemblance,  are  joined 
with  the  indicative ;  Fuit  dim,  quasi  ego  sum,  senex.  Plant.  Adversi  rupto  ceu 
quondam  turbine  venii  conjligunt.  Virg.  Hcbc  omnia  perinde  sunt,  ut  aguntur.  But 
when  used  ironically,  they  have  the  subjunctive ;  as,  Quasi  de  verbo,  non  de  re 
laboretur.  Cic. 

5.  TJtinam,  o  si,  ut,  for  utinam,  I  wish,  take  the  subjunctive  ;  as,  Uttnam  ea  res 
ei  voluptdti  sit.  Cic.  O  mihi  prceteritos  referat  si  Jupiter  annos.  Virg.  Ut  ilium  dii 
deceque  perdant.  Ter. 

6.  Ut,  when,  or  after,  takes  the  indicative ;  as,  Ut  discessit  venit,  &c.  IT  Also,  for 
qudm,  or  quomodo,  how  I  as,  Ut  valet !  Ut  falsus  animi  est !  Ut  scepe  summa  ingenia 
in  occulto  latent!  Plant.  IT  Or  when  it  simply  denotes  resemblance;  as,  Ut  tute  es, 
ita  omnes censes  esse.  Plant.  Uln  this  sense  it  sometimes  has  the  subjunctive;  as, 
Ut  sementem  feceris,  ita  metes.  Cic. 

7.  QuiN,  for  CUR  NON,  takes  the  indie,  as,  Quin  continetis  vocem  indicem  stultitice 
vestrcB  ?  Cic.  IT  For  Imo,  nay,  or  but,  the  indie,  or  imperat.  as,  Quin  est  paratum 
argentum;  quin  tu  hoc  audi.  Ter.  IF  For  Ut  non,  qui,  qu^,,  q,uod  non,  or  quo 
MINUS,  the  subjunctive;  as,  Nulla  tarn  facjlis  res,  quin  difficilis  fiet,  quum  invitus 
facias.  Ter.  Nemo  est,  quin  mdlit ;  Facere  non  possum,  quin  ad  te  mittam,  I  cannot 
help  sending ;  Nihil  abest,  quin  sim  miserrtmus.  Cic. 


248  GOVERNMENT    OF   ADVERBS. 


THE  GOVERNMENT  OF  ADVERBS. 

§  195©  XL.  Some  adverbs  of  time,  place,  and 
quantity,  govern  the  genitive ;  as, 

Pridik  ejus  diet.  The  day  before  that  day. 

Ubique  gentium,  Every  where. 

Sath  est  verhorum,  There  is  enough  of  words. 

1.  Adverbs  of  time  governing  the  genit.  are,  Interea, postea,  inde,  tunc;  as,  In- 
terea  loci,  in  the  mean  time  ;  postea  loci,  afterwards ;  inde  loci,  then ;  tunc  temporis, 
at  that  time.  2.  Of  place,  Ubi,  and  quo,  with  their  compounds,  idfique,  ubicunque, 
tibivis,  ubiubi,  &c.  Also,  Eo,  hue,  huccvie,  unde,  usquam,  nusquam,  longe,  ibidem ; 
as,  Ubi,  quo,  qnovis,  &c.  also  usquam,  nusquam,  unde  terrarum,  or  gentium ;  longh 
gentium :  ibidem  loci,  eo  audacice,  vecardicR,  miseriarum,  &c.  to  that  pitch  of  bold- 
ness, madness,  misery,  &c.  3.  Of  quantity,  Abunde^  affatim,  largiter,  nimis,  satis, 
parum,  minrmd ;  as,  Abunde  gloricp,  affatim  divitiarum,  largiter  auri,  satzs  eloquenticB, 
sapientim  parum  est  illi  or  Itabet,  Pie  has  enough  of  glory,  riches,  &c.  Minimh 
gentium,  by  no  means. 

V  lyCj*  Some  add  Ergo  and  Instar ;  but  these  are  properly  indeclinable 
nouns.  JSrg^o  (the  Greek  Epyw)  means  *an  account  of,'  'for  the  sake  of,'  and  is 
similar  to  gratia ;  as,  ejus  victories  ergo,  Nep.  an  account  of  that  victory ;  honoris 
ergo,  Cic.  It  may  be  considered  in  the  ablative  case  by  Rule  49.  Instar,  'simili- 
tude,' 'likeness,'  'worth,'  'shape,'  may  be  considered  in  the  accusative,  and  governed 
by  ad  understood  ;  as,  amo  eum  instar  patris, '  I  love  him  like  a  father;'  that  is,  ad 
mstor, 'according  to  the  likeness.'  Instar  montis  equum  cedijicant,  'they  make  a 
horse  as  great  as  a  mountain,'  that  is,  ad  instar, '  according  to  the  size,'  &c.  See 
Etymology  $  54,  page  55. 

y  if^Te  Many  adverbs  of  place,  as,  ubi,  ubinam.,  ubivis,  quo,  quavis,  aliquo, 
usquam,  nusquam,  &c.  are  followed  by  the  genitives  Gentium,  Terrarum,  Loci, 
Locorum,  which  are  not  in  general  superfluous,  but  express  an  emphasis,  as  in 
English  we  say,  '  where  in  the  world  is  he  V  for  '  where  is  he  ?'  &c.,  of  which  the 
former  is  more  emphatical,  and  implies  more  astonishment ;  as,  ubi  terrarum  sumus, 
*  where  in  the  world  are  we  ?'  Nihil  est  virtute  amabilius,  quam  qui  adeptvs  fuerif, 
ubicunque  erit  gentium,  a  nobis  diligeter,  Cic.  Nat.  Deor.  'Nothing  is  more  lovely 
than  virtue,  and  for  him  who  practises  it,  in  whatever  part  of  the  world  he  may  6e, 
do  we  feel  the  strongest  afiection.'  Quo  amentice,  Liv. '  to  what  extent,'  or  *  degree 
of  madness.* 

Obs.  1.  These  adverbs  are  thought  to  govern  the  genitive,  because  they  imply 
in  themselves  the  force  of  a  substantive ;  as,  PotenticB  gloricrque  abunde  adeptus,  the 
same  with  abundantiam  glories;  or,  res,  locus,  or  negotium,  and  a  preposition,  may 
be  understood  ;  as,  Interea  loci,  i.  e.  inter  ea  negotia  loci ;  Ubi  terrarum,  for  in  quo 
loco  terrarum. 

Obs.  2.  We  usually  say,  pridie,  postridie  ejus  diei,  seldom  diem ;  but  pridik^ 
postridih  Kalendas,  Nonas,  Idus,  ludus  Apollindres,  natdlem  ejus,  absolutionem  ejus, 
&c.,  rarely  Kalenddrum,  &c. 

Obs.  3.  En  and  ecce  are  construed  either  with  the  nominative  or 
accusative;  as, 

En  hostis,  or  hosfem ;  Ecce  miserum  hominem.  Cic.  Sometimes  a  dative  is  added  ; 
as,  Ecce  tibi  Strata.  Ter.  Ecce  duas  (scil.  aras,)  tibi,  Daphni.  Virg.  En  tibi.  Liv. 
In  like  manner  is  construed  hem  put  for  ecce ;  as,  Hem  tibi  Davum,  Ter.  But  in  all 
these  examples  some  verb  must  be  understood. 


CONSTRUCTION    OP    PRErOSITIONS.  249 

§  198«  XLI.  Some  derivative  adverbs  govern 
the  case  of  their  primitives  ;  as, 

Omnium  opCimk  loquitur,  He  speaks  the  best  of  all. 

Convenienter  naturcB,  Agreeably  to  nature. 

Venit  obvidm  ei,  He  came  to  meet  him. 

Froxtme  castris,  or  castra.  Next  the  camp. 

Obs.  1.  Thus  also,  by  Rule  XI.  Omnium  optime,  Scspissimh  omnium,  diutissimk 
omnium,  although  the  superlative  of  the  two  last,  whence  the  adverbs  come,  are 
not  used.  By  Rule  XII.  congruenter  natures  convenienterque  vivere.  Cic.  Huic 
obviam  civilas  processerat.  Cic. 

11.  THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  PREPOSITIONS. 

1.    PREPOSITIONS   GOVERNING   THE   ACCUSATIVE. 

§  199.  XLII.  The  Prepositions  ad^  adversus^  ad- 
versum^  ante^  apud^  circa^  circum^  circiter^  cis^  citra^ 
contra^  erga^  extra^  infra^  inter ^  intra^  juxta^  ob^  penes, 
per,  pone,  post,  prceter,  prope,  propter,  secundum, 
secus,  supra,  trans,  ultra,  usque,  versus,  govern  the 
Accusative. 

2.    PREPOSITIONS   GOVERNING   THE   ABLATIVE. 

§  200»  XLIII.  The  prepositions  a,  ah,  als,  abs- 
que, clam,  coram,  cum,  de,  e,  ex,  palam,  prcz,  pro,  sine, 
tenus,  govern  the  Ablative. 

Obs.  1.  To  prepositions  governing  the  ablative  is  commonly  added 
Procul;  as, 

Procul  domo,  far  from  home;  but  here  a  is  understood,  which  is  also  often  ex- 
pressed ;  as,  Procul  a  patria,  Virg.  Procul  ah  ostentatidne.  Quinct.  Culpa  est 
procul  a  me.  Ter. 

3.    PREPOSITIONS   GOVERNING   THE   ACC.    AND    ABL. 

§  201«  XLIV.  The  prepositions  in,  sub,  super, 
and  subter,  govern  the  accusative,  when  motion  to 
a  place  is  signified ;  but  w^hen  motion  or  rest  in  a 
place  is  signified,  m  and  sub  govern  the  ablative, 
super  and  subter  either  the  accusative  or  ablative. 

IN,  when  it  signifies  into,  governs  the  accusative ;  when  it  signifies 
in  or  among-,  it  governs  the  ablative. 

Obs.  1.  When  prepositions  do  not  govern  a  case,  they  are  reckoned 
adverbs. 


250  CONSTRUCTION    OF   PREPOSITIONS. 

Such  arc  Ante,  circa,  clam,  coram,  contra,  infra,  juxta,  patam,  pone,  post,  proptevi 
secus,  sutler,  super,  supra,  ulta.  But  in  most  of  these  the  case  seems  to  be  implied 
in  the  sense ;  as,  Lovgo  post  tempore  venit,  sc.  post  id  tempus.  Adversus,  juxta, 
propter,  secus,  secundum,  and  clam,  are  by  some  thought  to  be  always  adverbs, 
having  a  preposition  understood  when  they  govern  a  case.  So  other  adverbs  also 
are  construed  with  the  ace.  or  abl. ;  as,  Intus  cellam,  for  intra.  Liv.  Intus  templo 
divum,  sc.  in.  Virg.    Simul  his,  sc.  cum.  Hor. 

Obs.  2.  A  and  e  are  only  put  before  consonants ;  ab  and  ex,  usually 
before  vowels,  and  sometimes  also  before  consonants ;  as, 

A  patre,  e  regione  ;  ah  initio,  ab  rege ;  ex  urbe,  ex  parte ;  abs  before  q  and  t ;  as, 
abs  te,  abs  qwivis  homine.  Ter.  Some  phrases  are  used  only  with  e ;  as,  e  longinquo, 
e  regione,  e  vestigio,  e  re  mea  est,  &c.  Some  only  with  ex ;  as,  Ex  compacto,  ex 
tempore,  magna  ex  parte,  &c. 

Obs.  3.  Prepositions  are  often  understood  ;  as,  Devenere  locos,  scil.  ad ;  It  portis, 
sc.  ex.  Virg.  Nunc  id  prodeo,  scil.  ob  or  propter.  Ter.  Maria  aspera  juro,  scil. 
per.  Virg.  Ut  se  loco  movere  non  possent,  scil.  e  or  de.  Cses.  Vina  promens  dolio, 
scil.  ex.  Hor.  Quid  illo  facias  ?  Quid  me  fet,  sc.  de.  Ter.  And  so  in  English^ 
Show  me  the  book ;  Get  me  some  paper,  that  is,  to  me,  for  me. 

Obs.  4.  We  sometimes  find  the  word  to  which  the  preposition  refers,  suppressed ; 
as,  Circum  Concordice,  sc.  oedem.  Sail.  Round  St.  PauVs,  namely,  church ;  Campum 
Sielldtem  divisit  extra,  sortem  ad  viginti  millibus,  civium,  i.  e.  civium  millibus  ad 
viginti  millia.  Suet.  But  this  is  most  frequently  the  case  after  prepositions  in 
composition ;  thus,  Emittere  servum,  scil.  manu.  Plant.  Evomere  virus,  scil.  ore. 
Cic.    Educcre  copias,  scil.  castris.  Cges. 

§  302«  XLV.  A  preposition  in  composition 
often  governs  the  same  case,  as  when  it  stands  by 
itself;  as, 

Adeamus  scholam,  Let  us  go  to  the  school. 

Exedmus  schola,  Let  us  go  out  of  the  school. 

Obs.  1.  The  preposition  with  which  the  verb  is  compounded,  is  often  repeated  ; 
as,  Adire  ad  scholam;  Exire  ex  schola;  Adgredi  aliquid,  or  ad  aliquid;  ingredi 
oratidnem,  or  in  oratidnem ;  inducere  anfmum,  and"  in  animum ;  evadere  undis  and 
ex  undis:  decedere  de  suojure,  decedere  via  or  de  via  ;  expellere,  ejicere,  extermindre, 
extrudere,  exturbdre  urbe,  and  ex  urbe.  Some  do  not  repeat  the  preposition ;  as, 
AJfdri,  alloqui,  allatrdre  aliquem,  not  ad  aliquem.  So,  Allucre  urbem;  accolere 
Jhimen ;  circumveriire  aliquem ;  prceter'ire  injuriam ;  abdicdre  se  magistrdtu,  (also, 
abdicdre  magistrdtum  ;)  transducere  exerdtum  jluvium,  &c.  Others  are  only  con- 
strued with  the  preposition ;  as,  Accurrere  ad  ahquem,  adhortdri  ad  aliquid,  incidere 
in  morbum,  avocdre  a  studiis,  avertere  ab  incepto,  &c. 

Some  admit  other  prepositions ;  as,  Ablre,  demigrdre  loco ;  and  a,  de,  ex  loco , 
abstrahere  aliquem,  a,  de,  or  e  conspeclu ;  Desistere  sententia,  a  or  de  sententia ; 
Excidere  manibus,  de  or  c  manibus,  &c. 

Obs.  2.  Some  verbs  compounded  with  e  or  ex  govern  either  the 
ablative  or  accusative ;  as, 

Egredi  urbe,  or  urbem,  sc.  extra ;  egrcdi  extra  vallum.  Nep.  Evadere  insidiis  or 
insidias.  Patrios  excedere  muros.  Lucan.  Scelerdta  excedcre  terra.  Virg.  Eldbi 
ex  manibus ;  eldbi  pugnam  aut  vincTda.  Tac. 

Obs.  3.  This  rule  does  not  take  place  unless  when  the  preposition  may  be  dis- 
joined from  the  verb,  and  put  before  the  noun  by  itself;  as,  AUoquor  patrem,  or 
loquor  ad  patrem. 


CONSTRUCTION    OF   INTERJECTIONS CIRCUMSTANCES.     251 

III.  THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  INTERJECTIONS. 

§203.  XLVL  The  interjections  O,  heu,  and 
proh^  are  construed  with  the  nominative,  accusa- 
tive, or  vocative ;  as, 

O  vir  bonus  or  bone  !  O  good  man !  Heu  me  miserum  !  Ah  wretched  me ! 

So,  O  virforlis  atque  amicus!  Ter.  Heu  vanitas  humana!  Plin.  Heu  miserande 
puer  !  Virg.     O  prceddrum  custodem  omum  (ut  aiunt)  lupum  !  Cic. 

§  204.  XLVII.  Hei  and  vce  govern  the  dative ; 
as, 

Hei  mihi  !  Ah  mo.  Vcb  vobis  !  Woe  to  you ! 

Obs.  1.  Heus  and  ohe  are  joined  only  with  the  vocative ;  as,  Hcus  Syre.  Ter. 
Ohe  libelle  !  Martial.  Proh  or  pro,  ah,  vah,  hem,  have  generally  either  the  accusa- 
tive or  vocative ;  as,  Proh  hominumfidem  !  Ter.  Proh  Sancte  Jupiler  !  Cic.  Hem 
astutias!  Ter. 

Obs.  2.  Interjections  cannot,  properly,  have  either  concord  or  government.  They 
are  only  mere  sounds  excited  by  passion,  and  have  no  just  connexion  with  any 
other  part  of  a  sentence.  Whatever  case,  therefore,  is  joined  with  them,  must 
depend  on  some  other  word  understood,  except  the  vocative,  which  is  always 
placed  absolutely;  thus,  Heu  me  miserum!  stands  for  Heu!  qudm  me  miserum 
scntio !  Hei  mihi !  for  Hei !  malum  est  mihi !  Proh  dolor  !  for  Proh  !  quantus  est 
dolor  !  and  so  in  other  examples. 

THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  CIRCUMSTANCES. 

The  circumstances,  which  in  Latin  are  expressed  in  different  cases, 
are,  1.  The  Price  of  a  thing.  2.  The  Cause,  Manner  and  Instrument, 
3.  Place,     4.  Measure  and  Distance,     5.   Time, 

1.    PRICE. 

§  205o  XLVIIL  The  price  of  a  thing  is  put  in 
the  ablative ;  as, 

Emi  librum  duobus  ass'ibuSy  I  bought  a  book  for  two  shillings. 

Consdlit  ialento,  It  cost  a  talent- 

So,  Asse  carum.  est ;  vile  viginti  minis ;  auro  venale,  &c.  Nocet  empta  dolore 
vduptas.  Hor.  Spem  prelio  non  emam.  Ter.  Plurimi  auro  veneunl  honores. 
Ovid. 

§  206«  ir  These  genitives,  tanti,  quanti,  pluris,  minoris,  are  ex- 
cepted ;  as, 

Quanii  constiiit,  How  much  cost  it  ?  |   Asse  et  pluris,  a  shilling  and  moi-e. 

Obs.  1.  When  the  substantive  is  added,  they  are  put  in  the  ablative;  as,parvo 
preiio,  impenso  pretio  vendere.  Cic. 


252  CONSTRUCTION    OF    CIRCUMSTANCES. 

Obs.  2.  Magna,  permagno,  parvo,  paulTdo,  miriimo,  plurimo,  are  ofren  used  with- 
out the  substantive;  as,  Permagno  constitit,  soil,  pretio.  Cic.  Hen  quanfo  regnis 
nox  stetit  una  tuis  ?  Ovid.  Fast.  ii.  812,  We  also  say,  Emi  cark,  carius,  carissime; 
bene,  melius,  opf^tme ;  male,  pejus,  villus,  vilissime ;  valde,  cark,  cesfimas :  Emit  do- 
mum  prope  dimidio  carius,  quam  cesiimubat.  Cic. 

Obs.  3.  The  ablative  of  price  is  properly  governed  by  the  preposition  pro  under- 
stood, which  is  likewise  sometimes  expressed  ;  as,  Dum  pro  argenteis  decern  aureus 
unus  valeret.  Liv. 

2.    MANNER   AND   CAUSE. 

§  307.  XLIX.  The  cause,  manner,  means,  and 
instrument  are  put  in  the  ablative ;  as, 

PaJleo  metUf  I  am  pale  for  fear. 

Fecit  suo  more.  He  did  it  after  his  own  way. 

Scribo  calamo,  I  write  with  a  pen. 

So,  Ardet  dolore ;  pallescere  culpa ;  cestudre  dubitatione ;  gestire  voluptute  or 
secundis  rehus :  Confectus  morbo ;  affectus  beneficiis,  gravisstmo  supplicio ;  insignis 
pietdle  ;  deierior  licentia :  Pietdte  jilius,  consiliis  pater,  amore  f rater  ;  hence,  Rex 
Dei  gratia :  Paritur  pax  belle.  Nep.  Procedere  lento  gradu  ;  Acceptus  regio  appa- 
rdfu:  Nulla  sono  convertttur  annus.  Juv.  Jam  veniet  tacito  curva  senecta  pede. 
Ovid.    Percutere  securi,  defendere  saxis,  conjigere  sagittis,  &c. 

Obs.  1.  The  ablative  is  here  governed  by  some  preposition  understood.  Before 
the  manner  and  cause,  the  preposition  is  sometimes  expressed ;  as,  De  more  matrum 
locuta  est.  Virg.  Magno  cum  metu ;  Hac  de  causa ;  Prce  mcErcre,  formidtne,  &c. 
But  hardly  ever  before  the  instrument ;  as,  Vulnerdre  altquem  gladio,  not  cum  gla- 
dio ;  unless  among  the  poets,  who  sometimes  add  a  or  ah ;  as,  Trajectus  ah  ense. 
Ovid. 

Obs.  2.  When  any  thing  is  said  to  be  in  company  with  another,  it  is  called  the 
ablative  of  concomitancy,  and  has  the  preposition  cum  usually  added ;  as,  Obsedit 
curiam  cum  gladiis ;  Ingressus  est  cum  gladio.  Cic. 

Obs.  3.  Under  this  rule  are  comprehended  several  other  circumstances,  as  the 
matter  of  which  any  thing  is  made,  and  what  is  called  by  grammarians  the  Ad- 
junct, that  is,  a  noun  in  the  ablative  joined  to  a  verb  or  adjective,  to  express  the 
character  or  quality  of  the  person  or  thing  spoken  of;  as,  Capitolium  saxo  quadrdto 
construclum.  Liv.  Floruit  acumtnc  ingenii.  Cic.  Pallet  opwus,  valet  armis,  viget 
memoria,  fama  nobtlis,  &c.  JEger  pedibus.  When  we  express  the  matter  of 
which  any  thing  is  made,  the  preposition  is  usually  added ;  as,  Templum  de  mar- 
more,  seldom  mamtoris ;  Pocvlum  ex  auro  factum.  Cic. 

3.    PLACE. 

The  circumstances  of  place  may  be  reduced  to  four  particulars. — 
1.  The  place  where,  or  in  which.  2.  The  place  whither ,  or  to  which. 
3.  The  place  whence  or  from  which.  4.  The  place  by,  or  through 
which. 

AT  or  IN  a  place  is  put  in  the  genitive ;  unless  the  noun  be  of  the 
third  declension,  or  of  the  plural  number,  and  then  it  is  expressed  in 
the  ablative. 

TO  a  place  is  put  in  the  accusative ;  FROM  or  BY  a  place  in  the 
ablative. 


CONSTRUCTION    OF   CIRCUMSTANCES.  253 

1.   The  place  Where. 

§>208.  L.  When  the  place  where^  or  in  which^  is 
spoken  of,  the  name  of  a  town  is  put  in  the  geni- 
tive ;  as, 

Vixit  RonuB,  He  lived  at  Rome. 

Moriuus  est  Londmi,  He  died  at  London. 

§  209«  But  if  the  name  of  a  town  be  of  the  third  declension  or 
plural  number,  it  is  expressed  in  the  ablative ;  as, 

Habitat  Carthagine,  He  dwells  at  Carthage. 

Studuit  Farisiis,  He  studied  at  Paris. 

Obs.  1.  When  a  thing  is  said  to  be  done,  not  in  the  place  itself,  but 
in  its  neighbourhood  or  near  it,  we  always  use  the  preposition  ad  or 
apud ;  as.  Ad  or  apud  Trojam,  At  or  near  Troy. 

Obs.  2.  The  name  of  a  town,  when  put  in  the  ablative,  is  here  governed  by  the 
preposition  in  understood ;  but  if  it  be  in  the  genitive,  we  must  supply  in  urbe  or  in 
oppldo.  Hence,  when  the  name  of  a  town  is  joined  with  an  adjective  or  common 
noun,  the  preposition  is  generally  expressed  :  thus,  we  do  not  say,  Natus  est  RomcB 
urhis  Celebris :  but  either  Romcs  in  celebri  urbe,  or  in  RomcB  celebri  urbe ;  or  in  Rmntt 
celebri  urbe,  or  sometimes,  Romce  celebri  urbe.  In  like  manner  we  usually  say,  Ha- 
hitat  in  urbe  Carthaglne,  with  the  preposition.     We  likewise  find  Habitat  Cartha- 

ftni,  which  is  sometimes  the  termination  of  the  ablative,  when  the  question  is  made 
y  ubi? 

2.   The  Place  Whither. 

§  210*  LI.  When  the  place  whither^  or  to  whichj 
is  spoken  of,  the  name  of  a  town  is  put  in  the  accu- 
sative ;  as, 

Venit  Romam,  He  came  to  Rome. 

Profectus  est  Athenas,  He  went  to  Athens. 

Obs.  1.  We  find  the  dative  also  used  among  the  poets,  but  more  seldom;  as, 
Carthagini  nuncios  mittam.  Herat. 

Obs.  2.  Names  ojf  towns  are  sometimes  put  in  the  accusative,  after  verbs  of 
telling  and  giving,  where  motion  to  a  place  is  implied ;  as,  Romam  erat  nunciatum. 
The  report  was  carried  to  Rome.  Liv.  Hcec  nunciant  domum  Albani.  Id.  Mes- 
sdnam  literas  dedit.  Cic. 

3.   The  Place  Whence. 

§  211«  Lll.  When  the  place  whence^  or  from 
which^  or  the  place  by  or  through  which,  is  spoken 
of,  the  name  of  a  town  is  put  in  the  ablative ;  as, 

Discessit  Corintho,  He  departed  from  Corinth. 

Laodicea  iter  faciebat,  He  went  through  Laodicea. 

Obs.  When  motion  by  or  through  a  place  is  signified,  the  preposition  per  is  com- 
monly used;  as,  Per  Thebas  iter  fecit.  JMep. 

22 


254  CONSTRUCTION   OF    CIRCUMSTANCES. 

Domus  and  Rus, 

§  213»  LIII.  Domus  and  rus  are  construed  the 
same  way  as  names  of  towns ;  as, 

Manet  domi,  He  stays  at  home. 

Domum  revertitur.  He  returns  home. 

Domo  arcessitus  sum,  I  am  called  from  home. 

Vivit  rure,  or  more  frequently  ruri,  He  lives  in  the  country. 

Rediit  rure,  He  is  returned  from  the  country. 

Abiit  rus,  He  is  gone  to  the  country. 

Obs.  1.  Humif  militice,  and  hellif  are  likewise  construed  in  the 
genitive,  as  names  of  towns ;  thus, 

Domi  et  militice,  or  belli,  At  home  and  abroad.  Jacet  humi,  He  lies  on  the 
ground. 

Obs.  2.  When  Domus  is  joined  with  an  adjective,  we  commonly  use  a  preposi- 
tion ;  as,  In  domo  paternh,  not  domi  •paternce :  So,  Ad  domum  paternnm :  Ex  domo 
paterna.  Unless  when  it  is  joined  with  these  possessives,  Meus,  tuus,  suus,  nosier, 
vester,  regius,  and  alienus ;  as,  Domi  mece  vixit.  Cic.  Alius,  alium  domes  suas  in- 
vltant.  Sail.  Aurum  atque  argcntum,  et  alia,  qucB  prima  ducunlur,  domum  regiam 
comportant.  Sail. 

Obs.  3.  Rus  and  rure,  even  with  an  adjective,  are  found  without  a  preposition ; 
as,  equum  conscendit,  et  rus  urbanum  contendit.  Justin.  Rure  is  found  with  a  pre- 
position ;  as,  ex  rure  in  urbem  revertcbatur,  Cic.  The  plural  rura,  is  always  pre- 
ceded by  a  preposition ;  as,  Jam  ubi  vos  dilapsi  domos,  et  in  rura  vestra  eritis,  Liv. 

Obs.  4.  When  domus  has  another  substantive  in  the  genitive  after  it,  the  preposi- 
tion is  sometimes  used,  and  sometimes  not ;  as,  Deprehensus  est  domi,  domo,  or  in 
domo  CcBsaris, 

§213«  LIV.  To  names  of  countries,  provinces, 
and  all  other  places,  except  towns,  the  preposition 
is  commonly  added ;  as, 

When  the  question  is  made  by, 
Ubi  ?  Natus  in  Italia,  in  Latio,  in  urbe,  ^c. 
Quo  ?  Abiit  in  Italiam,  in  Latium,  in  or  ad  urbem,  ^c. 
Unde  ?  Rediit  ex  Italia,  e  Latio,  ex  urbe,  <^c. 
Qua  ?  Transit  per  Italiam,  per  Latium,  per  urbem,  ^c. 

Obs.  1.  A  preposition  is  often  added  to  names  of  towns;  as,  In 
Roma,  for  RomcB ;  ad  Romam,  ex  Roma,  &c. 

§  3X4«  Peto  always  governs  the  accusative  as  an  active  verb, 
witliout  a  preposition ;  as,  Petivit  Egyptum,  He  went  to  Egypt. 

Obs.  2.  Names  of  countries,  provinces,  &c.  are  sometimes  construed  without  the 
preposition,  like  names  of  towns  ,•  as,  Pompeius  Cypri  visus  est.  Caes.  CretcD  jussit 
considere  Apollo.  Virg.  Non  Lybitr,  for  in  Lybia,  non  an(k  Tyro,  for  Tyri.  Id.  ^n. 
iv.  36.  Venit  Sardiniam.  Cic.  Rom<B,  Numidiceque  facinora  ejus  memorat,  for  et 
in  Numidia.  Sail. 


CONSTRUCTION    OF   CIRCUMSTANCES.  255 

4.    MEASURE    AND    DISTANCE. 

§  215«  LV.  Measure  or  distance  is  put  in  the 
accusative,  and  sometimes  in  the  ablative ;  as, 

Murus  est  decern  pedes  alius.  The  wall  is  ten  feet  high. 

Urbs  distal  triginta  millia,  or  triginta  mil-  }     ^he  city  is  thirty  miles  distant 

hous  passuum,  ^  . 

Iter,  or  itinere  unius  dieit  One  day's  journey. 

Obs.  1.  The  accusative  or  ablative  of  measure  is  put  after  adjectives 
and  verbs  of  dimension ;  as,  Longus,  latus,  crassus,  profundus,  and 
alius:  Patet,  porrigitur,  emineU  &^c.  The  names  of  measure  are, 
peSy  cubitus,  ulna,  passus,  digitus,  an  inch ;  palmus,  a  span,  an  hand- 
breadth,  &c.  The  accusative  or  ablative  of  distance  is  used  only  after 
verbs  which  express  motion  or  distance ;  as,  Eo,  curro,  absum,  disto, 
&c.  The  accusative  is  governed  by  ad  or  per  understood,  and  the 
ablative  by  a  or  ab. 

Obs.  2.  W^hen  we  express  the  measure  of  more  things  than  one,  we  commonly 
use  the  distributive  number ;  as,  Muri  sunt  denos  pedes  alti,  and  sometimes  denum 
pedum,  for  denorum,  in  the  genitive,  ad  mensuram  being  understood.  But  the 
genitive  is  only  used  to  express  the  measure  of  things  in  the  plural  number. 

Obs.  3.  When  we  express  the  distance  of  a  place  where  any  thing  is  done,  we 
commonly  use  the  ablative ;  or  the  accusative  with  the  preposition  ad ;  as,  Sex 
mUtibus  passuum  ab  urba  consedit,  or  ad  sex  millia  passuum.  Caes.  Ad  quintum  mil- 
liarium,  or  milliare,  consedit.  Cic.    Ad  quintum  lajndem.  Nep. 

Obs.  4.  The  excess  or  difference  of  measure  and  distance  is  put  in 
the  ablative ;  as. 

Hoc  lignum  excedit  illud  digtto.  Toto  verltce  supra  est,  Virg.  Britannice  longi- 
tudo  ejus  latiludincm  ducentis  quadraginta  milHaribus  superat. 

5.   TIME. 

§  216a  LVI.  Time  when  is  put  in  the  abla- 
tive ;  as, 

Venit  Jiora  teriid,  He  came  at  three  o'clock. 

§  3 1 7«  IT  Time  how  long  is  put  in  the  accusative  or  ablative,  but 
oftener  in  the  accusative ;  asy 

Mansit  paucos  dies.  He  staid  a  few  days, 

Sex  mensibus  dbfuit,  He  was  away  six  months. 

Obs.  1.  When  we  speak  of  any  precise  time,  it  is  put  in  the  abla- 
tive ;  but  when  continuance  of  time  is  expressed,  it  is  put  for  the  most 
part  in  the  accusative. 

Obs.  2.  All  the  circumstances  of  time  are  often  expressed  with  a  preposition ;  as. 
In  prcBsenfia,  or  in  prcesenli,  scil.  tempore ;  in  or  ad  prcrseiis ;  Per  decem  annos ; 
Surgunt  de  nocte  ;  ad  horam  destindtam  ;  Intra  annum  ;  Per  idem  tempus,  ad  Ka- 
lendas  soluturus  nil.  Suet.  The  preposition  ad  or  circa  is  sometimes  suppressed,  as 
in  these  expressions,  hoc,  illud,  id,  isthuc,  cBtatis,  tcmporis,  hares,  &c.  for  hac,  (State, 
hoc  tempore,  &c.  And  ante  or  some  other  word ;  as,  Annos  natus  unum  ^  viginti, 
sc.  a7it&.    Siculi  quolaimi^  trihuta  conferunt,  sc.  tot  annis,  quot  or  quot/juot  sunt,  Cic. 


256 


CONSTRUCTION    OF    RELATIVES. 


Prope  diem,  sc.  ad,  soon ;  Oppidnm  paucis  diebus,  quihus  ed  ventum  est,  expvgnatum, 
sc.  post  eos  dies.  Caes.  Ante  diem  terlium  Kalendas  Maias  accepi  tuas  literas,  for  die 
tertio  ante.  Cic.  Qui  dies  futurus  esset  in  ante  diem  octavum  Kalendas  Novembns. 
Id.  Exante  diem  quintum  Kal.  Ociob.  Li  v.  JMcedcemonii  septingentos  jam  annos 
amplius  unis  moribus  et  nunquam  mutatis  legibus  vivunt,  sc.  qudm  per.  Cic.  We 
find  Frimum  slipendium  meruit  annorum  decern  septemque,  sc.  Atdcus  ,•  for  septem- 
decim  annos  natus,  seventeen  years  old.  Nep. 

Obs.  3.  The  adverb  ABHINC,  which  is  commonly  used  with  respect  to  past 
time,  is  joined  with  the  accusative  or  ablative  without  a  preposition ;  as,  factum 
est  abhinc  biennio  or  biennium.  It  was  done  two  years  ago.  So  likewise  are  post  and 
ante  ;  as,  Fauces  post  annos;  but  here  ea  or  ^  may  be  understood. 


COMPOUND  SENTENCES. 

§  218«  A  compound  sentence  is  that  which  has  more  than  one 
nominative,  or  one  finite  verb. 

A  compound  sentence  is  made  up  of  two  or  more  simple  sentences 
or  phrases,  and  is  commonly  called  a  Period. 

The  parts  of  which  a  compound  sentence  consists,  are  called  Mem- 
bers or  Clauses. 

In  every  compound  sentence  there  are  either  several  subjects  and  one  attribute, 
or  several  attributes  and  one  subject,  or  both  several  subjects  and  several  attributes  ; 
that  is,  there  are  either  several  nominatives  applied  to  the  same  verb,  or  several 
verbs  applied  to  the  same  nominative,  or  both. 

Every  verb  marks  a  judgment,  or  attribute,  and  every  attribute  must  have  a 
subject.  There  must,  therefore,  be  in  every  sentence  or  period,  as  many  proposi- 
tions as  there  are  verbs  of  a  finite  mode. 

Sentences  are  compounded  by  means  of  relatives  and  conjunc- 
tions; as, 

Happy  is  the  man  who  loveth  religion,  and  practiseth  virtue, 
THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  RELATIVES. 

§  319«  LVII.  The  relative  Qui^  Quce.  Quod^ 
agrees  with  the  antecedent  in  gender,  number  and 
person ;  and  is  construed  through  all  the  cases,  as 
the  antecedent  would  be  in  its  place ;  as, 


Vir  qui, 
Fcemina  quce, 
Negotium  quod, 
Ego  qui  scribo, 
Tu  qui  scribis, 
Vir  qui  scribit, 
Muher  quce  scribit, 
Animal  quod  currit, 
Vir  quern  vidi, 
Muher  quam  vidi, 
Animul  quod  vidi, 
Vir  cui  paret. 


Singular. 


The  man  who. 
The  woman  who. 
The  thing  which. 
I  who  write. 
Thou  who  writest. 
Tlie  man  who  writes. 
The  woman  who  writes. 
The  animal  which  runs. 
The  man  whom  I  saw. 
The  woman  whom  I  saw. 
The  animal  which  I  saw. 
The  man  whom  he  obeys. 


Flural. 
Viri  qui. 
FcemtncB  quce, 
Negotia  quce. 
Nos  qui  scribtmus. 
Vos  qui  scribitis. 
Viri  qui  scribunt. 
Mulieres  quce  scribunt. 
Animalia  quce  currunt, 
Viri  quos  vidi. 
Mulieres  quas  vidt. 
Animalia  qud  vidi. 
Viri  quibus  paret. 


CONSTRUCTION    OF    RELATIVES.  257 

Vir  cui  est  sirnilis,  The  man  to  whom  he  is  like.      Viri  quihiis  est  simflis. 

Vir  a  quo,  The  man  by  whom.  Viri  a  quihus. 

Mulier  ad  quam,  The  woman  to  whom.  Mulieres  ad  quae. 

Vir  cujus  opus  est.  The  man  wliose  worii  it  is.  Viri  quorum  ojms  est. 

Vir  quern  misereor,  1 

cujus  misereor,  or  miseresco,  >  The  man  whom  I  pity. 

cujus  me  mish'et,  j 

cujus  or  cuja  interest,  &c.  whose  interest  it  is,  &c. 

Rem.  1.  If  no  nominative  come  between  the  relative  and  the  verb, 
the  relative  will  be  the  nominative  to  the  verb. 

Rem.  2.  But  if  a  nominative  come  between  the  relative  and  the 
verb,  the  relative  will  be  of  that  case,  which  the  verb  or  noun  follow- 
ing", or  the  preposition  going  before,  usually  governs. 

Thus  the  construction  of  the  relative  requires  an  acquaintance  with 
most  of  the  foregoing  rules  of  syntax,  and  may  serve  as  an  exercise  on 
all  of  them. 

Obs.  1.  The  relative  must  always  have  an  antecedent  expressed  or 
understood,  and  therefore  may  be  considered  as  an  adjective  placed  be- 
tween two  cases  of  the  same  substantive,  of  which  the  one  is  always 
expressed,  generally  the  former ;  as, 

Vir  qui  (vir)  legit ;  vir  quem  (virum)  amo :  Sometimes  the  latter ;  as,  Quam  quis- 
que  norit  artem,  in  hac  (arte)  se  exerceat.  Cic.  Eunuchum,  quem  dedisti  nobis,  quas 
turhas  dedit.  Ter.  sc.  Eunuchus.  Sometimes  both  cases  are  expressed ;  as,  Erant 
omnmo  duo  itinera,  quibus  itineribus  domo  exire  possent  CaBs.  Sometimes,  though 
more  rarely,  both  cases  are  omitted ;  as,  Sunt,  quos  genus  hoc  minimejuvat,  for  sunt 
homines,  quos  homines,  &c.  Hor. 

Obs.  2.  When  the  relative  is  placed  between  two  substantives  of 
different  genders,  it  may  agree  in  gender  with  either  of  them,  though 
most  commonly  with  the  former ;  as, 

Vultus  quem  dixere  chaos.  Ovid.  Est  locus  in  carcere,  quod  Tullianum  appella- 
tur.  Sail.  Animal,  quem  vocdmus  homtnem.  Cic.  Cogito  id  quod  res  est.  Ter.  If 
a  part  of  a  sentence  be  the  antecedent,  the  relative  is  always  put  in  the  neuter 
gender ;  as,  Pompeius  se  afflixit,  quod  mihi  est  summo  dolori,  sell.  Pompeium  se  affii' 
gere.  Cic.  Sometimes  the  relative  does  not  agree  in  gender  with  the  antecedent, 
but  with  some  synonymous  word  implied ,  as,  Scelus  qui,  for  scelcstus.  Ter.  Abun- 
dantia  edrum  rerum,  qucB  mortdles  prima  putant,  scil.  negotia.  Sail.  Vel  virtus  tua 
me  vel  vicinitas,  quod  ego  in  aliqua  parte  amiciticB  puto,  facit  ut  te  moneam,  scil. 
negolium.  Ter.  In  omni  Africa,  qui  agebant ;  for  in  omnibus  Afris.  Sallust.  Jug. 
89.    Non  dijffidentia  futuri,  quce  imperavisset  for  quod.  lb.  100. 

Obs.  3.  When  the  relative  comes  after  two  words  of  different  per- 
sons, it  agrees  with  the  first  or  second  person  rather  than  the  third ; 
as.  Ego  sum  vir,  qui  facio,  scarcely  facit.  In  English  it  sometimes 
agrees  with  either ;  as,  /  am  the  man,  who  make,  or  maketh.  But 
when  once  the  person  of  the  relative  is  fixed,  it  ought  to  be  continued 
through  the  rest  of  the  sentence ;  thus  it  is  proper  to  say,  "  I  am  the 
man  who  takes  care  of  your  interest,"  but  if  I  add,  "at  the  expense  of 
my  own,"  it  would  be  improper.  It  ought  either  to  be,  "  his  own,"  or 
"who  take."  In  like  manner,  we  may  say,  "I  thank  you  who  gave, 
who  did  love,"  &c.  But  it  is  improper  to  say,  "  I  thank  thee,  who 
gave,  who  did  love ;"  it  should  be  "  who  gavest,  who  didst  love."     In 

22  * 


258  CONSTRUCTION    OF    RELATIVES. 

no  part  of  English  syntax  are  inaccuracies  committed  more  frequently 
than  in  this.  Beginners  are  particularly  apt  to  fall  into  them,  in  turn- 
ing Latin  into  English.  The  reason  of  it  seems  to  be  our  applying 
thou  or  you,  thy  or  your,  promiscuously,  to  express  the  second  person 
singular,  whereas  the  Latins  almost  always  expressed  it  by  tu  and 
tuus, 

Obs.  4.  The  antecedent  is  often  implied  in  a  possessive  adjective ;  as, 

Omnes  lauddre  fortunas  meas,  qui  haberem  gnatum  tali  ivgenio  prcedttum.  Ter. 
Sometimes  the  antecedent  must  be  drawn  from  the  sense  of  the  foregoing  words  ; 
as,  Came  pluit,  quern  imbrem  aves  rapuisse  feruntur  ;  i.  e.  pluit  imbrem  earns,  quern, 
imbrem,  &c.  Liv.  Si  tempus  est  uUum  Jure  hominis  necandi,  quas  mulla  sunt ;  scil. 
tempura.  Cic. 

Obs.  5.  The  relative  is  sometimes  entirely  omitted  ;  as,  TJrbs  antlqua  fuit :  Tyrii 
tenuere  coldni,  scil.  quam  or  earn.  Virg.  Or,  if  once  expressed,  is  afterwards  omitted, 
so  that  it  must  be  supplied  in  a  different  case ;  as,  Bocchus  cum  peditibus,  quosjilius 
ejus  adduxerat,  neque  in  priore  pugna  adfuerant,  Romanos  invadunt :  for  quique  in 
priore  pugna  non  adfuerant.  Sail.  In  English  the  relative  is  often  omitted,  where 
m  Latin  it  must  be  expressed;  as,  TTie  letter  I  wrote,  for  the  letter  which  I  wrote; 
The  man  I  love,  to  wit,  whom.  But  this  omission  of  the  relative  is  generally  impro- 
per, particularly  in  serious  discourse. 

Obs.  6.  The  case  of  the  relative  sometimes  seems  to  depend  on  that  of  the  ante- 
cedent ;  as,  C7im  aPiquid  agas  eorum,  quorum  consuesti,  for  quce  consuesti  agere,  or 
quorum  aliquid  agere  consuesti.  Cic.  Restitue  in  quern  me  accepisti  locum,  for  in 
locum,  in  quo.  Ter.  And.  iv.  1.  58.    But  such  examples  rarely  occur. 

Obs.  7.  The  adjective  pronouns,  ille,  ipse,  iste,  hie,  is,  and  idem,  in  their  construc- 
tion, resemble  that  of  the  relative  qrii ;  as,  Liber  ejus,  His  or  her  book ;  Vita  eorum. 
Their  life,  when  applied  to  men ;  Vita  edrum.  Their  life,  when  applied  to  women. 
By  the  improper  use  of  these  pronouns  in  English,  the  meaning  of  sentences  is 
often  rendered  obscure. 

Obs.  8.  The  interrogative  or  indefinite  adjectives,  qualis,  quantus,  quotus,  &c.  are 
also  sometimes  construed  like  relatives ;  as.  Fades  est,  qualem  decet  esse  sororum. 
Ovid.  But  these  have  commonly  other  adjectives  either  expressed  or  understood, 
which  answer  to  them ;  as,  Tanta  est  muLtitudo,  quantam  urbs  capere  potest :  and 
are  often  applied  to  different  substantives ;  as,  Quates  sunt  cives,  talis  est  civitas.  Cic. 

Obs.  9.  The  relative  who  in  English  is  applied  only  to  persons,  and  which  to 
things  and  irrational  animals ;  but  formerly  which  was  likewise  applied  to  persons ; 
as.  Our  father,  which  art  in  heaven ;  and  whose,  the  genitive  of  who,  is  also  used 
sometimes,  though  perhaps  improperly,  for  of  v)hieh.  That  is  used  indifferently  for 
persons  and  things.  What,  when  not  joined  with  a  substantive,  is  only  applied  to 
things,  and  includes  both  the  antecedent  and  the  relative,  being  the  same  with 
that  which,  or  the  thing  which ;  as,  Tliat  is  what  he  wanted ;  that  is,  the  thing  which 
he  wanted 

Obs.  10.  The  Latin  relative  often  cannot  be  translated  literally  into  English,  on 
account  of  the  different  idioms  of  the  two  languages  ,•  as.  Quod  cum  ifa  essef.  When 
that  was  so ;  not,  which  when  it  was  so,  because  then  there  would  be  two  nomina- 
tives to  the  verb  was,  which  is  improper.  Sometimes  the  accusative  of  the  relative 
in  Latin  must  be  rendered  by  the  nominative  in  English ;  as,  Quem  dieunt  me  esse  ? 
Who  do  they  say  that  I  am?  not  whom.  Quem  dieunt  adventure,  Who  do  they  say 
is  coming  ? 

Obs.  11.  As  the  relative  is  alv/ays  connected  with  a  differont  verb  from  the 
antecedent,  it  is  usually  construed  with  the  subjunctive  mode,  unless  wiion  tlie 
meaning  of  tlie  verb  is  expressed  positively;  as,  Audlre  cupio,  quce  legcris,  1  want  - 


CONSTRUCTION    OP   RELATIVES.  259 

to  hear,  what  you  have  read ;  that  is,  what  perhaps  or  probably  you  may  have 
read ;  Audlre  cupio,  qucB  legisti,  I  want  to  hear,  what  you  (actually  or  in  fact) 
have  read. 

Obs.  12.  To  the  construction  of  the  Relative  may  be  subjoined  that 

of  the    ANSWER   TO    A   QUESTION. 

The  answer  is  commonly  put  in  the  same  case  with  the  question ;  asi, 

Qui  vocare?  Geta,  sc.  vocor.  Quid  quceris?  Lihrum,  so.  qucero.  Quota  hord 
venisti  ?  Sexla.  Sometimes  the  construction  is  varied  ;  as,  Cujus  est  liber  ?  Meus, 
not  mei.  Quanti  emptus  est !  Decern  asstbus.  Damnatusne  es  furii  ?  Imo  alio  cri' 
mine.  Often  the  answer  is  made  by  other  parts  of  speech  than  nouns ;  as,  Quid 
agitur?  Staturr sc.  a  me,  a  nobis.  Quis fecit?  Nescio:  Aiunt  Petrumfecisse.  Quo- 
modo  vales  ?  Benh,  male.  Scripsist'ine  ?  Scripsi,  ita,  etiam,  immo,  &c.  An  vidisti  ? 
No7i  vidi,  non,  mimme,  &c.  Chcerea  tuam  vestem  detraxit  tibi  ?  Factum.  Et  ea  e$t 
indulus  ?  Factum.  Ter.  Most  of  the  Rules  of  Syntax  may  thus  be  exemplified  hi 
the  form  of  questions  and  answers.  / 

\ 
THE   RELATIVE   WITH   THE   SUBJUNCTIVE.  1 

To  ascertain  when  the  Relative  pronoun  should  be  joined  to  the  In- 
dicative and  when  to  the  Subjunctive  mode,  is  one  of  the  greatest  diffi- 
culties which  the  Latin  language  presents  to  the  student  of  the  classic^. 
The  following  Rules  will  be  found,  it  is  believed,  to  embrace  ever/ 
thing  important  upon  the  subject.  I 

§  220*  Rule  1.  When  the  Relative  clause  expresses  no  senti- 
ment of  the  writer,  but  refers  that  sentiment,  directly  or  indirectly, 
to  the  persons  of  whom  he  is  speaking,  the  Relative  must  be  joined 
with  the  Subjunctive  mode.  Thus :  Quoniam  gemini  essent,  nee  aeta- 
tis  verecundia  discrimen  facere  posset,  ut  Dii  quorum  tutelae  ea  ioca 
essent,  auguriis  legerent,  qui  nomen  novae  urbi  daret,  Li  v.  1.  6.  Th|e 
relative  clause  expresses  a  sentiment  of  the  founders  of  the  city,  and 
is  much  the  same  as  if  the  historian  had  said,  '  That  the  gods,  under 
whose  protection  they  conceived,  those  places  were,'  &c.  The  follow- 
ing passage  will  still  further  illustrate  this  distinction.  "  Thus  bom 
and  thus  elected  king,  he  has  favoured  the  meanest  sort  of  mankind^ 
whence  he  himself  is  sprung ;  and  the  burdens,  which  were  formerly 
common,  he  has  laid  on  the  principal  citizens."  These,  supposed  to  b0 
the  very  words  of  Tarquin,  addressed  to  the  Senators,  would  be  thuS 
rendered,  "  Ita  natus,  ita  creatus  rex,  fautor  infimi  generis  hominumi 
ex  quo  EST  ipse,  omnia  onera,  quce  communia  quondam  FUE-\- 
R  UNT,  in  primores  civitdtis  inclinavit"  But  as  the  historian  (Liv j 
1.  47.)  has  not  introduced  Tarquin  as  addressing  the  senate  in  his  ownl 
words,  but  has  merely  detailed  the  sentiments  which  he  expressed,  the 
passage  reads  thus, — the  verbs  being  in  the  subjunctive  mode — Ita  na- 
turn,  ita  creatum  regem,  fautorem  infimi  generis  hominum,  ex  quoi 
ipse  SIT,  onera,  quce  communia  quondam  FUERINT,  inclinasse  in 
primores  civitatis,  He  said,  *'  that  being  thus  born,"  &c.  I 

§  22 !•  Rule  2.  The  Relative  pronoun  is  joined  to  the  Subjuncj 
tive  mode,  when  the  relative  clause  expresses  the  reason,  or  cause  of] 
the  action,  state,  or  event,  and  may  generally  be  rendered  in  Englisli| 


260  CONSTRUCTION    OF   C01!ffJUNCTI0NS. 

by  the  preposition  /n,  and  the  imperfect  participle.  Thus,  *  Hannibal 
did  wrong  in  wintering  at  Capua,'  that  is,  *  because  he  wintered,'  Male 
fecit,  Hannibal,  qui  Capuce  hiemarit.  If  we  should  say,  Male  fecit, 
qui  hiemavit,  we  impute  error  to  the  person  who  wintered,  but  do  not 
express  the  error  as  consisting  in  his  wintering. 

§  322»  Rule  3.  When  the  Relative  pronoun  follows  an  interro- 
gative clause,  in  which  the  interrogative  is  equivalent  to  an  affirmation 
or  negation,  the  relative  is  joined  with  the  Subjunctive  mode.  Thus, 
Quis  est  enim.,  cui  non  perspicua  sint  ilia  ?  Cic.  *  Who  is  there  to 
whom  these  things  are  not  clear  ]  So  also  after  a  negation  which  ex- 
presses an  affirmation ;  as,  nemo  est,  qui  haud  intelligat,  *  there  is  no 
man  who  does  not  understand.'  But  when  a  sentence  implies  a  ques- 
tion put  for  information,  the  Relative  takes  the  Indicative  mode ;  as, 
Quis  est  qui  JSsculapium  salutat.  Plant.  Quis  est  qui  salutet  would 
signify  *  who  is  there  that  salutes,'  implying  '  nobody  salutes.'  Again, 
if  we  say,  Nemo  est  qui  ita  existimat,  it  strictly  means,  '  he  who 
thinks  so  is  nobody,'  that  is,  '  a  person  of  no  consequence ;'  here  nemo 
est  is  the  predicate,  and  the  relative  clause,  qui  ita  existimat,  the 
subject.  If  we  say,  nemo  est  qui  ita  existimet,  it  means,  *  there  is  no 
one  who  thinks  so,'  where  nemo  is  the  subject,  and  the  other  clause  the 
predicate. 

§  333«  Rule  4.  The  Relative  is  joined  to  the  Subjunctive  mode, 
when,  in  order  to  impart  greater  emphasis,  a  periphrasis  with  the  verb 
^um  is  employed  instead  of  simply  the  nominative  with  the  principal 
verb.  Thus,  instead  of  saying,  Nonnulli  dicunt,  we  say,  Sunt  qui 
dicant,  Cic.  *  there  are  persons  who  say.'  This  phraseology  is  em- 
ployed to  excite  the,  particular  attention  of  the  reader,  as  the  word 
there  is  frequently  employed  in  English.  Fuerint  qui  censerent,  *  there 
have  been  persons  who  thought.' 

§  324:»  Rule  5.  When  Is  qui,  Ille  qui.  Hie  qui,  are  used  for 
'  such,'  '  that,'  or  in  other  words,  when  Qui  is  used  for  Ut  ego,  Ut  tu, 
Ut  ille,  it  is  joined  with  the  Subjunctive"  mode.  Atque  ill^e  dissen- 
tiones  erant  hujus  modi,  Quirites,  q,v2E . . .  pertinerent.  Cic.  '  The 
dissentions  were  such  that,'  or  *  of  that  kind  that,'  &c. 

THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  CONJUNCTIONS. 

§  225»  LVIII.  The  conjunctions,  et^  ac,  atque, 
nee,  neque,  aut,  vel,  and  some  others,  couple  similar 
cases  and  modes ;  as, 

Honora  patrem  et  matrem,  Honour  father  and  mother. 

Nee  legit  nee  scribit,  He  neither  reads  nor  writes. 

Obs.  1.  To  this  rule  belong  particularly  the  copulative  and  disjunc- 
tive conjunctions;  as  likewise,  qudm,  nisi,  prceterquam,  an;  and  also 
adverbs  of  likeness ;  as,  ceu,  tanquam,  quasi,  ut,  &lc.  as. 

Nullum  pr(Fmium  a  vohis  postulo,  prcBterquam  hujus  diU  memoria?n.  Cic.  Gloria 
vir tutem  tanquam  umbra  sequitiir.  Id. 


CONSTEUCTION    OP    CCNJtJXCTlONS.  2C1 

Obs.  2.  These  conjunctions  properly  connect  the  different  members 
of  a  sentence  together,  and  are  hardly  ever  applied  to  single  words, 
unless  when  some  other  word  is  understood.  Hence,  if  the  construc- 
tion of  the  sentence  be  varied,  different  cases  and  modes  may  be 
coupled  together;  as, 

Interest  mea  et  reipublicce ;  Constitit  asse  et  pluris ;  Slve  es  Ro- 
mce,  she  in  Eplro ;  Decius  cum  se  devoveret,  et  in  mediam  aciem 
irruebat,  Cic.  Vir  magni  ingenii  summdque  industrid ;  Neque  per 
vim,  neque  insidiis.  Sail.  Tecum  habita,  et  noris,  qudm  sit  tibi 
curta  supellex.  Pers. 

Obs.  3.  When  et,  aut,  vel,  sive,  or  nee,  are  joined  to  different  mem- 
bers of  the  same  sentence,  without  connecting  it  particularly  to  any 
former  sentence,  the  first  et  is  rendered  in  English  by  both  or  likewise  ; 
aut  or  vel,  by  either ;  the  first  sive,  by  whether ;  and  the  first  nee,  by 
neither;  as. 

Et  legit,  et  scrihit ;  so,  turn  legit,  turn  scribit ;  or  cum  legit,  turn  scr'ibit,  He  both 
reads  and  writes ;  Sive  legit,  s've  scribit.  Whether  he  reads  or  writes ;  Jacere  qua 
vera,  qua  falsa ;  Increpare  qua  consules  ipsos,  qua  exercitum,  To  upbraid  both  the 
consuls  and  the  army.   Liv. 

§  236.  LIX.  Two  or  more  substantives  singu- 
lar coupled  by  a  conjunction,  (as,  et^  ac,  atque,  &c.) 
have  an  adjective,  verb,  or  relative  plural ;  as, 

Petrus  et  Joannes,  qui  sunt  docti,        Peter  and  John,  who  are  learned. 

Obs.  1.  If  the  substantives  be  of  different  persons,  the  verb  plural 
must  agree  with  the  first  person  rather  than  the  second,  and  with  the 
second  rather  than  the  third ;  as.  Si  tu  et  Tullia  valetis,  ego  et  Cicero 
valemus,  If  you  and  Tullia  are  well,  I  and  Cicero  are  well.  Cic.  In 
English,  the  person  speaking  usually  puts  himself  last ;  thus.  You  and 
I  read;  Cicero  and  I  are  well^  but  in  Latin  the  person  who  speaks  is 
generally  put  first ;  thus.  Ego  et  tu  legimus. 

Obs.  2.  If  the  substantives  are  of  different  genders,  the  adjective  or 
relative  plural  must  agree  with  the  masculine  rather  than  the  feminine 
or  neuter ;  as.  Pater  et  mater,  qui  sunt  mortui ;  but  this  is  only  ap- 
plicable to  beings  which  may  have  life.  The  person  is  sometimes  im- 
plied ;  as,  Athendrum  et  Cratippi,  ad  quos,  &c.  Propter  summam 
doctoris  auctoritdtem  et  urbis,  quorum  alter,  &c.  Cic.  Where  AthencB 
and  urbs  are  put  for  the  learned  men  of  Athens.  So  in  substantives ; 
as,  Ad  PtolemcBum  Cleopatramque  reges  legdti  missi^  i.  e.  the  king 
and  queen.  Liv. 

Obs.  3.  If  the  substantives  signify  things  without  life,  the  adjective 
or  relative  plural  must  be  put  in  the  neuter  gender;  as,  Divitice,  decus^ 
gloria,  in  oculis  sita  sunt.  Sail. 

The  same  holds,  if  any  of  the  substantives  signify  a  thing  without  life ;  because 
when  we  apply  a  quality  or  join  an  adjective  to  several  substantives  of  different 


262  CONSTRUCTION  OF  CONJUNCTIONS. 

genders,  wo  must  reduce  the  substantives  to  some  certain  class,  under  which  they  . 
may  all  be  comprehended,  that  is,  to  what  is  called  their  Genus.    Now,  the  Genus 
or  class,  which  comprehends  under  it  both  persons  and  things,  is  that  of  substan- 
tives or  beings  in  general,  which  are  neither  masculine  nor  feminine.    To  express 
this,  the  Latin  grammarians  use  the  word  Negotia. 

Obs.  4.  The  adjective  or  verb  frequently  agrees  with  the  nearest 
substantive  or  nominative,  and  is  understood  to  the  rest ;  this  is  by  the 
figure  called  Zeugma. 

Et  ego  el  Cicero  mens  flagitdhit  Cic.  Sociis  et  rege  recepto.  Virg.  Et  ego  in 
culpa  sum,  et  tu,  Both  I  am  in  the  fault,  and  you ;  or,  Et  ego  et  tu  es  in  culpa,  Both 
I  and  you  are  in  the  fault.  Nihil  hie  nisi  carmina,  de.sunt ;  or,  nihil  hie  deest  nisi 
carmlna.  Omnia,  quibus  turbari  solita  erat  civitas,  domi  discordia,  /oris  helium 
exortum ;  Duo  millia  et  quadringenti  ccBsi.  Li  v.  This  construction  is  most  usual 
when  the  different  substantives  resemble  one  another  in  sense  ;  as.  Mens,  ratio,  et 
consilium,  in  sembus  est.  Understanding,  reason,  and  prudence,  is  in  old  men. 
Quibus  ipse  me'ique  ante  Larem  proprium  vescor,  for  vescimur.  llorat. 

Obs.  5.  The  plural  is  sometimes  used  after  the  preposition  cum  put 
for  et ;  as, 

Remo  cum  fratre  Qiiirmus  jura  dahunt.  Virg.  The  conjunction  is  frequently 
understood ;  as,  dum  ceias,  metus,  magister  prohibebant.  Ter.  Frons,  oculi,  vultus 
scBpe  mentiuntur.  Cic. 

The  different  examples  comprehended  under  this  rule  are  commonly  referred  to 
the  figure  Syllepsis. 

§  327.  LX.  The  conjunctions  ut^  quo^  licet ^  ne^ 
utinam^  and  dummodo^  are  for  the  most  part  joined 
to  the  subjunctive  mode ;  as, 

L^o  ut  discam,  I  read  that  I  may  leam. 

UCi?iam  saperes,  I  wish  you  were  wise. 

Obs.  1.  All  interrogatives,  when  placed  indefinitely,  have  after  them 
the  subjunctive  mode. 

Whether  they  be  adjectives,  as,  Quantus,  qualis,  quoins,  quotuplex,  uter ;  Pro- 
nouns, as,  quis  and  cujas;  Adverbs,  as,  Ubi,  quo,  unde,  qua,  quorsum,  quamdiu, 
qumnditdum,  quamprtdem,  qnoties,  cur,  quare,  quamobrem,  dum,  utrum,  quomodo, 
qui,  ut  quam,  quantopere ;  or  Conjunctions,  as,  we,  an,  anne,  annon  :  Thus,  Quis  est  ? 
Who  is  it  ?  Nescio  quis  sit,  I  do  not  know  who  it  is.  An  venturus  est !  Nescio, 
dufnto,  an  venturus  sit.  Vides  ut  alta  stet  nive  candidum  Soracie  ?  Ilor.  But  these 
words  are  sometimes  joined  with  the  indicative ;  as,  Scio  quid  ego.  Plant.  Haud 
scio,  an  amat.  Ter.     Vide  avaritia  quidfacit.  Id.     Vides  qudm  turpe  est.  Cic. 

V  228«  11"  In  like  manner  the  relative  QUI  in  a  continued  discourse ;  as, 
Nihil  est  quod  Deus  efficere  non  possit.  Quis  est,  qui  utilia  fugiat  ?  Cic.  Or  when 
joined  with  auiPPE  or  utpote;  Neque  Antonius  procul  aberat,  ufpote  qui  sequeretur, 
&c.  Sail.  But  these  are  sometimes,  although  more  rarely,  joined  with  the  indi- 
cative. So,  est  qui,  sunt  qui,  est  quando  or  ubt,  &c.  are  joined  with  the  indicative 
or  subjunctive 

Note.  Haud  scio  an  r6cte  dixerim  is  the  same  with  dico,  affirmo.  Cic. 

Obs.  2.  When  any  thing  doubtful  or  contingent  is  signified,  conjunc- 
tions and  indefinites  are  usually  construed  with  the  subjunctive;  but 


CONSTRUCTION    OF    COMPARATIVES.  263 

when  a  more  absolute  or  determinate  sense  is  expressed,  with  the  indi- 
cative mode ;  as,  If  lie  is  to  do  it ;  Although  he  was  rich,  &c. 

Obs.  3.  ETSI,  TAMETSr  and  TAMENETSf,  QUANQUAM,  in  the  beginning 
of  a  sentence,  have  the  indicative ;  but  elsewhere  they  also  talie  the  sabjunctive ; 
ETIAMSI  and  QUAMVIS  commonly  have  the  subjunctive,  and  UT,  although, 
always  has  it ;  as,  Ut  quceras,  non  reperies.  Cic.  QUOiNIAM,  QUANDO,  QUAN- 
DOQUIDEM,  are  usually  construed  with  the  indicative :  SI,  SIN,  NE,  NISI,  SI- 
QUIDEM,  QUOD,  and  QUIA,  sometimes  with  the  indicative,  and  sometimes  with 
the  subjunctive.  Dum,  for  dummodo,  provided,  has  always  the  subjunctive;  as, 
Oder  hit  dum  metuant.  Cic.  And  QUIPPE,  for  nam,  always  the  indicative ;  as, 
Quippe  vetor  fads. 

Obs.  4.  Some  conjunctions  have  their  correspondent  conjunctions 
belonging  to  them ;  so  that,  in  the  following  member  of  the  sentence, 
the  latter  answers  fco  the  former :  thus,  when  etsi^  tametsi,  or  quamvis, 
although,  are  used  in  the  former  member  of  a  sentence,  tamen,  yet  or 
nevertheless,  generally  answers  to  them  in  the  latter.  In  like  manner, 
Tarrij — quam;  Adeo  or  ita, — ut:  In  English,  As, — as,  or  so;  as,  Etsi 
sit  liber alis  tamen  non  est  profasus.  Although  he  be  liberal,  yet  he  is 
not  profuse.  So  priiis  or  ante, — qudm.  In  some  of  these,  however, 
we  find  the  latter  conjunction  sometimes  omitted,  particularly  in 
English. 

Obs.  5.  The  conjunction  ut  is  elegantly  omitted  after  these  verbs, 
Volo,  nolo,  malo,  rogo,  precor,  censeo,  suadeo,  licet,  oportet,  necesse 
est,  and  the  like ;  and  likewise  after  these  imperatives,  Sine,  fac,  or 
facUo  ;  as,  Ducas  volo  hodie  uxorem ;  Nolo  mentidre ;  Fac  cogltes. 
Ter.  In  like  manner  ne  is  commonly  omitted  after  cave ;  as.  Cave 
facias.  Cic.  Post  is  also  sometimes  understood ;  thus.  Die  octavo, 
quam  credtus  erat.  Liv.  4,  47,  scil.  post.  And  so  in  English,  See  you 
do  it ;  I  beg  you  would  come  to  me,  scil.  that, 

Obs.  6.  Ut  and  quod  are  thus  distinguished :  ut  denotes  the  final  cause,  and  is 
commonly  used  with  regard  to  something  future ;  quod  marks  the  efficient  or  im- 
pulsive cause,  and  is  generally  used  concerning  the  event  or  thing  done ;  as.  Lego 
ut  discam,  I  read  that  I  may  learn ;  Gaudeo  quod  legi,  I  am  glad  that  or  because  I 
have  read.  Ut  is  likewise  used  after  these  intensive  words,  as  they  are  called, 
Adeo,  ita,  sic,  tarn,  talis,  tantus,  tot,  &c. 

Obs.  7.  After  the  verbs  timeo,  vereor,  and  the  like,  ut  is  taken  in  a 
negative  sense  for  ne  non,  and  ne  in  an  affirmative  sense ;  as, 

Timeo  ne  faciat,  I  fear  he  will  do  it;  Timeo  ut  faciat,  1  fear  he  will  not  do  it. 
Id  paves  ne  ducas  tu  illam,  tu  autem  ut  ducas.  Ter.  Ut  sis  vitalis,  metuo.  Hor.  Ti-. 
meo  ut  f rater  vivat,  will  not  live ; — ne  f rater  moridtur,  will  die.  But  in  some  few 
examples  they  seem  to  have  a  contrary  meaning. 

THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF  COMPARATIVES. 

§  229.  LXI.  The  comparative  degree  governs 
the  ablative,  (when  Quam  is  omitted)  ;  as, 

Dulcior  melle,  sweeter  than  honey.         Prcestantior  auro,  better  than  gold. 

Obs.  1.  The  positive  with  the  adverb  magis,  likewise  governs  the 
ablative ;  as,  Magis  dilecta  luce.  Virg. 


264  consthuction  of  comparatives. 

The  ablative  is  here  governed  by  the  preposition  prcs  understood,  which  is  somo- 
times  expressed  ;  as,  Fortior  prce  ccsteris.  We  find  the  comparative  also  construed 
with  other  prepositions  ;  as,  immanior  ante  omnes.  Virg. 

Obs.  2.  The  comparative  decree  may  likewise  be  construed  with  the 
conjunction  qudm,  and  then,  instead  of  the  ablative,  the  noun  is  to  be 
put  in  whatever  case  the  sense  requires ;  as, 

Dulcior  qudm  mel,  scil.  est.  Amo  te  magis  qudm  ilium,  I  love  you  more  than  him, 
that  is,  qudm  amo  ilium,  than  I  love  him.  Amo  te  magis  qudm  ille,  I  love  you  more 
than  he,  i.  e.  qudm  ille  amut,  than  he  loves.    Plus  datur  a  me  qudm  illo,  so.  ab 

Obs.  3.  The  conjunction  qudm  is  often  elegantly  suppressed  after 
amplius  and  plus ;  as, 

Vulnerantur  amplius  sexcenti,  scil.  qudm.  CaBS.  Plus  quingentos  colapJios  inf regit 
mihi,  He  has  laid  on  me  more  than  five  hundred  blows.  Ter.  Castra  ah  urbe  haud 
plus  quinque  miilia  passuum  locant,  so.  qudm.  Liv. 

§  230*  Qudm  is  sometimes  elegantly  placed  between  two  com- 
paratives; as 

Triumphus  clarior  qudm  gratior,  Liv.  Or  the  prep,  pro  is  added  j  as,  Prcelium 
atrocius,  qudm  pro  numero  pugnantium  edttur.  Liv. 

§  331»  The  comparative  is  sometimes  joined  with  these  ablatives, 
opinioney  spe,  cequOf  justo,  dicto ;  as, 

Credihlli  opinione  major.  Cic.  Credibili  fortior.  Ovid.  Fast.  iii.  618.  Gravius 
CBquo.  Sail.  Dicto  citius.  Virg.  Majcra  credibili  tutlmus.  Liv.  They  are  oiteii 
understood  ;  as,  Liberius  vivebat,  so.  justo,  too  freely.  Nepos.  2,  I. 

§  23S«  Nihil  is  sometimes  elegantly  used  for  nemo  or  nulli ,  as, 

Nihil  vidi  quidquam  Icetius,  for  neminem.  Ter.  Crasso  nihil  perjFeciiics  Cic. 
Asperius  nihil  est  humili,  cum  surgit  in  altum.  So,  quid  nobis  laboriosius,  for  quis, 
&c.  Cic.  We  say,  inferior  patre  nulla  re,  or  quAm  pater.  The  comparative  is 
sometimes  repeated,  or  joined  with  an  adverb;  as,  Magis  nuigisque,  plus  plusque, 
minus  minusque,  carior  cariorque ;  Quotidie  plus,  indies  magis,  semper  candidior 
candidiorque,  &c. 

Obs.  4.  The  relation  of  equality  or  sameness  is  likewise  expressed 
by  conjunctions;  as,  Est  tam  doctus  qudm  ego,  He  is  as  learned  as  I. 
Animus  erga  te  idem  est  ac  fuit.  Ac  and  atque  are  sometimes, 
though  more  rarely,  used  after  comparatives;  as,  Nihil  est  magis 
verum  atque  hoc.  Ter. 

Obs.  5.  The  excess  or  defect  of  measure  is  put  in  the  ablative  after 
comparatives ;  and  the  sign  in  English  is  by,  expressed  or  understood ; 
(or  more  shortly,  the  difference  of  measure  is  put  in  the  ablative ;)  as, 

Est  decern  digitis  altior  qudm  f  rater.  He  is  ten  inches  taller  than  his  brother,  or 
by  ten  inches.  Altero  tanto  major  est  fratre,  i.  e.  duplo  major,  He  is  as  big  again 
as  his  brother,  or  twice  as  big.  Sesquipede  minor,  a  foot  and  a  half  less ;  Altero 
tanio,  aut  sesqii^imajor,  as  big  again,  or  a  half  bigger.  Cic.  Ter  tanto  pejor  est ;  Bis 
tanto  amid  sunt  inter  se,  qudm  priiis.  Plant.  Quinquies  tanto  amplius,  qudm  quan- 
tum licltum  sit,  civitadhus  imperuvit,  five  times  more.  Cic.  To  this  may  be  added 
many  other  ablatives,  which  are  joined  with  the  comparative,  to  increase  its  force; 
as,  Tanto,  quanto,  quo,  eo,  hoc,  multo,  paulo,  nimio,  &c.  thus.  Quo  plus  habent,  eo  plus 
cupiunt,  The  more  they  have,  the  more  they  desire.     Quanto  melior,  tanto  felicior. 


ABLATIVE    ABSOLUTE.  265 

The  better,  the  happier.  Quoque  minor  spes  est,  hoc  magis  ill.c  cupif.  Ovid.  Fast.  ii. 
766.  We  frequently  find  mullo,  fanto,  qunnlo,  also  joined  with  superlatives ;  Midto 
puLchernmam  earn  haberhnus.  Sail.     Multoque  id  maximum  fait  Liv. 

THE  ABLATIVE  ABSOLUTE. 

§  233e  LXIL  A  Substantive  and  a  Participle 
are  put  in  the  x4blative,  when  their  case  depends 
on  no  other  word ;  as, 

Sole  cyrientejugiunt  tenehrcE,    \  ^^^^^  ^^'^  ^^^^"^'  %  ^^^^^^  '^^^  ^"^  ^^«^^^'  ^^vknes^ 
•^   °  /  nies  away. 

OiwrP  iwrartn  hi,Jemv<i  \  ^^^  ^"^^^^  ^^^"^  finished,  or  when  our  work  is 

Vptre  permo,  ludemus,  J  finished,  we  will  play. 

So,  Dominante  lihidlne,  tcmperantim  nullus  est  locus ;  Nihil  amidtia  prcestabilius 
est,  excepta  virtute;  Oppressa  liberlfde  palricR,  nihil  est  quod  speremus  amplius ; 
Nobilium  vita  victuqne  mutaio-,  mores  miiiari  civitatum  pnto.  Cic.  Parumper  silen- 
tium  et  quies  fait,  nee  Elruscis,  nisi  cogerentur,  pugnam  inituris,  et  dictalore  arcem 
Romunam  respectante,  ac  ab  augurlbus,  simul  aves  rile  admisissent,  ex  composito 
tollerctur  signum.  Liv.  Bellice,  depositis  clypeo  paulisper  et  hasta,  Mars  ades. 
Ovid.  Fast.  iii.  1. 

Obs.  1.  This  ablative  is  called  Absolute,  because  it  does  not  depend 
upon  any  other  word  in  the  sentence. 

For  if  the  substantive  with  which  the  participle  is  joined,  be  either  the  nomi- 
native to  some  following  verb,  or  be  governed  by  any  word  going  before,  then  this 
rule  does  not  take  place;  the  ablative  absolute  is  never  used,  unless  when  different 
persons  or  things  are  spoken  of;  as,  Milites,  hostibus  viclis,  redierunt.  The  soldiers, 
having  conquered  the  enemy,  returned.  HosHbus  victis,  may  be  rendered  in 
English  several  different  ways,  according  to  the  meaning  of  the  sentence  with 
which  it  is  joined  ;  thus,  1.  The  enemy  conquered,  or  being  conquered.  2.  When  or 
after  the  enemy  is  or  ivas  conquered.  3.  By  conquering  the  enemy.  4.  Upon  the 
defeat  of  the  enemy,  <^c. 

V  234»  Though  an  independent  substantive,  joined  to  a  participle,  be 
generally  put  in  the  ablative  in  Latin,  it  is  sometimes  with  peculiar  elegance  and 
precision,  put  under  the  government  of  the  verb  in  the  succeeding  clause.  Thus, 
♦  Having  taken  Regulus  prisoner,  they  send  him  to  Carthage.'  Regulum  captum 
Carthaginem  miserunt.  Here  Regulum  is  governed  by  miserunt.  There  are  not 
wanting  examples,  however,  to  justify  another  phraseology,  namely,  Regulo  capfo, 
eum  Carthaginem  miserunt.  But  the  latter  form  of  expression  is  much  less  precise, 
for  it  does  not  so  clearly  signify  that  the  person  taken  was  the  person  sent ;  as  the 
pronoun  eum  might  refer  to  some  other  person. 

Obs.  2.  The  perfect  participles  of  deponent  verbs  are  not  used  in 
the  ablative  absolute ;  as,  Cicero  lociitus  hcBc  consedit,  never,  his 
locutis.  The  participles  of  common  verbs  may  either  agree  in  case 
with  the  substantive  before  them,  like  the  participles  of  deponent  verbs, 
or  may  be  put  in  the  ablative  absolute,  like  the  participles  of  passive 
verbs;  as,  Romdni  adepti  liber t dtem Jloriterunt ;  or  Romdni,  libertate 
adeptdfjloruerunt.  But  as  the  participles  of  common  verbs  are  seldom 
taken  in  a  passive  sense,  we  therefore  rarely  find  them  used  in  the 
ablative  absolute. 

23  ^      . 


266  AULATIVE    ABSOLUTE. 

Obs.  3.  Tlie  participle  exislente  or  existcnlVous  is  frequently  under- 
stood; as,  CcBsdre  duce,  soil,  existente.  His  consullbus,  soil,  cxis" 
tentibus.  Invito,  Minerva,  so.  existente,  against  the  grain;  Crassd 
Minerva,  without  learning.  Hor.  Magistrd  ac  duce  naturd ;  vivis 
fratrihus ;  te  hortatore ;  Ccesdre  impulsore,  &c.  Sometimes  the  sub- 
stantive must  be  supplied;  as,  Nondum  comperto,  quam  regionem 
hostes  pettssent,  i.  e.  cum  nondum  compertum  esset.  Liv.  Turn 
demum  palam  facto,  so.  negotio.  Id.  Excepfo  quod  non  simul  esses, 
ccBtera  Icetus.  Hor.  Parto  quod  avebas.  Id.  In  such  examples  negotio 
must  be  understood,  or  the  rest  of  the  sentence  considered  as  the 
substantive,  which  perhaps  is  more  proper.  Thus  we  find  a  verb 
supply  the  place  of  a  substantive;  as,  Vale  dicto,  having  said  farewell. 
Ovid. 

Obs.  4.  We  sometimes  find  a  substantive  plural  joined  with  a  parti- 
ciple singular ;  as,  Nobis  presente.  Plaut.  Absente  nobis,  Ter.  We 
also  find  the  ablative  absolute,  when  it  refers  to  the  same  person  with 
the  nominative  to  the  verb ;  as,  me  duce,  ad  hunc  voti  Jinem,  me 
milite,  veni.  Ovid.  Amor.  ii.  12.  12.  Lcetos  fecit  se  consule  fastos. 
Lucan.  v.  384.  Populo  spectante  fieri  credam,  quicquid  me  conscio 
faciam.  Senec.  de  Vit.  Beat.  c.  20.  But  examples  of  this  construction 
rarely  occur. 

Obs.  5.  The  ablative  called  absolute  is  governed  by  some  preposition 
understood ;  as,  a,  ab,  cum,  sub,  or  in.  We  find  the  preposition  some- 
times expressed ;  as.  Cum  diis  juvantlbus.  Liv.  The  nominative 
likewise  seems  sometimes  to  be  used  absolutely ;  as,  Perniciosa  libi- 
dine  paulisper  usus,  infirmitas  natura  accusatur.  Sail.  Jug.  1. 

Obs.  6.  The  ablative  absolute  may  be  rendered  several  different 
ways;  thus,  Superbo  regnante,  is  the  same  with  cum,  dum,  or  quando 
Superbus  regndbat.  Operc  per  ado,  is  the  same  with  Post  opus  per- 
actum,  or  Cum  opus  est  peractum.  The  present  participle,  when  used 
in  the  ablative  absolute,  commonly  ends  in  e. 

Obs.  7.  When  a  substantive  is  joined  with  a  participle,  in  English, 
independent  of  the  rest  of  the  sentence,  it  is  expressed  in  the  nomina- 
tive ;  as,  nio  descendente.  He  descending.  But  this  manner  of  speech 
is  seldom  used  except  in  poetry. 


(  267  ) 


11.  FIGURES  OF  SYNTAX. 


A  FIGURE  is  a  manner  of  speaking  different  from 
the  ordinary  and  plain  way,  used  for  the  sake  of 
beauty  or  force. 

The  Figures  of  Syntax  may  be  reduced  to  four 
kinds,  Ellipsis^  Pleonasm^  Enallage^  and  Hyper- 
baton 

1.  ELLIPSIS. 

§  33 5«  Ellipsis  is  the  omission  of  some  word  or  words  necessary 
to  complete  the  regular  Syntax.  When  the  word  to  be  supplied  is  not 
to  be  found  in  any  part  of  the  sentence,  the  Ellipsis  is  termed  strict. 
It  affects  all  the  parts  of  speech ;  thus, 

2.  1.  The  Noun ;  as,  Aiunt,  supply  homines.  2.  The  Adjective ; 
as,  Non  est  oneri  ferendo,  supply  aptus.  3.  The  Pronoun ;  as,  Stu- 
dendum  est,  supply  mihi.  4.  The  Verb ;  as,  Quid  multa,  supply  di- 
cam.     5.  The  Participle ;  as,  Saturno  rege,  supply  ente  or  existente, 

6.  The  Adverb ;  as,  Vulnerantur  amplius  sexcenti,  Cses.  supply  qudm, 

7.  The  Interjection ;  as.  Me  miserum,  supply  O  or  heu,     8.  The  Con- 
junction ;  as  will  be  seen  under  Asyndeton. 

3.  The  Ellipsis  is  termed  lax  or  loose  when  the  word  omitted  may 
be  supplied  from  some  part  of  the  sentence ;  as,  Virtus  (cogebat)  et 
honestas,  (cogebat)  et  pudor  cum  consulihus  esse  cogebat.  Cic.  Un- 
der strict  Ellipsis  are  contained  the  figures.  Apposition,  Synecdoche 
and  Asyndeton.  Under  loose  Ellipsis,  the  figures  Zeugma,  Syllipsis 
and  Prolipsis. 

4.  Apposition  is,  when,  in  putting  two  substantives  together  in  the 
same  case,  existens,  or  the  obsolete  ens,  or  some  other  part  of  the  verb 
Sum  with  a  relative,  is  understood :  as,  Urbs  Roma,  i.  e.  urbs  existens 
or  ens,  or  qucc  est  Roma. 

5.  Synecdoche  is,  when,  instead  of  an  Ablative  of  the  part,  or  of 
the  adjunct,  an  Accusative  is  used,  the  Greek  xata,  secundum,  or  quod 
attinet  ad,  being  understood :  as,  Expleri  (quod  attinet  ad,  or  secun- 
dum) mentem  nequit.  Virg.  ^^.^^^ 

6.  Asyndeton  is  the  omission  of  a  conjunction :  as,  Abiit,  excessit, 
evasit,  erupit,  Cic.  scil.  et. 


268  FIGURES    OF    SYNTAX. 

7.  Zeugma  is,  when  an  Adjective  or  Verb  referring  to  different  sub- 
stantives, is  expressed  to  the  last  only,  with  which  it  agrees,  being- 
understood  to  the  rest:  as,  Et  genusy  et  virtus^  nisi  cum  re,  vilior 
algd  est.  Hor. 

8.  Syllepsis  is,  when  the  adjective  or  verb,  joined  to  different  sub- 
stantives, agrees  with  the  more  worthy.  In  gender  the  Masculine  is 
the  more  worthy :  as,  Ut  templi  tetigere  gradus,  procumhit  uterque 
pronus,  hu7ni,  Ovid.  i.  e.  Deucalion  et  Pyrrha.  In  person  the  First  is 
the  more  worthy :  as,  Sustulimus  manus  et  ego  et  Balbusj  Cic. 

9.  Prolepsis  is,  when  the  parts,  differing  in  number  or  in  person 
from  the  whole,  are  placed  after  it,  the  verb  or  the  adjective  not  being 
repeated ;  as,  Bo7ii  quoniam  convenimus  anfibo,  tu  calamos  injlare 
leves,  ego  dicere  versus,  Virg.  i.  e.  tu  convenisti  bonus  calamos  injlare, 
ego  conveni,  &c. 

2.  PLEONASM. 

§  230«  Pleonasm  adds  unnecessary  words;  as,  Video  oculis,^! 
see  with  my  eyes ;'  Sic  ore  locuta  est,  Virg.  '  Thus  she  spoke  with 
her  mouth.'  Under  Pleonasm  are  comprehended,  Parcelon,  Polysyn- 
deton, Hendiadys,  and  Periphrasis, 

2.  Parcelon  is  the  addition  of  an  unnecessary  syllable  or  particle, 
to  Pronouns,  Verbs,  and  Adverbs,  chiefly,  perhaps,  for  the  sake  of  em- 
phasis :  as,  egomet,  agedum,  fortassean. 

3.  Polysyndeton,  is  a  redundancy  of  conjunctions :  as,  Una,  Eurus- 
que  Notusque  ruunt,  creberque  procellis,  Virg. 

4.  Hendiadys  expresses  one  thing  as  if  it  were  two:  as,  Pateris 
libamus  et  auro,  Virg.  for  aureis  pateris, 

5.  Periphrasis  is,  when  several  words  are  used  to  express  one  thing  : 
as,  Urbs  Trojce,  for  Troja.     Teneri  foetus  ovium,  for  agni. 

6.  Quod  si  oflen  occurs  at  the  beginning  of  a  period  for  Si.  In 
such  cases,  however,  quod  seems  to  refer  to  what  precedes,  to  confirm 
the  connexion  and  to  promote  perspicuity :  it  cannot,  therefore,  be 
strictly  redundant.  It  is  an  accusative  with  propter  or  ad  or  quod  atti- 
mt  ad  understood,  and  may  often  be  translated  '  thence,'  '  because.' 

3.  ENALLAGE. 

§  SST*  Enallage,  in  a  general  sense,  is  the  change  of  words,  or 
of  their  accidents,  one  for  another.  There  are  various  kinds  of  it :  viz. 
Antimeria,  Enallage  (strictly  so  called,)  Heterosis,  and  Antiptosis.  To 
Enallage  may  likewise  be  referred  Synesis,  Anacoluthon,  Hellenis- 
mus,  and  Archaismus. 

2.  Antimeria  puts  one  part  of  speech  for  another:  as,  the  noun  for 
the  pronoun ;  Si  quid  in  Flacco  viri  est,  Hor.  for  in  me,  as  Horace  is 
speaking  of  himself. 


FIGURES    OF   SYNTAX.  269 

3.  Enallage  (strictly  so  named)  is  when  one  word  is  substituted  for 
another,  the  part  of  speech  not  being  changed ;  as  Noun  for  Noun, 
Verb  for  Verb,  &c. :  thus,  the  Noun  substantive  for  the  Noun  adjec- 
tive ;  Exercitus  victor,  for  victoriosus. 

4.  Heterosis  uses  one  Accident,  especially  of  a  noun,  pronoun,  or 
verb,  for  another :  as,  nos,  nobis,  noster,  for  ego,  mihi,  mens. 

5.  Antiptosis  uses  one  case  for  another :  as  the  Nominative  for  the 
Accusative :   Uxor  invicti  Jovis  esse  nescis,  Hor.  for  te  esse  uxorem, 

6.  Synesis  is  when  the  construction  refers  to  the  sense,  rather  than 
to  the  precise  nature  of  a  word :  as.  Clamor  populi,  mirantium  quid 
rei  est,  Liv.  for  mirantis. 

7.  Anacoluthon  is  when  the  Consequents  do  not  agree  with  the 

Antecedents :  as,  Nan  nos  omnes lucro  est,  Ter.  in  which  the 

author  began  as  if  he  intended  to  say  lucro  habemus,  and  ended  as  if 
he  had  said  nobis  omnibus.  As  the  sentence  is,  there  is  no  verb  to 
which  nos  omnes  is  a  nominative. 

8.  Hellenismus,  or  Gr^cismus,  is  in  imitation  of  Greek  construc- 
tion ;  thus,  abstine  irdrum,  Hor.  for  ab  ira. 

9.  Archaism  is  when  an  obsolete  construction  is  used.  Many  ex- 
amples of  this  figure  will  be  found  in  the  first  book  of  Livy :  e.  g.  the 
formulas  of  the  heralds  in  declaring  war. 

4.  HYPERBATON. 

§  338«  Hyperbaton  is  the  transgression  of  that  order  or  arrange- 
ment of  words,  which  is  commonly  used  in  any  language.  It  is  chiefly 
to  be  met  with  among  the  poets.  The  various  sorts  into  which  it  is 
divided,  are  Anastrophe,  Hysteron  proteron,  Hypalldge,  Synchesis, 
Tmesis,  and  Parenthesis. 

1.  Anastrophe  is  an  inversion  of  words,  or  the  placing  of  that  word 
last  which  should  be  first ;  as,  Italiam  contra ;  His  accensa  super ; 
Spemque  metumque  inter  dubii ;  for  contra  Italiam,  super  his,  inter 
spem,  &c.  Virg.     Terram  sol  facit  are,  for  are-facit.  Lucret. 

2.  Hysteron  proteron  is  the  placing  in  the  former  part  of  the 
sentence  that  which,  according  to  the  sense,  should  be  in  the  latter ; 
as,  Valet  atque  vivit,  for  vivit  atque  valet.  Ter. 

3.  Hypallage  is  an  exchanging  of  cases ;  as.  Dare  classibus  austros, 
for  dare  classes  austris.  Virg. 

4.  Synchesis  is  a  confused  and  intricate  arrangement  of  words ;  as, 
Saxa  vocant  Itdli  mediis  qu<B  in  fiuctibus  aras ;  for  Qucb  saxa  in 
mediis  fluctibus  Itdli  vocant  aras.  Virg.     This  occurs  particularly  in . 
violent  passion ;  as.  Per  tibi  ego  hunc  juro  fortem  castumque  cruorem. 
Ovid.  Fast.  ii.  841. 

5.  Tmesis  is  the  division  of  a  compound  word,  and  the  interposing 
of  other  words  betwixt  its  parts ;  as,  Septem  subjecta  trioni  gens,  for 

23* 


270  ANALYSIS    AND    TRANSLATION. 

SepteniriOni.  Yirg,     Qucb  meo  cunque  ammo  libitum  est  facere,  for 
qucBcunque.  Ter. 

6.  Parenthesis  is  the  inserting  of  a  member  into  the  body  of  a 
sentence,  which  isjieither  necessary  to  the  sense,  nor  at  all  affects  the 
construction;  as,  Tityre,  dum  redeo,  (bievis  est  via,)  pasce  capellas. 
Yirg, 

§  239.  III.  ANALYSIS  AND  TRANSLATION. 

The  difficulty  of  translating  either  from  English  into  Latin,  or  from 
Latin  into  English,  arises  in  a  great  measure  from  the  different  arrange- 
ment of  words,  which  takes  place  in  the  two  languages. 

1.  In  Latin  the  various  terminations  of  nouns,  and  the  inflection  of 
adjectives  and  verbs,  point  out  the  relation  of  one  word  to  another,  in 
whatever  order  they  are  placed.  But  in  English  the  agreement  and 
government  of  words  can  only  be  determined  from  the  particular  part 
of  the  sentence  in  which  they  stand.  Thus  in  Latin,  we  can  either 
say,  Alexander  victt  Darium,  or  Darlnm  vicit  Alexander,  or  Alexan- 
der Darium  vicit,  or  Darlum  Alexander  vicit;  and  in  each  instance 
the  sense  is  equally  obvious :  but  in  English  we  can  only  say  Alexan- 
der conquered  Darius.  This  variety  of  arrangement  in  Latin  gives  it 
a  great  advantage  over  the  English,  not  only  in  point  of  energy  and 
vivacity  of  expression,  but  also  in  point  of  harmony.  We  sometimes, 
indeed,  for  the  sake  of  variety  and  force,  imitate  in  English  the  inver- 
sion of  words  w^hich  takes  place  in  Latin ;  as.  Him  the  Eternal  hurVd. 
Milton.  Whom  ye  ignorantly  worship,  him  declare  I  unto  you.  But 
this  is  chiefly  to  be  used  in  poetry. 

With  regard  to  the  proper  order  of  words  to  be  observed  in  translat- 
ing from  English  into  Latin,  the  only  certain  rule  which  can  be  given 
is  to  imitate  the  Classics. 

The  order  of  words  in  sentences  is  said  to  be  either  simple  or  artifi- 
cial ;  or,  as  it  is  otherwise  expressed,  either  natural  or  oratorial. 

2.  The  Simple  or  Natural  order  is,  w^hen  the  words  of  a  sentence 
are  placed  one  after  another,  according  to  the  natural  order  of  Syntax. 

Artificial  or  Oratorial  order  is,  when  words  are  so  arranged,  as  to 
render  them  most  striking  or  most  agreeable  to  the  ear. 

3.  All  Latin  writers  use  an  arrangement  of  words,  which  appears  to 
us  more  or  less  artificial,  because  different  from  our  own,  although  to 
them  it  was  as  natural  as  ours  is  to  us.  In  order,  therefore,  to  render 
any  Latin  author  into  English,  we  must  first  reduce  the  words  in  Latin 
to  the  order  of  English,  which  is  called  the  Analysis,  or  Resolution 
of  sentences.  It  is  only  practice  that  can  teach  one  to  do  this  with 
readiness.  However,  to  a  beginner,  the  observation  of  the  following 
rule  may  be  of  advantage. 

Take  first  the  words  which  serve  to  introduce  the  sentence,  or  show 
its  dependence  on  what  went  before ;  next  the  nominative,  together 


ANALYSIS    AND    TKANSLATION.  271 

with  the  words  which  it  agrees  with  or  governs ;  then,  the  verb  and 
adverbs  joined  with  it ;  and  lastly,  the  cases  which  the  verb  governs, 
together  with  the  circumstances  subjoined,  to  the  end  of  the  sentence ; 
supplying  through  the  whole  the  words  which  are  understood. 

If  the  sentence  is  compound,  it  must  be  resolved  into  the  several 
sentences  of  which  it  is  made  up  ;  as, 

Vale  igitur,  mi  Cicero,  tibique  persuade  esse  ie  quidem  mihi  carisslmum ;  sed 
muUo  fore  cariorem^  si  taXibus  monumentis  prcsceptisque  IcBtabere.  Cic.  Off  lib. 
3.  fin. 

Farewell  then,  my  Cicero,  and  assure  yourself  that  you  are  indeed  very  dear 
tome;  but  shall  be  much  dearer,  if  you  shall  take  delight  in  such  writings  and 
instructions. 

This  compound  sentence  may  be  resolved  into  these  five  simple  sentences; 
1.  Igitur,  mi,  (fili)  Cicero,  (tu)  vale:  2.  et  (tu)  persuade  tibi  (\^se)  te  esse  quidem 
(filium)  carissimum  mihi :  3.  sed  (tu  persuade  tibi  ipsi  te)  fore  (fiUum)  cariorem 
(mihi  in)  mwi^o  (negotio) :  4.  si  (tu)  lastabere  talibus  monumentis:  5.  et  (si  tu  laetabere 
talibus)  prcBceptis. 

1.  Fare  {you)  well  then  my  {son)  Cicero:  2.  and  assure  (you)  yourself  that  you 
are  indeed  (a  son)  very  dear  to  me:  3.  but  (assure  you  yourself  that  you)  shall  be 
(a  son)  much  dearer  (to  me) :  4.  if  you  shall  take  delight  in  such  writings :  5.  and 
{if  you  shall  take  delight  in  such)  instructions. 

It  may  not  be  improper  here  to  exemplify  Analogical  Analysis,  as  it 
is  called,  or  the  analysis  of  words,  from  the  foregoing  sentence,  Vale 
igitur,  &c.  thus, 

Vale,  scii.  tu ;  Fare  {thou)  well :  second  person  singular  of  the  imperative  mode, 
active  voice,  from  the  neuter  verb,  valeo,  valere,  valui,  vaTiturus,  to  be  in  health, 
of  the  second  conjugation,  not  used  in  the  passive.  Vale  agrees  in  the  second 
person  singular  with  the  nominative  tu,  by  the  third  rule  of  s)nitax. 

Igitur,  then,  therefore;  a  conjunction,  importing  some  inference  drawn  from 
what  went  before. 

Mi,  voc.  sing.  masc.  of  the  adjective  pronoun,  meus,  -a,  -um,  my;  derived  from 
the  substantive  pronoun  Ego,  agreeing  with  Cicero,  by  Rule  2.  Cicero,  voc.  sing. 
fix)m  the  nominative  Cicero,  -onis,  a  proper  noun  of  the  third  declension. 

Et,  and ;  a  copulative  conjunction,  which  connects  the  verb  persuade  with  the 
verb  vale,  by  Rule  59.     We  turn  qu£  into  et,  because  que  never  stands  by  itself 

Persuade,  scil.  tu,  persuade  thou;  second  person  singular  of  the  imperative  ac- 
tive, from  the  verb  persua-deo,  -dere,  -si,  -sum,  to  persuade ;  compounded  of  the 
preposition  per,  and  suadeo,  -si,  -sus,  to  advise ;  used  impersonally  in  the  passive ; 
thus,  Persuadetur  mihi,  I  am  persuaded ;  seldom  or  never  Ego  persuadeor.  We 
say,  however,  in  the  third  person.  Hoc  persuadetur  mihi,  I  am  persuaded  of  this. 

Tibi,  dat.  sing,  of  the  personal  pronoun  tu,  thou ;  governed  by  persuade,  accord- 
ing to  Rule  17.     Te,  accusative  sing,  of  tu,  put  before  esse,  according  to  Rule  4. 

Esse,  present  of  infinitive,  from  the  substantive  verb  sum,  esse,  fui,  to  be. 

Quidem,,  indeed ;  an  adverb,  joined  with  carissimum  or  esse. 

Carissimum,  accusative  sing.  masc.  from  carissimus,  -a,  -um,  very  dear,  dearest, 
superlative  degree  of  the  adjective  cams,  -a,  -um,  dear:  Comparative  degree,  carior, 
carius,  dearer,  more  dear;  agreeing  with  te  or  filium  understood,  by  Rule  2.  and 
put  in  the  accusative  by  Rule  5. 

Mihi,  to  me ;  dat.  sing,  of  the  substantive  pronoun  Ego,  I ;  governed  by  carissi- 
mum, by  Rule  12. 

Sed,  but;  an  adversative  conjunction,  joining  esse  and  fore. 


2T2  ANALYSIS    AND    TRANSLATION. 

ForCj  the  same  with  esse  futurufn,  to  be,  or  1o  be  about  to  be,  infinitive  of  the 
defective  verb  forem,  -res,  -ret,  <fec.  governed  in  the  same  manner  with  the  fore- 
going esse,  thas,  te  fore,  Rule  4.  or  thus,  esse  sed  fore.     See  Rule  59. 

Midfo,  scil.  negotio,  ablat.  sing.  neut.  of  the  adjective  multus,  -a,  -tim,  much,  put 
in  the  ablative,  according  to  Observation  5.  Rule  61.  But  multo  here  may  be  taken 
adverbially  in  the  same  manner  with  much  in  English. 

Caribrem,  accus.  sing.  masc.  from  carinr,  -ns,  the  comparative  ofcarus,  as  before  : 
agreeing  with  te  or  fiiium  understood.    Rule  2.  or  Rule  5. 

Si,  if;  a  conditional  conjunction,  joined  either  with  the  indicative  mode,  or  with 
the  subjunctive,  according  to  the  sense,  but  oftener  with  the  latter.  See  Rule  60. 
Obs.  2. 

IxBtabcre,  than  shalt  rejoice ;  second  person  singular  of  the  future  of  the  indica- 
tive, from  the  deponent  verb  IceLor,  Icetdlus,  LcBtdri,  to  rejoice.  Future,  Icet-dbor, 
-dberis  or  -dbere,  -dbiiur,  &c. 

Tatibus,  ablat.  plur.  neut.  of  the  adjective  talis,  tale,  such ;  agreeing  with  monu- 
mentis,  the  ablat.  plur.  of  the  substantive  noun  monumentum,  -ti,  neut.  a  monument 
or  writing;  of  the  second  declension  ;  derived  from  moneo,  -ere,  -ui,  -Itum,  to  ad- 
monish; here  put  in  the  ablative  according  to  Rule  49.  Et,  a  copulative  conjunc- 
tion, as  before. 

PrcBceplis,  a  substantive  noun  in  the  ablative  plural,  from  the  nominative  prcs- 
cep'um,  -ti,  neut.  a  precept,  an  instruction ;  derived  from  prcecipio,  -cipere,  -cepi, 
-ceptum,  to  instruct,  to  order,  compounded  of  the  preposition  prcB,  before,  and  the 
verb  capio,  capere,  cepi,  captiim,  to  take.  The  a  of  the  simple  is  changed  into  i 
short ;  thus,  prcecipio,  pr&clpis,  &c. 

The  learner  may  in  like  manner  be  taught  to  analyze  the  words  in  English,  and, 
in  doing  so,  to  mark  the  different  idioms  of  the  two  languages. 

To  this  may  be  subjoined  a  Praxis,  or  Exercise  on  all  the  diflerent  parts  of  gram- 
mar, particularly  with  regard  to  the  inflection  of  nouns  and  verbs  in  the  form  of 
questions,  such  as  these,  of  Cicero?  Ciceronis.  With  Cicero?  Cicerone.  A  dear 
8on?  Cams  fdius.  Of  a  dear  son?  Cari  filii.  O  my  dear  son?  Mi  or  mens  care 
fUi.    Of  dearer  sons  ?  Caridrum  filiorum,  &c. 

Of  thee  ?  or  of  you  ?  Tui.  With  thee  or  you  ?  Te.  Of  you  ?  Vestrum  or  vestri. 
With  you  ?   Vobis. 

They  shall  persuade  ?  Persuadebunt.  I  can  persuade  ?  Pcrsnadeam,  or  much 
more  frequently  possum  persuadere.  They  are  persuaded  ?  Persuadelur  or  per- 
sudsum  est  iilis;  according  to  the  time  expressed.  He  is  to  persuade  ?  Estper- 
suasurus.  He  will  be  persuaded  ?  Persuadebrlur,  or  persiidsum  erit  illi.  He  can- 
not be  persuaded  ?  Non  potest  persuaderi  illi.  I  know  that  he  cannot  be  per- 
suaded ?  Scio  non  posse  persuaderi  illi.  That  he  will  be  persuaded.  Eipersud- 
sum  iri. 

When  a  learner  first  begins  to  translate  from  the  Latin,  he  should 
keep  as  strictly  to  the  literal  meaning  of  the  words  as  the  different 
idioms  of  the  two  languages  will  permit.  But  after  he  has  made  far- 
ther progress,  something  more  will  be  requisite.  He  should  then  be 
accustomed,  as  much  as  possible,  to  transfuse  the  beauties  of  an  author 
from  the  one  language  into  the  other.  For  this  purpose  it  will  be  ne- 
cessary that  he  be  acquainted,  not  only  with  the  idioms  of  the  two  lan- 
guages, but  also  with  the  different  kinds  of  style  adapted  to  different 
sorts  of  composition,  and  to  different  subjects;  together  with  the  va- 
rious turns  of  thought  and  expression  which  writers  employ,  or  what 
are  called  the  figures  of  words  and  of  thought;  or  the  Figures  of 
Rhetoric. 


DIFFERENT  KINDS  OF  STYLE.  273 

§  240.  IV.  DIFFERENT  KINDS  OF  STYLE. 

1.  The  kinds  of  Style  {genera  dicendi)  are  commonly  reckoned 
three ;  the  low,  {humlle,  subrnissum,  tenue ;)  the  middle,  (medium, 
temper dtum,  orndtum,  Jloridum ;)  and  the  sublime,  {sublime,  grande.) 

2.  But  besides  these,  there  are  various  other  characters  of  style;  as, 
the  diffuse  and  concise;  the  feeble  and  nervous;  the  simple  and 
affected,  &c. 

3.  There  are  different  kinds  of  style  adapted  to  different  subjects, 
and  to  different  kinds  of  composition ;  the  style  of  the  Pulpit,  of  the 
Bar,  and  of  Popular  Assemblies ;  the  style  of  History,  and  of  its  vari- 
ous branches,  Annals,  Memoirs  or  Commentaries,  and  Lives ;  the  style 
of  Philosophy,  of  Dialogue  or  Colloquial  discourse,  of  Epistles,  and 
Romance,  &c. 

4.  There  is  also  a  style  peculiar  to  certain  writers,  called  their  Man^ 
ner ;  as,  the  style  of  Cicero,  of  Livy,  of  Sallust,  &c. 

5.  But  what  deserves  particular  attention  is,  the  difference  between 
the  style  of  poetry  and  of  prose.  As  the  poets  in  a  manner  paint  what 
they  describe,  they  employ  various  epithets,  repetitions,  and  turns  of 
expression,  which  are  not  admitted  in  prose. 

6.  The  first  virtue  of  style  (virtus  orationis)  is  perspicuity ;  or  that 
it  be  easily  understood.  This  requires,  in  the  choice  of  the  words, 
1.  Purity,  in  opposition  to  barbarous,  obsolete,  or  new-coined  words, 
and  to  errors  in  Syntax :  2.  Propriety,  or  the  selection  of  the  best  ex- 
pressions, in  opposition  to  vulgarisms  or  low  expressions :  3.  Precision, 
in  opposition  to  superfluity  of  words,  or  a  loose  style. 

7.  The  things  chiefly  to  be  attended  to  in  the  structure  of  a  sen- 
tence, or  in  the  disposition  of  its  parts,  are,  1.  Clearness,  in  opposition 
to  ambiguity  and  obscurity :  2.  Unity  and  Strength,  in  opposition  to 
an  unconnected,  intricate  and  feeble  sentence :  3.  Harmony,  or  a  mu- 
sical arrangement,  in  opposition  to  harshness  of  sound. 

The  most  common  defects  of  style  (vitia  orationis)  are  distinguished 
by  various  names : 

§  34 1«  1.  A  BARBARISM  is  the  using  of  a  foreign  or  strange  word : 
as,  croftus,  for  agellus ;  rigorosus,  for  rigidus  or  severus ;  alter  are, 
for  mutdre,  &c.  Or,  a  transgression  of  the  rules  of  Orthography,  Ety- 
mology, or  Prosody ;  as,  charus,  for  carus ;  stavi,  for  steti ;  tibicen, 
for  tibicen, 

2.  A  SOLECISM  is  a  transgression  of  the  rules  of  Syntax ;  as,  Dicit 
libros  lectos  iri,  for  ledum  iri :  We  was  walking,  for  we  were.  A 
barbarism  may  consist  in  one  word,  but  a  solecism  requires  several 
words. 

3.  An  iDioTisM  is  the  using  of  a  manner  of  expression  peculiar  to 
one  language  in  another ;  as  an  Anglicism  in  Latin,  thus,  I  am  to 
write.  Ego  sum  scribere,  for  ego  sum  scripturus ;  It  is  I,  Est  ego  for 


274  FiGUIiES    OF    EIIEToniC. 

Ego  sum :  Or  a  Latinism  in  English,  thus,  Est  sapientior  mr,  He  is 
wiser  than  me,  for  than  I;  Quern  dicunt  me  esse  1  Whom  do  they  say 
that  I  am  1  for  who^  &c. 

4.  Tautology  is  a  useless  repetition  of  the  same  words,  or  of  the 
same  sense  in  different  words 

5.  Bombast  is  the  using  of  high  sounding  words  without  meaning, 
or  upon  a  trifling  occasion. 

6.  Amphibology  is  when,  by  the  ambiguity  of  the  construction,  the 
meaning  may  be  taken  in  two  difterent  senses:  as  in  the  answer  of  the 
oracle  to  Pyrrhus,  Aio  te^  JEaclde^  Romdnos  vincere  posse.  But  the 
English  is  not  so  liable  to  this  as  the  Latin. 

§  242.  V.  FIGURES  OF  RHETORIC. 

Certain  modes  of  speech  are  termed  Figurative,  because  they  con- 
vey our  meaning  under  a  borrowed  form,  or  in  a  particular  dress. 

Figures  {figiirce  or  schemata)  are  of  two  .kinds :  figures  of  words 
(^JigvrcB  verborum^  and  figures  of  thought  {figures  sententidrum,) 
The  former  are  properly  called  Tropes ;  and  if  the  word  be  changed, 
the  figure  is  lost. 

1.  TROPES,  OR  FIGURES  OF  WORDS. 

§  243«  A  Trope  (conversio)  is  an  elegant  turning  of  a  word 
from  its  proper  signification. 

Tropes  take  their  rise  partly  from  the  barrenness  of  language,  but  more  from  the 
influence  of  the  imagination  and  passions.  They  are  founded  on  the  relation  which 
one  object  bears  to  another,  chiefly  that  of  resemblance  or  similitude. 

The  principal  tropes  are  the  Metaphor,  Metonymy,  Synecdoche,  and 
Irony. 

1.  Metaphor  (translatio)  is  when  a  word  is  transferred  from  that  to 
which  it  properly  belongs,  to  express  something  to  which  it  is  only 
applied  from  similitude  or  resemblance ;  as,  a  hard  heart :  a  soft  tem- 
per :  he  bridles  his  anger :  a  joyful  crop :  ridet  ager,  the  field  smiles, 
&c.     A  metaphor  is  nothing  else  but  a  short  comparison. 

We  likewise  call  that  a  metaphor,  when  we  substitute  one  object  in  the  place 
of  another  on  account  of  the  close  resemblance  between  them  ;  as  when,  instead 
of  youtJi,  we  say,  the  morning  or  spring-iime  of  life ;  or  when,  in  speaking  of  a 
family  connected  with  a  common  parent,  we  use  the  expressions  which  properly 
belong  to  a  tree,  whose  trunk  and  branches  are  connected  with  a  common  root. 
When  this  allusion  is  carried  on  through  several  sentences,  or  through  a  whole 
discourse,  and  the  principal  subject  kept  out  of  view,  so  that  it  can  only  be  disco- 
vered by  its  resemblance  to  the  subject  described,  it  is  called  an  Allegory.  An 
example  of  this  we  have  in  Horace,  book  I.  ode  14.  where  the  republic  is  described 
under  the  allusion  of  a  ship. 

2.  An  ALLEGORY  is  only  a  continued  metaphor.  This  figure  is  much  the 
same  with  the  Parable,  which  so  often  occurs  in  the  sacred  scriptures ;  and  with 
the  Fable,  such  as  those  of  /Esop.  The  j^nigma  or  Riddle  is  also  considered  as  a 
species  of  the  Allegory;  as  likewise  are  many  Proter6s  {Troverhla  ot  Adagia;) 
thus,  In  si/hcim  Igna  ferre.  Ilorat. 


PIOUHES    OF   RHETOIirC.  275 

Metaphors  are  improper  when  they  are  taken  Jrom  low  objects ;  wlien  they  aro 
forced  or  far  lotched ;  when  they  are  mixed  or  too  far  pursued;  and  when  the y^ 
have  not  a  natural  and  sensible  resemblance  ;  or  are  not  adapted  to  the  subject  of 
discourae,  or  to  the  kind  of  composition,  whether  poetry  or  prose. 

When  a  word  is  very  much  turned  from  its  proper  signification,  the  ligure  is 
called  Cafachre^is  '{ahusio ;)  as,  a  leaf  of  paper,  of  gold,  <^c.  ,•  the  ew/>/r£^  flourished ; 
parriclda,  lor  any  murderer.  Vir  gregis  ipse  caper.  Virg.  AUum  sdlf  icant  caput. 
Juv.  Hanc  vobis  deridendum  propino,  for  trado.  Ter.  Earns  per  Siculas  equitavit 
uTidas.  Hot. 

When  a  word  is  taken  in  two  senses  in  the  same  phrase,  the  one  proper  and  the 
other  metaphorical,  it  is  said  to  be  done  by  SyUepsis,  (comprehensio ;)  as,  Galatea 
thy  mo  miki  dulcior  Hyblas.  Virg.     Ego  Sardois  videar  tibi  amarior  herbis.  Id. 

3.  Metonymy  (mutatio  nominis)  is  the  putting  off  one  name  for 
another.  In  which  sense  it  includes  all  other  tropes:  but  it  is  com- 
monly restricted  to  the  following  particulars : — 

4.  When  the  cause  is  put  for  the  effect :  or  the  author  for  his  works : 
as,  Bourn  lahores^  for  corn ;  Mars,  for  war ;  Ceres,  for  grain  or  bread  ; 
Bacchus,  for  wine.  Virg.     Cicero,  Virgil  and  Horace,  for  their  works. 

5.  When  the  effect  is  put  for  the  cause :  as,  Pallida  mors,  pale 
death,  because  it  makes  pale :  atra  cura,  &c. 

6.  The  container  for  what  is  contained,  and  sometimes  the  contrary ; 
as,  Hausit  pateram,  for  vinum.  Virg.  He  loves  his  bottle,  for  his 
drink. 

7.  The  sign  for  the  thing  signified :  as.  The  crown,  for  royal  au- 
thority ;  pahna  or  laurus,  for  victory ;  Cedant  arma  togcB,  that  is,  as 
Cicero  himself  explains  it,  bellum  concedat  pad. 

8.  An  abstract  for  the  concrete :  as,  Scelits,  for  scelestus.  Ter.  Aw- 
dacia,  for  audax.  Cic.      Vires,  for  strong  men.  Hor. 

9.  The  parts  of  the  body  for  certain  passions  or  sentiments,  which 
were  supposed  to  reside  in  them :  thus,  cor,  for  wisdom  or  address ;  as, 
habet  cor ;  vir  corddtus,  a  man  of  sense.  Plaut.  But  with  us  the 
heart  is  put  for  courage  or  affection,  and  the  head  for  wisdom :  thus,  a 
stout  heart,  a  warm  heart. 

10.  When  we  put  what  follows  to  express  what  goes  before,  or  the 
contrary,  this  form  of  expression  is  called  Metalepsis,  {transmutatio ;) 
thus,  desiderdri,  to  be  desired  or  regretted,  for  to  be  dead,  lost,  or  ab- 
sent: So,  Fuimus  Troes  cf*  ingens  gloria  Dardanics,  i.  e.  are  no 
more.  Virg.  iEn.  ii.  325. 

§  244«  Synecdoche  (comprehensio  or  conceptifii)  is  a  trope  by 
which  a  word  is  made  to  signify  more  or  less  than  in  its  proper  sense : 
as, 

1.  When  a  genus  is  put  for  a  species,  or  a  whole  for  a  part,  and  the 
contrary  :  thus,  Morldles,  for  homines ;  summa  arbor,  for  summa  pars 
arb(jris ;  tectum,  the  roof,  for  the  whole  house.  Virg. 


270  FIGURES    OF   EHETOHTC. 

2.  When  a  singular  is  put  for  a  plural,  and  the  contrary :  thus,  Hos- 
tis,  miles,  pedes,  eques,  for  hostes,  &c. 

3.  When  the  materials  are  put  for  the  things  made  of  them :  as,  JEs 
or  argentum,  for  money ;  csra,  for  vases  of  brass,  trumpets,  arms,  &c. ; 
ferrum,  for  a  sword. 

4.  When  a  common  name  is  put  for  a  proper  name,  or  the  contrary, 
the  figure  is  called  Antonomasia  (pronominatio  ;)  as,  the  Philosopher, 
for  Aristotle ;  the  Orator,  for  Demosthenes  or  Cicero ;  the  Poet,  for 
Homer  or  Virgil ;  the  Wise  man,  for  Solomon. 

5.  An  Antonomasia  is  often  made  by  a  Periphrasis ;  as,  Pelopis  pa- 
rens, for  Tantalus ;  Anyti  reus,  for  Socrates ;  Trojdni  belli  scriptor, 
for  Homerus ;  Chironis  alumnus,  for  Achilles;  Potor  Rhoddni,  for 
Gallus.  Hor.  sometimes  with  the  noun  added ;  as,  Fatdlis  et  incestus 
judex,  famosus  hospes,  for  Paris.  Hor. 

6.  Irony  is  when  one  means  the  contrary  of  what  is  said :  as,  when 
we  say  of  a  bad  poet,  He  is  a  Virgil ;  or  of  a  profligate  person,  Tertius 
€  ccdo  cecidit  Cato. 

7.  When  any  thing  is  said  by  way  of  bitter  raillery,  or  in  an  insult- 
ing manner,  it  is  called  a  Sarcasm;  as,  Satia  te  sanguine,  Cyre, 
Justin.     KespenaLUimetirejacc7is.  Virg. 

8.  When  an  affirmation  is  expressed  in  a  negative  form,  it  is  called 
Litotes  :  as.  He  is  no  fool,  for  he  is  a  man  of  sense ;  Non  humilis 
mulier,  for  nohilis  or  superba. 

9.  When  a  word  has  a  meaning  contrary  to  its  original  sense,  this 
contrariety  is  called  Antiphrasis  :  as,  auri  sacra  fames,  for  execra- 
hllis.  Virg.  Pontus  Euxini  falso  nomine  dictus,  i.  e.  hospitdlis. 
Ovid. 

10.  When  any  thing  sad  or  offensive  is  expressed  in  more  gentle 
terms,  the  figure  is  called  Euphemismus  ;  as.  Vita  functus,  for  mortuus ; 
conclamdre  suos,  to  give  up  for  lost.  Liv.  Valeant,  for  abeant ; 
mactdre  or  ferire,  for  occidere ;  Fecerunt  id  servi  Milonis,  quod  suos 
quisque  servos  in  tali  re  facire  voluisset,  i.  e.  Clodium  interfecerunt, 
Cic.     This  figure  is  often  the  same  with  the  Periphrasis. 

The  Periphrasis,  or  Circumlocution,  is  when  several  words  are 
employed  to  express  what  might  be  expressed  in  fewer.  This  is  done 
either  from  necessity,  as  in  translating  from  one  language  into  an- 
other :  or  to  explain  what  is  obscure,  as  in  definitions :  or  for  the  sake 
of  ornament,  particularly  in  poetry,  as  in  the  descriptions  of  evening 
and  morning,  &c. 

When,  after  explaining  an  obscure  word  or  sentence  by  a  peri- 
phrasis, one  enlarges  ovy  the  thought  of  the  author,  the  figure  is  called 
a  Paraphrase. 

When  a  word  imitates  the  sound  of  the  thing  signified,  this  imita- 
tion is  called  Oiiomatopaia,  (nominis  fictio  ;)  as,  the  whistling  of 


FIGURES    OF    KHETORIC.  277 

winds,  purling  of  streams,  buzz  and  hjim  of  insects,  hiss  of  serpents, 
&c.     But  this  figure  is  not  properly  a  trope. 

It  is  sometimes  difficult  to  ascertain  to  which  of  the  above  mentioned 
tropes  certain  expressions  ought  to  be  referred.  But  in  such  cases 
minute  exactness  is  needless.  It  is  sufficient  to  know,  in  general,  that 
the  expression  is  figurative. 

There  are  a  great  many  tropes  peculiar  to  every  language,  which 
cannot  be  literally  expressed  in  any  other.  These,  therefore,  if  pos- 
sible, must  be  rendered  by  other  figurative  expressions  equivalent :  and 
if  this  cannot  be  done,  their  meaning  should  be  conveyed  in  simple 
language;  thus.  Interior e  notd  Falerni,  with  a  glass  of  old  Faler- 
nian  wine :  Ad  umbilicum  ducere^  to  bring  to  a  conclusion.  Horat. 
These,  and  other  such  figurative  expressions,  cannot  be  properly  ex- 
plained without  understanding  the  particular  customs  to  which  they 
refer. 

§  245.  2.  REPETITION  OF  WORDS. 

Various  repetitions  of  words  arc  employed  for  the  sake  of  elegance 
or  force,  and  are  therefore  also  called  Figures  of  words.  Rhetoricians 
have  distinguished  them  by  different  names,  according  to  the  part  of 
the  sentence  in  which  they  take  place. 

1 .  When  the  same  word  is  repeated  in  the  beginning  of  any  member  of  a  sen- 
tence, it  is  called  Anaphora;  as,  Nihilne  te  nocturnum  prcBsidium  palatii,  nihil  urhis 
vigilicB,  &c.  Cic.  Te  dulcis  conjux,  te  solo  in  littore  secum,  Te  veniente  die,  te  decen- 
dente  canehat.  Virg. 

2.  When  the  repetition  is  made  in  the  end  of  the  member,  it  is  called  Epistro- 
PHE,  or  Conversio ;  as,  Pcenos  Fopulus  Romdnus  justitia  vicit,  armis  vicit,  lihera- 
litate  vicit.  Cic.  Sometimes  both  the  former  occur  in  the  same  sentence,  and  then 
it  is  called  Symploce,  or  Complexio;  as,  Quis  legem  tulit?  Rullus.  Quis,  &c. 
Rullus.  Cic. 

3.  When  the  same  word  is  repeated  in  the  beginning  of  the  first  clause  of  a  sen- 
tence, and  in  the  end  of  the  latter,  it  is  called  Epanalepsis  ;  as,  Vidimus  victoriam 
tuam  prcdibrum  exita  terminatum ;  gladium  vagina  vacuum  in  urbe  non  vidimus. 
Cic.  pro  Marcello. 

4.  The  reverse  of  the  former  is  called  Anadiplosis,  or  Reduplicaiio ;  as,  Hie 
tamen  vivit :  vivit !  imo  in  sendtum  venit.  Cic. 

5.  When  that  which  is  placed  first  in  the  foregoing  member,  is  repeated  last  in 
the  following,  and  the  contrary,  it  is  called  Epanodos,  or  Regressio ;  as,  Crudelis 
tu  quoque  mater ;  Crudelis  mater  magis  an  puer  imprubus  ille  ?  Improbus  ille  pwer, 
crudelis  tu  quoque  mater.  Virg. 

6.  The  passionate  repetition  of  the  same  word  in  any  part  of  a  sentence  is  called 
Epizeuxis;  as,  Excitdte,  exitdle  eum  ab  inferis.  Cic.  Fuit,  fuit  isfa  virtus,  &c.  Id. 
Me,  me,  adsum  qui  feci,  in  me  convertite  ferrum.  Virg.  Bella,  horrtda  bella.  Id. 
Ibtmus,  ibtmus.  Hot. 

7.  When  we  proceed  from  one  thing  to  another,  so  as  to  connect  by  the  same 
word  the  subsequent  part  of  a  sentence  with  the  preceding,  it  is  called  Climax,  or 
Gradatio;  as,  Africdno  virtUtem  induslria,  virtus  gloriam,  gloria  cemulos  compard- 
vit.  Cic. 

24 


278  FIGURES    OF    RIIETOmC. 

8.  When  tho  snrne  word  is  repeated  in  various  cases,  moods,  genders,  numbcrg, 
&c.  it  is  called  Poi.yptoton  ;  as,  Fltmi  simt  onines  lihri,  -plencB.  sapientum  voces, 
plena  exemplorum  vetustas.  Cic.  Litivra  liUor%us  contraria,  jiuctibus  undas  im- 
precor,  arma  armis.  Virg. 

9.  To  this  is  usually  referred  what  is  called  Synonymia,  or  the  using  of  words 
of  the  same  import,  to  express  a  thing  more  strongly  ;  as,  Non  fcram,  non  patiar, 
non  sinam.  Cic.  Promitto,  recipio,  spondeo.  Id.  And  also  Expositio,  which  repeats 
the  same  thought  in  different  lights. 

10.  When  a  word  is  repeated  the  same  in  sound,  but  not  in  sense,  it  is  called 
Antanaclasis  ;  as,  Amdri  jucimdum  est,  si  curetur  ne  quid  insit  amari.  Cic.  But 
this  is  reckoned  a  defect  in  style,  rather  than  a  beauty.  Nearly  allied  to  this  figure 
is  the  Paronomasia,  or  Agnominatio,  when  the  words  only  resemble  one  another 
in  sound  ;  as,  Civem  honarum  arliiim,  honarmn  partiiim  ;  Consul  pravo  antmo  and 
parvo :  de  oratore  arulor  f actus.  Cic.  Amantes  sunt  amentes.  Ter.  This  is  also 
called  a  Pun. 

11.  When  two  or  more  words  are  joined  in  any  part  of  a  sentence  in  the  same 
cases  or  tenses,  it  is  called  Homoioptoton,  i.  e.  similiter  cadens,  as,  Pollet  ancto- 
ritate,  circumfiuit  oplbus,  abundat  am'icis.  Cic.  If  the  words  have  only  a  similar 
termination,  it  is  called  HoxMOIOTeleuton,  i.  e.  similiter  desinens;  as,  Non  ejusdem 
estfacerefort^fer,  and  vivere  turplter.  Cic. 

§  246«  a  FIGURES  OF  THOUGHT. 

It  is  not  easy  to  reduce  figures  of  thought  to  distinct  classes,  be- 
cause the  same  figure  is  employed  for  several  different  purposes. — 
The  principal  are  tiie  Hyperbole,  Prosopopce'ia,  Apostrophe^  Simile, 
Antithesis,  &c. 

1.  Hyperpole  is  the  magnifying  of  a  thing  above  the  truth ;  as, 
when  Virgil,  speaking  of  Polyphemus,  says,  Ipse  arduus,  altaque  pulsat 
sidera.  So,  Contracta  pisces  cequora  sentiunt.  Hor.  When  an  object 
is  diminished  below  the  truth,  it  is  called  Tapeinosis.  The  use  of 
extravagant  Hyperboles  forms  what  is  called  Bombast. 

2.  Prosopopceia,  or  Personification,  is  a  figure  by  which  we  ascribe 
life,  sentiments,  or  actions,  to  inanimate  beings,  or  to  abstract  qualities; 
as,  QucR  ipatrid)  tecum.  Catilina,  sic  agit,  &c.  Cic.  Virtus  sumit 
out  ponit  secures.  Hor.     Arbore  nunc  aquas  culpante.  Id. 

3.  Apostrophe,  or  Address,  is  when  the  speaker  breaks  off  from 
the  series  of  his  discourse,  and  addresses  himself^  to  some  person  present 
or  absent,  living  or  dead,  or  to  inanimate  nature,  as  if  endowed  with 
sense  and  reason.  This  figure  is  nearly  allied  to  the  former,  and  there- 
fore oflen  joined  with  it:  as,  Trojdque  nunc  stares,  Priamlque  arx 
alta  maneres.  Virg. 

4.  Simile,  or  Comparison,  is  a  figure  by  which  one  thing  is  illus- 
trated or  heightened  by  comparing  it  to  another :  as,  Alexander  was  as 
hold  as  a  lion. 

5.  Antithesis,  or  Opposition;  is  a  figure  by  which  things  contrary 
or  different  are  contrasted,  to  make  them  appear  in  the  most  striking 


FIGURES    OF    ilIIET«RlC.  279 

light ;  as,  Hannibal  was  cnnning^  hut  Fabius  was  cautious.  Ccesar 
beneficiis  ac  munificentid  magnus  habebdtur,  integritdte  vitcs  Cato, 
&c.  Sail.  Cat.  54. 

6.  Interrogation,  (Grasc.  Erotesls,)  is  a  figure  whereby  we  do  not 
simply  ask  a  question,  but  express  some  strong  feeling  or  affection  of 
the  mind  in  that  form:  as,  Quousque  tandem,  &c.  Cic.  Creditis 
avectos  hostes  ?  Virg.  Heu !  qucB  me  ccquora  possunt  accipere.  Id. 
Sometimes  an  answer  is  returned,  in  which  case  it  is  called  Subjectio  ; 
as,  Quid  ergo  7  audacisslmus  ego  ex  oinnlhus  ?  minlme.  Cic.  Nearly 
allied  to  this  is  Expostulation,  when  a  person  pleads  with  offenders  to 
return  to  their  duty. 

7.  Exclamation  (Ecphonesis)  is  a  sudden  expression  of  some  pas- 
sion or  emotion ;  as,  O  nomen  dulce  lihertdtis,  &c.  Cic.  O  tempora, 
O  mores !  Id.     O  patria !  O  Divum  domus  Ilium !  &c.  Virg. 

8.  Description,  or  Imagery,  {Hypotyposis)  is  the  painting"  of  any 
thing  in  a  lively  manner,  as  if  done,  before  our  eyes.  Hence  it  is  also 
called  Vision ;  as,  Videor  mihi  hanc  urbem  videre,  &c.  Cic.  in  Cat. 
iv.  6.  Videre  magnos  jam  videor  duces,  Non  indccoro  pulvere  sor- 
didos.  Hor.  Here  a  change  of  tense  is  often  used,  as  the  present  for 
the  past,  and  conjunctions  omitted,  &,c.  Virg.  xi.  637,  &c. 

9.  Emphasis  is  a  particular  stress  of  voice  laid  on  some  word  in  a 
sentence ;  as,  Hanntbal  peto  pacem.  Li  v.  Froh  !  Jupiter  ibit  hic  ! 
i.  e.  JEneas.  Virg. 

10.  Epanortiiosis,  or  Correction,  is  the  recalling  or  correcting  by 
the  speaker  of  what  he  last  said ;  as,  Filium  habui,  ah !  quid  dixi 
habere  me  ?  imo  habui.  Tier. 

11.  Paralepsis,  or  Omission,  is  the  pretending  to  omit,  or  pass  by, 
what  one  at  the  same  time  declares. 

12.  Aparithmesis,  or  Enumeration,  is  the  branching  out  into  seve- 
ral parts  of  what  might  be  expressed  in  fewer  words. 

13.  Synathroismus,  or  Coacervatio,  is  the  crowding  of  many  parti- 
culars together ;  as, 

Faces  in  castra  tidissem. 


Implessemque  foros  flammis,  natumque,  patremqne 
Cum  genere  exUnxem,  memet  super  ipsa  dedissem.  Virg. 

14.  Incrementum,  or  Climax  in  sense,  is  the  rising  of  one  member 
above  another  to  the  highest ;  as,  Facinus  est  vinclre  civem  Roma- 
num,  scelus  verberdre,  parricidium  necdre.  Cic. 

When  all  the  circumstances  of  an  object  or  action  are  artfully  ex- 
aggerated, it  is  called  Auxesis,  or  Amplification.  But  this  is  pro- 
perly not  one  figure,  but  the  skilful  employment  of  several,  chiefly  of 
the  Simile  and  the  Climax. 


280  FIGUilES    OF   RHETORIC. 

15.  Transition  (Aletabdsis)  is  an  abrupt  introduction  of  a  speech; 
or  the  passing  of  a  writer  suddenly  from  one  subject  to  another ;  as, 
Hor.  Od.  ii.  13.  13.  In  strong*  passion,  a  change  of  person  is  some- 
times used ;  as,  Virg.  ^En.  iv.  365,  &c.  xi.  406,  &c. 

16.  SusPENsio,  or  SustentatiOf  is  the  keeping  of  the  mind  of  the 
hearer  long  in  suspense ;  to  which  the  Latin  inversion  of  words  is 
often  made  subservient. 

17.  CoNCEssio  is  the  yielding  of  one  thing  to  obtain  another ;  as, 
Sit  fur,  sit  sacrilegus,  &c.  at  est  bonus  imperdtor.  Cic.  in  Ver- 
rem,  v.  1. 

18.  Prolepsis,  Prevention  or  Anticipation,  is  the  starting  and  an- 
swering of  an  objection. 

19.  Anacoinosis,  or  Cormnunication,  is  when  the  speaker  deliberates 
with  the  judges  of  hearers ;  which  is  also  called  Diaporesis  or  Addu- 
hitatio. 

20.  LicENTiA,  or  the  pretending  to  assume  more  freedom  than  is 
proper,  is  used  for  the  sake  of  admonishing,  rebuking,  and  also  flatter- 
ing ;  as,  Vide  quam  non  reformidem,  &c.  Cic.  pro  Ligario. 

21.  Aposiopesis,  or  Concealment,  leaves  the  sense  incomplete ;  as, 
Quos  ego sed  prcestat  motos  componere  Jluctus.  Virg. 

22.  Sententia  {Gnome)  a  sentiment,  is  a  general  maxim  concern- 
ing life  or  manners,  which  is  expressed  in  various  forms ;  as,  Otium 
sine  Uteris  mors  est.  Seneca.  Aded  iji  teneris  assuescere  multum 
est.  Virg.  Probitas  lauddtur  et  alget ;  Misera  est  magni  custodia 
census ;  Nobilitas  sola  est  atque  unlca  virtus.  Juv. 

23.  As  most  of  these  figures  are  used  by  orators,  and  some  of  them 
only  in  certain  parts  of  their  speeches,  it  will  be  proper  for  the  learner 
to  know  the  parts  into  which  a  regular,  formal  oration  is  commonly  di- 
vided. These  are,  1.  The  Introduction,  the  Exordium,  or  Procemium, 
to  gain  the  good  will  and  attention  of  the  hearers :  2«  The  Narration 
or  Explication:  3.  The  argumentative  part,  which  includes  Confirma- 
tion or  proof,  and  Confutation,  or  refuting  the  objections  and  argu- 
ments of  an  adversary.  The  sources  from  which  arguments  are  drawn 
are  called  hod,  '  topics;'  and  are  either  intrinsic  or  extrinsic  :  common 
or  peculiar.     4.  The  Peroration,  Epilogue,  or  Conclusion, 


(281) 


PROSODY. 


§  1«  Prosody  is  that  part  of  grammar  which  teaches  the  proper  ac- 
cent and  quantity  of  syllables,  the  right  pronunciation  of  words,  and 
the  measures  of  verse. 

§  2«  Accent  is  a  particular  stress  of  the  voice  upon  certain  syllables 
of  words. 

§  3*  The  quantity  of  a  syllable  is  the  space  of  time  used  in  pro- 
nouncing it. 

§  4«  Syllables,  with  respect  to  their  quantity,  are  either  long, 
short,  or  common. 

§  5©  A  long  syllable  in  pronouncing  requires  double  the  time  of  a 
sJiort  one  ;  as,  tendere. 

§  G*  A  syllable  that  is  sometimes  long,  and  sometimes  short,  is 
common ;  as  the  second  syllable  in  volucris. 

§  T«  A  vowel  is  said  to  be  long  or  short  by  nature,  which  is  always 
so  by  custom,  or  by  the  use  of  the  poets. 

§  8«  In  polysyllables,  or  long  words,  the  last  syllable  except  one  is 
called  the  Penultima,  or,  by  contraction,  the  Penult;  and  the  last 
syllable  except  two,  the  Antepenultima,  or  Antepenult, 

§  9«  When  the  quantity  of  a  syllable  is  not  fixed  by  some  particular 
rule,  it  is  said  to  be  long  or  short  by  authority ;  that  is,  according  to 
the  usage  of  the  poets.  Thus  le  in  lego  is  said  to  be  short  by  authority, 
because  it  is  always  made  short  by  the  Latin  poets. 

^  ll_r«  In  most  Latin  words  of  one  or  two  syllables,  according  to  our  manner 
of  pronouncing,  we  can  hardly  distinguish  by  the  ear  a  long  syllable  from  a  short. 
Thus  le  in  lego  and  legi  seem  to  be  sounded  equally  long;  but  when  we  pronounce 
them  in  composition,  the  difference  is  obvious ;  thus,  perlego,  perlegi ;  relego,  -ere ; 
relego,  -are,  &c. 

RULES  FOR  THE  QUANTITY. 

The  rules  of  quantity  are  either  General  or  Special.  The  former 
apply  to  all  syllables,  the  latter  onlv  to  some  certain  syllables. 

24* 


282  THE   QUANTITY    OF   SYLLABLES. 

GENERAL  RULES. 

§  1 X  •  A  vowel  before  another  vowel  is  short ;  as,  Mens,  alius :  so 
nihil ;  h  in  verse  being  considered  only  as  a  breathing.  In  like  man- 
ner in  English,  create,  behave. 

Exc.  1.  lis  long  in  Jio^Jiebam,  &c.  unless  when  followed  by  e  and 
r  ;  as,  fieri,  fierem ;  thus, 

Omnia  jam  fient,  fieri  quae  posse  negabam.  Ovid. 

Exc.  2.  E,  having  an  i  before  and  after  it,  in  the  fifth  declension,  is 
long:  as,  speciei.  So  is  the  first  syllable  in  der,  dius,  eheu,  and  the 
penultiraa  in  auldi,  terrdi,  &.c.  in  Pompei,  Cdi,  and  such  like  words ; 
but  we  sometimes  find  Pompei  in  two  syllables.  Hor.  Od.  ii.  7.  5. 

Exc.  3.  The  first  syllable  in  ohe  and  Didna  is  common ;  so  likewise 
is  the  penult  of  genitives  in  ius ;  as,  illius,  unius,  ullius,  nullius,  &c. 
to  be  read  long  in  prose.  Alius,  in  the  genit.  is  always  long,  as  being 
contracted  for  aliius ;  alterlus,  short. 

§  1 3»  In  Greek  words,  when  a  vowel  comes  before  another,  no  cer- 
tain rule  concerning  its  quantity  can  be  given. 

Rem.  1.  Sometimes  it  is  short ;  as,  Danae,  Idea,  Sophia,  Symphonia,  Simois, 
Hyadeg,  Phaon,  Deucalion,  Pygmalion,  Thebais,  &c. 

Rem.  2.  Often  it  is  long;  as,  Lycaon,  Machaon,  Didymaon;  AmphTon,  Arion, 
Ixion,  Pandlbn  ;  Nais,  Lais,  Achaia ;  Briseis,  Cadraeis ;  Latous  and  Latois,  MyrtOus, 
Nereius,  Priameius;  AchelOius,  MinGius;  Archelaus,  Menelaus,  Amphiaraus; 
-^Eneas,  Peneus,  Epeus,  Acrisioneus,  Adamanteus,  Phoebeus,  Giganteus;  Darius, 
BasilTus,  Eugenius,  Bacchius;  Cassiopea,  Caesarea,  Chacronea,  Cytherea,  Galatea, 
Laodicea,  Medea,  Panthea,  Penelopea ;  Clio,  Enyo,  Elegla,  Iphigenia,  Alexandria, 
Thalia,  Antiochia,  idolatria,  litania,  politia,  &c.  Laertes,  Dei'phobus,  Deianira, 
Trues,  heroes,  &c. 

Rem.  3.  Sometimes  it  is  common ;  as,  Chorea,  platea,  Malea,  Nereides,  canopeum, 
Orion,  Geryon,  Eos,  eiius,  &c.  So  in  Foreign  words,  Michael,  Israel,  Raphael, 
Abraham,  &c. 

Rem.  4.  The  accusative  of  nouns  in  eus  is  usually  short;  as,  Orphea,  Salmon ea, 
Capliarea,  &c.  but  sometimes  long;  as,  Idomenea,  Iliunca.  Virg.  Instead  of  Elegm, 
Cytherea,  we  find  Elegeia,  Cythereia.  Ovid.  But  the  quantity  of  Greek  words  can- 
not properly-  be  understood  without  the  knowledge  of  Greek. 

In  English,  a  vowel  before  another  is  also  sometimes  lengthened ;  as,  science, 
idea. 

§  X  3«  A  vowel  before  two  consonants,  or  before  the  double  conso- 
nants j,  X,  z,  is  long  (by  position,  as  it  is  called ;)  as,  drma,  fdllo, 
axis,  gdza,  major  ;*  the  compounds  of  jugum  excepted  ;  as,  bijugus, 
quadrijvgus,  &c. 

When  the  foregoing  word  ends  in  a  short  vowel,  and  the  following  begins  with 
two  consonants  or  a  double  one,  that  vowel  is  sometimes  lengthened  by  position ;  as, 

Ferte  citijlammas,  date  tela,  scandite  muros.  Virg. 

*In  reality,  in  suchcases  j  is  a  vowel,  and  with  the  preceding  vowel  constitutes 
a  diphthong,  as,  mUlor'^hus.  In  the  same  manner  arises  the  quantity  of  such  words 
as  ejus,  2njus,  \v  hich,  according  to  Priscian,  the  ancients  write  elus,  peius. 


THE    QUANTITY    OF    SYLLABLES.  283 

Obs.  1.  A  vowel  naturally  short,  when  followed  by  sc,  sp,  sa,  ST,  (with  or  with- 
out the  addition  of  a  third  consonant,  as  Scripta,)  may  either  remain  short,  or  be 
made  long  at  the  poet's  option. 

§  14»  A  vowel  before  a  mute  and  a  liquid  is  common;  as  the  mid- 
dle syllable  in  volucris,  tenebrcB  ;  thus, 

Et  primo  similis  voliicri,  mox  vera  volucris.  Ovid. 
Nox  tenebras  profert,  Phoebus  fugat  inde  tenebras.  Id. 

But  in  prose  these  words  are  pronounced  short.  So  peragro,  pharetra,  podagra, 
chiragra,  Celebris,  laiebrcB,  ^c. 

Obs.  1.  To  make  this  rule  hold,  three  things  are  requisite.  1.  The  vowel  must 
be  naturally  short;  2.  the  mute  must  go  before  the  liquid;  and,  3.  be  in  the  same 
syllable  with  it.  Thus  a  in  palris  is  made  common  in  verse,  because  a  in  pater  is 
naturally  short,  or  always  so  by  custom :  but  a  in  matris,  acris,  is  always  long,  be- 
cause long  by  nature  or  custom  in  mater  and  acer.  In  like  manner  the  penult  in 
saludris,  ambulacrum,  is  always  long ;  because  they  are  derived  from  salus,  salutis, 
and  ambulatum.  So  a  in  arte,  abluo,  <^c.  is  long  by  position,  because  the  mute  and 
the  liquid  are  in  different  syllables. 

Obs.  2.  L  and  r  only  are  considered  as  liquids  in  Latin  words;  m  and 
n  do  not  take  place  except  in  Greek  words. 

§  15«  A  contracted  syllable  is  long ;  as, 

Nili  for  nihil ;  mi,  for  mihi ;  cogo,  for  codgo ;  alius,  for  aliius  ;  tihi- 
cen,  for  tibiicen ;  it,  for  iit ;  sodes,  for  si  audes ;  nolo,  for  non  volo ; 
hig<2,  for  hijugcE. ;  scilicet,  for  scire  licet,  &c. 

§  16©  A  diphthong  is  always  long;  as, 

Aurum,  Ccesar,  Euboea,  &c.  2.  Only  prcB  in  composition  before  a 
vowel  is  commonly  short;  as,  prceire,  prceustus ;  thus. 

Nee  tota  tamen  ille  prior  praeeunte  carina.   Virg.  ^.  5,  186. 
Stipitibus  duris  agitur  sudibusque  pra3ustis.  lb.  7,  524. 

3.  But  it  is  sometimes  lengthened ;  as, 

cum  vacuus  domino  praeiret  Arlon.  Theb.  6,  519. 

§  17«  A  diphthong  is  once  short  in  a  line  of  Virgil,  out  of  com- 
position :  thus,  InsulcB  lonio  in  magno,  quas  dira  Celasno.  This  seems 
to  be  in  imitation  of  Greek  Hexameter. 


SPECIAL  RULES. 
L    FIRST  AND  MIDDLE  SYLLABLES. 

Preterites  and  Supines  of  two  Syllables. 

§  I8»  Preterites  of  two  syllables  lengthen  the  former  syllable; 
as,  Veni,  vidi,  vici. 

Exc.  Except  btbi,  scldi  from  scindo,  fidi  from  jindo,  tuli,  dedi,  and 
steti,  which  are  shortened. 


284        QUANTITY  OF  THE  CREMENT  OF  NOUNS. 

§  19*  Supines  of  two  syllables  lengthen  the  former  syllable;  as, 
Visum,  cdsum,  motum, 

Exc.  Except  satum,  from  sero ;  citum,  from  cieo ;  Ilium,  from  lino  ; 
situm,  from  sino ;  stdtum,  from  sisto ;  Uum,  from  eo ;  datum,  from 
do ;  rutum,  from  the  compounds  of  ruo ;  qultum,  from  queo ;  rdtus, 
from  reor. 

Preterites  which  double  the  first  Syllable, 

§  20»  Preterites  which  double  the  first  syllable,  have  both  the  first 
syllables  short ;  as, 

Cecldif  tetigi,  pepuli,  peperi,  dldici,  tutudi ;  except  cecldi,  from 
c(Bdo ;  pepedi,  from  pedo :  and  when  two  consonants  intervene ;  as, 
Jefelli,  tetendi,  pependi,  momordi,  &c. 

Exc.  The  following  are  short  in  the  first  syllable,  although  coming 
from  long  presents ;  posui,  pGsUum,  from  pono ;  genui,  genitum,  from 
gigno ;  potui  from  possum ;  solutum  from  solvo,  and  volutum  from 
volvo, 

INCREASE  OF  NOUNS. 

§  2X»  A  noun  is  said  to  increase,  when  it  has  more  syllables  in  any 
of  the  oblique  cases  than  in  the  nominative ;  as,  rex,  regis ;  sermo, 
sermonis  ;  interpres,  interpretis.  Here  re,  mo,  pre,  is  each  called  the 
increase  or  crement,  and  so  through  all  the  other  cases.  The  last  syl- 
lable is  never  esteemed  a  crement. 

1.  Some  nouns  have  a  double  increase,  that  is,  increase  by  more 
syllables  than  one;  as,  iter,  itineris ;  anceps,  ancipUis. 

2.  A  noun  in  the  plural  is  said  to  increase,  when  in  any  case  it  has 
more  syllables  than  the  genitive  singular ;  -as,  gener,  generi ;  genero- 
rum;  regibus,  sermombus,  &c. 

3.  Except  nouns  of  the  first,  fourth,  smd  fifth  declensions,  which  do 
not  increase  in  the  singular  number,  unless  when  one  vowel  comes 
before  another;  a,s,  fructus,  fructui ;  res,  rei ;  and  falls  under  Rule  I. 
In  the  plural,  however,  they  increase,  and  follow  the  Rule  under  5  88. 

§  22«  Nouns  of  the  second  declension  which  increase,  shorten  the 
crement ;  as,  tener,  teneri ;  vir,  viri ;  duumvir,  -viri ;  satur,  saturi ; 
except  Iber,  a  Spaniard,  Iberi;  and  its  compound  Celtiberi. 

CREMENTS   OF  THE   THIRD   DECLENSION. 

§  23»  Nouns  of  the  third  declension  which  increase,  make  a  and 
o  long ;  e,  i,  and  u  short :  as, 

Pietdtis,  honoris  ;  mulieris,  lapidis,  murmUris. 

The  chief  exceptions  from  this  rule  are  marked  under  the  formation 
of  the  genitive  of  the  third  declension.  But  here  perhaps  it  may  be 
proper  to  be  more  particular. 


atTANTITY    OP   THE   CREMENT   OP   NOUNS.  285 

A. 

V  ^4:0  Nouns  in  A  shorten  atis,  in  the  genitive;  as,  dogma,  -atis;  poema, 

O. 

V  /W  0»  1.0  shortens  ^nis,  but  lengthens  mis  and  onis ;  as,  Cardo,  -inis ;  Virgo, 
-^nis ;  Anio,  enis ;  Cicero,  -onis. 

2.  Gentile  or  patrial  nouns  vary  their  quantity.  Most  of  them  shorten  the  geni- 
tive ;  as,  Mact'do,  -onis ;  Saxo,  -onis.  So,  Lirigmes,  Senones,  Teutones,  Vangiones, 
Vascones.  Some  are  long ;  as,  Suessiones,  Eburones,  Vettones.  Brittones  is  com- 
mon ;  it  is  shortened  by  Juvenal,  and  lengthened  by  Martial. 

I.  C.  D.  L. 

V  '^v>»   1. 1  shortens  itis;  as,  Hydromeli,  -ttis. 

2.  Ec  lengthens  ecis ;  as,  Halec,  -ecis. 

3.  Nouns  in  D  shorten  the  crement ;  as,  David,  -idis ;  Bogud,  -Mis.  In  sacred 
poetry  the  penultimate  of  David  is  often  lengthened. 

4.  Masculines  in  AL  shorten  alis ;  as,  Sal,  sails;  Hannibal,  -alis;  Hasdriibal, 
-alis  ;  but  neuters  lengthen  it ;  as,  animal,  -dlis. 

5.  Soils  from  sol  is  long ;  also  Hebrew  words  in  el ;  as,  Michael,  -elis.  Other 
nouns  in  L  shorten  the  crement ;  as,  Vigil,  -tlis ;  consul,  -ulis. 

N. 

§  2  i»  1.  Nouns  in  ON  vary  the  crement.  Some  lengthen  it;  as,  Helicon, 
-onis ;  Chiron,  -onis.    Some  shorten  it ;  as,  Memnon,  -onis ;  Actceon,  -onis. 

2.  EN  shortens  inis ;  as,  jlumen,  -inis ;  tibicen,  -inis. 

3.  Other  nouns  in  N  lengthen  the  penult.  AN  dnis;  as,  Titan,  -dnis:  EN  enis; 
as.  Siren, -enis:  IN  hiis;  as,  Delphin,  -inis:  YN  ynis;  as,  Phorcyn,  -ynis. 

R. 

V  38©  1.  Neuters  in  AR  lengthen  aris  ;  as,  calcar,  -dris.  Except  the  follow- 
ing ;  bacchar,  -arls ;  jubar,  -aris ;  hepar,  -atis ;  nectar,  -aris :  Also  the  adjective  par 
pdris,  and  its  compounds,  impar,  -aris,  dispar,  -aris,  &c. 

2.  The  following  nouns  in  R  lengthen  the  genitive  ;  Nar,  Ndris,  the  name  of  a 
river ;  fur,  furis ;  ver,  veris :  Also  Recimer,  -cris ;  Byzer,  -eris,  proper  names ;  and 
Ser,  Seris ;  Iber,  -eris,  as  well  as  Iber,  Iberi,  of  the  second  declension. 

3.  Greek  nouns  in  TER  lengthen  teris ;  as,  crater,  -eris ;  character,  -eris.  Ex- 
cept (Bther,  -eris. 

4.  OR  lengthens  oris ;  as,  amor,  -5ris.  Except  neuter  nouns ;  as,  marmor,  -oris  ; 
cequor,  -oris :  Greek  nouns  in  tor ;  as.  Hector,  -oris ;  Actor,  -oris ;  rhetor,  -oris.  Also, 
arbor,  -oris,  and  memor,  -oris. 

5.  Other  nouns  in  R  shorten  the  genitive ;  AR  aris,  masc ;  as,  Ccesar,  -Uris;  Ha- 
milcar,  -aris  ;  lar,  Idris.  ER  eris  of  any  gender ;  as,  a'er,  aeris ;  mulier,  -eris ;  ca- 
daver, -eris,  iter,  anciently  itiner,  itineris ;  verberis,  from  the  obsolete  verber.  \JR 
uris ;  as,  vultur,  -uris ;  murmur,  -uris.    YR  yris ;  as,  Martyr,  -yris. 

AS. 

§  29«   1-  Nouns  in  AS,  which  have  atis,  lengthen  the  crement;  a.s,pietas, 

-atis ;  McBcenas,  -atis.    Except  anas,  -atis. 

2.  Other  nouns  in  AS  shorten  the  crement ;  as  Greek  nouns  having  the  genitive 
in  ddis,  atis,  and  dnis;  thus  Pallas,  -ddis ;  artocreas,  -edlis;  Melas,  -dnis,  the  name 
of  a  river.    So  vas,  vddls ;  mas,  maris.    But  vas,  vdsls  is  long. 


286        QUANTITY  OF  THE  CKEMENT  OF  NOUNS. 

ES. 
y  oOe    1.  ES  shortens  the  crement ;  as,  miles, -Uis ;  Ceres, -cris ;  pes,  pedis. 
2.  Except  locuples,  -etis ;  quies,  -etis  ;  mansnes,  -efis ;  hcsres,  -cdis  ;  merces,  -Mis: 
also  Greek  nouns  which  have  etis;  as,  lehes,  -etis;  Thales,  -cLis. 

IS. 

V  31«  1.  Nouns  in  IS  shorten  the  crement;  as,  lapis,  -idis  ;  sanguis,  -^nis  ; 
Phyllis,  -idis;  cinis,  cineris. 

2,  Except  Glis,  gl'iris ;  and  Latin  nouns  which  have  ilis ;  as,  lis,  litis ;  dis,  ditis ; 
Quiris,  -Itis;  Samnis,  -'dis.    But  Charis,  a  Greek  noun,  has  Charilis. 

3.  The  following  also  lengthen  the  crement ;  Crenis,  -Idis,  Psophis,  -idis,  Nesis, 
-Idis,  proper  names.  And  Greek  nouns  in  is,  which  have  also  in  ,*  as,  Saldmis  or 
-in,  Salaminis. 

OS. 

^  Sim    1.  Nouns  in  OS  lengthen  the  crements ;  as,  nepos,  -dtis ;  jlos,  jidris. 
2.  Except  Bos,  bovis ;  compos,  -utis ;  and  impos,  -otis. 

US. 

y  SSm  1.  US  shortens  the  crement;  as,  tempus,  -oris;  vcllus, -eris ;  tripus, 
'odis. 

2.  Except  nouns  which  have  udis,  uris,  and  utis ;  as,  incus,  -udis ;  jus,  juris ; 
solus,  -utis.  But  Ligus  has  Liguris ;  the  obsolete  pecus,  pecudis  ,•  and  intercus, 
-utis. 

3.  The  neuter  of  the  comparative  has  oris ;  as,  melius,  -oris. 

YS. 

§  34«  YS  shortens  ydis  or  ydos ;  as,  cldamys,  -ydis  or  ydos ;  and  lengthens 
ynis ;  as,  Trachys,  -ynis. 

BS.  PS.  MS. 

V  35»  1-  Nouns  in  S,  with  a  consonant  going  before,  shorten  the  penult  of 
the  genitive ;  as,  ccdebs,  -ibis ;  inops,  -opis ;  hiems,  hiemis ;  auceps,  aucupis ;  Dolops, 
-opis  ,•  also  auceps,  andjntis ;  biceps,  bicipUis ;  and  similar  compounds  of  caput,  in 
which  both  increments  are  short. 

2.  Except  Cyclops,  -opis;  seps,  sepis;  gryps,  gryphis;  Cercops,  -opis  ;  plebs,ple- 
bis ;  hydrops,  -opis. 

T. 

§  3o*  T  shortens  the  crement ;  as,  caput,  -tlis :  so,  sinciput,  -ttis. 

X. 

§  3  i  •  1-  Nouns  in  X,  which  have  the  genitive  in  gis,  shorten  the  crement; 
as,  conjux,  -iigis ;  remex,  -igis ;  Allobrox,  -ogis ;  Phryx,  Phrygis.  But  lex,  legis,  and 
rex,  regis,  are  long ;  and  likewise  frugis. 

2.  EX  shortens  ids ;  vertex,  -ids :  Except  vibex  or  vibix,  -wis. 

3.  Other  nouns  in  X  lengthen  the  crement ;  as,  pax,  pads ;  radix,  -Ids ;  vox, 
vbds ;  lux,  luds ;  Pollux,  -ucis,  &c. 

4.  Except  fads,  neds,  vicis,  precis,  calids,  cilids,  picis,  forntcis,  ntvis,  Cappado- 
cis,  duds,  nucis,  crucis,  trucis,  onycis,  Erycis,  mastyx,  -ychis,  the  resin  of  the  Leiitis- 
cus,  or  mast.ich  tree;  and, many  others,  the  quantity  of  which  can  only  be  ascer- 
tained by  authority. 

5.  Some  nouns  vary  the  crement ;  as,  Syphax,  -acis,  or  acis ;  Sandyx,  -tcis,  or 
Jids ;  Bebryx,  -yds,  or  -yds. 


INCREASE    OF    VERBS.  287 

Increase  of  the  Plural  Number, 

§  38»  Nouns  of  the  plural  number  which  increase,  make  A,  E, 
and  O,  long ;  but  shorten  I  and  U;  as, 

musarum^  rerum,  dominorum;   regibus,  por tubus ;   except  bobus  or 
bubuSf  contracted  for  bovlbus, 

INCREASE  OF  VERBS. 

§  30«  A  verb  is  said  to  increase,  when  any  part  has  more  sylla- 
bles than  the  second  person  singular  of  the  present  of  the  indicative 
active ;  as,  amas,  amdmus,  where  the  second  syllable  ma  is  the  iu' 
crease  or  crement :  for  the  last  syllable  is  never  called  by  that  name. 

A  verb  often  increases  by  several  syllables ;  as,  amas,  amdbdmini  ; 
in  which  case  it  is  said  to  have  sl  firsts  second,  or  third  increase. 

§  40»  In  the  increase  of  verbs,  a,  e,  and  o,  are  long;  i  and  u 
short;  as, 

Amdre,  docere,  amdtote  ;  legimus,  sumus,  volumus, 

EXCEI^TIONS. 

1.  The  poets  sometimes,  by  systole,  shorten  dederunt  and  steterunt,  and  lengthen 
rhnus  and  ritis,  in  the  future  subjunctive ;  as,  transierltis  aquas,  Ovid. 

2.  Do  and  its  compounds  of  the  first  conjugation  have  a  short  in  their  first  in- 
crement ;  as,  damus,  dabunt,  venundabo :  but  not  in  the  second ;  as,  dabamus,  dede- 
rdtis,  where  the  last  a  is  long. 

3.  E  before  r  is  short  in  the  first  increment  of  any  present  and  imperfect  of  the 
tliird  conjugation ;  as,  legeris,  legerem,  legerer.  But  reris  and  rere  in  all  the  conjuga- 
tions are  long ;  as,  legereris,  amarere,  &c. 

4.  BeriK,  and  bere,  are  every  where  short ;  as,  amaberis,  amabere ;  excepting 
where  b  belongs  also  to  the  termination  of  the  present,  scriberis  and  scribere,  of  the 
future  passive  being  long  by  the  general  rule. 

5.  E  before  ram,  rim,  ro,  and  the  persons  formed  from  them,  is  short. 

6.  These  have  i  long ;  simus,  veTtmus,  noUmun,  with  the  other  persons  coming 
from  them,  and  their  compounds ;  as^  sitis,  veTilis,  noUte  mal'imus,  poss'dis,  &c. 

7.  /  before  vi  in  preterites  is  always  long ;  as,  pefivi,  qiicBsivi,  audivi. 

8.  Tlie  first  increment  of  the  fourth  conjugation  is  long ;  as,  audlmus,  audita, 
audirem. 

§  41  •  The  first  or  middle  syllables  of  words  which  do  not  come 
under  any  of  the  foregoing  rules,  are  said  to  be  long  or  short  by 
authority ;  and  their  quantity  can  only  be  discovered  from  the  usage 
of  the  poets,  which  is  the  most  certain  of  all  rules. 

Remarks  on  the  Quantity  of  the  Penult  and  Antepenult  of  Words, 

§  42«  1-  Patronymics  in  IDES  or  ADES  usually  shorten  the  penult;  as, 
Friamldes,  Atlaniiadcs,  &c.  Unless  they  come  from  nouns  in  eus:  as,  Petides,  Ty- 
d'ldes,  <fec. 


288  atJANTITY    OP   THE    PENtTLT   OP   WORDS. 

2.  Patronymics,  and  similar  words,  in  AIS,  EIS,  ITIS,  OIS,  OTIS,  JNE,  and 
ONE,  commonly  lengthen  the  penult;  as,  Achats,  Plolemais,  Chryiicis,  JByieis, 
Memph'ilis,  Latnis,  Icariotis,  Nenne,  Acrisione.  Except  Tliehais,  and  Phocais ;  and 
Nereis,  whibh  is  common. 

3.  Adjectives  in  ACUS,  ICUS,  IDUS,  and  IMUS,  for  the  most  part  shorten  the 
penult;  as,  jEgj/ptidcus,  academicus,  lepidus,  legWimus:  also,  superlatives;  as, 
fortiss^mus,  &c.  Except  merucus,  opdcus,  amicus,  apr'icus,  pudtcus,  mendlcus, 
anficus,  posticus,  fldus,  infidus,  (but  perftdus,  of  per  and  fides,  is  short,)  b'lmus, 
quadr/mus,  patrimus,  matrimus,  opimus :  and  two  superlatives,  imus,  primus. 

4.  Adjectives  in  ALIS,  ANUS,  ENUS,  ARUS,  IVUS,  ORUS,  OSUS,  lengthen 
the  penult ;  as,  dotdlis,  urhdnus,  terrenus,  avdrus,  cBStlvus,  decdrus,  arendsus.  Except 
barhdrus,  opiparus,  and  oviparus. 

5.  Verbal  adjectives  in  ILIS  shorten  the  penult ;  as,  agilis  fadilis,  &c.  But 
derivatives  from  nouns  usually  lengthen  it ;  as,  arulis,  civilis,  herllis,  &e.  To  these 
add,  exilis,  suhtllis;  and  names  of  months,  Apr'dis,  Quinctilis,  SexfUis:  Except 
hvmllis, parllis ;  and  also  similis.  But  all  adjectives  in  atilis  are  short;  as,  versa- 
tHis,  volaUUs,  umbratHlis,  plicalUis,  fluviatiLis,  saxadlis,  &c. 

6.  Adjectives  in  INUS,  derived  from  inanimate  things,  as  plants,  stones,  &c., 
also  from  adverbs  of  time,  commonly  shorten  the  penult ;  as,  amaracinus,  crocinus, 
cedrtnus,  fag^nus,  oleaginus ;  adamandnus,  crystalUnus,  craslinus,  prisLinus,  peren- 
dinus,  cafinus,  annoCiniis,  &c. 

7.  Other  adjectives  in  INUS  are  long;  as,  ag'inus,  camnus,  leporlnus,  h'lnus, 
tr'inus,  quinus,  austrinus,  clandesfinus,  Latinus,  marinus,  sup'inus,  vespertinus,  &c. 

a  Diminutives  in  OLUS,OLA,OLUM;  and  ULUS,  ULA,  ULUM,  always 
shorten  the  penult ;  as,  urceolus,  filiola,  musoeolum ;  lectuLus,  ratiuncula,  corcidum, 
&c. 

9.  Latin  denominatives  in  aceus,  aneus,  arius,  aticus,  orius ;  also  verbals  in  aJnlis 
and  words  in  atilis,  lengthen  the  Antepenult ;  as,  testdceus,  amdbalis,  pluvidtilis. 

10.  Adjectives  in  icins,  derived  from  nouns,  shorten  the  i  of  the  antepenult ;  as, 
genliCicius ;  except  novicius.  But  those  which  come  from  supines  or  participles, 
lengthen  the  L 

11.  Adverbs  in  TIM  lengthen  the  penult;  as,  oppiddtim,  viritim,  tributim.  Ex- 
cept affdtim,  perpctim,  and  stdiim. 

12.  Desideratives  in  URIO  shorten  the  antepenultima,  which  in  the  second  and 
third  person  is  the  penult;  as,  esurio,  esuris,  esur.it.  But  other  verbs  in  urio  lengthen 
that  syllable ;  as,  ligurio,  liguris ;  scaturio,  scaturis,  &c. 

13.  Frequentative  Verbs,  formed  from  the  supine  of  the  first  conjugation,  by 
changing  dtu  into  ?to,  have  the  i  short. 

PENULT  OF  PROPER  NAMES. 

§  43«  The  following  proper  names  lengthen  the  penult:  Abdera,  Abydus, 
Adonis,  iEsGpus,  iEtolus,  Ahala,  Alaricus,  AlcTdes,  Amyclae,  AndronTcus,  Aniibis, 
Archimedes,  Ariarathes,  Ariobarzanes,  Aristides,  Aristobiilus,  AristogTton,  ArpT- 
nura,  Artabanus,  Brachmanes,  BusTris,  Buthrotus;  Cethegus,  Chalcedon,  Cleo- 
bSlus,  Gyrene,  Cythera,  Curetes ;  DarTci,  Demonicus,  Diomedes,  Diores,  Dioscuri ; 
Ebiides,  Eriphyle,  Eubulus,  EuclTdes,  Euphrates,  Eumedes,  Euripus,  EuxTnus ; 
Garganus,  Gaetiilus,  Granicus;  Heliogabalus,  HenrTcus,  HeraclTdes,  HeraclTtus, 
HippGnax,  Hispanus;  Irene;  Lacydas,  LatGna,  Leucata,  Lugdiinum,  LycGras; 
Mandane,  MausGlus,  Maximinus,  Meleager,  Messala,  Messana,  Miletus;  NasTca, 
Nicanor,  Nicetas;  Pachynus,  PandGra,  PelGris  &  -us,  Pharsalus,  Phoenice,  PolTtes, 
Polycletus,  PolynTces,  Priapus;  Sardanapalus,  Sarpedon,  Serapife,  SinGpe,  Stra- 
tonice,  SufTetes ;  Tigranes,  ThessalonTca ;  Verona,  Veronica. 

V  44©  The  following  are  short:  Amathus,  Amphipolis,  Anabasis,  Anticyra, 
Antigonus  and  -ne,  Antilochus,  Antiochus,  Antiopa,  Antipas,  Airtipater,  Anti- 


QUANTITY    OF    FINAL    SYLLABLES.  289 

phanes,  Antiphates,  Antiphila,  Anttplion,  Anytus,  Apuliis,  Areopagus,  A riminum, 
Armenus,  Athesis,  Attains,  Attica;  Biturix,  Bructeri ;  Calaber,  Callicrates,  Callis- 
tratus,  Candace,  Cantaber,  Carneades,  Cherilus,C;hrysostomus,  Cleombrotus,  Cleo- 
menes,  Corycos,  Conslantinopolis,  Craterus,  Cratylus,  Cremera,  Crustumeri,  Cybele, 
Cyclades,  Cyziciis ;  Dalmatae,  Damocles,  Dardanus,  Dejoces,  Dejotarus,  Democritus, 
Demipho,  Didymus,  Diogenes,  Drepanum,  Dumnorix;  Empedocles,  Ephesus,  Ever- 
getes,  Eumenes,  Eurymedon,  Euripylus;  FucTnus;  Geryones,  Gyarus;  Hecyra, 
lleliopolis,  Hermione,  Herodotus,  Jtiesiodus,  Hesione,  Hippocrates,  Hippotamos, 
Hy  pata,  lly  panis ;  Icarus,  Icetas,  Illyris,  Iphitus,  Ismarus,  Ithaca ;  Laodice,  Laome- 
don,  Lampsacus,  Lamyrus,  LapTthas,  Lucretilis,  Libanus,  Lipare  or -a,  Lysimachus, 
Longimanus ;  Marathon,  Mienalus,  Marmarica,  Massagetas,  Matrona,  Megara,  Me- 
litus  and  -ta.  Metropolis,  Mutina,  Myconus ;  Neocles,  Neritos,  Noricum ;  Ornphale ; 
Patara,  Pegasus,  Pharnaces,  Pisistratus,  Polydamus,  Polyxena,  Porsena  or  Porsenna, 
Praxiteles,  Puteoli,  Pylades,  Pythagoras;  SarmatSB,  SarsTna,  Semele,  Semiramis, 
Sequani  and  -a,  Sisyphus,  Sicoris,  Socrates,  Sodoma,  Sotades,  Spartacus,  Sporades, 
Strongyle,  Stymphalus,  Sybaris;  Taygetus,  Tel^gonus,  Telemachus,  Tenedos,Tar- 
raeo,  'I'heophanes,  Theophilus,  Tomyris;  Urbicus;  Veneti,  Vologesus,  Volusus; 
Xenocrates ;  Zoilus,  Zopyrus. 

§  4  5©  Tlie  penult  of  several  words  is  doubtful ;  thus,  Bat&vi.  Lucan.  Batavi. 
Juv.  and  Mart.  Fortu'dxis.  Hor.  Fortultas.  Martial.  Some  make  fortwtus  of 
three  syllables,  but  it  may  be  shortened  like  gratuitus.  Stat.  Patrimus,  mairimuSj 
prcpsloLor,  ^'•c.  are  by  some  lengthened,  and  by  some  shortened ;  but  for  their  quan- 
tity there  is  no  certain  authority. 

11.  FINAL  SYLLABLES. 

A. 

§  46©  A  in  the  end  of  a  word  declined  by  cases  is  short ;  as,  Musd, 
templdf  Tydedf  lampddd, 

Exc.  1.  The  ablative  of  the  first  declension  is  long ;  as,  Musd  Mned. 

Exc.  2.  The  vocative  of  Greek  nouns  in  as  is  long ;  as,  O  Mned, 
O  Palld. 

§  47»  A  in  the  end  of  a  word  not  declined  by  cases  is  long;  as, 
Amd^  frustrd,  prcetered,  ergd,  intra. 

Exc.  Itd^  quid,  ejd,  posted.,  putd,  (adv.)  are  short ;  and  sometimes, 
though  more  rarely,  the  prepositions  contrd,  ultrd,  and  the  compounds 
of  ginta ;  as,  trigintd,  &c.  Contra  and*  ultra,  when  adverbs,  are 
always  long. 

JE. 

§48®  E  in  the  end  of  a  word  is  short;  as,  Nate,  sedile,  ipse, 
curre,  posse,  nempe,  ante. 

Exc.  1.  Monosyllables  are  long ;  as,  me,  te,  se ;  except  these  enclitic 
conjunctions,  que,  ve,  ne ;  and  these  syllabical  adjections,  pte,  ce,  te  ; 
as,  suapte,  hujusce,  tute ;  but  these  may  be  comprehended  under  the 
general  rule,  as  they  never  stand  by  themselves. 

Exc.  2.  Nouns  of  the  first  and  fifth  declensions  are  long ;  as,  Cal- 
liope, Anchlse,  fide.  So  re  and  die,  with  their  compounds,  quare,  hodie, 
pridic,  postridie,  quotidie. 

25 


290  QUANTITY    CF    FINAL    SYLLABLES. 

Exc.  3.  Greek  nouns  which  want  the  singular  are  long;  as,  CetCf 
mele,  Tempe. 

Exc.  4.  The  second  person  singular  of  the  imperative  of  the  second 
conjugation  is  long ;  as,  Docef  mane ;  but  cave,  vale,  and  vide,  are 
sometimes  short. 

Exc.  5.  Adverbs  derived  from  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second  de- 
clension are  long;  as,  plactde,  pnlchre,  valde,  contracted  for  rflrZi^Ze; 
To  these  add  ferine^  fere,  and  ohe ;  also  all  adverbs  of  the  superlative 
degree ;  as,  doctissime,  fortisstme :  But  bene  and  male,  irijerne,  sur- 
perne,  are  short.     Also  the  adverbs  here,  and  Hercule. 

I. 

§  40©  /final  is  long;  as,  Domini,  patrl,  doceri. 

Exc.  1.  Greek  vocatives  are  short ;  as,  Alexi,  AmarylU. 

Exc.  2.  The  dative  of  Greek  nouns  of  the  third  declension,  which 
increase,  is  short;  as,  Pallddi,  Minoidi. 

Exc.  3.  Mihi,  tihi,  sibi,  are  common :  So  likewise  are  ibi,  nisi,  ubi, 
quasi;  and  cui,  when  a  dissyllable,  which  is  seldom  the  case.  Sicuttf 
sicubl,  and  necubl,  are  always  short. 

Exc.  4.  Datives  and  Ablatives  plural  of  Greek  nouns  in  si  are  short; 
as,  heroasi,  Troasi, 

O. 

§  50«   O  final  is  common ;  as,  Virgo,  amo,  quando. 

Exc.  1.  Monosyllables  in  O  are  long ;  as,  6,  do,  sto,  pro, 

Exc.  2.  The  dative  and  ablative  singular  of  the  second  declensions 
are  long ;  as,  libro,  domino, 

Exc.  3.  Also  Greek  nouns,  as.  Dido,  Sappho,  and  Atho  the  genitive 
of  Athos ;  and  adverbs  derived  from  nouns ;  as,  cerlo,  falso,  paulo. 
To  these  add  qvo,  eo,  and  their  compounds,  quovis,  quocunque,  adeo, 
ideo  ;  likewise  illo,  idcirco,  citrO,  retro,  ultro. 

Exc.  4.  Tlie  following  words  are  short :  Ego,  scio,  puto,  cedo,  a  de- 
fective verb,  homo,  cito,  illico,  immo,  duo,  ambo,  modo,  with  its  com- 
pounds, quomodo,  dummodo,  postmOdo:  but  some  of  these  are  also 
found  long. 

Exc.  5.  The  gerund  in  DO  in  Virgil  is  long ;  in  other  poets  it  is 
short.     Ergo,  on  account  of,  is  long ;  ergo,  therefore,  is  doubtful. 

r/and  F. 

§  51«    r/ final  is  long ;   Y  final  is  short ;  as,  Vultu;  Molg. 

B,  D,  L,  M,  R,  T. 

§  52«  B,  D,  L,  R,  and  T,  in  the  end  of  a  word,  are  short;  as,  ah, 
apud,  semel,  precor,  caput 


QUANTITY    OF    FINAL    SYLLABLES.  291 

§  53«  The  following  words  are  long;  sal,  sol,  nil,  par  and  its 
compounds,  impdr,  dispdr,  &c. ;  far,  Idr,  Ndr,  cur,  fur ;  also  nouns  in 
er  which  have  eris  in  the  genitive ;  as,  Crater,  ver,  Iber ;  likewise  aer, 
<Bthcr :  to  which  add  Hebrew  names;  as,  Job,  Daniel;  but  David, 
Bogud,  &c.  are  common. 

§  54»  M final  anciently  made  the  foregoing  vowel  short;  aa,  Mititum  octo. 
Ennius.  But,  by  later  poets,  m  in  the  end  of  a  word  is  always  cut  off  when  the 
next  word  begins  with  a  vowel ;  thus,  milii'  octo  ,•  except  in  compound  words ;  as, 
circumago,  circumeo. 

C,N. 

§  55«  C  and  N,  in  the  end  of  a  word,  are  long:  as,  dc,  sic,  illuc ; 
splen,  m,  non,  &c. 

So  Greek  nouns  in  n ;  as,  Titdn,  Siren,  Saldmln  ;  JEnedn,  Anchi- 
sen,  Circen ;  Lacedcemon,  &c. 

Exc.  1.  The  following  words  are  short :  nee  and  donee ;  Forsitdn, 
in,forsdn,  tamen,  an,  viden;  likewise  nouns  in  en  which  have  mis  in 
the  genitive :  as,  carmen,  crimen. 

Exc.  2.  Also  nouns  in  on,  of  the  singular  number,  which  in  Greek 
are  written  with  a  small  o  (o  fjux^ov),  and  which  are  in  Latin  of  the 
second  declension ;  as,  Ilion,  Erotion,  Pylon. 

Exc.  3.  N  is  short  in  Greek  accusatives,  whatever  the  declension 
may  be,  of  nouns  the  final  syllable  of  whose  nominative  is  short ;  as, 
Ma'idn,  JEgindn,  Alexin,  Ibln,  Ityn. 

Exc.  4.  Greek  datives  in  sin  are  short ;  as,  Arcasin,  Troasln* 

Exc.  5.  The  pronoun  hie  and  the  verb  fac  are  common. 

AS,  ES,  OS. 

§  56«  AS,  ES,  and  OS,  in  the  end  of  a  word,  are  long:  as,  Mas, 
quies,  bonos, 

Exc.  1.  The  following  words  are  short :  anas,  es,  from  sum,  and 
penes ;  6s,  having  ossis  in  the  genitive,  compos,  and  impos. 

Exc.  2.  Also  a  great  many  Greek  nouns  of  all  these  three  termina- 
tions: as,  Areas  and  Areddds,  herods,  Phryges,  Areddos,  Tenedos, 
Melds,  &c. 

Exc.  3.  Latin  nouns  in  es,  having  the  penult  of  the  genitive  increas- 
ing short,  are  also  short;  as.  Ales,  hebes,  obses.  But  Ceres,  paries, 
aries,  abies,  and  pes  with  its  compounds,  are  long. 

IS,  US,  YS. 

§  5  T*  IS,  us,  and  YS,  in  the  end  of  a  word,  are  short :  as,  Tur- 
ris,  legis,  legimus,  annus,  Capys. 

Exc.  1.  Plural  cases  in  is  and  us  are  long ;  as,  Pennis,  lihrls,  nobis, 
omnis,  for  omnes,  fructus,  manus ;  also  the  genitive  singular  of  the 


292 


QUANTITY    OF    DERIVATIVES    AND    COMPOUNDS. 


fourth  declension;  as,  portus.  But  bus  in  the  dat.  and  abl.  plur.  is 
short :  as,  Jloribus^  fructibus,  rebiis. 

.  Exc.  2.  Nouns  in  is  are  long,  which  have  the  genitive  in  itis,  inlSj 
or  entis ;  as,  lls^  Samnis,  Saldmis^  Simois :  To  these  add  the  adverbs 
gratis  and  forts ;  the  noun  glis,  and  vis,  whether  it  be  a  noun  or  a 
verb ;  also  is  in  the  second  person  singular,  when  the  plural  has  itis ; 
as,  audis,  abis,  possis.     Ris  in  the  future  of  the  subjunctive  is  common. 

Exc.  3.  Monosyllables  in  us  are  long :  as,  griis,  sits :  also  nouns 
which  in  the  genitive  have  uris,  udis,  utis,  untis,  or  odis :  as,  tellus, 
incus,  virtus,  Amdthus,  tripus.  To  these  add  the  genitive  of  Greek 
nouns  of  the  third  declension  ending  in  o ;  as,  Clius,  Sapphus,  Mantus  ; 
also  nouns  which  have  u  in  the  vocative  :  as,  Panthus : — so  lesus. 

Exc.  4.  Tethys  is  sometimes  long,  and  nouns  in  ys,  which  have  like- 
wise yn  in  the  nominative :  as,  Phorcys  or  Phorcyn,  and  Trachys  or 
Trachyn, 

§  58»  The  last  syllable  of  every  verse  is  com- 
mon; 

Or,  as  some  think,  necessarily  long,  on  account  of  the  pause  or  sus- 
pension of  the  voice,  which  usually  follows  it  in  pronunciation. 

THE  QUANTITY  OF  DERIVATIVE  AND  COMPOUND 
WORDS. 

I.  DERIVATIVES. 
§  59«  Derivatives  follow  tne  quantity  of  their  primitives ;  as, 


from 


Amicus, 

Auctiunor, 

Aucturo, 

Auditor, 

Auspicor, 

CaupGnor, 

Competitor, 

Cornicor, 

Custodio, 

DecGrus, 


Deni,    from  Decem. 

FGraes,  foveo. 

Humanus,  homo. 

Regula,  rego. 


amo. 

Decoro, 

from 

decus,  -oris. 

auctio,  -Gnis. 

Exulo, 

exul,  -ulis. 

auctor,  -Gris. 

Pavidus, 

paveo. 

auditum. 

Quirito, 

Quiris,  -Ttis. 

auspex,  -icis. 

RadTcitus, 

radix,  -icis. 

caupo,  -Gnis. 

Sospito, 

sospes,  -itis. 

competitum. 

Natura, 

natus. 

comix,  -Icis. 

Maternus, 

mater. 

custos,  -Gdis. 

Lege  bam,  &c. 

lego. 

decor,  -Gris. 

EXCEP 

Legeram,  &c. 

TIONS. 

legi. 

1.  Long  f 

rom  short. 

Suspicio,    fro 

m  suspicor. 

MGbilis,   y 

rom    moveo. 

Sedes, 

sedeo. 

Humor, 

humus. 

Secius, 

secus. 

Jumentum, 

juvo. 

Penuria, 

pen  us. 

Vox,  vGcis, 

voco,  &c. 

2.  Short  from  long. 


Arena  and  arista,  from    areo. 

Nota  and  nbto,  nGtus. 

Vadum,  vado. 

Fides,  lido. 

Sopor,  sGpio. 


Lucema, 
Dux,  iicis, 
Stabilis, 
Ditio, 
Quasillus, 


from 


liiceo. 
diico. 
stabam. 
dis,  dltis. 
qualus,  &c. 


aUANTITir    OF    COMPOUNDS.  293 

11.  COMPOUNDS. 

§  60«  Compounds  follow  the  quantity  of  the  simple  words  which 
compose  them ;  as, 

Dedlico,  of  de  and  duco.  So  profero,  antefero,  consolor,  denoto,  depcculor,  de- 
prdvo,  despero,  despumo,  desqudmo,  enodo,  erudio,  exsudo,  exaro,  expdveo,  incero, 
mhiimo,  invesf/go,  prcBgravo,  prcBnato,  regelo,  apparo,  appareo,  concavus,  prcegravis, 
desolo,  suffoco  and  suffuco ;  difftdit  from  diffindo,  and  diffldit  from  diffido ;  indlco, 
'are,  and  indlco,  -ere  ;  permdnet  from  permdneo,  and  permdnet  from  permdno ;  effo- 
dit  in  the  present,  and  effodit  in  the  perfect;  so,  exedit  and  exedit;  devenit  and  de- 
venit ;  devenimus  and  devemmus ;  reperimus  and  reperimus  ,*  effugit  and  effugit,  &c. 

§  61»  The  change  of  a  vowel  or  diphthong  in  the  compound  does 
not  alter  the  quantity ;  as, 

Incido  from  in  and  cado ;  incldo  from  in  and  ccsdo ;  suffoco  from  sub  and  faux, 
faucis.  Unless  the  letter  following  make  it  fall  under  some  general  rule ;  as,  dd- 
mitlo,  percello,  deosculor,  prohibeo. 

Exc.  Agnttum,  cognitum,  dejero,  pejero,  innuba,  pronuba,  maledicus,  veridicus 
niMlum,  semisopitus ;  from  ndtus,  juro,  nubo,  dico,  hiLum,  and  sopio ;  ambitus,  a  par- 
ticiple from  ambio,  is  long ;  but  the  substantives  ambitus  and  ambitio  are  short. 
Connubium  has  the  second  syllable  common. 

§  63«  Prepositions  have  generally  the  same  quantity  in  composition  as  out 
of  it :  thus  dmitto  and  deduco  have  the  first  syllable  long  because  a  and  de  are  long. 
Aboleo  and  perimo  have  the  first  short,  because  ab  and  per  are  short. 

Obs.  1.  The  preposition  PRO  in  Greek  words,  for  an^e,  before,  is 
short;  as, 

Propheta, prologus :  PRO  in  Latin  words  is  long;  m,  prodo, promitto,  ^c.  but  it 
is  short  in  the  following  words :  profundus,  profugio,  prTfugus,  pronepos,  proneptis, 
vrdfestus,  profdri,  prqfiteor,  prof  anus,  profecto,  prdcella,  jprotervus,  and  prdpdgo,  a 
lineage ;  pro  in  prdpdgo,  a  vine-stock,  or  shoot,  is  long.  Pro  in  the  following  words 
is  doubtful ;  propdgo,  to  propagate  ,*  proplno,  prof  undo,  propdlo,  propuiso,  procure, 
and  Proserpina. 

Obs.  2.  The  inseparable  prepositions  SE  and  DI  are  long ;  as, 

Separo,  divello  ,•  except  dzrtmo,  disertus.  Re  is  short ;  as,  remitto,  r^fero ;  except 
in  the  impersonal  verb  refert,  compounded  of  res  and  fero. 

§  63*  /  in  the  end  of  the  former  compounding  word  is  usually 
shortened  ;  as,  Capricornus,  omnipdtens,  agricola,  sigmfico,  biformis, 
aliger,  Trivia,  Tuhicerii  vatlclnoTi  architectus,  bimeter,  trimeter^  &c. 

Exc.  1.  But  from  each  of  these  there  are  many  exceptions.  Thus  i  is  long  when 
it  is  varied  by  cases ;  as,  quldam,  qulvis,  tantldem,  eldem,  &c. 

Exc.  2.  Also  when  the  compounding  words  may  be  taken  separately ;  as,  ludlma- 
^ister,  lucrlfacio,  slquis,  &c. 

Exc.  3.  When  a  contraction  is  made  by  Crasis  or  Syncope ;  as,  trigcB,  for  trijugcB ; 
ittcet,  for  Ire  licet,  &c.  it  is  long. 

Exc.  4.  So  in  the  compounds  of  dies,  as,  lUduum,  trzduum,  merldies,  pridie,  postri- 
die ;  but  the  second  syllable  is  sometimes  shortened  in  quotidie  and  quotididnus. 

Exc.  5.  Idem  in  the  masc.  is  long,  (in  the  neuter  short ;)  also  ublque,  ibidem.  But 
in  ulfivis  and  ubicunque,  the  i  is  doubtful.    IdenUdem  has  the  penultimate  short. 

25"^ 


294  VERSE   AND    POETICAL   FEET. 

§  64o  O  in  the  end  of  the  former  compounding  word  is  usually 
shortened ;  as,  Argonauta,  Areopagus^  duodeni,  duodecim,  hodie,  sacro- 
sanctus,  Arctophylax,  hibliotheca,  philosophus^  &lc, 

Exc.  1.  O  is  lengthened  in  the  compounds  of  intro,  retro,  contro,  and  quando ;  as, 

Introduco,  intromiUo,  retr5cedo,  reirogradus,  controversus,  controversia,  quando- 
que ;  but  quandoquidem  has  the  second  syllable  short.  O  is  also  long  in  atioquin, 
ccBteroquin,  utrobtque:  So  likewise  in  Greek  words,  written  with  a  large  o,  or 
u  fxeya ;  as,  gedmetra,  Minotaurus,  lagdpus. 

y  65»  Am  the  former  compounding  part  of  a  word  is  long ;  as,  qudre,  qud- 
propter,  quacunque ;  So,  trddo,  trdduco,  trdno,  for  transno,  <Jkc.  Eadem  is  short,  ex- 
cept in  tne  abl.  sing,  eadem.    So  hexameter,  and  catapulta. 

y  OO*  E  is  short;  as,  nefas,  n^fastus,  nefandus,  nefarius,  neque,  nequeo ;  trt- 
decim,  trecenti,  equidem,  selibra,  valeaico,  madefacio,  tepefacio,  patejado,  &c.  hujus- 
cemodi,  ejuscemodi — Except  scdecim,  semodius,  nequis,  nequam,  nequitia,  nequando, 
nemo,  credo,  memet,  mecum,  tecum,  secum  ;  veneficus,  videlicet. 

V  O  i  •  U  also  is  short ;  as,  ducenti,  dupondium ;  quadrupes,  centuplum,  Troju- 
gena,  cornupeta ;  but  judico  is  long.  Y  likewise  in  Greek  words  is  short ;  as,  JPo- 
ipddriis,  Polydamas,  Folyphemus,  Doryphbrus. 

VERSE. 

§  68«  A  Verse  is  a  certain  number  of  long  and  short  syllables  dis- 
posed according  to  rule. 

It  is  so  called,  because  when  the  number  of  syllables  requisite  is 
completed,  we  always  turn  back  to  the  beginning  of  a  new  line. 

The  parts  into  which  we  divide  a  verse,  to  see  if  it  have  its  just 
number  of  syllables,  are  called  Feet, 

A  verse  is  divided  into  different  feet,  both  to  ascertain  its  measure  or 
number  of  syllables,  and  to  regulate  its  pronunciation. 

FEET. 

Poetic  feet  are  either  of  two,  three,  or  four  syllables.  When  a  sin- 
gle syllable  is  taken  by  itself,  it  is  called  a  C<Bsura,  which  is  commonly 
a  long  syllable. 

1.  Feet  of  two  Syllables, 

Spondeus,  consists  of  two  long ;  as,  omnes, 
Pyrrhichius,  two  short ;  as,  deus. 

Iambus,  a  short  and  a  long ;  as,  amdns. 

Troch<Bus  or  Choreus,       a  long  and  a  short ;  as,  servus, 

2.  Feet  of  three  Syllables. 

Dactylus,  a  long  and  two  short ;  as,  scrlbere, 

AnapcBstus,  two  short  and  a  long ;  sls,  pietds. 

Amphimdcer,  a  long,  a  short,  and  a  long ;  as,  chdrltds, 

Tribrdchys,  three  short ;  as,  dommus. 


DIFFERENT   KINDS   OF   VERSE. 


295 


The  following  are 

Molossus, delectdnt. 

Amphibrachys, honor  e. 

Bacchius, dolor  es. 

Antibacchius, peluntur. 

3.  Feet  of  four  Syllables. 

Proceleusmaticus homtntbus. 

Dispondeus, drdtdres. 

Dijambus, amoenttds. 

Choriambus, pontlftces. 

Dichoreus, Cantilena. 


not  so  much  used : 

Antispastus, Alexander. 

lonicus  minor, properdbdnt. 

lonicus  major, cdlcdribus. 

Paeon  primus, temportbus. 

Paeon  secundus, potentid. 

Paeon  tertius, animdtus. 

Paeon  quartus, celerttds. 

Epitritus  primus, voluptdtes. 

Epitritus  secundus, pcen^lentls. 

Epitritus  tertius, alscdrdids. 

Epitritus  quartus, ».  fbrtundtus. 


SCANNING. 

y  69»  The  measuring  of  verse,  or  the  resolving  of  it  into  the  seve- 
ral feet  of  which  it  is  composed,  is  called  Scanning, 

Obs.  1.  When  a  verse  has  just  the  number  of  feet  requisite,  it  is  called  Versus 
Acatalectus  or  AcatalecCicus,  an  Acataleciic  verse ;  if  a  syllable  be  wanting,  it  is 
called  Catalecttcus:  if  there  be  a  syllable  too  much,  HypercatalecLicus,  or  Hyper- 

The  ascertaining  whether  the  verse  be  complete,  defective,  or  redundant,  is  called 
Depositio  or  Clausula. 

DIFFERENT  KINDS  OF  VERSE. 

No.  1.  HEXAMETER. 

§  70»  The  Hexameter  or  heroic  verse  consists  of  six  feet.  Of 
these  the  fifth  is  a  dactyle,  and  the  sixth  a  spondee ;  all  the  rest  may 
be  either  dactyles  or  spondees :  as, 

12  3  4  5  6 


Liidere 
Infan- 


quae  vel- 
diim  Re- 


lem  cala- 
ginaju- 


mo  per- 
bes  reno- 


misit  a- 
vare  do- 


gresti.   Virg. 
lorem.  Id. 


Obs.  1.  A  regular  Hexameter  line  cannot  have  more  than  seventeen 
syllables,  or  fewer  than  thirteen. 

Obs.  2.  Sometimes  a  spondee  is  found  in  the  fifth  place,  whence  the 
verse  is  called  Spondaic ;  as, 

Cara  De-  |  iim  sobo-  |  les  ma-  |  gniim  Jovis  |  mere-  |  mentum.  Virg. 

This  verse  is  used  when  any  thing  grave,  slow,  large,  sad,  or  the 
like,  is  expressed.  It  commonly  has  a  dactyle  in  the  fourth  place,  and 
a  word  of  four  syllables  in  the  end. 

Obs.  3.  Sometimes  there  remains  a  superfluous  syllable  at  the  end.  But  this  syl- 
lable must  either  terminate  in  a  vowel,  or  in  the  consonant  m,  with  a  vowel  before 
it ;  so  as  to  be  joined  with  the  following  verse,  which  in  the  present  case  must 
always  begin  with  a  vowel ;  as, 

Omnia  |  Mercuri-  |  6  simi-  (  lis  vo-  |  cemque  co-  |  loremque. 
Et  flavo^-crines 


296  DIFFERENT   KINDS    OF   VERSE. 

Those  Hexameter  verses  sound  best,  which  have  dactyles  and  spon- 
dees alternately :  as, 

Ludere,  quas  vellem,  calamo  permisit  agresti.   Virg. 
Pinguis  et  ingratae  premeretur  caseus  urbir  Id. 

Or  which  have  more  dactyles  than  spondees :  as, 
Tityre,  tu  patulae  recubans  sub  tegmine  fagi.    Virg. 

It  is  esteemed  a  great  beauty  in  a  hexameter  verse,  when,  by  the  use 
of  dactyles  and  spondees,  the  sound  is  adapted  to  the  sense :  as, 

Quadrupedante  putrem  sonitu  quatit  ungula  campum.   Virg. 
Illi  inter  sese  magna  vi  brachia  tollunt.  Jd. 
Monstrum  horrendum,  infbrme,  ingens,  cui  lumen  ademptum.  Id 
Accipiunt  inimicum,  imbrem,  rimisque  fatiscunt.  Id. 

But  what  deserves  particular  attention,  in  scanning  hexameter  verse, 
is  the  CiESURA. 

§  Tl*  CcBsura  is  when,  after  a  foot  is  completed,  there  remains  a 
syllable  at  the  end  of  a  word  to  begin  a  new  foot ;  as, 

At  re-glna  gra-vi  jam-dud um,  &c. 

Obs.  1.  The  ccRsura  is  variously  named,  according  to  the  different 
parts  of  the  hexameter  verse  in  which  it  is  found.  When  it  comes 
after  the  first  foot,  or  falls  on  the  third  half-foot,  it  is  called  by  a  Greek 
name,  Triemimeris :  when  on  the  fifth  half-foot,  or  the  syllable  after 
the  second  foot,  it  is  called  Penthemimeris :  when  it  happens  on  the 
first  syllable  of  the  fourth  foot,  or  the  seventh  half-foot,  it  is  called 
Hephthemimeris :  and  when  on  the  ninth  half-foot,  or  the  first  syllable 
of  the  fifth  foot,  it  is  called  Ennehnimeris, 

All  these  different  species  of  the  ccBsura  sometimes  occur  in  the 
same  verse :  as, 

lile  la-tus  nive-ura  mOl-li  fiil-tus  hya-clntho    Virg. 

Obs.  2.  But  the  most  common  and  beautiful  c<Bsura  is  the  penthe- 
mim;  on  which  some  lay  a  particular  accent  or  stress  of  the  voice,  in 
reading  a  hexameter  verse  thus  composed:  whence  they  call  it  the 
ctBsural  pause :  as, 

Tityre,  dum  rede-0,  brevis  est  via,  pasce  capellas.  Virg. 

When  the  ceesura  falls  on  a  syllable  naturally  short,  it  renders  it 
long:  as,  the  last  syllable  of  fultus  in  the  foregoing  example. 

The  chief  melody  of  a  hexameter  verse  in  a  great  measure  depends 
on  the  proper  disposition  of  the  ccBSilra.  Without  this,  a  line  consist- 
ing of  the  number  of  feet  requisite  will  be  little  else  than  mere 
prose:  as, 

RomsB  moenia  terruit  Tmpiger,  Hannibal  armis.    Enrtius. 

The  ancient  Romans,  in  pronouncing  verse,  paid  a  particular  attention  to  its 
melody.  They  observed  not  only  the  quantity  and  accent  of  the  several  syllables, 
but  also  the  different  stops  and  pauses  which  the  particular  turn  of  the  verse  re- 


DIFFERENT   KINDS    OF   VERS*!.  297 

quired.  In  modem  times  we  do  not  fully  perceive  the  melody  of  Latin  verse, 
because  we  have  now  lost  the  just  pronunciation  of  that  language,  the  people  of 
every  country  pronouncing  it  in  a  manner  similar  to  their  own.  In  reading  Latin 
verse,  therefore,  we  are  directed  by  the  same  rules  which  take  place  with  respect 
to  English  verse,  as  has  been  before  observed. 

The  tone  of  the  voice  ought  to  be  chiefly  regulated  by  the  sense.  All  the  words 
should  be  pronounced  fully ;  and  the  cadence  of  the  verse  ought  only  to  be  ob- 
served, so  far  as  it  corresponds  with  the  natural  expression  of  the  words.  At  the 
end  of  each  line  there  should  be  no  fall  of  the  voice,  unless  the  sense  requires  it; 
but  a  small  pause,  half  of  that  which  we  usually  make  at  a  comma. 

No.  2.  PENTAMETER. 

§  72«  The  Pentameter  verse  consists  of  five  feet.  Of  these  the 
two  first  are  either  dactyles  or  spondees :  the  third,  always  a  spondee : 
and  the  fourth  and  fifth,  an  anapaestus :  as, 


1 


2 


3 


4 


5 


Nati-  I  rae  sequi-  |  tiir  se-  |  mma  quTs-  [  que  suae.    Propert. 
Carmini-  |  biis  vl-  |  ves  tem-  |  piis  in  Gm-  |  ne  meis.     Ovid. 

Obs.  1.  But  this  verse  is  more  properly  divided  into  two  hemisticks 
or  halves :  the  former  of  which  consists  of  two  feet,  either  dactyles  or 
spondees,  and  a  caesura:  the  latter,  always  of  two  dactyles  and  another 
caesura :  thus, 

Natu-  I  rae  sequT-  |  tSr  |  semina  I  quTsque  su-  j  sb. 
Carmini-  |  biis  vl-  |  ves  |  tempus  in  |  Gmne  me-  |  is. 

The  Pentameter  usually  ends  with  a  dissyllable,  but  sometimes  also 
with  a  polysyllable. 

No.  3.  TETRAMETER  A  POSTERIORE. 

§  73«  The  Tetrameter  a  Posterior e  consists  of  the  last  four  feet 
of  an  Hexameter :  as, 

Certiis  e-  |  nim  pro  |  mlsit  A-  |  polio.    Hor» 
No.  4.  TRIMETER  CATALECTIC. 

§  74«  The  Trimeter  Catalectic  consists  of  two  dactyles  and  a 
semi-foot  or  catalectic  syllable :  as, 

Arbori-  |  biisque  co-  |  mae.    Hor. 

No.  5.  DACTYLIC  DIMETER  or  ADONIC. 

§  75«  The  Adonic  verse  consists  of  two  feet,  the  first  a  dactyle, 
the  other  a  spondee :  as, 

VTsere  J  mGntes.    Hor. 

Obs.  The  Adonic  is  usually  joined  to  the  Sapphic  or  Trochaic  Pen- 
tameter [No.  11.]  In  odes,  one  Adonic  is  annexed  to  three  Sapphics  to 
form  the  stanza. 


298 


DIFFERENT    KINDS    OF    VEKSE. 


IAMBIC. 

No.  6.  IAMBIC  TRIMETER. 

§  76*  Iambic  verses  take  their  name  from  the  Iambus,  which,  in 
pure  Iambics,  was  the  only  foot  admitted.  They  are  divided  into  two 
kinds.  The  one  consists  of  four  feet,  and  is  called  by  a  Greek  name 
Dimeter  (a  word  meaning  '  two  measures ;')  the  other  consists  of  six 
feet,  and  is  called  Trimeter  ('  six  measures.')  The  reason  of  these 
names  is,  that  among  the  Greeks  two  feet  were  considered  only  as  one 
measure  in  Iambic  verse ;  whereas  the  Latins  measured  it  by  single 
feet,  and  therefore  called  the  Dimeter  quaternarius,  and  the  Trimeter, 
senarius. 

§  77©  The  Trimeter  Iambic  consists  of  three  measures,  or  six 
feet,  properly  all  Iambic ;  the  ccBsura  commonly  falling  on  the  fifth 
semi-foot:  as, 

Phase-  ]  lus  Tl-  |  le  quern  |  vide-  |  tis  hos-  |  pites.     Catullus. 

Obs.  But  the  pure  Iambic  was  rarely  used,  and  the  Spondee  was 
allowed  to  take  the  place  of  the  Iambus  in  the  first,  third  and  fifth  sta- 
tions, for  the  purpose  of  giving  to  the  verse  a  greater  degree  of  weight 
and  dignity.  A  further  liberty  was  taken  in  the  first,  third  and  fifth 
places,  that  of  dividing  one  long  syllable  into  two  short  ones.  The 
scale  of  the  mixed  Trimeter  Iambic  is  as  follows : — 


4 


6 


No.  7.  IAMBIC  TRIMETER  CATALECTIC. 

§  TS*  The  Catalectic  Trimeter  is  tlie  common  Trimeter  [No.  6] 
wanting  the  final  syllable ;  that  is,  it  consists  of  five  feet,  properly  all 
Iambi,  followed  by  a  Catalectic  syllable ;  as, 

Voca-  I  tus  at-  |  que  nGn  |  vo  ca-  |  tus  aii-  |  dit.    Hor. 

Like  the  common  Trimeter  it  admits  a  Spondee  in  the  first  and  third 
places,  but  not  in  the  fifth,  which  would  render  the  verse  too  heavy 
and  prosaic. 

No.  a  IAMBIC  DIMETER. 

§  T0»  The  Dimeter  Iambic  consists  of  two  measures,  or  four  feet, 
properly  all  Iambi ;  as, 

Perun-  |  xit  hoc  |  la-  |  sonem.    Hor. 
But  it  admits  the  same  variations  in  the  odd  feet  as  the  Trimeter. 


DIFFERENT    KINDS    OF    VERSE.  299 

No.  9.  IAMBIC  DIMETER  HYPERMETER. 

P       §  80»  The  Dimeter  Hypermeter,  called  also  Archilochiarij  is  the 
'    Iambic  Dimeter  [No.  8]  with  an  additional  syllable  at  the  end ;  as, 
Rede-  |  git  ad  |  verGs  |  timO-  |  res.     Hor. 

Horace  makes  frequent  use  of  this  metre  in  conjunction  with  the  Al- 
caic [No.  19]  having  always  the  third  foot  a  spondee. 

No.  10.  IAMBIC  DIMETER  ACEPHALUS. 

§  81«  The  Acephalus  Dimeter  is  the  Dimeter  Iambic  [No.  9] 
wanting  the  first  syllable ;  as, 

NGn  j  ebur  |  neque  au-  |  reum.    Hor. 

No.  11.  SAPPHIC. 

§  82«  The  Sapphic  verse  (so  called  from  the  poetess  Sappho,  who 
invented  it)  consists  of  five  feet,  namely  a  Trochee,  a  Spondee,  a  Dac- 
tyle  and  two  more  Trochees ;  as, 

Deflii-  I  it  sax-  |  is  agi-  |  tatus  |  humor.     Hor. 

Of  three  such  verses  with  the  addition  of  one  Adonic  [No.  5]  Sappho 
composed  her  stanza,  in  which  practice  she  was  followed  by  Catullus, 
Horace  and  others. 

CHORIAMBIC. 

No.  12.  CHORIAMBIC  PENTAMETER. 

§  83«  The  Choriambic  Pentameter  consists  of  a  Spondee,  three 
Choriambi,  and  an  Iambus ;  as, 

Tu  ne  I  quaesieris  j  scire' nef as  |  quern  mihi  quem  |  tibi.     Hor. 

No.  13.  CHORIAMBIC  TETRAMETER. 

§  84«  This  species  of  verse  consists  of  three  Choriambi,  and  9, 
Bacchius  (i.  e.  an  Iambus  and  a  long  syllable) ;  as, 

Jane  pater,  |  Jane  tuens,  (  dive  biceps  |  biformis.     Sep.  Ser. 

Obs.  Horace  made  an  alteration,  but  certainly  not  an  improvement, 
in  this  form  of  verse,  by  substituting  a  Spondee,  instead  of  the  Iambus 
in  the  first  measure ;  as, 

Te  de-OS  5-  (  rG,  Sybarin  [  cur  properes  |  amando, 
which  must  be  considered  as  a  lame  Choriambic  Tetrameter. 

No.  14.  ASCLEPIADIC  TETRAMETER. 

V  85«  The  Asclepiadic  Tetrameter  (so  called  from  the  poet  Ascle- 
.  piades)  consists  of  a  Spondee,  two  Choriambi,  and  an  Iambus ;  as, 
MaECe-  I  nas  atavis  |  edite  re-  J  gibus.    Hor. 


800  DIFFERENT   KINDS    OF   VERSE. 

Obs.  As  the  ceesura  takes  place  at  the  end  of  the  first  Choriambus, 
this  metre  may  be  scanned  as  a  Dactylic  Pentameter,  wanting  the  last  • 
syllable;  thus, 

Mae  ce-  |  nas  ata-  |  vis  |  gd^te  |  regibus. 

No.  15.  CHORIAMBIC  TRIMETER,  or  GLYCONIC. 

§  86«  The  Glyconic  verse  (so  called  from  the  poet  Glyco)  consists 
of  a  Spondee,  a  Choriambus,  and  an  Iambus ;  as, 

Sic  te  I  diva  potens  |  Cypri.    Hor. 

Obs.  1.  The  first  foot  was  sometimes  an  Iambus  or  a  Trochee.  Ho- 
race, however,  who  was  very  fond  of  the  Glyconic,  and  has  often  em- 
ployed it,  invariably  adheres  to  the  Spondee,  except  in  one  solitary 
instance;  viz. 

Ignts  I  Iliacas  J  domos.    Od.  1,  13,  36. 

Obs.  2.  This  species  of  verse,  when  it  has  a  Spondee  in  the  first 
place,  might  be  scanned  as  a  Dactylic  Trimeter  ;  thus, 

JVnies  I  te  duce  |  gesserit.    Hor. 
Grato  ]  Pyrrha  sub  |  antrO.    Hor. 

No.  16.  CHORIAMBIC  TRIMETER  CATALECTIC  or  PHERECRATIC. 

§  8  7«  The  Pherecratic  verse  (so  called  from  the  poet  Pherecrates,) 
is  the  Glyconic  [No.  15]  deprived  of  its  final  syllable.     It  consists  of  a 
Spondee,  a  Choriambus,  and  a  Catalectic  syllable ;  as, 
Grato  I  Pyrrha  sub  an-  |  tro.    Hor. 

Or  it  might  be  divided  into  a  Spondee,  a  Dactyle  and  Spondee. 
See  88. 

No.  17.  CHORIAMBIC  DIMETER. 

§  88»  The  Choriambic  Dimeter  consists  of  a  Choriambus  and  a 
Bacchius;  as, 

Lydia  die  |  per  Gmnes.    Hor. 

IONIC. 

Ionic  verses  are  of  two  kinds,  the  lonicus  Major  and  the  lonicus 
Minor,  so  denominated  from  the  feet  of  which  they  are  respectively 
composed. 

No.  18.  IONIC  A  MINORE. 

§  80«  The  Ionic  a  Minore  is  entirely  composed  of  that  foot  or 
measure  called  the  Ionic  a  minore,  which  consists  of  two  short  [a 
Pyrrhic]  and  two  long  [a  Spondee,]  as,  Docuissent.  It  is  not  confined 
to  any  particular  number  of  feet  or  measures,  but  may  be  extended  to 
any  length,  provided  only  that,  with  due  attention  to  Synapheia  [101] 
the  final  syllable  of  the  Spondee  in  each  measure,  be  either  naturally  ' 
long,  or  niade  long  by  the  concourse  of  consonants,  and  that  each  sen- 


FIGURES    IN   SCANNING.  301 

lence  or  period  terminate  with  a  complete  measure,  having  the  Spon- 
dee for  its  close.  Horace's  Ode  12,  Book  3,  may  be  divided  into  lines 
of  four  Ionics  each;  as, 

Miserarum  est  |  neque  amOrl  |  dare  ludum,  I  neque  dulci. 

No.  19.  GREATER  ALCAIC. 

§  90*  The  Greater  Alcaic  consists  of  an  Iambic  measure  (that  is, 
two  feet  properly  both  Iambi)  and  a  long  Catalectic  syllable,  followed 
by  a  Choriambus  and  Iambus ;  as, 

Vides  I  ut  al-  |  ta  |  stet  nive  can-  |  didum.    Hor. 

But  the  first  foot  of  the  Iambic  portion  is,  of  course,  alterable  to  a 

Spondee. 

Obs.  The  Alcaic  is  sometimes  scanned  so  as  to  make  two  Dactyles 
of  the  latter  colon ;  thus, 

Vides  I  ut  al-  J  ta  |  stet  nive  |  candidum. 

No.  20.  DACTYLICO-TROCHAIC  HEPTAMETER  or  ARCHILOCHIAN. 

§  91«  The  Archilochian  Heptameter  consists  of  two  members; 
the  first  contains  four  feet  from  the  beginning  of  the  Hexameter — the 
fourth  being  always  a  Dactyle — the  latter  portion  consists  of  three  Tro- 
chees; thus, 

Solvitur  I  acris  hi-  |  eras  gra-  |  ta  vice  |  veris  \  et  Fa-  |  vGni.    Hor. 

No.  21.    DACTYLICaTROCHAIC  TETRAMETER,   or  LESSER 
ALCAIC. 

§  92©  The  Lesser  Alcaic  consists  of  two  Dactyles  followed  by 
two  Trochees ;  as, 

Levia  I  personii-  |  ere  |  saxa.    Hor. 

FIGURES  IN  SCANNING. 

The  several  changes  made  upon  words,  to  adapt  them  to  the  verse, 
are  called  Figures  m  Scanning.  The  chief  of  these  are  the  Syna- 
Icephaf  Ecthlipsis,  Synmresis,  Dicsresis,  Systole,  and  Diastole, 

§  93«  Synalgepha  is  the  cutting  off  of  a  vowel  or  diphthong, 
when  the  next  word  begins  with  a  vowel ;  as, 

Conticuere  omnes,  intentique  ora  tenebant.     Virg. 

to  be  scanned  thus, 

Conticu-  I  er'  Gm-  |  nes  in-  j  tenti-  J  qu'  ora  te-  |  nebant. 

Obs.  1.  The  SynaloRpha  is  sometimes  neglected :  and  seldom  takes 
place  in  the  interjections,  6,  heu,  ah,  proh,  vce,  vah,  hei ;  as, 

O  pater,  6  hominum,  Divuraque  seterna  potestas.     Virg. 
26 


302  FIGURES   IN   SCANNING. 

Obs.  2.  Long  vowels  and  diphthonofs,  when  not  cut  off,  are  some- 
times shortened ;  as, 

Insulae  lonio  in  magno,  quas  dira  Celaeno.     Virg. 
Credimus?  an,  qui  amant,  ipsi  sibi  somnia  fingunt.    Id. 
Victor  apud  rapidum  Siraoenta  sub  Ilio  alto.    Id. 
Ter  sunt  conati  imponere  Pelio  Ossam.    Id. 
Glauco  et  Panopeae,  et  Inoo  Melicertse.    Id. 

§  94«  EcTHLiPsis  is  the  cutting  off  of  ?n,  with  the  vowel  before 
it,  in  the  end  of  a  word,  because  the  following  word  begins  with  a 
vowel ;  as, 

O  curas  hominum !  O  quantum  est  in  rebus  inane !    Pers. 

thus, 

O  cii-  I  ras  horai-  )  n',  0  quan-  (  t'  est  in  \  rebus  in-  ]  ane. 

Obs.  Sometimes  the  Synaloepha  and  Ecthlipsis  are  found  at  the  end 
of  the  verse ;  as, 

Sternitur  infelix  alieno  vulnere,  coelumque 
Adspicit,  et  dulces  moriens  rerainiscitur  Argos.     Virg. 
Jaraque  iter  emensi,  turres  ac  tecta  Latinorura 
Ardua  cernebant  juvenes,  murosque  subibant.    Id. 

These  verses  are  called  Hypermetri^  because  a  syllable  remains  to 
be  carried  to  the  beginning  of  the  next  line ;  thus,  qu*  Adspicit :  r* 
Ardua. 

§  95»  SynjEresis  is  the  contraction  of  two  syllables  into  one, 
which  is  likewise  called  Crasis ;  as,  Phceton  for  Phaeton.  So  e'i  in 
Theseiy  Orphei^  deinde^  Pompei :  ui  in  huic,  cui :  o'i  in  proinde :  ed 
in  aured :  thus, 

Notus  amor  PhaedraE,  nota  est  injuria  Thesei.  Ovid. 
Proinde  tona  eloquio,  solitura  tibi — Virg. 

Filius  huic  contra,  torquet  qui  sidera  mundi.  Id. 

Aurea  percussum  virga,  versumque  venenis.  Id. 

So  in  antehac,  eadem^  alvearia,  decst,  deerit,  veJiemens^  anteit^  eddem, 
alveOf  graveolentis,  omnia^  semiammis,  semihomo,  Jluviorum,  totius, 
promontorium,  &c.  as, 

Una  eademque  via  sanguis  animusque  sequuntur.     Virg. 
Seu  lento  fuerint  alvearia  vimine  texta.     Id. 
Viiis  amicorum  est  annona,  bonis  ubi  quid  deest.    Hor. 
Divitis  uber  agri,  Trojaeque  opulentia  deerit.     Virg. 
Vehemens  et  liquid  us  puroque  siraillimus  amni.     Hor. 
Te  semper  anteit  dira  necessitas.    Alcaic.  Hor.  Od.l,  35,  17. 
Uno  eodemque  igni,  sic  nostro  Daphnis  amore.     Virg. 
Cum  refluit  campis,  et  jam  se  condidit  alveo.     Virg. 
Inde  ubi  venere  ad  fauces  graveolentis  Averni.     Id. 
Bis  patriae  cecidere  manus:  quin  protinus  omnia.     Id. 
Caedit  semianimis  Rutulorum  calcibus  arva.     Id. 
Semihominis  Caci  facies  quam  dira  tenebat.     Id. 
Fluviorum  rex  Eridanus,  camposque  per  omnes.     Id. 
Magnanimosque  duces  totiusque  ex  ordine  gentis.     Id. 
Inde  legit  Capreas,  promontoriumque  Minervae.     Ovid. 


FIGURES    or   DICTION.  303 

Obs.  To  this  figure  may  be  referred  the  changing  of  i  and  u  into  j 
and  v,  or  pronouncing  them  in  the  same  syllable  with  the  following 
vowel ;  as,  in  genva,  tenvis,  arjetat,  tenvia^  abjete,  pitvita,  parjetibuSf 
Nasidjenus ;  for  genua^  tenuis^  &c.  as, 

Propterea  quia  corpus  aquas  naturaque  tenvis.    Lncr. 
Genva  labant,  gelido  concrevit  frigore  sanguis.     Virg. 
Arjetat  in  portas  et  duros  objice  postes.    Id. 
Velleraque  ut  foliis  depectant  tenvia  Seres,    Id. 
^dificant,  sectaque  intexunt  abjete  costas.    Id. 
Praecipue  sanus,  nisi  cum  pitvita  molesta  est.     Hor. 
Parjetibusque  premunt  arctis,  et  quatuor  addunt,     Virg. 
Ut  Nasidjeni  juvit  te  coena  beati?    Hor. 

§  96«  DiiERESis  divides  one  syllable  into  two ;  as,  aulal,  for  aulce : 
Tro'icB,  for  Trojce :  Perseus,  for  Perseus :  miliius,  for  milvus :  soluit, 
for  solvit :  voliiit,  for  volvit :  aqua,  siietus,  suasit,  Silevos,  relangiiit, 
reliquas,  for  aquce,  suetus,  &c.;  as, 

Aulai  in  medio  libabant  pocula  Bacchi.     Virg^. 

Stamina  non  ulli  dissoliienda  Deo.     Pentam  TibuUus. 

Debuerant  fusos  evoliiisse  suos.     Id.  Ovid.  ^ 

Quae  calidum  faciunt  aqliaB  tactum  atque  vaporem.    Lucr. 

Cum  mihi  non  tantum  furesque  fer^eque  siietae.     Hor. 

Atque  alios  alii  inrident,  Veneremque  siiadent.     Lucr. 

Fund  at  ab  extreme  flavos  Aquilone  Siievos.    Lucan. 

Imposito  fratri  moribunda  relangiiit  ore.     Ovid. 

Reliqiias  tamen  esse  vias  in  mente  patenteis.    Lucr. 

§  97«  Systole  makes  a  long  syllable  short ;  as,  the  penult  in  tule- 
runt;  thus, 

Matri  longa  decern  tulerunt  fastidia  menses.     Virg.  E.  4.  61. 

§  98 •  Diastole  makes  a  short  syllable  long;  as,  the  last  syllable 
of  amor  in  the  following  verse : 

Considant,  si  tantus  araGr,  et  moenia  condant.     Virg.  JE.  11,  323. 

To  the  above  may  be  added  the  following,  which,  though  chiefly  used 
by  the  poets,  often  occur  in  prose ;  and  are  called 

FIGURES  OF  DICTION. 

§  99*  1.  Synapheia  is  the  connexion  or  linking  of  verses  together, 
so  as  to  make  them  run  on  in  continuation,  as  if  the  matter  were  not 
divided  into  separate  verses.  This  figure  obtains  chiefly  in  the  Ionic 
a  minore  measure. 

2.  Prosthesis  prefixes  a  letter  or  syllable  ;  as,  gnatus  for  natus,  te- 
tuli  for  tuli.  This  figure  is  of  frequent  occurrence  in  Greek.  From 
7t^o6^£6i^,  *  an  addition,'  compounded  of  rt^o,  *  before,'  and  r't^ftt,  *  to  put' 
or  '  place.' 

3.  Epenthesis  is  the  insertion  of  a  letter  or  syllable  into  the  body 
of  the  word ;  as,  seditio,  redeo,  to  avoid  the  unpleasant  hiatus  in  se-itio. 


304  DIFFERENT  KINDS  OF  POEMS. 

re-eo :  so,  rettidit  for  retulit.     From  f Ttsv^f  cfcj,  *  an  insertion ;'  f  rtt,  *  to,' 
iv,  '  in,'  T't^iitt,  '  to  place,'  or  '  insert.' 

4.  Paragoge  adds  a  letter  or  syllable  to  the  end ;  as,  amarier,  for 
amdri ;  audirier  for  audiri.  From  Ttapaycoy;^,  *  an  extension,'  /tapayco, 
*  to  extend.' 

5.  Aphceresis  cuts  off  the  first  letter  or  syllable  of  a  word ;  as,  natus 
for  gnatus ;  tender  ant  for  tetenderant.  From  a^atpf  cjtj,  '  a  retrench- 
ment,' which  is  compounded  of  arto,  *  from,'  and  aJpfco,  '  to  take.' 

6.  Syncope  strikes  out  a  letter  or  syllable  from  the  middle  of  a  word ; 
as,  amdsse  for  amavisse;  opra  for  opera.  From  cfuyxo^tj^,  (ofw  and 
xohtoS)  *  an  abridgement.' 

7.  Apocope  cuts  off  the  final  letter  or  syllable  of  a  word ;  as,  men' 
for  mene ;  vlden*  for  videsne.  From  artoxoTttj,  *a  rescission:'  a^to- 
xortT'co,  *  to  cut  off.' 

8.  Metathesis  changes  the  order  of  letters  in  a  word  ;  as,  pistris  for 
pristis.     From  jutfa^f (jtj,  *  a  transposition.' 

9.  Antithesis  substitutes  one  letter  for  another ;  as,  Olli  for  HU  ; 
voltis  for  vultis.  From  avtv,  *  in  stead  of,'  *  in  place  of,'  and  TfiOfj^i.,  *  to 
put,'  or  *  place.' 

DIFFERENT  KINDS  OF  POEMS. 

V  xOO»   Any  work  composed  in  verse  is  called  a  Poem  {Poema  or  Carmen.) 
Poems  are  called  by  various  names,  from  their  subject,  their  form,  the  manner 
of  treating  the  subject,  and  their  style. 

Obs.  1.  A  poem  on  the  celebration  of  a  marriage  is  called  an  Epithalamium  ; 
on  a  mournful  subject,  an  Elegy  or  Lamentation  ;  in  praise  of  the  Supreme 
Being,  a  Hymn  ;  in  praise  of  any  person  or  thing,  a  Panegyric  or  Encomium  ;  on 
the  vices  of  any  one,  a  Satire  or  Invective  ;  a  poem  to  be  inscribed  on  a  tomb, 
an  Epitaph,  &c. 

Obs.  2.  A  short  poem,  adapted  to  the  lyre  or  harp,  is  called  an  Ode,  whence 
such  compositions  are  called  Lyric  poems ;  a  poem  in  the  form  of  a  letter  is  called 
an  Epistle  ;  a  short,  witty  poem,  playing  on  the  fancies  or  conceits  which  afise 
frpm  any  subject,  is  called  an  Epigram  ;  as  those  of  Catullus  and  Martial.  A 
sharp,  unexpected,  lively  turn  of  wit,  in  the  end  of  an  epigram,  is  called  its  Point. 
A  poem  expressing  the  moral  of  any  device  or  picture,  is  called  an  Emblem.  A 
poem  containing  an  obscure  question  to  be  explained,  is  called  an  Enigma  or 
Kiddle. 

Obs.  3.  When  a  character  is  described  so  that  the  first  letters  of  each  verse,  and 
sometimes  the  middle  and  final  letters,  express  the  name  of  the  person  or  thing 
described,  it  is  called  an  Acrostic;  as  the  following  on  our  Saviour: 

I  nter  cuncta  micans    I  gniti  sidera   cod     I, 
E     xpellit    tenebras     E  toto  Phcebus  ut  orb  E ; 
S  ic  ccBcas  removet  JESVS  caliginis  umbra  S, 
V  ivijicansque  simul    V  ero  prcccordia  mot  V, 
S        olem     justiticB      S  ese  probat  esse  beati  S. 

Obs.  4.  From  the  manner  of  treating  a  subject,  a  poem  is  either  Exegetic,  Dra- 
matic, or  Mixed. 


COMBINATION    OF   VBiaSES   IN    POEMS.  305 

The  Exegetic,  where  the  poet  always  speaks  of  himself,  is  of  three  kinds,  His- 
torical, Didactic,  or  Instructive,  (as  the  Satire  or  Epistle,)  and  Descriptive. 

Obs.  5.  Of  the  Dramatic,  the  chief  kinds  are  COMEDY,  representing  the  actions 
of  ordinary  life,  generally  with  a  happy  issue ;  and  TRAGEDY,  representing  the 
actions  and  distresses  of  illustrious  personages,  commonly  with  an  unhappy  issue ;  to 
which  may  be  added  Pastoral  Poems,  or  Bucolics,  representing  the  actions  and 
conversations  of  shepherds ;  as  most  of  the  Eclogues  of  Virgil. 

Obs.  6.  The  Mixed  kind  is  where  the  poet  sometimes  speaks  in  his  own  person, 
and  sometimes  makes  other  characters  to  speak.  Of  this  kind  is  chiefly  the  EPIC 
or  HEROIC  poem,- which  treats  of  some  one  great  transaction  of  some  great,  illus- 
trious person,  with  its  various  circumstances ;  as  the  wrath  of  Achilles  in  the  Iliad 
of  Homer;  the  settlement  of  ^neas  in  Italy  in  the  ^neid  of  Virgil;  the  fall  of 
man  in  the  Paradise  Lost  of  Milton,  &c. 

Obs.  7.  The  style  of  poetry,  as  of  prose,  is  of  three  kinds,  the  simple,  ornate,  and 
sublime. 

COMBINATION  OP  VERSES  IN  POEMS. 

§  101»  In  long  poems  there  is  commonly  but  one  kind  of  verse 
used.  Thus  Virgil,  Lucretius,  Horace  in  his  Satires  and  Epistles,  Ovid 
in  his  Metamorphoses,  Lucan,  Silius  Italtcus,  Valerius  Flaccus,  Juve- 
nal, &c.  always  use  the  Hexameter  verse:  Plautus,  Terence,  and 
other  writers  of  Comedy,  generally  use  the  Iambic,  and  sometimes  the 
Trochaic.  It  is  chiefly  in  shorter  poems,  particularly  those  which  are 
called  Lyric  poems,  as  the  Odes  of  Horace  and  the  Psalms  of  Buchanan, 
that  various  kinds  of  verse  are  combined. 

§  103«  A  poem,  which  has  only  one  kind  of  verse,  is  called  by  a 
Greek  name,  Monocolon,  sc.  poema  or  carmen ;  or  Monocolos,  sc.  ode  ; 
that  which  has  two  kinds,  Dicolon  ;  and  that  which  has  three  kinds 
of  verse,  Tricolon. 

§  103«  If  the  same  sort  of  verse  return  after  the  second  line,  it  is 
called  Dicolon  Distrophon;*  as  when  a  single  Pentameter  is  al- 
ternately placed  after  an  Hexameter  ;  which  is  named  Elegiac  verse^ 
(carmen  Elegiacum,)  because  it  was  first  applied  to  mournful  sub- 
jects; thus, 

Flebilis  indignos,  Elegeia,  solve  capillos ; 

Ah !  nirais  ex  vero,  nunc  tibi  nomen  erit.    Ovid. 

This  kind  of  verse  is  used  by  Ovid  in  all  his  other  works  except 
the  Metamorphoses ;  and  also  for  the  most  part  by  TibuUus,  Proper- 
tius,  &c. 

§  104«  When  a  poem  consists  of  two  kinds  of  verse,  and  after 
three  lines  returns  to  the  first,  it  is  called  Dicolon  Tristrophon; 
when  after  four  lines,  Dicolon  Tetrastrophon  ;  as, 

*  A  Strophe  or  Stanza  includes  as  many  lines  as  are  necessary  to  show  all  the 
different  kmds  of  measure  in  an  ode.  It  is  called  Strophe,  which  in  Greek  literally 
means  a  turning,  because  at  the  end  of  it,  you  turn  back  to  the  same  kind  of  verse 
with  which  you  began. 

26* 


306        COMBINATIONS  OP  METRES  IN  HORACE. 

Auream  quisquis  mediocritatera 
Diligit,  tutus  caret  obsoleti 
Sordibus  tecti ;  caret  invidend^ 

Sobrius  auld.  Horat. 

§  X03«  When  a  poem  consists  of  three  kinds  of  verse,  and  after 
three  lines  always  returns  to  the  first,  it  is  called  Tricolon  Tristro- 
PHON ;  but  if  it  returns  after  four  lines,  it  is  ^called  Tricolon  Tetras- 
TROPHON ;  as,  when  after  two  greater  dactylic  Alcaic  verses  are  sub- 
joined an  Archilochian  iambic  and  a  lesser  dactylic  Alcaic,  which  is 
named  Carmen  Horatidnum,  or  Horatian  verse,  because  it  is  frequently 
used  by  Horace ;  thus, 

Virtus  recludens  immeritis  mori 
CoBlum,  negate  tentat  iter  via  ; 
CoBtusque  vulgares,  et  udam 
Spemit  humum  fugiente  penn^. 

THE  VARIOUS  COMBINATIONS  OF  THE  DIFFERENT 
METRES  USED  BY  HORACE. 

§  106*  The  different  species  of  metre  used  by  Horace,  in  his 
Lyric  compositions,  are  twenty ;  and  the  various  forms  in  which  he  has 
employed  these  metres,  either  separate  or  in  conjunction,  are  nineteen, 

A  TRICOLON  TETRASTROPHON. 

§  107»  I.  Two  greater  Alcaics,  [No.  19,*]  one  Archilochian  Iam- 
bic Dimeter  Hypermeter,  [No.  9,]  and  one  Lesser  Alcaic,  [No.  21,]  as, 

O  matre  pulchra  filia  pulchrior, 
Quem  criminosis  cumque  voles  modum 
Pones  lambis,  sive  flamma, 
SIve  mari  libet  adrianO.    Lib.  1.  16. 

This  appears  to  be  his  favourite  form,  as  we  find  it  in  thirty-seven 
of  his  odes.     Thence  it  is  often  called  the  Horatian  Stanza, 

A  DICOLON  TETRASTROPHON. 

§  108«  II.  The  combination  next  in  favour  with  Horace,  was  the 
following — three  Sapphics,  [No.  11,]  and  one  Adonic,  [No.  5,]  in  which 
form  he  composed  twenty-six  odes :  e.  g. 

Jam  satis  terris  nivis  atque  dirae 
Grandinis  misit  pater,  e^  rubente 
Dextera  sacras  jaciilatus  arces, 
Terriiit  urbera.    Lib.  1.  2. 

A  DICOLON  DISTROPHON. 

§  109«  III.  One  Glyconic,  [No.  15,1  and  one  Asclepiadic,  [No. 
14,]  which  combination  occurs  in  twelve  odes :  thus, 

Sic  te  Diva  potens  Cypri, 
Sic  fratres  Helenae,  lucida  sidera.    Lib.  \,  3. 

♦These  numbers  refer  to  the  different  kinds  of  verse  on  pages  295,  296,  297,  298, 
299,  300,  and  30L 


COMBINATION   OP   METRES   IN   HORACE.  307 

A  DICOLON  DISTROPHON. 

§  110«  IV.  One  Iambic  Trimeter,  [No.  6,]  and  one  Iambic  Dime- 
ter, [No.  8,]  in  which  form  we  see  ten  of  his  Epodes. 

Ibis  Liburnis  inter  alta  navium, 
Amice  propugnacula.  Epod.  2. 

A  DICOLON  TETRASTROPHON. 

§  111*  V.  Three  Asclepiadics,  [No.  14,]  and  one  Glyconic,  [No. 
15,]  in  nine  odes :  e.  g. 

Scriberis  Vario  fortis,  et  hostium 
Victor,  Moeonii  carrainis  aliti 
Quara  rem  cumque  ferox  navibiis  aut  equis 
Miles,  te  duce,  gesserit,    Lib.  1.  6. 

A  TRICOLON  TETRASTROPHON. 

§  112»  VI.  Two  Asclepiadics,  [No.  14,]  one  Pherecratic,  [No.  16,] 
and  one  Glyconic,  [No.  15,]  seven  odes. 

Dianam,  tenerae  dicite,  virgines  : 
Intonsum,  piieri,  dicite  Cynthium, 
Latonamque  supremo 
Dilectam  penitus  Jovi.    Lib.  1.  2L 

A  MONOCOLON. 
§  113«  VII.  The  Asclepiadic,  [No.  14,]  three  odes:  thus, 
Maecenas  atavis  edite  regibiis.    lib.  1. 1. 

A  DICOLON  DISTROPHON. 

§  114«  VIII.  One  Dactylic  Hexameter,  [No.  1,]  and  one  Dactylic 
Tetrameter  a  posteriore,  [No.  3,]  three  odes :  thus, 

Laiidabiint  allii  claram  Rhodon,  aut  Mitylenem, 
Aut  Epheslim,  bimarisve  Corinthi.    Lib.  1.  7. 

A  MONOCOLON. 

§  115«  IX.  The  Choriambic  Pentameter,  [No.  12,]  used  alone  in 
three  odes :  thus, 

Tu  ne  quaesieris,  scire  nefas,  quem  mihi  quem  tibi.    Lib.  1. 11. 

A  DICOLON  DISTROPHON. 

5  116«  X.  One  Hexameter,  [No.  1,]  and  one  Iambic  Dimeter, 
[No.  8,]  two  odes :  as, 

Nox  erat,  et  caelo  fulgebat  liina  sereno 
Inter  minora  sidera.    Epod.  15. 

A  MONOCOLON. 

§  117»  XI.  The  Iambic  Trimeter,  [No.  6,]  unmixed  with  any 
other  species  of  verse,  two  epodes :  thus. 

Quid  obseratis  auribiis  fiindis  preces  ?  Epod.  18. 


308  COMBINATION    OF   METRES   IN   HORACE. 

A  DICOLON  DISTROPHON. 

§  118«  XII.  One  Choriambic  Dimeter,  [No.  17,]  and  one  Chori- 
ambic  Tetrameter,  [No.  13,]  one  ode : 

Lydia,  die,  per  omnes 
Te  De  os  6rG,  Sybarin  cur  properes  amando.    Lib.  1.  8. 
■*>  . 

A  DICOLON  DISTROPHON. 

§  119«  Xin.  One  Hexameter,  [No.  1,]  and  one  Iambic  Trimeter, 
[No.  6,]  one  epode. 

Altera  jam  teritur  bellis  civilTbus  astas 

Siiis  et  ipsa  Roma  viribus  ruit.    Epod.  16. 

A  DICOLON  DISTROPHON. 

§  120«  XIV.  One  Hexameter,  [No.  1,]  and  one  Dactylic  Trime- 
ter, Catalectic,  [No.  4,]  one  ode. 

Diffugere  nives :  redeunt  jam  gramina  campis, 
Arboribusqae  comae.    Lib.  4.  7. 

A  TRICOLON  TRISTROPHON. 

§  131«  XV.  One  Hexameter,  [No.  1,]  one  Iambic  Dimeter,  [No. 
8,]  and  one  Dactylic  Trimeter  Catalectic,  [No.  4,]  one  epode. 

Horrida  tempestas  coBlum  cGntraxit,  et  imbres 
Nives  que  deducunt  Jovem : 
Nunc  mare,  nunc  siiuse.    Epod.  13. 

A  TRICOLON  TRISTROPHON 

§  122*  XVI.  One  Iambic  Trimeter,  [No.  6,]  one  Dactylic  Trime- 
ter Catalectic,  [No.  4,]  and  one  Iambic  Dimeter  [No.  8,]  only  once  used. 

Petti  nihil  me,  sTcut  antea,  juvat 

Scribere  versiculos, 
Amore  perculsum  gravi.    Epod.  11. 

A  DICOLON  DISTROPHON. 

§  123«  XVn.  One  Archilochian  Heptameter,  [No.  20,]  and  one 
Iambic  Trimeter  Catalectic,  [No.  7,]  a  single  example. 

SolvTtur  acris  hiems  grata  vice  veris,  et  Favoni, 
Trahuntque  siccas  machinae  carinas.    Lib.  1.  4. 

A  DICOLON  DISTROPHON. 

§  124*  XVIII.  One  Iambic  Dimeter  Acephalus,  [No.  10,]  and  one 
Iambic  Trimeter  Catalectic,  [No.  7,]  one  ode. 

Non  cbur,  neqiie  aureum 
Mea  renldet  In  domO  lacunar.    Lib.  2. 18. 


INDEX  TO  THE  ODES  OF  HORACE. 


309 


A  MONOCOLON. 
§  1S5*   XIX.  The  Ionic  a  minore  [No.  18, J  in  one  instance  only. 
Miserarum  est  neque  araGri  dare  ludum,  neque  dulci.    Lib.  3.  12. 


^  INDEX  TO  THE  ODES  OF  HORACE, 

EXHIBITING  THE  FIRST   WORDS   OF  EACH,   WITH   REFERENCES  TO   THE    PRECEDING 
NUMBERS,  ACCORIiaNG  TO   THE  EXAMPLES  UNDER  WHICH  THEY  ARE  SCANNED. 


^li  vetusto 

iEquam  memento  . . . 

Albi  ne  doleas 

Altera  jam  teritur. . . 
Angustam  amici  .... 

At  O  deorum 

Audivere  Lyce  .... 
Bacchum  in  remotis  . 

Beatus  ille 

CcbIo  supinas 

CaBlo  tonantem 

Cum  tu  Lydia 

Cur  me  querelis  .... 
Delicta  majorum  .... 

Descends  coelo 

Dianam  tenerae 

Diffugere  nives 

Dive  quem  proles  . . . 

Divis  orte  bonis 

Donarem  pateras  .... 

Donee  gratus  eram  . . 

Eheu  fugaces 

Est  mihi  nonum  .... 

Et  thure  et  fidibus  . . 

Exegi  monumentum  . 

Extremum  Tanaim  . . 

Faune  nympharum  . . 

Festo  quid  potius  die 

Herculis  ritu 

Horrida  tempestas. . . 

Ibis  Liburnis 

Icci  beatis 

Ille  et  nefasto 

Irapios  parraB 

Inclusara  Danaen  . . . 

Intactis  opulentior  . . . 

Integer  vitae 

Intermissa  Venus  diu 

Jam  jam  efficaci 

Jam  pauca  aratro  . . . 

Jam  satis  terris 


107 

107 

111 

119 

107 

110 

112 

107 

110 

107 

107 

109 

107 

107 

107 

112 

120 

108 

111 

113 

109 

107 

108 

109 

113 

111 

108 

109 

108 

121 

110 

107 

107 

108 

111 

109 

108 

109 

117 

107 

108 


Jam  veris  comites  ...  1111 
Justum  et  tenacem  . .   107 

Laudabunt  alii 114 

Lupis  et  agnis 110 

Lydia  die  per  omnes.   118 

Maecenas  atavis 113 

Malasoluta 110 

Martiis  ccelebs 108 

Mater  saevaCupidinum  109 
Mercuri  facunde  ....  108 
Mercuri  nam  te  ....     108 

Miserarum  est 125 

Molis  inertia 116 

Montium  custos 108 

Motum  ex  Metello  . .   107 

Musis  amicus 107 

Natis  in  usum 107 

Ne  forte  credas 107 

Ne  sit  ancillae 108 

Nolis  longa  ferae  ....  Ill 
Nondum  subacta ....  107 
Non  ebur  neque  aur.  124 
Non  semper  imbres. .   107 

Non  usitata 107 

Non  vides  quanto  . . .   108 

Noxerat 116 

Nullam  Vare  sacra. .   115 

NuUus  argento 108 

Nunc  est  bibendura  .  107 
O  crudelis  adhunc  ..   115 

O  Diva  gratum 107 

O  fons  Bland usiae  ...  112 
O  matre  pulchra  . . .     107 

O  nata  mecum 107 

O  navis  referent 112 

O  saepe  mecum . . ....   107 

O  Venus  regina  .....   108 

Odi  profanum 107 

Otium  Divos 108 

Parcius  junctas 108 

Parous  Deorum 107 


Parentis  olim 1 10 

Pastor  quum  trah... .  Ill 
Persicos  odi  puer  ....   108 

Petti  nihil  me 122 

Phoebe,  silvarumque .  108 
Phoebus  volentem  . . .  107 
Pindarum  quisquis  . .   108 

Poscimur  siquid 108 

Quae  cura  patrum  . . .  107 
Qualem  ministrum  . .  107 
Quando  repostum  ...  1 10 
Quantum  distet  ab  In.  109 
Quem  tu  Melpomene  109 
Quem  virum  aut  her.  108 

Quid  bellicosus 107 

Quid  dedicatum  ....  107 
Quid  fles  Asterie  ....  112 
Quid  immerentes ....  1 10 

Quid  obseratis 1 17 

Quid  tibi  vis 114 

Quis  desiderio Ill 

Quis  multa  gracilis  . .   112 

Quo  me  Bacche 109 

Quo,  quo  scelesti  ru..   110 

Rectius  vivos 108 

Rogare  longo 110 

Scriberis  Vario   Ill 

Septimi  Gades 108 

Sic  te  Diva  potens  . .  109 
Solvitur  acris  hiems  .  123 
Te  maris  et  terrae  ...  114 
Tu  ne  quaesieris  ....  115 
Tvrrhena  regum  ....   107 

Ulla  si  juris 108 

Uxor  pauperis  Ibyci  .  109 

Velox  amoenum 107 

Vides  ut  alta 107 

Vile  potabis 108 

Vitas  hinnuleo 112 

Vixi  puellis 107 


(310) 


APPENDIX. 


Of  Punctuation ;  Capitals  ;  Abbreviations ;  Division  of  the  Roman 
Months;  Tables  of  Roman  CoinSy  Weights^  and  Measures. 

The  different  divisions  of  discourse  are  marked  by  certain  characters 
called  Points. 

The  points  employed  for  this  purpose  are  the  Comma,  (,)  Semico- 
lon, (;)  Colon,  (:)  Period,  Punctum,  or  full  stop,  (.) 

Their  names  are  taken  from  the  different  parts  of  the  sentence  which 
they  are  employed  to  distinguish. 

The  Period  is  a  whole  sentence  complete  by  itself  The  Colon,  or  member,  is  a 
chief  constructive  part,  or  greater  division  of  a  sentence.  The  Semicolon,  or  half 
member,  is  a  less  constructive  part,  of  subdivision,  of  a  sentence  or  member.  The 
Comma,  or  segment,  is  the  least  constructive  part  of  a  sentence,  in  this  way  of  con- 
sidering it ;  for  the  next  subdivision  of  a  sentence  would  be  the  resolution  of  it  into 
Phrases  and  words. 

To  these  points  may  be  added  the  Semiperiod,  or  less  point,  followed  by  a  small 
letter.  But  this  is  of  much  the  same  use  with  the  Colon,  and  occurs  only  in  Latin 
books. 

A  simple  sentence  admits  only  of  a  full  point  at  the  end ;  because  its  general 
meaning  cannot  be  distinguished  into  parts.  It  is  only  in  compound  sentences  that 
all  the  different  points  are  to  be  found. 

Points  likewise  express  the  different  pauses  which  should  be  observed  in  a  just 
pronunciation  of  discourse.  The  precise  duration  of  each  pause,  or  note,  cannot  be 
defined.  It  varies  according  to  the  different  subjects  of  discourse,  and  the  different 
turns  of  human  passion  and  thought.  The  period  requires  a  pause  in  duration 
double  of  the  colon ;  the  colon  double  of  the  semicolon ;  and  the  semicolon  double 
of  the  comma. 

There  are  other  points,  which,  together  with  a  certain  pause,  also  denote  a  dif- 
ferent modulation  of  the  voice  in  correspondence  with  the  sense.  These  are  the 
Interrogation  point  ( ? ),  the  Exclamation  or  Admiration  point  ( ! ),  and  the  Paren- 
thesis  ().  The  first  two  generally  mark  an  elevation  of  the  voice,  and  a  pause 
equal  to  that  of  a  semicolon,  a  colon,  or  a  period,  as  the  sense  requires.  The  Pa- 
renthesis usually  requires  a  moderate  depression  of  the  voice,  with  the  pause  some- 
what greater  than  a  comma.  But  these  rules  are  liable  to  many  exceptions.  The 
modulation  of  the  voice  in  reading,  and  the  various  pauses,  must  always  be  ^egula^ 
ed  by  the  sense. 

Besides  the  points,  there  are  several  other  marks  made  use  of  in  books,  to  denote 
references  and  different  distinctions,  or  to  point  out  something  remarkable  or  de- 
fective, &c.  These  are  the  Apostrophe  (');  Asterisk  (*);  Hyphen  (-);  Obelisk  (t); 
Double  Obelisk  (t);  Parallel  Lines  ( || ) ;  Paragraph  ( IT ) ;  Section  ( $ ) ;  Quotation 
( "  " ) ;  Crotchets  [ ] ;  Brace  ( -{ ) ;  Ellipsis  (. . .  or  — ) ;  Caret  (  a  ) ;  which  last  is  only 
used  in  writmg. 


DIVISION    OF   THE   R03IAN   MONTHS.  311 

References  are  often  marked  by  letters  and  figures. 

Capitals,  or  larger  letters,  are  used  at  the  beginning  of  sentences,  of  verses,  and 
of  proper  names.  Some  use  them  at  the  beginning  of  every  substantive  noun. 
Adjectives,  verbs,  and  other  parts  of  speech,  unless  they  be  emphatical,  commonly 
begin  with  a  small  letter. 

Capitals,  with  a  point  after  them,  are  often  put  for  whole  words ;  thus,  A.  marks 
Aulus,  C.  Caius,  D.  Decius,  or  Decimus,  L.  Lucius,  M.  Marcus,  P.  Publius,  Q. 
Quintus,  or  Quinctivs,  T.  Titus.  So  F.  stands  for  Filius,  and  N.  for  Nepos ;  as,  M. 
F.  Marci  Filius,  M.  N.  Marci  Nepos.  In  like  manner  P.  C.  marks  Patrcs  Conscripti , 
S.  C.  SenrUus  Consultum ;  P.  R.  Populus  Romdnus ;  S.  P.  Q.  R.  Sendtus,  Populus- 
que  Rcrmdnus ;  U.  C.  Urbs  Condita ;  S.  P.  D.  Salutem  plurimam  dicit ;  D.  D.  D. 
Dat,  dicat,  dedicat ;  D.  D.  C.  Q.  Dat,  dicat,  consecratque ;  H.  S.  written  corruptly 
for  L.  L.  S.  Sestertius,  equal  in  value  to  two  pounds  of  brass  and  a  half;  the  two 
pounds  being  marked  by  L.  L.  Libra,  Libra,  and  the  half  by  S.  Semis.  So  in  modern 
books  A.  D.  marks  Anno  Domini,  A.  M.  Artium  Magister,  Master  of  Arts;  M.  D. 
Medi.cincB  Doctor,*  LL.  D.  Legum  Doctor ;  N.  B.  Nota  Bene,  &c. 

Sometimes  a  small  letter  or  two  is  added  to  the  capital ;  as.  Etc.  Et  ccet^ra ;  Ap. 
Appius ;  Cn.  Cneius ;  Op.  Opiter ;  Sp.  Spurius ;  Ti.  Tiberius ;  Sex.  Sextus  ;  Cos. 
Consul ;  Coss.  ConsTdes ;  Imp.  Imperdtor ;  Impp.  Imperatores, 

In  like  manner,  in  English,  Esq.  Esquire ;  Dr.  Debtor  or  Doctor ;  AccL  Account ; 
MS.  Manuscript ;  MSS.  Manuscripts ;  Do.  Ditto  ,•  Rt.  Hon.  Right  Honourable,  &c. 

Small  letters  are  likewise  often  put  as  abbreviations  of  a  word ;  as,  i.  e.  id  est ; 
h.  e.  hoc  est,  that  is ;  e.  g.  exempli  gratia,  for  example ;  v.  g.  verbi  gratia. 


OF  TIME. 
.  DIVISION  OF  THE  ROMAN  MONTHS. 

The  Romans  divided  their  months  into  three  parts,  by  f Kalends,  Nones,  and  Ides. 
The  first  day  of  every  month  was  called  the  Kalends :  the  fifth  day  was  called  the 
Nones:  and  the  thirteenth  day  was  called  the  Ides:  except  in  the  months  of  March, 
May,  July,  and  October,  in  which  the  nones  lell  upon  the  seventh  day,  and  the  ides 
on  the  fifteenth.  » 

In  reckoning  the  days  of  their  months,  they  counted  backwards.  Thus,  the  first 
day  of  January  was  marked  Kalendis  Januariis  or  Januarii,  or,  by  contraction, 
Kal.  Jan.  The  last  day  of  December,  Pridie  Kalendas  Januarias,  or  Januarii^ 
scil.  ante.  The  day  before  that,  or  the  30th  day  of  December,  Tertio  Kal.  Jan.  scil. 
die  ante :  or  Ante  diem  tertium  Kal.  Jan.  The  twenty-ninth  day  of  December, 
Quarto  Kal.  Jan.  And  so  on,  till  they  came  back  to  the  thirteenth  day  of  Decem- 
ber, or  to  the  ides,  which  were  marked  Idibus  Decembribus,  or  Decembris:  the  day 
before  the  ides,  Pridie  Idas  Dec.  scil.  ante :  the  day  before  that,  Tertio  Id.  Dec.  and 
so  back  to  the  nones,  or  the  fifth  day  of  the  month,  which  was  marked  Nonis 
Decembrtbus,  or  Decembris :  the  day  before  the  nones,  Pridie  Non.  Dec.  Slc.  and 
thus  through  all  the  months  of  the  year. 

*  Two  capitals  in  this  way  denote  the  plural  number ;  as,  L.  D.  Lcgis  Doctor : 
LL.  D.  Legum  Doctor. 

t  Kalends,  or  Calends,  is  derived  from  Calo,  -are,  to  call.  In  the  Infancy  of 
Rome,  a  priest  summoned  the  people  together  in  the  Capitol,  on  the  first  day  of  the 
month,  or  of  the  new  moon,  and  called  over  the  days  that  intervened  between 
that  and  the  Nones.  In  later  times  the  Fasti,  or  Calendar,  used  to  be  put  up  in 
public  places. 

The  Nones  [Nonce]  are  so  called,  because  they  are  nine  days  from  the  Ides. 
Ides  [Idas]  from  the  obsolete  verb  Iduare,  to  divide,  because  they  divide  the  month 
nearly  equally. 


312 


DIVISION    OP   THE    ROMAN   MONTHS. 


Junius,  Aprilis,  SEPTEMque,  NovEMque  tricenos; 
Unum  plus  reliqui ;  Februus  tenet  octo  viginti ; 
At  si  bissextus  luerit,  superadd! tur  unus. 
To  primam  mens  is  lucera  die  esse  kalendas. 
Sex  Maius,  nonas  October,  Julius,  et  Mars, 
Quator  at  reliqui ;  dabit  id  us  quilibet  octo. 
Omnes  post  idus  luces  die  esse  kalendas, 
IVomen  sortiri  debent  a  mense  sequenti. 

Thus,  the  14th  day  of  ApnY,  June,  September,  and  November,  was  marked  XVTII. 
Kal.  of  the  following  month ;  the  15th,  XVII.  Kal.  &c.  The  14th  day  oi  January, 
August,  and  December,  XIX.  Kal.  &c.  So  the  16th  day  of  March,  May,  July,  and 
October,  was  marked  XVII.  Kal.  &c.  And  the  14th  day  of  February,  XVI  Kal. 
Martii  or  Martias.  The  names  of  all  the  months  are  used  as  Substantives  or  Ad- 
jectives, except  Aprilis,  which  is  used  only  as  a  Substantive. 

In  Leap  year,  that  is,  when  February  has  twenty-nine  days,  which  happens  every 
fourth  year,  both  the  24th  and  the  25th  days  of  that  month  were  marked,  Sexto 
Kalendas  Martii,  or  Martias :  and  hence  this  year  is  called  BissexLilis. 


TABLE. 


The  day  $ 
of  our 

March,  May.  July  and 
October 

January,  .August  and 
becember 

April,  June,  September 
and  November, 

February  has  28,  and 

m  Leap  Year 

29  days. 

months. 

(have  31  days.) 

(have  also  31  days.) 

(30  days.) 

I 

Calendis. 

Calendis. 

Calendis. 

Calendis. 

2 

vn 

IV  I  ante 
III  S  Nonas. 

IV  I  ante 
III  S  Nonas. 

IV  )  ante 
III^  Nonas. 

3 

V   {    ante 

4 

IV  f  Nonas. 

Pridie  Nonas 

Pridie  Nonas 

Pridie  Nonas 

5 

Ill) 

Nonis. 

Nonis. 

Nonis. 

6 

rridie  Nonas 

viin 

viin 

VIII" 

7 

Nonis. 

VII 

VII 

VII 

8 
9 

viin 

VII 

VI 
V 

ante  Idus. 

VI 

V 

ante  Idtls. 

VI 

V 

•  ante  Idus. 

10 
11 

VI 

V       ' 

ante  Idus. 

IV 

III  J 

IV 

III 

IV 

III  , 

12 

IV 

Pridie  Idus. 

Prid 

e  Idus. 

Pridie  Idus. 

13 

III  J 

Idibus. 

Id 

ibus. 

Idibus. 

14 

Pr  die  Idus. 

XIX    ■ 

xviir 

xvn 

15 

Idibus. 

XVIII 

XVII 

§ 

XV 

16 

xvir 

g 

XVII 

1 

XVI 

B 

XIV 

C3 

17 

XVI 

XVI 

o 

XV 

o 

XIII 

O 

18 

XV 

o 

XV 

I 

XIV 

1- 

XII 

g 

19 

XIV 

XIV 

o 

XIII 

3 

XI 

a" 

20 

XIII 

§ 

XIII 

G. 

XII 

§ 

X 

3 

■  r 

21 

XII 

D- 

XII 

g 

XI 

'o 

IX 

22 

XI 

g 

XI 

►        % 

X 

'     ^ 

VIII 

23 

X 

•       % 

X 

i 

IX 

i 

VII 

24 

IX 

a 

IX 

VIII 

g 

VI 

f 

25 

VIII 

o 

VIII 

o* 

VII 

V 

26 

VII 

g 

VII 

^ 

VI 

g 

IV 

27 

VI 

VI 

3 

V 

§ 

III  J 

28   . 

V 

o  1 

V 

§ 

IV 

B- 

29 

IV 

D 

IV 

B' 

"I    . 

^~' 

Prid.  Calend. 

30 

"I 

F.i 

III    j 

Martias. 

31 

" 

Prid.  C^end.  of 

Prid.  Calend.  of 

Prid.  Calend.  of 

the  fol.  month. 

the  fol.  month. 

the  fol.  month. 

ROMAN    COINS.  313 

The  Roman  manner  of  counting  from  a  given  point  includes  that  point.  Thus, 
the  third  before  the  Nones,  that  is  before  the  fifth  of  the  month,  is  not  the  second, 
as  we  should  say,  but  the  third.  But  if  the  point  from  which  the  reckoning  is  to 
be  made,  is  the  first  of  the  following  month,  that  is,  the  Calends,  it  is  not  enough  to 
bring  into  computation  the  number  of  days  of  the  current  month,  but  the  Calends 
must  also  be  regarded  in  the  subtraction;  that  is,  the  number  of  days  of  the  current 
month  must  be  increased  by  two  for  the  minuend.    Hence  the  following 

Rule.  Add  one  to  the  number  of  the  Nones  and  Ides,  and  two  to  the  number 
of  days  in  the  month  for  the  Calends,  and  then  subtract  the  number  of  the  day. 
Thus,  to  find  the  Roman  date  of  the  21st  of  July,  which  has  31  days,  add  2  =  33, 
and  from  this  take  21,  and  the  remainder  is  12:  hence  the  Roman  date  of  the  21st 
of  July  is  12th  Cal.  Aug. 


OF  THE  RECKONING  OF  MONEY. 

1.  The  Romans  reckoned  their  Gold  money  by  Greek  Talents,  their 
Silver  money  't)y  Denarii,  and  their  Copper  money  by  Asses. 

2.  The  as  was  originally  a  pound  of  copper,  but  varied  very  much 
in  its  weight  in  different  ages.  The  Denarius  was  the  Greek  Drachma, 
originally  equal  in  value  to  ten  asses,  or  about  15  cents  of  our  money. 
The  sestertius  was  one  fourth  of  this,  or  two  asses  and  a  half  {semis- 
tertius),  and  was  hence  denoted  by  1 1  S,  or  H  S.  The  sestertius  was 
called  emphatically  nummus,  as  all  large  sums  were  reckoned  in  it, 
after  the  coining  of  silver  money. 

3.  The  neuter,  sestertium,  which  denoted  a  sum  and  not  a  coin,  was 
equal  to  a  thousand  sestertii. 

4.  In  reckoning  by  asses,  as  the  Romans  carried  their  numbers  only 
to  centena  millia  (100,000),  and  formed  higher  numbers  by  adverbs, 
the  words  centena  millia  came  to  be  left  out,  and  only  the  numeral 
adverbs,  decies,  vicies,  &c.  used,  with  which  centena  millia  is  to 
be  supplied.  Thus  decies  ceris  was  decies  centena  millia  assium 
ceris. 

5.  In  reckoning  by  sesterces  the  neuter  noun  sestertium  was  joined 
with  the  numeral  adverb,  in  the  case  required  by  the  construction. 
Thus  decies  sestertium  was  decies  centena  millia  sestertiorum  (gen. 
plur.  of  sestertius),  a  million  of  sestertii.  The  adverb  often  stood  alone ; 
thus,  decies,  vicies.  There  were,  therefore,  three  forms,  carefully  to 
be  distinguished  from  each  other :  —  1.  the  sestertius  joined  with  the 
cardinal  numbers,  denoting  a  single  nummus  sestertius : — 2.  the  sester- 
tium joined  in  the  plural  with  ordinals,  denoting  so  many  thousands  of 
the  nummi  sestertii: — 3.  the  sestertium,  joined  in  the  singular  only 
with  numeral  adverbs,  denoting  so  many  hundred  sestertia,  or  hundred 
thousand  sestertii.  These  three  combinations  were  distinguished  in  writ- 
ing, thus ;  HS.  X.  was  decem  sestertii;  HS.  X.  decem  sestertia;  and 
HS.  X.  decies  sestertium.  But  this  distinction  was  not  always  observed, 
if  our  present  MSS.  of  the  classics  are  correct. 

27 


(314) 


TABLES 


ROMAN  MEASURES,  WEIGHTS,  AND  MONEYS. 


[  TABLE  I.  ] 

ROMAN  MEASURES  OF  LENGTH. 

1.  Measures  below  the  foot.    ( Unit :  Pes  =  11.649  inch.) 


Sextula  . 


n 


18 


72 


Siciliquus 

Semiuncia . . . 
Digitus  . 


12 


48 


n 


24 


n 


16 


Uncia 

Palmus.. 
Pes. 


12 


lO. 

100. 
1000. 


^eet. 

Inches. 

.16179 

.24269 

.48537 

.72806 

.97075 

2.91225 

11.649 

9 
97 
970 

8.49 

0.9 

9. 

[TABLE  IL] 

ROMAN  MEASURES  OF  LENGTI 
2.  Measures  above  the  foot. 

Pes..          

I. 

Miles. 

1 

.       9 
.     91 
.  919 

Yds 

1 

3 

38 

1617 

666 

339 
1631 
476 

Feet. 
.97075 

1.21344 

1.45612 

2.42687 

1.85375 

0.7075 

2.49 

2.75 

2.625 

0.5 

2. 

2. 

n 

Palm 

n 

H 

Cubi 

^us •••••••.«••••••*•• 

H 

2 

U 

Pes  S^s^^'^i'ia 

s , ,,,, ,.,,,,,,,  ■•■« 

5 

4 

3i 

2 

Passu 

10 

8 

6! 

4 

2 

Decempeda 

120 

96 

80 

48 

24 

12 

Actus 

5000 

4000 

3333i 

2000 

1000 

500 

411 

Milliare 

7500 

6000 

5000 

3000 

1500 

750 

62^ 

n 

Leuga... 

10  M 

.   100 
1000 

illiaria . . . 

do 

do 

KOMAN    MEASURES    OF    CAPACITY. 


315 


MEASURES  OF  EXTENT. 

The  chief  measure  of  extent  was  the  Jugerum,  which  was  equal  to 
2  roods,  19  poles,  and  187  feet,  or  about  f  of  our  acre.  The  other 
measures  were  the  Sempulum,  equal  to  100  square  feet ;  the  Sextulus, 
equal  to  4  Sempula ;  the  Actus,  equal  to  1^  Sextulus ;  and  the  Uncia, 
equal  to  6  Sextuli.     The  square  Actus  was  equal  to  half -a  Jugerum. 


316 


ROMAN   MEASURES    OF    CAPACITY. 


19809 
79236 
18854 
37707 
75415 
50829 
06632 

1 

i 

00 

QD 

rH 

S5 

^ 

s 

^O   O   i-H   C^   rJ<   05   CO 

C^ 

l-H 

CO 

(N 

O   O   O   O   O   O   rH 

p-i 

o 

I-H 

i-i 

CO 

CO 

o 

o 

(N 

A 

-*■ 

S) 

rH 

fH 

o 

I-H 

^-v 

CO 

t 

tH 

CO 

(N 

HH 

C^ 

o 

f-H 

4 

(N 

^ 

CO 

< 

i 

-a 

(N 

Ph 

^ 

< 

o 

r— 1 

^St^Sw^S^S 

1 

i-H 

CO 

1 

^  o 

T-4 

II 

3  O   W   -^   00   CC 

P. 

i 

i 

S 

i 

i-H 

n  «2 

CO 

g 

1 

.Si 

o 

GQ 

3 

A 

o 

8 

rH 

rH 

H  < 

1 

u_i  H 

S 

-* 

iz; 

<! 

.1 

i 

(M 

c» 

CO 
pH 

§ 

•S 

^ 

O 

^ 

E 

'4 

c^ 

CO 
i-H 

S 

d 

o 

s 

(M 

-^ 

?? 

3 

^ 

0 

• 

s 

<M 

rf 

QC 

CO 

S 

1 . 

a 

<: 

fH 

-* 

■< 

> 

rH 

CO 

CO 

?— 1 

s 

§ 

^ 

a 

fH 

1 

0  ^ 

CC 

^ 

% 

s 

g 

I-; 

CQ 

*^ 

ROMAN   WEIGHTS. 


317 


^ 

irs. 
10687 

.32061 

.64121 

28242 

,56484 

,84726 

,12968 

69452 

,38905 

66855 

,85491 

J 

3 

O        OOfH<NCQOJ>iOQOC^ 

s 

^ 

i-H         CQ 

o 

i-H 

< 

i 

S 

-       C^         lO         rH         (N         Ti 

^         CO         i>         rH         W         CD 

}      CO      CO      CD      (?^      00      T^      r- 

.        ri<        O         T^ 

J      CD      a 

D        CC 

5         CO         O         CC 

>        05        <3i        CO        CD 

.  o 

5J>in)OrHrHC^COi>lOO 

*i 

2  (N       00       J>       i-i       (N       O       O       QC)       (7?       aJ       i> 

/"-s 

§ 

bo 

rH        rH         C<? 

(M         iH         rH 

^ 

s 

1^ 

3 

rHWTj<iOODr^OO 

^ 

2 

O         1> 

rH 

■l 

A 

SB 

h 

cd 

Eh 

i 

!  t 

1 — 1  53 

00 

:     s 

>.*  O 

^ 
a 

•    1 

W  W 

1 

•* 

o 

T— 1 

,0 

'Z 

H^ 

o 

iH 

g 

o 

1 

c 

r-i 

~cs 

s 

\      o 

o 

li 
1 

5 

c 

cc 

J 

K 

C^ 

r- 

cc 

s 

1 

i? 

*t 

-a 

(M 

•^ 

oc 

o 

•• 

1 

£ 

M 

Tt< 

rH 

CC 

cc 

?2 

1 

"CJ 

CO 

^ 

CC 

iH 

4 

g 

^ 

r-^ 

^ 

1 

QQ 

fH 

'  r^ 

T*< 

CO 

00 

rH 

^ 

OC 

g 

ij 

C^ 

00 

2 
1 

a 

c5 

c^ 

^ 

00 

iH 

CO 
fH 

^ 

^ 

i 

i 

O 

fe 

[w 

CD 

rH 

^ 

g 

00 

?2 

r-l 

1 

i 

iH 

a 

rH 

27* 


31^ 


ROMAN    WEIGHTS. 


02 

r-n    JH 
O 


>        KH 


05 

o 


s 


^1 


I 

mJ    ^    ^ 

•^      rh      ^ 

-Si 


3 


•^  00  CO 

JH  »-l  C^  _. 

CO  S  -^  CO   CQ   J^   o 

I— I  iQ  O  CO   l>   i-H   IC 

■^  CO  (TJ  C4   r-H   ^*   O 


l>   i-H    1>   fH 

C^   CO   CO   Tf 
■■   CO   (T^   rH 


Gi  OD 

i:^  CO 

C^  CO 

ci  od 


OD   O)   O   1-1 


1  I 

W3C^*   f-I 


(N   CO 
00   1> 

CO  1-i 


■5  O   IQ   C^   O 


1-1   CO 
rH   lO 


CO   lO 


OD 

CO 
iO 
CO 

co' 


o 

OD 
-^ 


CO 
CO 

o 


1— «   rH  ,-4   rH   rH   1-4 

c^con<io;ot»t*ooo5o 


•I 


W 


OQ 


6 

I 


-& 


IS" 


ROMAN   MONEYS. 


319 


•  C^ 

"^ 

h- 

lO 

00 

r- 

•^ 

CD 

(N 

-3^ 

QC 

<£, 

o: 

CO 

cc 

i^ 

•^ 

CD 

(N 

|.^    ^ 

o 

o 

00 

^- 

tJ^ 

00* 

rlH' 

CD 

M 

€ 

CQ 

CO 

i> 

I— I 

8 

00 

S 
S 

S 

% 

€& 

^ 

CO 

rt<        QC 

cc 

S 

cc 

(M 

CO 

52 

5S 

CD 

»:  cc       CC 

cc 

"^ 

oc 

t- 

CO 

(N 

o 

;2^      c= 

r- 

QC 

»s 

OJ 

O) 

CO 

(N 

t! 

d 

— 

(M 

(71 

c 

r- 

c5 

c4 

(Ti 

1-5 

pH 

P 

iH 

(M 

-^ 

QC 

o 

i-H 

Oi 

o 

^ 

< 

13 

rH 

^ 

S 

§ 

i> 

t^ 

Oi 

r^ 

'^ 

S 

OQ 

fH 

i-t 

rH 

rH 

1 

TS 

00 

Oi 

03 

^ 

00 

00 

a5 

S 

3 
•;2 

1 — 1 

>^ 

•p^ 

t^ 
^ 

• 
QQ 

42 

m 

3 

^'^ 

cq 

S 

^ 

"2 

> 

o 

CO 

§ 
< 

2 

:    1 
■    s 

o 

s 

fH 

I— 1 

<1 

"So 

xi 
o 

c 
> 

2 

1       I 

•     3 

i     < 

S 

1 1 

o 

—Ism 
00 

II 

1 
1 

E 

cc 
c 

o 

A 

^ 
f 

S 

;3 

0) 

1 

1 

Vl 

■^ 

<N 

Tt 

8 

^ 

s 

^ 

g 

i 

pH 

*<>o 

o 

o 

I— ( 

lO 

•e«» 

s 

p 

C"? 

2* 

K 

3 

rH 

S 

-§ 

'a 

P 

^ 

X 

(N 

SI 

o 

o 

rS 

< 

fH 

^ 

'3 

C^ 

•^ 

iO 

o 

o 

<-5 

2 

s 

rH 

(M 

S 

m 

c 

g 

(N 

Tjt 

,   00 

o 

8 

% 

g 

0) 

__H 

l-H 

320 


ROMAK    MONErS. 


1-4 
pq 


O 


O 

03 


a£ 

S 

S 

S 

g 

J^ 

^ 

S 

§§ 

g- 

§ 

1" 

t- 

lO 

o 

00 

i> 

""^t* 

QD 

i> 

CO 

GO 

t 

rH 

CO 

CO 

«> 

S 

12 

6 

5S 

1 

rH 

S 

i 

< 

o 

i-H 

CO 

e» 

o 

r-^ 

A 
% 


3 


a 


^      < 


^ 


^ 


I— I       to 


g2     §     J^     ?2 

i-H         (M         l^         rH 


o     o 
o  •    o 

rH         O 


THE  END. 


*l 


(r' 


s_-^ 


^* 


r- 

30 

O 

m 

> 

H 
C 

3  m 

J} 

Z 

3 

■  ■ 

-^ 

-^  o 

N> 

IRCULATION  DE 
98  Main  Stacks 

CO 

- 

rr 

2 

?B  00295 


U.C.BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


C0MS13111S 


337 


%0 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


IV  /   ^ 


